Prophetic Extracts

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Chapter 1

1.1Gaisford

λόγου τε καὶ βίου διεξοδευθεῖσα τὰς περὶ τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μαρτυρίας, διʼ ἐναργῶν καὶ πιστῶν καὶ ἀληθῶν ἀποδείξεών τε καὶ συλλογισμῶν ἐπιστοῦτο, βραχείαις κομιδῇ ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν παρά τε Ἰουδαίοις καὶ ἡμῖν πεπιστευμένων θείων γραφῶν ἐπὶ τέλει χρησαμένη μαρτυρίαις· ἐπεὶ μὴ δὲ ἄλλος ᾕρει λόγος τοῖς ἔτι πάντη ταῖς θείαις ἀπιστοῦσιν γραφαῖς δαψιλεῖς ἐξ αὐτῶν παρατίθεσθαι τὰς συστάσεις. Τά γε μὴν ἐν χερσὶν τοῖς ἐκ τῆς ἐκείνων ἀποδείξεως οἷα δὴ θείαις ἤδη καὶ θεοπνεύστοις πιστεύειν ὀφείλουσιν ταῖς ἱεραῖς γραφαῖς. τὸ λεῖπον ἐκείναις ἀποπληροῦντα πεπόνητο, συναγωγὴν περιέχοντα συλλήβδην............ περὶ τοῦ Κύριου καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ προφητείαν, ἃς ἀπὸ παλαιὰ διαθήκης ὑφʼ ἓν συναγεῖν ἔδοξεν· δ.............. τερον· πῆ δὲ καὶ διʼ ὑπονοιῶν τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ προειρ......... ον αὐτὸν καὶ τὰς κατʼ αὐτὸν οἰκονομίας. οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ εισ........ μόζομε ἃ πέρας εἰληφότα δείκνυται· Τὰς δὲ τοιαύτα................ ἀρχούσας· καὶ σποράδην οὐ μόνον προφητεία........... ουσα.. ἱστορίαις ἐναποκειμένας· οὐκ ὀλίγοις........ αχθείσα ἔσεσθαι χρησίμους· ἐπεὶ μὴ ῥάδιον ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐκ τῆς..... τάδην τῶν γραφῶν συναναγνώσεως τὰς πάσας ὑποπίπτειν τοῖς ἀνὰ στόμα καὶ διὰ μνήμης φέρειν αὐτὰς βουλομένοις. Ἰστέον δʼ ὡς πρὸ τῆς παρούσης ὑποθέσεως Χρονικοὺς συντάξαντες Κανόνας, ἐπιτομήν τε τούτοις παντοδαπῆς ἱστορίας Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ βαρβάρων ἀντιπαραθέντες, τὴν Μωσέως καὶ τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ προφητῶν ἀρχαιότητα διʼ αὐτῶν παρεστήσαμεν· οἷς τὴν μετὰ χεῖρας σποράδην ἀκόλουθον ὑπολαμβάνοντες, εἰκότως μετʼ ἐκείνην ἐπὶ τὴν παροῦσαν ἐληλύθαμεν πραγμάτειαν· ἣν καὶ χαριέντως ἂν τις τῷ τῆς σοφῆς μελίττης ἀπεικάσειεν φυσικῷ σπουδάσματι, πρὸς ἣν ἀναπέμπων ἡμᾶς ὁ ἐν Παροιμίαις ἱερὸς λόγος φησὶν, ἢ πορεύθητι πρὸς τὴν μέλιτταν, καὶ ἴδε πῶς ἐργάτις ἐστὶ, τήν τε ἐργασίαν ὡς σεμνὴν ἐμπορεύεται· ἧς τοὺς πόνους βασιλεῖς καὶ ἰδιῶται πρὸς ὑγείαν προσφέρονται· ποθεινή τε ἐστὶν πᾶσιν καὶ ἐπίδοξος, καίπερ οὖσα τῇ ῥώμῃ ἀσθενὴς, τὴν σοφίαν τιμήσασα προήχθη. Ὃν γὰρ ἡ ἐργάτις ἐκείνη τρόπον τὴν σοφίαν τιμῆσαι μαρτυρουμένη, τῶν εὐθαλῶν βλαστῶν ἀναλεγομένη τὰ πρόσφορα, ἐκ τῆς ἁπάντων ἐπισυναγωγῆς τε καὶ ἐργασίας βασιλεῦσι καὶ ἰδιώταις ὑγιεινοὺς, ᾗ φησὶν ἡ γραφὴ, παρέχεται τοὺς ἑαυτῆς πόνους, ταυτόν τι καὶ τὰς περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ Προφητικὰς ἡμῖν Ἐκλογὰς, ἀπάνθισμα τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ λογικῶν λειμώνων τυγχανούσας, περιέξειν ἡγοῦμαι, τὴν μὲν τῶν κηρῶν εὔπλαστον δημιουργίαν ἐν ψιλαῖς ταῖς λέξεσιν ἀποσωζούσας, τὰ δʼ ἐν αὐτῷ τεθησαυρισμένα νοήματα καταλλήλῳ τῷ γλυκεῖ καὶ ὑγιεινοτάτῳ τῆς σοφῆς ἐν ἐκείνης γεννήματι εἴσω που ἐν ἀπορρήτοις ταμιευόμενος. Τίς γὰρ δὴ τῶν πιστῶν οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογήσαι πάσης διὰ σωμάτων ἡδονῆς τε καὶ ὠφελείας ἀσυγκρίτῳ διαφέρειν ὑπεροχῇ τὰς σωτηρίους περὶ τοῦ Λόγου τοῦ Θεοῦ παραθέσεις, ἐπιτηδείους πρὸς ἀνάληψιν ὑπαρχούσας τῆς κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ὠφελίμου καὶ ὑγιεινῆς ὀρθοδοξίας; Ἣν περιέπειν ἀναγκαῖον οὐ μόνους τοὺς τὴν ἕξιν προβεβηκότας βασιλεῖς ὀνομαζομένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ὑποβεβηκότας καὶ πρῶτον ἄρτι τῷ θείῳ προσιόντας λόγῳ· οἷς καὶ διαφερόντως ἐπιτηδείαν ἔσεσθαι νομίζω τὴν ὑπόθεσιν, ὡς ἂν ἀκριβοῦν ἐξ αὐτῆς δύναιντο τὴν περὶ ὧν κατηχήθησαν λόγων ἀσφάλειαν· τότε μᾶλλον τῆς ἁπλῆς καὶ ἀκεραίου πίστεως πεῖσμα βέβαιον ἰσχούσης, ἐπειδὰν τῷ λογισμῷ τοὺς διʼ ἀποδείξεως προεγκαταβαλὼν τίς θεμελίους τὴν ἀκριβῆ τῶν πεπιστευμένων κατάληψίν τε καὶ γνῶσιν πρὸς ἐπικτη............ ν γοὖν ἕνεκεν φημὶ δὲ τῶν ἐτ.. τοιἀναγκαῖον χειώσε.............. εἶναι παρέστη μετὰ τὴν ἑκάστης προ............. ιν, ὡς ἐν εἰσαγωγῆς τρόπῳ διήγησιν βραχυ.......... ενὶ μάλιστα συντομωτάτην παραθέσθαι περὶ......... μὲν ἔλεγχον τῶν πιστεύειν μὲν ὡς θείαις·........... ραῖς αὐχούντων γραφαῖς· μὴ μὴν προσιεμεν.. υτα........... ῶν Ἰησοῦν ὡς ἂν αὐτὸν ὄντα τὸν προφητευόμενον· ἐπαπορήσιν π.... αὐτοὺς, λέγω δὲ τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς, καὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν αἱρέσε.... μοῦ δὲ καὶ ἀνατροπὰς ὧν ἂν ἔιποιεν μυθικώτερον ἐπιλύειν πειρώμενοι τὰς θείας φωνάς. Ἔσται δὲ καὶ διὰ βραχέων μετρία τὶς ἡμῶν ἐξήγησις, ὅτε μὲν ἀπόδειξιν περιέξουσα τοῦ κατὰ μόνον τὸν ἡμετέρον Σωτῆρα πεπληρῶσθαι τὰς ἱερὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ προρρήσεις, ὅτε δὲ τὴν ἡμετέραν γνώμην ἣν ἐχόμεν περὶ τῶν ἐκτεθησομένων σημαίνουσα. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τούτων ἐφάπτεσθαι μέλλοντας, ἀναγκαίως προδιαστείλασθαι ὡς πῆ μὲν προόντα οὐ μόνον τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ πάσης γενετῆς ὑποστάσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον διδάσκουσιν οἱ ἱεροὶ λόγοι, Θεὸν... αὐτὸν μετὰ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ Κύριον προσαγορεύοντες, οἷα δὴ καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα τὸ ἐκκλησιαστικὸν περιέχει ἀκολούθως τῇ εὐαγγελικῇ μαρτυρίᾳ (εἰπ) ούσῃ, Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος· καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος· πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο· καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἓν· πῆ δὲ τὰς δύο παρουσίας αὐτοῦ προαναφωνοῦσι· τήν τε προτέραν, ἐν ᾗ μήτε εἶδος αὐτὸν μήτε κάλλος ἕξειν προυθέσπιζον διαρρήδην ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἀχθήσεσθαι, καὶ σαφῶς οὕτως ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνομιῶν τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ καταδικασθήσεσθαι λέγοντες· οἷα δὴ καὶ ἀποδείκνυνται τῆς προτέρας αὐτοῦ παρουσίας αἱ κατὰ τοὺς Τιβερίου χρόνους οἰκονομίαι· καὶ τὴν δευτέραν, οὐκέθʼ ὁμοίαν τῇ προτέρᾳ, θειοτέραν δὲ καὶ πολὺ τῇ δόξῃ παραλλάττουσαν, μετʼ ἀγγελικῆς δορυφορίας καὶ τῆς ἀπʼ οὐρανῶν παρατάξεως γενησομένην· οἷς εὐγνωμόνως τὸν ἐντυγχάνοντα χρεὼν κανόνα ὥσπερ καὶ σκοπὸν τὸ κήρυγμα κατέχειν τὸ ἀποστολικὸν τέλεια καὶ ἀπαρεγχείρητα τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας δόγματα διαφυλάττοντα, τουτέστιν τὰ περὶ τῆς πρώτης καὶ ἀγενήτου τοῦ τῶν ὅλων Θεοῦ φύσεως, καὶ τὰ τῆς τοῦ θείου Λόγου προϋποστάσεώς τε καὶ ὑπουργίας, ἢν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν γενητῶν ἀπάντων δημιουργίᾳ, οἷα δὴ λόγος.

logou te kai biou diexodeutheisa tas peri tou Kyriou kai Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou martyrias, diʼ enargōn kai pistōn kai alēthōn apodeixeōn te kai syllogismōn epistouto, bracheiais komidę̄ tais apo tōn para te Ioudaiois kai hēmin pepisteumenōn theiōn graphōn epi telei chrēsamenē martyriais; epei mē de allos hę̄rei logos tois eti pantē tais theiais apistousin graphais dapsileis ex autōn paratithesthai tas systaseis. Ta ge mēn en chersin tois ek tēs ekeinōn apodeixeōs hoia dē theiais ēdē kai theopneustois pisteuein opheilousin tais hierais graphais. to leipon ekeinais apoplērounta peponēto, synagōgēn periechonta syllēbdēn............ peri tou Kyriou kai Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou prophēteian, has apo palaia diathēkēs hyphʼ hen synagein edoxen; d.............. teron; pē de kai diʼ hyponoiōn ta peri autou proeir......... on auton kai tas katʼ auton oikonomias. ouchi de kai eis........ mozome ha peras eilēphota deiknytai; Tas de toiauta................ archousas; kai sporadēn ou monon prophēteia........... ousa.. historiais enapokeimenas; ouk oligois........ achtheisa esesthai chrēsimous; epei mē rhadion allʼ hōs ek tēs..... tadēn tōn graphōn synanagnōseōs tas pasas hypopiptein tois ana stoma kai dia mnēmēs pherein autas boulomenois. Isteon dʼ hōs pro tēs parousēs hypotheseōs Chronikous syntaxantes Kanonas, epitomēn te toutois pantodapēs historias Hellēnōn te kai barbarōn antiparathentes, tēn Mōseōs kai tōn ex autou prophētōn archaiotēta diʼ autōn parestēsamen; hois tēn meta cheiras sporadēn akolouthon hypolambanontes, eikotōs metʼ ekeinēn epi tēn parousan elēlythamen pragmateian; hēn kai charientōs an tis tǭ tēs sophēs melittēs apeikaseien physikǭ spoudasmati, pros hēn anapempōn hēmas ho en Paroimiais hieros logos phēsin, ē poreuthēti pros tēn melittan, kai ide pōs ergatis esti, tēn te ergasian hōs semnēn emporeuetai; hēs tous ponous basileis kai idiōtai pros hygeian prospherontai; potheinē te estin pasin kai epidoxos, kaiper ousa tę̄ rhōmę̄ asthenēs, tēn sophian timēsasa proēchthē. Hon gar hē ergatis ekeinē tropon tēn sophian timēsai martyroumenē, tōn euthalōn blastōn analegomenē ta prosphora, ek tēs hapantōn episynagōgēs te kai ergasias basileusi kai idiōtais hygieinous, hę̄ phēsin hē graphē, parechetai tous heautēs ponous, tauton ti kai tas peri tou Christou Prophētikas hēmin Eklogas, apanthisma tōn tou Theou logikōn leimōnōn tynchanousas, periexein hēgoumai, tēn men tōn kērōn euplaston dēmiourgian en psilais tais lexesin aposōzousas, ta dʼ en autǭ tethēsaurismena noēmata katallēlǭ tǭ glykei kai hygieinotatǭ tēs sophēs en ekeinēs gennēmati eisō pou en aporrētois tamieuomenos. Tis gar dē tōn pistōn ouk an homologēsai pasēs dia sōmatōn hēdonēs te kai ōpheleias asynkritǭ diapherein hyperochę̄ tas sōtērious peri tou Logou tou Theou paratheseis, epitēdeious pros analēpsin hyparchousas tēs kata alētheian ōphelimou kai hygieinēs orthodoxias? Hēn periepein anankaion ou monous tous tēn hexin probebēkotas basileis onomazomenous, alla kai tous hypobebēkotas kai prōton arti tǭ theiǭ prosiontas logǭ; hois kai diapherontōs epitēdeian esesthai nomizō tēn hypothesin, hōs an akriboun ex autēs dynainto tēn peri hōn katēchēthēsan logōn asphaleian; tote mallon tēs haplēs kai akeraiou pisteōs peisma bebaion ischousēs, epeidan tǭ logismǭ tous diʼ apodeixeōs proenkatabalōn tis themelious tēn akribē tōn pepisteumenōn katalēpsin te kai gnōsin pros epiktē............ n goun heneken phēmi de tōn et.. toianankaion cheiōse.............. einai parestē meta tēn hekastēs pro............. in, hōs en eisagōgēs tropǭ diēgēsin brachy.......... eni malista syntomōtatēn parathesthai peri......... men elenchon tōn pisteuein men hōs theiais;........... rais auchountōn graphais; mē mēn prosiemen.. yta........... ōn Iēsoun hōs an auton onta ton prophēteuomenon; epaporēsin p.... autous, legō de tous ek peritomēs, kai tous apo tōn hairese.... mou de kai anatropas hōn an eipoien mythikōteron epilyein peirōmenoi tas theias phōnas. Estai de kai dia bracheōn metria tis hēmōn exēgēsis, hote men apodeixin periexousa tou kata monon ton hēmeteron Sōtēra peplērōsthai tas hieras tou Theou prorrēseis, hote de tēn hēmeteran gnōmēn hēn echomen peri tōn ektethēsomenōn sēmainousa. Alla gar toutōn ephaptesthai mellontas, anankaiōs prodiasteilasthai hōs pē men proonta ou monon tēs enanthrōpēseōs alla kai pasēs genetēs hypostaseōs tou Theou Logon didaskousin hoi hieroi logoi, Theon... auton meta ton Patera kai Kyrion prosagoreuontes, hoia dē kai to kērygma to ekklēsiastikon periechei akolouthōs tę̄ euangelikę̄ martyrią (eip) ousę̄, En archę̄ ēn ho logos; kai ho logos ēn pros ton Theon, kai Theos ēn ho logos; panta diʼ autou egeneto; kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen; pē de tas dyo parousias autou proanaphōnousi; tēn te proteran, en hę̄ mēte eidos auton mēte kallos hexein prouthespizon diarrēdēn hōs probaton epi sphagēn achthēsesthai, kai saphōs houtōs apo tōn anomiōn tou proterou laou tēn epi thanatǭ katadikasthēsesthai legontes; hoia dē kai apodeiknyntai tēs proteras autou parousias hai kata tous Tiberiou chronous oikonomiai; kai tēn deuteran, oukethʼ homoian tę̄ proterą, theioteran de kai poly tę̄ doxę̄ parallattousan, metʼ angelikēs doryphorias kai tēs apʼ ouranōn parataxeōs genēsomenēn; hois eugnōmonōs ton entynchanonta chreōn kanona hōsper kai skopon to kērygma katechein to apostolikon teleia kai aparencheirēta ta tēs alētheias dogmata diaphylattonta, toutestin ta peri tēs prōtēs kai agenētou tou tōn holōn Theou physeōs, kai ta tēs tou theiou Logou proÿpostaseōs te kai hypourgias, ēn epi tę̄ tōn genētōn apantōn dēmiourgią, hoia dē logos.

… having gone through the testimonies concerning our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ drawn from reason and from life, it confirmed them by clear, trustworthy, and true demonstrations and syllogisms, using at the end only very brief testimonies from the divine Scriptures that are believed both among the Jews and among us; for no other line of reasoning called for setting out abundant proofs from them to those who still wholly disbelieve the divine Scriptures. But the work now in hand, meant for those who, as a result of the demonstration in those books, ought to believe the sacred Scriptures as already divine and inspired by God, has been laboured over to fill up what was lacking in them, containing in summary a collection … of the prophecies concerning our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, which it seemed good to gather into one from the Old Testament; … and in some places also, through hidden meanings, the things foretold about him … him and the dispensations concerning him. And not … which are shown to have reached their fulfilment. Such … beginning; and scattered not only in prophecies … laid up in histories; … will be useful to not a few …; since it is not easy, except from a … reading through of the Scriptures, for all of them to come to hand for those who wish to have them on their lips and carry them in memory.

It should be known that before the present undertaking we composed Chronological Canons, setting beside them an epitome of every kind of history of Greeks and barbarians, and through them we established the antiquity of Moses and of the prophets after him. Taking the work now in hand to follow in order on those, we have fittingly come after that one to the present treatise. One might gracefully liken it to the natural industry of the wise bee, to which the sacred word in Proverbs sends us when it says: “Or go to the bee, and see how she is a worker, and how she carries on her work as a solemn thing; whose labours kings and private persons use for health; she is desired by all and held in esteem; though she is weak in strength, she was advanced because she honoured wisdom.” For just as that worker, attested as having honoured wisdom, gathers from the flourishing shoots what is suitable, and from the gathering and working of them all provides her labours, healthful, as the Scripture says, to kings and private persons alike, so I think the Prophetic Extracts concerning Christ, being a culling of flowers from the rational meadows of God, will contain something of the same kind: in the bare words they preserve the well-moulded craftsmanship of the wax, while the thoughts stored up in it, like the sweet and most healthful product of that wise creature, are kept somewhere within, in secret. For which of the faithful would not agree that the saving citations concerning the Word of God surpass with an incomparable superiority every pleasure and benefit that comes through bodies, since they serve for acquiring an orthodoxy that is truly profitable and healthful? This must be cherished not only by those advanced in their habit of mind, who are called kings, but also by those below them, who are only now approaching the divine word for the first time. For these especially, I think, the treatise will be suitable, so that from it they may make exact the certainty of the teachings in which they were instructed; for the persuasion of a simple and pure faith holds most firmly when someone, having first laid in the reasoning the foundations that come through demonstration, [leads them] to acquire … an exact grasp and knowledge of what is believed … for this reason, I say … it seemed necessary … to set out after the … of each prophecy …, as by way of an introduction, a brief account … as concise as possible concerning … the refutation of those who boast that they believe the … Scriptures as divine, yet do not accept … Jesus as being himself the one prophesied; raising difficulties … against them, I mean those of the circumcision, and those from the heresies …, and refutations of what they might say when they try to explain the divine utterances in a more mythical way. There will also be, in brief, a moderate exposition of our own, sometimes containing a demonstration that the sacred predictions of God have been fulfilled in our Saviour alone, and sometimes indicating the opinion we hold about the passages to be set out.

But as we are about to take these up, we must first make a distinction: in some places the sacred writings teach that the Word of God existed beforehand, not only before the incarnation but before every generated substance, calling him God and Lord after the Father, as the preaching of the church also holds, in agreement with the testimony of the Gospel, which says: “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. All things came into being through him, and without him not one thing came into being”; in other places they announce beforehand his two comings: the first, in which they plainly foretold that he would have neither form nor beauty, that he would be led like a sheep to the slaughter, and they say clearly that he would be condemned to death because of the iniquities of the former people, as indeed the dispensations of his first coming in the times of Tiberius are shown to be; and the second, no longer like the first, but more divine and far surpassing it in glory, which will take place with an escort of angels and the array from heaven. In these matters the reader should with good sense hold as a rule and a goal the apostolic preaching, which keeps the doctrines of the truth complete and inviolate: that is, the doctrines concerning the first and unbegotten nature of the God of the universe, and concerning the pre-existence of the divine Word and the service he rendered in the creation of all generated things, as being Word.

1.2Gaisford

.................................................................................... χωρὶς τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἀνεκφωνήτων, ὧν διὰ τῆς συνθέσεως τὸ σημαινόμενον ὄνομα ἄρρητον ὑπάρχον, καταχρηστικώτερον δὲ Κύριος ἐπικαλούμενον, οὐδέπω ποτὲ ἐπὶ ἀγγελικῆς παρείληπται δυνάμεως, ὡς ἐπιστήσεις καθʼ ὅλης τῆς θεοπνεύστου γραφῆς, ἔνθα ὁ Θεὸς ἢ ὁ διὰ τοῦ τετραγράμμου δηλούμενος Κύριος ἀναγέγραπται κεχρηκέναι τίσι· πότερον ἐπὶ τὴν ἀγένητον τοῦ τῶν ὅλων Θεοῦ φύσιν ἀνενεκτέον τὰ δηλούμενα, ἢ ἐπὶ τὸν τούτου Λόγον, ὃν δεύτερον τυγχάνοντα τῶν ὅλων αἴτιον καὶ Θεὸν καὶ Κύριον κατὰ τὸ σημαινόμενον ἐκ τοῦ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἀρρήτου ὀνόματος προσαγορεύειν εἴωθεν ἡ θεία γραφή. Καὶ δῆτα ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος φήσαντος τοῦ λόγου, ὅτι δὴ κατέβη κύριος, καὶ εἶπεν κύριος τὰ ἀναγεγραμμένα, ζητήσαι ἄν τις εὐλόγως εἴτε ἐπί τινα τῶν ἀγγέλων, εἴτε ἐπὶ τὸ πρῶτον αἴτιον τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἔχει τὸ δηλούμενον. Ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ μὲν ἀγγέλων οὐχʼ οἷόν τε· τοῦτο μὲν, ὅτι κἀνταῦθα τὸ Κύριος διὰ τῆς ἀνεκφωνήτου παρείληπται προσηγορίας, τοῦτο δὲ, ὅτι. ἑτέροις παρʼ αὐτὸν ὑποβεβηκόσιν ἐμφαίνει πεποιῆσθαι τοὺς λόγους. Πάλιν δʼ αὖ ἐπὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων ἀνοικεῖος ἡ διάνοια· οὐ γὰρ δὴ αὐτῷ πρέποι ἂν λέγειν τὸ, δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν τὴν γλῶσσαν αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ, κατέβη κύριος ἰδεῖν τὴν πόλιν, οὐδαμῶς ἂν ἁρμόττοι περὶ τῆς αὐθεντείας λέγεσθαι. Λείπεται δὴ νοεῖν τὸν θεῖον Λόγον καὶ διὰ τῶν προκείμενων δηλοῦσθαι. Οὗτος δὴ τὴν τῶν ἁπάντων πρόνοιάν τε καὶ οἰκονομίαν πρὸς τοῦ Πατρός ἐπιτετραμμένος οὐ πώποτε διέλειπεν τότε μὲν διʼ ἑαυτοῦ, τότε δὲ διʼ ὑπηρετῶν ἀγγέλων τῷ πατρικῷ βουλήματι τὰ συντείνοντα ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ὅλων ὠφελείᾳ τε καὶ σωτηρίᾳ διακονούμενος. Μυστικῆς δὲ καὶ ἀπορρήτου θεωρίας ἐχόμενα τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον οὐ νῦν ἀναπτύσσειν καιρός.

.................................................................................... chōris tōn tessarōn stoicheiōn tōn parʼ Hebraiois anekphōnētōn, hōn dia tēs syntheseōs to sēmainomenon onoma arrēton hyparchon, katachrēstikōteron de Kyrios epikaloumenon, oudepō pote epi angelikēs pareilēptai dynameōs, hōs epistēseis kathʼ holēs tēs theopneustou graphēs, entha ho Theos ē ho dia tou tetragrammou dēloumenos Kyrios anagegraptai kechrēkenai tisi; poteron epi tēn agenēton tou tōn holōn Theou physin anenekteon ta dēloumena, ē epi ton toutou Logon, hon deuteron tynchanonta tōn holōn aition kai Theon kai Kyrion kata to sēmainomenon ek tou parʼ Hebraiois arrētou onomatos prosagoreuein eiōthen hē theia graphē. Kai dēta epi tou parontos phēsantos tou logou, hoti dē katebē kyrios, kai eipen kyrios ta anagegrammena, zētēsai an tis eulogōs eite epi tina tōn angelōn, eite epi to prōton aition tēn anaphoran echei to dēloumenon. Allʼ epi men angelōn ouchʼ hoion te; touto men, hoti kantautha to Kyrios dia tēs anekphōnētou pareilēptai prosēgorias, touto de, hoti. heterois parʼ auton hypobebēkosin emphainei pepoiēsthai tous logous. Palin dʼ au epi tou Patros kai Theou tōn holōn anoikeios hē dianoia; ou gar dē autǭ prepoi an legein to, deute kai katabantes syncheōmen tēn glōssan autōn kai to, katebē kyrios idein tēn polin, oudamōs an harmottoi peri tēs authenteias legesthai. Leipetai dē noein ton theion Logon kai dia tōn prokeimenōn dēlousthai. Houtos dē tēn tōn hapantōn pronoian te kai oikonomian pros tou Patros epitetrammenos ou pōpote dieleipen tote men diʼ heautou, tote de diʼ hypēretōn angelōn tǭ patrikǭ boulēmati ta synteinonta epi tę̄ tōn holōn ōpheleią te kai sōtērią diakonoumenos. Mystikēs de kai aporrētou theōrias echomena ta kata ton topon ou nyn anaptyssein kairos.

… apart from the four letters, unpronounceable among the Hebrews, whose combination signifies the name that is ineffable but is called, by a looser use, “Lord”; this has never yet been used of an angelic power, as you will observe throughout the whole inspired Scripture, wherever God, or the Lord indicated by the four letters, is recorded to have spoken with anyone. [One must ask] whether what is indicated should be referred to the unbegotten nature of the God of the universe, or to his Word, whom, as being second cause of all things, the divine Scripture is accustomed to call both God and Lord in the sense signified by the name that is ineffable among the Hebrews. And indeed, in the present passage, where the word says, “The Lord came down,” and “The Lord said” what is recorded, one might reasonably ask whether what is indicated refers to one of the angels or to the first cause. But it cannot refer to angels: first, because here too “Lord” is used for the unpronounceable title; second, because it shows him addressing his words to others who are below him. Again, the sense is unfitting for the Father and God of the universe; for it would not befit him to say, “Come, and let us go down and confuse their language,” and “The Lord came down to see the city” would in no way suit being said of the supreme authority. It remains, then, to understand that in these passages too the divine Word is indicated. He, entrusted by the Father with the providence and administration of all things, never ceased ministering, sometimes by himself and sometimes through angels who serve him, what tends toward the Father's will for the benefit and salvation of the universe. The things in this passage belong to a mystical and secret contemplation, and this is not the time to unfold them.

1.3Gaisford

Πρῶτος ἀναγέγραπται γενόμενος χρηματισμὸς τῷ Ἁβραὰμ ὅτε εἶπεν αὐτῷ Κύριος· Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρός σου εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἄν σοι δείξω· καὶ ποιήσω σε εἰς ἔθνος μέγα, καὶ εὐλογήσω σε, καὶ μέγαλυνῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου, καὶ ἔσῃ εὐλόγητος· καὶ εὐλογήσω τοὺς εὐλογοῦντάς σε, καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑξῆς. Δεύτερος, ὅτε ὤφθη αὐτῷ Κύριος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Τῷ σπέρματί σου δώσω τὴν γῆν ταύτην. Καὶ τρίτος, ὅτε ὁ Κύριος εἶπεν τῷ Ἁβραὰμ μετὰ τὸ διαχωρισθῆναι τὸν Λὼτ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἀναγεγραμμένα. Τέταρτος, ἐν ᾧ εἴρηται, μετὰ δὲ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα ἐγενήθη ῥῆμα Κυρίου πρὸς Ἁβραὰμ ἐν ὁράματι τῆς νυκτὸς λέγων, Μὴ φοβοῦ Ἅβραμ, ἐγὼ ὑπερασπίζω σου· καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα· Ἐγὼ Κύριος ὁ ἐξαγαγών σε ἐκ χώρας Χαλδαίων. Πέμπτος, ὅτε ὤφθη Κύριος τῷ Ἁβραὰμ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεός, σου· εὐαρέστει ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ, καὶ τὰ λοιπά. Ἕκτος, ἐν ᾧ πάλιν ὤφθη αὐτῷ Κύριος πρὸς τῇ δρυῒ τῇ Μαμβρῇ καθημένου αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ μεσημβρίας· ἀναβλέψας δὲ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ εἶδεν, καὶ ἰδοὺ τρεὶς ἄνδρες εἱστήκεισαν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἰδὼν προσέδραμεν εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ· καὶ προσεκύνησεν ἐπὶ τῆν γῆν καὶ εἶπεν· Κύριε, εἰ εὗρον χάριν ἐναντίον σου μὴ παρέλθῃς τὸν παῖδά σου, ληφθήτω δή μικρὸν ὕδωρ, καὶ νιψάτωσαν τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν. Εἶτα μετά τινα ἐπιφέρεται, ὅτι ἐξαναστάντες ἐκεῖθεν ἐπέβλεψαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον Σοδόμων· Ἁβραὰμ δὲ συνεπορεύετο μετʼ αὐτῶν συμπροπέμπων αὐτούς· ὁ δὲ Κύριος εἶπεν· Μὴ κρύψω ἐγὼ ἀπὸ Ἁβραὰμ τοῦ παιδός μου ἅ ἐγὼ ποιῶ; Ἁβραὰμ δὲ γινόμενος ἔσται εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ πολὺ, καὶ ἐνευλογηθήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τῆς γῆς· ἤδειν γὰρ ὅτι συντάξει τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτῶν, καὶ φυλάξουσιν τὰς ὁδοὺς Κύριου, ποιεῖν δικαιοσύνην καὶ κρίσιν, ὅπως ἂν ἐπαγάγῃ Κύριος ἐπὶ Ἁβραὰμ ἃ ἐλάλησεν πρὸς αὐτόν. Εἶπεν δὲ Κύριος· κραυγὴ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας πεπλήθυνται. Καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· καὶ ἀποστρέψαντες ἐκεῖθεν οἱ ἄνδρες ἦλθον εἰς Σόδομα· Ἁβραὰμ δὲ ἦν ἑστηκὼς ἑναντίον Κυρίου· καὶ ἐγγίσας Ἁβραὰμ εἶπεν, Μὴ συναπολέσῃς δίκαιον μετὰ ἀσεβοῦς· καὶ ἔσται ὁ δίκαιος ὡς ὁ ἀσεβής· ἐὰν ὦσι πεντήκοντα δίκαιοι ἐν τῇ πόλει ἀπολέσεις αὐτούς; οὐκ ἀνήσεις πάντα τὸν τόπον ἕνεκεν τῶν πεντήκοντα δικαίων, ἐὰν ὦσιν ἐν αὐτῇ; μηδαμῶς σὺ ποιήσεις ὡς τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι δίκαιον μετὰ ἀσεβοῦς· καὶ ἔσται ὁ δίκαιος ὡς ὁ ἀσεβής· μηδαμῶς· ὁ κρίνων πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν οὐ ποιήσεις κρίσιν; Καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα φησὶν ἡ γραφή· Ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Κύριος ὡς ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν τῷ Ἁβραάμ. Εἰσῆλθον δὲ καὶ οἱ δύο ἄγγελοι εἰς Σόδομα ἑσπέρας· Λὼτ δὲ ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν πύλην Σοδόμων. Ἐπιστῆσαι ἄξιον πότερον ἄγγελος ὁ τυχὼν κατὰ τοὺς τόπους δηλοῦται ὁ τοὺς χρηματισμοὺς πρὸς τὸν Ἁβραὰμ πεποιημένος, ἢ αὐτὸς ὁ τῶν ὅλων Θεὸς, ἢ τρίτος τίς παρὰ τούτους ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, ὃν μετὰ τὸν ἀνωτάτω Πατέρα καὶ Θεὸν τῶν ὅλων Κύριον καὶ Θεὸν ἀποκαλεῖν ἔθος τῇ ἱερᾷ γραφῆ· ἔτι τε ζητῆσαι, τίς ἦν ὁ τῶν τριῶν τῶν ὀφθέντων τῷ Ἁβραὰμ ἀνδρῶν, πρὸς ὃν αὐτός τε εἶπεν, Κύριε, εἰ εὗρον χάριν ἐναντίον σου· καὶ πάλιν, Μηδαμῶς· ὁ κρίνων πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν οὐ ποιήσεις κρίσιν; περὶ οὗ καὶ ἡ θεία γραφὴ οὐ μόνον πρῶτον ἀλλὰ καὶ δεύτερον καὶ τρίτον ἱστορηκώς φησιν, ὤφθη δὲ αὐτῷ Κύριος, ἐπὶ τῇ Κύριος προσηγορίᾳ τοῦ ἀνεκφωνήτου ἐν τῷ Ἑβραικῷ τεταγμένου ὀνόματος, ὅπερ οὐδεπώποτε ἐπὶ ἀγγελικῆς δυνάμεως παρείληπται. Ὅτε γοῦν ὁ Λὼτ τοῖς εἰς Σόδομα ἐλθοῦσιν ἀγγέλοις ἀναγέγραπται λέγων, Δέομαι, κύριε, ἐπειδὴ εὗρεν ὁ παῖς σου ἔλεος ἐνώπιόν σου, κεῖται μὲν ἐν τῷ Ἑβραϊκῷ τὸ κύριε, ἀλλʼ οὐ διὰ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων τῶν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀρρήτου ὀνόματος τοῦ Θεοῦ παραλαμβανομένων, διʼ ἑτερων δὲ συλλαβῶν διʼ ὧν καὶ ὁ παρʼ ἀνθρώποις ὀνομαζόμενος κύριος τῶν πρός τι τυγχάνων, οἷον οἰκέτου κύριος, παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἐγγέγραπται· ἀλλʼ οὐδέν γε τούτοις ἔχον παραπλήσιον τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ αὐθεντείας διὰ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων παραλαμβανόμενον ἔν τε ταῖς ἀναγεγραμμέναις τοῦ Θεοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ἁβραὰμ ὀπτασίαις ἐμφερόμενον σαφῶς παρίστησιν, μὴ δὲ ἄγγελον, μὴ δὲ ὀλίγῳ τοῦτον ἐπαναβεβηκυῖαν τινὰ θείαν δύναμιν αὐτῷ κεχρηματικέναι, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸν τὸν Θεὸν, οὗ τὴν ἄρρητον ἐκφώνησιν, αὐτὴν δὴ ταύτην κατὰ τοὺς τόπους διὰ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων ἐμφερομένην, μόνος ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ μετώπου περιέκειτο φέρων ἐπὶ τοῦ χρυσοῦ πετάλου τὸ λεγόμενον ἐκτύπωμα σφραγίδος ἁγιάσμα[τος] κυρίου. Καὶ ὅτι γε οὐκ ἀδιάφορόν ἐστι τῇ θείᾳ γραφῇ ἐπʼ ἄγγελων χρῆσθαι τῇ τοιαύτῃ προσηγορίᾳ, πρόδηλον ἐκ τοῦ σφόδρα παρατετηρημένως ποτὲ μὲν αὐτὸν τὸν Θεὸν ἢ τὸν διὰ τοῦ τετραγράμμου δηλούμενον κύριον ὦφθαί τε καὶ κεχρηκέναι τοῖς δικαίοις ἱστορεῖν, ποτὲ δὲ ἀγγέλους ἀναγράφειν τοὺς ἑωραμένους. Σαφῶς οὖν ὁ τῇ Ἅγαρ ἀλωμένῃ ἐπιφανεὶς ἄγγελος ἦν· καὶ γὰρ ἐχρῆν ἐκείνῃ μὲν, ἅτε πλεῖστον ὅσον ἀπολειπομένῃ τοῦ Ἁβραὰμ, καὶ οὐδέν τι πλέον ἀγγελικῆς ὀπτασίας θεωρεῖν δυναμένῃ, κατάλληλον τὴν ὀπτασίαν γενέσθαι διὰ τῆς τοῦ ἀγγέλου παρουσίας, τῷ δὲ Ἁβραὰμ διὰ τῆς μείζονος αὐτοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιφανείας. Καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ αὐτοὶ τῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ φωνῶν οὐκ ἂν μὲν ἁρμόσειεν, εἰ ἐπὶ ἀγγέλους τίς αὐτοὺς ἀνάγειν πειρῷτο, μόνῳ δὲ Θεῷ πρέποι ἂν αὐτοὺς λέγειν, οἷον τὸ, καὶ ποιήσω σε εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ εὐλογήσω σε, καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια· μάλιστα δὲ τὸ, ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ ἐξαγαγών σε ἐκ χώρας Χαλδαίων· καὶ τὸ, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς, εὐαρέστει ἐναντίον ἐμοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· καὶ οὐδεὶς οὕτω γένοιτʼ ἄν ποτʼ ἠλίθιος ὡς ἄγγελον αὐτὰ ὑπονοεῖν εἰρηκέναι. Καὶ ὅτε γοῦν πρὸς τῇ δρυῒ καθεζομένῳ τῷ Ἁβραὰμ οἱ τρεῖς ἄνδρες ἐπέστησαν, πρόσεισι μὲν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἁβραὰμ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τοῖς τρισὶν, ἑνὶ δὲ μόνον τὸ, κύριε εἰ εὗρον χάριν ἐναντίον σου. Καὶ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων οὐδʼ εἷς τῷ Ἁβραὰμ εἰσάγεται ὁμιλῶν· ἐπεὶ μὴ δὲ ᾕρει λόγος τοὺς οἰκέτας ἐπὶ τοῦ κυρίου φθέγγεσθαι, μόνος δὲ ὁ κύριος χρηματίζει, ὃς καὶ φησὶν, μὴ κρύψω ἐγὼ ἀπὸ Ἁβραὰμ τοῦ παιδός μου, καὶ τὰ λοιπά. Εἶτα οἱ μὲν ἄνα (ἅμα) τῷ κυρίῳ ἄνδρες, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι οἱ ἄγγελοι, ἀποστρέψαντες, μόνοι κατῆλθον εἰς Σόδομα, τοῦ κυρίου μὴ συμπαρόντος αὐτοῖς· (πῶς γὰρ καὶ οἷόν τε ἦν τὸν εὐμενῆ καὶ ἴλεω Θεὸν τοῖς ἀσεβέσιν ἐνεπιδημεῖν;) ὁ δὲ ἐπιμένων τῇ πρὸς τὸν θεοφιλῆ καὶ δίκαιον συνουσίᾳ τε καὶ διατριβῇ, χαίρει μὲν αὐτοῦ τῇ ὁμιλίᾳ, ὑπερασπίζεται δὲ καὶ τὴν φιλανθρωποτάτην εὐχὴν, ἐν ᾖ καὶ τὸ μηδαμῶς ὁ κρίνων πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν εἰρηκὼς ὁ Ἁβραὰμ ἐναργέστατα παρίστησιν ἑαυτὸν εὖ καὶ ἀκριβῶς εἰδέναι, ὅτι μὴ ἀγγέλῳ, μὴ δʼ ὑποβεβηκύιᾳ θείᾳ δυνάμει, ἀλλʼ αὐτῷ Θεῷ διαλέγοιτο. Εἶθʼ ἑξῆς ἀκριβῶς τὰ πράγματα διαιρῶν ὁ λόγος τοὺς ἐπὶ Σόδομα ἀνελθόντας σαφῶς ἀγγέλους προσαγορεύει, ἐπιλέγων, ὅτι δὴ ἦλθον οἱ δύο ἄγγελοι εἰς Σόδομα ἑσπέρας· καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς οὔτε κύριον οὔτε Θεὸν ὀφθῆναι τῷ Λὼτ, ἢ καὶ λελαληκέναι, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους ἀναγράφει· ὥστʼ ἐκ παντὸς πρόδηλον, ὅτι Κύριος ἦν καὶ Θεὸς, ἀλλʼ οὔ τις ἀγγέλων, ὁ τῷ Ἁβραὰμ ὦφθαι πρὸς τῆς γραφῆς μαρτυρούμενος. Πάντες μὲν οὖν οἱ διακόπτειν ἐθέλοντες τὴν τῆς παλαιᾶς πρὸς τὴν καινὴν διαθήκην σύμπνοιαν, ὥσπερ ἑρμαίῳ τοῖς τόποις ἐπιβαίνοντες σαφῶς ἐκ τούτων παριστάναι δοκοῦσιν ἑτέρον ὑπάρχειν τὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ πατέρα, ὃν καὶ ἀόρατον ὑπὸ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς φωνῆς ὁμολογεῖσθαι, παρὰ τὸν Μωσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν Θεὸν διαφόρως ὀφθέντα, τότε μὲν τῷ Ἁβραὰμ, τότε δὲ τῷ Ἰσαἀκ, (ᾧ καὶ αὐτῷ χρηματίζων τὰ παραπλήσια τοῖς ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἁβραὰμ προθεσπίζει, ) ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῷ Ἰακὠβ, τάχα δὲ καὶ Ἡσαΐᾳ φήσαντι, εἶδον τὸν κύριον Σαβαὼθ, καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς προφήταις παραπλησίως· ἡμεῖς δὲ, (ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς πάλαι τοῦ Θεοῦ προφήταις ἐμφέρεταί τι θεῖον λόγιον ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ φάσκων, διʼ ὅτι ἐγὼ Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῶν καὶ οὐκ ἠλλοίωμαι· Καὶ οὐχὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γὴν ἐγὼ πληρῶ; λέγει κύριος· καὶ τῷ Μωσεῖ δὲ χρηματίζων φησὶν, οὐδεὶς ὄψεταί μου τὸ πρόσωπον καὶ ζήσεται,) ὡς πρὸς τοὺς προειρημένους ὁμοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς, ἔτι τε τοὺς μὴ προσϊεμένους δευτέραν μετὰ τὴν ἀγένητον φύσιν προϋπάρχειν θεότητα τοῦ υἱοῦ, ταῦτα ἐπαπορήσομεν, πῶς ὁ καὶ (κατὰ) ταύτας τὰς προφητείας ἀναλλοίωτος, καὶ ἄτρεπτος, καὶ πάλιν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν λέγων πληροῦν μόνος Θεὸς, σαφῶς τε καὶ κατʼ αὐτὸν τὸν νόμον σχεδὸν ἀόρατος εἶναι δηλούμενος, κατὰ τὸ, οὐδεὶς ὄψεταί μου τὸ πρόσωπον καὶ ζήσεται, ἀλλοιούμενος πάλιν, καὶ ὡς περιτρέπων τὴν αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ οὐσίαν εἰς (ἐν) μικροῖς τισὶ μορίοις τῆς γῆς χωρητὸς ἐγίγνετο, καὶ ἑωρᾶτο τότε μὲν τῷ Ἁβραὰμ, τότε δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις προφήταις; Ταυτὶ γὰρ εἰ ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων ἀναφέροιτο Θεὸν, οὐ μόνον τῇ εὐαγγελικῇ φωνῇ δόξαι ἂν διαφωνεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς προφητικαῖς, ἀχώρητον καὶ ἀναλλοίωτον αὐτὸν καὶ ἀόρατον ἀνθρώποις ἀποφηναμέναις· εἰ μὴ ἄρα μὴ δὲ ὦφθαι τίς εἴποι αὐτὸν τὸν Θεὸν τοῖς ἀναγεγραμμένοις, φαντασιῶσαι δὲ αὐτοὺς αὐτὸ μόνον, ὡς δοκεῖν μὲν ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἀληθῶς τί τῶν νομιζομένων φαίνεσθαι θεωρεῖν, οὐδὲ μὴν ἀκούειν κατʼ ἀλήθειαν, ἀπατωμένους δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτοις νομίζειν, καὶ δοκεῖν ἀκούειν, ὅπερ ἀνοίκειόν τε καὶ ἀλλότριον ὑπάρχει τῆς ἀψευδοῦς καὶ ἀπλανοῦς τοῦ τῶν ὅλων Θεοῦ φύσεως· ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἀσύστατον ὂν δείκνυται ἐκ τοῦ λέγειν ἱστορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν τὸν Θεὸν περὶ τοῦ Ἁβραὰμ τὸ, ἤδειν γὰρ ὅτι συντάξει τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτὸν καὶ φυλάξουσιν τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου ποιεῖν δικαιοσύνην καὶ κρίσιν, ὅπως ἂν ἑπαγάγῃ κύριος ἐπὶ Ἁβρααμ ἃ ἐλάλησεν πρὸς αὐτόν. Ἀναμφιλέκτως γοὖν ταῦτα ὡς περὶ ἑτέρου κυρίου αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος διαλέγεται· πῶς οὖν ἐστὶ οἷόν τε τὸν τῶν ὅλων ὑπονοεῖν Θεὸν ταῦτα εἰρηκέναι; Περὶ ποίου γὰρ ἕτερου παρʼ αὐτὸν κυρίου δύναται λέγεσθαι τὰ ἐγκείμενα; Ἀλλὰ γὰρ σαφῆ ἐκ τούτων ὅτι μηδὲ τῷ τῶν ὅλων Θεῷ προσήκειν ἔοικε τὰ δηλούμενα· δέδεικται δὲ ὅτι μηδὲ τῇ τῶν ἀγγέλων φύσει· οἶδεν γοῦν, ὡς ἔφην, ὁ λόγος ἐπαληθεύειν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐπιφανείᾳ, σαφῶς ἐπισημαινόμενος τὰς διʼ αὐτῶν ὀπτασίας. Εἰ δὴ οὖν μήτʼ ἀγγελικῇ φύσει μήτε τῇ ἀνωτάτω καὶ ἀγενήτῳ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων Θεοῦ ταῦτα ἔοικεν ἁρμόττειν, λείποιτʼ ἂν τούτων μία μόνη λύσις, εἰ τὸ μὲν ἀναλλοίωτον καὶ ἄτρεπτον καὶ ἀόρατον ἐπὶ τὴν ἀγένητον διαφυλάττοιμεν οὐσίαν, τοὺς δʼ ἀναγεγραμμένους ὡς ἐκ Θεοῦ χρηματισμοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον μεταλαμβάνοιμεν, ὃν διαφόρως καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίας ὀφθῆναί τε καὶ τὰς ἐν ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς ἐμφερομένας οἰκονομίας ἐκτελέσαι πεπιστεύκαμεν· ἐπὶ μόνου δὲ τούτου μετὰ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν καὶ τὴν τετράγραμμον προσηγορίαν κειμένην εὕρομεν, ἅτε μονογενεῖ καὶ κληρονόμῳ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἁρμοττούσης καὶ ταύτης τῆς θεϊκῆς ἐπινοίας. Εὖ γοῦν εἰδὼς ὁ Ἁβραὰμ, ἅτε σοφὸς ὢν καὶ πρὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ προφήτης εἶναι μαρτυρούμενος, ὡς ὅτι πᾶσαν τὴν κρίσιν ἔδωκεν τῷ υἱῶ, προσκυνεῖ τε αὐτὸν, καὶ μόνῳ παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους φησὶν τὸ, μηδαμῶς ὁ κρίνων πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν οὐ ποιήσεις κρίσιν, ὅπερ ἀγγέλῳ τὸν θεῖον Λόγον ὑποβεβηκότι λέγεσθαι νομίζειν ἀνοίκειόν τε καὶ ἀπιθανώτατον, μόνῳ δὲ τῷ θείῳ Λόγῳ οἰκειότατον ἂν εἴη μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων φάσκειν καὶ τὸ, μὴ κρύψω ἐγὼ ἀπὸ Ἁβραὰμ τοῦ παιδός μου ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ· καὶ τὸ, ἤδειν γὰρ ὅτι συντάξει τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτὸν, καὶ φυλάξουσι τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου ποιεῖν δικαιοσύνην καὶ κρίσιν, ὅπως ἂν ἐπαγάγῃ κύριος ἐπὶ Ἁβραὰμ ἃ ἐλάλησε πρὸς αὐτόν. Καὶ πρέπει γε αὐτῷ ταῦτα λέγειν παιδεύοντι, ὅτι δὴ πάντα τὰ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ὁσίως δρώμενα εἰς μόνην τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς τῶν ὅλων ἀναφέρειν θέμις εὐσέβειαν, παρʼ οὗ ἐπὶ γῆς ὄντος· τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὰ πάντα τοῖς εὐσεβέσιν εἰς ὠφέλειάν· τε καὶ σωτηρίαν χορηγεῖται· ταῦτα δὲ ὁ θεῖός φησι Λόγος ὡς περὶ ἑτέρου κυρίου τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ πατρὸς διδάσκων· καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἑαυτοῦ Κύριόν τε καὶ Θεὸν αὐτὸν ὁμολόγει πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους μαθητὰς, ἀνέρχομαι φάσκων πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν. Πεπλήρωται δʼ ὅ τε νόμος καὶ πᾶσα γραφὴ τοῦ τοιοῦδε χαρακτῆρος τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν τοῦ θείου Λόγου, ὡς περὶ ἑτέρου κυρίου διαλεγομένου, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τοῦ Πατρός. Πολλῆς δὲ καὶ βαθυτάτης δεομένων θεωρίας τῶν κατὰ τὸν τόπον, ἱκανὰ καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς τὴν παροῦσαν ὑπόθεσιν.

Prōtos anagegraptai genomenos chrēmatismos tǭ Habraam hote eipen autǭ Kyrios; Exelthe ek tēs gēs sou kai ek tēs syngeneias sou kai ek tou oikou tou patros sou eis tēn gēn hēn an soi deixō; kai poiēsō se eis ethnos mega, kai eulogēsō se, kai megalynō to onoma sou, kai esę̄ eulogētos; kai eulogēsō tous eulogountas se, kai ta toutois hexēs. Deuteros, hote ōphthē autǭ Kyrios kai eipen autǭ; Tǭ spermati sou dōsō tēn gēn tautēn. Kai tritos, hote ho Kyrios eipen tǭ Habraam meta to diachōristhēnai ton Lōt apʼ autou ta anagegrammena. Tetartos, en hǭ eirētai, meta de ta rhēmata tauta egenēthē rhēma Kyriou pros Habraam en horamati tēs nyktos legōn, Mē phobou Habram, egō hyperaspizō sou; kai methʼ hetera; Egō Kyrios ho exagagōn se ek chōras Chaldaiōn. Pemptos, hote ōphthē Kyrios tǭ Habraam kai eipen autǭ, Egō eimi ho Theos, sou; euarestei enōpion emou, kai ta loipa. Hektos, en hǭ palin ōphthē autǭ Kyrios pros tę̄ dryï tę̄ Mambrę̄ kathēmenou autou epi tēs thyras tēs skēnēs autou mesēmbrias; anablepsas de tois ophthalmois autou eiden, kai idou treis andres heistēkeisan epanō autou; kai idōn prosedramen eis synantēsin autois apo tēs thyras tēs skēnēs autou; kai prosekynēsen epi tēn gēn kai eipen; Kyrie, ei heuron charin enantion sou mē parelthę̄s ton paida sou, lēphthētō dē mikron hydōr, kai nipsatōsan tous podas hymōn. Eita meta tina epipheretai, hoti exanastantes ekeithen epeblepsan epi prosōpon Sodomōn; Habraam de syneporeueto metʼ autōn sympropempōn autous; ho de Kyrios eipen; Mē krypsō egō apo Habraam tou paidos mou ha egō poiō? Habraam de ginomenos estai eis ethnos mega kai poly, kai eneulogēthēsetai en autǭ panta ta ethnē tēs gēs; ēdein gar hoti syntaxei tois huiois autou kai tǭ oikǭ autou metʼ autōn, kai phylaxousin tas hodous Kyriou, poiein dikaiosynēn kai krisin, hopōs an epagagę̄ Kyrios epi Habraam ha elalēsen pros auton. Eipen de Kyrios; kraugē Sodomōn kai Gomorras peplēthyntai. Kai metʼ oliga; kai apostrepsantes ekeithen hoi andres ēlthon eis Sodoma; Habraam de ēn hestēkōs henantion Kyriou; kai engisas Habraam eipen, Mē synapolesę̄s dikaion meta asebous; kai estai ho dikaios hōs ho asebēs; ean ōsi pentēkonta dikaioi en tę̄ polei apoleseis autous? ouk anēseis panta ton topon heneken tōn pentēkonta dikaiōn, ean ōsin en autę̄? mēdamōs sy poiēseis hōs to rhēma touto tou apokteinai dikaion meta asebous; kai estai ho dikaios hōs ho asebēs; mēdamōs; ho krinōn pasan tēn gēn ou poiēseis krisin? Kai methʼ hetera phēsin hē graphē; Apēlthen de Kyrios hōs epausato lalōn tǭ Habraam. Eisēlthon de kai hoi dyo angeloi eis Sodoma hesperas; Lōt de ekathēto para tēn pylēn Sodomōn. Epistēsai axion poteron angelos ho tychōn kata tous topous dēloutai ho tous chrēmatismous pros ton Habraam pepoiēmenos, ē autos ho tōn holōn Theos, ē tritos tis para toutous ho tou Theou Logos, hon meta ton anōtatō Patera kai Theon tōn holōn Kyrion kai Theon apokalein ethos tę̄ hierą graphē; eti te zētēsai, tis ēn ho tōn triōn tōn ophthentōn tǭ Habraam andrōn, pros hon autos te eipen, Kyrie, ei heuron charin enantion sou; kai palin, Mēdamōs; ho krinōn pasan tēn gēn ou poiēseis krisin? peri hou kai hē theia graphē ou monon prōton alla kai deuteron kai triton historēkōs phēsin, ōphthē de autǭ Kyrios, epi tę̄ Kyrios prosēgorią tou anekphōnētou en tǭ Hebraikǭ tetagmenou onomatos, hoper oudepōpote epi angelikēs dynameōs pareilēptai. Hote goun ho Lōt tois eis Sodoma elthousin angelois anagegraptai legōn, Deomai, kyrie, epeidē heuren ho pais sou eleos enōpion sou, keitai men en tǭ Hebraïkǭ to kyrie, allʼ ou dia tōn tessarōn stoicheiōn tōn parʼ Hebraiois epi tou arrētou onomatos tou Theou paralambanomenōn, diʼ heterōn de syllabōn diʼ hōn kai ho parʼ anthrōpois onomazomenos kyrios tōn pros ti tynchanōn, hoion oiketou kyrios, parʼ Hebraiois engegraptai; allʼ ouden ge toutois echon paraplēsion to epi tēs tou Theou authenteias dia tōn tessarōn stoicheiōn paralambanomenon en te tais anagegrammenais tou Theou pros ton Habraam optasiais empheromenon saphōs paristēsin, mē de angelon, mē de oligǭ touton epanabebēkuian tina theian dynamin autǭ kechrēmatikenai, allʼ auton ton Theon, hou tēn arrēton ekphōnēsin, autēn dē tautēn kata tous topous dia tōn tessarōn stoicheiōn empheromenēn, monos ho archiereus epi tou metōpou periekeito pherōn epi tou chrysou petalou to legomenon ektypōma sphragidos hagiasma[tos] kyriou. Kai hoti ge ouk adiaphoron esti tę̄ theią graphę̄ epʼ angelōn chrēsthai tę̄ toiautę̄ prosēgorią, prodēlon ek tou sphodra paratetērēmenōs pote men auton ton Theon ē ton dia tou tetragrammou dēloumenon kyrion ōphthai te kai kechrēkenai tois dikaiois historein, pote de angelous anagraphein tous heōramenous. Saphōs oun ho tę̄ Hagar alōmenę̄ epiphaneis angelos ēn; kai gar echrēn ekeinę̄ men, hate pleiston hoson apoleipomenę̄ tou Habraam, kai ouden ti pleon angelikēs optasias theōrein dynamenę̄, katallēlon tēn optasian genesthai dia tēs tou angelou parousias, tǭ de Habraam dia tēs meizonos autou tou Theou epiphaneias. Kai hoi loipoi de autoi tōn pros auton tou Theou phōnōn ouk an men harmoseien, ei epi angelous tis autous anagein peirǭto, monǭ de Theǭ prepoi an autous legein, hoion to, kai poiēsō se eis ethnos mega kai eulogēsō se, kai ta toutois paraplēsia; malista de to, egō kyrios ho exagagōn se ek chōras Chaldaiōn; kai to, egō eimi ho Theos, euarestei enantion emou, kai ta hexēs; kai oudeis houtō genoitʼ an potʼ ēlithios hōs angelon auta hyponoein eirēkenai. Kai hote goun pros tę̄ dryï kathezomenǭ tǭ Habraam hoi treis andres epestēsan, proseisi men autois ho Habraam, allʼ ou tois trisin, heni de monon to, kyrie ei heuron charin enantion sou. Kai tōn men allōn oudʼ heis tǭ Habraam eisagetai homilōn; epei mē de hę̄rei logos tous oiketas epi tou kyriou phthengesthai, monos de ho kyrios chrēmatizei, hos kai phēsin, mē krypsō egō apo Habraam tou paidos mou, kai ta loipa. Eita hoi men ana (hama) tǭ kyriǭ andres, dēlon dʼ hoti hoi angeloi, apostrepsantes, monoi katēlthon eis Sodoma, tou kyriou mē symparontos autois; (pōs gar kai hoion te ēn ton eumenē kai ileō Theon tois asebesin enepidēmein?) ho de epimenōn tę̄ pros ton theophilē kai dikaion synousią te kai diatribę̄, chairei men autou tę̄ homilią, hyperaspizetai de kai tēn philanthrōpotatēn euchēn, en ę̄ kai to mēdamōs ho krinōn pasan tēn gēn eirēkōs ho Habraam enargestata paristēsin heauton eu kai akribōs eidenai, hoti mē angelǭ, mē dʼ hypobebēkuią theią dynamei, allʼ autǭ Theǭ dialegoito. Eithʼ hexēs akribōs ta pragmata diairōn ho logos tous epi Sodoma anelthontas saphōs angelous prosagoreuei, epilegōn, hoti dē ēlthon hoi dyo angeloi eis Sodoma hesperas; kai en tois hexēs oute kyrion oute Theon ophthēnai tǭ Lōt, ē kai lelalēkenai, alla tous angelous anagraphei; hōstʼ ek pantos prodēlon, hoti Kyrios ēn kai Theos, allʼ ou tis angelōn, ho tǭ Habraam ōphthai pros tēs graphēs martyroumenos. Pantes men oun hoi diakoptein ethelontes tēn tēs palaias pros tēn kainēn diathēkēn sympnoian, hōsper hermaiǭ tois topois epibainontes saphōs ek toutōn paristanai dokousin heteron hyparchein ton tou Christou patera, hon kai aoraton hypo tēs euangelikēs phōnēs homologeisthai, para ton Mōseōs kai tōn prophētōn Theon diaphorōs ophthenta, tote men tǭ Habraam, tote de tǭ Isaak, (hǭ kai autǭ chrēmatizōn ta paraplēsia tois epi tou Habraam prothespizei, ) homoiōs de kai tǭ Iakōb, tacha de kai Hēsaïą phēsanti, eidon ton kyrion Sabaōth, kai tois loipois prophētais paraplēsiōs; hēmeis de, (epei kai en autois tois palai tou Theou prophētais empheretai ti theion logion ek prosōpou tou Theou phaskōn, diʼ hoti egō Kyrios ho Theos hymōn kai ouk ēlloiōmai; Kai ouchi ton ouranon kai tēn gēn egō plērō? legei kyrios; kai tǭ Mōsei de chrēmatizōn phēsin, oudeis opsetai mou to prosōpon kai zēsetai,) hōs pros tous proeirēmenous homou kai tous ek peritomēs, eti te tous mē prosïemenous deuteran meta tēn agenēton physin proÿparchein theotēta tou huiou, tauta epaporēsomen, pōs ho kai (kata) tautas tas prophēteias analloiōtos, kai atreptos, kai palin ton ouranon kai tēn gēn legōn plēroun monos Theos, saphōs te kai katʼ auton ton nomon schedon aoratos einai dēloumenos, kata to, oudeis opsetai mou to prosōpon kai zēsetai, alloioumenos palin, kai hōs peritrepōn tēn autos heautou ousian eis (en) mikrois tisi moriois tēs gēs chōrētos egigneto, kai heōrato tote men tǭ Habraam, tote de tois allois prophētais? Tauti gar ei epi ton tōn holōn anapheroito Theon, ou monon tę̄ euangelikę̄ phōnę̄ doxai an diaphōnein, alla kai tais prophētikais, achōrēton kai analloiōton auton kai aoraton anthrōpois apophēnamenais; ei mē ara mē de ōphthai tis eipoi auton ton Theon tois anagegrammenois, phantasiōsai de autous auto monon, hōs dokein men horan kai akouein, ou mēn kai alēthōs ti tōn nomizomenōn phainesthai theōrein, oude mēn akouein katʼ alētheian, apatōmenous de kai en toutois nomizein, kai dokein akouein, hoper anoikeion te kai allotrion hyparchei tēs apseudous kai aplanous tou tōn holōn Theou physeōs; eti de kai asystaton on deiknytai ek tou legein historeisthai auton ton Theon peri tou Habraam to, ēdein gar hoti syntaxei tois huiois autou kai tǭ oikǭ autou metʼ auton kai phylaxousin tas hodous kyriou poiein dikaiosynēn kai krisin, hopōs an hepagagę̄ kyrios epi Habraam ha elalēsen pros auton. Anamphilektōs goun tauta hōs peri heterou kyriou autos ho Kyrios dialegetai; pōs oun esti hoion te ton tōn holōn hyponoein Theon tauta eirēkenai? Peri poiou gar heterou parʼ auton kyriou dynatai legesthai ta enkeimena? Alla gar saphē ek toutōn hoti mēde tǭ tōn holōn Theǭ prosēkein eoike ta dēloumena; dedeiktai de hoti mēde tę̄ tōn angelōn physei; oiden goun, hōs ephēn, ho logos epalētheuein epi tę̄ tōn angelōn epiphaneią, saphōs episēmainomenos tas diʼ autōn optasias. Ei dē oun mētʼ angelikę̄ physei mēte tę̄ anōtatō kai agenētǭ tou tōn holōn Theou tauta eoiken harmottein, leipoitʼ an toutōn mia monē lysis, ei to men analloiōton kai atrepton kai aoraton epi tēn agenēton diaphylattoimen ousian, tous dʼ anagegrammenous hōs ek Theou chrēmatismous epi ton tou Theou Logon metalambanoimen, hon diaphorōs kai pro tēs enanthrōpēseōs hyper tēs tōn anthrōpōn sōtērias ophthēnai te kai tas en tais theiais graphais empheromenas oikonomias ektelesai pepisteukamen; epi monou de toutou meta ton tōn holōn Theon kai tēn tetragrammon prosēgorian keimenēn heuromen, hate monogenei kai klēronomǭ tou Patros harmottousēs kai tautēs tēs theïkēs epinoias. Eu goun eidōs ho Habraam, hate sophos ōn kai pros autou tou Theou prophētēs einai martyroumenos, hōs hoti pasan tēn krisin edōken tǭ huiō, proskynei te auton, kai monǭ para tous allous phēsin to, mēdamōs ho krinōn pasan tēn gēn ou poiēseis krisin, hoper angelǭ ton theion Logon hypobebēkoti legesthai nomizein anoikeion te kai apithanōtaton, monǭ de tǭ theiǭ Logǭ oikeiotaton an eiē meta tōn allōn phaskein kai to, mē krypsō egō apo Habraam tou paidos mou ha egō poiō; kai to, ēdein gar hoti syntaxei tois huiois autou kai tǭ oikǭ autou metʼ auton, kai phylaxousi tas hodous kyriou poiein dikaiosynēn kai krisin, hopōs an epagagę̄ kyrios epi Habraam ha elalēse pros auton. Kai prepei ge autǭ tauta legein paideuonti, hoti dē panta ta ex anthrōpōn hosiōs drōmena eis monēn tēn tou Theou kai Patros tōn holōn anapherein themis eusebeian, parʼ hou epi gēs ontos; tōn agathōn ta panta tois eusebesin eis ōpheleian; te kai sōtērian chorēgeitai; tauta de ho theios phēsi Logos hōs peri heterou kyriou tou heautou patros didaskōn; kai gar kai heautou Kyrion te kai Theon auton homologei pros tous idious mathētas, anerchomai phaskōn pros ton patera mou kai patera hymōn, kai Theon mou kai Theon hymōn. Peplērōtai dʼ ho te nomos kai pasa graphē tou toioude charaktēros tou kyriou, toutʼ estin tou theiou Logou, hōs peri heterou kyriou dialegomenou, dēlon dʼ hoti tou Patros. Pollēs de kai bathytatēs deomenōn theōrias tōn kata ton topon, hikana kai tauta pros tēn parousan hypothesin.

The first recorded oracle given to Abraham is when the Lord said to him: “Go out from your land and from your kindred and from your father's house to the land that I will show you; and I will make you into a great nation, and I will bless you, and I will make your name great, and you will be blessed; and I will bless those who bless you,” and what follows. The second, when the Lord appeared to him and said to him: “To your offspring I will give this land.” And the third, when the Lord said to Abraham, after Lot had separated from him, what is recorded. The fourth, in which it is said: “After these words the word of the Lord came to Abraham in a vision of the night, saying, ‘Do not fear, Abram; I am shielding you’”; and after other things: “I am the Lord who brought you out of the land of the Chaldeans.” The fifth, when the Lord appeared to Abraham and said to him: “I am your God; be well pleasing before me,” and the rest. The sixth, in which again the Lord appeared to him by the oak of Mamre, as he sat at the door of his tent at midday; “and looking up with his eyes he saw, and behold, three men were standing above him; and when he saw them he ran from the door of his tent to meet them, and bowed down to the ground and said, ‘Lord, if I have found favour before you, do not pass by your servant; let a little water be brought, and let them wash your feet.’” Then after some things it is added that “rising up from there they looked toward Sodom; and Abraham went along with them, escorting them. And the Lord said, ‘Shall I hide from Abraham my servant what I am doing? Abraham will surely become a great and numerous nation, and in him all the nations of the earth will be blessed; for I knew that he will command his sons and his house after him, and they will keep the ways of the Lord, to do righteousness and judgment, so that the Lord may bring upon Abraham what he spoke to him.’ And the Lord said, ‘The outcry of Sodom and Gomorrah has been multiplied.’” And a little after: “And the men turned away from there and came to Sodom; but Abraham was standing before the Lord. And Abraham drew near and said, ‘Do not destroy the righteous with the ungodly, so that the righteous will be as the ungodly. If there are fifty righteous in the city, will you destroy them? Will you not spare the whole place for the sake of the fifty righteous, if they are in it? Far be it from you to do such a thing as this, to kill the righteous with the ungodly, so that the righteous will be as the ungodly. Far be it! Shall not you who judge all the earth do justice?’” And after other things the Scripture says: “The Lord went away when he had ceased speaking with Abraham. And the two angels came into Sodom in the evening; and Lot was sitting by the gate of Sodom.”

It is worth considering whether it is some ordinary angel who is indicated in these passages as the one who gave the oracles to Abraham, or the God of the universe himself, or some third besides these, the Word of God, whom the sacred Scripture is accustomed to call Lord and God after the supreme Father and God of the universe; and further to ask which of the three men who appeared to Abraham was the one to whom he said, “Lord, if I have found favour before you,” and again, “Far be it! Shall not you who judge all the earth do justice?” Of him the divine Scripture, having related it not only a first but a second and a third time, says, “The Lord appeared to him,” the title “Lord” standing for the name that is unpronounced in the Hebrew, which has never been used of an angelic power. When, for example, Lot is recorded as saying to the angels who came to Sodom, “I pray, lord, since your servant has found mercy before you,” the word “lord” stands in the Hebrew, but not with the four letters that the Hebrews use for the ineffable name of God; it is written with other syllables, with which the Hebrews also write the one who among humans is called lord in a relative sense, as the lord of a servant. But the name used, with the four letters, of the supreme authority of God, which has nothing like these and which appears in the recorded visions of God to Abraham, clearly shows that it was neither an angel nor some divine power a little above an angel that gave him the oracles, but God himself, whose ineffable pronunciation, the very one that appears in these passages through the four letters, the high priest alone wore on his forehead, bearing on the golden plate what is called “the engraving of a seal: Holiness of the Lord.” That the divine Scripture does not use such a title of angels indifferently is evident from its very careful practice of recording sometimes that God himself, or the Lord indicated by the tetragram, appeared and spoke to the righteous, and at other times that those seen were angels.

So the one who appeared to Hagar in her wandering was clearly an angel; for it was fitting that for her, since she fell very far short of Abraham and could see nothing greater than an angelic vision, the vision should be suited to her through the presence of the angel, but for Abraham through the greater manifestation of God himself. And the rest of God's sayings to Abraham would not fit if one tried to refer them to angels, but would befit God alone to say, such as “And I will make you into a great nation and I will bless you,” and the like; and above all “I am the Lord who brought you out of the land of the Chaldeans,” and “I am God; be well pleasing before me,” and what follows; and no one could ever be so foolish as to suppose that an angel said these things. And so, when the three men stood by Abraham as he sat at the oak, Abraham approaches them, yet he says, not to the three but to one only, “Lord, if I have found favour before you.” And none of the others is introduced conversing with Abraham, since it was not fitting for the servants to speak in the presence of their lord; the Lord alone gives the oracle, who also says, “Shall I hide from Abraham my servant,” and the rest. Then the men who were with the Lord, clearly the angels, turned away and went down alone to Sodom, the Lord not going with them (for how could the kind and gracious God sojourn among the ungodly?); but he, remaining in company and conversation with the righteous friend of God, rejoices in his converse and also shelters his most humane prayer, in which Abraham, by saying “Far be it! You who judge all the earth,” shows most clearly that he knew well and exactly that he was conversing not with an angel, nor with a lesser divine power, but with God himself. Next the word, distinguishing matters exactly, calls those who went to Sodom plainly angels, adding that “the two angels came into Sodom in the evening”; and in what follows it records that neither the Lord nor God was seen by Lot or spoke with him, but the angels. So it is wholly evident that the one whom Scripture testifies appeared to Abraham was Lord and God, and not one of the angels.

Now all who wish to cut apart the harmony of the Old Testament with the New seize on these passages as a godsend and think they clearly show from them that the Father of Christ, who they say is confessed invisible by the Gospel's voice, is other than the God of Moses and the prophets, who appeared in various ways, now to Abraham, now to Isaac (to whom too he gave oracles foretelling things like those given to Abraham), and likewise to Jacob, and perhaps also to Isaiah, who said, “I saw the Lord of Sabaoth,” and similarly to the other prophets. But we (since in the ancient prophets of God themselves there appears a divine oracle spoken in the person of God, saying, “For I am the Lord your God, and I have not changed”; and “Do I not fill heaven and earth? says the Lord”; and to Moses, giving an oracle, he says, “No one shall see my face and live”), we will raise this difficulty both against those already mentioned and against those of the circumcision, and further against those who do not accept that a second divinity, that of the Son, pre-exists after the unbegotten nature: how could the God who, (according to) these prophecies, is unchanging and immutable, who again says that he alone fills heaven and earth, and who is clearly shown by the Law itself to be invisible, according to “No one shall see my face and live,” be changed again, and, as though turning his own substance, become containable (in) some small parts of the earth, and be seen now by Abraham, now by the other prophets? For if these things were referred to the God of the universe, they would seem to disagree not only with the Gospel's voice but also with the prophetic voices, which declared him uncontainable, unchanging, and invisible to humans; unless one should say that God himself was not seen at all by those recorded, but only made them imagine it, so that they seemed to see and hear without truly beholding any of the things they thought appeared, nor truly hearing, but were deceived in these things and supposed and seemed that they heard: which is unfitting and foreign to the truthful and unerring nature of the God of the universe. Further, it is shown to be untenable because God himself is related to say concerning Abraham: “For I knew that he will command his sons and his house after him, and they will keep the ways of the Lord, to do righteousness and judgment, so that the Lord may bring upon Abraham what he spoke to him.” Beyond dispute, then, the Lord himself speaks these words as about another Lord; how then is it possible to suppose that the God of the universe said them? About what other Lord besides himself could the words be said? It is clear from these considerations that what is indicated does not seem to belong to the God of the universe; and it has been shown that it does not belong to the nature of angels either; for the word, as I said, knows how to be accurate about the appearance of angels, clearly marking the visions given through them. If, then, these things seem to fit neither the angelic nature nor the supreme and unbegotten nature of the God of the universe, a single solution would remain: that we keep unchangeableness, immutability, and invisibility for the unbegotten substance, and transfer the oracles recorded as from God to the Word of God, who, we believe, appeared in various ways even before the incarnation for the salvation of humans and carried out the dispensations recorded in the divine Scriptures; and to him alone, after the God of the universe, we have found the four-lettered title applied, since this divine designation also fits the only-begotten and heir of the Father. Abraham, then, knowing well, being wise and attested by God himself to be a prophet, that “he has given all judgment to the Son,” bows down to him and says to him alone, apart from the others, “Far be it! Shall not you who judge all the earth do justice?”, which it would be unfitting and most implausible to think was said to an angel, who is below the divine Word; whereas it would be most fitting for the divine Word alone to say, with the rest, “Shall I hide from Abraham my servant what I am doing?” and “For I knew that he will command his sons and his house after him, and they will keep the ways of the Lord, to do righteousness and judgment, so that the Lord may bring upon Abraham what he spoke to him.” And it befits him to say these things as a teacher: that everything done in holiness by humans may rightly be referred only to the worship of the God and Father of the universe, from whom all good things are supplied to the godly on earth for their benefit and salvation. These things the divine Word says, teaching about another Lord, his own Father; for he also confessed him as his own Lord and God to his own disciples, saying, “I am ascending to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God.” The Law and all Scripture are full of this pattern of the Lord, that is, of the divine Word, speaking as about another Lord, clearly the Father. Since the matters in these passages need much and very deep contemplation, these remarks are enough for the present undertaking.

1.4Gaisford

Καὶ ἀπέδρα Ἅγαρ ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῆς· δῆλον ὅτι τῆς Σάρρας· εὗρε δὲ αὐτὴν ἄγγελος Κυρίου ἐπὶ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος· καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δεύτερον εἴρηται, εἶπεν δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου· καὶ τρίτον δὲ, εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, Πληθύνων πληθυνῶ τὸ σπέρμα σου, καὶ οὐκ ἀριθμηθήσεται ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους· καὶ αὖθις, εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου· Ἰδοὺ σὺ ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξεις, καὶ τέξῃ υἱὸν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰσμαήλʼ ὅτι ἐπήκουσε Κύριος τῇ ταπεινώσει σου· καὶ μετὰ πάντας τοὺς λόγους εἴρηται, Καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου τοῦ λαλοῦντος πρὸς αὐτὴν, Σὺ Θεὸς ὁ ἐπιδών με· εἰ μὴ καὶ ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς ἱερᾶς γραφῆς κύριος ὠνόμαστο τῇ Ἅγαρ ἐπιφανεὶς ἀλωμένῃ ἐν τῷ, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ λαλοῦντος πρὸς αὐτὴν, κἂν ὑπέλαβέ τις τὴν Ἅγαρ Θεὸν ἐσφαλμένως ὑπειληφέναι τὸν ἄγγελον· νυνὶ δὲ ἡ γραφὴ μαρτυρεῖ, ὅτι Κύριος ἦν ὁ διὰ τοῦ προωνομασμένου χρηματίζων ἀγγέλου, διʼ οὗ ἅτε Κύριος καὶ Θεὸς ὢν πρεπόντως ἑαυτῷ ἔλεγε τὸ, Πληθύνων πληθυνῶ τὸ σπέρμα σου· τοῦτο γὰρ Θεῷ μόνῳ ἁρμόζοι ἂν λέγειν, οὐκέτι δὲ καὶ ἀγγέλῳ· τούτῳ δʼ αὖ τῷ ῥήματι καὶ τὴν Ἅγαρ εἰκὸς ἐπιστήσασαν, συνεῖσάν τε ὅτι μόνου Θεοῦ γένοιτʼ ἄν ἡ τοιαύτη φωνὴ, εἰρηκέναι, ὅτι σὺ Θεὸς ὁ ἐπιδών με· ἀλλὰ καὶ δεύτερον, ὅτε ἀποδιδράσκει μεθʼ ἑαυτῆς ἔχουσα τὸν υἱὸν, γέγραπται, ἐκάλεσεν δὲ ἄγγελος τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν Ἅγαρ ἐν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ τὰ ἀναγεγραμμένα, ἐν οἷς ἐστιν καὶ τὸ, εἰς γὰρ ἔθνος ποιήσω αὐτό· δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τὸ παιδίον· ὅπερ οὐκέτι τὸν ἄγγελον ἀξιόπιστον ἂν εἴη λέγειν, Θεοῦ γὰρ πάλιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία. Τίνος οὖν κυρίου ἐκάλεσεν ἡ Ἅγαρ τοὔνομα, Σὺ ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἐπιδών με, κἀνταῦθα τῆς γραφῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ κυρίου τὸ τετράγραμμον παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ὄνομα περιεχούσης; ἢ δῆλον ἐκ τῶν προαποδεδομένων, ὅτι δὴ τοῦ ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν Λόγου, ὃς ἐπιπαρὼν, καὶ τὰ κατʼ ἀνθρώπους ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐφορῶν τε καὶ οἰκονομῶν, τοῖς μὲν ἐπαναβεβηκόσι καὶ τελείοις ἀνδράσιν, οἷος ἦν ὅ τε Ἁβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ, αὐτὸς διʼ ἑαυτοῦ παρείχετο τὰς ὀπτασίας· τοῖς δὲ τῆς τούτων ἀρετῆς ἀποδέουσιν, οἷος ἦν ὁ Λὼτ, καὶ οἱ ἐν τοῖς Κριταῖς Γεδεών τε καὶ Μανωὲ, καὶ ὅσοι τούτοις ἐμφέρονται παραπλήσιοι, λειτουργοῖς καὶ διακόνοις τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτὸν θείοις ἀγγέλοις χρώμενος πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως παρείχετο διʼ αὐτῶν τὰς ἐπαγγελίας. Ταύτῃ γοὖν καὶ τῇ Ἅγαρ, ἅτε μὴ οἵᾳ τε οὔσῃ πῶ τὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ θείου Λόγου χωρεῖν ὀπτασίαν, διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τὰ ἀναγεγραμμένα θεσπίζει· εἰ (ἔτι) δὲ καὶ τῷ Ἰακὼβ διʼ ἀγγέλων ἐπιφαίνεται· ἀλλʼ ὅρα ὅτι καὶ τοῦτο κατʼ ἀρχὰς μὲν ὡς ἂν ἔτι εἰσαγομένῳ τοῦτον χρηματίζει τὸν τρόπον, προκόψαντι δὲ καὶ εἰς τελειότητα ἐπιδόντι γυμνῆς καὶ ἀνεπικαλύπτου τῆς ἰδίας μεταδίδωσιν ὁμιλίας, οὐκέτι μὲν διʼ ἀγγέλων καὶ διʼ ἑρμηνέων, αὐτὸς δὲ διʼ ἑαυτοῦ· ὁ Κύριος καὶ Θεὸς Λόγος, ὁ τὰ δευτερεῖα τῆς πατρικῆς ἐπέχων θεότητος, τῆς ἰδίας αὐτὸν καταξιῶν ὀπτασίας.

Kai apedra Hagar apo prosōpou autēs; dēlon hoti tēs Sarras; heure de autēn angelos Kyriou epi tēs pēgēs tou hydatos; kai en tois hexēs deuteron eirētai, eipen de autēn ho angelos Kyriou; kai triton de, eipen autę̄ ho angelos Kyriou, Plēthynōn plēthynō to sperma sou, kai ouk arithmēthēsetai apo tou plēthous; kai authis, eipen autę̄ ho angelos kyriou; Idou sy en gastri hexeis, kai texę̄ huion, kai kaleseis to onoma autou Ismaēlʼ hoti epēkouse Kyrios tę̄ tapeinōsei sou; kai meta pantas tous logous eirētai, Kai ekalesen to onoma Kyriou tou lalountos pros autēn, Sy Theos ho epidōn me; ei mē kai apo prosōpou tēs hieras graphēs kyrios ōnomasto tę̄ Hagar epiphaneis alōmenę̄ en tǭ, kai ekalesen to onoma kyriou tou lalountos pros autēn, kan hypelabe tis tēn Hagar Theon esphalmenōs hypeilēphenai ton angelon; nyni de hē graphē martyrei, hoti Kyrios ēn ho dia tou proōnomasmenou chrēmatizōn angelou, diʼ hou hate Kyrios kai Theos ōn prepontōs heautǭ elege to, Plēthynōn plēthynō to sperma sou; touto gar Theǭ monǭ harmozoi an legein, ouketi de kai angelǭ; toutǭ dʼ au tǭ rhēmati kai tēn Hagar eikos epistēsasan, syneisan te hoti monou Theou genoitʼ an hē toiautē phōnē, eirēkenai, hoti sy Theos ho epidōn me; alla kai deuteron, hote apodidraskei methʼ heautēs echousa ton huion, gegraptai, ekalesen de angelos tou Theou tēn Hagar en tou ouranou, kai eipen autę̄ ta anagegrammena, en hois estin kai to, eis gar ethnos poiēsō auto; dēlon dʼ hoti to paidion; hoper ouketi ton angelon axiopiston an eiē legein, Theou gar palin hē epangelia. Tinos oun kyriou ekalesen hē Hagar tounoma, Sy ho Theos ho epidōn me, kantautha tēs graphēs epi tou kyriou to tetragrammon parʼ Hebraiois onoma periechousēs? ē dēlon ek tōn proapodedomenōn, hoti dē tou en archę̄ pros ton Theon Logou, hos epiparōn, kai ta katʼ anthrōpous ex archēs ephorōn te kai oikonomōn, tois men epanabebēkosi kai teleiois andrasin, hoios ēn ho te Habraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb, autos diʼ heautou pareicheto tas optasias; tois de tēs toutōn aretēs apodeousin, hoios ēn ho Lōt, kai hoi en tois Kritais Gedeōn te kai Manōe, kai hosoi toutois empherontai paraplēsioi, leitourgois kai diakonois tois hypʼ auton theiois angelois chrōmenos polymerōs kai polytropōs pareicheto diʼ autōn tas epangelias. Tautę̄ goun kai tę̄ Hagar, hate mē hoią te ousę̄ pō tēn autou tou theiou Logou chōrein optasian, dia tou angelou ta anagegrammena thespizei; ei (eti) de kai tǭ Iakōb diʼ angelōn epiphainetai; allʼ hora hoti kai touto katʼ archas men hōs an eti eisagomenǭ touton chrēmatizei ton tropon, prokopsanti de kai eis teleiotēta epidonti gymnēs kai anepikalyptou tēs idias metadidōsin homilias, ouketi men diʼ angelōn kai diʼ hermēneōn, autos de diʼ heautou; ho Kyrios kai Theos Logos, ho ta deutereia tēs patrikēs epechōn theotētos, tēs idias auton kataxiōn optasias.

“And Hagar ran away from her presence,” that is, from Sarah's, “and an angel of the Lord found her at the spring of water”; and in what follows it is said a second time, “And the angel of the Lord said to her”; and a third time, “The angel of the Lord said to her, ‘I will surely multiply your offspring, and it will not be counted for multitude’”; and again, “The angel of the Lord said to her, ‘Behold, you are with child and will bear a son, and you shall call his name Ishmael, because the Lord has heard your humiliation.’” And after all these words it is said, “And she called the name of the Lord who spoke to her, ‘You are God who looked upon me.’” If the sacred Scripture had not, in its own person, named the one who appeared to Hagar in her wandering “Lord,” in the words “And she called the name of the Lord who spoke to her,” one might have supposed that Hagar mistakenly took the angel for God. But as it is, Scripture testifies that it was the Lord who gave the oracle through the angel just named, through whom, being Lord and God, he fittingly said of himself, “I will surely multiply your offspring”; for it would befit God alone to say this, and no longer an angel. It is likely that Hagar too, attending to this word and understanding that such a voice could belong only to God, said, “You are God who looked upon me.” And a second time, when she runs away with her son, it is written, “An angel of God called to Hagar out of heaven, and said to her” what is recorded, among which is this: “For I will make it into a nation,” clearly the child; and it would not be credible for the angel to say this, for again the promise is God's. Whose name, then, as Lord did Hagar call, “You are the God who looked upon me,” since here too Scripture has the Hebrews' four-lettered name for “Lord”? Is it not clear from what has already been shown that it was the name of the Word who was in the beginning with God? Being present, and from the beginning overseeing and administering human affairs, he himself in person gave visions to men who were advanced and perfect, such as Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; but to those who fell short of their virtue, such as Lot, and Gideon and Manoah in Judges, and others like them, he gave his promises through the divine angels under him, using them as ministers and servants in many parts and many ways. So to Hagar too, since she was not yet able to receive the vision of the divine Word himself, he delivers the recorded oracles through the angel. And if (also) he appears to Jacob through angels, see that he gives oracles in this way at first, as to one still being initiated; but when Jacob had advanced and made progress toward perfection, he gave him a share of his own converse, bare and unveiled, no longer through angels and interpreters, but himself in person: the Lord and God, the Word, who holds the second rank of the Father's divinity, deeming him worthy of his own vision.

1.5Gaisford

Ὁ ἥλιος· ἐξῆλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ Λὼτ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Σηγώρ. Καὶ Κύριος ἔβρεξεν ἐπὶ Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα θεῖον καὶ πῦρ παρὰ Κυρίου ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Οὐκ οἶμαι τινὰ τῶν ἅπαξ πεπιστευκότων ἱερὰς καὶ θεοπνεύστους ὑπάρχειν τὰς ἁγίας γραφὰς εὑρεσιλογεῖν τι εἰς τοὺς τόπους, ἀντιλέγειν πειρώμενον τοῖς περὶ τοῦ Λόγου τοῦ Θεοῦ παραδεδομένοις, ὅτι τε προῆν ὑπόστασιν ἰδίαν ἔχων, καὶ ὅτι πρὸ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως τὰς εἰς ἀνθρώπους οἰκονομίας ἐτέλει· δύο γὰρ κυρίους ἐνταῦθα σαφῶς ἡ γραφὴ παρίστησιν, εἴ γε Κύριος ἔβρεξεν παρὰ Κυρίου. Τὸ δʼ ὅμοιόν ἐστιν εὑρεῖν παρὰ τῷ ἱερῷ ἀποστόλῳ φήσαντι, Δῴη ὁ Κύριος ἔλεος τῷ Ὀνησιφόρου οἴκῳ· καὶ Δῴη αὐτῷ εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐν τούτοις περὶ Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ διαρθροῦν λόγους, τῷ μὲν ἀγενήτῳ καὶ Πατρὶ τῶν ὅλων τὴν κατὰ πάντων καὶ κατʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ κυρίαν τε καὶ αὐθεντείαν ἀνατιθέντας, τῷ δὲ τῷ Λόγῳ τὰ δευτερεῖα μετὰ τὸν Πατέρα τῆς κατὰ πάντων τῶν γεγενημένων ἀρχῆς τε καὶ δεσποτείας ἀπονέμοντας. Δὶς δὲ ἐνταῦθα ὀνομαζομένου τοῦ κυρίου, κατὰ τὸ, ἔβρεξεν Κυρίος παρὰ Κυρίου, δὶς κατὰ τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν καὶ τὸ τετράγραμμον ἐμφέρεται, ὡς σαφέστατα ἀνομολογεῖσθαι τὸ ἐπὶ δύο προσώπων, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς τῶν ὅλων καὶ τοῦ Λόγου αὐτοῦ, τὴν ἄρρητον ταύτην παραλαμβάνεσθαι σημείωσιν· ὡς μηκέτʼ ἀμφιβόλως ἔχειν, εἴ που ἂν φέροιτο ἡ τοιαύτη ἐπὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ προσηγορία, μὴ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγενήτου φύσεως αὐτὴν παραλαμβάνεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὄντος Λόγου.

Ho hēlios; exēlthen epi tēn gēn, kai Lōt eisēlthen eis Sēgōr. Kai Kyrios ebrexen epi Sodoma kai Gomorra theion kai pyr para Kyriou ek tou ouranou. Ouk oimai tina tōn hapax pepisteukotōn hieras kai theopneustous hyparchein tas hagias graphas heuresilogein ti eis tous topous, antilegein peirōmenon tois peri tou Logou tou Theou paradedomenois, hoti te proēn hypostasin idian echōn, kai hoti pro tēs enanthrōpēseōs tas eis anthrōpous oikonomias etelei; dyo gar kyrious entautha saphōs hē graphē paristēsin, ei ge Kyrios ebrexen para Kyriou. To dʼ homoion estin heurein para tǭ hierǭ apostolǭ phēsanti, Dǭē ho Kyrios eleos tǭ Onēsiphorou oikǭ; kai Dǭē autǭ heurein eleos para Kyriou en ekeinę̄ tę̄ hēmerą. Alla gar en toutois peri Patros kai Huiou diarthroun logous, tǭ men agenētǭ kai Patri tōn holōn tēn kata pantōn kai katʼ autou tou Huiou kyrian te kai authenteian anatithentas, tǭ de tǭ Logǭ ta deutereia meta ton Patera tēs kata pantōn tōn gegenēmenōn archēs te kai despoteias aponemontas. Dis de entautha onomazomenou tou kyriou, kata to, ebrexen Kyrios para Kyriou, dis kata to Hebraïkon kai to tetragrammon empheretai, hōs saphestata anomologeisthai to epi dyo prosōpōn, dēlon dʼ hoti tou Theou kai Patros tōn holōn kai tou Logou autou, tēn arrēton tautēn paralambanesthai sēmeiōsin; hōs mēketʼ amphibolōs echein, ei pou an pheroito hē toiautē epi tou Theou prosēgoria, mē monon epi tēs agenētou physeōs autēn paralambanesthai, alla kai epi tou en archę̄ pros ton Theon ontos Logou.

“The sun rose upon the earth, and Lot entered Zoar. And the Lord rained on Sodom and Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the Lord out of heaven.” I do not think that anyone who has once believed the holy Scriptures to be sacred and inspired by God will invent quibbles about these passages in an attempt to contradict what has been handed down about the Word of God: that he pre-existed with his own subsistence, and that before the incarnation he carried out the dispensations toward humans. For here the Scripture clearly presents two Lords, since the Lord rained from the Lord. One can find the like in the holy apostle, who says, “May the Lord grant mercy to the house of Onesiphorus,” and “May the Lord grant him to find mercy from the Lord on that day.” In these passages we must articulate the doctrine of Father and Son, ascribing to the unbegotten Father of the universe the lordship and supreme authority over all things and over the Son himself, and assigning to the Word the second rank after the Father in rule and dominion over all things that have come into being. Since “Lord” is named twice here, as in “the Lord rained from the Lord,” the tetragram appears twice in the Hebrew, so that it is most plainly admitted that this ineffable sign is used of two persons, clearly the God and Father of the universe and his Word. So it is no longer doubtful that wherever such a title is applied to God, it is used not only of the unbegotten nature but also of the Word who was in the beginning with God.

1.6Gaisford

Ἐν τῇ πρὸς τὸν Ἰακὼβ εὐλογίᾳ ὁ Ἰσαὰκ φησὶ μετά τινα καὶ ταῦτα· καὶ δουλευσάτωσάν σοι ἔθνη· καὶ προσκυνήσουσίν σοι ἄρχοντες· καὶ γίνου κύριος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, καὶ προσκυνήσουσίν σοι υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρός σου. Τὰ λεγόμενα ὡς πρὸς τὸν Ἰακὼβ οὐ πάνυ τί φαίνεται δύνασθαι ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἀνάγεσθαι, οὐδὲ μὴν ἐπὶ τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ γενόμενον λαὸν τὸν ἐκ περιτομῆς· ποῖα γὰρ ἔθνη καὶ πότε ἐδούλευσεν αὐτῷ; ἢ τίνες ἄρχοντες αὐτῷ προσεκύνησαν; ὡς τίνα δὲ καὶ προσεκύνουν; πότε δὲ καὶ ἐκυρίευσε τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ; ἢ τίνες οἱ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ υἱοὶ οἱ λεγόμενοι προσκυνήσειν αὐτῷ; Καὶ μὴν οὐχ εὑρίσκεταί γε ὁ Ἰσαὰκ ἑτερόν τινα παρὰ τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἐσχηκὼς ἢ μόνον τὸν Ἠσαῦ· πῶς οὖν πληθυντικῶς εἴρηται τὸ, προσκυνήσουσίν σοι οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρός σου; Ταῦτα δʼ ἐσημειωσάμεθα διὰ τὸ πολλάκις καὶ Ἰακὼβ τὸν Χριστὸν ἐν ταῖς προφητείαις χρηματίζειν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις δειχθήσεται τόποις, ὑπονοοῦντες μὴ πῆ καὶ ταῦτα δύναται ταῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ μαρτυρίαις ἁρμόζειν. Ὥσπερ γοὖν καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ἰσαὰκ εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν μετείληφεν ὁ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολος φήσας, τῷ δὲ Ἁβραὰμ ἐδόθησαν αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ· οὐ λέγει καὶ τοῖς σπέρμασιν, ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνὸς, καὶ τῷ σπέρματί σου, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, ὅρα εἰ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τὰ ἐνταῦθα ὡς περὶ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ εἰρημένα μᾶλλον ἁρμόζοι ἂν τῷ Χριστῷ, ἅπερ εἰ οὕτως ἔχοι ὁ φιλομαθὴς ἑκάστην λέξιν νόμοις ἀλληγορίας ἐξετάσας εἴσεται.

En tę̄ pros ton Iakōb eulogią ho Isaak phēsi meta tina kai tauta; kai douleusatōsan soi ethnē; kai proskynēsousin soi archontes; kai ginou kyrios tou adelphou sou, kai proskynēsousin soi huioi tou patros sou. Ta legomena hōs pros ton Iakōb ou pany ti phainetai dynasthai epʼ auton anagesthai, oude mēn epi ton ex autou genomenon laon ton ek peritomēs; poia gar ethnē kai pote edouleusen autǭ? ē tines archontes autǭ prosekynēsan? hōs tina de kai prosekynoun? pote de kai ekyrieuse tou adelphou autou? ē tines hoi tou patros autou huioi hoi legomenoi proskynēsein autǭ? Kai mēn ouch heurisketai ge ho Isaak heteron tina para ton Iakōb eschēkōs ē monon ton Ēsau; pōs oun plēthyntikōs eirētai to, proskynēsousin soi hoi huioi tou patros sou? Tauta dʼ esēmeiōsametha dia to pollakis kai Iakōb ton Christon en tais prophēteiais chrēmatizein, hōs en tois oikeiois deichthēsetai topois, hyponoountes mē pē kai tauta dynatai tais peri autou martyriais harmozein. Hōsper goun kai ta kata ton Isaak eis ton Christon meteilēphen ho hieros apostolos phēsas, tǭ de Habraam edothēsan hai epangeliai kai tǭ spermati autou; ou legei kai tois spermasin, hōs epi pollōn, allʼ hōs ephʼ henos, kai tǭ spermati sou, hos estin Christos, hora ei mē ton auton tropon kai ta entautha hōs peri tou Iakōb eirēmena mallon harmozoi an tǭ Christǭ, haper ei houtōs echoi ho philomathēs hekastēn lexin nomois allēgorias exetasas eisetai.

In his blessing of Jacob, Isaac says, among other things, this: “And let nations serve you, and rulers will bow down to you; and be lord of your brother, and the sons of your father will bow down to you.” What is said as if to Jacob does not seem at all capable of being referred to him, nor to the people of the circumcision descended from him. For what nations served him, and when? Or what rulers bowed down to him? And as to whom would they bow? When did he become lord of his brother? Or who are the sons of his father who are said to bow down to him? Indeed, Isaac is not found to have had any son besides Jacob except Esau alone; how then is it said in the plural, “The sons of your father will bow down to you”? We have noted these things because in the prophecies Christ is often called Jacob, as will be shown in the proper places, and we suspect that these words too may in some way fit the testimonies about him. For just as the holy apostle transferred the things about Isaac to Christ, saying, “Now the promises were given to Abraham and to his offspring; it does not say, ‘and to offsprings,’ as of many, but as of one, ‘and to your offspring,’ who is Christ,” see whether in the same way what is said here as of Jacob would not fit Christ better. Whether this is so, the lover of learning will discover by examining each phrase by the laws of allegory.

1.7Gaisford

Ὑπελείφθη δὲ Ἰακὼβ μόνος· καὶ ἐπάλαιεν ἄνθρωπος μετʼ ἀυτοῦ ἕως πρωΐ. Εἶτα μετὰ βραχέα εἰπόντος τοῦ Ἰακὼβ, οὐ μή σε ἀποστείλω ἐὰν μή με εὐλογήσης· φησὶν πρὸς αὐτόν· Τί ὄνομά σοι; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ἰακώβ. Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, Οὐκέτι Ἰακὼβ κληθήσεται τὸ ὄνομά σου, ἀλλʼ Ἰσραὴλ ἔσται τὸ ὄνομά σου, ὅτι ἐνίσχυσας μετὰ Θεοῦ, καὶ μετὰ ἀνθρώπων δυνατός. Καὶ αὖθις μετʼ ὀλίγα, ἐκάλεσεν Ἰακὼβ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου εἶδος Θεοῦ· εἶδον γὰρ Θεὸν πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον καὶ ἐσώθη ἡ ψυχή μου. Οἷς ἐπιφέρει φάσκουσα ἡ γραφὴ, ἀνέτειλε δὲ αὐτῷ ἥλιος ἡνίκα παρῆλθε τὸ εἶδος τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τῷ μὲν Ἀβραὰμ ἀρχῆθεν ὑπὰρ ὁ Κύριος χρηματίζει, καὶ πολλάκις μὲν διαλέγεται, τρὶς δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ ὀφθεὶς ἀναγέγραπται, καὶ οὐκ ἐν νυκτὶ, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μέσῃ ὀφθείς· τὸ γοὖν τρίτον καὶ ἐν ἀυτῇ μεσημβρίᾳ αὐτῷ ἐπιξενοῦται· τῷ δὲ Ἰακὼβ πρῶτον μὲν δύναντος ἡλίου ἐν μέσῃ νυκτὶ καθʼ ὕπνους φαίνεται κατʼ εἴ γὰρ (κατιόντι) εἰς Μεσοποταμίαν, ὅτε ἐν τῷ ὁράματι θεωρήσας τὴν οὐρανοκλίμακα καὶ τοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ τοὺς καταβαίνοντας ἐν αὐτῇ ἀγγέλους, τὸν δὲ Κύριον ἐπεστηριγμένον ἐπʼ αὐτῆς, ἀκούει λέγοντος αὐτῷ τοῦ Κυρίου, Ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ Θεὸς Ἁβραὰμ τοῦ πατρός σου, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑξῆς παρίσταται διʼ ἀγγέλου αὐτῷ εἰρηκώς· καὶ δεύτερον δὲ ἐν τῇ Μεσοποταμίᾳ, ὅτε ἐπιστὰς αὖθις ὁ διὰ τοῦ τετραγράμμου δηλούμενος κύριος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἀποστρέφου εἰς τὴν γῆν τῶν πατέρων σου καὶ εἰς τὴν γενεάν σου καὶ ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ. Καθʼ ὕπνον αὐτῷ ταῦτα καὶ διʼ ἀγγέλου εἴρηκεν· ὡς δὲ αὐτὸς ὁ Ἰακὼβ διδάσκει ἄνα (ἅμα) γοὖν τῇ θείᾳ φωνῇ τὴν Λείαν καὶ τὴν Ῥαχὴλ ἀνακαλέσας, μεθʼ ἕτερα τὸν γενόμενον αὐτῷ χρηματισμὸν ἀνατίθεται αὐταῖς λέγων, καὶ εἶπέ μοι ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ Θεοῦ καθʼ ὕπνον, Ἰάκὼβ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ἐν οἷς φησὶν, Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν τόπῳ Θεοῦ· οὗ ἤλειψάς μοι ἐκεῖ στήλην, καὶ ηὔξω μοι ἐκεῖ εὐχήν· νῦν οὖν ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς ταύτης, καὶ ἄπελθε εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς γενέσεώς σου. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὑποστρέψαντι αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Μεσοποταμίας πρῶτον μὲν ἤδη πρωΐας οὔσης συνήντησαν οἱ ἄγγελοι τοῦ Θεοῦ, περὶ ὧν καὶ εἶπεν, παρεμβολὴ Θεοῦ αὕτη· καὶ εἰκός γε τούτους ἐκείνους εἶναι, οὓς πρότερον ἐπὶ τῆς κλίμακος ἑωράκει· εἶτα δὲ καὶ ἀνατέλλει αὐτῷ ὁ ἀνωτέρω δύνας ἥλιος μετὰ τὴν προεκτεθεῖσαν περικοπὴν, ἐν ᾗ φαίνεται παλαίων αὐτῷ καθʼ ὕπνους ὁ φήσας πρὸς αὐτὸν, οὐκέτι κληθήσεται τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἰακὼβ, ἀλλʼ Ἰσραὴλ ἔσται τὸ ὄνομά σου, ὅτι ἐνίσχυσας μετὰ Θεοῦ καὶ μετὰ ἀνθρώπων δυνατός. Μετὰ γοὖν τὴν ὀπτασίαν ἀνέτειλεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἥλιος· ἤδη δὲ προκόψαντι καὶ τελειωθέντι οὐκέτι καθʼ ὕπνους, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐν νυκτὶ, οὐδὲ διʼ ἀγγέλου, οὐδὲ μὴν διʼ ἀνθρωπίνου εἴδους, ἐν μέσῃ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ φωτὶ χρηματίζων αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς φησὶν, Ἀναστὰς, ἀνάβηθι εἰς τὸν τόπον Βαιθὴλ, καὶ οἴκει ἐκέῖ· καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις πᾶσι τότε πρῶτον ἡ θεία γραφὴ μαρτυρεῖ ὅτι ὄφθη αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν Λουζᾶ, καὶ εὐλόγησεν αὐτὸν λέγων τὰ ἀναγεγραμμένα. Ζητήσομεν δʼ ἐπὶ σχολῆς πῶς μετὰ ταῦτα μέλλοντι αὐτῷ κατιέναι εἰς Αἴγυπτον πάλιν ἐν ὁράματι καὶ διὰ νυκτὸς ὁ Θεὸς εἶπεν, Μὴ φοβοῦ καταβῆναι εἰς Αἴγυπτον. Ταῦτα δὲ ἡμῖν ἀναγκαίως παρατέθειται· δείκνυσιν γὰρ ὅτι μὴ εὐχερῶς μὴ δʼ ἐπὶ τῶν τυχόντων ἀνδρῶν ἡ θεία γραφὴ τὸν Θεὸν ὦφθαι ἱστορεῖ· οὔτʼ οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, οὔτʼ ἐπὶ τοῦ μετατεθέντος Ἑνὼχ, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐπὶ τοῦ Νῶε, οὐδʼ ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ Μωσέως τετήρηται ὅτι ὄφθη τινὶ τούτων ὁ Θεὸς, καίτοι γε πολλάκις αὐτοῖς διειλέχθαι ἀναγεγραμμένος· ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐπὶ ἑνός γε ἄλλου ὁ θεῖος λόγος τὸν Θεὸν ὦφθαι εἰσάγει, ἢ ἐπὶ μόνου τοῦ Ἁβραὰμ καὶ τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ τοῦ Ἰακώβ· καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ Ἁβραὰμ οὐ κατὰ τὸν πρῶτον αὐτῷ χρηματισμὸν ὤφθη, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν δεύτερον καὶ κατὰ τὸν πέμπτον καὶ ἕκτον· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ μετὰ τὰ ἀναγεγραμμένα πάντα· τῷ γὰρ Ἰσαὰκ δὶς μόνος χρηματίσας ὁ κύριος τὸ δὶς ὦφθαι αὐτῷ ἀναγέγραπται, εἰ καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ἐν νυκτί. Πρόδηλον δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἁβραὰμ προειρημένων ἡμῖν, ὅτι μὴ ἐπὶ τὸ πρῶτον αἴτιον ἀναφέρειν χρὴ τὰς ὀπτασίας, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὸν θεῖον Λόγον, ὃν οὐδὲ αὐτὸν (αὐτοὶ) πῶ χωρεῖν οἷοί τε ἦσαν οἱ μακάριοι καὶ θεῖοι ἄνδρες· τούτοις γʼ οὖν αὐτοῖς, οἷς καὶ ὦφθαι προείρηται, μετὰ πλείστας προγυμνασίας ἑωρᾶτο. Τίς δὴ (ἂν) οὖν ἄλλος εἴη καὶ ὁ κατὰ τὴν προκειμένην περικοπὴν συμπαλαίων καὶ συναγωνιζόμενος καὶ ὡσπερεὶ συμμαχῶν τῷ Ἰακὼβ, ἢ ὁ πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως τοῖς πατράσι λαλήσας ὁ ἱερὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, μόνος μετὰ τὸν Πατέρα Κύριος καὶ Θεὸς χρηματίζων, ὃς καὶ εὐλογήσας τὸν Ἰακὼβ Ἰσραὴλ αὐτὸν ὠνόμασεν, ἐπειπὼν, ὅτι ἐνίσχυσας μετὰ Θεοῦ; Οὕτως δὲ ἑώρων οἱ θεῖοι ἄνδρες τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον, ὡς καὶ οἱ φήσαντες τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἀπόστολοι· Ὃ ἦν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ὃ ἀκηκόαμεν, ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα, καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν, περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς· ὃν λόγον καὶ ζωὴν θεασάμενος ὁ Ἰακὼβ ἐπιφέρει λέγων, εἶδον γὰρ Θεὸν πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον· καὶ ἐσώθη μου ἡ ψυχή.

Hypeleiphthē de Iakōb monos; kai epalaien anthrōpos metʼ autou heōs prōï. Eita meta brachea eipontos tou Iakōb, ou mē se aposteilō ean mē me eulogēsēs; phēsin pros auton; Ti onoma soi? ho de eipen, Iakōb. Eipen de autǭ, Ouketi Iakōb klēthēsetai to onoma sou, allʼ Israēl estai to onoma sou, hoti enischysas meta Theou, kai meta anthrōpōn dynatos. Kai authis metʼ oliga, ekalesen Iakōb to onoma tou topou ekeinou eidos Theou; eidon gar Theon prosōpon pros prosōpon kai esōthē hē psychē mou. Hois epipherei phaskousa hē graphē, aneteile de autǭ hēlios hēnika parēlthe to eidos tou Theou. Tǭ men Abraam archēthen hypar ho Kyrios chrēmatizei, kai pollakis men dialegetai, tris de autǭ kai ophtheis anagegraptai, kai ouk en nykti, allʼ en hēmerą mesę̄ ophtheis; to goun triton kai en autę̄ mesēmbrią autǭ epixenoutai; tǭ de Iakōb prōton men dynantos hēliou en mesę̄ nykti kathʼ hypnous phainetai katʼ ei gar (kationti) eis Mesopotamian, hote en tǭ horamati theōrēsas tēn ouranoklimaka kai tous anabainontas kai tous katabainontas en autę̄ angelous, ton de Kyrion epestērigmenon epʼ autēs, akouei legontos autǭ tou Kyriou, Egō kyrios ho Theos Habraam tou patros sou, kai ta loipa, ha kai apo tōn hexēs paristatai diʼ angelou autǭ eirēkōs; kai deuteron de en tę̄ Mesopotamią, hote epistas authis ho dia tou tetragrammou dēloumenos kyrios eipen autǭ, Apostrephou eis tēn gēn tōn paterōn sou kai eis tēn genean sou kai esomai meta sou. Kathʼ hypnon autǭ tauta kai diʼ angelou eirēken; hōs de autos ho Iakōb didaskei ana (hama) goun tę̄ theią phōnę̄ tēn Leian kai tēn Rhachēl anakalesas, methʼ hetera ton genomenon autǭ chrēmatismon anatithetai autais legōn, kai eipe moi ho angelos tou Theou kathʼ hypnon, Iakōb, kai ta hexēs, en hois phēsin, Egō eimi ho Theos ho ophtheis soi en topǭ Theou; hou ēleipsas moi ekei stēlēn, kai ēuxō moi ekei euchēn; nyn oun anastēthi, kai exelthe ek tēs gēs tautēs, kai apelthe eis tēn gēn tēs geneseōs sou. Meta de tauta hypostrepsanti autǭ apo tēs Mesopotamias prōton men ēdē prōïas ousēs synēntēsan hoi angeloi tou Theou, peri hōn kai eipen, parembolē Theou hautē; kai eikos ge toutous ekeinous einai, hous proteron epi tēs klimakos heōrakei; eita de kai anatellei autǭ ho anōterō dynas hēlios meta tēn proektetheisan perikopēn, en hę̄ phainetai palaiōn autǭ kathʼ hypnous ho phēsas pros auton, ouketi klēthēsetai to onoma sou Iakōb, allʼ Israēl estai to onoma sou, hoti enischysas meta Theou kai meta anthrōpōn dynatos. Meta goun tēn optasian aneteilen autǭ ho hēlios; ēdē de prokopsanti kai teleiōthenti ouketi kathʼ hypnous, allʼ oude en nykti, oude diʼ angelou, oude mēn diʼ anthrōpinou eidous, en mesę̄ de hēmerą kai phōti chrēmatizōn autǭ ho Theos phēsin, Anastas, anabēthi eis ton topon Baithēl, kai oikei ekei; kai epi toutois pasi tote prōton hē theia graphē martyrei hoti ophthē autǭ ho Theos en Louza, kai eulogēsen auton legōn ta anagegrammena. Zētēsomen dʼ epi scholēs pōs meta tauta mellonti autǭ katienai eis Aigypton palin en horamati kai dia nyktos ho Theos eipen, Mē phobou katabēnai eis Aigypton. Tauta de hēmin anankaiōs paratetheitai; deiknysin gar hoti mē eucherōs mē dʼ epi tōn tychontōn andrōn hē theia graphē ton Theon ōphthai historei; outʼ oun epi tou Adam, outʼ epi tou metatethentos Henōch, allʼ oudʼ epi tou Nōe, oudʼ epʼ autou Mōseōs tetērētai hoti ophthē tini toutōn ho Theos, kaitoi ge pollakis autois dieilechthai anagegrammenos; allʼ oudʼ epi henos ge allou ho theios logos ton Theon ōphthai eisagei, ē epi monou tou Habraam kai tou Isaak kai tou Iakōb; kai epi men tou Habraam ou kata ton prōton autǭ chrēmatismon ōphthē, alla kata ton deuteron kai kata ton pempton kai hekton; epi de tou Iakōb meta ta anagegrammena panta; tǭ gar Isaak dis monos chrēmatisas ho kyrios to dis ōphthai autǭ anagegraptai, ei kai to deuteron en nykti. Prodēlon de apo tōn kata ton Habraam proeirēmenōn hēmin, hoti mē epi to prōton aition anapherein chrē tas optasias, allʼ epi ton theion Logon, hon oude auton (autoi) pō chōrein hoioi te ēsan hoi makarioi kai theioi andres; toutois gʼ oun autois, hois kai ōphthai proeirētai, meta pleistas progymnasias heōrato. Tis dē (an) oun allos eiē kai ho kata tēn prokeimenēn perikopēn sympalaiōn kai synagōnizomenos kai hōsperei symmachōn tǭ Iakōb, ē ho polymerōs kai polytropōs tois patrasi lalēsas ho hieros tou Theou Logos, monos meta ton Patera Kyrios kai Theos chrēmatizōn, hos kai eulogēsas ton Iakōb Israēl auton ōnomasen, epeipōn, hoti enischysas meta Theou? Houtōs de heōrōn hoi theioi andres ton tou Theou Logon, hōs kai hoi phēsantes tou Sōtēros hēmōn apostoloi; Ho ēn apʼ archēs, ho akēkoamen, ho heōrakamen tois ophthalmois hēmōn, kai etheasametha, kai hai cheires hēmōn epsēlaphēsan, peri tou logou tēs zōēs; hon logon kai zōēn theasamenos ho Iakōb epipherei legōn, eidon gar Theon prosōpon pros prosōpon; kai esōthē mou hē psychē.

“And Jacob was left alone; and a man wrestled with him until morning.” Then, a little later, when Jacob has said, “I will not let you go unless you bless me,” he says to him, “What is your name?” And he said, “Jacob.” And he said to him, “Your name shall no longer be called Jacob, but Israel shall be your name, for you have prevailed with God, and are mighty with men.” And again, a little after: “Jacob called the name of that place ‘Form of God’; for I have seen God face to face, and my life was preserved.” To which the Scripture adds: “And the sun rose upon him as the Form of God passed by.”

To Abraham the Lord gives oracles from the beginning in waking vision; he speaks with him often, and is recorded to have appeared to him three times, and not at night but in the middle of the day; the third time, indeed, he is his guest at noon itself. But to Jacob he first appears at the setting of the sun, in the middle of the night, in sleep, as he was going down to Mesopotamia, when in the vision he saw the ladder to heaven and the angels ascending and descending on it, and the Lord standing firm upon it, and he hears the Lord saying to him, “I am the Lord, the God of Abraham your father,” and the rest, which, as the sequel shows, he spoke to him through an angel. The second time was in Mesopotamia, when the Lord indicated by the tetragram again stood by and said to him, “Return to the land of your fathers and to your kindred, and I will be with you.” This he said to him in sleep and through an angel, as Jacob himself teaches: (together) with the divine voice he calls Leah and Rachel, and after other things he relates to them the oracle he had received, saying, “And the angel of God said to me in sleep, ‘Jacob,’” and what follows, in which he says, “I am the God who appeared to you in the place of God, where you anointed a pillar to me and vowed a vow to me; now therefore arise, and go out from this land, and depart to the land of your birth.” After this, as he returned from Mesopotamia, first, when it was already morning, the angels of God met him, of whom he also said, “This is the camp of God”; and it is likely that these were the ones he had earlier seen on the ladder. Then the sun that had set earlier rises upon him after the passage set out above, in which the one who said to him, “Your name shall no longer be called Jacob, but Israel shall be your name, for you have prevailed with God and are mighty with men,” appears wrestling with him in sleep. After the vision, then, the sun rose upon him. And when he had now advanced and been perfected, God no longer gives him oracles in sleep, nor at night, nor through an angel, nor even through a human form, but in the middle of the day and in light he says, “Rise, go up to the place Bethel, and dwell there”; and after all these things the divine Scripture then for the first time testifies that God appeared to him in Luz and blessed him, saying what is recorded. We shall ask at leisure how, after this, when he was about to go down to Egypt, God again said to him in a vision and by night, “Do not fear to go down into Egypt.”

We have set these things out of necessity, for they show that the divine Scripture does not lightly, nor in the case of ordinary men, record that God was seen. Neither for Adam, nor for Enoch who was translated, nor for Noah, nor for Moses himself, has it been recorded that God was seen by any of them, although he is recorded to have spoken with them often; indeed the divine word introduces God as seen by no one else at all except Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob alone. And for Abraham he was not seen at his first oracle, but at the second, the fifth, and the sixth; and for Jacob after all the recorded events; for Isaac, to whom alone the Lord gave oracles twice, he is recorded to have appeared twice, though the second time at night. It is evident from what we said earlier about Abraham that the visions must not be referred to the first cause, but to the divine Word, whom not even (they), the blessed and divine men, were yet able to receive; even to those very men to whom he is said to have appeared, he was seen after a great many preliminary exercises. Who (then) else could he be who, in the passage before us, wrestles with Jacob, contends with him, and as it were fights at his side, than the one who spoke to the fathers in many parts and many ways, the sacred Word of God, who alone after the Father is called Lord and God, and who, blessing Jacob, named him Israel, adding, “for you have prevailed with God”? In this way the divine men saw the Word of God, as did the apostles of our Saviour who said, “That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, and looked upon, and our hands have handled, concerning the word of life.” Having beheld this Word and Life, Jacob adds, “For I have seen God face to face, and my life was preserved.”

1.8Gaisford

Ἰούδα, σὲ αἰνέσαισαν οἱ ἀδελφοί σου· αἱ χεῖρές σου ἐπὶ νώτου τῶν ἐχθρῶν σου· προσκυνήσουσί σοι οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρός σου. Σκύμνος λέοντος Ἰούδα· ἐκ βλαστοῦ υἱέ μου ἀνέβης· ἀναπεσὼν ἐκοιμήθης ὡς λέων, καὶ ὡς σκύμνος· τίς ἐγερῖ αὐτόν; Οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἄρχων ἐξ Ἰούδα, οὐδὲ ἡγούμενος ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν αὐτοῦ, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀποκείμενα αὐτῷ· καὶ αὐτὸς προσδοκία ἐθνῶν, καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς. Ὡς Ἁγίου Πνεύματος τὸν λόγον ἀκουστέον τοῦ Ἰακὼβ τὰ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ προθεσπίζοντος καὶ εἰς πρόσωπον ἀναφωνοῦντος αὐτοῦ τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ, Ἰούδα σὲ αἰνέσεσαν οἱ ἀδελφοί σοι· ὅτι γὰρ οὐ πρὸς τὸν ἕνα τῶν υἱῶν τοὺς λόγους ὁ πατριάρχης ἐποιεῖτο δῆλον τοῖς ἐπιστήσασι τῇ γραφῇ διηγηματικῶς φασκούσῃ, Ἐκάλεσε δὲ Ἰακὼβ τοῦς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν· Συνάχθητε, ἵνα ἀναγγείλω ὑμῖν τί ἀπαντήσεται ὑμῖν ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν. Οὐκοῦν περὶ μελλόντων προφητεύσειν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγέλλεται. Σαφὲς δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ὅτι μὴ πρὸς τὸν πατριάρχην Ἰούδαν αἱ τῆς προφητείας ἁρμόττουσι φωναί· πότε γὰρ ἐκεῖνον ἢ καὶ διὰ τί προσεκύνησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τίνι δὲ κατορθώματι ἢ καὶ πότε ἤνεσαν αὐτόν; Πῶς δʼ ἄν τις καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς προφητείας ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον ἁρμόζων διηγήσεται· Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τὴν φυλὴν εὐλογίστως τίς αὐτὰ ἀναφέροι, ὅτι μὴ μόνον ἐκ τῆς Ἰούδα φυλῆς ἄρχοντες κατέστησαν τοῦ λαοῦ· οἵ τε γὰρ μετὰ Μωσέα κριταὶ ἐκ διαφόρων γενόμενοι φυλῶν διήρκεσαν ἡγούμενοι ἐπὶ ἔτεσιν ἐγγὺς ποῦ πεντακοσίοις, μεθʼ οὓς ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμὶν πρῶτος ἁπάντων βασιλεύει Σαοὺλ, καὶ οὕτως μετὰ τούτους οἱ ἐκ φυλῆς Ἰούδα βασιλεύουσιν οὐδʼ ὅλοις ἔτεσι πεντακοσίοις· εἶτα μετὰ τὴν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα αἰχμαλωσίαν οἱ ἐκ φυλῆς Λευὶ προέστησαν τῶν πραγμάτων ὑπὲρ τὰ πεντακόσια ἔτη μέχρι τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας. Τί οὖν μᾶλλον περὶ τῆς Ἰούδα φυλῆς τὰ προειρημένα φησὶν ἡ προφητεία, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν; Οὐκ ἄρα οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τὴν φυλὴν ἁρμόζοι τὰ δηλούμενα· τὸν μέντοι γε ἐπʼ ἐσχάτῳ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀναφανέντα Ἰούδαν ἀληθινὸν ἴσμεν τὸν Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ταμίαν τῶν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπινοιῶν καὶ Ἰούδαν ὀνομασθέντα· ὥσπερ δὴ καθʼ ἑτέραν Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ κατʼ ἄλλην Ἰακὼβ, καὶ Δαυὶδ, καὶ ἄλλοτε ἄλλως· τοῦτον δὲ καὶ οἱ ἱεροὶ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ πάντες ὅσοι τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς υἱοθεσίας ἠξιώθησαν, ἤνεσάν τε καὶ προσεκύνησαν· αἱ χεῖρές τε αὐτοῦ, ἃς συμβολικῶς ἡγούμεθα εἶναι τὰς πράξεις, κατὰ νώτου τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν τῶν νοητῶν πολεμίων φευγόντων αὐτὸν γεγόνασιν· οὗτος δὲ καὶ ὡς σκύμνος λέοντος εἴρηται, εἴτε διὰ τὴν κατὰ σάρκα γένεσιν ἐκ βασιλικῆς φυλῆς, καὶ τῆς τοῦ Δαυὶδ ῥίζης, καὶ ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας γεγενημένην· εἴτε διὰ τὴν θεότητα, ἧς ἑαυτὸν κενώσας ἐνηνθρώπισεν, διʼ ἥν εὐκαίρως καὶ τὸ, ἐκ βλαστοῦ υἱέ μου ἀνέβης, ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἀναπεφώνηται. Ὅτε μὲν οὖν τὴν ἐκ βλαστοῦ καὶ ἐκ ῥίζης αὐτοῦ γένεσιν ἐδήλου τοῦ Σωτῆρος, σκύμνον λέοντος αὐτὸν ὠνόμασεν, εἰπὼν, σκύμνος λέοντος Ἰούδα· ἐκ βλαστοῦ υἱέ μου ἀνέβης· ὅτε δὲ τὴν ἀνάβλησιν καὶ τὴν κατὰ τὸ πάθος αὐτοῦ κοίμησιν προφητεύει, ἀμφότερα αὐτὸν φησὶ καὶ ὡς λέοντα καὶ ὡς σκύμνον ἐν τῷ, ἀναπεσὼν ἐκοιμήθη ὡς λέων καὶ ὡς σκύμνος· τότε γὰρ οὐ μόνον ὡς ἐκ βασιλικοῦ τυγχάνων γένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς αὐτὸς βασιλεὺς ὢν ἀνύψωτο· ὁμολογούντων αὐτὸν τῶν ἐθνῶν, εἰ καὶ μὴ οἱ. ἐκ περιτομῆς ἤθελον, ὡς ἄρα αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ· καὶ ἄλλως δὲ ῥηθείη ἂν, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς ἀντικειμένας δυνάμεις αἰρομένῳ πόλεμον. καὶ καταλύειν μέλλοντι τὸν τὸ κράτος ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου, τουτέστιν τὸν διάβολον, ἔδει παρεῖναι τῷ ἐκ βλαστοῦ Ἰακὼβ κατὰ σάρκα γεγενημένῳ τὴν θεότητα τοῦ Λόγου· εἰκότως λέοντι μὲν ἡ θεότης παραβέβληται διὰ τὸ κεχειρῶσθαι καὶ νενικηκέναι πάσας τὰς ἀγρίας καὶ ἀτιθάσους δυνάμεις· σκύμνῳ δὲ λέοντος, ὃ ἀνειλήφει σαρκίον ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Ἰούδα βασιλικῆς τυγχάνων φυλῆς· ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴπερ ὁ ἀντίδικος ἡμῶν διάβολος ὡς λέων ἐστὶν ὡρυόμενος, ὅρα μὴ τούτου σκύμνος πᾶς ἂν λεχθείη ἁμαρτωλὸς, ἐπεὶ πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου γεγέννηται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν καὶ ὁ Σωτὴρ ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας ἐλήλυθε, καὶ γέγονεν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα· καὶ, μὴ γνόντα αὐτὸν ἁμαρτίαν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν· ὅρα μὴ τούτων ἕνεκεν κατά τινα βαθύτερον λόγον οὔτε λέοντα οὔτε σκύμνον, ἀλλʼ ὡς λέοντα καὶ σκύμνον γεγονέναι αὐτὸν παρὰ τὸν τοῦ πάθους καιρὸν ἡ προφητεία θεσπίζει· ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ πάθος τῷ τοῦ ὄφεως παραβάλλει λέγων, ὥσπερ Μωσῆς ὕψωσε τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Ἐπὶ τούτοις σεσιωπημένως τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν αὐτοῦ μυστήριον ὑπαινίττεται διὰ τοῦ, τίς ἐγερεῖ αὐτόν; Σαφὲς δʼ ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ συμπεράσματος γέγονε τίς ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἐκ νεκρῶν· δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ αὐτοῦ. Ἑξῆς δὲ λέγεται τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ, οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἄρχων ἐξ Ἰούδα, οὐδὲ ἡγούμενος ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν αὐτοῦ· ἅπερ εἰ μὲν ἐξ ἑτέρας ἀναγινώσκοιμεν ἀρχῆς, λέγοιτο ἂν ὡς περὶ ἁπάντων τῶν ἐκ τοῦ Ἰουδαίων γένους καθηγησαμένων τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ εἴη ἂν κατʼ αὐτὴν τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ τῶν προκειμένων ῥητῶν νοῦς τοίοσδέ τις· οὐ πρότερον παύσονται οἱ ἐξ Ἰουδαίων ἄρχοντες καὶ ἡγούμενοι ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰουδαίων λαὸν καθιστάμενοι, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὁ τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν προσδοκίας αἴτιος, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, οὗ παραγενομένου ἐκλείψειν ἀνάγκη τοὺς προειρημένους. Τούτων δʼ οὕτως ἐχόντων, ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς καθʼ ἡμᾶς χρόνους, εἴγε νῦν βασιλεῖς καὶ ἡγουμένους ἐστὶν εὑρεῖν. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ πᾶσι πρόδηλον ὡς μετὰ τῶν λοίπων καὶ τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος τοῖς κατεπαρχιῶν (κατʼ ἐπαρχίας) Ῥωμαίων ἡγεμόσιν ὑποτέτακται, μὴ δʼ ἑνὸς αὐτῶν τὴν τοῦ ἄρχειν ἐξουσίαν ἐπιτετραμμένου. Καὶ τοῦτό γε ἀπὸ τῶν χρόνων τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν γενέσεως ἤρξατο· μέχρι γοὖν Ἡρώδου βασιλέως Ἑβραίους ἐξ Ἑβραίων τοῦ παντὸς αὐτῶν ἔθνους ἄρξαντας ἐν ταῖς ἱστορίαις εὑρίσκομεν, ἐξ αὐτοῦ Μωσέως κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἡγησαμένων πρῶτον μὲν τῶν λεγομένων κριτῶν, εἶθʼ ἑξῆς τῶν βασιλέων μέχρι τῆς εἰς Βαβυλῶνα αἰχμαλωσίας, μεθʼ ἣν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τὴν ἀρχὴν διαδεξάμενοι ἐπὶ τὴν Αὐγούστου διήρκεσαν βασιλείαν· καθʼ ὃν Ἡρώδου πρώτου τὸ γένος ἀλλοφύλων (λου) τὴν κατʼ αὐτῶν βασιλείαν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων ἐγχειρισθέντος ὁ Σωτὴρ καὶ Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ἐγεννήθη. Ἤδη τοίνυν ἐξ ἐκείνου καὶ μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος χρόνου σαφῶς ἐκλελοιπὼς ἄρχων τε καὶ ἡγούμενος ἐν Ἰουδαίοις ἀποδείκνυται· δῆλον ὡς ἐλήλυθεν ὁ πεπροφητευμένος Σωτὴρ ἡμῶν, οὗ ἀπὸ τῶν χρόνων οὐ μόνον οἱ Ἰουδαίων ἐπιλελοίπασιν ἄρχοντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ πρὸς αὐτῶν ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἀποτελουμένη κατὰ τὸν Μωσέως νόμον λατρεία. Σαφῶς δὲ καὶ ἡ προσδοκία τῶν διʼ αὐτοῦ καταπεφευγότων ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν ἐθνῶν ἔργῳ πληροῦσθαι ἤρξατο ἀπὸ τῶν τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ χρόνων, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἰακὼβ προφητείαν. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν εἰ ὡς ἀπὸ ἰδίας ἀρχῆς ἀναγινώσκοιμεν τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ, οὐκ ἑκλείψει ἄρχων ἐξ Ἰούδα· εἰ δʼ ὡς ἀκόλουθον τῇ πρὸ αὐτῆς διανοίᾳ καὶ τὴν μετὰ χεῖρας συνάπτομεν, ἑξῆς ἂν εἴη, τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰούδα νενοημένου κατὰ τὰ προαποδεδόμενα, τὸ οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἄρχων ἐξ Ἰούδα ἐπὶ τοὺς μετὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ἄρχοντας καὶ ἡγουμένους τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκλαμβάνειν, οὓς ἡ προφητεία φησὶν μὴ ἐκλείψειν ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀποκείμενα αὐτῷ· ὡς εἰ σαφέστερον ἔλεγεν, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀποκείμενα αὐτῷ τῆς συντελείας ἐπιστάσης, κομίσηται τὴν κατὰ τῶν ὅλων βασιλείαν. Ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἡγουμένους τοὺς τοῦ Χριστοῦ μαθητὰς τὸ θεῖον ἀποκαλεῖ πνεῦμα σαφές ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ λέγεσθαι περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα, σὺ δὲ ἄνθρωπε ἰσόψυχε ἡγεμών μου καὶ γνώστα μου. Καὶ τούτοις δὲ χρὴ προσέχοντας τοὺς ὡς θείοις καὶ ἀληθέσι τοῖς ἱεροῖς λόγοις πεπιστευκότας μηδαμῶς θροεῖσθαι, μὴ δὲ μὴν σείεσθαι τὴν πίστιν ὑπὸ τῶν κατὰ καιροὺς διωγμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος ὑπὲρ τοὺς πώποτε σφοδρότατα καθʼ ἡμῶν πνεύσαντος, καὶ τοιαῦτα ἐπιδειξαμένου κατά τε τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν καὶ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ, ὅποια οὔτε ἀπὸ γραφῆς οὔτε μὴν ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀρχαίων τίς ἐμνημόνευσεν. Ταῦτα δὲ φαμὲν, ἐπεὶ τάχα δόξειεν ἄντικρυς κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα διωγμὸν τἀναντία συμβεβηκέναι τοῖς εἰρημένοις, διὰ τὸ μὴ δὲ ἄθροισμα νῦν συνεστάναι δοκεῖν, μήτε τὸν κανόνα τῶν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀρχόντων. Ἀψευδοῦς τοιγάρτοι τυγχανούσης τῆς θεοπνεύστου γραφῆς, πεπεῖσθαι χρὴ ὅτι μὴ πάντως ἐξέλειπον οἱ προειρημένοι, εἰ καὶ δοκοῖεν τισὶν ἐκλελοιπέναι· ὁ γὰρ εἰπὼν τῷ προφήτῃ Θεὸς, Κατέλιπον ἐμαυτῷ ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας, οἵτινες οὐκ ἔκαμψαν γόνυ τῇ Βάαλ, ὑπειληφότι μόνον αὐτὸν περιλελεῖφθαι τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνῃρημένων, ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ νῦν τοὺς ἀξίους τῆς αὐτοῦ προνοίας ἐφορᾷ, λεῖμμα κατʼ ἐκλογὴν χάριτος καὶ ἡμῖν διαφυλάττων τοὺς πρὸς αὐτοῦ φρουρουμένους, καὶ πρὸς αὐτοῦ μόνου θεωρουμένους· περὶ ὧν εἴποιμεν ἂν καὶ αὐτοὶ τὸ, Εἰ μὴ Κύριος Σαβαὼθʼ ἐγκατέλιπεν ἡμῖν σπέρμα, ὡς Σόδομα ἄν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν. Τὸ γάρ τοι εἰς τὸ παντελὲς ἐκλελοιπέναι νομίζειν τοὺς τοῦ λόγου προεστῶτας, ἄρχοντας καὶ ἡγουμένους ὑπὸ τῆς προφητείας ὠνομασμένους, ἕν τι τῶν ἀμηχάνων τυγχάνει, διὰ τὸ καὶ ὅρον τεθεῖσθαι τοῦ μὴ ἐκλείψειν ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀποκείμενα αὐτῷ· τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐπηγγελμένα τῷ Χριστῷ, φήσαντι (τος) πρὸς αὐτὸν, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν πόδῶν σου· ὅτε καὶ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψει ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται ὅτι Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός· τηνικαῦτα γὰρ καὶ τῶν ἔθνων προσδοκία τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος εἰς αὐτὸν πεπιστευκότων καιρὸν ἕξει τὰς προσδοκηθείσας ἐπαγγελίας κομίσασθαι ἐν τῇ προσδοκωμένῃ τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλείᾳ. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ταύτῃ· τὰ δʼ ἑξῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ, δεσμεύων πρὸς ἄμπελον τὸν πῶλον αὐτοῦ, τῆς διʼ ἀλληγορίας ὑπονοίας ἀρτημένα τοῖς φιλομαθέσι ζητεῖν καταλείψομεν, πλεονάσαντες καὶ ἐν τοῖς εἰρημένοις, οὐ κατὰ τὸν προτεθέντα μὲν σκοπὸν, ὅμως δʼ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὑπὲρ σαφοῦς διηγήσεως τῶν κατὰ τὸν τόπον.

Iouda, se ainesaisan hoi adelphoi sou; hai cheires sou epi nōtou tōn echthrōn sou; proskynēsousi soi hoi huioi tou patros sou. Skymnos leontos Iouda; ek blastou huie mou anebēs; anapesōn ekoimēthēs hōs leōn, kai hōs skymnos; tis egeri auton? Ouk ekleipsei archōn ex Iouda, oude hēgoumenos ek tōn mērōn autou, heōs an elthę̄ ta apokeimena autǭ; kai autos prosdokia ethnōn, kai ta exēs. Hōs Hagiou Pneumatos ton logon akousteon tou Iakōb ta peri tou Christou prothespizontos kai eis prosōpon anaphōnountos autou ta apo tou, Iouda se ainesesan hoi adelphoi soi; hoti gar ou pros ton hena tōn huiōn tous logous ho patriarchēs epoieito dēlon tois epistēsasi tę̄ graphę̄ diēgēmatikōs phaskousę̄, Ekalese de Iakōb tous huious autou, kai eipen; Synachthēte, hina anangeilō hymin ti apantēsetai hymin epʼ eschatou tōn hēmerōn. Oukoun peri mellontōn prophēteusein autois epangelletai. Saphes de kai allōs hoti mē pros ton patriarchēn Ioudan hai tēs prophēteias harmottousi phōnai; pote gar ekeinon ē kai dia ti prosekynēsan hoi adelphoi autou, epi tini de katorthōmati ē kai pote ēnesan auton? Pōs dʼ an tis kai ta loipa tēs prophēteias epʼ ekeinon harmozōn diēgēsetai; Allʼ oude epi tēn phylēn eulogistōs tis auta anapheroi, hoti mē monon ek tēs Iouda phylēs archontes katestēsan tou laou; hoi te gar meta Mōsea kritai ek diaphorōn genomenoi phylōn diērkesan hēgoumenoi epi etesin engys pou pentakosiois, methʼ hous ek phylēs Beniamin prōtos hapantōn basileuei Saoul, kai houtōs meta toutous hoi ek phylēs Iouda basileuousin oudʼ holois etesi pentakosiois; eita meta tēn eis Babylōna aichmalōsian hoi ek phylēs Leui proestēsan tōn pragmatōn hyper ta pentakosia etē mechri tēs tou Christou parousias. Ti oun mallon peri tēs Iouda phylēs ta proeirēmena phēsin hē prophēteia, ouchi de kai peri tōn loipōn? Ouk ara oude epi tēn phylēn harmozoi ta dēloumena; ton mentoi ge epʼ eschatǭ tōn hēmerōn anaphanenta Ioudan alēthinon ismen ton Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun ton Christon tou Theou, kai tamian tōn peri autou epinoiōn kai Ioudan onomasthenta; hōsper dē kathʼ heteran Israēl, kai katʼ allēn Iakōb, kai Dauid, kai allote allōs; touton de kai hoi hieroi apostoloi, kai pantes hosoi tou pneumatos tēs huiothesias ēxiōthēsan, ēnesan te kai prosekynēsan; hai cheires te autou, has symbolikōs hēgoumetha einai tas praxeis, kata nōtou tōn echthrōn autou, toutʼ estin tōn noētōn polemiōn pheugontōn auton gegonasin; houtos de kai hōs skymnos leontos eirētai, eite dia tēn kata sarka genesin ek basilikēs phylēs, kai tēs tou Dauid rhizēs, kai en homoiōmati sarkos hamartias gegenēmenēn; eite dia tēn theotēta, hēs heauton kenōsas enēnthrōpisen, diʼ hēn eukairōs kai to, ek blastou huie mou anebēs, hypo tou Iakōb anapephōnētai. Hote men oun tēn ek blastou kai ek rhizēs autou genesin edēlou tou Sōtēros, skymnon leontos auton ōnomasen, eipōn, skymnos leontos Iouda; ek blastou huie mou anebēs; hote de tēn anablēsin kai tēn kata to pathos autou koimēsin prophēteuei, amphotera auton phēsi kai hōs leonta kai hōs skymnon en tǭ, anapesōn ekoimēthē hōs leōn kai hōs skymnos; tote gar ou monon hōs ek basilikou tynchanōn genous, alla kai hōs autos basileus ōn anypsōto; homologountōn auton tōn ethnōn, ei kai mē hoi. ek peritomēs ēthelon, hōs ara autos eiē ho basileus tou Israēl; kai allōs de rhētheiē an, epeidē pros antikeimenas dynameis airomenǭ polemon. kai katalyein mellonti ton to kratos echonta tou thanatou, toutestin ton diabolon, edei pareinai tǭ ek blastou Iakōb kata sarka gegenēmenǭ tēn theotēta tou Logou; eikotōs leonti men hē theotēs parabeblētai dia to kecheirōsthai kai nenikēkenai pasas tas agrias kai atithasous dynameis; skymnǭ de leontos, ho aneilēphei sarkion ek tēs tou Iouda basilikēs tynchanōn phylēs; alla kai eiper ho antidikos hēmōn diabolos hōs leōn estin hōryomenos, hora mē toutou skymnos pas an lechtheiē hamartōlos, epei pas ho poiōn tēn hamartian ek tou diabolou gegennētai. Epei oun kai ho Sōtēr en homoiōmati sarkos hamartias elēlythe, kai gegonen hyper hēmōn katara; kai, mē gnonta auton hamartian hyper hēmōn hamartian epoiēsen; hora mē toutōn heneken kata tina bathyteron logon oute leonta oute skymnon, allʼ hōs leonta kai skymnon gegonenai auton para ton tou pathous kairon hē prophēteia thespizei; epei kai autos to heautou pathos tǭ tou opheōs paraballei legōn, hōsper Mōsēs hypsōse ton ophin en tę̄ erēmǭ, houtōs hypsōthēnai dei ton huion tou anthrōpou. Epi toutois sesiōpēmenōs to kata tēn anastasin autou mystērion hypainittetai dia tou, tis egerei auton? Saphes dʼ hēmin ek tou symperasmatos gegone tis ēgeiren Iēsoun ton Kyrion hēmōn ek nekrōn; dēlon gar hoti ho Theos kai Patēr autou. Hexēs de legetai ta apo tou, ouk ekleipsei archōn ex Iouda, oude hēgoumenos ek tōn mērōn autou; haper ei men ex heteras anaginōskoimen archēs, legoito an hōs peri hapantōn tōn ek tou Ioudaiōn genous kathēgēsamenōn tou laou, kai eiē an katʼ autēn tēn dianoian ho tōn prokeimenōn rhētōn nous toiosde tis; ou proteron pausontai hoi ex Ioudaiōn archontes kai hēgoumenoi epi ton Ioudaiōn laon kathistamenoi, heōs an elthę̄ ho tēs tōn ethnōn prosdokias aitios, toutʼ estin ho Christos, hou paragenomenou ekleipsein anankē tous proeirēmenous. Toutōn dʼ houtōs echontōn, episkepsōmetha tous kathʼ hēmas chronous, eige nyn basileis kai hēgoumenous estin heurein. Alla gar pasi prodēlon hōs meta tōn loipōn kai to Ioudaiōn ethnos tois kateparchiōn (katʼ eparchias) Rhōmaiōn hēgemosin hypotetaktai, mē dʼ henos autōn tēn tou archein exousian epitetrammenou. Kai touto ge apo tōn chronōn tēs tou Sōtēros hēmōn geneseōs ērxato; mechri goun Hērōdou basileōs Hebraious ex Hebraiōn tou pantos autōn ethnous arxantas en tais historiais heuriskomen, ex autou Mōseōs kata diadochēn hēgēsamenōn prōton men tōn legomenōn kritōn, eithʼ hexēs tōn basileōn mechri tēs eis Babylōna aichmalōsias, methʼ hēn hoi archiereis tēn archēn diadexamenoi epi tēn Augoustou diērkesan basileian; kathʼ hon Hērōdou prōtou to genos allophylōn (lou) tēn katʼ autōn basileian hypo Rhōmaiōn encheiristhentos ho Sōtēr kai Kyrios hēmōn Iēsous Christos egennēthē. Ēdē toinyn ex ekeinou kai mechri tou parontos chronou saphōs ekleloipōs archōn te kai hēgoumenos en Ioudaiois apodeiknytai; dēlon hōs elēlythen ho peprophēteumenos Sōtēr hēmōn, hou apo tōn chronōn ou monon hoi Ioudaiōn epileloipasin archontes, alla kai pasa hē pros autōn en Hierousalēm apoteloumenē kata ton Mōseōs nomon latreia. Saphōs de kai hē prosdokia tōn diʼ autou katapepheugotōn epi ton tōn holōn Theon ethnōn ergǭ plērousthai ērxato apo tōn tēs parousias autou chronōn, kata tēn tou Iakōb prophēteian. Kai tauta men ei hōs apo idias archēs anaginōskoimen ta apo tou, ouk hekleipsei archōn ex Iouda; ei dʼ hōs akolouthon tę̄ pro autēs dianoią kai tēn meta cheiras synaptomen, hexēs an eiē, tou Christou Iouda nenoēmenou kata ta proapodedomena, to ouk ekleipsei archōn ex Iouda epi tous meta ton Christon archontas kai hēgoumenous tēs ekklēsias eklambanein, hous hē prophēteia phēsin mē ekleipsein heōs an elthę̄ ta apokeimena autǭ; hōs ei saphesteron elegen, heōs an elthę̄ ta apokeimena autǭ tēs synteleias epistasēs, komisētai tēn kata tōn holōn basileian. Hoti de kai hēgoumenous tous tou Christou mathētas to theion apokalei pneuma saphes estin ek tou legesthai peri tou Iouda, sy de anthrōpe isopsyche hēgemōn mou kai gnōsta mou. Kai toutois de chrē prosechontas tous hōs theiois kai alēthesi tois hierois logois pepisteukotas mēdamōs throeisthai, mē de mēn seiesthai tēn pistin hypo tōn kata kairous diōgmōn, kai malista tou enestōtos hyper tous pōpote sphodrotata kathʼ hēmōn pneusantos, kai toiauta epideixamenou kata te tōn ekklēsiōn kai pantos tou laou, hopoia oute apo graphēs oute mēn ek paradoseōs archaiōn tis emnēmoneusen. Tauta de phamen, epei tacha doxeien antikrys kata ton enestōta diōgmon tanantia symbebēkenai tois eirēmenois, dia to mē de athroisma nyn synestanai dokein, mēte ton kanona tōn tēs ekklēsias archontōn. Apseudous toigartoi tynchanousēs tēs theopneustou graphēs, pepeisthai chrē hoti mē pantōs exeleipon hoi proeirēmenoi, ei kai dokoien tisin ekleloipenai; ho gar eipōn tǭ prophētę̄ Theos, Katelipon emautǭ heptakischilious andras, hoitines ouk ekampsan gony tę̄ Baal, hypeilēphoti monon auton perileleiphthai tōn loipōn anę̄rēmenōn, ho autos kai nyn tous axious tēs autou pronoias ephorą, leimma katʼ eklogēn charitos kai hēmin diaphylattōn tous pros autou phrouroumenous, kai pros autou monou theōroumenous; peri hōn eipoimen an kai autoi to, Ei mē Kyrios Sabaōthʼ enkatelipen hēmin sperma, hōs Sodoma an egenēthēmen, kai hōs Gomorra an hōmoiōthēmen. To gar toi eis to panteles ekleloipenai nomizein tous tou logou proestōtas, archontas kai hēgoumenous hypo tēs prophēteias ōnomasmenous, hen ti tōn amēchanōn tynchanei, dia to kai horon tetheisthai tou mē ekleipsein heōs an elthę̄ ta apokeimena autǭ; toutʼ esti ta hypo tou Patros epēngelmena tǭ Christǭ, phēsanti (tos) pros auton, Kathou ek dexiōn mou, heōs an thō tous echthrous sou hypopodion tōn podōn sou; hote kai pan gony kampsei epouraniōn kai epigeiōn kai katachthoniōn, kai pasa glōssa exomologēsetai hoti Kyrios Iēsous Christos; tēnikauta gar kai tōn ethnōn prosdokia tōn epi tou parontos eis auton pepisteukotōn kairon hexei tas prosdokētheisas epangelias komisasthai en tę̄ prosdokōmenę̄ tōn ouranōn basileią. Kai tauta men tautę̄; ta dʼ hexēs apo tou, desmeuōn pros ampelon ton pōlon autou, tēs diʼ allēgorias hyponoias artēmena tois philomathesi zētein kataleipsomen, pleonasantes kai en tois eirēmenois, ou kata ton protethenta men skopon, homōs dʼ ex anankēs hyper saphous diēgēseōs tōn kata ton topon.

“Judah, may your brothers praise you; your hands shall be on the back of your enemies; the sons of your father will bow down to you. A lion's whelp is Judah; from a shoot, my son, you went up; lying down you slept as a lion and as a whelp; who will rouse him? A ruler shall not fail from Judah, nor a leader from his thighs, until there come the things laid up for him; and he is the expectation of nations,” and what follows. We must hear Jacob's word as that of the Holy Spirit, foretelling the things about Christ and addressing him in person in the words beginning “Judah, may your brothers praise you.” That the patriarch was not addressing his words to the one son is clear to those who attend to the Scripture, which says in narrative: “And Jacob called his sons and said, ‘Gather together, that I may tell you what will happen to you at the last of the days.’” So he announces that he will prophesy to them about things to come. It is clear on other grounds as well that the words of the prophecy do not fit the patriarch Judah. For when, or why, did his brothers bow down to him, and for what achievement, or when, did they praise him? How would anyone explain the rest of the prophecy as fitting him? Nor would anyone reasonably refer the words to the tribe, since rulers of the people were not appointed from the tribe of Judah alone. The judges after Moses, who came from various tribes, continued as leaders for nearly five hundred years; after them Saul, from the tribe of Benjamin, reigned first of all; and so after these the kings from the tribe of Judah reigned for not quite five hundred years; then, after the captivity to Babylon, those from the tribe of Levi presided over affairs for more than five hundred years, down to the coming of Christ. Why, then, would the prophecy say these things about the tribe of Judah rather than about the rest? So what is indicated would not fit the tribe either. But we know that the true Judah who appeared at the last of the days is our Saviour and Lord Jesus, the Christ of God, who is also called Judah as a steward of the concepts applied to him; just as in one sense he is called Israel, in another Jacob, and David, and at other times in other ways. Him the holy apostles, and all who were counted worthy of the Spirit of adoption, praised and worshipped; and his hands, which we take symbolically to be his deeds, have come to be upon the back of his enemies, that is, of the spiritual enemies as they flee from him. He is also called a lion's whelp, either because of his birth according to the flesh from a royal tribe and from the root of David, a birth that took place in the likeness of sinful flesh, or because of the divinity of which he emptied himself when he became man, on account of which the words “From a shoot, my son, you went up” were fittingly uttered by Jacob. When, then, he indicated the Saviour's birth from a shoot and from his root, he named him a lion's whelp, saying, “A lion's whelp is Judah; from a shoot, my son, you went up”; but when he prophesies his delay and the sleep of his passion, he calls him both, as a lion and as a whelp, in the words “Lying down he slept as a lion and as a whelp”; for then he was lifted up not only as coming from a royal race but as being himself king, since the nations confessed, even if those of the circumcision were unwilling, that he was indeed the King of Israel. It might also be put another way: since the one who was taking up war against the opposing powers and was about to destroy the one who has the power of death, that is, the devil, needed to have present with him, born according to the flesh from the shoot of Jacob, the divinity of the Word, the divinity is fittingly compared to a lion, because it has subdued and conquered all the wild and untamed powers, and to a lion's whelp the bit of flesh that he had taken from the royal tribe of Judah. But again, if our adversary the devil is like a roaring lion, see whether every sinner might not be called his whelp, since everyone who commits sin has been born of the devil. Since, then, the Saviour too came in the likeness of sinful flesh and became a curse for us, and “him who knew no sin he made sin for us,” see whether, for these reasons, according to some deeper sense, the prophecy does not declare that at the time of the passion he became neither a lion nor a whelp, but “as” a lion and a whelp; for he himself also compares his own passion to the serpent's, saying, “As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up.” After this, in silence as it were, it hints at the mystery of his resurrection through the words “Who will rouse him?” And it has become clear to us from the outcome who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead: evidently his God and Father.

Next come the words beginning “A ruler shall not fail from Judah, nor a leader from his thighs.” If we read these as beginning afresh, they would be said of all those of the Jewish race who led the people, and on this understanding the sense of the words before us would be something like this: the rulers and leaders from among the Jews appointed over the Jewish people will not cease until there comes the one who is the cause of the expectation of the nations, that is, the Christ; when he has come, those mentioned must fail. This being so, let us examine our own times, whether kings and leaders can now be found. But it is evident to all that the Jewish nation, along with the rest, is subject to the Roman governors (province by province), and not one of them has been entrusted with the authority to rule. This began from the times of our Saviour's birth. Up to King Herod we find in the histories Hebrews from among the Hebrews ruling their whole nation, leading in succession from Moses himself: first those called judges, then next the kings down to the captivity to Babylon, after which the high priests took over the rule and continued down to the reign of Augustus. In his reign, when Herod, the first of foreign race, had been entrusted by the Romans with the kingship over them, our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ was born. From that time, then, down to the present, ruler and leader are clearly shown to have failed among the Jews. It is clear that our prophesied Saviour has come, from whose times not only have the rulers of the Jews failed, but also all the worship they performed in Jerusalem according to the law of Moses. And clearly the expectation of the nations who through him have taken refuge with the God of the universe began to be fulfilled in fact from the times of his coming, according to Jacob's prophecy.

This holds if we read the words beginning “A ruler shall not fail from Judah” as beginning afresh. But if we join the present words to the preceding sense as following on from it, then, Christ being understood as Judah according to what was shown before, it would follow to take “A ruler shall not fail from Judah” of the rulers and leaders of the church after Christ, who, the prophecy says, will not fail until there come the things laid up for him; as if it said more plainly: until there come the things laid up for him, when the consummation is at hand, and he receives the kingdom over the universe. That the divine Spirit calls the disciples of Christ leaders is clear from what is said about Judas: “But you, a man of like soul, my leader and my familiar friend.” Attending to these things, those who have believed the sacred words as divine and true should in no way be alarmed, nor should their faith be shaken by the persecutions that come from time to time, especially the present one, which has blown against us more violently than any ever did, and has displayed such things against the churches and the whole people as no one has recorded either from Scripture or from the tradition of the ancients. We say this because it might perhaps seem that in the present persecution the very opposite of what was said has happened, since it seems that now no assembly has been held together, nor the order of the rulers of the church. Since, then, the inspired Scripture does not lie, we must be persuaded that those mentioned have not wholly failed, even if to some they seem to have failed. For the God who said to the prophet, “I have left for myself seven thousand men who have not bowed the knee to Baal,” when the prophet supposed that he alone was left after the rest had been killed, the same God now also watches over those worthy of his providence, preserving for us too a remnant according to the election of grace, those guarded by him and seen by him alone; of whom we too might say, “If the Lord of Sabaoth had not left us offspring, we would have become like Sodom and been made like Gomorrah.” For to think that those who preside over the word, whom the prophecy has named rulers and leaders, have failed altogether is impossible, because a limit has been set: they will not fail until there come the things laid up for him, that is, the things promised to Christ by the Father, who said to him, “Sit at my right hand until I make your enemies the footstool of your feet”; when also every knee shall bow, of things in heaven and on earth and under the earth, and every tongue shall confess that Jesus Christ is Lord. For then the expectation of the nations who at the present time have believed in him will have its season to receive the promises they expected, in the expected kingdom of heaven. So much for this. The rest, beginning “binding his colt to a vine,” which depends on allegorical interpretation, we shall leave for the lovers of learning to investigate, having already said more than enough, not in keeping with the purpose we set ourselves, yet of necessity, for a clear account of what is in the passage.

1.9Gaisford

Καὶ Μωσῆς ἦν ποιμαίνων τὰ πρόβατα Ἰοθὸρ τοῦ γαμβροῦ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ Θεοῦ Χωρήβ· ὤφθη δὲ ἄγγελος κυρίου αὐτῷ ἐν φλογὶ πυρός. Καὶ μέθʼ ἕτερα· ὡς δὲ εἶδεν κύριος ὅτι προσάγει ἰδεῖν, ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸν ἐκ μέσου τοῦ βάτου λέγων. Καὶ αὖθις· εἷπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν· Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν. Καὶ μετὰ πλεῖστα· ἐλάλησεν δὲ ὁ Θεὸς πρὸς Μωσῆν· καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν· Ἐγὼ κύριος, καὶ ὤφθην πρὸς Ἁβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ, Θεὸς ὤν αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ ὄνομά μου Κύριος οὐκ ἐδήλωσα αὐτοῖς· καὶ ἔστησα τὴν διαθήκην μου πρὸς αὐτοὺς, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Σφόδρα παρατετηρημένως ἐν τούτοις οὐχ ὁ Κύριος ἀλλʼ ὁ ἄγγελος ὦφθαι τῷ Μωσεῖ ἀναγέγραπται, δίʼ οὗ καὶ ὁ Κύριος ὥσπερ διʼ ἑρμηνέως χρηματίζων διδάσκει, ὅτι μὴ εἴη ὑποβεβηκυῖά τις δύναμις ἡ χρηματίζουσα, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς ὁ ὤν. Σαφέστερον δὲ τίς ἐστιν ὁ ὢν παριστᾷ ἐν τῷ φησὶν Ἐγὼ κύριος· καὶ ὤφθην πρὸς Ἁβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ, Θεὸς ὢν αὐτῶν· καὶ τὸ ὄνομα μου Κύριος οὐκ ἐδήλωσα αὐτοῖς· ὃ καὶ τοιοῦτον δοκεῖ μοι νοῦν περιέχειν· σοὶ μὲν τὸ ὄνομά μου τέως αὐτὸ μόνον δηλῶν φημὶ Ἐγὠ Κύριος· τοῖς δὲ σοῖς πατράσιν τὸ μὲν ὄνομά μου οὐκ ἐδήλωσα, καὶ μείζονος γὰρ ἄξιοι τῆς τοιαύτης γνώσεως ἐτύγχανον ὄντες· αὐτὸς δὲ ὤφθην αὐτοῖς καὶ διʼ ἐαυτοῦ (ἐμαυτοῦ) τὴν διαθήκην μου πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔστησα. Πρόδηλον δὲ ἐκ τῶν προαποδεδομένων τίς ἦν ὁ τοῖς πατράσιν ὀφθείς· τοῦτον γὰρ ἐξεταζόμενος τὸν τρόπον ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν Θεὸν Λόγον ὑπάρχειν ἀπεδείκνυεν. Οὐκοῦν ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ νῦν ἐπιφαίνεται, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὁμοίως γε τοῖς προπάτορσιν· ἐκείνοις γὰρ ἅτε μείζοσι καὶ τελειοτέροις αὐτὸς ὤφθη, καὶ διʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν διαθήκην αὐτοῦ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔστησεν· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ Μωσέως ὤφθη μὲν οὐχ ὁ Κύριος, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἄγγελος· ἐκάλεσε δὲ αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ ἄγγελος, ἀλλʼ ὁ Κύριος· Κύριος μὲν γὰρ ἦν ὁ διαταττόμενος, ἄγγελος δὲ ὁ τοὺς θείους λόγους διακονούμενος· ὅθεν εἰ καί τι ἄλλο θαυμασίως ἐκπεφώνηται τῷ ἱερῷ ἀποστόλῳ, καὶ τὸ, ὁ μόνος διαταγῆς (γεὶς διʼ) ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου· καὶ τὸ, εἰ γὰρ ὁ διʼ ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος ἐγένετο βέβαιος. Σαφῶς γοὖν ἄγγελος εἰσῆκται καὶ ὁ Κύριος διʼ αὐτοῦ χρηματίζων· καὶ οὐδὲ ἅπαξ ἂν εὕροις διʼ ὅλης τῆς νομοθεσίας τὴν γραφὴν σημειουμένην ὡς ὅτι δὴ ὤφθη ὁ Θεὸς ἢ ὁ Κύριος τῷ Μωσεῖ, ὅπερ ἐπὶ μόνων τῶν τριῶν πατριαρχῶν εἰρημένον ἐμφαίνεται· ὡς ἐκ τούτων σαφὲς εἶναι, τὴν πᾶσαν νομοθεσίαν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν τότε λαὸν, οἷα δὴ νηπίοις τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ εἰσαγομένοις, διδομένην ὥσπερ διὰ παιδαγωγῶν καὶ οἰκονόμων παραδεδόσθαι, τυπικῶς τε αὐτοῖς καὶ εἰκονικῶς τὰ θεῖα διὰ συμβόλων ᾐνίχθαι, τῷ μὴ τὴν μυστικωτέραν καὶ πνευματικὴν οἷόν τε αὐτοὺς ἐπιδέξασθαι διδασκαλίαν, ἅτε γοὖν παισὶ τρόποις Αἰγυπτίοις ἐκδιῃτημένοις, καὶ πολλῆς ἔτι χρῄζουσιν ἐπιστρεφείας, πῦρ εἶναι ὁ Θεὸς, κατὰ τὸ, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον, ὅπερ οὐδαμῶς ἐπὶ τῶν πατριαρχῶν εἴρηται. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτε προστάττει ἁγνίσασθαι αὐτοὺς ὅπως ἴδωσι τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου, οὐχ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἁβραὰμ καὶ τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἁπλῶς εἴρηται ὅτι ὤφθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, μετὰ πολλῆς δὲ καταπλήξεως καὶ φαντασίας αὐτὰ δὴ ταῦτα ἀναγέγραπται· καὶ ἐγένετο τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ γενηθέντος πρὸς ὄρθρον, καὶ ἐγίνοντο φωναὶ καὶ ἀστραπαὶ καὶ νεφέλη γνοφώδης ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους, καὶ φωνὴ τῆς σάλπιγγος ἤχει μέγα, καὶ ἐπτοήθη πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ· καὶ ἐξήγαγε Μωσῆς τὸν λαὸν εἰς τὴν συνάντησιν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς, καὶ παρέστησαν ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος (Σινά. τὸ ὄρος) Σινὰ ἐκαπνίζετο ὅλον διὰ τὸ καταβεβηκέναι ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ τὸν Θεὸν ἐν πυρί· καὶ ἀνέβαινεν ὁ καπνὸς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ καπνὸς καμίνου· καὶ ἐξέστη πᾶς ὁ λαὸς σφόδρα· ἐγίνοντο δὲ φωναὶ τῆς σάλπιγγος προβαίνουσαι ἰσχυρότεραι σφόδρα. Μωσῆς ἐλάλει, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ φωνῇ, κατέβη δὲ Κύριος ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ Σινᾶ ἐπὶ τὴν κορυφὴν τοῦ ὄρους· καὶ ἐκάλεσε Κύριος Μωσῆν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν κατέβη Κύριος διὰ τούτων μεμαρτύρηται· ὅτι δὲ καὶ ὤφθη οὐκέτι εἴρηται, ὃ ἐπὶ μόνων τῶν πατριαρχῶν τετήρηται. Οὐκοῦν παρουσία μὲν ἐγεγόνει τοῦ Κυρίου· ὀπτασία δὲ, οὐκ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ δῆλον ὅτι τῶν ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν δορυφόρων ἀγγέλων, διʼ ὧν χρησίμως τῷ λαῷ φοβερὰν καὶ καταπληκτικὴν ἐποιήσατο τὴν ὀπτασίαν, εὐλάβειαν ὅμου καὶ φόβον καὶ πίστιν τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν κρατῦναι ἐν ἀυτοῖς προμηθούμενος εἰς φυλακὴν καὶ τήρησιν τῶν μελλόντων αὐτοῖς παραδίδοσθαι νόμων. Καὶ ὅτι γε πλείους ἐτύγχανον οἱ τῷ Κυρίῳ κατὰ τὴν νομοθεσίαν διακονούμενοι ἄγγελοι, αὐτὸς Μωσῆς ἐν ταῖς εὐλογίαις παρίστησι λέγων, Κύριος ἐκ Σινᾶ ἥκει, καὶ ἐπέφανεν ἐι Σιεὶρ ἡμῖν, καὶ κατέσπευσεν ἐξ ὄρους Φαρὰν σὺν μυριάσιν Κάδης, ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ ἄγγελοι μετʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς· διʼ ὃ καὶ ὁ Στέφανος ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν ὡς πρὸς τὸν λαὸν ἀποτεινόμενος φησίν, οἵτινες ἐλάβετε τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων, καὶ οὐκ ἐφυλάξατε.

Kai Mōsēs ēn poimainōn ta probata Iothor tou gambrou autou. Kai metʼ oliga; kai ēlthon eis to oros tou Theou Chōrēb; ōphthē de angelos kyriou autǭ en phlogi pyros. Kai methʼ hetera; hōs de eiden kyrios hoti prosagei idein, ekalesen auton ek mesou tou batou legōn. Kai authis; heipen de kyrios pros auton; Egō eimi ho ōn. Kai meta pleista; elalēsen de ho Theos pros Mōsēn; kai eipen pros auton; Egō kyrios, kai ōphthēn pros Habraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb, Theos ōn autōn, kai to onoma mou Kyrios ouk edēlōsa autois; kai estēsa tēn diathēkēn mou pros autous, kai ta hexēs. Sphodra paratetērēmenōs en toutois ouch ho Kyrios allʼ ho angelos ōphthai tǭ Mōsei anagegraptai, diʼ hou kai ho Kyrios hōsper diʼ hermēneōs chrēmatizōn didaskei, hoti mē eiē hypobebēkuia tis dynamis hē chrēmatizousa, allʼ autos ho ōn. Saphesteron de tis estin ho ōn paristą en tǭ phēsin Egō kyrios; kai ōphthēn pros Habraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb, Theos ōn autōn; kai to onoma mou Kyrios ouk edēlōsa autois; ho kai toiouton dokei moi noun periechein; soi men to onoma mou teōs auto monon dēlōn phēmi Egō Kyrios; tois de sois patrasin to men onoma mou ouk edēlōsa, kai meizonos gar axioi tēs toiautēs gnōseōs etynchanon ontes; autos de ōphthēn autois kai diʼ eautou (emautou) tēn diathēkēn mou pros autous estēsa. Prodēlon de ek tōn proapodedomenōn tis ēn ho tois patrasin ophtheis; touton gar exetazomenos ton tropon ho logos pros ton en archę̄ pros ton Theon Theon Logon hyparchein apedeiknyen. Oukoun ho autos kai nyn epiphainetai, allʼ ouch homoiōs ge tois propatorsin; ekeinois gar hate meizosi kai teleioterois autos ōphthē, kai diʼ heautou tēn diathēkēn autou pros autous estēsen; epi de tou Mōseōs ōphthē men ouch ho Kyrios, allʼ ho angelos; ekalese de auton ouketi ho angelos, allʼ ho Kyrios; Kyrios men gar ēn ho diatattomenos, angelos de ho tous theious logous diakonoumenos; hothen ei kai ti allo thaumasiōs ekpephōnētai tǭ hierǭ apostolǭ, kai to, ho monos diatagēs (geis diʼ) angelōn en cheiri mesitou; kai to, ei gar ho diʼ angelōn lalētheis logos egeneto bebaios. Saphōs goun angelos eisēktai kai ho Kyrios diʼ autou chrēmatizōn; kai oude hapax an heurois diʼ holēs tēs nomothesias tēn graphēn sēmeioumenēn hōs hoti dē ōphthē ho Theos ē ho Kyrios tǭ Mōsei, hoper epi monōn tōn triōn patriarchōn eirēmenon emphainetai; hōs ek toutōn saphes einai, tēn pasan nomothesian tois kata ton tote laon, hoia dē nēpiois tas psychas kai eisagomenois, didomenēn hōsper dia paidagōgōn kai oikonomōn paradedosthai, typikōs te autois kai eikonikōs ta theia dia symbolōn ę̄nichthai, tǭ mē tēn mystikōteran kai pneumatikēn hoion te autous epidexasthai didaskalian, hate goun paisi tropois Aigyptiois ekdię̄tēmenois, kai pollēs eti chrę̄zousin epistrepheias, pyr einai ho Theos, kata to, ho Theos hēmōn pyr katanaliskon, hoper oudamōs epi tōn patriarchōn eirētai. Alla kai hote prostattei hagnisasthai autous hopōs idōsi tēn doxan Kyriou, ouch hōsper epi tou Habraam kai tou Isaak kai tou Iakōb haplōs eirētai hoti ōphthē autois ho Theos, meta pollēs de kataplēxeōs kai phantasias auta dē tauta anagegraptai; kai egeneto tę̄ hēmerą tę̄ tritę̄ genēthentos pros orthron, kai eginonto phōnai kai astrapai kai nephelē gnophōdēs epi tou orous, kai phōnē tēs salpingos ēchei mega, kai eptoēthē pas ho laos en tę̄ parembolę̄; kai exēgage Mōsēs ton laon eis tēn synantēsin tou Theou ek tēs parembolēs, kai parestēsan hypo to oros (Sina. to oros) Sina ekapnizeto holon dia to katabebēkenai epʼ autou ton Theon en pyri; kai anebainen ho kapnos autou hōsei kapnos kaminou; kai exestē pas ho laos sphodra; eginonto de phōnai tēs salpingos probainousai ischyroterai sphodra. Mōsēs elalei, ho de Theos apekrinato autǭ phōnę̄, katebē de Kyrios epi to oros to Sina epi tēn koryphēn tou orous; kai ekalese Kyrios Mōsēn, kai ta hexēs. Hoti men oun katebē Kyrios dia toutōn memartyrētai; hoti de kai ōphthē ouketi eirētai, ho epi monōn tōn patriarchōn tetērētai. Oukoun parousia men egegonei tou Kyriou; optasia de, ouk autou, alla dēlon hoti tōn amphʼ auton doryphorōn angelōn, diʼ hōn chrēsimōs tǭ laǭ phoberan kai kataplēktikēn epoiēsato tēn optasian, eulabeian homou kai phobon kai pistin tēn eis auton kratynai en autois promēthoumenos eis phylakēn kai tērēsin tōn mellontōn autois paradidosthai nomōn. Kai hoti ge pleious etynchanon hoi tǭ Kyriǭ kata tēn nomothesian diakonoumenoi angeloi, autos Mōsēs en tais eulogiais paristēsi legōn, Kyrios ek Sina hēkei, kai epephanen ei Sieir hēmin, kai katespeusen ex orous Pharan syn myriasin Kadēs, ek dexiōn autou angeloi metʼ autou, kai ta exēs; diʼ ho kai ho Stephanos en tais Praxesin hōs pros ton laon apoteinomenos phēsin, hoitines elabete ton nomon eis diatagas angelōn, kai ouk ephylaxate.

“And Moses was tending the sheep of Jethro his father-in-law.” And a little after: “And they came to the mountain of God, Horeb; and an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a flame of fire.” And after other things: “When the Lord saw that he was approaching to see, he called him out of the middle of the bush, saying.” And again: “And the Lord said to him, ‘I am He Who Is.’” And after a great deal: “And God spoke to Moses and said to him, ‘I am the Lord; and I appeared to Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, being their God, and my name, Lord, I did not make known to them; and I established my covenant with them,’” and what follows. With very careful observance it is recorded here that it was not the Lord but the angel who appeared to Moses, through whom the Lord, giving oracles as through an interpreter, teaches that it is not some lesser power that gives the oracles but He Who Is himself. Who He Who Is is, he shows more clearly when he says, “I am the Lord; and I appeared to Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, being their God; and my name, Lord, I did not make known to them.” This seems to me to have some such sense as this: “To you I say, for the time being making known only my name, ‘I am the Lord’; but to your fathers I did not make known my name, for they were worthy of something greater than such knowledge; I myself appeared to them, and through myself I established my covenant with them.” Who it was that appeared to the fathers is evident from what has been shown before: examined in this way, the argument proved that it was the Word, God, who was in the beginning with God. So the same one appears now as well, yet not in the same way as to the forefathers. To them, as greater and more perfect, he appeared himself, and through himself he established his covenant with them; but in the case of Moses it was not the Lord who appeared but the angel, though it was no longer the angel who called him, but the Lord. For the Lord was the one giving the commands, while the angel was the one ministering the divine words. Hence, among other things, the holy apostle said wonderfully that the law was “ordained through angels by the hand of a mediator,” and “For if the word spoken through angels proved firm.” So an angel is clearly introduced, and the Lord giving oracles through him; and not once in the whole legislation would you find the Scripture noting that God or the Lord was seen by Moses, a thing said, as is plain, only of the three patriarchs. From this it is clear that the whole legislation, given to the people of that time as to souls still infants and beginners, was handed down as through tutors and stewards, and that divine things were hinted to them in types and images through symbols, because they were unable to receive the more mystical and spiritual teaching. To them, as to children brought up in Egyptian ways and still needing much correction, God was said to be fire, according to “Our God is a consuming fire,” which is nowhere said in the case of the patriarchs. And when he orders them to purify themselves so that they may see the glory of the Lord, it is not said simply, as in the case of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, that God appeared to them; these very things are recorded with great terror and display: “And it came to pass on the third day, toward dawn, that there were voices and lightnings and a dark cloud on the mountain, and the sound of the trumpet resounded loudly, and all the people in the camp were terrified. And Moses led the people out of the camp to meet God, and they stood beneath the mountain. (And) Mount Sinai was all smoking, because God had come down upon it in fire; and its smoke went up like the smoke of a furnace; and all the people were exceedingly amazed. And the sounds of the trumpet grew very much stronger as they went on. Moses spoke, and God answered him with a voice. And the Lord came down upon Mount Sinai, onto the top of the mountain; and the Lord called Moses,” and what follows. That the Lord came down is attested by these words; but that he was also seen is no longer said, a thing reserved for the patriarchs alone. So there had been a coming of the Lord, but the vision was not of him; it was, clearly, of the angels who escorted him, through whom he usefully made the vision fearful and astonishing for the people, taking forethought to strengthen in them reverence, fear, and faith toward him, for keeping and observing the laws about to be given them. That the angels who ministered to the Lord in the giving of the law were many, Moses himself shows in the blessings, saying, “The Lord has come from Sinai, and has appeared to us from Seir, and has hastened from Mount Paran with the myriads of Kadesh; at his right hand angels with him,” and what follows. For this reason Stephen too, in the Acts, addressing the people, says, “You who received the law as ordinances of angels and did not keep it.”

1.10Gaisford

Ἐξῆρεν δὲ ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ προπορευόμενος τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἐπορεύθη ἐκ τῶν ὄπισθεν αὐτῶν· ἐξῆρεν δὲ καὶ ὁ στύλος τῆς νεφέλης πρὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐπορεύθη καὶ ἔστη ἐκ τῶν ὀπίσω αὐτῶν, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς παρεμβολῆς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς παρεμβολῆς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ. Εἶτʼ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς ἡ θεία διδάσκει γραφὴ, τί ποτε ἦν ἡ νεφέλη φάσκουσα· εἶπεν δὲ Κύριος πρὸς Μωσῆν· Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ παραγίνομαι πρὸς σὲ ἐν ἐκ (στύλῳ) τῆς νεφέλης, ἵνα ἀκούσῃ ὁ λαὸς λαλοῦντός μου πρὸς σὲ, καὶ σοὶ πιστεύσωσιν· καὶ πάλιν, Ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἡγεῖτο αὐτῶν ἡμέρας ἐν στύλῳ νεφέλης, δεῖξαι αὐτοῖς τὴν ὁδόν· τὴν δὲ νύκτα, ἐν στύλῳ πυρὸς τοῦ φαίνειν αὐτοῖς· καὶ αὖθις, καὶ κατέβη κύριος ἐν στόλῳ νεφέλης. Οὐκοῦν διὰ τούτων ἕτερος ἦν σαφῶς τῆς νεφέλης ὁ προπορευόμενος τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἄγγελος, καὶ ἡ νεφέλη δὲ ἄλλη μὲν τίς ἐτύγχανεν παρʼ αὐτὸν ἄγγελον, τοῦ δὲ Κυρίου αὐτοῦ σωματικὸν ὥσπερ ὄργανον ἦν· διʼ οὗ, τὴν φύσιν ὢν αὐτὸς ἀσώματος, καὶ πάσης ἐπέκεινα αἰσθητῆς καὶ ὑλικῆς οὐσίας, διʼ αἰσθητῆς φωνῆς τῆς ἰδίας ἠξίου ὁμιλίας τὸν θεράποντα· καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης τε οἰκονομίας αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος τὸν λόγον ἀποδιδοὺς τῷ Μωσεῖ φησὶν, ἵνα ἀκούσῃ ὁ λαὸς λαλοῦντός μου πρὸς σὲ, καὶ σοὶ πιστεύσωσιν· ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ λαοῦ, οἷα σωματικωτέρου τυγχάνοντος, διʼ αἰσθητῆς φωνῆς ὁμίλει, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν πατριαρχῶν, οὔτε νεφέλης οὔτε στύλου πυρὸς δεομένων, ἕτερος ἐγίγνετο τῆς τε ὀπτασίας καὶ τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁμιλίας ὁ τρόπος. Καὶ ὅτι γε οὐκ ἦν ἀγγελική τις δύναμις ἡ διὰ τῆς νεφέλης χρηματίζουσα, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς ὁ Θεὸς, πρὸς τοῖς προαποδεδειγμένοις δηλοῦται καὶ διὰ τῆς οὕτως ἐχούσης γραφῆς· εἶπεν δὲ Κύριος πρὸς Μωσῆν, Βάδίζε καὶ ὁδήγησον τὸν λαὸν εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν εἴρηκά σοι· ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄγγελός μου προπορεύσεται πρὸ προσώπου σου. Καὶ πάλιν· Καὶ εἶπε Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν· Πορεύου καὶ ἀνάβηθι ἐντεῦθεν, σὺ καὶ ὁ λαὸς, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· καὶ συναποστελῶ πρὸ προσώπου σου τὸν ἄγγελόν μου. Ταῦτα γὰρ ἀγγέλῳ μὲν οὐδαμῶς λέγειν ἁρμόττει, Θεῷ δὲ μόνῳ, καὶ τῷ καθʼ ὅλην τὴν ἱστορίαν διὰ τοῦ τετραγράμμου δηλουμένῳ Κυρίῳ. Ἆρʼ οὖν ὁ τῶν ὅλων ποιητὴς καὶ Θεὸς τῶν ἁπάντων εἰς τοσοῦτον κατήει, ὡς ἐπὶ σωματικοῦ ὄρους ὀχεῖσθαι, καὶ παιδαγωγοῦ δίκην συμβαδίζειν ἀνθρώποις, ὁ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν πληρῶν; ἢ τοῦτο μὲν οὔτε δυνατὸν, οὔθʼ ὅσιον ἐννοεῖν, εὐσεβέστερον δὲ ἅμα καὶ δυνατὸν τὸν θεῖον ὑπολαμβάνειν Λόγον, διάκονον ὄντα τοῦ πατρικοῦ βουλήματος, ἐπείπερ αὐτοῦ κυρίου ὄντος ἐγενήθη μερὶς Ἰακὼβ καὶ σχοίνισμα κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, οἷα ὑπὲρ μερίδος καὶ κληρονομίας φροντίζειν, κενοῦντά τε ἑαυτὸν καὶ τοῦ συμφυοῦς μεγέθους σμικρύνοντα τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως συμπεριφέρεσθαι σωτηρίᾳ; Εἴ γʼ οὖν εὐγνωμόνως ἐπιστήσαιμεν, εὕροιμεν αὐτὸν ποτὲ μὲν εἰς ἴδιον πρόσωπον ἀναφέροντα τὰς παρακελεύσεις, ὡς ὅτʼ ἂν λέγῃ, οὐκ ὀφθήσῃ ἐνώπιόν μου κενός· καὶ θυσιαστήριον ἐκ γῆς ποιήσεταί μοι· καὶ ἥξω πρός σε καὶ εὐλογήσω σε· ποτὲ δὲ ὡς περὶ ἑτέρου Κυρίου, τοῦ Θεοῦ δηλαδὴ καὶ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, διαλεγόμενον, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς δεκαλόγου ὅταν φάσκῃ, οὐ λήψῃ τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ σου ἐπὶ ματαίῳ· καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ σάββατα Κυρίῳ τῷ Θεῷ σου· καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἓξ ἡμέραις ἐποίησεν Κύριος τόν τε οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν· χαὶ εὐλόγησε Κύριος τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἑβδόμην· καὶ αὖθις· τίμα τὸν πατέρα σοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα σοῦ, ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται, καὶ ἔσῃ μακροχρόνιος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἧς Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου δίδωσίν σοι. Ταῦτα γὰρ οὐ διʼ ἀγγέλου, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς διʼ ἑαυτοῦ ὁ Κύριος πεπιστευμένως ἐν τοῖς δεκαλόγοις εἰρηκέναι πῶς οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο πρόδηλος, παιδεύων τὸν λαὸν τὰ περὶ τῆς εἰς τὸν ἀνωτάτω Πατέρα ἑαυτοῦ καὶ Θεὸν τῶν ὅλων εὐσεβείας;

Exēren de ho angelos tou Theou ho proporeuomenos tōn huiōn Israēl, kai eporeuthē ek tōn opisthen autōn; exēren de kai ho stylos tēs nephelēs pro prosōpou autōn; kai eporeuthē kai estē ek tōn opisō autōn, kai eisēlthen ana meson tēs parembolēs tōn Aigyptiōn kai ana meson tēs parembolēs tōn huiōn Israēl. Eitʼ en tois hexēs hē theia didaskei graphē, ti pote ēn hē nephelē phaskousa; eipen de Kyrios pros Mōsēn; Idou egō paraginomai pros se en ek (stylǭ) tēs nephelēs, hina akousę̄ ho laos lalountos mou pros se, kai soi pisteusōsin; kai palin, Ho de Theos hēgeito autōn hēmeras en stylǭ nephelēs, deixai autois tēn hodon; tēn de nykta, en stylǭ pyros tou phainein autois; kai authis, kai katebē kyrios en stolǭ nephelēs. Oukoun dia toutōn heteros ēn saphōs tēs nephelēs ho proporeuomenos tōn huiōn Israēl angelos, kai hē nephelē de allē men tis etynchanen parʼ auton angelon, tou de Kyriou autou sōmatikon hōsper organon ēn; diʼ hou, tēn physin ōn autos asōmatos, kai pasēs epekeina aisthētēs kai hylikēs ousias, diʼ aisthētēs phōnēs tēs idias ēxiou homilias ton theraponta; kai tēs toiautēs te oikonomias autos ho Kyrios ton logon apodidous tǭ Mōsei phēsin, hina akousę̄ ho laos lalountos mou pros se, kai soi pisteusōsin; allʼ epi men tou laou, hoia sōmatikōterou tynchanontos, diʼ aisthētēs phōnēs homilei, epi de tōn patriarchōn, oute nephelēs oute stylou pyros deomenōn, heteros egigneto tēs te optasias kai tēs pros autous homilias ho tropos. Kai hoti ge ouk ēn angelikē tis dynamis hē dia tēs nephelēs chrēmatizousa, allʼ autos ho Theos, pros tois proapodedeigmenois dēloutai kai dia tēs houtōs echousēs graphēs; eipen de Kyrios pros Mōsēn, Badize kai hodēgēson ton laon eis ton topon hon eirēka soi; idou ho angelos mou proporeusetai pro prosōpou sou. Kai palin; Kai eipe Kyrios pros Mōysēn; Poreuou kai anabēthi enteuthen, sy kai ho laos, kai ta hexēs; kai synapostelō pro prosōpou sou ton angelon mou. Tauta gar angelǭ men oudamōs legein harmottei, Theǭ de monǭ, kai tǭ kathʼ holēn tēn historian dia tou tetragrammou dēloumenǭ Kyriǭ. Arʼ oun ho tōn holōn poiētēs kai Theos tōn hapantōn eis tosouton katēei, hōs epi sōmatikou orous ocheisthai, kai paidagōgou dikēn symbadizein anthrōpois, ho ton ouranon kai tēn gēn plērōn? ē touto men oute dynaton, outhʼ hosion ennoein, eusebesteron de hama kai dynaton ton theion hypolambanein Logon, diakonon onta tou patrikou boulēmatos, epeiper autou kyriou ontos egenēthē meris Iakōb kai schoinisma klēronomias autou Israēl, hoia hyper meridos kai klēronomias phrontizein, kenounta te heauton kai tou symphyous megethous smikrynonta tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn kai pro tēs enanthrōpēseōs symperipheresthai sōtērią? Ei gʼ oun eugnōmonōs epistēsaimen, heuroimen auton pote men eis idion prosōpon anapheronta tas parakeleuseis, hōs hotʼ an legę̄, ouk ophthēsę̄ enōpion mou kenos; kai thysiastērion ek gēs poiēsetai moi; kai hēxō pros se kai eulogēsō se; pote de hōs peri heterou Kyriou, tou Theou dēladē kai Patros autou, dialegomenon, hōs epi tēs dekalogou hotan phaskę̄, ou lēpsę̄ to onoma Kyriou tou Theou sou epi mataiǭ; kai tę̄ hēmerą tę̄ hebdomę̄ sabbata Kyriǭ tǭ Theǭ sou; kai gar en hex hēmerais epoiēsen Kyrios ton te ouranon kai tēn gēn; chai eulogēse Kyrios tēn hēmeran tēn hebdomēn; kai authis; tima ton patera sou kai tēn mētera sou, hina eu soi genētai, kai esę̄ makrochronios epi tēs gēs, hēs Kyrios ho Theos sou didōsin soi. Tauta gar ou diʼ angelou, allʼ autos diʼ heautou ho Kyrios pepisteumenōs en tois dekalogois eirēkenai pōs ouk an genoito prodēlos, paideuōn ton laon ta peri tēs eis ton anōtatō Patera heautou kai Theon tōn holōn eusebeias?

“And the angel of God who went before the sons of Israel moved and went behind them; and the pillar of cloud also moved from before their face and went and stood behind them, and came between the camp of the Egyptians and the camp of the sons of Israel.” Then, in what follows, the divine Scripture teaches what the cloud was, saying, “And the Lord said to Moses, ‘Behold, I come to you in a (pillar) of cloud, so that the people may hear me speaking to you and may believe you’”; and again, “And God led them by day in a pillar of cloud, to show them the way, and by night in a pillar of fire, to give them light”; and again, “And the Lord came down in a pillar of cloud.” By these words, then, the angel who went before the sons of Israel was clearly other than the cloud; and the cloud was something other than the angel, being, as it were, a bodily instrument of the Lord himself, through which, though he is himself bodiless by nature and beyond every sensible and material substance, he deemed his servant worthy of his own converse through a sensible voice. And the Lord himself, giving the reason for such a dispensation, says to Moses, “So that the people may hear me speaking to you and may believe you.” With the people, being more bodily, he conversed through a sensible voice; but with the patriarchs, who needed neither cloud nor pillar of fire, the manner both of the vision and of his converse with them was different. That it was not some angelic power that gave oracles through the cloud, but God himself, is shown, besides what has been demonstrated already, by the Scripture that runs as follows: “And the Lord said to Moses, ‘Go and lead the people to the place I told you of; behold, my angel will go before your face.’” And again: “And the Lord said to Moses, ‘Go, go up from here, you and the people,’” and what follows, “and I will send my angel before your face along with you.” For it in no way befits an angel to say these things, but God alone, the Lord indicated throughout the whole history by the tetragram.

Did the Maker of the universe, then, the God of all things, descend so far as to ride upon a bodily mountain and, like a tutor, walk beside humans, he who fills heaven and earth? Or is this neither possible nor holy to think, while it is both more reverent and possible to suppose that it was the divine Word, the minister of the Father's will, who, since “Jacob became the portion” of him, the Lord, “and Israel the measured lot of his inheritance,” took care as for his portion and inheritance, emptying himself and diminishing his natural greatness to accommodate himself, even before the incarnation, to the salvation of humans? If we attend with good sense, we shall find him sometimes referring the commands to his own person, as when he says, “You shall not appear before me empty”; and “You shall make me an altar of earth”; and “I will come to you and bless you”; and sometimes speaking as about another Lord, clearly his God and Father, as in the Decalogue, when he says, “You shall not take the name of the Lord your God in vain”; and “On the seventh day, sabbaths to the Lord your God; for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and the Lord blessed the seventh day”; and again, “Honour your father and your mother, that it may be well with you, and that you may be long-lived on the land that the Lord your God gives you.” For how could it fail to be evident that the Lord, not through an angel but himself in person, is believed to have spoken these words in the Decalogue, teaching the people the worship due to his own supreme Father, the God of the universe?

1.11Gaisford

Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ἵνα φωλάξῃ σε ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὅπως εἰσαγάγῃ σε εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἣν ἡτοίμασά σοι. Πρόσεχε αὐτῷ καὶ εἰσάκουε αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἀπείθει ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐ γὰρ μὴ ὑποστείληταί σε· τὸ γὰρ ὄνομά μου ἐστὶν ἐπʼ αὐτῷ. Ταῦτα μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν δικαιωμάτων ὁ Κύριος τῷ λαῷ διαστέλλεται. Εἰ μὲν οὖν μετὰ τὴν Μωσέως τελευτὴν μὴ ὁ αὐτὸς κύριος ὁ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρήμου χρηματίζων συμπαρῆν τῷ λαῷ, ἀλλʼ ἀγγέλων τὶς αὐτῶν προηγεῖτο, οὐδὲν ἂν εἰς τοὺς τόπους ζητούμενον ἦν· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἱστορίας φαίνεται καὶ μετὰ τὴν Μωσέως τελευτὴν ὁ αὐτὸς κύριος τῷ Ἰησοῦ χρηματίζων καὶ σαφῶς ἐν τοῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν χρησμοῖς λέγων, ὅτι ὥσπερ ἤμην μετὰ Μωσῇ, οὕτως ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψω σε, οὐδʼ ὑπερόψομαί σε. Ἴσχυε καὶ ἀνδρίζου· σὺ γὰρ ἀποδιαστελεῖς τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ τὴν γῆν, ἣν ὤμοσα τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν δοῦναι αὐτοῖς· καὶ διʼ ὅλης τῆς γραφῆς ἄγγελος μὲν οὐδαμῶς ἐπιπαρὼν ἢ χρηματίζων τῷ Ἰησοῦ φαίνεται, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ὁ καὶ παρὰ Μωσεῖ διὰ τοῦ τετραγράμμου δηλούμενος, ὃς καὶ δοκεῖ μοι ὁ αὐτὸς εἶναι τῷ ἐν ἀνδρὸς σχήματι εἰς ἅπαξ μόνον παραφανέντι τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐπιφανεὶς τῷ Ἁβραὰμ καὶ τῷ Ἰακὼβ ἀναγέγραπται, οὕτω καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ τῷ παιδεῦσαι τὸν θεράποντα μὴ αὐτὸν ἡγεῖσθαι τὸν πρῶτον καὶ ἀγένητον εἶναι Θεὸν, ἀλλʼ ἀρχιστράτηγον τῆς ἐκείνου δυνάμεως ἀποφαίνεται. Εἰ δὴ οὖν διὰ πάσης τῆς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ γραφῆς ἄγγελος μὲν οὐδʼ ὅλως παρὼν ὀνομάζεται, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς ὁ διὰ πάσης τῆς παρὰ Μωσεῖ νομοθεσίας δηλούμενος κύριος· μαρτυρεῖ γʼ οὖν σαφῶς ἡ γραφὴ λέγουσα, Καὶ ἦν Κύριος μετὰ Ἰησοῦ· τίνος ἂν λέγοιτο, Ἰδοὺ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὅπως ἀγάγῃ σε εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἣν ἡτοίμασά σοι; Ἔοικεν οὖν διὰ τούτων οὐκ ἄλλον ἀλλʼ αὐτὸν δηλοῦν τὸν Ἰησοῦν· αὐτὸς γὰρ εἰσήγαγεν τὸν λαὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ὡς καὶ αἱ πρὸς αὐτὸν δηλοῦσιν τοῦ Θεοῦ φωναὶ λέγοντος, Ἴσχυε καὶ ἀνδρίζου· σὺ γὰρ ἀποδιαστελεῖς τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ τὴν γῆν, ἣν ὤμοσα τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν περὶ αὐτοῦ. Ἆρα προδιατάσσεται τῷ λαῷ λέγων, Πρόσεχε αὐτῷ, καὶ εἰσάκουσον αὐτοῦ· μὴ ἀπείθει ἐν αὐτῷ. Οὐ δεῖ δὲ θαυμάζειν εἰ ἄγγελον αὐτὸν ἐπωνόμασεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ Ἰωάννην τούτῳ καλεῖ τῷ προσρήματι ἡ φάσκουσα προφητεία, Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν μου ἔμπροσθέν σου. Εἰ δʼ ὅλως εἰς Ἰησοῦν ἀναφέροιτο τὸν τοῦ Ναυῆ τὰ προεκτεθέντα, ὅρα πῶς περὶ αὐτοῦ φησὶν ὁ Κύριος, τὸ γὰρ ὄνομά μου ἑπικέκληται ἐπʼ αὐτῷ. Ποῖον δὲ ἆρα ὄνομα ἢ αὐτὸ τὸ Ἰησοῦς; Τοῦ μὲν γὰρ φαινομένου τότε ἀνδρὸς οὐκ ἦν ἴδιον τὸ Ἰησοῦς ὄνομα· Αὐσὴς γὰρ ἐκαλεῖτο τὸ πρότερον· πρῶτος δὲ αὐτὸν Μωσῆς θεοφορούμενος Ἰησοῦν ἀναγορεύει, πνεύματι δῆλον ὅτι θειοτέρῳ κινούμενος· ὡς ἂν ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ φήσας, τὸ γὰρ ὄνομά μου ἐστὶν ἐπʼ αὐτῷ, πληρωθείη τοῦ χρηματίζοντος Κυρίου, ὃν πολλάκις ἀπεδείξαμεν εἶναι τὸν προόντα τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον, Ἰησοῦς ἦν ὄνομα ὅπερ τῷ Αὐσῆ Μωσῆς ἐπιτέθεικεν, ὡς ἡ θεία γραφὴ μαρτυρεῖ, σφόδρα ἀπηκριβωμένως τηρήσασα, ὅτι μὴ ἄλλοτε ἢ ἄγγελον αὐτὸν ἀκολούθως τῷ χρησμῷ τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας πρὸ προσώπου τοῦ λαοῦ προσκεψόμενον ἐξέπεμπεν, τούτῳ κέκληκεν αὐτὸν τῷ ὀνόματι. Οὐκοῦν διὰ τούτων καὶ τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ προσηγορίαν Μωσῆς φαίνεται σαφῶς ἐγνωκώς· ὥσπερ δὲ τὸ Ἰησοῦ ὄνομα παρὰ πρώτῳ αὐτῷ εὕρηται κατὰ τοὺς ἐξεταζομένους τόπους, οὕτω καὶ Χριστὸν πρῶτος αὐτὸς ἀναγορεύσας φαίνεται, πρὸ τῶν αὐτοῦ χρόνων ἐξ αἰῶνος μηδένος μηδέπω ποτὲ μήτε Ἰησοῦ μήτε Χριστοῦ παρά τισιν προσαγορευθέντος. Καὶ φαίνεταί γε ἐνθέῳ λογισμῷ τὰς δηλουμένας προσηγορίας τιμήσας· δυσὶ γʼ οὖν τοῖς παρὰ πάντα τὸν λαὸν ἐξοχωτάτοις ἀνδράσι καὶ παρὰ Θεῷ διαπρέπουσιν ἑτέροις τε ἰδίοις ὀνόμασι κεχρημένοις τὰς δύο ταύτας ἐπιφημίζει προσηγορίας, τῷ τε ἰδίῳ ἀδελφῷ τῷ Ἀαρὼν, καὶ τῷ τοῦ Ναυὴ υἱῷ, Αὐση[οὺ]ς πρότερον ὀνομαζομένου[ς] παρὰ πάντα τὸν λαὸν Θεοῦ νεύματι ἄρχοντας τοῦ παντὸς ἔθνους προχειρισάμενος ταῖς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χρίστου ἐδόξασεν προσηγορίαις· τὸν μὲν Χριστὸν, διʼ ἦν ἔφερεν εἰκόνα τοῦ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν ἀρχιερέως τῶν ὅλων αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν Θεοῦ Λόγου, προσειπών· τὸν δὲ ἑαυτοῦ διάδοχον Ἰησοῦν ἀναγορεύσας, διʼ ὃν ἔσωζε καὶ αὐτὸς τύπον τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ, ὃς παυσαμένης τῆς διὰ Μωσέως παραδοθείσης συμβολικῶς λατρείας, καὶ τοῦτον πῶς τὸν τρόπον Μωσέως τελευτήσαντος, τὴν εἰς τὸ θεῖον εὐσέβειαν διαδεξάμενος, πάσας μὲν τὰς ἀοράτους δυνάμεις ἀνθισταμένας αὐτοῦ τῷ λόγῳ πολέμῳ νικήσας κεχείρωται, τὴν δʼ ὑπὸ ταύταις ἅπασαν τυραννουμένην γῆν τὴν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἴδιον κτῆμα ποιησάμενος τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λαῷ διὰ τῶν ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐκκλησιῶν κατεκληροδότησεν.

Idou egō apostellō ton angelon mou pro prosōpou sou, hina phōlaxę̄ se en tę̄ hodǭ, hopōs eisagagę̄ se eis tēn gēn, hēn hētoimasa soi. Proseche autǭ kai eisakoue autou, mē apeithei en autǭ, ou gar mē hyposteilētai se; to gar onoma mou estin epʼ autǭ. Tauta meta tōn loipōn dikaiōmatōn ho Kyrios tǭ laǭ diastelletai. Ei men oun meta tēn Mōseōs teleutēn mē ho autos kyrios ho epi tēs erēmou chrēmatizōn symparēn tǭ laǭ, allʼ angelōn tis autōn proēgeito, ouden an eis tous topous zētoumenon ēn; epei de ek tēs historias phainetai kai meta tēn Mōseōs teleutēn ho autos kyrios tǭ Iēsou chrēmatizōn kai saphōs en tois pros auton chrēsmois legōn, hoti hōsper ēmēn meta Mōsę̄, houtōs esomai meta sou, kai ouk enkataleipsō se, oudʼ hyperopsomai se. Ischye kai andrizou; sy gar apodiasteleis tǭ laǭ toutǭ tēn gēn, hēn ōmosa tois patrasin hymōn dounai autois; kai diʼ holēs tēs graphēs angelos men oudamōs epiparōn ē chrēmatizōn tǭ Iēsou phainetai, allʼ autos ho Kyrios ho kai para Mōsei dia tou tetragrammou dēloumenos, hos kai dokei moi ho autos einai tǭ en andros schēmati eis hapax monon paraphanenti tǭ Iēsou. Hōsper gar epiphaneis tǭ Habraam kai tǭ Iakōb anagegraptai, houtō kai nyn epi tǭ paideusai ton theraponta mē auton hēgeisthai ton prōton kai agenēton einai Theon, allʼ archistratēgon tēs ekeinou dynameōs apophainetai. Ei dē oun dia pasēs tēs tou Iēsou graphēs angelos men oudʼ holōs parōn onomazetai, allʼ autos ho dia pasēs tēs para Mōsei nomothesias dēloumenos kyrios; martyrei gʼ oun saphōs hē graphē legousa, Kai ēn Kyrios meta Iēsou; tinos an legoito, Idou apostellō ton angelon mou pro prosōpou sou, hopōs agagę̄ se eis tēn gēn, hēn hētoimasa soi? Eoiken oun dia toutōn ouk allon allʼ auton dēloun ton Iēsoun; autos gar eisēgagen ton laon eis tēn gēn tēs epangelias, hōs kai hai pros auton dēlousin tou Theou phōnai legontos, Ischye kai andrizou; sy gar apodiasteleis tǭ laǭ toutǭ tēn gēn, hēn ōmosa tois patrasin hymōn peri autou. Ara prodiatassetai tǭ laǭ legōn, Proseche autǭ, kai eisakouson autou; mē apeithei en autǭ. Ou dei de thaumazein ei angelon auton epōnomasen, epei kai Iōannēn toutǭ kalei tǭ prosrēmati hē phaskousa prophēteia, Idou egō apostellō ton angelon mou pro prosōpou sou, hos kataskeuasei tēn hodon mou emprosthen sou. Ei dʼ holōs eis Iēsoun anapheroito ton tou Nauē ta proektethenta, hora pōs peri autou phēsin ho Kyrios, to gar onoma mou hepikeklētai epʼ autǭ. Poion de ara onoma ē auto to Iēsous? Tou men gar phainomenou tote andros ouk ēn idion to Iēsous onoma; Ausēs gar ekaleito to proteron; prōtos de auton Mōsēs theophoroumenos Iēsoun anagoreuei, pneumati dēlon hoti theioterǭ kinoumenos; hōs an ho chrēsmos ho phēsas, to gar onoma mou estin epʼ autǭ, plērōtheiē tou chrēmatizontos Kyriou, hon pollakis apedeixamen einai ton proonta tou Theou Logon, Iēsous ēn onoma hoper tǭ Ausē Mōsēs epitetheiken, hōs hē theia graphē martyrei, sphodra apēkribōmenōs tērēsasa, hoti mē allote ē angelon auton akolouthōs tǭ chrēsmǭ tēn gēn tēs epangelias pro prosōpou tou laou proskepsomenon exepempen, toutǭ keklēken auton tǭ onomati. Oukoun dia toutōn kai tēn tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou prosēgorian Mōsēs phainetai saphōs egnōkōs; hōsper de to Iēsou onoma para prōtǭ autǭ heurētai kata tous exetazomenous topous, houtō kai Christon prōtos autos anagoreusas phainetai, pro tōn autou chronōn ex aiōnos mēdenos mēdepō pote mēte Iēsou mēte Christou para tisin prosagoreuthentos. Kai phainetai ge entheǭ logismǭ tas dēloumenas prosēgorias timēsas; dysi gʼ oun tois para panta ton laon exochōtatois andrasi kai para Theǭ diaprepousin heterois te idiois onomasi kechrēmenois tas dyo tautas epiphēmizei prosēgorias, tǭ te idiǭ adelphǭ tǭ Aarōn, kai tǭ tou Nauē huiǭ, Ausē[ou]s proteron onomazomenou[s] para panta ton laon Theou neumati archontas tou pantos ethnous procheirisamenos tais tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou edoxasen prosēgoriais; ton men Christon, diʼ ēn epheren eikona tou katʼ alētheian archiereōs tōn holōn autou tou en archę̄ pros ton Theon Theou Logou, proseipōn; ton de heautou diadochon Iēsoun anagoreusas, diʼ hon esōze kai autos typon tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou, hos pausamenēs tēs dia Mōseōs paradotheisēs symbolikōs latreias, kai touton pōs ton tropon Mōseōs teleutēsantos, tēn eis to theion eusebeian diadexamenos, pasas men tas aoratous dynameis anthistamenas autou tǭ logǭ polemǭ nikēsas kecheirōtai, tēn dʼ hypo tautais hapasan tyrannoumenēn gēn tēn en pasi tois ethnesin idion ktēma poiēsamenos tǭ heautou laǭ dia tōn ana pasan tēn oikoumenēn ekklēsiōn kateklērodotēsen.

“Behold, I send my angel before your face, to guard you on the way, so as to bring you into the land that I have prepared for you. Pay heed to him and listen to him; do not disobey him, for he will not hold back from you; for my name is upon him.” These things the Lord enjoins on the people along with the other ordinances. If, then, after the death of Moses the same Lord who gave oracles in the wilderness had not been present with the people, but one of the angels had led them, there would be nothing to inquire into in these passages. But it appears from the history that after the death of Moses the same Lord gives oracles to Joshua and says clearly in his oracles to him: “As I was with Moses, so I will be with you, and I will not forsake you nor overlook you. Be strong and be courageous; for you will divide to this people the land that I swore to your fathers to give them.” And throughout the whole Scripture no angel at all is seen standing by Joshua or giving him oracles, but the Lord himself, the one indicated in Moses by the tetragram, who also seems to me to be the same as the one who appeared to Joshua once only in the form of a man. For just as he is recorded to have appeared to Abraham and to Jacob, so now too, to teach his servant not to think him the first and unbegotten God, he declares himself the chief captain of that one's host. If, then, throughout the whole book of Joshua no angel at all is named as present, but the Lord himself who is indicated throughout the whole legislation of Moses (for the Scripture clearly testifies, saying, “And the Lord was with Joshua”), of whom would it be said, “Behold, I send my angel before your face, so as to bring you into the land that I have prepared for you”? It seems, then, that these words indicate no one else but Joshua himself. For he brought the people into the land of promise, as God's words to him show, when he says, “Be strong and be courageous; for you will divide to this people the land that I swore to your fathers concerning it.” So he gives the people their orders beforehand, saying, “Pay heed to him and listen to him; do not disobey him.” And one should not wonder that he named him an angel, since the prophecy also calls John by this title when it says, “Behold, I send my angel before your face, who will prepare my way before you.” If the passages set out above should be referred wholly to Joshua the son of Nun, see how the Lord says of him, “For my name has been called upon him.” And what name is that but “Jesus” itself? For the name Jesus was not the proper name of the man who then appeared: he was formerly called Hoshea. Moses, inspired by God, was the first to call him Jesus, clearly moved by a more divine Spirit, so that the oracle that said “For my name is upon him” might be fulfilled. The name of the Lord who gave the oracles, whom we have often shown to be the pre-existent Word of God, was Jesus, the name that Moses gave to Hoshea, as the divine Scripture testifies, noting with great exactness that it was at no other time than when, in keeping with the oracle, he sent him out as a messenger to survey the land of promise before the face of the people, that he called him by this name. So by these things Moses clearly appears to have known the title of our Saviour Jesus as well; and just as the name Jesus is found first in him in the passages under examination, so too he appears to have been the first to proclaim the name Christ, though before his times, from all ages, no one had ever yet been called either Jesus or Christ. And he appears to have honoured these titles by inspired reasoning. For on two men who were the most eminent of all the people and distinguished before God, and who had other names of their own, he bestowed these two titles: on his own brother Aaron and on the son of Nun, formerly called Hoshea. Having appointed them, at God's bidding, before all the people as rulers of the whole nation, he glorified them with the titles of our Saviour Jesus Christ: the one he called Christ, because of the image he bore of the true High Priest of the universe, the Word, God himself, who was in the beginning with God; and his own successor he proclaimed Jesus, because he too preserved a type of our Saviour Jesus. For our Saviour, when the worship handed down symbolically through Moses had ceased, and Moses had in this way, as it were, died, took over the worship of God; he has conquered by war and subdued all the invisible powers that opposed his word, and, making his own possession the whole earth among all the nations that was tyrannized by them, he has distributed it as an inheritance to his own people through the churches throughout the whole inhabited world.

1.12Gaisford

Ἡνίκα δʼ ἂν εἰσῆλθε Μωσῆς εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν, κατέβαινεν ὁ στύλος τῆς νεφέλης, καὶ ἵστατο ἐπὶ τῶν θυρῶν τῆς σκηνῆς, καὶ στάντες ὁ λαὸς, προσεκύνησαν ἕκαστος ἀπὸ τῆς σκηνῆς. Καὶ ἐλάλησε Κύριος πρὸς Μωσῆν, ἐνώπιος ἐνωπίῳ, ὡς εἰ λαλήσαι τὶς πρὸς φίλον ἑαυτοῦ· καὶ ἀπηλλάττετο εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν· ὁ δὲ θεράπων αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς Ναυῆ οὐκ ἐξεπορεύετο ἐκ τῆς σκηνῆς. Καὶ εἶπε Μωσῆς πρὸς Κυρίον, Ἰδοὺ, σὺ λέγεις μοι, Ἀνάγαγε τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον, σὺ δὲ οὐκ ἐδήλωσάς μοι, ὃν σὺ ἀποστελεῖς μετʼ ἐμοῦ· σὺ δέ μοι εἶπας, Οἶδά σε παρὰ πάντας, καὶ ἔχεις χάριν παρʼ ἐμοί. Εἰ οὖν εὕρκα χάριν ἐναντίον σου, ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτόν· γνωστῶς ἴδω σε, ὅπως ἂν ὦ εὑρηκὼς χάριν ἐναντίον σου, καὶ ἵνα γνῶ, ὁ λαός σου τὸ ἔθνος τοῦτο. Καὶ λέγει, Αὐτὸς προπορεύσομαι καὶ καταπαύσω σε. Καὶ λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν, Εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς σὺ συμπορεύῃ, μή με ἀναγάγῃς ἐντεῦθεν. Καὶ πῶς γνωστὸν ἔσται ὅτι εὕρηκα χάριν παρὰ σοὶ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ λαός σου, ἀλλʼ ἢ συμπορευομένου σου μεθʼ ἡμῶν; καὶ ἐνδὸξασθησόμεθα ἐγώ τε, καὶ ὁ λαός σου παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ὅσα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἐστι. Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος πρὸς Μωσῆν, Καὶ τὸν λόγον σοι τοῦτον, ὃν εἴρηκας, ποιήσω· εὕρηκας γὰρ χάριν ἐνώπιόν μου, καὶ οἶδά σε παρὰ πάντας, καὶ ἔχεις χάριν παρʼ ἐμοί. Καὶ εἶπεν, δεῖξόν μοι τὴν σεαυτοῦ δόξαν. Καὶ εἶπεν, Ἐγὼ παρελεύσομαι πρότερος τῇ δόξῃ μου, καὶ καλέσω ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου ἐναντίον σου· καὶ ἐλεήσω, ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω, ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω. Καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐ δυνήσῃ ἰδεῖν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου· οὐ γὰρ μὴ ἴδῃ τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἄνθρωπος καὶ ζήσεται. Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος, Ἰδοὺ, τόπος παρʼ ἐμοὶ, καὶ στήσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας· καὶ σκεπάσω τῇ χειρί μου ἐπί σε, ἕως ἂν παρέλθω. Καὶ ἀφελῶ τὴν χεῖρά μου, καὶ τότε ὄψῃ τὰ ὀπίσω μου· τὸ δὲ πρόσωπόν μου οὐκ ὀφθήσεταί σοι, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, οἷς ἐπιφέρει· καὶ κατέβη Κύριος ἐν νεφέλῃ, καὶ παρέστη αὐτῷ ἐκεῖ· καὶ ἐκάλεσεν ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου· καὶ παρῆλθεν Κύριος πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν, Κύριος Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς οἰκτίρμων καὶ ἐλεήμων, μακρόθυμος καὶ πολυέλεος καὶ ἀληθινὸς καὶ δικαιοσύνην διατηρῶν, ποιῶν ἔλεος εἰς χιλιάδας, ἀφαιρῶν ἀνομίας καὶ ἀδικίας καὶ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ τὸν ἔνοχον οὐ καθαριεῖ ἐπάγων ἀνομίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα, καὶ ἐπὶ τέκνα τέκνων, ἐπὶ τρίτην καὶ ἐπὶ τετάρτην γενεάν. Καὶ σπεύσας Μωσῆς κύψας ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν προσεκύνησεν, καὶ εἶπεν· Εἰ δὴ εὕρηκα χάριν ἐνώπιον σου, Κύριε, συμπορεύθητι μεθʼ ἡμῶν ἐνώπιος ἐνωπίῳ. Μωσῆς τῷ Θεῷ λαλῶν ἀναγέγραπται μετὰ θάρσους καὶ παρρησίας τοσαύτης, ὁποίαν ἀγάγοι ἂν καὶ φίλος τίς ἀνὴρ ὁμιλῶν ἑαυτοῦ φίλῳ. Ἐμφαίνεται δὲ διὰ τούτων οὐχ ἡ τυχοῦσα τοῦ προφήτου προκοπή· ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ ἐλάλει μὲν αὐτῷ Κύριος ἐνώπιος ἐνωπίῳ, οὐ μὴν καὶ ὄφθη πῶ αὐτῷ ὁμοίως τῷ Ἁβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ· τούτου δὴ χάριν ἀξιοῖ λέγων, εἰ δὴ εὕρηκα χάριν ἐναντίον σου, ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτὸν, γνωστῶς ἴδω σε. Διʼ οὗ παρίστησιν ὅτι μὴ ὁμοίως τῷ λαλεῖν αὐτῷ καὶ τὰς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπιφανείας ὁ Θεὸς ἐποιεῖτο. Εἰ γὰρ, ὡς νομίσειέν τις, ταυτόν ἐστι τὸ λελαληκέναι αὐτῷ τὸν Θεὸν ἐνώπιον ἐνωπίῳ τῷ ὦφθαι αὐτῷ, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον, καὶ ποία δʼ ἂν ἔτι χῶρα λείποιτο τῇ φασκούσῃ αὐτοῦ ἀξιώσει τὸ, εἰ δὴ εὕρηκα χάριν ἐναντίον σου, ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτὸν, γνωστῶς ἴδω σε; πῶς δὲ, εἰ καὶ πρότερον αὐτῷ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον ὡς οἰηθείη ἄν τις ἑωρᾶτο, ἐπιφέρει λέγων αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, οὐ δυνήσῃ ἰδεῖν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου· οὐ γὰρ μὴ ἴδῃ τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἄνθρωπος καὶ ζήσεται; Διὰ τὶ δὲ λεγέτω ὁ βουλόμενος, οὐδʼ ἅπαξ ὁ λόγος μαρτυρεῖ λέγων ὅτι ὤφθη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν πατριαρχῶν εἰρηκὼς τετήρηται· ἀλλὰ γὰρ διὰ τούτων πρόδηλον, ὅτι εἰ καὶ ἐλάλει αὐτῷ κύριος ἐνώπιος ἐνωπίῳ, ὅμως διὰ τῆς νεφέλης ἐλάλει αὐτῷ· τοῦτο γὰρ προπαρίστησιν ἡ γραφὴ λέγουσα, κατέβαινεν ὁ στύλος τῆς νεφέλης καὶ ἵστατο ἐπὶ τῶν θυρῶν τῆς σκηνῆς, καὶ ἐλάλει τῷ Μωσεῖ. Οὐκοῦν διὰ τῆς νεφέλης ἐλάλει, οὐ μὴν καὶ ὁμοίως τῷ Ἁβραὰμ ἢ τῷ Ἰσαὰκ ἢ τῷ Ἰακὼβ ὤφθη αὐτῷ· ἐκείνοις μὲν γὰρ γυμνῶς καὶ τρανῶς ἄνευ τινὸς εἴδους ὀφθεὶς ἀναγέγραπται, τούτῳ δὲ διὰ τοῦ· ὀνομαζομένου εἴδους καὶ τῆς νεφέλης, ἣν καὶ δόξαν Κυρίου ὀνομάζει ὁ λόγος φάσκων, Ἡνίκα δὲ ἐλάλει Μωσῆς πάση συναγωγῇ υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἐπεστράφησαν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἡ δόξα Κυρίου ὤφθη ἓν νεφέλῃ, καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωσῆν. Καὶ πάλιν· ἀνέβη Μωσῆς εἰς τὸ ὄρος· καὶ ἐκάλυψεν ἡ νεφέλη τὸ ὄρος. Καὶ κατέβη ἡ δόξα Κυρίου ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους καὶ ἐκάλυψεν αὐτὸν νεφέλη ἓξ ἡμέρας· καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωσῆν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἐκ μέσου τῆς νεφέλης. Τὸ δὲ εἶδος τῆς δόξης Κυρίου, ὡσεὶ πῦρ φλέγον ἐπὶ τῆς κούφης τοῦ ὄρους. Σαφῶς οὖν διὰ τούτων τὸ θεωρούμενον τῷ Μωσεῖ λέγεται εἶναι οὐκ αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος, ἀλλʼ εἶδος Κυρίου· καὶ νεφέλη καὶ πῦρ, ἃ καὶ δόξαν Κυρίου ὀνομάζει ὁ λόγος· οὐκοῦν τὸ μὲν εἶδος ἑώρα Κυρίου καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδαμῶς δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν Κύριον, τόν τε λαλούμενον Λόγον αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου· ἀλλʼ ὅμως διὰ τῆς νεφέλης λαλοῦντος ἤκουεν, διὸ εἴρηται, καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωσῆν ἐνώπιος ἐνωπίῳ. Οὐ μὴν καὶ ὤφθη αὐτῷ ἐνώπιος ἐνωπίῳ τετήρηται· τοῦτο γὰρ ὡς οὐδέπω γεγονὸς ἀξιοῖ λέγων, ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτὸν, γνωστῶς ἴδω σε· καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ δὲ τόπῳ διδάσκει ὁ λόγος, ὅτι δὴ στόμα ἐλάλει αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς, οὐ μὴν καταλλήλως καὶ ἑωρᾶτο, ἀλλʼ ἐν εἴδει καὶ διὰ τῆς προαποδεδομένης δόξης αὐτοῦ· λέγει δὲ οὕτως· καὶ κατέβη Κύριος ἐν στύλῳ νεφέλης, καὶ ἔστη ἐπὶ τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου· καὶ ἐκλήθησαν Ἀαρὼν καὶ Μαριὰμ, καὶ ἐξῆλθον ἀμφότεροι. Καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς, Ἀκούσατε δὴ τῶν λόγων μου· ἑὰν γένηται προφήτης ὑμῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἐν ὁράματι αὐτῷ γνωσθήσομαι, καὶ ἐν ὕπνῳ λαλήσω αὐτῷ. Οὐχ οὕτως ὁ θεράπων μου Μωσῆς, πιστός ἐστιν ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ μου. Στόμα κατὰ στόμα λαλήσω αὐτῷ ἐν εἴδει, καὶ οὐ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων, καὶ τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου εἶδεν, καὶ διατί οὐκ ἐφοβήθητε καταλαλῆσαι κατὰ τοῦ θεράποντός μου Μωσῆ; Ἄρʼ οὖν τὴν δόξαν μὲν Κυρίου εἶδεν καὶ ἐν εἴδει αὐτῷ χρηματίζοντος, στόμα τε κατὰ στόμα λαλοῦντος ἤκουσεν, οὐ μὴν καὶ αὐτόν πω τὸν Κυρίον ὁμοίως τοῖς πατράσιν ἑωράκει. Καὶ οὐ θαυμαστόν γε εἰ τῷ Μωσεῖ στόμα κατὰ στόμα λαλῶν ἀναγέγραπται ὁ Θεὸς, ὅποτε καὶ τῷ παντὶ λαῷ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον λελαληκέναι αὐτὸν ἐν Δευτερονομίῳ διδάσκει ὁ Μωσῆς λέγων, Οὐχὶ τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν διέθετο Κύριος τὴν διαθήκην ταύτην, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ὑμᾶς· ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ ὧδε σήμερον πάντες ζῶντες. Πρόσωπον κατὰ πρόσωπον ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρός. Πλὴν εἰ καὶ τῷ Μωσεῖ καὶ τῷ παντὶ λαῷ τοῦτον ἐχρημάτιζεν τὸν τρόπον, ἀλλʼ ὅρα ὅτι λελαληκέναι μὲν αὐτοῖς στόμα κατὰ στόμα καὶ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον εἴρηται, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἄνευ τοῦ πυρὸς ἢ τῆς νεφέλης ὁμοίως τοῖς πατράσιν ὦφθαι αὐτοῖς· γυμνῶς γὰρ ἐκείνοις καὶ ἄνευ ἐπικαλύμματος τοῦ διὰ νεφέλης ἢ πυρὸς ὁ Κύριος ὀφθεὶς ἀναγέγραπται. Τελείων γοῦν καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν εἰς ἄκρον κεκαθαρμένων καὶ ὁ Σωτὴρ καὶ Κύριος ἡμῶν τὸ τὸν Θεὸν ὁρᾶν εἶναι διδάσκει, Μακάριοι λέγων οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται· διὸ καὶ ὡς τοιούτων ὁ Κύριος Θεὸν ἑαυτὸν ἀναγορεύει, λέγων πρὸς Μωσῆν· Οὕτως ἐρεῖς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν, Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὰς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸς Ἰακὼβ, ἀπέσταλκέ με πρὸς ὑμᾶς· τοῦτό ἐστιν ὄνομα μου αἰώνιον, καὶ μνημόσυνον γενεῶν γενεαῖς. Ζηλῶν δὴ οὖν τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα, καὶ τῆς ὁμοίας ἐκείνοις ὀρεγόμενος ὁ Μωσῆς προκοπῆς, ἀξιοῖ λέγων τὸν Κύριον, Ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτὸν, γνωστῶς ἴδω σε· ἐφαντάζετο μὲν γὰρ χρηματίζοντος αὐτῷ Θεοῦ Λόγου τό τε μέγεθος καὶ τὸ ὕψος καὶ τὴν ἄφατον καὶ ἀνέφικτον ὑπεροχὴν, ἑώρα δὲ ὡς ὅτι διʼ ὑπηρετικῶν ἀγγέλων τὰς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐποιεῖτο θεωρίας· διὸ παρακαλεῖ τρανότερον καὶ καθαρώτερον ἐμφῆναι ἑαυτὸν αὐτῷ, μηκέτι μὲν διʼ ἐπικαλυμμάτων, μὴ δὲ ὑπὸ διακόνων ἑτέρων, γυμνῶς δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἁβραὰμ παραπλησίως, ἄνευ τοῦ διὰ πυρὸς καὶ νεφέλης εἴδους. Τοῦτο γʼ οὖν δοκεῖ μοι σημαίνειν ἡ φάσκουσα λέξις, Ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτὸν, γνωστῶς ἴδω σε· ταύτῃ δὲ καὶ προακούσας εἰρηκότος αὐτῷ τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ, Ἰθοὺ ἄγγελός μου προπορεύσεται πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὑποπαραιτεῖται τοῦ μείζονος ὀρεγόμενος, καὶ φησίν· Εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς σὺ συμπορεύῃ, μή με ἀναγάγῃς ἐντεῦθεν· πρὸς τὴν ἀξίωσιν ἐπινεύσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ φήσαντος, Καὶ τὸν λόγον σοι τοῦτον, ὃν εἴρηκας, ποιήσω, τὸ ἔτοιμον συνιδὼν τῆς θείας μεγαλοδωρεᾶς, φθανούσης τῆς εὐεργεσίας τοὺς μεγάλων ὀρεγομένους, εἶτα σμικρύνας ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ὡς μὴ ἄξιόν πω τῶν μειζόνων λογισάμενος, ἑτέραν ὡς ἐν συγκρίσει τῆς προτέρας ἐνδέουσαν ἀξίωσιν προτείνει λέγων, Δεῖξόν μοι τὴν δόξαν σου· πληρῶν δὲ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον ὁ Κύριος· Ἐγὼ παρελεύσομαι πρότερός σου τῇ δόξῃ μου· καὶ καλέσω ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου ἐναντίον σου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· διδάσκων ὅτι δὴ πάσης μείζων τῆς πρότερον αὐτῷ θεωρουμένης ὀπτασίας ἡ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων τυγχάνει γνῶσις, ἢν καὶ παραδώσειν αὐτῷ ὑπισχνεῖται, περὶ μὲν ἑαυτοῦ λέγων, Παρελεύσομαι πρότερός σου τῇ δόξῃ μου· περὶ δὲ τῆς τοῦ Πατρὸς μυσταγωγίας τὸ, καὶ καλέσω ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου· ποίου γὰρ κυρίου, αὐτὸς ὢν ὁ διὰ τοῦ τετραγράμμου δηλούμενος Κύριος, εἰ μὴ ἄρα τοῦ Πατρὸς καλέσειν ἐπαγγέλλεται; Καὶ ἀληθῶς γε εἰ μὴ διέλθοι τινὰ πρότερον ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, καὶ εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς ἀνακαλέσοιτο τὸν Πατέρα, οὐδʼ ἄλλως δυνατὸν τὴν τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν ὅλων ἀναλαβεῖν γνῶσιν· ἐπεὶ μὴ δʼ εἷς ἔγνω τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὂς, καὶ ᾧ ἂν ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ. Αὐτὸς γοῦν ἐστιν ἡ θύρα καὶ ἡ ὁδὸς διʼ οὗ μόνου ἐστιν ἰδεῖν τὸν ἐπέκεινα καὶ ἀνωτάτω τῶν ὅλων αἴτιον, αὐτὸν τὸν Πατέρα· εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα οἷα τις αὐτοῦ πρόδρομος προεπιδημεῖ ταῖς τῶν μακαρίων ψυχαῖς ὁ θεῖος Λόγος, τῆς ἰδίας δόξης μεταδιδοὺς αὐταῖς, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ἵσταταί γε εἰς τέλος τὰ τῆς αὐθεντίας εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναλαμβάνων, προπαρασκευάσας δὲ καὶ προευτρεπίσας τὴν μονὴν, ὑποχωρεῖ καὶ μεταπαραδίδωσι τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί. Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁμολογεῖ φάσκων, Ἐγὼ παρελεύσομαι πρότερός σου τῇ δόξῃ μου, καὶ καλέσω ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου. Νῦν μὲν οὖν λόγῳ τοῦτο πράξειν ἐπαγγέλλεται· ἑξῆς δὲ καὶ τὸ ἔργον ἐπάγει ἔνθα εἴρηται, Καὶ κατέβη Κύριος ἐν νεφέλῃ, καὶ παρέστη αὐτῷ ἐκεῖ· καὶ ἐκάλεσεν ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου. Καὶ παρῆλθεν Κύριος πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκάλεσεν, Κύριος Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς οἰκτίρμων, καὶ ἐλεήμων, μαχρόθυμος, καὶ πολυέλεος, καὶ ἀληθινὸς, καὶ δικαι οσύνην διατηρῶν, ποιῶν ἔλεος εἰς χιλιάδας, ἀφαιρῶν ἀνομίας, καὶ ἀδικίας, καὶ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ τὸν ἔνοχον οὐ καθαριεῖ· ἐπάγων ἀνομίας πατρῶν ἐπὶ τέκνα, καὶ ἐπὶ τέκνα τέκνων ἐπὶ τρίτην καὶ τετάρτην γενεάν. Ταῦτα γὰρ αὐτὸς φησὶ καταβὰς ἐν νεφέλῃ καὶ παραστὰς τῷ Μωσεῖ ὁ διὰ τοῦ τετραγράμμου δηλούμενος Κύριος· ὃς καθʼ ὴν πεποίηται ὑπόσχεσιν παρελθὼν πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, τὸν καὶ ἑαυτοῦ Κύριον καὶ Πατέρα, τὸν ἀληθῶς ὄντα Κύριον Κύριον, δὶς διὰ τοῦ τετραγράμμου ἐμφερόμενον ἀνακαλεῖται λέγων, τὸ Κύριος Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς οἰκτίρμων καὶ ἐλεήμων, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Εἰ δὲ βιαζόμενός τις φάσκοι μὴ τὸν Κύριον ἀλλὰ Μωσῆν ταῦτα εἰρηκέναι, πεῖσμα βέβαιον λαμβανέτω ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν τοῦ Μωσέως φωνῶν ὁμολογοῦντος τοῦ Κυρίου εἶναι τὰς προεκτεθείσας λέξεις, διʼ ὧν εὐχόμενος ἐν ἑτέρῳ τόπῳ φησὶν, Καὶ νῦν ὑψωθήτω ἡ χείρ σου, Κύριε· ὃν τρόπον εἶπας λέγων, Κύριος μακρόθυμος καὶ πολυέλεος καὶ ἀληθινός· ἀφαιρῶν ἀνομίας καὶ ἀδικίας καὶ ἁμαρτίας· καὶ καθαρισμῷ οὐ καθαριεῖ τὸν ἔνοχον, ἀποδιδοὺς ἁμαρτίας πατρῶν ἐπὶ τέκνα ἕως τρίτης καὶ τετάρτης γενέας. Ἐναργέστατα δὴ οὖν καὶ σαφέστατα διὰ τούτων αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος τὰς προεκτεθείσας εἰρηκὼς παριστᾶ τε (παρίσταται) φωνὰς, μείζονα κύριον τὸν ἀληθῶς Κύριον, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τὸν Πατέρα ἑαυτοῦ, ἀνακαλούμενος· ἢ εἰ δυσπειθῶς ἔχοι πρὸς ταῦτα, λεγέτω εἰ τινὰ ἄλλην οἷός τε ἐστὶν κατὰ τοὺς τόπους ἐπιβαλεῖν διήγησιν· φυλάττων τὸ μὴ ἄγγελον εἶναι τὸν χρηματίζοντα, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸν τὸν διὰ τοῦ τετραγράμμου δηλούμενον Κύριον, ὃς καὶ ἐνώπιος ἐνωπίῳ τῷ Μωσεῖ ἀναγέγραπται λελαληκέναι, ὃν καὶ ἀξιοῖ τὴν διʼ ἀγγέλων προστασίαν παραιτούμενος ὁ Μωσῆς λέγων, Εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς σὺ συμπορεύῃ, μή με ἀναγάγῃς ἐντεῦθεν. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐχ οἷόν τε ταῦτα ἐφʼ ἕτερον ἢ ἐπὶ μόνον τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν Θεὸν Λόγον ἀναφέρειν· ὃς μεγάλων ἐφιεμένῳ τῷ Μωσεῖ τὴν τοῦ μείζονος ἐμφαίνει γνῶσιν, παιδεύων ἑαυτὸν ὅπως ἂν γινώσκῃ τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλεν Θεὸν Λόγον, δευτέρως καὶ αὐτὸν ὄντα μετὰ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ Κύριον καὶ Θεόν· καὶ πρώτην γε αὐτῷ ταύτην καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτην παρέχει τὴν ὠφέλειαν, ὡς ἂν μήποτε τὰς περὶ Θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων ὑπονοίας ἐπὶ τὸν χρηματίζοντα αὐτῷ Λόγον διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς δόξης τῶν θεωρουμένων ἐκλάβοι· διδάσκει [εἰ] δʼ οὖν αὐτὸν πρῶτον καὶ μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν ἡγεῖσθαι τοῦτον, ὃν αὐτὸς ἐπεκαλεῖτο λέγων, Κύριος Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς οἰκτίρμων καὶ ἐλεήμων μακρόθυμος καὶ πολυέλεος καὶ ἀληθινός. Πρόσχες γὰρ ἐπιμελῶς τῷ ἀληθινὸς παραπλησίως εἰρημένῳ τῷ, ἵνα γιγνώσκωσι σὲ τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, ὑπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ Σωτῆρος ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις εἰρημένῳ· ταῦτα δʼ οὐκ ἂν ἐχώρησεν ὁ πᾶς λαὸς πρὸς ὃν, οἷα δὴ εἰσαγόμενον, ὑπὸ τοῦ χρηματίζοντος ἐλέγετο, Ἐγώ εἰμι καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἔτι πλῆν ἐμοῦ· ἐδέοντο γὰρ οὗτοι στοιχειώδους εἰσαγωγῆς ἔτι τῆς περὶ Θεοῦ μοναρχίας οὐχ οἷοίτε πῶς ὄντες τὰ περὶ Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ δόγματα διαρθροῦν, ἅτε ἔναγχος τῆς Αἰγυπτίων πολυθέου πλάνης ἀφεστηκότες. Τὸ δὲ Ἐγώ εἰμι καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἔτι πλῆν ἐμοῦ λέγοιτʼ ἂν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου ὁμοίως τῷ, Ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν· καὶ ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί. Ὡς γʼ οὖν ὁ ἑωρακὼς αὐτὸν ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα, κατὰ τὸ, ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα τὸν πέμψαντά με· τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὁ αὐτοῦ ἀκούων τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Πατρὸς ἤκουε λέγοντος τὸ, Ἐγώ εἰμι καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἔτι πλῆν ἐμοῦ. Ταῦτα δʼ ἡμῖν ὡς ἐν τηλικούτοις εἴρηται παραστῆσαι βουλομένοις, ὅτι δὴ ἀναμφιλέκτως οὔτε ὁ τῶν ὅλων Θεὸς, οὔτε ἀγγελική τις δύναμις ἦν ἡ χρηματίζουσα τῷ Μωσεῖ, αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ θεῖος Λόγος, ὃν ἀκριβῶς πεπιστεύκαμεν μετὰ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Πατέρα καὶ Κύριον δεύτερον εἶναι τῶν ἀπάντων Θεόν τε καὶ Κύριον· ὥσπερ δὴ καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς Ἰωάννης σαφέστερον ἡμᾶς παιδεύει λέγων, Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ Λόγος· καὶ ὁ Λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν· καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος· πολλῆς δʼ ἂν γένοιτο καὶ οὐχὶ τῆς παρούσης σχολῆς σαφηνίζειν τίς ἄρʼ εἴη ὁ τόπος καὶ ἡ πέτρα περὶ ὧν εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος, Ἰδοὺ τόπος παρʼ ἐμοὶ καὶ στήσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας· ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ἀπόστολος τὴν πέτραν ἐδήλωσεν εἰπὼν, ἡ πέτρα δὲ ἦν ὁ Χριστός. Οὐκ ἄλλον δὲ τῆς πέτρας ὄντα καὶ τὸν τόπον ὑπολαμβάνω τὸν αὐτὸν τυγχάνοντα τῷ ἀπαντήσαντι τῷ Ἰακὼβ ἔνθα γέγραπται, Ἐξῆλθεν δὲ ὁ Ἰακὼβ ἀπὸ τοῦ Φρέατος τοῦ ὅρκου, καὶ ἐπορεύθη εἰς Χαρράν. Καὶ ἀπήντησεν τόπῳ ἔνθα καὶ ἰδὼν ἐν ὁράματι τὴν κλίμακα καὶ τὸν ἐπʼ αὐτῆς ἐστηριγμένον κύριον, διυπνισθεὶς φησὶν, ὅτι ἔστιν Κύριος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ· καὶ πάλιν εἶπεν, ὡς φοβερὸς ὁ τόπος οὗτος, οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο ἄλλʼ ἢ οἶκος τοῦ Θεοῦ· καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ πύλη τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τί τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου, ὃ μὴ δύναται Μωσῆς ὁ νόμος, ἅτε ἀνθρώπινος καὶ σωματικώτερος ὢν, θεωρεῖν· τίνα τε τὰ ὀπίσθια αὐτοῦ, ἃ μόνον χωρεῖν οἷός τε ἦν ὁ τυπικὸς καὶ τῶν νοητῶν συμβολικῶς (κὸς) νόμος· πῶς τε εἴρηται τὸ, σκεπάσω τῇ χειρί μου ἐπὶ σὲ, καλύμματος καὶ σκέπης ἐπιτιθεμένου τῷ νόμῳ, ὡς διὰ τοῦτο τὸ καλύμμα τὰ μὲν ὀπίσω δύνασθαι ὁρᾶν, οὐκέτι δὲ τὰ προηγούμενα καὶ διαφέροντα· ἰδίᾳ κατὰ καιρὸν, ᾧ μέλει τῆς τούτων ἐρεύνης, ἐπιστήσας εἴσεται.

Hēnika dʼ an eisēlthe Mōsēs eis tēn skēnēn, katebainen ho stylos tēs nephelēs, kai histato epi tōn thyrōn tēs skēnēs, kai stantes ho laos, prosekynēsan hekastos apo tēs skēnēs. Kai elalēse Kyrios pros Mōsēn, enōpios enōpiǭ, hōs ei lalēsai tis pros philon heautou; kai apēllatteto eis tēn parembolēn; ho de therapōn autou Iēsous huios Nauē ouk exeporeueto ek tēs skēnēs. Kai eipe Mōsēs pros Kyrion, Idou, sy legeis moi, Anagage ton laon touton, sy de ouk edēlōsas moi, hon sy aposteleis metʼ emou; sy de moi eipas, Oida se para pantas, kai echeis charin parʼ emoi. Ei oun heurka charin enantion sou, emphanison moi seauton; gnōstōs idō se, hopōs an ō heurēkōs charin enantion sou, kai hina gnō, ho laos sou to ethnos touto. Kai legei, Autos proporeusomai kai katapausō se. Kai legei pros auton, Ei mē autos sy symporeuę̄, mē me anagagę̄s enteuthen. Kai pōs gnōston estai hoti heurēka charin para soi egō kai ho laos sou, allʼ ē symporeuomenou sou methʼ hēmōn? kai endoxasthēsometha egō te, kai ho laos sou para panta ta ethnē, hosa epi tēs gēs esti. Kai eipen ho Kyrios pros Mōsēn, Kai ton logon soi touton, hon eirēkas, poiēsō; heurēkas gar charin enōpion mou, kai oida se para pantas, kai echeis charin parʼ emoi. Kai eipen, deixon moi tēn seautou doxan. Kai eipen, Egō pareleusomai proteros tę̄ doxę̄ mou, kai kalesō en onomati Kyriou enantion sou; kai eleēsō, hon an eleō, kai oikteirēsō, hon an oikteirō. Kai eipen, Ou dynēsę̄ idein to prosōpon mou; ou gar mē idę̄ to prosōpon mou anthrōpos kai zēsetai. Kai eipen Kyrios, Idou, topos parʼ emoi, kai stēsę̄ epi tēs petras; kai skepasō tę̄ cheiri mou epi se, heōs an parelthō. Kai aphelō tēn cheira mou, kai tote opsę̄ ta opisō mou; to de prosōpon mou ouk ophthēsetai soi, kai ta hexēs, hois epipherei; kai katebē Kyrios en nephelę̄, kai parestē autǭ ekei; kai ekalesen en onomati Kyriou; kai parēlthen Kyrios pro prosōpou autou, kai ekalesen, Kyrios Kyrios ho Theos oiktirmōn kai eleēmōn, makrothymos kai polyeleos kai alēthinos kai dikaiosynēn diatērōn, poiōn eleos eis chiliadas, aphairōn anomias kai adikias kai hamartias, kai ton enochon ou kathariei epagōn anomias paterōn epi tekna, kai epi tekna teknōn, epi tritēn kai epi tetartēn genean. Kai speusas Mōsēs kypsas epi tēn gēn prosekynēsen, kai eipen; Ei dē heurēka charin enōpion sou, Kyrie, symporeuthēti methʼ hēmōn enōpios enōpiǭ. Mōsēs tǭ Theǭ lalōn anagegraptai meta tharsous kai parrēsias tosautēs, hopoian agagoi an kai philos tis anēr homilōn heautou philǭ. Emphainetai de dia toutōn ouch hē tychousa tou prophētou prokopē; allʼ epei elalei men autǭ Kyrios enōpios enōpiǭ, ou mēn kai ophthē pō autǭ homoiōs tǭ Habraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb; toutou dē charin axioi legōn, ei dē heurēka charin enantion sou, emphanison moi seauton, gnōstōs idō se. Diʼ hou paristēsin hoti mē homoiōs tǭ lalein autǭ kai tas pros auton epiphaneias ho Theos epoieito. Ei gar, hōs nomiseien tis, tauton esti to lelalēkenai autǭ ton Theon enōpion enōpiǭ tǭ ōphthai autǭ, hōs an eipoi tis, prosōpon pros prosōpon, kai poia dʼ an eti chōra leipoito tę̄ phaskousę̄ autou axiōsei to, ei dē heurēka charin enantion sou, emphanison moi seauton, gnōstōs idō se? pōs de, ei kai proteron autǭ prosōpon pros prosōpon hōs oiētheiē an tis heōrato, epipherei legōn autǭ ho Kyrios, ou dynēsę̄ idein to prosōpon mou; ou gar mē idę̄ to prosōpon mou anthrōpos kai zēsetai? Dia ti de legetō ho boulomenos, oudʼ hapax ho logos martyrei legōn hoti ōphthē autǭ ho Kyrios, hōs epi tōn patriarchōn eirēkōs tetērētai; alla gar dia toutōn prodēlon, hoti ei kai elalei autǭ kyrios enōpios enōpiǭ, homōs dia tēs nephelēs elalei autǭ; touto gar proparistēsin hē graphē legousa, katebainen ho stylos tēs nephelēs kai histato epi tōn thyrōn tēs skēnēs, kai elalei tǭ Mōsei. Oukoun dia tēs nephelēs elalei, ou mēn kai homoiōs tǭ Habraam ē tǭ Isaak ē tǭ Iakōb ōphthē autǭ; ekeinois men gar gymnōs kai tranōs aneu tinos eidous ophtheis anagegraptai, toutǭ de dia tou; onomazomenou eidous kai tēs nephelēs, hēn kai doxan Kyriou onomazei ho logos phaskōn, Hēnika de elalei Mōsēs pasē synagōgę̄ huiōn Israēl, kai epestraphēsan eis tēn erēmon, kai idou hē doxa Kyriou ōphthē hen nephelę̄, kai elalēsen Kyrios pros Mōsēn. Kai palin; anebē Mōsēs eis to oros; kai ekalypsen hē nephelē to oros. Kai katebē hē doxa Kyriou epi tou orous kai ekalypsen auton nephelē hex hēmeras; kai elalēsen Kyrios pros Mōsēn tę̄ hēmerą tę̄ hebdomę̄ ek mesou tēs nephelēs. To de eidos tēs doxēs Kyriou, hōsei pyr phlegon epi tēs kouphēs tou orous. Saphōs oun dia toutōn to theōroumenon tǭ Mōsei legetai einai ouk autos ho Kyrios, allʼ eidos Kyriou; kai nephelē kai pyr, ha kai doxan Kyriou onomazei ho logos; oukoun to men eidos heōra Kyriou kai tēn doxan autou, oudamōs de auton ton Kyrion, ton te laloumenon Logon autou tou Kyriou; allʼ homōs dia tēs nephelēs lalountos ēkouen, dio eirētai, kai elalēsen Kyrios pros Mōsēn enōpios enōpiǭ. Ou mēn kai ōphthē autǭ enōpios enōpiǭ tetērētai; touto gar hōs oudepō gegonos axioi legōn, emphanison moi seauton, gnōstōs idō se; kai en heterǭ de topǭ didaskei ho logos, hoti dē stoma elalei autǭ ho Theos, ou mēn katallēlōs kai heōrato, allʼ en eidei kai dia tēs proapodedomenēs doxēs autou; legei de houtōs; kai katebē Kyrios en stylǭ nephelēs, kai estē epi tēs thyras tēs skēnēs tou martyriou; kai eklēthēsan Aarōn kai Mariam, kai exēlthon amphoteroi. Kai eipen pros autous, Akousate dē tōn logōn mou; hean genētai prophētēs hymōn tǭ Kyriǭ, en horamati autǭ gnōsthēsomai, kai en hypnǭ lalēsō autǭ. Ouch houtōs ho therapōn mou Mōsēs, pistos estin en holǭ tǭ oikǭ mou. Stoma kata stoma lalēsō autǭ en eidei, kai ou diʼ ainigmatōn, kai tēn doxan Kyriou eiden, kai diati ouk ephobēthēte katalalēsai kata tou therapontos mou Mōsē? Arʼ oun tēn doxan men Kyriou eiden kai en eidei autǭ chrēmatizontos, stoma te kata stoma lalountos ēkousen, ou mēn kai auton pō ton Kyrion homoiōs tois patrasin heōrakei. Kai ou thaumaston ge ei tǭ Mōsei stoma kata stoma lalōn anagegraptai ho Theos, hopote kai tǭ panti laǭ prosōpon pros prosōpon lelalēkenai auton en Deuteronomiǭ didaskei ho Mōsēs legōn, Ouchi tois patrasin hymōn dietheto Kyrios tēn diathēkēn tautēn, alla pros hymas; hymeis autoi hōde sēmeron pantes zōntes. Prosōpon kata prosōpon elalēsen Kyrios pros hymas en tǭ orei ek mesou tou pyros. Plēn ei kai tǭ Mōsei kai tǭ panti laǭ touton echrēmatizen ton tropon, allʼ hora hoti lelalēkenai men autois stoma kata stoma kai prosōpon pros prosōpon eirētai, ou mēn kai aneu tou pyros ē tēs nephelēs homoiōs tois patrasin ōphthai autois; gymnōs gar ekeinois kai aneu epikalymmatos tou dia nephelēs ē pyros ho Kyrios ophtheis anagegraptai. Teleiōn goun kai tēn dianoian eis akron kekatharmenōn kai ho Sōtēr kai Kyrios hēmōn to ton Theon horan einai didaskei, Makarioi legōn hoi katharoi tę̄ kardią, hoti autoi ton Theon opsontai; dio kai hōs toioutōn ho Kyrios Theon heauton anagoreuei, legōn pros Mōsēn; Houtōs ereis tois huiois Israēl, Kyrios ho Theos tōn paterōn hymōn, Theos Abraam, kai Theas Isaak, kai Theos Iakōb, apestalke me pros hymas; touto estin onoma mou aiōnion, kai mnēmosynon geneōn geneais. Zēlōn dē oun ta charismata ta meizona, kai tēs homoias ekeinois oregomenos ho Mōsēs prokopēs, axioi legōn ton Kyrion, Emphanison moi seauton, gnōstōs idō se; ephantazeto men gar chrēmatizontos autǭ Theou Logou to te megethos kai to hypsos kai tēn aphaton kai anephikton hyperochēn, heōra de hōs hoti diʼ hypēretikōn angelōn tas pros auton epoieito theōrias; dio parakalei tranoteron kai katharōteron emphēnai heauton autǭ, mēketi men diʼ epikalymmatōn, mē de hypo diakonōn heterōn, gymnōs de kai tois amphi ton Habraam paraplēsiōs, aneu tou dia pyros kai nephelēs eidous. Touto gʼ oun dokei moi sēmainein hē phaskousa lexis, Emphanison moi seauton, gnōstōs idō se; tautę̄ de kai proakousas eirēkotos autǭ tou Kyriou to, Ithou angelos mou proporeusetai pro prosōpou sou, hypoparaiteitai tou meizonos oregomenos, kai phēsin; Ei mē autos sy symporeuę̄, mē me anagagę̄s enteuthen; pros tēn axiōsin epineusantos tou Kyriou kai phēsantos, Kai ton logon soi touton, hon eirēkas, poiēsō, to etoimon synidōn tēs theias megalodōreas, phthanousēs tēs euergesias tous megalōn oregomenous, eita smikrynas heauton, kai hōs mē axion pō tōn meizonōn logisamenos, heteran hōs en synkrisei tēs proteras endeousan axiōsin proteinei legōn, Deixon moi tēn doxan sou; plērōn de autou ton logon ho Kyrios; Egō pareleusomai proteros sou tę̄ doxę̄ mou; kai kalesō en onomati Kyriou enantion sou, kai ta hexēs; didaskōn hoti dē pasēs meizōn tēs proteron autǭ theōroumenēs optasias hē tou Patros kai Theou tōn holōn tynchanei gnōsis, ēn kai paradōsein autǭ hypischneitai, peri men heautou legōn, Pareleusomai proteros sou tę̄ doxę̄ mou; peri de tēs tou Patros mystagōgias to, kai kalesō en onomati Kyriou; poiou gar kyriou, autos ōn ho dia tou tetragrammou dēloumenos Kyrios, ei mē ara tou Patros kalesein epangelletai? Kai alēthōs ge ei mē dielthoi tina proteron ho tou Theou Logos, kai ei mē autos anakalesoito ton Patera, oudʼ allōs dynaton tēn tou Patros tōn holōn analabein gnōsin; epei mē dʼ heis egnō ton patera ei mē ho huios, kai hǭ an ho huios apokalypsę̄. Autos goun estin hē thyra kai hē hodos diʼ hou monou estin idein ton epekeina kai anōtatō tōn holōn aition, auton ton Patera; ei gar kai ta malista hoia tis autou prodromos proepidēmei tais tōn makariōn psychais ho theios Logos, tēs idias doxēs metadidous autais, allʼ ouch histatai ge eis telos ta tēs authentias eis heauton analambanōn, proparaskeuasas de kai proeutrepisas tēn monēn, hypochōrei kai metaparadidōsi tēn basileian tǭ Theǭ kai Patri. Touto de kai autos homologei phaskōn, Egō pareleusomai proteros sou tę̄ doxę̄ mou, kai kalesō en onomati Kyriou. Nyn men oun logǭ touto praxein epangelletai; hexēs de kai to ergon epagei entha eirētai, Kai katebē Kyrios en nephelę̄, kai parestē autǭ ekei; kai ekalesen en onomati Kyriou. Kai parēlthen Kyrios pro prosōpou autou kai ekalesen, Kyrios Kyrios ho Theos oiktirmōn, kai eleēmōn, machrothymos, kai polyeleos, kai alēthinos, kai dikai osynēn diatērōn, poiōn eleos eis chiliadas, aphairōn anomias, kai adikias, kai hamartias, kai ton enochon ou kathariei; epagōn anomias patrōn epi tekna, kai epi tekna teknōn epi tritēn kai tetartēn genean. Tauta gar autos phēsi katabas en nephelę̄ kai parastas tǭ Mōsei ho dia tou tetragrammou dēloumenos Kyrios; hos kathʼ ēn pepoiētai hyposchesin parelthōn pro prosōpou autou, ton kai heautou Kyrion kai Patera, ton alēthōs onta Kyrion Kyrion, dis dia tou tetragrammou empheromenon anakaleitai legōn, to Kyrios Kyrios ho Theos oiktirmōn kai eleēmōn, kai ta hexēs. Ei de biazomenos tis phaskoi mē ton Kyrion alla Mōsēn tauta eirēkenai, peisma bebaion lambanetō ex autōn tōn tou Mōseōs phōnōn homologountos tou Kyriou einai tas proektetheisas lexeis, diʼ hōn euchomenos en heterǭ topǭ phēsin, Kai nyn hypsōthētō hē cheir sou, Kyrie; hon tropon eipas legōn, Kyrios makrothymos kai polyeleos kai alēthinos; aphairōn anomias kai adikias kai hamartias; kai katharismǭ ou kathariei ton enochon, apodidous hamartias patrōn epi tekna heōs tritēs kai tetartēs geneas. Enargestata dē oun kai saphestata dia toutōn autos ho Kyrios tas proektetheisas eirēkōs parista te (paristatai) phōnas, meizona kyrion ton alēthōs Kyrion, dēlon dʼ hoti ton Patera heautou, anakaloumenos; ē ei dyspeithōs echoi pros tauta, legetō ei tina allēn hoios te estin kata tous topous epibalein diēgēsin; phylattōn to mē angelon einai ton chrēmatizonta, allʼ auton ton dia tou tetragrammou dēloumenon Kyrion, hos kai enōpios enōpiǭ tǭ Mōsei anagegraptai lelalēkenai, hon kai axioi tēn diʼ angelōn prostasian paraitoumenos ho Mōsēs legōn, Ei mē autos sy symporeuę̄, mē me anagagę̄s enteuthen. Alla gar ouch hoion te tauta ephʼ heteron ē epi monon ton en archę̄ pros ton Theon Theon Logon anapherein; hos megalōn ephiemenǭ tǭ Mōsei tēn tou meizonos emphainei gnōsin, paideuōn heauton hopōs an ginōskę̄ ton monon alēthinon Theon, kai hon apesteilen Theon Logon, deuterōs kai auton onta meta ton Patera kai Kyrion kai Theon; kai prōtēn ge autǭ tautēn kai anankaiotatēn parechei tēn ōpheleian, hōs an mēpote tas peri Theou tōn holōn hyponoias epi ton chrēmatizonta autǭ Logon dia tēn hyperbolēn tēs doxēs tōn theōroumenōn eklaboi; didaskei [ei] dʼ oun auton prōton kai monon alēthinon Theon hēgeisthai touton, hon autos epekaleito legōn, Kyrios Kyrios ho Theos oiktirmōn kai eleēmōn makrothymos kai polyeleos kai alēthinos. Prosches gar epimelōs tǭ alēthinos paraplēsiōs eirēmenǭ tǭ, hina gignōskōsi se ton monon alēthinon Theon, hypo tou autou Sōtēros en tois euangeliois eirēmenǭ; tauta dʼ ouk an echōrēsen ho pas laos pros hon, hoia dē eisagomenon, hypo tou chrēmatizontos elegeto, Egō eimi kai ouk estin eti plēn emou; edeonto gar houtoi stoicheiōdous eisagōgēs eti tēs peri Theou monarchias ouch hoioite pōs ontes ta peri Patros kai Huiou dogmata diarthroun, hate enanchos tēs Aigyptiōn polytheou planēs aphestēkotes. To de Egō eimi kai ouk estin eti plēn emou legoitʼ an ek prosōpou tou Theou Logou homoiōs tǭ, Egō kai ho patēr hen esmen; kai egō en tǭ patri kai ho patēr en emoi. Hōs gʼ oun ho heōrakōs auton heōrake ton patera, kata to, ho heōrakōs eme heōrake ton patera ton pempsanta me; ton auton tropon ho autou akouōn tou en autǭ Patros ēkoue legontos to, Egō eimi kai ouk estin eti plēn emou. Tauta dʼ hēmin hōs en tēlikoutois eirētai parastēsai boulomenois, hoti dē anamphilektōs oute ho tōn holōn Theos, oute angelikē tis dynamis ēn hē chrēmatizousa tǭ Mōsei, autos de ho theios Logos, hon akribōs pepisteukamen meta ton tōn holōn Patera kai Kyrion deuteron einai tōn apantōn Theon te kai Kyrion; hōsper dē kai ho euangelistēs Iōannēs saphesteron hēmas paideuei legōn, En archę̄ ēn ho Logos; kai ho Logos ēn pros ton Theon; kai Theos ēn ho logos; pollēs dʼ an genoito kai ouchi tēs parousēs scholēs saphēnizein tis arʼ eiē ho topos kai hē petra peri hōn eipen ho Kyrios, Idou topos parʼ emoi kai stēsę̄ epi tēs petras; allʼ ho men apostolos tēn petran edēlōsen eipōn, hē petra de ēn ho Christos. Ouk allon de tēs petras onta kai ton topon hypolambanō ton auton tynchanonta tǭ apantēsanti tǭ Iakōb entha gegraptai, Exēlthen de ho Iakōb apo tou Phreatos tou horkou, kai eporeuthē eis Charran. Kai apēntēsen topǭ entha kai idōn en horamati tēn klimaka kai ton epʼ autēs estērigmenon kyrion, diypnistheis phēsin, hoti estin Kyrios en tǭ topǭ toutǭ; kai palin eipen, hōs phoberos ho topos houtos, ouk esti touto allʼ ē oikos tou Theou; kai autē hē pylē tou ouranou. Alla kai ti to prosōpon tou Theou Logou, ho mē dynatai Mōsēs ho nomos, hate anthrōpinos kai sōmatikōteros ōn, theōrein; tina te ta opisthia autou, ha monon chōrein hoios te ēn ho typikos kai tōn noētōn symbolikōs (kos) nomos; pōs te eirētai to, skepasō tę̄ cheiri mou epi se, kalymmatos kai skepēs epitithemenou tǭ nomǭ, hōs dia touto to kalymma ta men opisō dynasthai horan, ouketi de ta proēgoumena kai diapheronta; idią kata kairon, hǭ melei tēs toutōn ereunēs, epistēsas eisetai.

“Whenever Moses went into the tent, the pillar of cloud would come down and stand at the door of the tent; and the people, standing, would bow down each from his tent. And the Lord spoke to Moses face to face, as if one were to speak to his own friend; and he would go back to the camp; but his servant Joshua son of Nun did not go out of the tent. And Moses said to the Lord, ‘Behold, you say to me, “Lead this people up,” but you have not shown me whom you will send with me; yet you said to me, “I know you above all, and you have favour with me.” If, then, I have found favour before you, reveal yourself to me; let me see you so as to know you, so that I may be one who has found favour before you, and that I may know that this nation is your people.’ And he says, ‘I myself will go before you and give you rest.’ And he says to him, ‘If you yourself do not go with us, do not lead me up from here. And how will it be known that I and your people have found favour with you, except by your going with us? And we shall be glorified, I and your people, beyond all the nations that are on the earth.’ And the Lord said to Moses, ‘This word too that you have spoken I will do for you; for you have found favour before me, and I know you above all, and you have favour with me.’ And he said, ‘Show me your own glory.’ And he said, ‘I will pass by before you in my glory, and I will call in the name of the Lord before you; and I will have mercy on whom I have mercy, and I will have compassion on whom I have compassion.’ And he said, ‘You will not be able to see my face; for no human shall see my face and live.’ And the Lord said, ‘Behold, a place beside me, and you shall stand on the rock; and I will cover you with my hand until I pass by. And I will take away my hand, and then you shall see my back parts; but my face shall not be seen by you,’” and what follows, to which it adds: “And the Lord came down in a cloud and stood beside him there; and he called in the name of the Lord. And the Lord passed by before his face and called, ‘The Lord, the Lord God, compassionate and merciful, long-suffering and full of mercy and true, keeping righteousness and doing mercy to thousands, taking away lawlessness and injustice and sins; and he will not clear the guilty, bringing the lawlessness of fathers upon children and upon children's children, to the third and the fourth generation.’ And Moses hastened, bowed to the ground and worshipped, and said, ‘If indeed I have found favour before you, Lord, go with us face to face.’”

Moses is recorded speaking to God with as much boldness and freedom as a man might use in conversing with his own friend. These words show no ordinary progress in the prophet. But since the Lord spoke to him face to face, yet had not yet been seen by him as by Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, for this reason he makes his request, saying, “If indeed I have found favour before you, reveal yourself to me; let me see you so as to know you.” By this he shows that God did not make his appearances to him in the same way as he spoke to him. For if, as one might think, God's having spoken to him face to face is the same as his having been seen by him, as one would say, face to face, what room would still be left for his request, “If indeed I have found favour before you, reveal yourself to me; let me see you so as to know you”? And if he had been seen by him face to face before, as one might suppose, how is it that the Lord adds, saying to him, “You will not be able to see my face; for no human shall see my face and live”? Let whoever wishes say why the word never once testifies that the Lord was seen by him, as it is observed to have said of the patriarchs. But from these words it is evident that, although the Lord spoke to him face to face, he nevertheless spoke to him through the cloud; for the Scripture shows this beforehand, saying, “The pillar of cloud would come down and stand at the door of the tent, and he spoke to Moses.” So he spoke through the cloud, yet he was not seen by him as by Abraham, Isaac, or Jacob. For he is recorded to have been seen by them barely and distinctly, without any form; but by Moses through what is called the form and through the cloud, which the word also calls the glory of the Lord, saying, “Whenever Moses spoke to the whole congregation of the sons of Israel, they turned toward the wilderness, and behold, the glory of the Lord appeared in a cloud, and the Lord spoke to Moses.” And again: “Moses went up to the mountain, and the cloud covered the mountain. And the glory of the Lord came down on the mountain, and the cloud covered it six days; and the Lord spoke to Moses on the seventh day out of the middle of the cloud. And the appearance of the glory of the Lord was like a flaming fire on the top of the mountain.” Clearly, then, by these words what Moses beheld is said to be not the Lord himself but the form of the Lord, and cloud and fire, which the word also calls the glory of the Lord. So he saw the form of the Lord and his glory, but by no means the Lord himself, the Word, the Lord who was speaking; yet he heard him speaking through the cloud, which is why it is said, “And the Lord spoke to Moses face to face.” But it is not recorded that he was also seen by him face to face; for he asks for this as something that had not yet happened, saying, “Reveal yourself to me; let me see you so as to know you.” And in another place the word teaches that God spoke to him mouth to mouth, yet was not correspondingly seen, but in a form and through his glory already mentioned. It says this: “And the Lord came down in a pillar of cloud and stood at the door of the tent of witness; and Aaron and Miriam were called, and both went out. And he said to them, ‘Hear now my words. If there is a prophet of yours for the Lord, I will be made known to him in a vision, and I will speak to him in sleep. Not so my servant Moses; he is faithful in all my house. Mouth to mouth I will speak to him, in form and not through riddles, and he saw the glory of the Lord. Why then were you not afraid to speak against my servant Moses?’” So he saw the glory of the Lord, and heard him giving oracles in a form and speaking mouth to mouth, yet he had not yet seen the Lord himself as the fathers had. And it is no wonder that God is recorded to have spoken with Moses mouth to mouth, since Moses teaches in Deuteronomy that he spoke face to face to the whole people, saying, “Not with your fathers did the Lord make this covenant, but with you; you yourselves, all of you, living here today. Face to face the Lord spoke to you on the mountain out of the middle of the fire.” Yet even if he gave oracles in this manner both to Moses and to the whole people, see that it is said that he spoke to them mouth to mouth and face to face, but not that he was seen by them, as by the fathers, without the fire or the cloud; for to them the Lord is recorded to have been seen barely, without the veil of cloud or fire. Our Saviour and Lord too teaches that seeing God belongs to the perfect, whose understanding has been purified to the utmost, saying, “Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God.” This is why the Lord also proclaims himself God as of such men, saying to Moses, “Thus you shall say to the sons of Israel: ‘The Lord, the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob, has sent me to you’; this is my eternal name and memorial to generations of generations.”

So Moses, eager for the greater gifts and reaching for progress like theirs, makes his request to the Lord, saying, “Reveal yourself to me; let me see you so as to know you.” For he had an impression of the greatness, the loftiness, and the unspeakable and unattainable pre-eminence of the Word of God who gave him oracles, and he saw that it was through ministering angels that he gave him his visions. So he begs him to reveal himself to him more distinctly and purely, no longer through veils nor by other ministers, but barely, as to Abraham and his family, without the form that came through fire and cloud. This, at least, is what the phrase “Reveal yourself to me; let me see you so as to know you” seems to me to signify. In the same way, having heard beforehand the Lord saying to him, “Behold, my angel will go before your face,” he gently declines, reaching for the greater thing, and says, “If you yourself do not go with us, do not lead me up from here.” When the Lord assented to the request and said, “This word too that you have spoken I will do for you,” Moses, perceiving the readiness of the divine generosity, whose kindness anticipates those who reach for great things, then made himself small, and, reckoning himself not yet worthy of the greater things, puts forward another request, lesser in comparison with the first, saying, “Show me your glory.” And the Lord, fulfilling his word, says, “I will pass by before you in my glory, and I will call in the name of the Lord before you,” and what follows, teaching that the knowledge of the Father and God of the universe is greater than every vision he had beheld before; and this he promises to hand on to him, saying of himself, “I will pass by before you in my glory,” and of the initiation into the Father, “and I will call in the name of the Lord.” For of what Lord does he promise to call, since he is himself the Lord indicated by the tetragram, unless it is the Father? And truly, unless the Word of God first passes through a person, and unless he himself calls upon the Father, it is not otherwise possible to take up the knowledge of the Father of the universe; since “no one knew the Father except the Son, and anyone to whom the Son reveals him.” He is the door and the way, through whom alone it is possible to see the cause that is beyond and above all things, the Father himself. For although the divine Word, like a forerunner of the Father, comes first to dwell in the souls of the blessed and gives them a share in his own glory, he does not stop at the end by taking the supreme authority to himself; having prepared and made ready the dwelling, he withdraws and hands the kingdom over to God and the Father. He himself confesses this, saying, “I will pass by before you in my glory, and I will call in the name of the Lord.” Now, then, he promises in word to do this; and next he adds the deed as well, where it is said, “And the Lord came down in a cloud and stood beside him there; and he called in the name of the Lord. And the Lord passed by before his face and called, ‘The Lord, the Lord God, compassionate and merciful, long-suffering and full of mercy and true, keeping righteousness, doing mercy to thousands, taking away lawlessness and injustice and sins; and he will not clear the guilty, bringing the lawlessness of fathers upon children and upon children's children, to the third and fourth generation.’” For it is the Lord indicated by the tetragram who says these things himself, having come down in a cloud and stood beside Moses; and he, passing by before his face according to the promise he had made, calls upon his own Lord and Father, the one who is truly Lord, Lord, who appears twice through the tetragram, saying, “The Lord, the Lord God, compassionate and merciful,” and what follows. If someone should insist that it was not the Lord but Moses who said these things, let him take firm assurance from the very words of Moses, who confesses that the words set out above are the Lord's, when, praying in another place, he says, “And now let your hand be exalted, Lord, as you said: ‘The Lord is long-suffering and full of mercy and true, taking away lawlessness and injustice and sins; and with cleansing he will not cleanse the guilty, repaying the sins of fathers upon children to the third and fourth generation.’” Most plainly and clearly, then, it is shown by these words that the Lord himself spoke the words set out above, calling upon a greater Lord, the one who is truly Lord, clearly his own Father. Or, if anyone is reluctant to accept this, let him say whether he is able to give any other explanation of these passages, while keeping to the point that the one who gave the oracles was not an angel, but the Lord himself indicated by the tetragram, who is also recorded to have spoken to Moses face to face, and whom Moses entreats, declining the protection of angels, saying, “If you yourself do not go with us, do not lead me up from here.”

But it is not possible to refer these things to any other than to the Word, God, who was in the beginning with God. He reveals to Moses, who longed for great things, the knowledge of the greater one, teaching him how he may know the only true God, and the Word, God, whom he sent, who is himself also Lord and God in the second place after the Father. And this is the first and most necessary benefit he provides him, that he should never, because of the surpassing glory of what he beheld, take the conceptions proper to the God of the universe and apply them to the Word who gave him oracles. So he teaches him to regard as the first and only true God the one whom he himself called upon, saying, “The Lord, the Lord God, compassionate and merciful, long-suffering and full of mercy and true.” Attend carefully to the word “true,” said in the same way as “that they may know you, the only true God,” spoken by the same Saviour in the Gospels. But the whole people could not have received these things; to them, as beginners, the one giving the oracles said, “I am, and there is none besides me.” For they still needed an elementary introduction to the monarchy of God, being not yet able to articulate the doctrines concerning Father and Son, since they had only recently turned away from the polytheistic error of the Egyptians. Yet “I am, and there is none besides me” might be said in the person of the Word of God, like “I and the Father are one,” and “I am in the Father and the Father in me.” For just as he who has seen him has seen the Father, according to “He who has seen me has seen the Father who sent me,” in the same way he who heard him heard the Father in him saying, “I am, and there is none besides me.” We have said this, as far as is possible in such great matters, wishing to show that beyond dispute it was neither the God of the universe nor some angelic power that gave oracles to Moses, but the divine Word himself, whom we have believed with exactness to be, after the Father and Lord of the universe, the second God and Lord of all things, as the evangelist John teaches us more clearly, saying, “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.”

It would take much leisure, not the present, to make clear what the place and the rock are of which the Lord said, “Behold, a place beside me, and you shall stand on the rock.” The apostle made clear what the rock is, saying, “And the rock was Christ.” And I take the place to be nothing other than the rock, and the same as the place that met Jacob, where it is written, “And Jacob went out from the Well of the Oath and went to Haran. And he met a place,” where, having seen in a vision the ladder and the Lord standing firm upon it, he says on waking, “The Lord is in this place,” and again he said, “How fearful is this place! This is none other than the house of God, and this is the gate of heaven.” But also what the face of the Word of God is, which Moses, the Law, being human and more bodily, cannot behold; and what his back parts are, which alone the typical Law, symbolic of spiritual things, was able to receive; and how “I will cover you with my hand” is said, a veil and covering being laid on the Law, so that through this veil it can see the things behind but not the things that go before and excel: whoever cares to search into these things will learn by examining them privately in due time.

1.13Gaisford

Ἐξελεύσεται ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ κυριεύσει ἐθνῶν πολλῶν· καὶ ὑψωθήσεται ἡ Γὼγ βασιλεία, καὶ αὐξηθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ· Θεὸς ὡδήγησεν αὐτὸν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, ὡς δόξαν μονοκέρωτος αὐτῷ· ἔδεται ἔθνη ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ πάχη αὐτῶν ἐκμυελιεῖ, καὶ ταῖς βολίσιν αὐτοῦ κατατοξεύει ἐχθρόν. Κατακλιθεὶς ἀνεπαύσατο ὡς λέων, καὶ ὡς σκύμνος· τίς ἀναστήσει αὐτόν; οἱ εὐλογοῦντές σε, ηὐλόγηνται· καὶ οἱ καταρώμενοί σε, κεκατήρανται. Χριστός ἐστιν ὁ ἐκ σπέρματος Ἰσραὴλ τὸ κατὰ σάρκα γεννηθεὶς, καὶ κυριεύσας ἐθνῶν πολλῶν· ποῖον γὰρ ὑπῆρξεν ἔθνος ἀγνοῆσαν τὴν ὑπʼ αὐτὸν δουλείαν, εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξελθόντος τοῦ λόγου τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὰ σπέρματα τῆς οἰκουμένης τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτῶν; Παρὰ γʼ οὖν πλείστοις καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν βαρβάρων πολλούς ἐστιν ἰδεῖν διὰ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν πίστεως ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ἑνὸς Θεοῦ γνῶσιν ἐληλυθότας, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν εὐσεβείας παντοίας μέχρι καὶ θανάτου κολάσεις ὑπομείναντας. Πέρας ἔχουσα τοίνυν καὶ αὕτη σαφῶς ἡ προφητεία ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡμετέρου Σωτῆρος ἀποδείκνυται· ἢ παραστήτω τίς ἄλλος ἐπιδεικνὺς ἐπί τινα ἂν ταῦτα ἀναφέροιτο· καθʼ ἡμᾶς δὲ πρόδηλον, ὡς καὶ αὔξεται ὁσημέραι τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἡ νοητὴ βασιλεία τε καὶ δεσποτεία παρὰ ταῖς ὑποδεξαμέναις τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ ψυχαῖς· ὑψώθη δὲ κατὰ τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ Γὼγ βασιλεία, ἣν ὑπειλήφασί τινες εἶναι τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἡγεμονίαν, ἄλλοι δὲ τροπικῶς τὴν κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἐπουράνιον πολιτείαν, καὶ τὴν τῶν νοητῶν δογμάτων θεωρίαν, διὰ τοῦτο Γὼγ, ὅπερ ἐρμηνεύεται δώματα, σημαίνεσθαι ἐξειλήφασιν· ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ὡδήγησεν αὐτὸν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, ῥητῶς μὲν ὅτε χρηματισθεὶς ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου παραλαβὼν τὴν Μαριὰμ ἅμα τῷ παιδὶ Ἰησοῦ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς γῆν Ἰσραὴλ πληρουμένης τῆς τε νῦν καὶ τῆς ἐν Ὠσηὲ κατὰ τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν καὶ τὴν Ἀκύλου ἑρμηνείαν προφητείας φασκούσης, Ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν υἱόν μου· καὶ κατὰ διάνοιαν δὲ, ὁπηνίκα ἐκ τῆς νοητῆς Αἰγύπτου καὶ τῶν τῇδε τόπων ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἅμα λαμβάνων αὐτὸν ὁ πατὴρ ὡδήγησεν· ἡ δὲ λεγομένη δόξα μονοκερώτων ἐν τῷ Σωτῆρι τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ θεότητα τῆς πατρικῆς αἰνίττεται μοναρχίας. Μετὰ ταῦτα εἴρηται, ἔδεται ἔθνη ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ· ὅσα γὰρ ὑπὸ τὴν διδαχὴν αὐτοῦ γέγονεν ἔθνη, ταῦτα πρότερον μερὶς τυγχάνοντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ μετὰ τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν πίστιν ἐπιτηδεῖα ὥσπερ εἰς βρῶσιν ἑαυτῷ κατεσκεύασεν· τὰ μὲν πάχη, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν πᾶν συμπεφυκὸς αὐτοῖς ὑλικὸν καὶ γήϊνον, λεπτύνων καὶ ἐξιχνεύων, καρποὺς δὲ τροφίμους διὰ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ γεωργίας αὐτοῖς ἐμποιῶν. Ταῦτα δὲ εἰργάσατο τοῖς νοητοῖς καὶ λογικοῖς βέλεσι, τὸν πάλαι τῶν ἐθνῶν ἄρχοντα ἐχθρὸν ὄντα ἑαυτοῦ κατατοξεύσας, τουτέστι τὸν διάβολον. Τὰ δʼ ἀπὸ τοῦ κατακλιθεὶς ἀνεπαύσατο ὡς λέων, σχεδὸν αὐτοῖς ῥήμασι καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἐν ταῖς περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα προφητείαις εἴρηται· ἅτινα ὁποῖον ἔχει νοῦν κατὰ τὰ ὑποπεσόντα ἡμῖν ἐκθέμενοι οὐ παλιλογήσομεν· δῆλον δὲ τυγχάνει ὅπως ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν Χριστὸν εὐλογοῦντες τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὐλογήμεθα· κʼ ἂν γὰρ βδελύσσοιντο ἡμᾶς ὡς καὶ τὸν πάλαι τοῦ Θεοῦ λαὸν οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι, ὅμως πληροῦταί γε καὶ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν τὸ, καθʼ ὅσον δὲ ἐταπείνουν αὐτοὺς, τοσούτῳ πλείους ἐγίνοντο, καὶ ἴσχυον σφόδρα σφόδρα· καὶ σαφὲς τίνα τρόπον τὴν κατάραν εἰλήφασιν οἱ ἐξαρχῆς αὐτὸν καταρασάμενοι διὰ τοῦ, σταύρου σταύρου αὐτόν· κατάρας γὰρ ἦν ὁ σταυρὸς, κατὰ τὸ, ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου. Ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν τὴν αὐτῶν ὑπομείνας κατάραν ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑπερύψωται· οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ καταραθέντες ἐπίμονον εἰς αἰῶνα εἰλήφασιν ὄλεθρον·. ὃν εἰ ἐπʼ ἀκριβές τις ἐπεξίοι, δυνάμεως Θεοῦ κατόψεται μέγεθος, εἰς ἔτι νῦν μετιούσης τοὺς ἅπαξ πρὸς αὐτοῦ κατηραμένους. Ταῦτα εἰς τὸ, καὶ οἱ εὐλογοῦντές σε εὐλόγηνται, καὶ οἱ καταρώμενοί σε καὶ κατάρανται.

Exeleusetai anthrōpos ek tou spermatos autou, kai kyrieusei ethnōn pollōn; kai hypsōthēsetai hē Gōg basileia, kai auxēthēsetai hē basileia autou; Theos hōdēgēsen auton ex Aigyptou, hōs doxan monokerōtos autǭ; edetai ethnē echthrōn autou, kai ta pachē autōn ekmyeliei, kai tais bolisin autou katatoxeuei echthron. Kataklitheis anepausato hōs leōn, kai hōs skymnos; tis anastēsei auton? hoi eulogountes se, ēulogēntai; kai hoi katarōmenoi se, kekatērantai. Christos estin ho ek spermatos Israēl to kata sarka gennētheis, kai kyrieusas ethnōn pollōn; poion gar hypērxen ethnos agnoēsan tēn hypʼ auton douleian, eis pasan tēn gēn exelthontos tou logou tōn mathētōn autou, kai eis ta spermata tēs oikoumenēs tōn rhēmatōn autōn? Para gʼ oun pleistois kai autōn tōn barbarōn pollous estin idein dia tēs eis auton pisteōs epi tēn tou henos Theou gnōsin elēlythotas, kai hyper tēs eis auton eusebeias pantoias mechri kai thanatou kolaseis hypomeinantas. Peras echousa toinyn kai hautē saphōs hē prophēteia epi tou hēmeterou Sōtēros apodeiknytai; ē parastētō tis allos epideiknys epi tina an tauta anapheroito; kathʼ hēmas de prodēlon, hōs kai auxetai hosēmerai tou Sōtēros hēmōn hē noētē basileia te kai despoteia para tais hypodexamenais ton logon autou psychais; hypsōthē de kata tēn parousian autou kai hē Gōg basileia, hēn hypeilēphasi tines einai tēn Rhōmaiōn hēgemonian, alloi de tropikōs tēn kata to euangelion epouranion politeian, kai tēn tōn noētōn dogmatōn theōrian, dia touto Gōg, hoper ermēneuetai dōmata, sēmainesthai exeilēphasin; alla kai ho Theos hōdēgēsen auton ex Aigyptou, rhētōs men hote chrēmatistheis ho Iōsēph ex Aigyptou paralabōn tēn Mariam hama tǭ paidi Iēsou hypestrepsen eis gēn Israēl plēroumenēs tēs te nyn kai tēs en Ōsēe kata to Hebraïkon kai tēn Akylou hermēneian prophēteias phaskousēs, Ex Aigyptou ekalesa ton huion mou; kai kata dianoian de, hopēnika ek tēs noētēs Aigyptou kai tōn tę̄de topōn epi tous ouranous hama lambanōn auton ho patēr hōdēgēsen; hē de legomenē doxa monokerōtōn en tǭ Sōtēri tēn en autǭ theotēta tēs patrikēs ainittetai monarchias. Meta tauta eirētai, edetai ethnē echthrōn autou; hosa gar hypo tēn didachēn autou gegonen ethnē, tauta proteron meris tynchanonta tōn echthrōn autou meta tēn eis auton pistin epitēdeia hōsper eis brōsin heautǭ kateskeuasen; ta men pachē, toutʼ estin pan sympephykos autois hylikon kai gēïnon, leptynōn kai exichneuōn, karpous de trophimous dia tēs heautou geōrgias autois empoiōn. Tauta de eirgasato tois noētois kai logikois belesi, ton palai tōn ethnōn archonta echthron onta heautou katatoxeusas, toutesti ton diabolon. Ta dʼ apo tou kataklitheis anepausato hōs leōn, schedon autois rhēmasi kai hypo tou Iakōb en tais peri tou Iouda prophēteiais eirētai; hatina hopoion echei noun kata ta hypopesonta hēmin ekthemenoi ou palilogēsomen; dēlon de tynchanei hopōs hēmeis hoi ton Christon eulogountes tou Theou ēulogēmetha; kʼ an gar bdelyssointo hēmas hōs kai ton palai tou Theou laon hoi Aigyptioi, homōs plēroutai ge kai ephʼ hēmin to, kathʼ hoson de etapeinoun autous, tosoutǭ pleious eginonto, kai ischyon sphodra sphodra; kai saphes tina tropon tēn kataran eilēphasin hoi exarchēs auton katarasamenoi dia tou, staurou staurou auton; kataras gar ēn ho stauros, kata to, epikataratos pas ho kremamenos epi xylou. Allʼ ho men tēn autōn hypomeinas kataran hypo tou Patros hyperypsōtai; hoi de pros autou tou Theou katarathentes epimonon eis aiōna eilēphasin olethron;. hon ei epʼ akribes tis epexioi, dynameōs Theou katopsetai megethos, eis eti nyn metiousēs tous hapax pros autou katēramenous. Tauta eis to, kai hoi eulogountes se eulogēntai, kai hoi katarōmenoi se kai katarantai.

“A man shall come out of his offspring, and he shall be lord of many nations; and the kingdom of Gog shall be exalted, and his kingdom shall be increased. God led him out of Egypt; he has as it were the glory of a unicorn; he shall eat up the nations of his enemies, and drain the marrow of their fatness, and with his darts shoot down the enemy. He lay down and rested like a lion and like a whelp; who shall raise him up? Those who bless you are blessed, and those who curse you are cursed.” Christ is the one born according to the flesh of the offspring of Israel and who has become lord of many nations. For what nation has been ignorant of service under him, since the word of his disciples has gone out into all the earth, and their sayings to the ends of the inhabited world? Among very many even of the barbarians one can see many who through faith in him have come to the knowledge of the one God, and who for their devotion to him have endured every kind of punishment, even to death. This prophecy too, then, is clearly shown to have reached its fulfilment in our Saviour; or else let someone else come forward and show to whom these things could be referred. For us it is evident that the spiritual kingdom and dominion of our Saviour increases daily among the souls that have received his word. And at his coming the kingdom of Gog was also exalted; some have taken this to be the Roman empire, others figuratively the heavenly citizenship according to the Gospel and the contemplation of spiritual doctrines, understanding that this is signified by “Gog,” which is interpreted “roofs.” And God led him out of Egypt: literally, when Joseph, warned by an oracle, took Mary with the child Jesus out of Egypt and returned to the land of Israel, fulfilling both the present prophecy and the one in Hosea, according to the Hebrew and the version of Aquila, which says, “Out of Egypt I called my son”; and in the spiritual sense, when the Father took him up from the spiritual Egypt and from the places here below and led him to the heavens. The so-called glory of unicorns in the Saviour hints at the divinity in him of the Father's monarchy. After this it is said, “He shall eat up the nations of his enemies”: for all the nations that have come under his teaching, which were formerly the portion of his enemies, he has, after their faith in him, made fit, as it were, to be food for himself; thinning down and searching out their fatness, that is, everything material and earthly that has grown together with them, and producing in them nourishing fruits through his own husbandry. These things he accomplished with spiritual and rational darts, shooting down the one who of old ruled the nations and was his enemy, that is, the devil. The words beginning “He lay down and rested like a lion” were spoken in almost the same terms by Jacob too in the prophecies about Judah; having set out what sense they have as it occurred to us, we shall not repeat it. It is clear how we who bless the Christ of God have been blessed. For even if they abhor us, as the Egyptians abhorred God's people of old, yet in our case too it is fulfilled that “the more they humbled them, the more they multiplied, and grew exceedingly strong.” And it is clear in what way those who from the beginning cursed him have received the curse, through “Crucify, crucify him!”; for the cross was a thing of cursing, according to “Cursed is everyone who hangs on a tree.” But he who endured their curse has been highly exalted by the Father, while those who were cursed by God himself have received a destruction that lasts for ever; and if anyone examines it with exactness, he will see the greatness of the power of God, which pursues even now those who have once been cursed by him. So much on “Those who bless you are blessed, and those who curse you are cursed.”

1.14Gaisford

Ἀνατελεῖ ἄστρον ἐξ Ἰακὼβ, καὶ ἀναστήσεται ἄνθρωπος ἐξ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ θραύσει ἡγεμόνας Μωὰβ, καὶ προνομεύσει πάντας υἱοὺς Σήθ. Ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος κενώσας ἑαυτὸν καὶ μορφὴν δούλου λαβὼν καὶ σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος, ἄστρον οὐ μικρὸν οὐχὶ τῷ Ἰακὼβ ἀνέτειλεν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰακώβ· ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ σωματικοῦ λαοῦ τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς ἀρξάμενος, πᾶσιν ἐπέλαμψε τοῖς ἔθνεσι· μεταναστάς τε ἀπʼ ἐκείνων, οὐ μικροὺς πολέμους διεχειρίσατο, καθαίρων τὰς ἀντικειμένας δυνάμεις, καὶ τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας, οὓς καταγωνισάμενος προνομὴν ἐποιήσατο εἰς τὸν αὐτοῦ κλῆρον, ἀπολαβὼν ὅσα πρότερον ὑπʼ ἐκείνους ἐτύγχανεν ἔθνη· περὶ ὧν ὁ Πατὴρ αὐτῷ κατεπηγγείλατο εἰπών· αἰτῆσαι παρʼ ἐμοῦ, καὶ δώσω σοι ἔθνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου, καὶ τὴν κατάσχεσίν σου τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς.

Anatelei astron ex Iakōb, kai anastēsetai anthrōpos ex Israēl, kai thrausei hēgemonas Mōab, kai pronomeusei pantas huious Sēth. Ho tou Theou Logos kenōsas heauton kai morphēn doulou labōn kai schēmati heuretheis hōs anthrōpos, astron ou mikron ouchi tǭ Iakōb aneteilen, allʼ ek tou Iakōb; apo gar tou sōmatikou laou tōn ek peritomēs arxamenos, pasin epelampse tois ethnesi; metanastas te apʼ ekeinōn, ou mikrous polemous diecheirisato, kathairōn tas antikeimenas dynameis, kai ta pneumatika tēs ponērias, hous katagōnisamenos pronomēn epoiēsato eis ton autou klēron, apolabōn hosa proteron hypʼ ekeinous etynchanen ethnē; peri hōn ho Patēr autǭ katepēngeilato eipōn; aitēsai parʼ emou, kai dōsō soi ethnē tēn klēronomian sou, kai tēn kataschesin sou ta perata tēs gēs.

“A star shall rise out of Jacob, and a man shall rise up out of Israel, and shall shatter the leaders of Moab, and shall plunder all the sons of Seth.” The Word of God, having emptied himself and taken the form of a servant and been found in fashion as a man, rose as no small star, not to Jacob but out of Jacob; for beginning from the bodily people of those of the circumcision, he shone upon all the nations. And having moved away from them he waged no small wars, cleansing away the opposing powers and the spiritual forces of wickedness; having fought them down, he made plunder for his own lot, taking back all the nations that were formerly under them, concerning which the Father promised him, saying, “Ask of me, and I will give you nations for your inheritance, and the ends of the earth for your possession.”

1.15Gaisford

Προφήτην ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου, ὡς ἐμὲ, ἀναστήσει σοι Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου· αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα, ὅσα ᾐτήσω παρὰ Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ σου ἐν Χωρὴβ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, λέγοντες, Οὐ προσθήσομεν ἀκοῦσαι τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καὶ τὸ πῦρ τὸ μέγα τοῦτο οὐκ ὀψόμεθα ἔτι, οὐδὲ μὴ ἁμάρτωμεν. Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρός με, Ὀρθῶς πάντα, ὅσα ἐλάλησαν· προφήτην ἀναστήσω αὐτοῖς ἐκ μέσου τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτῶν, ὥσπερ σέ· καὶ δώσω τὸ ῥῆμά μου ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ, καὶ λαλήσει αὐτοῖς καθʼ ὅτι ἂν ἐντείλωμαι αὐτῷ. Καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἂν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πάντα ὅσα ἂν λαλήσῃ ὁ προφήτης ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ἐκδικήσω ἐξ αὐτῶν. Καὶ τί μᾶλλον ἔχοι τίς ἐκ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ Μωσέα προφήτην, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν νομοθέτην, τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους ἀναδεδειγμένον ἐπιδεῖξαι, ἢ μόνον Ἰησοῦν τὸν Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, ὃς τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης τοῦ κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον βίου νομοθέτης ἅπασιν ἀναπέφανται τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, κατὰ τὴν ἐν ψαλμῷ φήσασαν προφητηκὴν εὐχήν· Κατάστησον Κύριε νομοθέτην αὐτοῖς· γνώτωσαν ἔθνη ὅτι ἄνθρωποι εἰσίν; Οὗτος δὲ καὶ ἐλυτρώσατο τῆς νοητῆς Αἰγύπτου, καὶ τῆς ἐν αὐτῇ πλινθοποιΐας, τῆς τε πικρᾶς ὑπὸ τὸν νοητὸν Φαραῶ δουλείας τοὺς διʼ αὐτοῦ προ(σ)εληλυθότας τῷ τῶν ὅλων Θεῷ· καὶ πάντα δὲ ἁπλῶς τὰ σωματικῶς ὑπὸ Μωσέως γεγονέναι ἱστορούμενα κατὰ τὸν πνευματικὸν νόμον ὁ Σωτὴρ καὶ Κύριος ἡμῶν διεπράξατο. Ἐλήλυθεν ἆρα καὶ ὁ διαβόητος ἔτι καὶ νῦν παρά τε Σαμαρεῦσι καὶ Ἰουδαίοις, ὃν καὶ Μωσῆς προεθέσπισε προφήτης, περὶ οὗ προδιεμαρτύρατο ὁ Θεὸς λέγων, καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὅς ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πάντα ὅσα ἐὰν λαλήσῃ ὁ προφήτης ἐν τῷ ὀνοματι μου, ἐκδικήσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ. Ἐκδεδίκηται γʼ οὖν τὸ αἶμα πάντων τῶν ἀπὸ Ἄβελ μέχρι Ζαχαρίου τοῦ φονευθέντος μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς κατὰ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἐπισυστάσης, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν τολμησάντων ἀφεῖναι κατʼ αὐτοῦ τὴν σταύρου σταύρου αὐτὸν φωνὴν, αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον· τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν· ὅπερ καὶ παραυτίκα γέγονε, τοῦ Θεοῦ καθὼς προεῖπεν ἐκδικήσαντος τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἔκ τε αὐτῶν ἐκείνων καὶ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῶν, ἅμα τε μετελθούσης αὐτοὺς τῆς δίκης, ὡς ἐξ ἐκείνου εἰς δεῦρο μὴ δʼ ὅλως ἆραι κεφαλὴν τὸ πᾶν ἔθνος δυνηθῆναι, πληρωθείσης καὶ ἑτέρας προφητείας Ἀμῶς φασκούσης, Οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ πέπτωκεν, οὐκέτι προσθήσει τοῦ ἀναστῆναι· ἅπερ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος τῷ πνεύματι προϊδὼν, ἀνεφώνησεν εἰπὼν, Ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος.

Prophētēn ek tōn adelphōn sou, hōs eme, anastēsei soi Kyrios ho Theos sou; autou akousesthe kata panta, hosa ę̄tēsō para Kyriou tou Theou sou en Chōrēb tę̄ hēmerą tēs ekklēsias, legontes, Ou prosthēsomen akousai tēs phōnēs Kyriou tou Theou hēmōn, kai to pyr to mega touto ouk opsometha eti, oude mē hamartōmen. Kai eipen Kyrios pros me, Orthōs panta, hosa elalēsan; prophētēn anastēsō autois ek mesou tōn adelphōn autōn, hōsper se; kai dōsō to rhēma mou en tǭ stomati autou, kai lalēsei autois kathʼ hoti an enteilōmai autǭ. Kai ho anthrōpos hos an mē akousę̄ panta hosa an lalēsę̄ ho prophētēs epi tǭ onomati mou, egō ekdikēsō ex autōn. Kai ti mallon echoi tis ek tou Israēl kata Mōsea prophētēn, toutʼ estin nomothetēn, tou tōn anthrōpōn genous anadedeigmenon epideixai, ē monon Iēsoun ton Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn, hos tēs kainēs diathēkēs tou kata to euangelion biou nomothetēs hapasin anapephantai tois ethnesin, kata tēn en psalmǭ phēsasan prophētēkēn euchēn; Katastēson Kyrie nomothetēn autois; gnōtōsan ethnē hoti anthrōpoi eisin? Houtos de kai elytrōsato tēs noētēs Aigyptou, kai tēs en autę̄ plinthopoiïas, tēs te pikras hypo ton noēton Pharaō douleias tous diʼ autou pro(s)elēlythotas tǭ tōn holōn Theǭ; kai panta de haplōs ta sōmatikōs hypo Mōseōs gegonenai historoumena kata ton pneumatikon nomon ho Sōtēr kai Kyrios hēmōn diepraxato. Elēlythen ara kai ho diaboētos eti kai nyn para te Samareusi kai Ioudaiois, hon kai Mōsēs proethespise prophētēs, peri hou prodiemartyrato ho Theos legōn, kai ho anthrōpos hos ean mē akousę̄ panta hosa ean lalēsę̄ ho prophētēs en tǭ onomati mou, ekdikēsō ex autou. Ekdedikētai gʼ oun to aima pantōn tōn apo Abel mechri Zachariou tou phoneuthentos metaxy tou naou kai tou thysiastēriou, apo tēs geneas tēs kata tou Sōtēros episystasēs, kai malista tōn tolmēsantōn apheinai katʼ autou tēn staurou staurou auton phōnēn, aire apo tēs gēs ton toiouton; to haima autou ephʼ hēmas kai epi ta tekna hēmōn; hoper kai parautika gegone, tou Theou kathōs proeipen ekdikēsantos to haima tou Christou ek te autōn ekeinōn kai tōn teknōn autōn, hama te metelthousēs autous tēs dikēs, hōs ex ekeinou eis deuro mē dʼ holōs arai kephalēn to pan ethnos dynēthēnai, plērōtheisēs kai heteras prophēteias Amōs phaskousēs, Oikos Israēl peptōken, ouketi prosthēsei tou anastēnai; haper kai ho apostolos tǭ pneumati proïdōn, anephōnēsen eipōn, Ephthasen de epʼ autous hē orgē eis telos.

“The Lord your God will raise up for you a prophet from among your brothers, like me; you shall listen to him in everything, according to all that you asked of the Lord your God at Horeb on the day of the assembly, saying, ‘We will not again hear the voice of the Lord our God, and we will not see this great fire any more, lest we die.’ And the Lord said to me, ‘They have spoken rightly in all they have said. I will raise up for them a prophet from among their brothers, like you; and I will put my word in his mouth, and he shall speak to them as I command him. And whatever man does not listen to all that the prophet speaks in my name, I will take vengeance on him.’” And whom could anyone from Israel better point to as a prophet like Moses, that is, a lawgiver, shown forth to the human race, than our Saviour and Lord Jesus alone, who has appeared to all the nations as lawgiver of the new covenant, of the life according to the Gospel, according to the prophetic prayer in the psalm that says, “Appoint, O Lord, a lawgiver over them; let the nations know that they are men”? He also redeemed from the spiritual Egypt, from its brickmaking and from the bitter slavery under the spiritual Pharaoh, those who through him have come to the God of the universe; and in short, everything that is related to have been done bodily by Moses, our Saviour and Lord accomplished according to the spiritual law. So he has come, the prophet who is still renowned even now among both Samaritans and Jews, whom Moses foretold, concerning whom God testified beforehand, saying, “And whatever man does not listen to all that the prophet speaks in my name, I will take vengeance on him.” Vengeance has indeed been taken for the blood of all, from Abel to Zechariah who was murdered between the temple and the altar, on the generation that rose up against the Saviour, and especially on those who dared to utter against him the cry, “Crucify, crucify him! Away with such a one from the earth! His blood be on us and on our children!” This happened at once, God, as he had foretold, avenging the blood of Christ both on those very people and on their children; and justice pursued them at the same time, so that from then until now the whole nation has not been able to raise its head at all, and another prophecy was fulfilled, that of Amos, which says, “The house of Israel has fallen; it will not again rise up.” The apostle, foreseeing this by the Spirit, cried out, saying, “Wrath has come upon them to the end.”

1.16Gaisford

Εὐφράνθητε οὐρανοὶ, ἅμα αὐτῷ προσκυνησάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι Θεοῦ· εὐφράνθητε ἔθνη μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐνισχυσάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες υἱοὶ Θεοῦ. Καὶ τίνι ἄλλῳ προσκυνήσειν τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ προστάττοι ἂν τὸ θεῖον Πνεῦμα ἢ τῷ Χριστῷ, οὗ σαφῶς ἐπὶ τῇ παρουσίᾳ ηὐφράνθη μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ τῶν δικαίων πατριαρχῶν καὶ προφητῶν χοροῦ· περὶ ὧν ἐθνῶν αὖθις ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ὠδῆς ὡς πρὸς ἕτερον λαὸν ἀποτεινόμενος ὁ Θεὸς φησὶν, Αὐτοὶ παρεζήλωσάν με ἐπʼ οὐ θεῷ, παρώργησάν με ἐν τοῖς εἰδώλοις αὐτῶν· κἀγὼ παραζηλώσω αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἐπʼ ἔθνει, ἐπʼ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ παροργιῶ αὐτούς. Καὶ πρόδηλόν γε ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνων ἀποβολὴν τὰ μωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεὸς, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ τοὺς παρʼ ἐκείνοις σοφούς· καὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο, καὶ τὰ ἀγενῆ, καὶ τὰ ἐξουθενημένα, καὶ τὰ μὴ ὄντα, ἵνα τὰ πρότερον παρʼ ἐκείνοις ὄντα καταργήσῃ· ὅτι δὴ πρότερον ἐκ τῶν αὐτοῦ Μωσέως χρόνων εἰδώλοις λατρεύοντες, καὶ τὸν Θεὸν παροργίζοντες καὶ παραζηλοῦντες, ἐλθόντα αὐτοῦ τὸν Χριστὸν οὐκ ἐδέξαντο· ἀλλὰ τὰ ἔθνη γε διʼ αὐτοῦ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ Θεὸν τῶν ὅλων ἐπιγνόντα κατὰ τὴν ἐν χερσὶ προφητείαν εὐφρανθήσεται μετὰ τοῦ τῶν ἁγίων λαοῦ αὐτοῦ· τὸν Χριστὸν δὲ καὶ ἐνίσχυσαν πάντες οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, οἵ τε πρότερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητεύσαντες, καὶ ὅσοι μετὰ τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς υἱοθεσίας χωρήσαντες, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν αὐτὸν ἐκήρυξαν τὴν οἰκουμένην. Τὰ μὲν δὴ ἀπὸ τῆς Πεντατεύχου τοσαῦτα· μετίωμεν δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς ἑξῆς γραφάς.

Euphranthēte ouranoi, hama autǭ proskynēsatōsan autǭ pantes angeloi Theou; euphranthēte ethnē meta tou laou autou, kai enischysatōsan autǭ pantes huioi Theou. Kai tini allǭ proskynēsein tois angelois autou prostattoi an to theion Pneuma ē tǭ Christǭ, hou saphōs epi tę̄ parousią ēuphranthē meta tou laou autou ta ethnē tou tōn dikaiōn patriarchōn kai prophētōn chorou; peri hōn ethnōn authis epi tēs autēs ōdēs hōs pros heteron laon apoteinomenos ho Theos phēsin, Autoi parezēlōsan me epʼ ou theǭ, parōrgēsan me en tois eidōlois autōn; kagō parazēlōsō autous ouk epʼ ethnei, epʼ ethnei asynetǭ parorgiō autous. Kai prodēlon ge hoti meta tēn ekeinōn apobolēn ta mōra tou kosmou exelexato ho Theos, hina kataischynę̄ tous parʼ ekeinois sophous; kai ta asthenē tou kosmou exelexato, kai ta agenē, kai ta exouthenēmena, kai ta mē onta, hina ta proteron parʼ ekeinois onta katargēsę̄; hoti dē proteron ek tōn autou Mōseōs chronōn eidōlois latreuontes, kai ton Theon parorgizontes kai parazēlountes, elthonta autou ton Christon ouk edexanto; alla ta ethnē ge diʼ autou ton Patera kai Theon tōn holōn epignonta kata tēn en chersi prophēteian euphranthēsetai meta tou tōn hagiōn laou autou; ton Christon de kai enischysan pantes hoi huioi tou Theou, hoi te proteron ta peri autou prophēteusantes, kai hosoi meta tēn parousian autou to pneuma tēs huiothesias chōrēsantes, epi pasan auton ekēryxan tēn oikoumenēn. Ta men dē apo tēs Pentateuchou tosauta; metiōmen de kai epi tas hexēs graphas.

“Rejoice, heavens, together with him, and let all the angels of God worship him; rejoice, nations, with his people, and let all the sons of God be strong for him.” To whom else would the divine Spirit command his angels to bow down but to Christ, at whose coming the nations clearly rejoiced with his people, the chorus of the righteous patriarchs and prophets? Of these nations God speaks again in the same song, addressing himself as to another people: “They provoked me to jealousy with what is no god; they angered me with their idols; and I will provoke them to jealousy with what is no nation; with a nation without understanding I will anger them.” And it is evident that after their casting off God chose the foolish things of the world to put to shame those who were wise among them; and he chose the weak things of the world, and the base, and the despised, and the things that are not, to bring to nothing the things that formerly were among them. For since the times of Moses himself they had worshipped idols and angered God and provoked him to jealousy, and when his Christ came they did not receive him; but the nations, having come to know through him the Father and God of the universe, will rejoice, according to the prophecy in hand, with his people of the saints. And all the sons of God were strong for the Christ: both those who earlier prophesied the things about him, and all who after his coming received the Spirit of adoption and preached him to the whole inhabited world. So much from the Pentateuch; let us go on to the Scriptures that follow.

1.17Gaisford

Καὶ ἐγενήθη ὡς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἐν Ἱεριχὼ, καὶ ἀναβλέψας ὁρᾷ ἄνθρωπον ἑστηκότα κατέναντι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ ῥομφαῖα ἐσπασμένη ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ προσελθὼν Ἰησοῦς, εἶπεν, Ἡμέτερος εἶ, ἢ τῶν ὑπεναντίων; Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἐγὼ ἀρχιστράτηγος δυνάμεως Κυρίου νυνὶ παραγέγονα. Καὶ Ἰησοῦς ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Δέσποτα, τί προστάσσεις τῷ σῷ οἰκέτῃ; Καὶ λέγει ὁ ἀρχιστράτηγος Κυρίου πρὸς Ἰησοῦν, Λύσαι τὸ ὑπόδημα ἐκ τῶν ποδῶν σου, ὁ γὰρ τόπος, ἐν ᾧ σὺ ἐστηκας, τόπος ἅγιός ἐστιν. Καὶ τίς ἂν ἄλλος εἴη ὁ ἀρχιστράτηγος δυνάμεως Κυρίου, ἢ ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ πάσης ἄρχων ἁγίας καὶ πνευματικῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ στρατιᾶς; Ὅρα δὲ μὴ εἰ καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ὁ καὶ τῷ Μωσεῖ διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου χρηματίσας ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἀπὸ τῶν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν λόγων ὑποφαίνεται· ἅπερ γὰρ τούτῳ νῦν, ταῦτα καὶ Μωσεῖ ὁμοίως ἀρχομένῳ τῆς θεωρίας πρὸς τοῦ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου εἴρηται κατὰ τὸ, λύσαι τὸ ὑπόδημα ἐκ τῶν ποδῶν σου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Πολυώνυμος δέ τις ὑπάρχων ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, νῦν ἀρχιστράτηγος δυνάμεως Κυρίου χρηματίζει· ὡς καὶ ἐν Ἡσαίᾳ, Μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος· ἐν τῷ, καὶ θελήσουσιν εἰ ἐγένοντο πυρίκαυστοι· Ὅτι παιδίον ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν, υἱὸς καὶ ἐδόθη ἡμῖν, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὤμου αὐτοῦ, καὶ καλεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος. Εὕροις δʼ ἂν καὶ ἐν τῷ Μαλαχίᾳ ἄγγελον διαθήκης αὐτὸν ὀνομαζόμενον, ἔνθα λέγεται, Καὶ ἐξαίφνης ἥξεῖ εἰς τὸν ναὸν αὐτοῦ Κύριος, ὃν ὑμεῖς ζητεῖτε, καὶ ὁ ἄγγελος τῆς διαθήκης, ὃν ὑμεῖς θέλετε.

Kai egenēthē hōs ēn Iēsous en Hierichō, kai anablepsas horą anthrōpon hestēkota katenanti autou, kai hē rhomphaia espasmenē en tę̄ cheiri autou. Kai proselthōn Iēsous, eipen, Hēmeteros ei, ē tōn hypenantiōn? Kai eipen autǭ, Egō archistratēgos dynameōs Kyriou nyni paragegona. Kai Iēsous epesen epi prosōpon epi tēn gēn, kai eipen autǭ, Despota, ti prostasseis tǭ sǭ oiketę̄? Kai legei ho archistratēgos Kyriou pros Iēsoun, Lysai to hypodēma ek tōn podōn sou, ho gar topos, en hǭ sy estēkas, topos hagios estin. Kai tis an allos eiē ho archistratēgos dynameōs Kyriou, ē ho Christos tou Theou, ho pasēs archōn hagias kai pneumatikēs tou Theou stratias? Hora de mē ei kai ho autos ho kai tǭ Mōsei dia tou angelou chrēmatisas en tǭ orei apo tōn pros ton Iēsoun logōn hypophainetai; haper gar toutǭ nyn, tauta kai Mōsei homoiōs archomenǭ tēs theōrias pros tou Kyriou dia tou angelou eirētai kata to, lysai to hypodēma ek tōn podōn sou, kai ta hexēs. Polyōnymos de tis hyparchōn ho Christos tou Theou, nyn archistratēgos dynameōs Kyriou chrēmatizei; hōs kai en Hēsaią, Megalēs boulēs angelos; en tǭ, kai thelēsousin ei egenonto pyrikaustoi; Hoti paidion egennēthē hēmin, huios kai edothē hēmin, hou hē archē epi tou ōmou autou, kai kaleitai to onoma autou, Megalēs boulēs angelos. Heurois dʼ an kai en tǭ Malachią angelon diathēkēs auton onomazomenon, entha legetai, Kai exaiphnēs hēxei eis ton naon autou Kyrios, hon hymeis zēteite, kai ho angelos tēs diathēkēs, hon hymeis thelete.

“And it came to pass, when Joshua was at Jericho, that he looked up and saw a man standing before him, with his sword drawn in his hand. And Joshua went up and said, ‘Are you ours, or of our adversaries?’ And he said to him, ‘I am the chief captain of the host of the Lord; I have now come.’ And Joshua fell on his face to the ground and said to him, ‘Master, what do you command your servant?’ And the chief captain of the Lord says to Joshua, ‘Loose the sandal from your feet; for the place where you stand is a holy place.’” And who else could the chief captain of the host of the Lord be than the Christ of God, the ruler of the whole holy and spiritual army of God? See whether he is not shown, by the words to Joshua, to be the same one who gave oracles to Moses on the mountain through the angel; for what is now said to Joshua was said likewise to Moses by the Lord through the angel when he was beginning his vision, according to “Loose the sandal from your feet,” and what follows. The Christ of God, who has many names, is now called chief captain of the host of the Lord; as in Isaiah he is called Angel of Great Counsel, in the passage “And they will wish that they had been burned with fire. For a child has been born to us, a son has also been given to us, whose rule is upon his shoulder, and his name is called Angel of Great Counsel.” You would also find him named in Malachi Angel of the covenant, where it is said, “And suddenly the Lord whom you seek will come to his temple, and the Angel of the covenant whom you desire.”

1.18Gaisford

Κύριος ἀνέβη εἰς οὐρανοὺς, καὶ ἐβρόντησεν· αὐτὸς κρινεῖ ἄκρα γῆς, καὶ δώσει ἰσχὺν τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἡμῶν, καὶ ὑψώσει κέρας χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ. Ὁ καταβὰς ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν Κύριος ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, αὐτὸς πάλιν ἀναβέβηκεν εἰς οὐρανούς· καὶ ἀναβὰς ἐβρόντησεν τῇ θείῳ ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμει τὸ εὐαγγελικὸν κήρυγμα, ὡς ἐξάκουστον αὐτὸ γενέσθαι ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ· αὐτὸς δὲ κρινεῖ ἄκρα γῆς καὶ τοὺς μέχρι τούτων οἰκοῦντας, ὡς πᾶσαν εἰληφὼς τὴν κρίσιν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔδωκεν ἰσχὺν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μὲν μαθηταῖς ἀποστόλοις τε καὶ προφήταις, ἡμῶν δὲ βασιλεῦσι, καὶ ὕψωσε τὸ κέρας τοῦ χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ, ἤτοι τοῦ λαοῦ, μετοχῇ τοῦ χριστοῦ οὕτως ὀνομαζομένου, ἢ οὗ ἀνείληφεν ἀνθρωπίνου, οὗ κέρας ἦν ἡ θεότης ὑψωθεῖσα κατὰ τὸν ἱερὸν ἀπόστολον· καὶ ἐν ὀγδοηκοστῷ δὲ ὀγδόῳ Ψαλμῷ σαφῶς τὸ παραπλήσιον τῷ ἐνθάδε περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὁ Θεός φησιν, Καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου ὑψωθήσεται τὸ κέρας αὐτοῦ.

Kyrios anebē eis ouranous, kai ebrontēsen; autos krinei akra gēs, kai dōsei ischyn tois basileusin hēmōn, kai hypsōsei keras christou autou. Ho katabas ek tōn ouranōn Kyrios ho tou Theou Logos, autos palin anabebēken eis ouranous; kai anabas ebrontēsen tę̄ theiǭ heautou dynamei to euangelikon kērygma, hōs exakouston auto genesthai en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ; autos de krinei akra gēs kai tous mechri toutōn oikountas, hōs pasan eilēphōs tēn krisin para tou Patros; alla kai edōken ischyn tois heautou men mathētais apostolois te kai prophētais, hēmōn de basileusi, kai hypsōse to keras tou christou autou, ētoi tou laou, metochę̄ tou christou houtōs onomazomenou, ē hou aneilēphen anthrōpinou, hou keras ēn hē theotēs hypsōtheisa kata ton hieron apostolon; kai en ogdoēkostǭ de ogdoǭ Psalmǭ saphōs to paraplēsion tǭ enthade peri tou Christou ho Theos phēsin, Kai en tǭ onomati mou hypsōthēsetai to keras autou.

“The Lord went up into the heavens and thundered; he will judge the ends of the earth, and give strength to our kings, and exalt the horn of his anointed.” The Lord, the Word of God, who came down from the heavens, himself went up again into the heavens; and having gone up he thundered forth by his own divine power the preaching of the Gospel, so that it came to be heard in the whole world. He will judge the ends of the earth and those who live as far as them, since he has received all judgment from the Father. He also gave strength to his own disciples, apostles and prophets, who are our kings, and exalted the horn of his anointed, that is, either of the people, who is so named by sharing in the Christ, or of the human nature he took up, whose horn was the divinity, exalted, according to the holy apostle. In the eighty-eighth psalm, too, God says clearly something like what is said here about the Christ: “And in my name his horn shall be exalted.”

1.19Gaisford

Καὶ ἦλθεν ἄνθρωπος Θεοῦ πρὸς Ἠλεῖ, καὶ εἶπεν, Τάδε λέγει Κύριος Κύριος· καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς· καὶ ἀναστήσω ἐμαυτῷ ἱερέα πιστὸν, ὃς πάντα τὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ ψυχῆ μου ποιήσει· καὶ οἰκοδομήσω αὐτῷ οἶκον πιστὸν, καὶ διελεύσεται ἐνώπιον χριστοῦ μου πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας· καὶ ἔσται πᾶς ὁ περισσεύων ἐν οἴκῳ ἤξει προσκυνῶν αὐτῷ ὀβολοῦ ἀργυρίου, καὶ ἐν ἄρτῳ ἑνὶ, λέγων, Παράριψόν με ἐπὶ μίαν τῶν ἱερατείων σου φαγεῖν ἄρτον. Οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἢ μόνος ὁ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδὲκ ἱερεὺς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ὁ Σωτὴρ ἡμῶν, ὃν ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μέγαν, κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον, διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, πάντα τὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τοῦ Πατρὸς πεποίηκεν ὑπήκοος αὐτῷ γενέσθαι μέχρι καὶ θανάτου· ὅθεν καὶ ἀναστήσας αὐτὸν ὁ Πατὴρ, οἰκοδόμησεν αὐτῷ οἶκον πιστὸν, τὴν ἐκ λογικῶν καὶ ζώντων καὶ πιστῶν. ὡς ἀληθῶς λιθῶν συνεστῶσαν ἐκκλησίαν· τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ἔρχονται προσκυνεῖν οἱ πιστεύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν, ὀβολοῦ ἀργυρίου μὴ ἀποστρεφομένου(όμενοι), μήτε σωματικῶς τὴν τὸν κοδράντην εἰς τὴν τῶν δεομένων ἐπικουρίαν συνεισφέρουσαν χήραν, μήτε μὴν κατὰ διάνοιαν τὴν ἐπὶ μόνην (ῃ) τῇ πίστει ἐρηρεισμένην ψυχὴν, ἢ τὴν κατὰ δύναμιν τῶν νοητῶν αὐτῆς ὑπαρχόντων συνεισφέρουσαν τὰ εἰς τὴν τῶν λοιπῶν οἰκοδομήν τε καὶ ὠφέλειαν συμβαλλόμενα· τὰ γʼ οὖν μωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο καὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ, καὶ τὰ ἐξουθενημένα, καὶ τὰ μὴ ὄντα μὴ ὑπερφρονῶν, μὴ δὲ τὰς τοιάσδε ψυχάς· ἀλλʼ οἷα φιλάνθρωπος Θεοῦ Λόγος καὶ ταύτας ἀποδεχόμενος τῆς προθυμίας, ἃς καὶ κρίσει θείᾳ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἐν διαφόροις μοναῖς τῶν ἱερατείων αὐτοῦ κατατάσσει, τοῦ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἄρτου τῆς ἀϊδίου ζωῆς καταξιῶν αὐτάς. Τὸ δὲ καὶ διελεύσεται ἐνώπιον χριστοῦ μου πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας, περὶ τῶν ἀγίων τῶν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ εἴρηται, Χριστῶν καὶ αὐτῶν προσαγορευομένων, κατὰ τὸ, μὴ ἄψησθε τῶν χριστῶν μοῦ· τούτοις γὰρ πρὸς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἐλέγετο καὶ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, Ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμὶ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας, ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος. Πλείονος δὲ σαφηνείας δεομένων τῶν τόπων, τούτοις ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν διὰ βραχέων εἰρημένοις ἀρκεσθησόμεθα.

Kai ēlthen anthrōpos Theou pros Ēlei, kai eipen, Tade legei Kyrios Kyrios; kai en tois hexēs; kai anastēsō emautǭ hierea piston, hos panta ta en tę̄ kardią mou kai ta en tę̄ psychē mou poiēsei; kai oikodomēsō autǭ oikon piston, kai dieleusetai enōpion christou mou pasas tas hēmeras; kai estai pas ho perisseuōn en oikǭ ēxei proskynōn autǭ obolou argyriou, kai en artǭ heni, legōn, Pararipson me epi mian tōn hierateiōn sou phagein arton. Oudeis allos ē monos ho kata tēn taxin Melchisedek hiereus tou Theou tou hypsistou Iēsous Christos ho Sōtēr hēmōn, hon echomen archierea megan, kata ton apostolon, dielēlythota tous ouranous, panta ta en tę̄ kardią tou Patros pepoiēken hypēkoos autǭ genesthai mechri kai thanatou; hothen kai anastēsas auton ho Patēr, oikodomēsen autǭ oikon piston, tēn ek logikōn kai zōntōn kai pistōn. hōs alēthōs lithōn synestōsan ekklēsian; toutǭ de kai erchontai proskynein hoi pisteusantes eis auton, obolou argyriou mē apostrephomenou(omenoi), mēte sōmatikōs tēn ton kodrantēn eis tēn tōn deomenōn epikourian syneispherousan chēran, mēte mēn kata dianoian tēn epi monēn (ę̄) tę̄ pistei erēreismenēn psychēn, ē tēn kata dynamin tōn noētōn autēs hyparchontōn syneispherousan ta eis tēn tōn loipōn oikodomēn te kai ōpheleian symballomena; ta gʼ oun mōra tou kosmou exelexato kai ta asthenē kai ptōcha, kai ta exouthenēmena, kai ta mē onta mē hyperphronōn, mē de tas toiasde psychas; allʼ hoia philanthrōpos Theou Logos kai tautas apodechomenos tēs prothymias, has kai krisei theią kata tēn axian en diaphorois monais tōn hierateiōn autou katatassei, tou parʼ heautou artou tēs aïdiou zōēs kataxiōn autas. To de kai dieleusetai enōpion christou mou pasas tas hēmeras, peri tōn agiōn tōn en tę̄ ekklēsią eirētai, Christōn kai autōn prosagoreuomenōn, kata to, mē apsēsthe tōn christōn mou; toutois gar pros tou Sōtēros elegeto kai en tǭ euangeliǭ, Idou, egō methʼ hymōn eimi pasas tas hēmeras, heōs tēs synteleias tou aiōnos. Pleionos de saphēneias deomenōn tōn topōn, toutois hōs hoion te ēn dia bracheōn eirēmenois arkesthēsometha.

“And a man of God came to Eli and said, ‘Thus says the Lord, the Lord’”; and in what follows: “‘And I will raise up for myself a faithful priest, who shall do all that is in my heart and in my soul; and I will build him a faithful house, and he shall walk before my anointed all the days. And everyone who is left in your house shall come to bow down to him for an obol of silver and for one loaf, saying, “Put me into one of your priestly offices, that I may eat bread.”’” This is no other than the priest of God Most High after the order of Melchizedek, Jesus Christ our Saviour, whom, according to the apostle, we have as a great high priest who has passed through the heavens. He did all that was in the Father's heart, becoming obedient to him even to death; for which reason the Father raised him up and built him a faithful house, the church, made of rational, living, and faithful stones, truly so. Those who have believed in him come to bow down to him, and he does not turn away the obol of silver: neither, in the bodily sense, the widow who contributes her quadrans for the help of those in need, nor, in the spiritual sense, the soul that rests on faith (alone), or that contributes, according to the measure of its spiritual possessions, what serves for the building up and benefit of the rest. For he chose the foolish things of the world, and the weak and poor, and the despised, and the things that are not, not looking down on them, nor on such souls; but as the Word of God, the lover of humankind, he welcomes these too for their eagerness, and by divine judgment, according to their worth, he places them in the various dwellings of his priestly offices, deeming them worthy of the bread of eternal life that comes from him. The words “And he shall walk before my anointed all the days” are said about the saints in the church, who are themselves also called anointed ones, according to “Do not touch my anointed ones”; for to these the Saviour said in the Gospel, “Behold, I am with you all the days, until the consummation of the age.” Since these passages need more clarification, we shall be content with these remarks, made as briefly as possible.

1.20Gaisford

Καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ ἡμέραι σου, καὶ κοιμηθήσῃ μετὰ τῶν πατέρων σου, καὶ ἀναστήσω τὸ σπέρμα σου μετὰ σὲ, ὃς ἔσται ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας σου, καὶ ἑτοιμάσω τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ. Αὐτὸς οἰκοδομήσει μοι οἶκον τῷ ὀνόματί μου, καὶ ἀνορθώσω τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ ἕως εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς υἱόν. Καὶ ἂν ἔλθῃ ἀδικία αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλέγξω αὐτὸν ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἀνδρῶν, καὶ ἐν ἁφαῖς υἱῶν ἀνθρώπων· Τὸ δὲ ἔλεός μου οὐ μὴ ἀποστήσω ἀπʼ αὐτῶν, καθὼς ἀπέστησα ἀφʼ ὦν ἀπέστησα ἐκ προσώπου μου. Καὶ πιστωθήσεται ὁ οἶκος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἕως αἰῶνος ἐνώπιόν μου· καὶ ὁ θρόνος αὐτοῦ ἔσται ἀνωρθωμένος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Τούτοις τὰ παραπλήσια καὶ ἐν ὀγδοηκοστῷ ὀγδόῳ εἴρηται ψαλμῷ· ἦν δʼ ἂν Ἰουδαίοις ἄξιον ἀπορῆσαι κατὰ τοὺς τόπους, διὰ τίνα ἆρα αἰτίαν φήσοισιν τὸν Θεὸν, ἤτοι τὸν Δαυὶδ, ἢ τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ βασιλεύσαντα Σολομῶνα· περὶ οὗ, ὡς εἰκὸς, ὑπολήψονται λέγειν τὴν προφητείαν υἱὸν πρωτότοκον θήσειν ἐπαγγέλλεσθαι, ἐν μὲν τῷ ψαλμῷ εἰρηκότα, Αὐτὸς ἐπικαλέσεταί με, Πατήρ μου εἶ σὺ, Θεός μου καὶ ἀντιλήπτωρ τῆς σωτηρίας μου. Κἀγὼ πρωτότοκον θήσομαι αὐτὸν, ὑψηλὸν παρὰ τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τῆς γῆς· ἐν δὲ τῷ μετὰ χεῖρας κεφαλαίῳ, ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς υἱόν. Καὶ μὴν κατʼ οὐδὲν διενηνοχέναι τῶν λοιπῶν προφητῶν φήσειέ τις τὸν Δαυὶδ, ὃς καὶ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι διὰ τὴν τοῦ Οὐρίου ἐδεῖτο λέγων, σοὶ μόνῳ ἥμαρτον καὶ τὸ πονηρὸν ἐνώπιόν σου ἐποίησα· ἢ τὸν Σολομῶνα, ὃν καὶ ἐκκλῖναι ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ εἰδώλοις διὰ γυναικῶν ἐπιθυμίας προσκεκινηκέναι ἡ ψιλὴ διδάσκει τῆς γραφῆς ἱστορία· πῶς δὲ τοῦ Δαυὶδ ἢ τοῦ Σολομῶνος ἡ βασιλεία ἕως αἰῶνος ἐνώπιόν ἔστη τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ὁ θρόνος ἀνωρθωμένος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν φάσκουσαν ἐνταῦθα προφητείαν, καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ Ψαλμῷ ὧδέ πως περιέχουσαν, ὤμοσα Δαυὶδ τῷ δούλῳ μου. Ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος ἑτοιμάσω τὸ σπέρμα σου, καὶ οἰκοδομήσω εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεὰν τὸν θρόνον σου· καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα φάσκουσαν, Ἅπαξ ὤμοσα ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ μου, εἰ τῷ Δαυὶδ ψεύσομαι. Τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα μενεῖ, καὶ ὁ θρόνος αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος ἐναντίον μου. Καὶ πάλιν· Καὶ θήσομαι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ ὡς τὰς ἡμέρας τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Τὰ παραπλήσια δʼ ἂν εὕροις καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἱερεμίᾳ, ἔνθα εἴρηται, ὅτι τάδε λέγει Κύριος· οὐκ ἐξολοθρευθήσεται τῷ Δαυὶδ ἀνὴρ καθήμενος ἐπὶ θρόνου οἴκου Ἰσραήλ· καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι καὶ τοῖς Λευίταις οὐκ ἑξολοθρευθήσεται ἀνὴρ ἐκ προσώπου μου, ἀναφέρων ὁλοκαυτώματα, καὶ θύων θυσίαν καὶ ποιῶν θυμίαμα πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας. Ταῦτα γὰρ εἰ συνεξετάζοι τίς τῇ τε παρούσῃ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καταστάσει καὶ ταῖς κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἱστορίαις ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐζεκίου καὶ Ἰεχονίου βασιλείας, καθʼ οὓς ἡ ἐκ Δαυὶδ περιεγράφη τῶν Ἰουδαίων βασιλεία ἐν τῷ τῆς εἰς Βαβυλῶνα αἰχμαλωσίας καιρῷ, μεθʼ ὃν οὐδαμῶς ἤρχθησαν ἢ ἐβασιλεύθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκ Δαυὶδ καταγόντων τὸ γένος εἰς ἔτι, ὅτι μηδαμῶς ἁρμόζει ἤτοι τῷ Δαυὶδ ἢ καὶ τῷ Σολομῶνι τὰ λελεγμένα, ὡς ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἃ μὴ θέμις ψευδῆ διελέγχεσθαι συμβαίνειν τὴν μεθʼ ὅρκων τοῦ Θεοῦ πρόρρησιν· εἴ γε μὴν ἀναφέροιμεν τὸ λεγόμενον τοῦ Δαυὶδ σπέρμα ἐπὶ τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ κατὰ σάρκα γενόμενον Χριστὸν, σαφὲς πῶς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦτο τὸ σπέρμα, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, διαμενεῖ, καὶ πῶς ὁ θρόνος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ πνευματικὴ βασιλεία ἕως αἰῶνος ἐνώπιον ὑπάρχει τοῦ Πατρὸς, ἀνορθούμενος ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνοικοδομούμενος κατὰ γενεὰν καὶ γενεὰν ἐν ταῖς τῶν πιστευόντων ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ψυχαῖς. Τούτου δὲ τοῦ ἀποδεδομένου ἡμῖν σπέρματος Δαυὶδ διαμενεῖ ὁ θρόνος, ὡς ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἥλιος ἐναντίον τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ὡς αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· διὸ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐν ἑτέρῳ Ψαλμῷ λέλεκται· Ὁ θρόνος σου ὁ Θεὸς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος, ῥάβδος εὐθύτητος ἡ ῥάβδος τῆς βασιλείας σου. Ἠγάπησας δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἐμίσησας ἀνομίαν, διὰ τοῦτο ἔχρισέν σε ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Θεός σου ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους σου. Ὁ Χριστὸς δὲ καὶ οἶκον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν οἰκοδόμησε τῷ Πατρὶ ἐκ λίθων ζώντων καὶ νοερῶν, ἁγίων καὶ ἐναρέτων ψυχῶν, ναὸν ἐγείρας πολὺ κρείττονα καὶ διαφέροντα τῆς ὑπὸ Σολομῶνος προσκαίρου καὶ μηκέθʼ ὑπαρχούσης οἰκοδομῆς. Τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος μαρτυρεῖ προσήκειν τὴν, Ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς πατέρα καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς υἱὸν, φωνὴν, ἐντεῦθεν αὐτὴν εἰληφὼς ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἑβραίους συντάξει, ἔνθα φησίν· τίνι γὰρ εἶπεν ποτὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σὺ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε· καὶ πάλιν, Ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς υἱόν. Τὰ δʼ ἀπὸ τοῦ, καὶ ἂν ἔλθῃ ἀδικία αὐτοῦ καὶ ἑλέγξω αὐτὸν ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἀνδρῶν, περὶ τοῦ εἰς Χριστὸν πιστεύσαντος λαοῦ εἴρηται· ἐπεὶ καὶ σῶμα Χριστοῦ ἡ ἐκκλησία αὐτοῦ χρηματίζει, κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον. Ὅτι δὲ περὶ τῶν πεπιστευκότων εἰς αὐτὸν τὰ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς εἴρηται, ἐπίστησον ἐπιμελῶς λελεγμένῳ πληθυντικῶς τῷ, τὸ δὲ ἔλεός μου οὐκ ἀποστήσω ἀπʼ αὐτῶν· σαφῶς καὶ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ τὰ παραπλησία τοῖς ἐνθάδε περὶ τῶν υἱῶν εἴρηται τοῦ προφητευομένου, ἐν τῷ καὶ ἐὰν ἐγκαταλείπωσιν οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ τὸν νόμον μου καὶ τοῖς κρίνασίν μου μὴ πορευθῶσιν, ἐὰν τὰ δικαιώματά μου βεβηλώσωσι, καὶ τὰς ἐντολάς μου μὴ φυλάξωσιν, ἐπισκέψομαι ἐν ῥάβδῳ τὰς ἀνομίας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐν μάστιξι τὰς ἀδικίας αὐτῶν· τὸ δὲ ἔλεός μου οὐ μὴ διασκεδάσω ἀπʼ αὐτῶν. Ὅρα δὲ πῶς ῥάβδους ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἀφὰς υἱῶν ἀνθρώπων τοὺς κατὰ καιρὸν ὠνόμασεν ὁ λόγος διωγμούς· πλὴν πολλαὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ αἱ παρακλήσεις, καὶ αἱ διὰ τῶν γραφῶν παραμυθίαι, μὴ ἀπαυδᾶν ἡμῖν ἐπιτρέπουσαι ἐπὶ τοῖς καθʼ ἡμῶν ἐνεργουμένοις κατὰ καιροὺς διωγμοῖς· ὡς γὰρ ἐπισκέψεσθαι διὰ ῥάβδου τὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ προεῖπε λαὸν ἁμαρτόντα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ μὴ ἀποστήσειν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔλεος προϋπέσχηται εἰπὼν, τὸ δὲ ἔλεός μου οὐ μὴ ἀποστήσω ἀπʼ αὐτῶν, καθὼς ἀπέστησα ἀφʼ ὧν ἀπέστησα· ζητήσει δʼ ἐπί τινας ἦν πρὸ τοῦ ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαοῦ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλεος, ὅπερ παντελῶς ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἀπέστησας· οὗ τὸ ὅμοιον ποιήσειν ὑπισχνεῖται κατὰ τὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ λαόν.

Kai estai ean plērōthōsin hai hēmerai sou, kai koimēthēsę̄ meta tōn paterōn sou, kai anastēsō to sperma sou meta se, hos estai ek tēs koilias sou, kai hetoimasō tēn basileian autou. Autos oikodomēsei moi oikon tǭ onomati mou, kai anorthōsō ton thronon autou heōs eis ton aiōna. Egō esomai autǭ eis patera, kai autos estai moi eis huion. Kai an elthę̄ adikia autou, kai elenxō auton en rhabdǭ andrōn, kai en haphais huiōn anthrōpōn; To de eleos mou ou mē apostēsō apʼ autōn, kathōs apestēsa aphʼ ōn apestēsa ek prosōpou mou. Kai pistōthēsetai ho oikos autou, kai hē basileia autou heōs aiōnos enōpion mou; kai ho thronos autou estai anōrthōmenos eis ton aiōna. Toutois ta paraplēsia kai en ogdoēkostǭ ogdoǭ eirētai psalmǭ; ēn dʼ an Ioudaiois axion aporēsai kata tous topous, dia tina ara aitian phēsoisin ton Theon, ētoi ton Dauid, ē ton ex autou basileusanta Solomōna; peri hou, hōs eikos, hypolēpsontai legein tēn prophēteian huion prōtotokon thēsein epangellesthai, en men tǭ psalmǭ eirēkota, Autos epikalesetai me, Patēr mou ei sy, Theos mou kai antilēptōr tēs sōtērias mou. Kagō prōtotokon thēsomai auton, hypsēlon para tois basileusi tēs gēs; en de tǭ meta cheiras kephalaiǭ, egō esomai autǭ eis patera, kai autos estai moi eis huion. Kai mēn katʼ ouden dienēnochenai tōn loipōn prophētōn phēseie tis ton Dauid, hos kai exomologeisthai dia tēn tou Ouriou edeito legōn, soi monǭ hēmarton kai to ponēron enōpion sou epoiēsa; ē ton Solomōna, hon kai ekklinai apo tou Theou kai eidōlois dia gynaikōn epithymias proskekinēkenai hē psilē didaskei tēs graphēs historia; pōs de tou Dauid ē tou Solomōnos hē basileia heōs aiōnos enōpion estē tou Theou, kai ho thronos anōrthōmenos eis ton aiōna kata tēn phaskousan entautha prophēteian, kai kata tēn en tǭ Psalmǭ hōde pōs periechousan, ōmosa Dauid tǭ doulǭ mou. Heōs tou aiōnos hetoimasō to sperma sou, kai oikodomēsō eis genean kai genean ton thronon sou; kai methʼ hetera phaskousan, Hapax ōmosa en tǭ hagiǭ mou, ei tǭ Dauid pseusomai. To sperma autou eis ton aiōna menei, kai ho thronos autou hōs ho hēlios enantion mou. Kai palin; Kai thēsomai eis ton aiōna tou aiōnos to sperma autou, kai ton thronon autou hōs tas hēmeras tou ouranou. Ta paraplēsia dʼ an heurois kai en tǭ Hieremią, entha eirētai, hoti tade legei Kyrios; ouk exolothreuthēsetai tǭ Dauid anēr kathēmenos epi thronou oikou Israēl; kai tois hiereusi kai tois Leuitais ouk hexolothreuthēsetai anēr ek prosōpou mou, anapherōn holokautōmata, kai thyōn thysian kai poiōn thymiama pasas tas hēmeras. Tauta gar ei synexetazoi tis tę̄ te parousę̄ tōn Ioudaiōn katastasei kai tais katʼ autous historiais apo tēs Ezekiou kai Iechoniou basileias, kathʼ hous hē ek Dauid periegraphē tōn Ioudaiōn basileia en tǭ tēs eis Babylōna aichmalōsias kairǭ, methʼ hon oudamōs ērchthēsan ē ebasileuthēsan hypo tōn ek Dauid katagontōn to genos eis eti, hoti mēdamōs harmozei ētoi tǭ Dauid ē kai tǭ Solomōni ta lelegmena, hōs ex anankēs ha mē themis pseudē dielenchesthai symbainein tēn methʼ horkōn tou Theou prorrēsin; ei ge mēn anapheroimen to legomenon tou Dauid sperma epi ton ex autou kata sarka genomenon Christon, saphes pōs eis ton aiōna touto to sperma, toutʼ estin ho Christos, diamenei, kai pōs ho thronos autou kai hē pneumatikē basileia heōs aiōnos enōpion hyparchei tou Patros, anorthoumenos hypʼ autou kai anoikodomoumenos kata genean kai genean en tais tōn pisteuontōn epʼ auton psychais. Toutou de tou apodedomenou hēmin spermatos Dauid diamenei ho thronos, hōs ho tēs dikaiosynēs hēlios enantion tou Patros, kai hōs hai hēmerai tou ouranou; dio pros auton hypo tou hagiou Pneumatos en heterǭ Psalmǭ lelektai; Ho thronos sou ho Theos eis ton aiōna tou aiōnos, rhabdos euthytētos hē rhabdos tēs basileias sou. Ēgapēsas dikaiosynēn kai emisēsas anomian, dia touto echrisen se ho Theos ho Theos sou elaion agalliaseōs para tous metochous sou. Ho Christos de kai oikon tēn ekklēsian oikodomēse tǭ Patri ek lithōn zōntōn kai noerōn, hagiōn kai enaretōn psychōn, naon egeiras poly kreittona kai diapheronta tēs hypo Solomōnos proskairou kai mēkethʼ hyparchousēs oikodomēs. Toutǭ de kai ho apostolos martyrei prosēkein tēn, Egō esomai autǭ eis patera kai autos estai moi eis huion, phōnēn, enteuthen autēn eilēphōs en tę̄ pros Hebraious syntaxei, entha phēsin; tini gar eipen pote tōn angelōn, Huios mou ei sy, egō sēmeron gegennēka se; kai palin, Egō esomai autǭ eis patera, kai autos estai moi eis huion. Ta dʼ apo tou, kai an elthę̄ adikia autou kai helenxō auton en rhabdǭ andrōn, peri tou eis Christon pisteusantos laou eirētai; epei kai sōma Christou hē ekklēsia autou chrēmatizei, kata ton apostolon. Hoti de peri tōn pepisteukotōn eis auton ta tēs episkopēs eirētai, epistēson epimelōs lelegmenǭ plēthyntikōs tǭ, to de eleos mou ouk apostēsō apʼ autōn; saphōs kai en tǭ psalmǭ ta paraplēsia tois enthade peri tōn huiōn eirētai tou prophēteuomenou, en tǭ kai ean enkataleipōsin hoi huioi autou ton nomon mou kai tois krinasin mou mē poreuthōsin, ean ta dikaiōmata mou bebēlōsōsi, kai tas entolas mou mē phylaxōsin, episkepsomai en rhabdǭ tas anomias autōn, kai en mastixi tas adikias autōn; to de eleos mou ou mē diaskedasō apʼ autōn. Hora de pōs rhabdous andrōn kai aphas huiōn anthrōpōn tous kata kairon ōnomasen ho logos diōgmous; plēn pollai tou Theou hai paraklēseis, kai hai dia tōn graphōn paramythiai, mē apaudan hēmin epitrepousai epi tois kathʼ hēmōn energoumenois kata kairous diōgmois; hōs gar episkepsesthai dia rhabdou ton tou Christou proeipe laon hamartonta, houtōs kai to mē apostēsein autou to eleos proÿpeschētai eipōn, to de eleos mou ou mē apostēsō apʼ autōn, kathōs apestēsa aphʼ hōn apestēsa; zētēsei dʼ epi tinas ēn pro tou ex ethnōn laou to tou Theou eleos, hoper pantelōs apʼ autōn apestēsas; hou to homoion poiēsein hypischneitai kata ton tou Christou laon.

“And it shall be, when your days are fulfilled and you sleep with your fathers, that I will raise up your offspring after you, who shall be from your belly, and I will prepare his kingdom. He shall build me a house for my name, and I will set up his throne for ever. I will be to him a father, and he shall be to me a son. And if his iniquity comes, I will rebuke him with the rod of men and with the strokes of the sons of men; but my mercy I will not remove from them, as I removed it from those whom I removed from my presence. And his house shall be made sure, and his kingdom for ever before me; and his throne shall be set up for ever.” Things like these are said also in the eighty-eighth psalm. It would be worth the Jews' while to be perplexed over these passages, as to the reason why they will say that God promises to make a firstborn son, whether David or Solomon who reigned after him (of whom, presumably, they will take the prophecy to speak); for in the psalm he says, “He shall call upon me, ‘You are my Father, my God and the helper of my salvation.’ And I will make him firstborn, high among the kings of the earth”; and in the chapter in hand, “I will be to him a father, and he shall be to me a son.” Yet one would say that David differed in no way from the other prophets, he who needed to make confession because of Uriah's wife, saying, “Against you only have I sinned and done what is evil before you”; or Solomon, whom the bare history of Scripture teaches turned away from God and was moved toward idols through desire for women. And how did the kingdom of David or of Solomon stand for ever before God, and his throne set up for ever, according to the prophecy here, and according to the one in the psalm, which runs somewhat like this: “I swore to David my servant: I will prepare your offspring for ever, and build your throne to generation and generation”; and which says after other things, “Once I swore by my holiness, that I will not lie to David. His offspring shall remain for ever, and his throne as the sun before me”; and again, “And I will establish his offspring for ever and ever, and his throne as the days of heaven”? You would find the like in Jeremiah too, where it is said, “For thus says the Lord: There shall not be cut off from David a man sitting on the throne of the house of Israel; and for the priests and the Levites there shall not be cut off a man from before me, offering whole burnt offerings and sacrificing sacrifice and making incense all the days.” If one examines these things together with the present condition of the Jews and with their histories since the reign of Hezekiah and Jeconiah, under whom the Jews' kingdom descended from David was brought to an end at the time of the captivity to Babylon, after which they were never again ruled or reigned over by those who traced their descent from David, one will find that the words in no way fit either David or Solomon; so that it would necessarily follow (which is not lawful) that God's prediction, made with oaths, is proved false. But if we refer the so-called offspring of David to the Christ who was born from him according to the flesh, it is clear how this offspring, that is, the Christ, will remain for ever, and how his throne and spiritual kingdom are before the Father for ever, set up by him and built up, generation after generation, in the souls of those who believe in him. The throne of this offspring of David, given to us, will remain like the sun of righteousness before the Father and like the days of heaven; which is why it is said to him by the Holy Spirit in another psalm: “Your throne, O God, is for ever and ever; a rod of uprightness is the rod of your kingdom. You have loved righteousness and hated lawlessness; therefore God, your God, has anointed you with the oil of gladness beyond your companions.” Christ also built for the Father a house, the church, of living and spiritual stones, holy and virtuous souls, raising a temple far better and more excellent than the temporary building of Solomon, which no longer exists. The apostle too testifies that the saying “I will be to him a father, and he shall be to me a son” belongs to him, taking it from here in his writing to the Hebrews, where he says, “For to which of the angels did he ever say, ‘You are my Son, today I have begotten you’; and again, ‘I will be to him a father, and he shall be to me a son’?” The words beginning “And if his iniquity comes, I will rebuke him with the rod of men” are said about the people who believed in Christ, since his church is called the body of Christ, according to the apostle. That the words about visitation are said about those who have believed in him, observe carefully from the plural in “but my mercy I will not remove from them.” Clearly in the psalm too things like these are said about the sons of the one prophesied, in “If his sons forsake my law and do not walk in my judgments, if they profane my ordinances and do not keep my commandments, I will visit their lawlessness with a rod and their injustices with scourges; but my mercy I will not scatter from them.” See how the word has named the persecutions that come from time to time “rods of men” and “strokes of the sons of men.” Yet many are the encouragements of God and the consolations in the Scriptures that do not let us lose heart at the persecutions carried out against us from time to time. For just as he foretold that he would visit Christ's people with the rod when they sinned, so he promised beforehand that he would not remove his mercy from them, saying, “But my mercy I will not remove from them, as I removed it from those whom I removed.” One will ask to whom, before the people from the nations, God's mercy belonged, which he removed from them entirely; he promises not to do the like to the people of Christ.

1.21Gaisford

Καὶ ἐλάλησε Δαυὶδ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς λόγους τῆς ᾠδῆς ταύτης. Εἶτα ἐν τοῖς ἐξῆς· Καὶ ἔκλινεν οὐρανοὺς καὶ κατέβη, καὶ γνόφος ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ πάλιν μετὰ ταῦτα, ῥῦσαί με ἐξ ἀντιλογιῶν λαοῦ, καταστήσεις με εἰς κεφαλὴν ἐθνῶν· λαὸς ὃν οὐκ ἔγνων ἐδούλευσέν μοι· εἰς ἀκοὴν ὠτίου ὑπήκουσέ μου· οἱ υἱοὶ ἀλλότριοι ἐψεύσαντό μοι· οἱ υἱοὶ ἀλλότριοι ἀπορριφήσονται· καὶ σφαλοῦσιν ἐκ τῶν συγκλεισμῶν αὐτῶν. Ταῦτα εἴρηται σχεδὸν αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν καὶ ἐν ἑπτακαιδεκάτῳ Ψαλμῷ, εὐκαιρότερον δʼ ἂν ἐξετάζοιτο, ἐπεὶ δ´ ἂν ἀπὸ τῶν Ψαλμῶν τὰς ἐκλογὰς ἀναλεγώμεθα· νῦν μέντοι γε παρασημειούμεθα αὐτὸ μόνον, ὡς ὅτι τὸ μὲν καὶ ἔκλινεν οὐρανοὺς καὶ κατέβη νοοῖτʼ ἂν περὶ τῆς ἐξ οὐρανῶν καταβάσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ· τὸ δὲ ῥύσῃ με ἐξ ἀντιλογίας λαοῦ, ἐκ προσώπου αὐτοῦ λέλεκται περὶ τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς μὴ πεπιστευκότων εἰς αὐτὸν, περὶ ὧν καὶ ἐν Ἡσαίᾳ φησὶν, ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐξεπέτατα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα. Καὶ ὅτι τὸ μὲν καταστήσεις με εἰς κεφαλὴν ἐθνῶν, καὶ τὸ λαὸς ὃν οὐκ ἔγνων ἐδούλευσέ μοι, εἰς ἀκοὴν ὠτίου ὑπήκουσέ μου, περὶ τῆς ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίας προφητεύεται· τὸ δὲ υἱοὶ ἀλλότριοι ἐψεύσαντό μοι, περὶ τῶν ἀθέων αἱρέσεων τὰ ψευδῆ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος καὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων ἀναπεπλακότων, οὓς καὶ ἀπορριφήσεσθαι φησὶν ὁ λόγος ἀποσφαλέντας τῶν συγκλεισμῶν ἑαυτῶν, τουτέστιν ἀποπεπτωκότας· τῶν ὑπούλων καὶ ἀποκεκρυμμένων αὐτῶν ψευ(δο)δοξημάτων.

Kai elalēse Dauid tǭ Kyriǭ tous logous tēs ǭdēs tautēs. Eita en tois exēs; Kai eklinen ouranous kai katebē, kai gnophos hypokatō tōn podōn autou. Kai palin meta tauta, rhysai me ex antilogiōn laou, katastēseis me eis kephalēn ethnōn; laos hon ouk egnōn edouleusen moi; eis akoēn ōtiou hypēkouse mou; hoi huioi allotrioi epseusanto moi; hoi huioi allotrioi aporriphēsontai; kai sphalousin ek tōn synkleismōn autōn. Tauta eirētai schedon autois rhēmasin kai en heptakaidekatǭ Psalmǭ, eukairoteron dʼ an exetazoito, epei d´ an apo tōn Psalmōn tas eklogas analegōmetha; nyn mentoi ge parasēmeioumetha auto monon, hōs hoti to men kai eklinen ouranous kai katebē nooitʼ an peri tēs ex ouranōn katabaseōs tou Christou; to de rhysę̄ me ex antilogias laou, ek prosōpou autou lelektai peri tōn ek peritomēs mē pepisteukotōn eis auton, peri hōn kai en Hēsaią phēsin, holēn tēn hēmeran exepetata tas cheiras mou pros laon apeithounta kai antilegonta. Kai hoti to men katastēseis me eis kephalēn ethnōn, kai to laos hon ouk egnōn edouleuse moi, eis akoēn ōtiou hypēkouse mou, peri tēs ex ethnōn ekklēsias prophēteuetai; to de huioi allotrioi epseusanto moi, peri tōn atheōn haireseōn ta pseudē peri autou tou Sōtēros kai tou Theou tōn holōn anapeplakotōn, hous kai aporriphēsesthai phēsin ho logos aposphalentas tōn synkleismōn heautōn, toutestin apopeptōkotas; tōn hypoulōn kai apokekrymmenōn autōn pseu(do)doxēmatōn.

“And David spoke to the Lord the words of this song.” Then, in what follows: “And he bowed the heavens and came down, and thick darkness was under his feet.” And again after this: “Deliver me from the contradictions of the people; you will make me head of nations; a people whom I did not know served me; at the hearing of the ear they obeyed me; foreign sons lied to me; foreign sons shall be cast away, and shall stumble out of their enclosures.” These things are said in almost the same words in the seventeenth psalm too, and would be examined more fittingly when we gather the extracts from the Psalms. For now we note only this: “And he bowed the heavens and came down” might be understood of Christ's coming down from the heavens; “You will deliver me from the contradiction of the people” is said in his person about those of the circumcision who did not believe in him, of whom he also says in Isaiah, “All day long I stretched out my hands to a disobedient and contradicting people.” And “You will make me head of nations,” and “A people whom I did not know served me; at the hearing of the ear they obeyed me,” are prophesied about the church from the nations; while “Foreign sons lied to me” is about the godless heresies that have fabricated falsehoods about the Saviour himself and the God of the universe, who, the word says, will be cast away, stumbling out of their enclosures, that is, falling away from their insidious and hidden false opinions.

1.22Gaisford

Καὶ νῦν κύριε ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσραὴλ πιστωθήτω δὴ τὸ ῥῆμά σου, ὃ ἐλάλησας τῷ παιδί σου τῷ Δαυὶδ τῷ πατρί μου· ὅτι εἰ ἀληθῶς κατοικήσει ὁ Θεὸς μετὰ ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἰ ὁ οὐρανὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οὐκ ἀρκέσει σοι. Τὰ παραπλήσια τούτοις καὶ ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ τῶν Παραλειπομένων ὑπὸ τοῦ Σολομῶνος εἴρηται ἐν τῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν εὐχῇ. Σαφῶς οὖν καὶ ἐνθάδε προφητεύεται ὁ Θεὸς κατοικήσειν μετὰ ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ πέρας εἴληφε καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τῇ Χριστοῦ γενομένῃ παρουσίᾳ, καθʼ ἣν ὁ Θεὸς Λόγος ἐνανθρωπίσας συνδιέτριψε τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων.

Kai nyn kyrie ho Theos Israēl pistōthētō dē to rhēma sou, ho elalēsas tǭ paidi sou tǭ Dauid tǭ patri mou; hoti ei alēthōs katoikēsei ho Theos meta anthrōpōn epi tēs gēs, ei ho ouranos tou ouranou ouk arkesei soi. Ta paraplēsia toutois kai en tę̄ deuterą tōn Paraleipomenōn hypo tou Solomōnos eirētai en tę̄ pros ton Theon euchę̄. Saphōs oun kai enthade prophēteuetai ho Theos katoikēsein meta anthrōpōn epi tēs gēs; ho kai auto peras eilēphe kathʼ hēmas epi tę̄ Christou genomenę̄ parousią, kathʼ hēn ho Theos Logos enanthrōpisas syndietripse tǭ genei tōn anthrōpōn.

“And now, Lord God of Israel, let your word be confirmed, which you spoke to your servant David my father; that God will truly dwell with humans on the earth, if the heaven of heaven will not suffice for you.” Words like these are also said by Solomon in his prayer to God in the second book of Chronicles. Here too, then, it is clearly prophesied that God will dwell with humans on the earth; and this too has reached its fulfilment in our time at the coming of Christ, in which God the Word became man and lived with the human race.

1.23Gaisford

Καὶ ἔσται ὅτʼ ἂν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ ἡμέραι σου, καὶ κοιμηθήσῃ μετὰ τῶν πατέρων σου, καὶ ἀναστήσω τὸ σπέρμα σου μετά σε, ὃς ἔσται ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας σου· καὶ ἑτοιμάσω τὴν βασιλείαν σου· αὐτὸς οἰκοδομήσει μοι οἶκον· καὶ ἀνορθώσω τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ· ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς υἱόν· καὶ τὸ ἔλεός μου οὐκ ἀποστήσω ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἀπέστησα ἀπὸ τῶν ἔμπροσθέν σου· καὶ πιστώσω αὐτὸν ἐν οἴκῳ μου καὶ ἐν βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἕως αἰῶνος, καὶ ὁ θρόνος αὐτοῦ ἀνωρθωμένος ἕως αἰῶνος. Καὶ ταῦτα, ὅμοια ὄντα τοῖς ἐκ τῆς δευτέρας τῶν Βασιλειῶν προεκτεθείσης, σημειωσάμενοι, διὰ τὸ μὴ πολλὴν εἶναι τὴν τούτων πρὸς ἐκεῖνα παραλλαγὴν ἀρκεσθησόμεθα τοῖς εἰς ἐκεῖνα εἰρημένοις.

Kai estai hotʼ an plērōthōsin hai hēmerai sou, kai koimēthēsę̄ meta tōn paterōn sou, kai anastēsō to sperma sou meta se, hos estai ek tēs koilias sou; kai hetoimasō tēn basileian sou; autos oikodomēsei moi oikon; kai anorthōsō ton thronon autou; egō esomai autǭ eis patera, kai autos estai moi eis huion; kai to eleos mou ouk apostēsō apʼ autou, hōs apestēsa apo tōn emprosthen sou; kai pistōsō auton en oikǭ mou kai en basileia autou heōs aiōnos, kai ho thronos autou anōrthōmenos heōs aiōnos. Kai tauta, homoia onta tois ek tēs deuteras tōn Basileiōn proektetheisēs, sēmeiōsamenoi, dia to mē pollēn einai tēn toutōn pros ekeina parallagēn arkesthēsometha tois eis ekeina eirēmenois.

“And it shall be, when your days are fulfilled and you sleep with your fathers, that I will raise up your offspring after you, who shall be from your belly; and I will prepare your kingdom. He shall build me a house, and I will set up his throne. I will be to him a father, and he shall be to me a son; and my mercy I will not remove from him, as I removed it from those who were before you; and I will make him sure in my house and in his kingdom for ever, and his throne shall be set up for ever.” Having noted these words, which are like those set out earlier from the second book of Kingdoms, we shall be content with what was said on those, since these differ little from them.

1.24Gaisford

Καὶ νῦν Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσραὴλ, πιστωθήτω δὴ τὸ ῥῆμά σου, ὃ ἐλάλησας τῷ παιδί σου τῷ Δαυὶδ, ὅτι ἀληθῶς κατοικήσει ὁ Θεὸς μετὰ ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἰ ὁ οὐρανὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οὐκ ἀρκέσουσίν σοι. Καὶ εἰς ταῦτα εἰρηκότες ἅπαξ ὅτε τὰ ἐκ τῆς γ′ τῶν Βασιλειῶν ἐξεθέμεθα, νῦν οὐ δευτερώσομεν.

Kai nyn Kyrie ho Theos Israēl, pistōthētō dē to rhēma sou, ho elalēsas tǭ paidi sou tǭ Dauid, hoti alēthōs katoikēsei ho Theos meta anthrōpōn epi tēs gēs, ei ho ouranos tou ouranou ouk arkesousin soi. Kai eis tauta eirēkotes hapax hote ta ek tēs g′ tōn Basileiōn exethemetha, nyn ou deuterōsomen.

“And now, Lord God of Israel, let your word be confirmed, which you spoke to your servant David, that God will truly dwell with humans on the earth, if the heaven of heaven will not suffice for you.” Having spoken on these words once, when we set out the passage from the third book of Kingdoms, we shall not repeat it now.

1.25Gaisford

Ἄνδρες οὐχὶ ἰσχυραὶ αἱ γυναῖκες μεγάλη ἡ γῆ καὶ. ὑψηλὸς ὁ οὐρανός· καὶ ταχὺς τῷ δρόμῳ ὁ ἥλιος· ὅτι στρέφεται ἐν τῷ κύκλῳ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ πάλιν ἀποτρέχει εἰς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τόπον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ· οὐχὶ μέγας ὃς ταῦτα ποιεῖ· καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια μεγάλη καὶ ἰσχυρὰ παρὰ πάντα· πᾶσα ἡ γῆ τὴν ἀλήθειαν καλεῖ καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς αὐτὴν εὐλογεῖ· καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔργα σείεται καὶ τρέμει· καὶ οὐκ ἔστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ οὐδʼ ἓν ἄδικον· ἄδικος ὁ οἶνος· ἄδικος ὁ βασιλεύς· ἄδικοι αἱ γυναῖκες· ἄδικοι οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· καὶ ἄδικα τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀλήθεια· καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀδικίᾳ αὐτῶν ἀπολοῦνται· καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ ἰσχύει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ ζῇ καὶ κρατεῖ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος· καὶ οὐκ ἔστι παρʼ αὐτῇ λαβεῖν πρόσωπα οὐδὲ διαφορά· ἀλλὰ τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἀδίκων καὶ πονηρῶν· ἀπέχεται καὶ τοῖς εὐδοκοῦσι τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτῆς· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ κρίσει αὐτῆς οὐθὲν ἄδικον· καὶ αὐτῆς ἡ ἰσχὺς καὶ τὸ βασίλειον· καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία καὶ ἡ μεγαλειότης πάντων τῶν αἰώνων· εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς τῆς ἀληθείας. Ἐπεὶ ὁ Σωτὴρ καὶ Κύριος ἡμῶν, Λόγος ὢν τοῦ Θεοῦ φησὶ φέρεται εἰρηκὼς, Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια, εἰκότως τὰ προκείμενα παρατεθείμεθα περὶ τῆς ἀληθείας δηλοῦντα, ὡς ἄρα ὑπόστασίν τινα παρὰ τὸν Πατέρα καθʼ ἑαυτὴν ἔχει· Μένει γὰρ, φησὶν, ἡ ἀλήθεια, καὶ ἰσχύει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ ζῇ καὶ κρατεῖ· καὶ οὐκ ἔστι παρʼ αὐτῇ λαβεῖν πρόσωπα, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, οἷς ἐπιφέρει περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς Θεοῦ τυγχάνοντος καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας, εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς τῆς ἀληθείας, ᾧ καὶ αὐτοὶ προσθήσομεν τὸ ἀμήν. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Ἔζρα γραφῆς· ἀπό γε μὴν τῆς Ἐσθὴρ οὐδʼ ἓν εὕρομεν περὶ τοῦ προκειμένου· μετὰ δή τοι τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν ἱστορικῶν γραφῶν ἐκλογὰς μετίωμεν ἐπὶ τὰ στιχήρη, ὅτι δὴ ταῦτα τοῖς χρόνοις τῶν λοιπῶν προφητειῶν ἡγεῖται· τούτων δὲ πρῶτα ἴδωμεν τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν Ψαλμῶν.

Andres ouchi ischyrai hai gynaikes megalē hē gē kai. hypsēlos ho ouranos; kai tachys tǭ dromǭ ho hēlios; hoti strephetai en tǭ kyklǭ tou ouranou, kai palin apotrechei eis ton heautou topon en hēmerą mią; ouchi megas hos tauta poiei; kai hē alētheia megalē kai ischyra para panta; pasa hē gē tēn alētheian kalei kai ho ouranos autēn eulogei; kai panta ta erga seietai kai tremei; kai ouk esti metʼ autou oudʼ hen adikon; adikos ho oinos; adikos ho basileus; adikoi hai gynaikes; adikoi hoi huioi tōn anthrōpōn; kai adika ta erga autōn panta ta toiauta; kai ouk estin en autois alētheia; kai en tę̄ adikią autōn apolountai; kai hē alētheia menei eis ton aiōna, kai ischyei eis ton aiōna, kai zę̄ kai kratei eis ton aiōna tou aiōnos; kai ouk esti parʼ autę̄ labein prosōpa oude diaphora; alla ta dikaia poiei apo pantōn tōn adikōn kai ponērōn; apechetai kai tois eudokousi tois ergois autēs; kai ouk estin en tę̄ krisei autēs outhen adikon; kai autēs hē ischys kai to basileion; kai hē exousia kai hē megaleiotēs pantōn tōn aiōnōn; eulogētos ho Theos tēs alētheias. Epei ho Sōtēr kai Kyrios hēmōn, Logos ōn tou Theou phēsi pheretai eirēkōs, Egō eimi hē alētheia, eikotōs ta prokeimena paratetheimetha peri tēs alētheias dēlounta, hōs ara hypostasin tina para ton Patera kathʼ heautēn echei; Menei gar, phēsin, hē alētheia, kai ischyei eis ton aiōna, kai zę̄ kai kratei; kai ouk esti parʼ autę̄ labein prosōpa, kai ta hexēs, hois epipherei peri tou Patros Theou tynchanontos kai autou tou Theou Logou kai tēs alētheias, eulogētos ho Theos tēs alētheias, hǭ kai autoi prosthēsomen to amēn. Alla gar tauta kai apo tēs tou Ezra graphēs; apo ge mēn tēs Esthēr oudʼ hen heuromen peri tou prokeimenou; meta dē toi tas apo tōn historikōn graphōn eklogas metiōmen epi ta stichērē, hoti dē tauta tois chronois tōn loipōn prophēteiōn hēgeitai; toutōn de prōta idōmen ta apo tōn Psalmōn.

“Men, are not women strong? Great is the earth, and high is the heaven, and swift in its course is the sun, for it turns in the circle of the heaven and runs back again to its own place in one day. Is not he great who does these things? And truth is great and stronger than all things. All the earth calls upon truth, and the heaven blesses it, and all works shake and tremble, and with it there is nothing unrighteous. Wine is unrighteous, the king is unrighteous, women are unrighteous, the sons of men are unrighteous, and all their works are unrighteous, all such things; and there is no truth in them, and in their unrighteousness they will perish. But truth endures and is strong for ever, and lives and prevails for ever and ever. With it there is no respect of persons nor partiality, but it does what is righteous, refraining from all that is unrighteous and wicked; and all are well pleased with its works. And in its judgment there is nothing unrighteous; and to it belong the strength and the kingship and the authority and the majesty of all the ages. Blessed be the God of truth!” Since our Saviour and Lord, being the Word of God, is reported to have said, “I am the truth,” we have fittingly set out the passage before us, which shows truth as having a subsistence of its own, distinct from the Father. For it says, “Truth endures and is strong for ever, and lives and prevails; and with it there is no respect of persons,” and what follows; to which it adds, concerning the Father, who is the God both of the Word of God himself and of the truth, “Blessed be the God of truth!”, to which we too shall add the Amen. These, then, are from the Scripture of Ezra. From Esther we have found nothing on the subject in hand. After the extracts from the historical Scriptures, let us go on to the books written in verse, since these precede the rest of the prophecies in time; and of these let us look first at those from the Psalms.

Chapter 2

2.0Gaisford

Περιγράψαντες τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν ἱστορικῶν γραφῶν περὶ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν μαρτυρίας, ἑξῆς ἐκείναις τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν στιχηρῶν ἐν δευτέρᾳ ταύτῃ συντάξει τῶν Ἐκλογῶν ἀπανθισάμενοι προσθήσομεν· ὅτι δὴ ταῦτα τοῖς χρόνοις τῶν λοιπῶν προφητειῶν ἡγεῖται. Καὶ δὴ πρώτας τὰς ἀπὸ τῆς βίβλου τῶν Ψαλμῶν ἐπισκεψώμεθα.

Perigrapsantes tas apo tōn historikōn graphōn peri tou Sōtēros hēmōn martyrias, hexēs ekeinais tas apo tōn stichērōn en deuterą tautę̄ syntaxei tōn Eklogōn apanthisamenoi prosthēsomen; hoti dē tauta tois chronois tōn loipōn prophēteiōn hēgeitai. Kai dē prōtas tas apo tēs biblou tōn Psalmōn episkepsōmetha.

Having set out the testimonies about our Saviour from the historical Scriptures, we shall next add to them, in this second section of the Extracts, those gathered from the books written in verse, since these precede the rest of the prophecies in time. And let us examine first those from the book of Psalms.

2.1Gaisford

Μακάριος ἀνὴρ ὃς οὐκ ἐπορεύθη ἐν βουλῇ ἀσεβῶν, καὶ ἐν ὁδῷ ἁμαρτωλῶν οὐκ ἔστη, καὶ ἐπὶ καθέδραν λοιμῶν οὐκ ἐκάθισεν· ἀλλʼ ἢ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτοῦ μελετήσει ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός. Καὶ τίνα ἄν τις ἔχοι ἀποδεικνύναι εἰς τοσαύτην ἐξέσω (ἐξαίσιον?) ἀρετὴν ἐληλακότα ὡς ἐν μηδενὶ τρόπῳ ἧς δή ποτʼ οὖν περιπεσεῖν ἁμαρτίας, ὅπερ σημαίνειν μοι δοκεῖ τὸ, οὐκ ἐπορεύθη ἐν βουλῇ ἀσεβῶν, καὶ τὸ, οὐκ ἔστη ἐν ὁδῷ ἁμαρτωλῶν, τό τε ἐπὶ καθέδραν λοιμῶν οὐκ ἐκάθισεν· διʼ ὧν δηλοῦσθαι νομίζω τὸ πάντη ἄγευστον ἁμαρτίας τοῦ μακαριζομένου· τὸ γὰρ μὴ μόνον ἐν τοῖς τοιοῖσδε μὴ πορευθῆναι, μὴ δʼ ὡσπερεὶ βαδίσαντα προκόψαι, ἀλλὰ γὰρ μηδὲ καθεσθῆναι, μὴ δὲ μὴν ὅλως ἐπιβῆναι τὴν ἀρχὴν, μὴ δὲ στῆναι ἐν αὐτοῖς, πῶς οὐ θαυμαστόν τι χρῆμα καὶ σπάνιον τυγχάνει; Παρίσταται δὲ μᾶλλον τῇ διανοίᾳ παρατατικῶς εἰρημένα τὰ τοῦ δηλουμένου ἀνδρὸς ἐγκώμια· οὔτε γὰρ ἐπορεύθη φησὶν, οὔτʼ ἔστη, οὔτʼ ἐκάθισεν ἐν τοῖς τοιοῖσδε τῆς κακίας εἴδεσιν, διʼ ὧν ἐμφαίνεται ἡ ἐκ τοῦ ἀεὶ καὶ διὰ παντὸς ἐνάρετος τοῦ μακαριζομένου κατάστασις. Πολλοὺς μὲν οὖν τοὺς ἐκ προσοχῆς καὶ ἀσκήσεως κατωρθωκότας ἴδοι ἄν τις, οὐδένα γε μὴν τοιοῦτον ὁποῖον ὁ ψαλμὸς διαγράφει· εἰ δὲ θεωρήσειέν τις ὁπηλίκον ἐστὶν τὸ πρὸς πάντα εὐροεῖν καὶ κατὰ Θεὸν εὐοδοῦσθαι ἐν μηδενὶ σφαλλόμενον, μὴ δʼ ἀποπίπτοντα τοῦ κατʼ ἀρετὴν σκοποῦ, ὡς κατὰ τοῦτο λέγεσθαι ἐν τῷ Ψαλμῷ τὸ, καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἂν ποιῇ, κατευοδωθήσεται· ἔτι δὲ εἰ κατανοήσειεν ὁποῖον ἐστὶν τὸ ἀνακεκράσθαι τινὰ ὁμοδοξοῦν ἔχοντα τὸ ἴδιον αὐτοῦ θέλημα τῷ τοῦ Κυρίου νόμῳ, τό τε μελετᾶν ἐν αὐτῷ μὴ μόνον διʼ ὅλης ἡμέρας ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐγρηγορόσι τοῖς τῆς διανοίας ὀφθαλμοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν ἐνορῶντα, καὶ κατʼ αὐτὸν οὐ μόνον τοῖς μεθʼ ἡμέραν ἔργοις τε καὶ λόγοις ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς κατὰ τὸν ὕπνον ἐνθυμήσεσι καὶ φαντασίαις ἐνεργοῦντα, εἴσεται τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ ταῦτα κατωρθωκέναι πρὸς τοῦ θείου πνεύματος μαρτυρουμένου· ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ πᾶσαν ὁμολογουμένως τὴν ἀνθρωπείαν ὑπερακοντίζει φύσιν τὰ λελεγμένα, ἑνὶ δʼ οὖν ἀνδρὶ μόνῳ ἐφαρμόζοι ἂν τῷ γενομένῳ ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τῷ Κυρίῳ καὶ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν, ᾧ μόνῳ πρὸς τοῦ ἐν Ἠσαΐᾳ θείου πνεύματος μεμαρτύρηται, ὅτι μὴ ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν, μὴ δὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ. Τὸ δʼ ἐπιδεδεγμένον τῆς ἐκδοχῆς παρίστησιν ἡ κατὰ τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν ἐντεῦξις ἐπιτετηρημένως οὕτως ἔχουσα, μακάριος ὁ ἀνὴρ, μετὰ τῆς ἄρθρου προσθήκης· καὶ ἔπρεπέν γε τὸν κατὰ σάρκα τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν χρηματίσαντα πατέρα Δαυὶδ, ἐπαγγελίαν εἰληφότα περὶ τοῦ ἐκ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ τεχθήσεσθαι τὸν Χριστὸν, τούτῳ τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ προφητείας ἀναθεῖναι. Ὅτῳ δὲ φίλον διαγνῶναι τὸ ἀκριβὲς τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν Σωτῆρα τῶν ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ λεγομένων ἀναφορᾶς, τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν ὑπομνηματισαμένοις ἐντυχὼν εἴσεται.

Makarios anēr hos ouk eporeuthē en boulę̄ asebōn, kai en hodǭ hamartōlōn ouk estē, kai epi kathedran loimōn ouk ekathisen; allʼ ē en tǭ nomǭ Kyriou to thelēma autou, kai en tǭ nomǭ autou meletēsei hēmeras kai nyktos. Kai tina an tis echoi apodeiknynai eis tosautēn exesō (exaision?) aretēn elēlakota hōs en mēdeni tropǭ hēs dē potʼ oun peripesein hamartias, hoper sēmainein moi dokei to, ouk eporeuthē en boulę̄ asebōn, kai to, ouk estē en hodǭ hamartōlōn, to te epi kathedran loimōn ouk ekathisen; diʼ hōn dēlousthai nomizō to pantē ageuston hamartias tou makarizomenou; to gar mē monon en tois toioisde mē poreuthēnai, mē dʼ hōsperei badisanta prokopsai, alla gar mēde kathesthēnai, mē de mēn holōs epibēnai tēn archēn, mē de stēnai en autois, pōs ou thaumaston ti chrēma kai spanion tynchanei? Paristatai de mallon tę̄ dianoią paratatikōs eirēmena ta tou dēloumenou andros enkōmia; oute gar eporeuthē phēsin, outʼ estē, outʼ ekathisen en tois toioisde tēs kakias eidesin, diʼ hōn emphainetai hē ek tou aei kai dia pantos enaretos tou makarizomenou katastasis. Pollous men oun tous ek prosochēs kai askēseōs katōrthōkotas idoi an tis, oudena ge mēn toiouton hopoion ho psalmos diagraphei; ei de theōrēseien tis hopēlikon estin to pros panta euroein kai kata Theon euodousthai en mēdeni sphallomenon, mē dʼ apopiptonta tou katʼ aretēn skopou, hōs kata touto legesthai en tǭ Psalmǭ to, kai panta hosa an poię̄, kateuodōthēsetai; eti de ei katanoēseien hopoion estin to anakekrasthai tina homodoxoun echonta to idion autou thelēma tǭ tou Kyriou nomǭ, to te meletan en autǭ mē monon diʼ holēs hēmeras alla kai dia tēs nyktos egrēgorosi tois tēs dianoias ophthalmois eis auton enorōnta, kai katʼ auton ou monon tois methʼ hēmeran ergois te kai logois alla kai tais kata ton hypnon enthymēsesi kai phantasiais energounta, eisetai to megethos tou tauta katōrthōkenai pros tou theiou pneumatos martyroumenou; allʼ ei kai pasan homologoumenōs tēn anthrōpeian hyperakontizei physin ta lelegmena, heni dʼ oun andri monǭ epharmozoi an tǭ genomenǭ ek spermatos Dauid to kata sarka Iēsou Christǭ tǭ Kyriǭ kai Sōtēri hēmōn, hǭ monǭ pros tou en Ēsaïą theiou pneumatos memartyrētai, hoti mē hamartian epoiēsen, mē de heurethē dolos en tǭ stomati autou. To dʼ epidedegmenon tēs ekdochēs paristēsin hē kata to Hebraïkon enteuxis epitetērēmenōs houtōs echousa, makarios ho anēr, meta tēs arthrou prosthēkēs; kai eprepen ge ton kata sarka tou Sōtēros hēmōn chrēmatisanta patera Dauid, epangelian eilēphota peri tou ek spermatos autou techthēsesthai ton Christon, toutǭ tēn aparchēn tēs heautou prophēteias anatheinai. Hotǭ de philon diagnōnai to akribes tēs epi tēn Sōtēra tōn en tǭ psalmǭ legomenōn anaphoras, tois eis auton hypomnēmatisamenois entychōn eisetai.

“Blessed is the man who did not walk in the counsel of the ungodly, nor stand in the way of sinners, nor sit in the seat of the pestilent; but his will is in the law of the Lord, and on his law he will meditate day and night.” And whom could anyone show to have attained so (extraordinary) a virtue as in no way to fall into any sin whatever? This is what seems to me to be signified by “did not walk in the counsel of the ungodly,” and “did not stand in the way of sinners,” and “did not sit in the seat of the pestilent”; by these, I think, is shown that the one pronounced blessed had no taste of sin at all. For not only not to walk in such things, nor, as it were, to make progress by walking in them, but not even to sit, nor indeed to set foot in them at all at the start, nor to stand in them: how is this not something wonderful and rare? The praises of the man indicated come home to the mind still more because they are spoken in the continuous tense: he did not walk, it says, nor stand, nor sit, in such forms of vice; and through these the constant and unbroken virtuous condition of the one pronounced blessed is shown. One might see many who have achieved right conduct through attention and discipline, yet none such as the psalm describes. If one considers how great a thing it is to prosper in everything and to be led well according to God, stumbling in nothing and never falling from the goal of virtue, so that in this sense the psalm can say, “And all that he does shall prosper”; and further, if one considers what it is to have one's own will blended and in agreement with the law of the Lord, and to meditate on it not only all day but also through the night, looking into it with the waking eyes of the understanding, and acting according to it not only in the deeds and words of the day but also in the thoughts and imaginings of sleep, one will know the greatness of having achieved these things, as attested by the divine Spirit. But even though what is said admittedly surpasses all human nature, it would fit one man only, our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, born of the offspring of David according to the flesh, to whom alone the divine Spirit in Isaiah has borne witness that “he committed no sin, nor was deceit found in his mouth.” The reading according to the Hebrew confirms that this interpretation is correct, being carefully worded thus: “Blessed is the man,” with the addition of the article. And it was fitting that David, who was called the Saviour's father according to the flesh and had received the promise that Christ would be born of his offspring, should dedicate the first-fruits of his own prophecy to him. Whoever wishes to discern exactly how what is said in the psalm refers to the Saviour will learn by reading those who have written commentaries on it.

2.2Gaisford

Ἵνατι ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά; Παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ. Ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἀποστόλων Πράξεσι καὶ ταύτην πεπληρῶσθαι τὴν προφητείαν οἱ τοῦ Πέτρου καὶ Ἰωάννου τὰ κατʼ αὐτοὺς παράδοξα διηγουμένων ἀκούσαντες ἐμαρτύρησαν. Εὐχαριστήσαντες γὰρ τοῖς ἐφʼ οἷς ἤκουον θαυμασίοις τοῖς προεκτεθεῖσι ῥητοῖς ἐπήγαγον λέγοντες, Συνήχθησαν γὰρ ἐπʼ ἀληθείας ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά σου ὃν ἔχρισας Ἡρώδης τε καὶ Πόντιος Πιλάτος, σὺν ἔθνεσιν καὶ λαοῖς Ἰσραήλ. Οὐ μόνοι δὲ ἄρα οἱ κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ ἐπιβουλεύσαντες τῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν συνήχθησαν κατʼ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ καθεξῆς ἐξ ἐκείνου καὶ δεῦρο βασιλεῖς καὶ ἄρχοντες ὅλα τε ἔθνη καὶ λαοὶ διὰ τοῦ βλασφημεῖν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπιβουλεύειν αὐτοῦ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ. Πεπεῖσθαι δὲ χρὴ μὴ μόνον τοὺς ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὁρατοὺς βασιλεῖς καὶ ἄρχοντας ἐπιβεβουλευκέναι αὐτῷ, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τοὺς νοητοὺς καὶ ἀοράτους ἄρχοντας τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, οἳ καὶ τότε ἐνήργησαν καὶ εἰς ἔτι νῦν ἐνεργοῦσιν, τά τε ἔθνη καὶ τοὺς κενὰ καὶ εἰς μάτην τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ νόμον μελετήσαντας λαοὺς τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς, οὐ μόνον κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλευσαμένους, ἀλλὰ διʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ κατὰ τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν Πατρός· περὶ ὧν ἁπάντων ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ ἐπιφέρεται τὸ, Ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἐκγελάσεται αὐτοὺς, καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἐκμυκτηριεῖ αὐτούς. Τότε λαλήσει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐν ὀργῇ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῷ θυμῷ αὐτοῦ ταράξει αὐτούς. Οἷς ἑξῆς αὐτὸς ὁ Χριστὸς τὴν μετὰ τὸ πάθος γεγενημένην περὶ αὐτὸν οἰκονομίαν παιδεύων ἡμᾶς φησὶν, Ἐγὼ δὲ κατεστάθην βασιλεὺς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Σιὼν ὄρος τὸ ἄγιον αὐτοῦ, διαγγέλλων τὸ πρόσταγμα Κυρίου. Οὐ χρὴ μέντοι γε κατὰ τὰς Ἰουδαίων χαμαιπετεῖς ὑπολήψεις τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ βασιλείαν ὁμοίαν ταῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡγεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῇ Σιὼν ὄρος σωματικὸν συστησομένην· πρός γʼ οὖν τὸν ἐρωτήσαντα αὐτὸν εἰ βασιλεὺς τυγ χάνει, ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων, ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου· ὅθεν δὴ καὶ βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν ἐπήγγελτο τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν εἰς αὐτὸν, καὶ τὸ Σιὼν δὲ ὄρος ἐπουράνιον ὑπάρχειν ἐδίδαξεν οὐ μόνος ὁ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλεῖσται ἄλλαι προφητεῖαι. Ὁ γʼ οὖν Μιχαίας προειπὼν ὡς ἄρα διὰ τὰς ἀσε βείας τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ Σιὼν ὡς ἀγρὸς ἀροτριαθήσεται, καὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ὡς ὀπωροφυλάκιον ἔσται, καὶ τὸ ὄρος τοῦ οἴκου εἰς ἄλσος δρυμοῦ, ἑξῆς περὶ ἑτέρας Σιὼν καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ ὁμοίως ἐπιφέρει, λέγων, Καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις ἐμφανὲς τὸ ὄρος Κυρίου, καὶ ἥξουσιν ἐπʼ αὐτῷ λαοὶ, καὶ πορεύσονται ἔθνη πολλὰ, ὅτι ἐκ Σιὼν ἐξελεύσεται νόμος καὶ λόγος κυρίου ἐξ Ἱερουσαλήμ. Περὶ τούτου ἄρα εἴρηται καὶ ἐνθάδε ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄρους τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐγὼ δὲ κατεστάθην βασιλεὺς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Σιὼν ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ· ὑπὸ τίνος δὲ κατεστάθη δῆλον ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ φήσαντος πρὸς αὐτὸν Πατρός, τὸ υἱός μου εἶ σὺ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε· καὶ τὸ, αἴτησαι παρʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ δώσω σοὶ ἔθνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου, καὶ τὴν κατάσχεσίν σου τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς. Καὶ ὅτι γε ἀληθὴς ἡ προφητεία καὶ ἀψευδὴς ἡ ὑπόσχεσις, πάρεστιν διαγνῶναι ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν οὕτω βραχεῖ χρόνῳ προσεληλυθότων ἐκ παντὸς ἔθνους τῇ διὰ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν θεοσεβείᾳ· ἢ λεγέτωσαν οἱ πρὸς τὴν ἐνέργειαν ἀντιβλέπειν ἀναιδῶς τολμῶντες, τίνι ἂν ἔχοιεν ἐφαρμόζειν μὴ παραδεχόμενοι ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχειν τὴν προφητείαν; Δαυὶδ μὲν γὰρ τὸν βασιλέα, περὶ οὗ ταῦτα τινὲς ὠήθησαν λέγεσθαι, οὐχ οἷοί τε ἂν εἶεν παραστῆσαι τοίαδε τινὰ πεπονθότα, ὡς ἀρχόντων καὶ βασιλέων ἐθνῶν τε καὶ λαῶν ἐπιβεβουλευκότων αὐτῷ· πότε δὲ ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ πηλίκοις ἀνδραγαθήμασι εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Δαυὶδ, υἱός μου εἶ σὺ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε; Πῶς δὲ καὶ τὸ, αἴτησαι παρʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ δώσω σοι ἔθνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου, καὶ τὴν κατάσχεσίν σου τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς, λέγοιτʼ ἂν ὡς πρὸς αὐτὸν σαφῶς περιορισθείσης αὐτοῦ τῆς βασιλείας ἐπὶ μόνον τὸν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τοὺς τῆς Ἰουδαίας ὅρους; Διὰ τὶ δὲ καὶ οὐ προσίενται τὸν ἐληλυθότα Χριστὸν ἀποκρινέσθωσαν· ἆρά γε ἐπειδὴ πέπονθεν ἕτερον τοίνυν προσδοκᾶν αὐτοὺς ἀνάγκη μήδεν τοιοῦτον ὁποῖον οὗτος πεισόμενον; Καὶ πῶς ἂν πληρωθεῖεν αἱ προφητεῖαι πλεῖστα ὅσα παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις μὲν πλείοσιν, οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ μετὰ χεῖρας προλέγουσαι ψαλμῷ; Ἆρα δὲ χρὴ νομίζειν ἀδεεὶ τὴν περὶ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων Θεοῦ διδασκαλίαν ἐνεσπαρκέναι τοῦτον τῇ οἰκουμένῃ· ἔστιν δὲ κἂν ἐπὶνοῆσαι ἀνθρωπίνην ὁρμὴν καὶ ψιλὴν τοῦ τυχόντος ἐπιβολὴν τοσοῦτον ἰσχῦσαί τε καὶ δυνηθῆναι, ὡς διὰ μόνης τῆς αὐτοῦ διδασκαλίας ἄνευ θεότητος συνεργούσης παντοδαπὰς ἀκροατῶν διαθεῖναι ψυχὰς περὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν ταῦτα σπεῖσαι πάλαι πρότερον, καὶ εἰς ἔτι νῦν πείθειν καταλιπεῖν μὲν ἔθη πάτρια, βίον τε ἄθεσμον καὶ ἀνήμερον καὶ ἀκόλαστον, θεοσεβείᾳ δὲ μόνῃ προσέχειν, καὶ ταύτην οὐ μόνον τῆς ὑπαρχούσης οὐσίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ διʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πᾶσιν περιποθήτου ζῆν προτιμᾶν; Ἀλλʼ οὐκ οἴομαί τινα τῶν κἂν μετρίως εὐγνωμονεῖν ἐθελόντων μὴ οὐχὶ συνομολογεῖν τὰ τηλικαῦτα μετὰ συνεργούσης θείας καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων δυνάμεως διὰ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν γεγονέναι· ἐξ ὧν ὁμοῦ μὲν καὶ ἡ θεότης ἀποδείκνυται τοῦ ἐνανθρωπίσαντος Κυρίου, ὁμοῦ δὲ καὶ τὰ τεκμήρια σαφῶς παρίσταται τοῦ εἰληφέναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς τὰ ἔθνη κληρονομίαν, καὶ τὴν κατάσχεσιν αὐτοῦ τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς, ἀκολούθως τῇ μετὰ χεῖρας προφητείᾳ. Ὅλα δὲ τὰ κατὰ τὸν ψαλμὸν διηγεῖσθαι οὐ τοῦ παρόντος τυγχάνει καιροῦ, μάλιστα ὅτε πληρεστάτης ἤδη τετύχηκεν διηγήσεως.

Hinati ephryaxan ethnē, kai laoi emeletēsan kena? Parestēsan hoi basileis tēs gēs, kai hoi archontes synēchthēsan epi to auto kata tou Kyriou, kai kata tou christou autou. En tais tōn apostolōn Praxesi kai tautēn peplērōsthai tēn prophēteian hoi tou Petrou kai Iōannou ta katʼ autous paradoxa diēgoumenōn akousantes emartyrēsan. Eucharistēsantes gar tois ephʼ hois ēkouon thaumasiois tois proektetheisi rhētois epēgagon legontes, Synēchthēsan gar epʼ alētheias epi to auto en tę̄ polei tautę̄ epi ton hagion paida sou hon echrisas Hērōdēs te kai Pontios Pilatos, syn ethnesin kai laois Israēl. Ou monoi de ara hoi katʼ ekeino kairou epibouleusantes tǭ Sōtēri hēmōn synēchthēsan katʼ autou, alla kai hoi kathexēs ex ekeinou kai deuro basileis kai archontes hola te ethnē kai laoi dia tou blasphēmein auton kai epibouleuein autou tę̄ didaskalią. Pepeisthai de chrē mē monon tous en anthrōpois horatous basileis kai archontas epibebouleukenai autǭ, poly de mallon tous noētous kai aoratous archontas tou aiōnos toutou, hoi kai tote enērgēsan kai eis eti nyn energousin, ta te ethnē kai tous kena kai eis matēn ton tou Theou nomon meletēsantas laous tous ek peritomēs, ou monon kata tou Christou tou Theou bouleusamenous, alla diʼ autou kai kata tou pempsantos auton Patros; peri hōn hapantōn en tǭ psalmǭ epipheretai to, Ho katoikōn en ouranois ekgelasetai autous, kai ho Kyrios ekmyktēriei autous. Tote lalēsei pros autous en orgę̄ autou, kai en tǭ thymǭ autou taraxei autous. Hois hexēs autos ho Christos tēn meta to pathos gegenēmenēn peri auton oikonomian paideuōn hēmas phēsin, Egō de katestathēn basileus hypʼ autou epi Siōn oros to agion autou, diangellōn to prostagma Kyriou. Ou chrē mentoi ge kata tas Ioudaiōn chamaipeteis hypolēpseis tēn tou Christou basileian homoian tais tōn anthrōpōn hēgeisthai epi tę̄ Siōn oros sōmatikon systēsomenēn; pros gʼ oun ton erōtēsanta auton ei basileus tyg chanei, apekrinato legōn, hē basileia hē emē ouk estin ek tou kosmou toutou; hothen dē kai basileian ouranōn epēngelto tois pepisteukosin eis auton, kai to Siōn de oros epouranion hyparchein edidaxen ou monos ho apostolos, alla kai pleistai allai prophēteiai. Ho gʼ oun Michaias proeipōn hōs ara dia tas ase beias tou proterou laou Siōn hōs agros arotriathēsetai, kai Hierousalēm hōs opōrophylakion estai, kai to oros tou oikou eis alsos drymou, hexēs peri heteras Siōn kai Ierousalēm homoiōs epipherei, legōn, Kai estai en tais eschatais hēmerais emphanes to oros Kyriou, kai hēxousin epʼ autǭ laoi, kai poreusontai ethnē polla, hoti ek Siōn exeleusetai nomos kai logos kyriou ex Hierousalēm. Peri toutou ara eirētai kai enthade hypo tou orous tou Christou, egō de katestathēn basileus hypʼ autou epi Siōn oros to hagion autou; hypo tinos de katestathē dēlon hoti hypo tou phēsantos pros auton Patros, to huios mou ei sy, egō sēmeron gegennēka se; kai to, aitēsai parʼ emou kai dōsō soi ethnē tēn klēronomian sou, kai tēn kataschesin sou ta perata tēs gēs. Kai hoti ge alēthēs hē prophēteia kai apseudēs hē hyposchesis, parestin diagnōnai apo tōn en houtō brachei chronǭ proselēlythotōn ek pantos ethnous tę̄ dia tou Sōtēros hēmōn theosebeią; ē legetōsan hoi pros tēn energeian antiblepein anaidōs tolmōntes, tini an echoien epharmozein mē paradechomenoi tauthʼ houtōs echein tēn prophēteian? Dauid men gar ton basilea, peri hou tauta tines ōēthēsan legesthai, ouch hoioi te an eien parastēsai toiade tina peponthota, hōs archontōn kai basileōn ethnōn te kai laōn epibebouleukotōn autǭ; pote de ē kai epi pēlikois andragathēmasi eipen ho Kyrios tǭ Dauid, huios mou ei sy, egō sēmeron gegennēka se? Pōs de kai to, aitēsai parʼ emou kai dōsō soi ethnē tēn klēronomian sou, kai tēn kataschesin sou ta perata tēs gēs, legoitʼ an hōs pros auton saphōs perioristheisēs autou tēs basileias epi monon ton Israēl kai tous tēs Ioudaias horous? Dia ti de kai ou prosientai ton elēlythota Christon apokrinesthōsan; ara ge epeidē peponthen heteron toinyn prosdokan autous anankē mēden toiouton hopoion houtos peisomenon? Kai pōs an plērōtheien hai prophēteiai pleista hosa pathein ton Christon tou Theou, kai en heterois men pleiosin, ouch hēkista de kai en tǭ meta cheiras prolegousai psalmǭ? Ara de chrē nomizein adeei tēn peri tou tōn holōn Theou didaskalian enesparkenai touton tę̄ oikoumenę̄; estin de kan epinoēsai anthrōpinēn hormēn kai psilēn tou tychontos epibolēn tosouton ischysai te kai dynēthēnai, hōs dia monēs tēs autou didaskalias aneu theotētos synergousēs pantodapas akroatōn diatheinai psychas peri ton tōn holōn Theon tauta speisai palai proteron, kai eis eti nyn peithein katalipein men ethē patria, bion te athesmon kai anēmeron kai akolaston, theosebeią de monę̄ prosechein, kai tautēn ou monon tēs hyparchousēs ousias, alla kai diʼ autou tou pasin peripothētou zēn protiman? Allʼ ouk oiomai tina tōn kan metriōs eugnōmonein ethelontōn mē ouchi synomologein ta tēlikauta meta synergousēs theias kai hyper anthrōpōn dynameōs dia tou Sōtēros hēmōn gegonenai; ex hōn homou men kai hē theotēs apodeiknytai tou enanthrōpisantos Kyriou, homou de kai ta tekmēria saphōs paristatai tou eilēphenai auton hypo tou Patros ta ethnē klēronomian, kai tēn kataschesin autou ta perata tēs gēs, akolouthōs tę̄ meta cheiras prophēteią. Hola de ta kata ton psalmon diēgeisthai ou tou parontos tynchanei kairou, malista hote plērestatēs ēdē tetychēken diēgēseōs.

“Why did the nations rage, and the peoples meditate vain things? The kings of the earth stood up, and the rulers gathered together against the Lord and against his anointed.” In the Acts of the Apostles, those who heard Peter and John relate the wonders that had happened to them testified that this prophecy too had been fulfilled. For giving thanks for the marvels they heard, they added to the words set out above, saying, “For truly in this city there gathered together against your holy servant, whom you anointed, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the nations and the peoples of Israel.” Not only, then, did those who plotted against our Saviour at that time gather together against him, but also the kings and rulers, and whole nations and peoples, who have followed from then until now, by blaspheming him and plotting against his teaching. We must be persuaded that not only the visible kings and rulers among humans plotted against him, but much more the spiritual and invisible rulers of this age, who were at work then and are still at work now: both the nations and the peoples of the circumcision, who meditated on the law of God emptily and in vain, taking counsel not only against the Christ of God but, through him, against the Father who sent him. Concerning all of them the psalm adds: “He who dwells in the heavens will laugh at them, and the Lord will mock them. Then he will speak to them in his anger, and in his wrath he will trouble them.” After this, Christ himself, teaching us the dispensation that took place concerning him after the passion, says, “But I was set up as king by him on Zion, his holy mountain, declaring the decree of the Lord.” We must not, however, according to the grovelling notions of the Jews, think that Christ's kingdom is like those of humans and will be established on a bodily Mount Zion. For to the one who asked whether he was a king, he answered, “My kingdom is not of this world.” Hence he promised a kingdom of heaven to those who believed in him; and that Mount Zion is heavenly was taught not only by the apostle but by a great many other prophecies. Micah, for instance, having foretold that because of the impieties of the former people “Zion will be ploughed as a field, and Jerusalem will be like a garden-watchman's hut, and the mountain of the house a thicket of the forest,” next adds, about another Zion and Jerusalem, “And in the last days the mountain of the Lord will be manifest, and peoples will come to it, and many nations will go, for out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.” Of this mountain, then, Christ says here too, “But I was set up as king by him on Zion, his holy mountain.” By whom he was set up is clear: by the Father, who said to him, “You are my Son; today I have begotten you,” and “Ask of me, and I will give you nations for your inheritance, and the ends of the earth for your possession.” That the prophecy is true and the promise unfailing can be seen from those who, in so short a time, have come from every nation to the worship of God through our Saviour. Or else let those who shamelessly dare to look away from what has actually happened say to whom they could apply the prophecy, if they do not accept that it is so. For they could not show that King David, of whom some have thought these things are said, suffered any such thing, with rulers and kings, nations and peoples plotting against him. And when, or for what great exploits, did the Lord say to David, “You are my Son; today I have begotten you”? And how could “Ask of me, and I will give you nations for your inheritance, and the ends of the earth for your possession” be said as to him, when his kingdom was clearly limited to Israel alone and the borders of Judea? Let them answer, too, why they do not accept the Christ who has come. Is it because he suffered, so that they must expect another who will suffer nothing like what he suffered? Then how would the prophecies be fulfilled which foretell that the Christ of God would suffer a great many things, in many other passages and not least in the psalm in hand? Or must we think that he sowed the teaching about the God of the universe in the inhabited world without divine help? Can one even conceive that a human impulse, the bare undertaking of an ordinary person, had such strength and power that, by his teaching alone, without a cooperating divinity, it disposed souls of hearers of every kind toward the God of the universe long ago, and still now persuades them to abandon their ancestral customs and a lawless, savage, and licentious life, and to devote themselves to the worship of God alone, preferring it not only to their property but even to life itself, which all hold dear? I do not think that anyone willing to judge with even moderate fairness will fail to agree that such great things have come about through our Saviour with the cooperation of a divine power beyond the human. From these things both the divinity of the Lord who became man is demonstrated, and the evidence is clearly shown that he has received from the Father the nations for his inheritance and the ends of the earth for his possession, in keeping with the prophecy in hand. To explain everything in the psalm is not for the present occasion, especially since it has already received a very full explanation.

2.3Gaisford

Καὶ τὸν τρίτον ψαλμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Χριστὸν ἐκλαμβάνειν εὐχερὲς, ἀκολούθως τοῖς πρὸ αὐτοῦ διδάσκοντα τὰ περὶ τῆς κατʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπιβουλῆς διὰ τοῦ, Κύριε τί ἐπληθύνθησαν οἱ θλίβοντές με; καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ, ἃ καὶ δηλοῦται διὰ τοῦ, Ἐγὼ ἐκοιμήθην καὶ ὕπνωσα, ἐξηγέρθην, ὅτι Κύριος ἀντιλήψεταί μου. Ἁρμόσειε δʼ ἂν τῷ Χριστῷ καὶ ἕκαστος τοῦ Ψαλμοῦ στίχος τῆς προσηκούσης τυχὼν ἐξηγήσεως· ἔχει δὲ λόγον καὶ τὸ τρίτον αὐτὸν τεταγμένον τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Κυρίου θεσπίζειν ἀκολούθως ταῖς πρὸ αὐτοῦ προφητείαις· ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος, καθὼς ἀποδεδώκαμεν, τὸν ἄληπτον βίον καὶ τὴν ἄνευ ἁμαρτίας αὐτοῦ πολιτείαν διδάσκει· ὁ δεύτερος τὰ κατὰ τὸ πάθος· τούτοις τοιγαροῦν καὶ ὁ τρίτος ἑξῆς τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ θεσπίζει.

Kai ton triton psalmon epi ton Christon eklambanein eucheres, akolouthōs tois pro autou didaskonta ta peri tēs katʼ autou epiboulēs dia tou, Kyrie ti eplēthynthēsan hoi thlibontes me? kai ta peri tēs anastaseōs autou, ha kai dēloutai dia tou, Egō ekoimēthēn kai hypnōsa, exēgerthēn, hoti Kyrios antilēpsetai mou. Harmoseie dʼ an tǭ Christǭ kai hekastos tou Psalmou stichos tēs prosēkousēs tychōn exēgēseōs; echei de logon kai to triton auton tetagmenon ta peri tēs anastaseōs tou Kyriou thespizein akolouthōs tais pro autou prophēteiais; ho men gar prōtos, kathōs apodedōkamen, ton alēpton bion kai tēn aneu hamartias autou politeian didaskei; ho deuteros ta kata to pathos; toutois toigaroun kai ho tritos hexēs ta peri tēs anastaseōs autou thespizei.

It is easy to take the third psalm too as referring to Christ, since, in keeping with those before it, it teaches about the plot against him through “Lord, why have those who afflict me multiplied?” and about his resurrection, which is shown through “I lay down and slept; I awoke, for the Lord will help me.” Each verse of the psalm, given its proper explanation, would fit Christ. And there is reason too in its being placed third to foretell the Lord's resurrection, following the prophecies before it: for the first, as we have shown, teaches his blameless life and his conduct without sin; the second the events of the passion; and so the third, next after these, foretells his resurrection.

2.4Gaisford

Τοῦ ὀγδόου ψαλμοῦ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἀπὸ τοῦ, Κύριε ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν ὡς θαυμαστὸν τὸ ὄνομά σου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ, περὶ τῆς ἐξ ἐθνῶν κλήσεως ἔοικε προφητεύεσθαι· διὸ καὶ ἐπιγέγραπται ὑπὲρ τῶν ληνῶν· ληνῶν νοουμένων τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐκκλησιῶν, ἐν αἷς τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἀμπέλου τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ τῶν ὡσπερεὶ κλημάτων αὐτοῦ τῶν ἱερῶν ἀποστόλων, οἱ λογικοὶ βότρυες πιεζόμενοι τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν μαθημάτων αὐτῶν νοερὸν καὶ πάσης εὐφροσύνης ποιητικὸν οἶνον παρέχουσιν· ἄλλως γὰρ οὐ δυνατὸν σωματικαῖς ληνοῖς ἐφαρμόσαι τὰ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ λεγόμενα· ἐπεὶ μὴδʼ ὅλως ὡς ἐν ἑτέροις ἤτοι περὶ ἀμπέλου μεταρθείσης ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, ἢ περὶ ἀμπελῶνος Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ, ἢ τινῶν τοιούτων, διάνοιάν τινα τὰ τῆς λέξεως περιέχει. Τὰ δʼ ἀπὸ τοῦ, Τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνήσκῃ αὐτοῦ, ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν; Ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρʼ ἀγγέλους, δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτὸν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ἐπὶ τὸν Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἑβραίους ἐπιστολῇ μετείληπται, ἔνθα τῷ πάντα ὑπέταξας ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ, ἐπιφέρεται τὸ, νῦν δὲ οὐδέπω ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα. Τὸν δὲ βραχύ τι παρʼ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον βλέπομεν Ἰησοῦν, διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου, δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφανωμένον. Εἴποι δʼ ἄν τις μὴ μόνον διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου, ἀλλὰ καὶ διʼ αὐτὴν τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν αὐτοῦ ἠλαττῶσθαι αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρʼ ἀγγέλους· ὅτε ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων, οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγησάμενος τὸ ἴσα Θεῷ εἶναι, ἐκένωσεν ἑαυτὸν μορφὴν δούλου λαβὼν, καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἠλάττωσεν ὡς ἀντὶ τῆς ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ δόξης λεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτοῦ τὸ, εἴδομεν αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ εἶχεν εἶδος οὐδὲ κάλλος, ἀλλʼ ἦν τὸ εἶδος αὐτοῦ ἄτιμον, καὶ ἐκλεῖπον παρὰ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἀνθʼ ὧν ἀμειβόμενος ὁ Πατὴρ δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσεν αὐτόν· ὑπερυψώσας καὶ χαρισάμενος αὐτῷ τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα· ἵνʼ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται ὅτι Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρός. Καὶ κατέστησεν δʼ αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ· ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸ τῷ μὲν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἁρμόζοντα (ζοιτο) προσώπῳ διὰ τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ τὸν Θεὸν Λόγον, οὐκέτι δὲ καὶ τῷ τυχόντι, εἴ γε ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔργοις καὶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καταριθμεῖν ἔθος τοῖς ἱεροῖς λόγοις, κατὰ τὸ, καὶ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σου εἰσὶν οἱ οὐρανοί. Πρὸς τούτοις, καὶ πάντα ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, πρόβατα καὶ βόας ἁπάσας, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὰ κτήνη τοῦ πεδίου, τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας τῆς θαλάσσης· διʼ ὧν ἔοικεν ἀλληγορικώτερον δηλοῦσθαι τῶν ἀλογωτέρων καὶ τὸν τρόπον κτήνων δευτέρων ψυχῶν, ἢ καὶ δυνάμεων ἀντικειμένων, ἡ ὑπὸ τὸν ζυγὸν καὶ τὴν τοῦ λόγου δουλείαν ὑποταγή.

Tou ogdoou psalmou ta men prōta apo tou, Kyrie ho Kyrios hēmōn hōs thaumaston to onoma sou en pasę̄ tę̄ gę̄, peri tēs ex ethnōn klēseōs eoike prophēteuesthai; dio kai epigegraptai hyper tōn lēnōn; lēnōn nooumenōn tōn ana tēn oikoumenēn ekklēsiōn, en hais tēs alēthinēs ampelou tou Christou, kai tōn hōsperei klēmatōn autou tōn hierōn apostolōn, hoi logikoi botryes piezomenoi ton apo tōn mathēmatōn autōn noeron kai pasēs euphrosynēs poiētikon oinon parechousin; allōs gar ou dynaton sōmatikais lēnois epharmosai ta en tǭ psalmǭ legomena; epei mēdʼ holōs hōs en heterois ētoi peri ampelou metartheisēs ex Aigyptou, ē peri ampelōnos Kyriou Sabaōth, ē tinōn toioutōn, dianoian tina ta tēs lexeōs periechei. Ta dʼ apo tou, Ti estin anthrōpos, hoti mimnēskę̄ autou, ē huios anthrōpou, hoti episkeptę̄ auton? Ēlattōsas auton brachy ti parʼ angelous, doxę̄ kai timę̄ estephanōsas auton, kai ta hexēs, epi ton Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun en tę̄ pros Hebraious epistolę̄ meteilēptai, entha tǭ panta hypetaxas hypokatō tōn podōn autou, epipheretai to, nyn de oudepō horōmen autǭ ta panta hypotetagmena. Ton de brachy ti parʼ angelous ēlattōmenon blepomen Iēsoun, dia to pathēma tou thanatou, doxę̄ kai timę̄ estephanōmenon. Eipoi dʼ an tis mē monon dia to pathēma tou thanatou, alla kai diʼ autēn tēn enanthrōpēsin autou ēlattōsthai auton brachy ti parʼ angelous; hote en morphę̄ Theou hyparchōn, ouch harpagmon hēgēsamenos to isa Theǭ einai, ekenōsen heauton morphēn doulou labōn, kai epi tosouton ēlattōsen hōs anti tēs en morphę̄ Theou doxēs lechthēnai peri autou to, eidomen auton, kai ouk eichen eidos oude kallos, allʼ ēn to eidos autou atimon, kai ekleipon para tous huious tōn anthrōpōn; anthʼ hōn ameibomenos ho Patēr doxę̄ kai timę̄ estephanōsen auton; hyperypsōsas kai charisamenos autǭ to onoma to hyper pan onoma; hinʼ en tǭ onomati Iēsou pan gony kampsę̄ epouraniōn kai epigeiōn kai katachthoniōn, kai pasa glōssa exomologēsētai hoti Kyrios Iēsous Christos eis doxan Theou Patros. Kai katestēsen dʼ auton epi ta erga tōn cheirōn autou; hoper kai auto tǭ men tou Sōtēros hēmōn harmozonta (zoito) prosōpǭ dia ton en autǭ ton Theon Logon, ouketi de kai tǭ tychonti, ei ge en tois tou Theou ergois kai tous ouranous katarithmein ethos tois hierois logois, kata to, kai erga tōn cheirōn sou eisin hoi ouranoi. Pros toutois, kai panta hypetaxen hypo tous podas autou, probata kai boas hapasas, eti de kai ta ktēnē tou pediou, ta peteina tou ouranou, kai tous ichthyas tēs thalassēs; diʼ hōn eoiken allēgorikōteron dēlousthai tōn alogōterōn kai ton tropon ktēnōn deuterōn psychōn, ē kai dynameōn antikeimenōn, hē hypo ton zygon kai tēn tou logou douleian hypotagē.

The first part of the eighth psalm, beginning “O Lord, our Lord, how wonderful is your name in all the earth,” seems to prophesy the calling of the nations; which is why it is also entitled “For the winepresses,” the winepresses being understood as the churches throughout the inhabited world, in which the rational clusters of the true vine, Christ, and of his branches, as it were, the holy apostles, when pressed, yield the spiritual wine of their teachings, which produces every gladness. For it is not otherwise possible to fit what is said in the psalm to bodily winepresses, since the words contain no sense at all about a vine brought out of Egypt, or the vineyard of the Lord of Sabaoth, or anything of that kind, as in other passages. The words beginning “What is man, that you remember him, or the son of man, that you visit him? You made him a little lower than the angels; you crowned him with glory and honour,” and what follows, are applied in the letter to the Hebrews to our Saviour and Lord Jesus, where after “You subjected all things under his feet” it adds, “But now we do not yet see all things subjected to him. But we see Jesus, made a little lower than the angels, crowned with glory and honour because of the suffering of death.” One might say that he was made a little lower than the angels not only because of the suffering of death but also because of his very incarnation, when, “being in the form of God, he did not count equality with God a thing to be grasped, but emptied himself, taking the form of a servant,” and he lowered himself so far that, instead of the glory in the form of God, it was said of him, “We saw him, and he had no form or beauty; but his form was without honour, and failing beyond the sons of men.” In return for this the Father crowned him with glory and honour, highly exalting him and granting him the name above every name, “that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven and on earth and under the earth, and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.” And he set him over the works of his hands: this too (would fit) the person of our Saviour because of God the Word in him, but not just anyone, since the sacred words are accustomed to count even the heavens among the works of God, according to “And the heavens are the works of your hands.” Besides this, “And he subjected all things under his feet, sheep and all oxen, and also the beasts of the field, the birds of the heaven, and the fishes of the sea”; by which there seems to be shown, more allegorically, the subjection under the yoke and service of the Word of souls that are more irrational and like secondary cattle, or else of the opposing powers.

2.5Gaisford

Ἡ τοῦ ἐνάτου ψαλμοῦ ἐπιγραφὴ τοιαύτη τίς ἐστιν· εἰς τὸ τέλος ὑπὲρ τῶν κρυφίων. Ψαλμὸσ τῶι Δαυίδ. Ἀνθʼ ὧν ὁ Σύμμαχος ἐκδέδωκεν, ἐπινίκιον περὶ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ υἱοῦ. Ἆσμα τοῦ Δαυίδ. Ὥσπερ δʼ οὖν καὶ μᾶλλον ἔοικεν ἔχειν τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν τοῦτον περιέχοντα τὸν τρόπον· λαμανασσὴ Ἀλμαὺθʼ βεν μασμωρὰ Δαυίδ. Καὶ καλόν γε τοῖς ἐκ περιτομῆς αὐτῷ χρωμένοις ἀπορῆσαι περὶ ποίου θανάτου, ἢ περὶ τοῦ τίνος υἱοῦ ὁ ψαλμὸς εἴρηται τῷ Δαυίδ· ἡμῖν μὲν γὰρ σαφῶς φαίνεται περὶ τοῦ πάθους τοῦ Σωτῆρος προφητεύεσθαι· τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τοὺς Ο′ νενοηκότας ἀπορρητότερον ᾐνίχθαι· ὁ μέντοι γε Ἀκύλας καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμφαίνων μέγα τί ἀνδραγάθημα κατὰ τὸ πάθος γεγονὸς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἐξέδωκεν εἰπὼν, τῶι νικοποιῶι νεανιότητος τοῦ υἱοῦ. Μελώδημα τοῦ Δαυίδ. Καὶ ὅλα δὲ τὰ ῥητὰ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ τίς ἐπιτηρήσας ἐφαρμόσειεν ἂν τῷ Χριστῷ, πένητα καὶ πτωχὸν ἑαυτὸν ὀνομάζοντος, καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ προφητεύοντος, ἐν τῷ, ἐλέησόν με, κύριε, ἴδε τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου ἐκ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μου· ὁ ὑψῶν με ἐκ τῶν πυλῶν τοῦ θανάτου· ὅπως ἂν ἐξαγγείλω πάσας τὰς αἰνέσεις σου ἐν ταῖς πύλαις τῆς θυγατρὸς Σιών· ποίας δὲ Σιὼν μικρῷ πρόσθεν ἡμῖν δεδήλωται· καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν δὲ τῶν διʼ αὐτοῦ σωθησομένων ὡς περὶ πτωχῶν καὶ πενήτων ἐν αὐτῷ τινὰ προφητεύεται, ἐν οἷς ἐστὶν καὶ τὸ, κατάστησον, κύριε, νομοθέτην αὐτοῖς· γνώτωσαν ἔθνη ὅτι ἄνθρωποι εἰσίν. Ἔνθα καὶ ἐπιστῆσαι ἄξιον, ὡς οὐχ ὑπόκεινται τὰ ἔθνη τῷ Μωσέως νόμῳ· καὶ προσακτέον γε τοῖς ἐκ περιτομῆς τὸ ῥητὸν ἐγκαλοῦσι τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν διὰ τὸ μὴ βιοῦν κατὰ τὸν Μωσέως νόμον, δεικτέον τε ὡς ἅρα ἕτερόν τινα παρὰ Μωσέα νομοθέτην ἔσεσθαι τῶν ἐθνῶν ὁ προφητικὸς ἐπίσταται λόγος, ὡς ἐν εὐχῇ φάσκων τὸ, κατάστησον, κύριε, νομοθέτην αὐτοῖς, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν· ἐπιφέρει γʼ οὖν τούτῳ τὸ, γνώτωσαν ἔθνη ὅτι ἄνθρωποι εἰσὶν, ὡσεὶ ἔλεγεν, ἀναλαμβανέτω τὰ ἔθνη γνῶσιν καὶ ἐπιστήμην τῆς λογικῆς αὐτῶν οὐσίας διὰ τοῦ μέλλοντος αὐτοῖς καθίστασθαι νομοθέτου· οὗτος δʼ ἂν εἴη ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ τὴν κοινὴν νομοθετήσας ἡμῖν διαθήκην τῷ λέγειν, ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις τάδε τινὰ, ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω τάδε· ὃς καὶ θείᾳ καὶ ἀρρήτῳ δυνάμει κρατῦναι τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ νόμους οὐκ ἐπὶ ἕν τι ἔθνος ἢ δεύτερον, οὐδʼ ἐπὶ μέρος τὶ τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐπʼ ὀλίγον τινὰ δεδύνηται χρόνον, ἀλλʼ ὥς ἐστιν ἐξ αὐτῆς παραλαβεῖν τῆς ἐνεργείας εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. Εἰ δὲ μὴ προσίοιτό τις ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχειν, δεικνύτω τινὰ ἂν ἄλλον ἔχοι λέγειν παρὰ τὸν Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἀκολούθως τῇ μετὰ χεῖρας προφητείᾳ νομοθέτην ὑπὸ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων Θεοῦ κατασταθέντα τοῖς ἔθνεσι, διδάσκαλον γεγενημένον ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις τῆς εἰς τὸν τῶν ὅλων δημιουργὸν εὐσεβείας.

Hē tou enatou psalmou epigraphē toiautē tis estin; eis to telos hyper tōn kryphiōn. Psalmos tōi Dauid. Anthʼ hōn ho Symmachos ekdedōken, epinikion peri tou thanatou tou huiou. Asma tou Dauid. Hōsper dʼ oun kai mallon eoiken echein to Hebraïkon touton periechonta ton tropon; lamanassē Almauthʼ ben masmōra Dauid. Kai kalon ge tois ek peritomēs autǭ chrōmenois aporēsai peri poiou thanatou, ē peri tou tinos huiou ho psalmos eirētai tǭ Dauid; hēmin men gar saphōs phainetai peri tou pathous tou Sōtēros prophēteuesthai; touto de kai tous O′ nenoēkotas aporrētoteron ę̄nichthai; ho mentoi ge Akylas kai autos emphainōn mega ti andragathēma kata to pathos gegonos tou Sōtēros exedōken eipōn, tōi nikopoiōi neaniotētos tou huiou. Melōdēma tou Dauid. Kai hola de ta rhēta tou psalmou tis epitērēsas epharmoseien an tǭ Christǭ, penēta kai ptōchon heauton onomazontos, kai peri tēs ek nekrōn anastaseōs autou prophēteuontos, en tǭ, eleēson me, kyrie, ide tēn tapeinōsin mou ek tōn echthrōn mou; ho hypsōn me ek tōn pylōn tou thanatou; hopōs an exangeilō pasas tas aineseis sou en tais pylais tēs thygatros Siōn; poias de Siōn mikrǭ prosthen hēmin dedēlōtai; kai peri tōn ethnōn de tōn diʼ autou sōthēsomenōn hōs peri ptōchōn kai penētōn en autǭ tina prophēteuetai, en hois estin kai to, katastēson, kyrie, nomothetēn autois; gnōtōsan ethnē hoti anthrōpoi eisin. Entha kai epistēsai axion, hōs ouch hypokeintai ta ethnē tǭ Mōseōs nomǭ; kai prosakteon ge tois ek peritomēs to rhēton enkalousi tois ex ethnōn dia to mē bioun kata ton Mōseōs nomon, deikteon te hōs hara heteron tina para Mōsea nomothetēn esesthai tōn ethnōn ho prophētikos epistatai logos, hōs en euchę̄ phaskōn to, katastēson, kyrie, nomothetēn autois, dēlon dʼ hoti tois ethnesin; epipherei gʼ oun toutǭ to, gnōtōsan ethnē hoti anthrōpoi eisin, hōsei elegen, analambanetō ta ethnē gnōsin kai epistēmēn tēs logikēs autōn ousias dia tou mellontos autois kathistasthai nomothetou; houtos dʼ an eiē ho Christos, ho tēn koinēn nomothetēsas hēmin diathēkēn tǭ legein, errethē tois archaiois tade tina, egō de legō tade; hos kai theią kai arrētǭ dynamei kratynai tous heautou nomous ouk epi hen ti ethnos ē deuteron, oudʼ epi meros ti tēs holēs oikoumenēs, allʼ oude epʼ oligon tina dedynētai chronon, allʼ hōs estin ex autēs paralabein tēs energeias eis to diēnekes kai epi panta ta ethnē. Ei de mē prosioito tis tauthʼ houtōs echein, deiknytō tina an allon echoi legein para ton Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon akolouthōs tę̄ meta cheiras prophēteią nomothetēn hypo tou tōn holōn Theou katastathenta tois ethnesi, didaskalon gegenēmenon hapasin anthrōpois tēs eis ton tōn holōn dēmiourgon eusebeias.

The title of the ninth psalm is something like this: “To the end, for the hidden things. A psalm of David.” In place of this Symmachus rendered: “A victory song on the death of the son. A song of David.” And this is more like what the Hebrew seems to have, which runs thus: lamanassē almauth ben masmōra David. It would be well for those of the circumcision who use it to be perplexed as to what death, and what son, the psalm is spoken about by David. To us it clearly appears to prophesy the Saviour's passion; and it appears that the Seventy too understood this and hinted at it more secretly. Aquila, too, himself showing that some great exploit took place at the Saviour's passion, rendered: “To the victory-maker, of the youth of the son. A melody of David.” And anyone who has attended to all the words of the psalm would fit them to Christ, who calls himself poor and needy and prophesies about his resurrection from the dead in the words “Have mercy on me, Lord; see my humiliation from my enemies, you who lift me up from the gates of death, so that I may declare all your praises in the gates of the daughter of Zion”; what Zion, has been shown to us a little earlier. And in it certain things are prophesied about the nations to be saved through him, as about the poor and needy, among which is this: “Appoint, Lord, a lawgiver over them; let the nations know that they are men.” Here it is worth noting that the nations are not subject to the law of Moses; and the text should be brought against those of the circumcision who accuse those from the nations of not living according to the law of Moses. It should be shown that the prophetic word knows that there will be a lawgiver of the nations other than Moses, since it says as in a prayer, “Appoint, Lord, a lawgiver over them,” clearly over the nations. To this it adds, “Let the nations know that they are men,” as if it said: let the nations take up knowledge and understanding of their rational essence through the lawgiver who is to be appointed for them. This would be Christ, who gave us the new covenant as lawgiver by saying, “It was said to those of old, such and such; but I say to you, such and such.” By a divine and ineffable power he has been able to establish his laws not over one nation or two, nor over some part of the whole inhabited world, nor for a short time, but, as one can gather from what has actually happened, for ever and over all the nations. If anyone does not accept that this is so, let him show whom else, besides our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ, he could name, in keeping with the prophecy in hand, as the lawgiver appointed by the God of the universe for the nations, who has become a teacher to all humans of reverence toward the Creator of the universe.

2.6Gaisford

Ἐπεὶ ἐν τῷ ἑνδεκάτῳ Ψαλμῷ ὁ Κύριος φησίν· ἕνεκεν τῆς ταλαιπωρίας τῶν πτωχῶν, καὶ τοῦ στεναγμοῦ τῶν πενήτων νῦν ἀναστήσομαι, λέγει Κύριος· θήσομαι ἐν σωτηρίῳ, παρρησιάσομαι ἐν αὐτῷ· ἐξετάζομεν μὴ περὶ Χριστοῦ προσώπῳ τὰ περὶ τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ διδάσκοντι καὶ ταῦτα ἂν ἁρμόζοι, τοιάνδε διάνοιαν ἔχοντα· ἕνεκα τῶν ἐν ταλαιπωρίᾳ κακίας γεγονότων ἐθνῶν, πτωχῶν ὀνομαζομένων ψεκτῶς διὰ τὸ ἐστερῆσθαι τοῦ κατὰ Θεὸν πλούτου, κενώσας ἑαυτὸν, ἀναδεξάμενός τε μέχρι καὶ θανάτου τὸν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀγῶνα, νῦν ἀναστήσομαι, καὶ δὴ λαβὼν τὴν κατὰ πάντων ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, πάντας τοὺς εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύσαντας θήσομαι εἰς σωτηρίαν, καὶ παρρησιάσομαι ἐν αὐτῷ, ἤτοι τῷ Πατρὶ, ἢ τῷ πεπραγμένῳ μοι ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν τοσούτων ἀνδραγαθημάτων. Καὶ ἡ μὲν τοῦ ῥητοῦ τοιαύτη τίς ἂν εἴη διάνοια· τὰ μέντοι γε πρῶτα τοῦ Ψαλμοῦ, Σῶσόν με ὁ Θεὸς περιέχοντα ὅτι ἐκλέλοιπεν ὅσιος, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, τὸν καιρὸν καθʼ ὃν πέπονθεν ὁποῖός τις ὑπῆρχε δηλοῖ· ἐκλελοίπει γὰρ ὅσιος τότε, καὶ ὠλιγώθησαν αἱ ἀλήθειαι ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων· μάταια ἐλάλησεν ἕκαστος πρὸς τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ· καὶ τὰ τούτοις δὲ ἐξῆς ἅπαντα κατʼ ἐκεῖνον πεπλήρωτο τὸν χρόνον.

Epei en tǭ hendekatǭ Psalmǭ ho Kyrios phēsin; heneken tēs talaipōrias tōn ptōchōn, kai tou stenagmou tōn penētōn nyn anastēsomai, legei Kyrios; thēsomai en sōtēriǭ, parrēsiasomai en autǭ; exetazomen mē peri Christou prosōpǭ ta peri tēs ek nekrōn anastaseōs autou didaskonti kai tauta an harmozoi, toiande dianoian echonta; heneka tōn en talaipōrią kakias gegonotōn ethnōn, ptōchōn onomazomenōn psektōs dia to esterēsthai tou kata Theon ploutou, kenōsas heauton, anadexamenos te mechri kai thanatou ton hyper autōn agōna, nyn anastēsomai, kai dē labōn tēn kata pantōn exousian para tou Patros, pantas tous eis eme pisteusantas thēsomai eis sōtērian, kai parrēsiasomai en autǭ, ētoi tǭ Patri, ē tǭ pepragmenǭ moi epi sōtērią tōn tosoutōn andragathēmatōn. Kai hē men tou rhētou toiautē tis an eiē dianoia; ta mentoi ge prōta tou Psalmou, Sōson me ho Theos periechonta hoti ekleloipen hosios, kai ta hexēs, ton kairon kathʼ hon peponthen hopoios tis hypērche dēloi; ekleloipei gar hosios tote, kai ōligōthēsan hai alētheiai apo tōn huiōn tōn anthrōpōn; mataia elalēsen hekastos pros ton plēsion autou; kai ta toutois de exēs hapanta katʼ ekeinon peplērōto ton chronon.

Since in the eleventh psalm the Lord says, “Because of the misery of the poor and the groaning of the needy, now I will arise, says the Lord; I will set him in safety; I will speak boldly in it,” let us examine whether these words too would fit the person of Christ, teaching about his resurrection from the dead, with some such sense as this: “For the sake of the nations that have come to be in the misery of vice, called poor in a blameworthy sense because they are deprived of the riches that are according to God, I emptied myself and took up the contest on their behalf even to death; now I will arise, and having received from the Father authority over all, I will set all who believe in me in salvation, and I will speak boldly in him,” either in the Father, or in what I have done for the salvation of so many through such great exploits. Such might be the sense of the text. But the first words of the psalm, containing “Save me, O God, for the holy one has failed,” and what follows, show what kind of time it was in which he suffered. For at that time the holy one had failed, and truths had diminished from the sons of men; each spoke vain things to his neighbour; and everything after this was fulfilled at that time.

2.7Gaisford

Προωρώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διαπαντὸς, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἐστὶν ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ. Διὰ τοῦτο ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι. Ὅτι οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾅδαν, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν. Ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς, πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου. Ὅτι δὲ καὶ ταῦτα εἰς πρόσωπον ἀναφέρεται Χριστοῦ μαρτυρεῖ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἀποστόλων Πράξεσι, διʼ ὧν ταῦτα φησίν· Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον, ἄνδρα ἀποδεδειγμένον εἰς ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ Θεοῦ δυνάμεσι καὶ τέρασι καὶ σημείοις, οἷς ἐποίησεν διʼ αὐτοῦ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν, καθὼς αὐτοὶ οἴδατε, τοῦτον τῇ ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔκδοτον λαβόντες, διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων προσπήξαντες ἀνείλατε· ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνεστήσεν, λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου, καθʼ ὅτι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ. Δαυὶδ γὰρ λέγει, Προωρώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ πάντος. Εἶτα τινὰ μεταξὺ εἰπὼν, ἐπιφέρει ταῦτα κατὰ λέξιν· Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοὶ, ἐξὸν εἰπεῖν μετὰ παρρησίας πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ τοῦ πατριάρχου Δαυὶδ, ὅτι καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη, καὶ τὸ μνῆμα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης· προφήτης οὖν ὑπάρχων, καὶ εἰδὼς ὅτι ὅρκῳ ὤμοσεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς, ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ, προϊδὼν ἐλάλησε περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὔτε ἐγκατελείφθη εἰς ᾅδην, οὔτε ἡ σἀρξ αὐτοῦ ἴδεν διαφθοράν· τοῦ δὴ Πέτρου τοίνυν ἀποδεδωκότος εἰς τὸν Σωτῆρα τὴν τῆς προφητείας ἑρμηνείαν, παρέσται τῷ μὴ πάρεργον τὴν τούτων ἔρευναν ποιουμένῳ, ἤτοι ἐπʼ αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἐν τῷ Ψαλμῷ λέξιν ἀκολούθως ἐφαρμόζειν οἷς καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐξείληφεν, ἢ τοῖς ὑφʼ ἑτέρων εἰς τὸν Ψαλμὸν ὑπομνηματισθεῖσιν ἐντυχεῖν· ἡμῖν γὰρ ὁ σκοπὸς οὐδέν τι πλεῖον τῶν εἰρημένων λέγειν εἰς τοὺς τόπους ἐπιτρέπει.

Proōrōmēn ton Kyrion enōpion mou diapantos, hoti ek dexiōn mou estin hina mē saleuthō. Dia touto ēuphranthē hē kardia mou, kai ēgalliasato hē glōssa mou, eti de kai hē sarx mou kataskēnōsei epʼ elpidi. Hoti ouk enkataleipseis tēn psychēn mou eis hądan, oude dōseis ton hosion sou idein diaphthoran. Egnōrisas moi hodous zōēs, plērōseis me euphrosynēs meta tou prosōpou sou. Hoti de kai tauta eis prosōpon anapheretai Christou martyrei ho Petros en tais tōn apostolōn Praxesi, diʼ hōn tauta phēsin; Iēsoun ton Nazōraion, andra apodedeigmenon eis hēmas apo Theou dynamesi kai terasi kai sēmeiois, hois epoiēsen diʼ autou ho Theos en mesǭ hymōn, kathōs autoi oidate, touton tę̄ hōrismenę̄ boulę̄ kai prognōsei tou Theou ekdoton labontes, dia cheiros anomōn prospēxantes aneilate; hon ho Theos anestēsen, lysas tas ōdinas tou thanatou, kathʼ hoti ouk ēn dynaton krateisthai auton hypʼ autou. Dauid gar legei, Proōrōmēn ton Kyrion enōpion mou dia pantos. Eita tina metaxy eipōn, epipherei tauta kata lexin; Andres adelphoi, exon eipein meta parrēsias pros hymas peri tou patriarchou Dauid, hoti kai eteleutēsen kai etaphē, kai to mnēma autou estin en hēmin heōs tēs hēmeras tautēs; prophētēs oun hyparchōn, kai eidōs hoti horkǭ ōmosen autǭ ho Theos, ek karpou tēs osphyos autou kathisai epi ton thronon autou, proïdōn elalēse peri tēs anastaseōs tou Christou, hoti oute enkateleiphthē eis hądēn, oute hē sarx autou iden diaphthoran; tou dē Petrou toinyn apodedōkotos eis ton Sōtēra tēn tēs prophēteias hermēneian, parestai tǭ mē parergon tēn toutōn ereunan poioumenǭ, ētoi epʼ autǭ pasan tēn en tǭ Psalmǭ lexin akolouthōs epharmozein hois kai ho Petros exeilēphen, ē tois hyphʼ heterōn eis ton Psalmon hypomnēmatistheisin entychein; hēmin gar ho skopos ouden ti pleion tōn eirēmenōn legein eis tous topous epitrepei.

“I foresaw the Lord before me always, for he is at my right hand, that I may not be shaken. Therefore my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced; moreover my flesh also will dwell in hope. For you will not abandon my soul to Hades, nor let your holy one see corruption. You have made known to me the ways of life; you will fill me with gladness with your presence.” That these words too refer to the person of Christ is testified by Peter in the Acts of the Apostles, where he says: “Jesus the Nazarene, a man attested to us by God with mighty works and wonders and signs, which God did through him in your midst, as you yourselves know, this man, delivered up by the determined counsel and foreknowledge of God, you took and killed, fastening him by the hand of lawless men. God raised him up, loosing the pangs of death, because it was not possible for him to be held by it. For David says, ‘I foresaw the Lord before me always.’” Then, after saying some things in between, he adds this word for word: “Men, brothers, one may speak freely to you about the patriarch David, that he both died and was buried, and his tomb is with us to this day. Being therefore a prophet, and knowing that God had sworn to him with an oath to set one of the fruit of his loins on his throne, he foresaw and spoke about the resurrection of the Christ, that he was not abandoned to Hades, nor did his flesh see corruption.” Since Peter, then, has given the interpretation of the prophecy as referring to the Saviour, anyone who does not make the search into these things a side matter will be able either to fit the whole wording of the psalm to him in keeping with Peter's understanding, or to read what others have written in commentary on the psalm; for our purpose does not allow us to say anything more on these passages than what has been said.

2.8Gaisford

Καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον ἐν ἑκκαιδεκάτῳ Ψαλμῷ, ἐδοκίμασας τὴν καρδίαν μου, ἐπισκέψω νυκτὸς, ἐπύρωσάς με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀδικία, ὡς ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ φωνῆς τυγχάνον ἐσημειωσάμεθα, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἄλλως ἀνθρωπείᾳ φύσει τοῦτο φάσκειν ἁρμόττει· καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ λόγοι τῷ ἐνορῶντι ἀκριβῶς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν Σωτῆρα ἀναφέρεσθαι δύνανται.

Kai to legomenon en hekkaidekatǭ Psalmǭ, edokimasas tēn kardian mou, episkepsō nyktos, epyrōsas me, kai ouch heurethē en emoi adikia, hōs apo Christou phōnēs tynchanon esēmeiōsametha, epei mē allōs anthrōpeią physei touto phaskein harmottei; kai pantes de hoi en tǭ psalmǭ logoi tǭ enorōnti akribōs autous epi ton Sōtēra anapheresthai dynantai.

We have also noted what is said in the sixteenth psalm, “You tested my heart, you visited me by night, you tried me by fire, and no injustice was found in me,” as being spoken in the voice of Christ, since it is not otherwise fitting for a human nature to say this. And all the words in the psalm can be referred to the Saviour by one who looks into them carefully.

2.9Gaisford

Ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸν ἕπτα καὶ δέκατον Ψαλμὸν οὐκ ἐξ ἄλλου τινὸς λέγεσθαι νομιοῦσιν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς ἢ τοῦ Δαυὶδ, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦτο δοκεῖν ἐμφαίνειν, θλίψομεν αὐτοὺς οὐ δυναμένους σώζειν ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ τὸ, Ῥύσῃ με ἐξ ἀντιλογίας λαοῦ, καταστήσεις με εἰς κεφαλὴν ἐθνῶν· λαὸς, ὃν οὐκ ἔγνων, ἐδούλευσέν μοι, εἰς ἀκοὴν ὠτίου ὑπήκουσέν μοι· υἱοὶ ἀλλότριοι ἐψεύσαντό μοι, υἱοὶ ἀλλότριοι ἐπαλαιώθησαν. Ποίων γὰρ ἐθνῶν εἰς κεφαλὴν καταστάντα τὸν Δαυὶδ ἔχοιεν παραστῆσαι, ἢ ποῖος οὗτος λαὸς, ὃν οὐκ ἐγνώκει μὲν αὐτὸς πρότερον, ὅμως δὲ ἐδούλευσεν αὐτῷ εἰς ἀκουὴν ὠτίου ὑπακούσας αὐτῷ· τίνες δὲ καὶ οἱ ψευσάμενοι αὐτῷ υἱοὶ ἀλλότριοι λεγόμενοι, καὶ οἱ παλαιωθέντες καὶ χωλάναντες ἀπὸ τῶν τρίβων αὐτῶν; Ἀλλʼ ἡμῖν οὐδʼ ὅλως τί τῶν ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ λεγομένων προσκόψει ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ κατασταθέντος εἰς κεφαλὴν τῆς ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίας, καὶ ταύτην ἐκλαμβάνουσι τὴν προφητείαν θεωροῦσί τε αὐτὴν ἐναργῶς πεπληρωμένην· ἦμεν γὰρ, ἦμεν ἀληθῶς ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς πολιτείας τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μὴ ἄξιοι τῆς τοῦ λόγου τοῦ Θεοῦ γνώσεως· ἀλλὰ νῦν γνόντες Θεὸν, μᾶλλον δὲ γνωσθέντες ὑπʼ αὐτῶ, ἡμεῖς οἱ ποτὲ ὄντες μακρὰν ἐγενήθημεν ἐγγὺς, καὶ ἐδουλεύσαμεν τῷ πάλαι μὴ γνόντι ἡμᾶς, καὶ εἰς ἀκοὴν ὠτίου ὑπηκούσαμεν αὐτῷ, παραδεξάμενοι τὸν τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης αὐτοῦ λόγον, ὃν διέθετο πρὸς ἡμᾶς. Θαυμασίως δὲ μετὰ τὸ λαὸς, ὃν οὐκ ἔγνων, ἐδούλευσέν μοι, καὶ τὴν περὶ ἡμῶν κλῆσιν τὰ περὶ τῆς προτέρας συναγωγῆς ἐκτίθεται διὰ τοῦ, υἱοὶ ἀλλότριοι ἐψεύσαντό μοι, ἰσοδυναμοῦν τῷ, Υἱοὺς ἐγέννησα καὶ ὕψωσα, αὐτοὶ δέ με ἠθέτησαν· οὗτοι δὲ καὶ ἐπαλαιώθησαν χωλάναντες ἀπὸ τῶν τρίβων αὐτῶν, καὶ μὴ παραδεξάμενοι τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ· ὃς ἀποδοκιμασθεὶς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν κατεστάθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς εἰς κεφαλὴν τῶν δουλευσάντων, καὶ εἰς ἀκοὴν ὠτίου ὑπακουσάντων αὐτῷ ἐθνῶν, κατὰ τὴν ἑτέρωθι φάσκουσαν προφητείαν, Λίθον, ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας. Οἶμαι δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς θεότητος καὶ τῆς εἰς ἀνθρώπους καταβάσεως αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις δηλοῦσθαι τοῦ Ψαλμοῦ· ἅπερ οὐ τῆς ἐν παρέργῳ καὶ παραδρομῇ δέοιτʼ ἂν ἐξηγήσεως ἀπορρητότερον εἰρημένα, οἷα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ, καὶ ἔκλινεν οὐρανοὺς καὶ κατέβη, καὶ γνόφος ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐπέβη ἐπὶ Χερουβὶν καὶ ἐπετάσθη, ἐπετάσθη ἐπὶ πτερύγων ἀνέμων· καὶ ὅσα τούτοις παραπλησίως ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον ἀναφέρεται.

Epei kai ton hepta kai dekaton Psalmon ouk ex allou tinos legesthai nomiousin hoi ek peritomēs ē tou Dauid, dia to kai tēn epigraphēn autou touto dokein emphainein, thlipsomen autous ou dynamenous sōzein epʼ autou to, Rhysę̄ me ex antilogias laou, katastēseis me eis kephalēn ethnōn; laos, hon ouk egnōn, edouleusen moi, eis akoēn ōtiou hypēkousen moi; huioi allotrioi epseusanto moi, huioi allotrioi epalaiōthēsan. Poiōn gar ethnōn eis kephalēn katastanta ton Dauid echoien parastēsai, ē poios houtos laos, hon ouk egnōkei men autos proteron, homōs de edouleusen autǭ eis akouēn ōtiou hypakousas autǭ; tines de kai hoi pseusamenoi autǭ huioi allotrioi legomenoi, kai hoi palaiōthentes kai chōlanantes apo tōn tribōn autōn? Allʼ hēmin oudʼ holōs ti tōn en tǭ psalmǭ legomenōn proskopsei ek prosōpou tou Christou, tou katastathentos eis kephalēn tēs ex ethnōn ekklēsias, kai tautēn eklambanousi tēn prophēteian theōrousi te autēn enargōs peplērōmenēn; ēmen gar, ēmen alēthōs apēllotriōmenoi tēs politeias tou Israēl, kai xenoi tōn diathēkōn tēs epangelias, kai dia touto mē axioi tēs tou logou tou Theou gnōseōs; alla nyn gnontes Theon, mallon de gnōsthentes hypʼ autō, hēmeis hoi pote ontes makran egenēthēmen engys, kai edouleusamen tǭ palai mē gnonti hēmas, kai eis akoēn ōtiou hypēkousamen autǭ, paradexamenoi ton tēs kainēs diathēkēs autou logon, hon dietheto pros hēmas. Thaumasiōs de meta to laos, hon ouk egnōn, edouleusen moi, kai tēn peri hēmōn klēsin ta peri tēs proteras synagōgēs ektithetai dia tou, huioi allotrioi epseusanto moi, isodynamoun tǭ, Huious egennēsa kai hypsōsa, autoi de me ēthetēsan; houtoi de kai epalaiōthēsan chōlanantes apo tōn tribōn autōn, kai mē paradexamenoi ton Christon tou Theou; hos apodokimastheis hypʼ autōn katestathē hypo tou Patros eis kephalēn tōn douleusantōn, kai eis akoēn ōtiou hypakousantōn autǭ ethnōn, kata tēn heterōthi phaskousan prophēteian, Lithon, hon apedokimasan hoi oikodomountes, houtos egenēthē eis kephalēn gōnias. Oimai de kai ta peri tēs theotētos kai tēs eis anthrōpous katabaseōs autou en tois prōtois dēlousthai tou Psalmou; haper ou tēs en parergǭ kai paradromę̄ deoitʼ an exēgēseōs aporrētoteron eirēmena, hoia estin apo tou, kai eklinen ouranous kai katebē, kai gnophos hypo tous podas autou; kai epebē epi Cheroubin kai epetasthē, epetasthē epi pterygōn anemōn; kai hosa toutois paraplēsiōs epi ton tou Theou Logon anapheretai.

Since those of the circumcision will think that the seventeenth psalm too is spoken by no one other than David, because its title seems to show this, we shall press them, as they cannot maintain of him the words, “You will deliver me from the contradiction of the people; you will make me head of nations; a people whom I did not know served me; at the hearing of the ear they obeyed me; foreign sons lied to me; foreign sons grew old.” For of what nations could they show David made head? Or what is this people whom he had not known before, yet who served him, obeying him at the hearing of the ear? And who are those called foreign sons who lied to him, and those who grew old and limped away from their paths? But for us nothing at all of what is said in the psalm will be a stumbling block, since we take this prophecy too in the person of Christ, who was made head of the church from the nations, and we see it plainly fulfilled. For we were, we truly were, alienated from the commonwealth of Israel and strangers to the covenants of promise, and for that reason unworthy of the knowledge of the Word of God; but now, having come to know God, or rather to be known by him, we who were once far off have been brought near, and we have served the one who formerly did not know us, and at the hearing of the ear we have obeyed him, receiving the word of his new covenant, which he made with us. And wonderfully, after “A people whom I did not know served me” and the calling concerning us, it sets out what concerns the former synagogue through “Foreign sons lied to me,” which is equivalent to “I begot sons and raised them up, but they rejected me.” These also grew old and limped away from their paths, and did not receive the Christ of God, who, rejected by them, was made by the Father head of the nations that served him and obeyed him at the hearing of the ear, according to the prophecy that says elsewhere, “The stone that the builders rejected has become the head of the corner.” I think also that his divinity and his descent to humans are shown in the first parts of the psalm, which, being spoken more secretly, would need no passing or cursory explanation, such as the words “And he bowed the heavens and came down, and thick darkness was under his feet; and he mounted on cherubim and flew, he flew on the wings of the winds,” and whatever else, like these, refers to the Word of God.

2.10Gaisford

Οὐκ εἰσὶ λαλιαὶ οὐδὲ λόγοι, ὧν οὐχὶ ἀκούονται αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν. Εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν, καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν. Ζητοῦμεν τίνων εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος, καὶ τὰ ῥήματα ἕως τῶν περάτων τῆς οἰκουμένης, ὡς μὴ καταλελεῖφθαι λόγους παρά τισι καὶ λαλιὰς παρʼ οἷς οὐκ ἠκούσθησαν καὶ αἱ τούτων φωναί· ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι τίς ἑτέρους ἐπιδεῖξαι τῶν ἱερῶν ἀποστόλων, εἰς οὓς ἡ προφητεία πεπλήρωται διαβοήτου τῆς περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ διδασκαλίας αὐτῶν εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπʼ οὐρανὸν γενομένης, ὅτε ἐνεπιδημοῦντες τῷ βίῳ μετὰ τῆς συνεργούσης αὐτοῖς δυνάμεως θείας ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐκήρυσσον τὴν εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ πίστιν· περὶ οὗ μετὰ τὴν πρόρρησιν τοῦ τῶν ἀποστόλων αὐτοῦ κηρύγματος ἑξῆς ὁ λόγος διδάσκει, ὡς ἄρα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ ἔθετο τὸ σκήνωμα αὐτοῦ· ἡλίου νοουμένου τῆς θεότητος, εἰς ἣν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ μονὴν καὶ τὴν οἱονεὶ κατασκήνωσιν ἔθετο, ἢ καὶ ὅπερ ἐκ τῆς παρθένου ἔλαβεν σῶμα, ὅπερ ἦν ὡσπερεὶ σκήνωμα τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ καταμενούσης θείας δυνάμεως· οὗτος δὲ καὶ ὥσπερ νυμφίος ἐκπορευόμενος ἐκ παστοῦ αὐτοῦ ἡγαλλιάσατο ὡς γίγας δραμεῖν ὁδόν· οἷα γάρ τις νυμφίος διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ νύμφην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐκ τῶν πατρικῶν διαναστὰς κόλπων, καὶ ὁποῖά τις γίγας ἀνδρεῖος καὶ ἰσχυρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν προκείμενον αὐτῷ διαθλήσας, νικήσας τε καὶ καταγωνισάμενος τοὺς ἀντιπάλους, ἠγαλλιάσατο τὴν αὐτοῦ σύζυγόν τε καὶ νύμφην ἀπολαβών· γεγένηται δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ ἔξοδὸς ἀπʼ ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· καὶ πάλιν, τὸ κατάντημα αὐτοῦ ἕως ἄκρου αὐτοῦ· ἐπεὶ μὴ δʼ εἷς ἄλλος ἀναβέβηκεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβὰς, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου· καὶ πάλιν, ὁ καταβὰς, αὐτός ἐστι καὶ ὁ ἀναβὰς ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν, κατὰ τὸν ἱερὸν ἀπόστολον· ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἀποκρυβήσεται τὴν θέρμην αὐτοῦ· περὶ ἧς καὶ αὐτὸς εἶπεν τὸ, πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη; Εὐχερῶς δʼ ἄν τις ἑαυτῷ τούτοις ἀναλόγως ἐξεργάσεται τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον.

Ouk eisi laliai oude logoi, hōn ouchi akouontai hai phōnai autōn. Eis pasan tēn gēn exēlthen ho phthongos autōn, kai eis ta perata tēs oikoumenēs ta rhēmata autōn. Zētoumen tinōn eis pasan tēn gēn exēlthen ho phthongos, kai ta rhēmata heōs tōn peratōn tēs oikoumenēs, hōs mē kataleleiphthai logous para tisi kai lalias parʼ hois ouk ēkousthēsan kai hai toutōn phōnai; allʼ ouk an echoi tis heterous epideixai tōn hierōn apostolōn, eis hous hē prophēteia peplērōtai diaboētou tēs peri tou Christou didaskalias autōn eis pasan tēn hypʼ ouranon genomenēs, hote enepidēmountes tǭ biǭ meta tēs synergousēs autois dynameōs theias ana pasan tēn oikoumenēn ekērysson tēn eis ton Christon tou Theou pistin; peri hou meta tēn prorrēsin tou tōn apostolōn autou kērygmatos hexēs ho logos didaskei, hōs ara en tǭ hēliǭ etheto to skēnōma autou; hēliou nooumenou tēs theotētos, eis hēn tēn heautou monēn kai tēn hoionei kataskēnōsin etheto, ē kai hoper ek tēs parthenou elaben sōma, hoper ēn hōsperei skēnōma tēs en autǭ katamenousēs theias dynameōs; houtos de kai hōsper nymphios ekporeuomenos ek pastou autou hēgalliasato hōs gigas dramein hodon; hoia gar tis nymphios dia tēn autou nymphēn tēn ekklēsian ek tōn patrikōn dianastas kolpōn, kai hopoia tis gigas andreios kai ischyros ton agōna ton prokeimenon autǭ diathlēsas, nikēsas te kai katagōnisamenos tous antipalous, ēgalliasato tēn autou syzygon te kai nymphēn apolabōn; gegenētai de autou kai hē exodos apʼ akrou tou ouranou; kai palin, to katantēma autou heōs akrou autou; epei mē dʼ heis allos anabebēken eis ton ouranon, ei mē ho ek tou ouranou katabas, ho huios tou anthrōpou; kai palin, ho katabas, autos esti kai ho anabas hyperanō pantōn tōn ouranōn, kata ton hieron apostolon; alla kai ouk estin hos apokrybēsetai tēn thermēn autou; peri hēs kai autos eipen to, pyr ēlthon balein epi tēn gēn, kai ti thelō ei ēdē anēphthē? Eucherōs dʼ an tis heautǭ toutois analogōs exergasetai ta kata ton topon.

“There are no speeches nor words in which their voices are not heard. Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their sayings to the ends of the inhabited world.” We ask whose sound has gone out into all the earth, and whose sayings to the ends of the inhabited world, so that no words or speeches are left among any people among whom their voices have not been heard. But no one could point to any others than the holy apostles, in whom the prophecy has been fulfilled, since their teaching about Christ became renowned in all the world under heaven, when, while they lived, with the divine power that worked with them, they preached throughout the whole inhabited world faith in the Christ of God. About him, after foretelling the preaching of his apostles, the word next teaches that he “set his tabernacle in the sun,” the sun being understood as the divinity, in which he set his own abode and, as it were, his dwelling; or else the body he took from the virgin, which was, as it were, the tabernacle of the divine power abiding in it. He also, “like a bridegroom coming out of his chamber, rejoiced as a giant to run his course.” For like a bridegroom who, for the sake of his bride, the church, rose from the Father's bosom, and like some brave and strong giant who has fought through the contest set before him, conquered, and overcome his adversaries, he rejoiced on receiving his consort and bride. “His going forth is from the end of the heaven,” and again, “his arrival is to its end”; since “no one else has gone up into heaven except the one who came down from heaven, the Son of Man”; and again, “He who came down is the same who also went up far above all the heavens,” according to the holy apostle. “And there is none that shall be hidden from his heat,” concerning which he himself said, “I came to cast fire on the earth, and what do I wish if it is already kindled?” One can easily work out for oneself the rest of the passage in keeping with these remarks.

2.11Gaisford

Τὸ ἐν τῷ ἐννεακαιδεκάτῳ ψαλμῷ λεγόμενον, Νῦν ἔγνων ὅτι ἔσωσε Κύριος τὸν χριστὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐμφαίνει πῶς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου σωτηρίαν· αὐτῷ γὰρ εἴρηται καὶ τὸ, Ἀγαλλιασώμεθα ἐν τῷ σωτηρίῳ σου· καὶ ὅλα δὲ τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἐφαρμοσθείη ἂν αὐτῷ τῆς προσηκούσης τυχόντα ἐξηγήσεως.

To en tǭ enneakaidekatǭ psalmǭ legomenon, Nyn egnōn hoti esōse Kyrios ton christon autou, emphainei pōs tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou tēn ek tou thanatou sōtērian; autǭ gar eirētai kai to, Agalliasōmetha en tǭ sōtēriǭ sou; kai hola de ta kata ton topon epharmostheiē an autǭ tēs prosēkousēs tychonta exēgēseōs.

What is said in the nineteenth psalm, “Now I know that the Lord has saved his anointed,” shows in some way the salvation of our Saviour Jesus Christ from death; for it is said to him also, “Let us rejoice in your salvation.” And the whole passage, given its proper explanation, might be fitted to him.

2.12Gaisford

Τὸ μὲν Κύριε ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου εὐφρανθήσεται ὁ βασιλεὺς, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, εἴποι ἄν τις ἐπὶ τὸν Δαυὶδ ἀναφέρεσθαι δύνασθαι· τό γε μὴν ζωὴν ᾐτήσατό σε, καὶ ἔδωκας αὐτῷ μακρότητα ἡμεμῶν εἰς αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς αἰῶνα αἰώνος, οὐκέτι τῷ Δαυὶδ ἁρμόζει διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν τελευτὴν αὐτοῦ ἐμφαίνεσθαι καὶ τὸν χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ, ἧς οὐ πολὺν χρόνον ἐτῶν περιωρίσθαι. Εἴη ἂν οὖν ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς βασιλεύειν ἐπὶ Σιὸν ὄρος τὸ ἐπουράνιον καταστάς· ὃς καὶ ζωὴν ᾐτήσατο τὸν Πατέρα οὐχὶ ἑαυτῷ, αὐτὸς γὰρ ἦν ἡ ζωὴ, ἀλλὰ πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύσουσιν· καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὡς πάντας δύνασθαι τοὺς εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύσαντας μεταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ εἰς μακρότητα τῶν παρὰ Θεῷ ἡμερῶν, αἳ εἰσὶν εἰς αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς αἰῶνα αἰώνος· καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ δὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ ὡς περὶ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως δόξης λεγόμενα, οὐ μικρὰ ὄντα, ἁρμόττοι ἂν τῷ Χριστῷ μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ Δαυὶδ τῆς ἀξίας τυχόντα σαφηνείας.

To men Kyrie en tę̄ dynamei sou euphranthēsetai ho basileus, kai ta hexēs, eipoi an tis epi ton Dauid anapheresthai dynasthai; to ge mēn zōēn ę̄tēsato se, kai edōkas autǭ makrotēta hēmemōn eis aiōna kai eis aiōna aiōnos, ouketi tǭ Dauid harmozei dia to kai tēn teleutēn autou emphainesthai kai ton chronon tēs zōēs autou, hēs ou polyn chronon etōn periōristhai. Eiē an oun ho Christos ho basileus hypo tou Patros basileuein epi Sion oros to epouranion katastas; hos kai zōēn ę̄tēsato ton Patera ouchi heautǭ, autos gar ēn hē zōē, alla pasi tois eis auton pisteusousin; kai edōken autǭ hōs pantas dynasthai tous eis auton pisteusantas metabainein ek tou thanatou eis tēn zōēn tēn aiōnion, kai eis makrotēta tōn para Theǭ hēmerōn, hai eisin eis aiōna kai eis aiōna aiōnos; kai ta loipa de ta en tǭ psalmǭ hōs peri tēs tou basileōs doxēs legomena, ou mikra onta, harmottoi an tǭ Christǭ mallon ē tǭ Dauid tēs axias tychonta saphēneias.

“O Lord, in your power the king will rejoice,” and what follows, one might say can be referred to David; but “He asked life of you, and you gave him length of days for ever and for ever and ever” no longer fits David, since his death is shown, and the span of his life, which was limited to no long period of years. The king, then, would be Christ, appointed by the Father to reign on the heavenly Mount Zion. He asked the Father for life, not for himself, for he was himself the life, but for all who would believe in him; and the Father granted it to him, so that all who have believed in him can pass from death into eternal life and into the length of the days that are with God, which are for ever and for ever and ever. The rest of what is said in the psalm about the king's glory, which is no small thing, would fit Christ rather than David, given the clarification it deserves.

2.13Gaisford

Σαφῶς ἀνωμολόγηται παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ὑγιῶς εἰς Χριστὸν πεπιστευκόσιν, ὡς ἡ καταρχὴ τοῦ μετὰ χεῖρας ψαλμοῦ τοῦτον ἔχουσα τὸν τρόπον, Ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, πρόσχες μοι, ἵνατι ἐγκατέλιπές με; ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ πάθους εἴρηται· τοῦτο γὰρ ἐδήλου καὶ ἡ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ φωνὴ ἡ, ἐλωεὶ ἐλωεὶ λαμὰ σαβαχθανεῖ. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ πρὶν ἀρξώμεθα ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ προφητείαν ὡς ἐπʼ αὐτὸν μεταλαμβάνειν, πευσόμεθα τῶν τὴν περιτομὴν αὐχούντων, τίς ἂν εἴη ὁ φάσκων τὰ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ· οὐχ ὁ τυχὼν γάρ τις εἶναι φαίνεται τά τε ἄλλα καὶ ταῦτα λέγων, ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐκσπάσας με ἐκ γαστρός· ἡ ἐλπίς μου ἀπὸ μαστῶν τῆς μητρός μου· ἐπὶ σὲ ἐπερρίφην ἐκ μήτρας· ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου Θεός μου εἶ σύ· καὶ ἐπιφέρων δηγήσομαι τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου, ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκελησίας ὑμνήσω σε· καὶ πάλιν· οὐκ ἀπέστρεψε τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ, κεαὶ ἐν τῷ κεκραγέναι με πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰσήκουσέ μου· παρὰ σοῦ ὁ ἔπαινός μου, ἐν ἑκκλησίᾳ μεγάλῃ ἐξομολογήσομαι σοι· τὰς εὐχάς μου ἀποδώσω ἐνώπιον τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτόν. Ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ ἐν τῷ Ψαλμῷ λεγέτωσαν, εἰ ἔχοιεν τινὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἀνδρῶν ἐφαρμόζειν· τίνα γὰρ τοιοῦτον γενόμενον οἷον προδιέγραψεν ὁ λόγος, πάντες οἱ θεωροῦντές με ἐξεμυκτήρισαν· ἢ περὶ τίνος ἐλάλησαν ἐν χείλεσιν, ἐκίνησαν χεφαλὴν, λέγοντες, ἤλπισεν ἐπὶ κύριον, ῥυσάσθω αὐτὸν, σωσάτω αὐτὸν ὅτι θέλει αὐτόν· τίνα δὲ μόσχοι πολλοὶ καὶ ποταποὶ τὴν φύσιν, κύνες τε καὶ ταῦροι πίονες περιεκύκλωσαν· ἤνοιξάν τε στόμα ἐπʼ αὐτὸν, ὡς λέων ἁρπάζων καὶ ὠρυόμενος· καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις, τίνα ἡ συναγωγὴ τῶν πονηρευομένων περιέσχεν· καὶ περιέσχεν οὕτως, ὡς καὶ ὀρύξαι αὐτοῦ χεῖρας καὶ πόδας, καὶ πάντα αὐτοῦ ἐξαριθμῆσαι τὰ ὀστᾶ, διαμερίσασθαί τε ἑαυτοῖς αὐτοῦ τὰ ἱμάτια, βαλλόντας κλῆρον ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμὸν αὐτοῦ· τοιαῦτα γὰρ τινὰ φησὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ πρόσωπον, ὃ καὶ μετὰ τὸ τοσαῦτα παθεῖν ἐπιφέρει λέγων, διηγήσομαι τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου, ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας ὑμνήσω σε· λυέτωσαν δὲ ταῦθ ἅμα καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ διηγούμενοι, μάλιστα ἀπὸ τοῦ, μνησθήσονται καὶ ἐπιστραφήσονται πρὸς κύριον πάντα τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς· καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν, μέχρι τοῦ, ἀναγγελήσεται τῷ κυρίῳ γενεὰ ἡ ἐρχομένη, καὶ ἀναγγελοῦσι τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ λαῷ τῷ τεχθησομένῳ ὃν ἐποίησεν ὁ Κύριος. Παριστάτωσαν γὰρ τὴν τότε μὲν μὴ ὑπάρχουσάν πω γενεὰν, ἥξειν δὲ εἰς μέλλοντα χρόνον προφητευομένην· καὶ τὸν πρότερον μὲν μηδέπω ὄντα λαὸν, τεχθήσεσθαι δὲ ἐν τοῖς μετέπειτα χρόνοις προορώμενον· λεγέτωσάν τε τί ἂν εἴποιεν περὶ τῆς διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν συστάσης ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίας· ἆρα γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς τοσούτοις πλήθεσι τῶν διὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν ἐπεγνωκότων οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογήσαιεν πεπληρῶσθαι τὸ, μνησθήσονται καὶ ἐπιστραφήσονται πρὸς Κύριον πάντα τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς· καὶ τὸ, προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὥρα τοῖς εὐγνωμονεῖν ἐθέλουσιν, οὐκ ἐπʼ ἄλλου τινὸς ἢ ἐπὶ μόνου τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ὁμολογεῖν πεπληρῶσθαι τὴν προφητείαν, οὗ κατὰ τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπιστροφὴ γίγνεσθαι ἤρξατο, παραγενομένης τῆς προφητευθείσης γενεᾶς, καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦ τεχθήσεσθαι οὐ μόνον ἐνταῦθα προδηλουμένου, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἑκατόστῳ πρώτῳ ψαλμῷ, διὰ τοῦ, γραφήτω αὕτη εἰς γενεὰν ἑτέραν· καὶ λαὸς ὁ κτιζόμενος αἰνέσει τὸν κύριον. Οὗτος δὲ ἔστι περὶ οὗ καὶ ἐν ιζ′ εἴρητο, λαὸς ὃν οὐκ ἔγνων ἐδούλευσέ μοι· εἰς ἀκοὴν ὠτίου ὑπήκουσέ μου. Τοῦτον οὖν τὸν Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν σάρκα ἀναλαβόντα καὶ διʼ αὐτὴν σκώληκα χρηματίσαντα, ὅν εἶδός τε ἀνθρώπων γενόμενον καὶ ἐξουδένωμα λαοῦ, πάντες οἱ θεωροῦντές με ἐξεμυκτήρισαν, μάλιστα κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ πάθους, ὅτε τῶν ἐν τῇ προφητείᾳ τέλος ἰσχόντων οἱ παραπορευόμενοι ἐβλασφήμουν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐμυκτήριζον λέγοντες, ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν· τότε δὲ καὶ ἐλάλησαν ἐν χείλεσι καὶ ἐκίνησαν κεφαλὴν ἑαυτῶν κατʼ αὐτοῦ· αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν εἰπόντες τὸ, ἤλπισεν ἐπὶ κύριον, ῥυσάσθω αὐτὸν, σωσάτω αὐτὸν ὅτι θέλει αὐτόν· αὐτὰ γὰρ δὴ ταῦτα κατὰ τὸ πάθος εἰρῆσθαι ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις ἀναγέγραπται. Τούτῳ οὖν καὶ μόνῳ πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα λέγειν ἁρμόζει ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐκσπάσας με ἐκ γαστρός· ἡ ἐλπίς μου ἀπὸ μαστῶν τῆς μητρός μου· ἐπὶ σὲ ἐπερρίφην ἐκ μήτρας· ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου Θεός μου εἶ σύ. Πλὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ λόγος ἡμᾶς παιδεύει, ὡς ἄρα καὶ δυνάμεις πονηραί τινες καὶ θηριώδεις ἐνήργησαν τὴν κατʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπιβουλὴν, διʼ ἃς καὶ ἔφασκε, περιεκύκλωσάν με μόσχοι πολλοί· ταῦροι πίονες περιέσχον με· καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐπισυστάσης δὲ κατʼ αὐτῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς συναγωγῆς φησὶν, ὅτι ἑκυκλωσάν με κύνες πολλοί· συναγωγὴ πονηρευομένων περιέσχον με· οὗτοι δὲ καὶ ὤρυξαν· οὐ μόνον τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς πόδας· ἢ κατὰ τὸν Ἀκύλαν, ἤσχυναν, φήσαντα, ἤσχυναν χεῖράς μου καὶ πόδας μου· ὃ καὶ ἀληθῶς ἐτελέσθη, ὅτε κρεμάσαντες αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἰκρίου ἤλοις αὐτοῦ τάς τε χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας περιέπειραν· καὶ καλόν γε εἰ ἀπαιτοίη τίς ἀπὸ γραφῆς παραστῆσαι, ὡς ἄρα καὶ σταυρὸν ὑπομεῖναι ὁ Χριστὸς προείρητο, μετὰ καὶ ἄλλων τῶν τούτου παραστατικῶν καὶ τὸ ὤρυξαν, καὶ μᾶλλον τὸ, ἤσχυναν χεῖράς μου καὶ πόδας μου, παραθέσθαι· οἷς ἐξῆς ἐπιφέρεται τὸ, διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον· ὅπερ ὁ μὲν Ἀκύλας οὕτως ἐξέδωκεν, μερίσουσιν ἱμάτιόν μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ ἔνδυσίν μου βαλοῦσι κλῆρον· ὁ δὲ Σύμμαχος, διενέμοντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ περὶ ἐσθῆτος μου ἐλάγχανον· ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ ἅμα τε τῷ πάθει πεπλήρωται, ὅτε οἱ σταυρώσαντες αὐτὸν λαβόντες τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐποίησαν τέσσαρα μέρη, ἑκάστῳ στρατιώτῃ μέρος, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα· ἦν δὲ ἄρραφος, ἐκ τῶν ἄνωθεν ὑφαντὸς διʼ ὅλου, δλὸ καὶ εἶπαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους· Μὴ σχίσωμεν αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται· οἷς ἐπιφέρει λέγων ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, ἵνα ἡ γραφῇ πληρωθῇ, τὸ διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἡ προφητεία. περὶ αὐτοῦ τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν ὡσεὶ ἐννᾶ περιέχει· ᾧ ἀκολούθως ἐπιφέρεται καὶ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ ὥσπερ δὴ καὶ ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις, τὸ εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου· ὅπερ τοιοῦτόν τί μοι δηλοῦν ἔοικεν· σῶσον δὴ εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου, τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων.

Saphōs anōmologētai para pasi tois hygiōs eis Christon pepisteukosin, hōs hē katarchē tou meta cheiras psalmou touton echousa ton tropon, Ho Theos mou, ho Theos mou, prosches moi, hinati enkatelipes me? hypʼ autou kata ton kairon tou pathous eirētai; touto gar edēlou kai hē epi tou staurou phōnē hē, elōei elōei lama sabachthanei. Alla gar prin arxōmetha en tǭ psalmǭ prophēteian hōs epʼ auton metalambanein, peusometha tōn tēn peritomēn auchountōn, tis an eiē ho phaskōn ta en tǭ psalmǭ; ouch ho tychōn gar tis einai phainetai ta te alla kai tauta legōn, hoti sy ei ho ekspasas me ek gastros; hē elpis mou apo mastōn tēs mētros mou; epi se eperriphēn ek mētras; ek koilias mētros mou Theos mou ei sy; kai epipherōn dēgēsomai to onoma sou tois adelphois mou, en mesǭ ekkelēsias hymnēsō se; kai palin; ouk apestrepse to prosōpon autou apʼ emou, keai en tǭ kekragenai me pros auton eisēkouse mou; para sou ho epainos mou, en hekklēsią megalę̄ exomologēsomai soi; tas euchas mou apodōsō enōpion tōn phoboumenōn auton. Epi toutois de kai ta alla ta en tǭ Psalmǭ legetōsan, ei echoien tini tōn hagiōn andrōn epharmozein; tina gar toiouton genomenon hoion prodiegrapsen ho logos, pantes hoi theōrountes me exemyktērisan; ē peri tinos elalēsan en cheilesin, ekinēsan chephalēn, legontes, ēlpisen epi kyrion, rhysasthō auton, sōsatō auton hoti thelei auton; tina de moschoi polloi kai potapoi tēn physin, kynes te kai tauroi piones periekyklōsan; ēnoixan te stoma epʼ auton, hōs leōn harpazōn kai ōryomenos; kai epi toutois, tina hē synagōgē tōn ponēreuomenōn perieschen; kai perieschen houtōs, hōs kai oryxai autou cheiras kai podas, kai panta autou exarithmēsai ta osta, diamerisasthai te heautois autou ta himatia, ballontas klēron epi ton himatismon autou; toiauta gar tina phēsi to en tǭ psalmǭ prosōpon, ho kai meta to tosauta pathein epipherei legōn, diēgēsomai to onoma sou tois adelphois mou, en mesǭ ekklēsias hymnēsō se; lyetōsan de tauth hama kai ta loipa tou psalmou diēgoumenoi, malista apo tou, mnēsthēsontai kai epistraphēsontai pros kyrion panta ta perata tēs gēs; kai proskynēsousin enōpion autou pasai hai patriai tōn ethnōn, mechri tou, anangelēsetai tǭ kyriǭ genea hē erchomenē, kai anangelousi tēn dikaiosynēn autou laǭ tǭ techthēsomenǭ hon epoiēsen ho Kyrios. Paristatōsan gar tēn tote men mē hyparchousan pō genean, hēxein de eis mellonta chronon prophēteuomenēn; kai ton proteron men mēdepō onta laon, techthēsesthai de en tois metepeita chronois proorōmenon; legetōsan te ti an eipoien peri tēs dia Iēsou Christou tou Sōtēros hēmōn systasēs ek pantōn tōn ethnōn ekklēsias; ara gar epi tois tosoutois plēthesi tōn dia tou Christou ton tōn holōn Theon epegnōkotōn ouk an homologēsaien peplērōsthai to, mnēsthēsontai kai epistraphēsontai pros Kyrion panta ta perata tēs gēs; kai to, proskynēsousin enōpion autou pasai hai patriai tōn ethnōn. Alla gar hōra tois eugnōmonein ethelousin, ouk epʼ allou tinos ē epi monou tou Kyriou kai Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou homologein peplērōsthai tēn prophēteian, hou kata tēn parousian autou kai hē tōn ethnōn epistrophē gignesthai ērxato, paragenomenēs tēs prophēteutheisēs geneas, kai tou laou tou techthēsesthai ou monon entautha prodēloumenou, alla kai en hekatostǭ prōtǭ psalmǭ, dia tou, graphētō hautē eis genean heteran; kai laos ho ktizomenos ainesei ton kyrion. Houtos de esti peri hou kai en iz′ eirēto, laos hon ouk egnōn edouleuse moi; eis akoēn ōtiou hypēkouse mou. Touton oun ton Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn sarka analabonta kai diʼ autēn skōlēka chrēmatisanta, hon eidos te anthrōpōn genomenon kai exoudenōma laou, pantes hoi theōrountes me exemyktērisan, malista kata ton kairon tou pathous, hote tōn en tę̄ prophēteią telos ischontōn hoi paraporeuomenoi eblasphēmoun auton kai emyktērizon legontes, allous esōsen, sōsatō heauton; tote de kai elalēsan en cheilesi kai ekinēsan kephalēn heautōn katʼ autou; autois rhēmasin eipontes to, ēlpisen epi kyrion, rhysasthō auton, sōsatō auton hoti thelei auton; auta gar dē tauta kata to pathos eirēsthai epʼ autǭ en tois euangeliois anagegraptai. Toutǭ oun kai monǭ pros ton Patera legein harmozei hoti sy ei ho ekspasas me ek gastros; hē elpis mou apo mastōn tēs mētros mou; epi se eperriphēn ek mētras; ek koilias mētros mou Theos mou ei sy. Plēn epi toutois ho logos hēmas paideuei, hōs ara kai dynameis ponērai tines kai thēriōdeis enērgēsan tēn katʼ autou epiboulēn, diʼ has kai ephaske, periekyklōsan me moschoi polloi; tauroi piones perieschon me; kai peri tēs episystasēs de katʼ autōn ek peritomēs synagōgēs phēsin, hoti hekyklōsan me kynes polloi; synagōgē ponēreuomenōn perieschon me; houtoi de kai ōryxan; ou monon tas cheiras autou, alla kai tous podas; ē kata ton Akylan, ēschynan, phēsanta, ēschynan cheiras mou kai podas mou; ho kai alēthōs etelesthē, hote kremasantes auton epi tou ikriou ēlois autou tas te cheiras kai tous podas periepeiran; kai kalon ge ei apaitoiē tis apo graphēs parastēsai, hōs ara kai stauron hypomeinai ho Christos proeirēto, meta kai allōn tōn toutou parastatikōn kai to ōryxan, kai mallon to, ēschynan cheiras mou kai podas mou, parathesthai; hois exēs epipheretai to, diemerisanto ta himatia mou heautois, kai epi ton himatismon mou ebalon klēron; hoper ho men Akylas houtōs exedōken, merisousin himation mou heautois, kai epi endysin mou balousi klēron; ho de Symmachos, dienemonto ta himatia mou heautois, kai peri esthētos mou elanchanon; ho kai auto hama te tǭ pathei peplērōtai, hote hoi staurōsantes auton labontes ta himatia autou epoiēsan tessara merē, hekastǭ stratiōtę̄ meros, kai ton chitōna; ēn de arraphos, ek tōn anōthen hyphantos diʼ holou, dlo kai eipan pros allēlous; Mē schisōmen auton, alla lachōmen peri autou, tinos estai; hois epipherei legōn ho euangelistēs, hina hē graphę̄ plērōthę̄, to diemerisanto ta himatia mou heautois, kai epi ton himatismon mou ebalon klēron. Kai tauta men hē prophēteia. peri autou to Hebraïkon hōsei enna periechei; hǭ akolouthōs epipheretai kai en tǭ psalmǭ hōsper dē kai en tois euangeliois, to eulogēmenos ho erchomenos en onomati Kyriou; hoper toiouton ti moi dēloun eoiken; sōson dē eulogēmenos ho erchomenos en onomati Kyriou, tou Patros kai Theou tōn holōn.

It is plainly agreed by all who have soundly believed in Christ that the opening of the psalm in hand, which runs thus, “O God, my God, attend to me; why have you forsaken me?”, was spoken by him at the time of the passion; for the cry on the cross, “Elōi, elōi, lama sabachthani,” showed this. But before we begin to take the prophecy in the psalm as referring to him, we shall ask those who boast of circumcision who it could be who says the things in the psalm. For he appears to be no ordinary person who says, among other things, this: “For you are the one who drew me out of the womb, my hope from my mother's breasts; on you I was cast from the womb; from my mother's belly you are my God”; and who adds, “I will declare your name to my brothers; in the midst of the assembly I will sing your praise”; and again, “He did not turn his face away from me, and when I cried to him he heard me. From you is my praise; in the great assembly I will confess you; my vows I will pay before those who fear him.” Besides these, let them say whether they can fit the rest of the psalm to any of the holy men. For whom do they know who became such as the word described beforehand: “All who saw me mocked me”? Or about whom did they speak with their lips and shake the head, saying, “He hoped in the Lord; let him deliver him; let him save him, since he delights in him”? Whom did many calves, and of what nature, and dogs and fat bulls surround, and open their mouth against him like a lion ravening and roaring? And besides, whom did the assembly of evildoers surround, and so surround that they dug his hands and feet, counted all his bones, and divided his garments among themselves, casting lots for his clothing? For the person in the psalm says such things, and after suffering so much he adds, “I will declare your name to my brothers; in the midst of the assembly I will sing your praise.” Let them solve these things, and at the same time explain the rest of the psalm, especially from “All the ends of the earth will remember and turn to the Lord, and all the families of the nations will bow down before him,” as far as “The generation that is coming will be told of the Lord, and they will declare his righteousness to a people that will be born, whom the Lord has made.” Let them show the generation that did not yet exist then, but was prophesied to come in a future time, and the people that did not yet exist before, but was foreseen to be born in later times; and let them say what they would say about the church gathered from all the nations through Jesus Christ our Saviour. In view of such great multitudes who have come to know the God of the universe through Christ, would they not admit that “All the ends of the earth will remember and turn to the Lord” and “All the families of the nations will bow down before him” have been fulfilled? It is time, then, for those willing to judge fairly to confess that the prophecy has been fulfilled in no one other than our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ alone, at whose coming the turning of the nations also began, when the prophesied generation arrived, and the people that was to be born, foretold not only here but also in the hundred and first psalm, through “Let this be written for another generation, and the people that is being created will praise the Lord.” This is the people of whom it was said also in the seventeenth psalm, “A people whom I did not know served me; at the hearing of the ear they obeyed me.”

This Saviour and Lord of ours, then, who took flesh and on account of it was called a worm, who became a reproach of men and despised by the people: “All who saw me mocked me,” especially at the time of the passion, when what is in the prophecy reached its fulfilment, and those passing by blasphemed him and mocked him, saying, “He saved others; let him save himself.” Then too they spoke with their lips and shook their heads at him, saying in these very words, “He hoped in the Lord; let him deliver him; let him save him, since he delights in him”; for these very words are recorded in the Gospels as said to him at the passion. To him, then, and to him alone, it is fitting to say to the Father, “For you are the one who drew me out of the womb, my hope from my mother's breasts; on you I was cast from the womb; from my mother's belly you are my God.” Besides this, the word teaches us that certain wicked and beastlike powers also worked the plot against him, on account of which he said, “Many calves surrounded me; fat bulls closed me in.” And about the synagogue of the circumcision that rose up against him he says, “Many dogs encircled me; an assembly of evildoers closed me in.” These also dug, not only his hands but also his feet; or, according to Aquila, who says “they disfigured,” “They disfigured my hands and my feet.” This was truly accomplished when, hanging him on the wood, they pierced both his hands and his feet with nails. It is good, if anyone demands that it be shown from Scripture that Christ was foretold to endure a cross, to set out, along with the other passages that show it, “they dug,” and still more “they disfigured my hands and my feet.” After these words it adds, “They divided my garments among themselves, and for my clothing they cast lots.” Aquila rendered this, “They will divide my garment among themselves, and over my clothing they will cast lots”; and Symmachus, “They distributed my garments among themselves, and for my raiment they drew lots.” This too was fulfilled at the time of the passion, when those who crucified him took his garments and made four parts, a part for each soldier, and the tunic; but it was seamless, woven in one piece from the top. So they said to one another, “Let us not tear it, but cast lots for it, whose it shall be”; to which the evangelist adds, saying, “that the Scripture might be fulfilled, ‘They divided my garments among themselves, and for my clothing they cast lots.’” So much the prophecy. … Concerning him the Hebrew has something like “hōsanna”; following which the psalm adds, just as the Gospels do, “Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.” This seems to me to mean something like: “Save, then, blessed one who comes in the name of the Lord,” the Father and God of the universe.

2.14Gaisford

Ὤμοσε Κύριος τῷ Δαυὶδ ἀλήθειαν, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀθετήσει αὐτὸν, Ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς κοιλίας σου θήσομαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον σου. Καὶ πάλιν, Ἐκεῖ ἐξανατελῶ κέρας τῷ Δαυὶδ, ἡτοίμασα λύχνον τῷ χριστῷ μου. Τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ἐνδύσω αἰσχύνην, ἐπὶ δὲ αὐτὸν ἐξανθήσει τὸ ἁγίασμά μου. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα σαφῶς τῷ Δαυὶδ μεθʼ ὅρκου ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπαγγελία περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ δίδοται, ὡς ἂν ἐκ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ γεννηθήσεσθαι μέλλοντος, καὶ καθέξοντος αὐτοῦ τὸν θρόνον. Πολλῆς δʼ ἐξετάσεως χρῄζοι ἂν τὰ κατὰ τοὺς τόπους, ἐπεὶ μὴ δοκῇ σωματικῶς ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον τοῦ Δαυὶδ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ κεκαθικέναι, ἃ καὶ ὑπερθησόμεθα διὰ τὸ μὴ τῆς παρούσης εἶναι πραγματείας παρὰ τὸν προκείμενον σκοπὸν κατατρίβειν τὴν σχολὴν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ψαλμοῦ διήγησιν· εὐγνωμόνως δέ τοι χρὴ μὴ ἀπὸ μιᾶς γραφῆς, εἰ μὴ εἴη δυνατὴ κατὰ τὸ σωματικὸν ἐφαρμόζειν τῷ Χριστῷ, τὰ πολλαχῆ σαφῶς περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰρημένα παρακρούεσθαι· ἑπομένους γε μὴν ἀληθεῖ λόγῳ, καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ θείᾳ παρισταμένους γραφῇ, ἐφίσταναι προσήκει, ὃς ποτὲ μὲν αὐτὸν πτωχόν τινα καὶ εὐτελῆ καὶ ἄτιμον, μὴ ἔχοντα εἶδος μὴ δὲ κάλλος, ἐλεύσεσθαι προφητεύει, ἄλλοτε δὲ βασιλέα ἔντιμον αὐτὸν φησίν· ὧν τὰ μὲν καὶ σωματικῶς ἀποπεπληρῶσθαι δύναται, τὰ δὲ κατὰ μόνον τὸν πνευματικὸν τῆς γραφῆς νοῦν, ἤδη δὲ τίνα καὶ κατὰ τὴν δευτέραν αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν πληρωθήσεσθαι προσδοκητέον. Πλὴν καὶ βασιλεὺς Ἰουδαίων ἐχρημάτισεν ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν κατὰ τὴν πρώτην αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν, οὐχ ὡς ἔτυχε τοῦ Πιλάτου κελεύσαντος ἐπιγραφῆναι αὐτοῦ τῷ σταυρῷ γράμμασιν Ἑλληνικοῖς καὶ Ῥωμαϊκοῖς καὶ Ἑβραϊκοῖς τὸ, οὗτός ἔστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων.

Ōmose Kyrios tǭ Dauid alētheian, kai ou mē athetēsei auton, Ek karpou tēs koilias sou thēsomai epi ton thronon sou. Kai palin, Ekei exanatelō keras tǭ Dauid, hētoimasa lychnon tǭ christǭ mou. Tous echthrous sou endysō aischynēn, epi de auton exanthēsei to hagiasma mou. Kai entautha saphōs tǭ Dauid methʼ horkou hypo tou Theou epangelia peri tou Christou didotai, hōs an ek spermatos autou gennēthēsesthai mellontos, kai kathexontos autou ton thronon. Pollēs dʼ exetaseōs chrę̄zoi an ta kata tous topous, epei mē dokę̄ sōmatikōs ho Christos epi ton thronon tou Dauid kai tēn basileian autou kekathikenai, ha kai hyperthēsometha dia to mē tēs parousēs einai pragmateias para ton prokeimenon skopon katatribein tēn scholēn epi tēn tou psalmou diēgēsin; eugnōmonōs de toi chrē mē apo mias graphēs, ei mē eiē dynatē kata to sōmatikon epharmozein tǭ Christǭ, ta pollachē saphōs peri autou eirēmena parakrouesthai; hepomenous ge mēn alēthei logǭ, kai autę̄ tę̄ theią paristamenous graphę̄, ephistanai prosēkei, hos pote men auton ptōchon tina kai eutelē kai atimon, mē echonta eidos mē de kallos, eleusesthai prophēteuei, allote de basilea entimon auton phēsin; hōn ta men kai sōmatikōs apopeplērōsthai dynatai, ta de kata monon ton pneumatikon tēs graphēs noun, ēdē de tina kai kata tēn deuteran autou parousian plērōthēsesthai prosdokēteon. Plēn kai basileus Ioudaiōn echrēmatisen ho Kyrios hēmōn kata tēn prōtēn autou parousian, ouch hōs etyche tou Pilatou keleusantos epigraphēnai autou tǭ staurǭ grammasin Hellēnikois kai Rhōmaïkois kai Hebraïkois to, houtos estin ho basileus tōn Ioudaiōn.

“The Lord swore truth to David, and he will not set it aside: ‘Of the fruit of your belly I will set upon your throne.’” And again: “There I will make a horn spring up for David; I have prepared a lamp for my anointed. His enemies I will clothe with shame, but upon him my holiness shall flourish.” Here too a promise about the Christ is clearly given to David by God with an oath, as one who would be born of his offspring and would hold his throne. The passages would need much examination, since Christ does not seem to have sat bodily on the throne of David and on his kingdom; we shall put this off, because it does not belong to the present treatise to spend our leisure, against the purpose before us, on explaining the psalm. But one must, with good sense, not set aside what is clearly said about him in many places because of one Scripture that cannot be fitted to Christ in the bodily sense. Rather, following true reason and standing by the divine Scripture itself, one should notice that it sometimes prophesies that he will come poor, mean, and without honour, having no form or beauty, and at other times calls him an honoured king. Of these, some can be fulfilled even bodily, others only according to the spiritual sense of Scripture, and some must be expected to be fulfilled at his second coming. Nevertheless our Lord was also called King of the Jews at his first coming, not by chance, when Pilate ordered that “This is the King of the Jews” be written on his cross in Greek, Latin, and Hebrew letters.

2.15Gaisford

Καὶ τὸ, ὁ ἀποστέλλων τὸ λόγιον αὐτοῦ τῇ γῇ, ἕως τάχους δραμεῖται ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ, παρασημειώσασθαι ἔδοξεν, ὡς διδασκούσης καὶ ἐνταῦθα τῆς γραφῆς ὡς ἄρα ὑπόστατόν τι πρᾶγμα ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος τυγχάνει, ἕτερος ὢν παρὰ τὸν ἀποστέλλοντα αὐτῷ Πατέρα· ὅρα δὲ πῶς ἑξῆς ἐπιφέρεται τὸ, ἕως τάχους δραμεῖται ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ· ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ πεπληρωμένον ἐστιν ἰδεῖν μετὰ τὴν Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν, οὕτω ἐν σφόδρα βραχεῖ χρόνῳ διαδραμούσης, καὶ εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐν οὐ πολλοῖς ἔτεσι μέχρι καὶ τῶν περάτων τῆς οἰκουμένης κεκρατηκυίας αὐτοῦ τῆς διδαχῆς.

Kai to, ho apostellōn to logion autou tę̄ gę̄, heōs tachous drameitai ho logos autou, parasēmeiōsasthai edoxen, hōs didaskousēs kai entautha tēs graphēs hōs ara hypostaton ti pragma ho tou Theou Logos tynchanei, heteros ōn para ton apostellonta autǭ Patera; hora de pōs hexēs epipheretai to, heōs tachous drameitai ho logos autou; ho kai auto peplērōmenon estin idein meta tēn Christou parousian, houtō en sphodra brachei chronǭ diadramousēs, kai eis pasan tēn gēn en ou pollois etesi mechri kai tōn peratōn tēs oikoumenēs kekratēkuias autou tēs didachēs.

It seemed good to note also “He who sends his oracle to the earth; his word will run swiftly,” since here too the Scripture teaches that the Word of God is a subsisting reality, being other than the Father who sends him. See how it adds next, “His word will run swiftly”; and this too can be seen fulfilled after Christ's coming, since his teaching ran through in a very short time and in not many years prevailed in all the earth, even to the ends of the inhabited world.

2.16Gaisford

Καὶ τὸ ἐνθάδε λεγόμενον, Αἰνεσάτωσαν τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν καὶ ἐγενήθησαν, αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν, ἐν τοῖς περὶ τοῦ ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν Θεοῦ Λόγου μαρτυρίοις ἀνελεξάμεθα, τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον, καὶ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ χρηματίζειν μεμαθηκότες κατὰ τίνα προσηγορίαν τῶν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπινοιῶν· μετὰ γοῦν τὸ προειπεῖν, Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον, τάδε καὶ τάδε ἀκολούθως παρακελεύεται τὸ Πνεῦμα αἰνεῖν μετὰ τὸν Πατέρα, τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐπιλέγων, ὡς ἄρα αὐτὸς εἶπεν καὶ ἐγενήθησαν, αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν. Ὁ μὲν οὖν προστάττων καὶ ἐντελλόμενος εἴη ἂν ὁ τῶν ὅλων Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ, ὁ δʼ ὑπουργῶν ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος ἐξυπηρετούμενος τῷ πατρικῷ θελήματι πρὸς τὴν τῶν γενητῶν δημιουργίαν. Τηρητέον δʼ ὅτι καὶ ἐν λβ′ ψαλμῷ κατὰ λέξιν ἐμφέρεται τὸ, αὐτὸς εἶπεν καὶ ἐγενήθησαν, αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν· ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖ μὲν περὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ τῶν κατοικούντων τὴν οἰκουμένην εἴρηται, ἐνθάδε δὲ περὶ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ τῶν λεγομένων ἐν ὑψίστοις ἀγγέλων τε καὶ δυνάμεων, ἔτι τε ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἑξῆς συγκατειλεγμένων, διδασκούσης ἡμᾶς τῆς θείας ἐν τούτοις γραφῆς, ὡς ἄρα διὰ τοῦ Λόγου κατὰ τὸν ἱερὸν ἀπόστολον ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα τά τε ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· εἴτε ὅρατα εἴτε ἀόρατα, εἴτε θρόνοι, εἴτε κυριότητες, εἴτε ἀρχαὶ, εἴτε ἐξουσίαι· τὰ πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔκτισται· καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν. Τοσαῦτα μὲν δὴ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν Ψαλμῶν· μετρίαν δὲ καὶ αὐτάρκη τοῦ λόγου περιγραφὴν εἰληφότος, ἐξ ἑτέρας ἀρχῆς τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν στιχηρῶν καὶ ἐξῆς τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν προφητῶν ἐκλογὰς ποιησόμεθα.

Kai to enthade legomenon, Ainesatōsan to onoma Kyriou, hoti autos eipen kai egenēthēsan, autos eneteilato kai ektisthēsan, en tois peri tou en archę̄ pros ton Theon Theou Logou martyriois anelexametha, ton tou Theou Logon, kai onoma autou chrēmatizein memathēkotes kata tina prosēgorian tōn peri autou epinoiōn; meta goun to proeipein, Aineite ton Kyrion, tade kai tade akolouthōs parakeleuetai to Pneuma ainein meta ton Patera, to onoma autou epilegōn, hōs ara autos eipen kai egenēthēsan, autos eneteilato kai ektisthēsan. Ho men oun prostattōn kai entellomenos eiē an ho tōn holōn Theos kai Patēr, ho dʼ hypourgōn ho tou Theou Logos exypēretoumenos tǭ patrikǭ thelēmati pros tēn tōn genētōn dēmiourgian. Tērēteon dʼ hoti kai en lb′ psalmǭ kata lexin empheretai to, autos eipen kai egenēthēsan, autos eneteilato kai ektisthēsan; allʼ ekei men peri tēs gēs kai tōn katoikountōn tēn oikoumenēn eirētai, enthade de peri tōn en ouranois kai tōn legomenōn en hypsistois angelōn te kai dynameōn, eti te hēliou kai selēnēs kai astrōn kai pantōn tōn hexēs synkateilegmenōn, didaskousēs hēmas tēs theias en toutois graphēs, hōs ara dia tou Logou kata ton hieron apostolon ektisthē ta panta ta te en tois ouranois kai ta epi tēs gēs; eite horata eite aorata, eite thronoi, eite kyriotētes, eite archai, eite exousiai; ta panta diʼ autou kai en autǭ ektistai; kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen. Tosauta men dē ta apo tōn Psalmōn; metrian de kai autarkē tou logou perigraphēn eilēphotos, ex heteras archēs tas apo tōn loipōn stichērōn kai exēs tas apo tōn prophētōn eklogas poiēsometha.

And what is said here, “Let them praise the name of the Lord; for he spoke, and they came into being; he commanded, and they were created,” we have gathered among the testimonies about the Word, God, who was in the beginning with God, having learned that the Word of God is also called his name, according to one of the titles among the concepts applied to him. For after saying first, “Praise the Lord,” for such and such reasons, the Spirit accordingly bids praise, after the Father, his name, adding that “he spoke, and they came into being; he commanded, and they were created.” The one who orders and commands, then, would be the God and Father of the universe, and the one who serves would be the Word of God, ministering to the Father's will for the creation of generated things. It should be observed that in the thirty-second psalm too the words “He spoke, and they came into being; he commanded, and they were created” occur word for word; but there they are said about the earth and those who dwell in the inhabited world, while here they are said about those in the heavens and the angels and powers spoken of as in the highest, and further about sun and moon and stars and all that are listed with them. In these words the divine Scripture teaches us that through the Word, according to the holy apostle, all things were created, those in the heavens and those on earth, “whether visible or invisible, whether thrones or dominions or rulers or authorities; all things have been created through him and in him,” and “without him not one thing came into being.” So much for the extracts from the Psalms. Since our account has received a moderate and sufficient compass, we shall make the extracts from the remaining books in verse, and after them those from the prophets, from a new beginning.

2.17Gaisford

Καὶ τὸ ἐνθάδε λεγόμενον, ἐμὲ ὑπομενοῦσι δίκαιοι ἕως οὗ ἀνταποδῷς μοι, ἔοικεν ἐκ προσώπου λέγεσθαι τοῦ Σωτῆρος· τίνα γὰρ ἄλλον ὑπομενοῦσι δίκαιοι ἕως οὗ ἀνταποδῷ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς, ἢ τοῦτον; Ἐπεὶ καθὼς εἴρηταί που περὶ τῶν πάλαι δικαίων, ὡς ἄρα μαρτυρηθέντες οὐνκ ἐκομίσαντο τὰς ἐπαγγελίας, τοῦ Θεοῦ κρεῖττόν τι περὶ ἡμῶν προβλεψαμένου ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν. Δῆλον δʼ ὅτι αὐτὸν ὁρᾷ τὸ ῥητὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸ πάθος αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ ἀκολούθως ταῖς ἄλλαις προφητείαις προσημαίνεσθαι· γέγραπται γʼ οὖν, Ἐκχεῶ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ τὴν δέησίν μου, τὴν θλίψιν μου ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ἀπαγγελῶ. Ἐν τῷ ἐκλείπειν ἐξ ἐμοῦ τὸ πνεῦμά μου, καὶ σὺ ἔγνως τὰς τρίβους μου· ἐν ὁδῷ ταῦτῃ, ᾗ ἐπορεύομην, ἔκρυψαν παγίδα μοι· καὶ πάλιν, ῥῦσαί με ἐκ τῶν καταδιωκόντων με, ὅτι ἐκραταιώθησαν ὑπὲρ ἐμέ. Τούτοις ἑξῆς καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ εὐχόμενος φησίν· Ἐξάγαγε ἐκ φυλακῆς τὴν ψυχήν μου, τοῦ ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματί σου· οἷς ἐπιφέρει τὸ, ἐμὲ ὑπομένουσι δίκαιοι ἕως οὗ ἀνταποδῷς μοι. Ὑπέμειναν οὖν τὸν Χριστὸν πάντες ἐκεῖνοι οἱ δίκαιοι ἕως οὗ ἀνταποδῷ αὐτῷ ὁ Πατὴρ, ἀνθʼ ὧν ἐκένωσεν ἑαυτὸν, ὑπήκοος αὐτῷ γενόμενος μέχρι θανάτου. Τίνα δὲ ἀνταποδῷ αὐτῷ ἢ τὰ ἔθνη κληρονομίαν, καὶ τὴν κατάσχεσιν αὐτοῦ τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς· ἵνʼ ὅταν τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ, τότε καὶ ὁ πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθῇ, καὶ ὅλα δὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ ἐφαρμόσαι ἂν τῷ Χριστῷ, τὰ κατὰ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν αὐτοῦ, καθʼ ἣν ἐπεβουλεύθη, περιέχοντα.

Kai to enthade legomenon, eme hypomenousi dikaioi heōs hou antapodǭs moi, eoiken ek prosōpou legesthai tou Sōtēros; tina gar allon hypomenousi dikaioi heōs hou antapodǭ autǭ ho Theos, ē touton? Epei kathōs eirētai pou peri tōn palai dikaiōn, hōs ara martyrēthentes ounk ekomisanto tas epangelias, tou Theou kreitton ti peri hēmōn problepsamenou hina mē chōris hēmōn teleiōthōsin. Dēlon dʼ hoti auton horą to rhēton apo tou kai ta kata to pathos autou en tǭ psalmǭ akolouthōs tais allais prophēteiais prosēmainesthai; gegraptai gʼ oun, Ekcheō enōpion autou tēn deēsin mou, tēn thlipsin mou enōpion autou apangelō. En tǭ ekleipein ex emou to pneuma mou, kai sy egnōs tas tribous mou; en hodǭ tautę̄, hę̄ eporeuomēn, ekrypsan pagida moi; kai palin, rhysai me ek tōn katadiōkontōn me, hoti ekrataiōthēsan hyper eme. Toutois hexēs kai peri tēs ek nekrōn anastaseōs autou euchomenos phēsin; Exagage ek phylakēs tēn psychēn mou, tou exomologēsasthai tǭ onomati sou; hois epipherei to, eme hypomenousi dikaioi heōs hou antapodǭs moi. Hypemeinan oun ton Christon pantes ekeinoi hoi dikaioi heōs hou antapodǭ autǭ ho Patēr, anthʼ hōn ekenōsen heauton, hypēkoos autǭ genomenos mechri thanatou. Tina de antapodǭ autǭ ē ta ethnē klēronomian, kai tēn kataschesin autou ta perata tēs gēs; hinʼ hotan to plērōma tōn ethnōn eiselthę̄, tote kai ho pas Israēl sōthę̄, kai hola de ta en tǭ psalmǭ epharmosai an tǭ Christǭ, ta kata tēn enanthrōpēsin autou, kathʼ hēn epebouleuthē, periechonta.

And what is said here, “The righteous will wait for me until you repay me,” seems to be said in the person of the Saviour. For whom else will the righteous wait for until God repays him, but him? For as it is said somewhere about the righteous of old, that “though attested, they did not receive the promises, God having foreseen something better for us, so that they should not be made perfect without us.” That the text looks to him is clear from the fact that the events of his passion too are signified beforehand in the psalm, in keeping with the other prophecies. For it is written, “I will pour out my prayer before him; I will declare my affliction before him. When my spirit failed within me, you knew my paths; in this way in which I was walking they hid a snare for me”; and again, “Deliver me from those who persecute me, for they have become stronger than I.” After this, praying also about his resurrection from the dead, he says, “Bring my soul out of prison, to confess your name”; to which he adds, “The righteous will wait for me until you repay me.” All those righteous men, then, waited for the Christ until the Father should repay him for having emptied himself and become obedient to him even to death. And what would he repay him but the nations as inheritance, and the ends of the earth as his possession, so that when the fullness of the nations has come in, then all Israel too may be saved? And everything in the psalm, containing what concerns his incarnation, in which he was plotted against, would fit Christ.

2.18Gaisford

Ἐν μὲν τῷ μετὰ χεῖρας ψαλμῷ λέγεται, κύριε, κλῖνον οὐρανοὺς καὶ κατάβηθι, ἐν δὲ τῷ ιζ′, καὶ ἔκλινεν οὐρανοὺς καὶ κατέβη. Ἐσημειωσάμεθα μὲν οὖν κἀκεῖ καὶ τὸ ῥητὸν, καὶ ἐνταῦθα δὲ ταυτὸν ποιοῦντες περὶ τοῦ Λόγου τοῦ Θεοῦ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι ὑπειλήφαμεν. Κλίνας γὰρ οὐρανοὺς τῷ κενῶσαι ἑαυτὸν τῆς ἐπουρανίου καὶ ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ δόξης, εἰς τὰ κατώτερα τῆς γῆς κατελήλυθεν διʼ ἣν ἀνεδέξατο ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίας οἰκονομίαν· ὅθεν πρὸ τοῦ ἐκτεθέντος ῥητοῦ ἀποθαυμάσας ὁ λόγος φησί· Κύριε τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος ὅτι ἐγνώσθης αὐτῷ, ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ὅτι λογίζῃ αὐτόν; Εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ κλίνας τοὺς λεγομένους οὐρανοὺς κατελήλυθεν ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, ὡς ἂν γνωσθείη ἐνανθρω πήσας τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει πρότερον ἀγνοούμενος αὐτῷ· καὶ οὐ περιεφρόνησεν παρʼ οὐδὲν ἡγησάμενος τὸν γενόμενον υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου, τοῦτʼ ἔστι πᾶσαν τὴν λογικὴν καὶ κατʼ εἰκόνα Θεοῦ γενομένην ψυχήν· καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ δὲ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ πνευματικῶς ἐκλαμβάνων νοήσειας.

En men tǭ meta cheiras psalmǭ legetai, kyrie, klinon ouranous kai katabēthi, en de tǭ iz′, kai eklinen ouranous kai katebē. Esēmeiōsametha men oun kakei kai to rhēton, kai entautha de tauton poiountes peri tou Logou tou Theou tauta legesthai hypeilēphamen. Klinas gar ouranous tǭ kenōsai heauton tēs epouraniou kai en morphę̄ Theou doxēs, eis ta katōtera tēs gēs katelēlythen diʼ hēn anedexato hyper tēs anthrōpōn sōtērias oikonomian; hothen pro tou ektethentos rhētou apothaumasas ho logos phēsi; Kyrie ti estin anthrōpos hoti egnōsthēs autǭ, ē huios anthrōpou hoti logizę̄ auton? Eis touto gar klinas tous legomenous ouranous katelēlythen ho tou Theou Logos, hōs an gnōstheiē enanthrō pēsas tǭ tōn anthrōpōn genei proteron agnooumenos autǭ; kai ou periephronēsen parʼ ouden hēgēsamenos ton genomenon huion anthrōpou, toutʼ esti pasan tēn logikēn kai katʼ eikona Theou genomenēn psychēn; kai ta loipa de tou psalmou pneumatikōs eklambanōn noēseias.

In the psalm in hand it is said, “Lord, bow the heavens and come down,” and in the seventeenth, “And he bowed the heavens and came down.” We noted the text there too, and here, doing the same, we have taken these words to be said about the Word of God. For having bowed the heavens by emptying himself of the heavenly glory that was in the form of God, he came down to the lower parts of the earth, through the dispensation he took up for the salvation of humans. Hence, before the text set out, the word marvels and says, “Lord, what is man, that you became known to him, or the son of man, that you take account of him?” For to this end the Word of God, bowing the heavens so called, came down: that by becoming man he might be known to the human race, which formerly did not know him; and he did not despise or count as nothing the one who became the son of man, that is, every rational soul made in the image of God. The rest of the psalm too you would understand by taking it spiritually.

Chapter 3

3.0Gaisford

Μετὰ δὴ τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν ψαλμῶν ἐκλογὰς τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν στιχηρῶν καὶ τῶν ἐξῆς προφητειῶν ἐν τρίτῳ τούτῳ συγγράμματι τῶν περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ Προφητικῶν Ἐκλογῶν, ὀγδόῳ ὄντι τῆς Καθόλου Στοιχειώδους Εἰσαγωγῆς, ἀναλεξώμεθα, προεπισημηνάμενοι ὅτι μήτε τὰ τῶν προφητῶν ἐπαληθεύειν δυνατὸν, ἢν μὴ οὐχὶ τῆς εἰς τὸν Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν πίστεως αὐτοῖς συμπαραλαμβανομένης, μήτε τὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν πίστεως λογικώτερον κρατύνεσθαι, μὴ τῶν ἀνέκαθεν προφητῶν τὰς περὶ αὐτοῦ πιστουμένων ἀποδείξεις. Ὅθεν εἰκότως ἄν τις Ἰουδαίοις τε μὴ τὸν Χριστὸν παραδεξαμένοις, καὶ τοῖς τὰς προφητείας ἀθετοῦσι αἱρεσιώταις καταμέμψοιτο εἰς ἀσύστατα περιτρεπομένοις· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὡς Θεοῦ τὰς προφητείας ἀποδεχόμενοι, ταύτας ψευδεῖς ἀπελέγχουσιν ἀτελεῖς αὐτὰς καταλείποντες, ὅτι μὴ τὰς εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν ἀποπληρωθείσας τῶν προφητειῶν ἐκβάσεις οἷοί τε εἰσι παραδέξασθαι· οἱ δὲ τὸν Χριστὸν ὁμολογοῦντες ἀσύστατον καὶ ἀναπόδεικτον τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν πίστιν περιέπουσι, μὴ τοῖς θαυμασίοις τοῦ Θεοῦ προφήταις τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ προμαρτυρομένοις συγχρώμενοι· ἡμεῖς γέ τοι· τὰς μέντοι προφητείας διὰ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρούσιας, ταύτην δὲ διὰ τῶν προφητειῶν πιστούμενοι, τὸ φανὸν καὶ στερρὸν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀνεξελέγκτοις ἀποδείξεσι παριστῶμεν. Ταῦτα μὲν ὡς ἐν προοιμίῳ· ἴωμεν δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ προκείμενον.

Meta dē tas apo tōn psalmōn eklogas tas apo tōn loipōn stichērōn kai tōn exēs prophēteiōn en tritǭ toutǭ syngrammati tōn peri tou Christou Prophētikōn Eklogōn, ogdoǭ onti tēs Katholou Stoicheiōdous Eisagōgēs, analexōmetha, proepisēmēnamenoi hoti mēte ta tōn prophētōn epalētheuein dynaton, ēn mē ouchi tēs eis ton Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon pisteōs autois symparalambanomenēs, mēte ta tēs hēmeteras eis ton Christon pisteōs logikōteron kratynesthai, mē tōn anekathen prophētōn tas peri autou pistoumenōn apodeixeis. Hothen eikotōs an tis Ioudaiois te mē ton Christon paradexamenois, kai tois tas prophēteias athetousi hairesiōtais katamempsoito eis asystata peritrepomenois; hoi men gar hōs Theou tas prophēteias apodechomenoi, tautas pseudeis apelenchousin ateleis autas kataleipontes, hoti mē tas eis ton Christon apoplērōtheisas tōn prophēteiōn ekbaseis hoioi te eisi paradexasthai; hoi de ton Christon homologountes asystaton kai anapodeikton tēn eis auton pistin periepousi, mē tois thaumasiois tou Theou prophētais ta peri autou promartyromenois synchrōmenoi; hēmeis ge toi; tas mentoi prophēteias dia tēs tou Christou parousias, tautēn de dia tōn prophēteiōn pistoumenoi, to phanon kai sterron tēs alētheias anexelenktois apodeixesi paristōmen. Tauta men hōs en prooimiǭ; iōmen de epi to prokeimenon.

After the extracts from the Psalms, let us gather those from the remaining books in verse and from the prophecies that follow, in this third book of the Prophetic Extracts concerning Christ, which is the eighth of the General Elementary Introduction. We note first that it is not possible to show the prophets' words to be true unless faith in our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ is taken along with them, nor can our faith in Christ be made firm more rationally unless the prophets of old confirm the proofs concerning him. Hence one might rightly blame both the Jews, who have not accepted the Christ, and the heretics who reject the prophecies, for falling into untenable positions. The former, accepting the prophecies as God's, prove them false by leaving them unfulfilled, because they cannot accept the outcomes of the prophecies fulfilled in Christ. The latter, confessing Christ, keep faith in him untenable and undemonstrated, by not making use of the wonderful prophets of God, who bore witness beforehand to the things about him. But we, confirming the prophecies through the coming of Christ, and his coming through the prophecies, set forth the clear and solid truth by irrefutable demonstrations. So much by way of preface; let us go on to the subject before us.

3.1Gaisford

Πᾶσα μὲν ἡ βίβλος τῶν Παροιμιῶν ἐκ προσώπου λέγεσθαι τῆς Σοφίας ἔοικε, πῆ μὲν τὸν ἠθικὸν ὑποτιθεμένης βίον, πῆ δὲ προσωποποιούσης ἑτέρων λόγους· καὶ ποτὲ μὲν αἰνίγματα προβαλλομένης, ποτὲ δʼ αὖ περὶ αὑτῆς τινὰ διδασκούσης, καὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ ἑαυτῆς ἐνθέου ἀξιώματος παιδευούσης. Τούτων δʼ ἀναλεξόμεθα διʼ ὧν μανθάνομεν ὅτι δὴ ζῷον θεῖον καὶ πάντη τὴν φύσιν ἐνάρετον ἡ Σοφία τυγχάνει, ἡ αὐτὴ οὖσα τῷ μετὰ τὸν πρῶτον Θεὸν δευτέρῳ τῶν ὅλων αἰτίῳ, τῷ τε ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν Θεῷ Λόγῳ, καὶ τῇ διοικούσῃ καὶ οἰκονομούσῃ τὰ σύμπαντα καὶ μέχρι τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς πραγμάτων φθανούσῃ προνοίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣ καὶ πρὸ πάσης οὐσίας τε καὶ ὑποστάσεως ἔκτισται, ἀρχὴ ὁδῶν οὖσα τῆς ὅλης δημιουργίας. Τὰ δὲ ῥητὰ ὡς ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς Σοφίας τοῦτον λέλεκται τὸν τρόπον· Ἐγὼ ἡ σοφία κατεσκήνωσα βουλὴν καὶ γνώσιν, καὶ ἔννοιαν ἐγὼ ἐπεκαλεσάμην. Φόβος Κυρίου μισεῖ κακίαν, ὕβριν τε καὶ ὑπερηφανίαν καὶ ὁδοὺς πονηρῶν, ἐμίσησα δὲ ἐγὼ διεστραμμένας ὁδοὺς κακῶν. Ἐμὴ βουλὴ καὶ ἀσφάλεια· ἐγὼ σύνεσις, ἐμὴ δὲ ἰσχύς. Διʼ ἐμοῦ βασιλεῖς βασιλεύουσι, καὶ οἱ δυνάσται γράφουσι δικαιοσύνην. Διʼ ἐμοῦ μεγιστᾶνες μεγαλύνονται. Ἐγὼ τοὺς ἐμὲ φιλοῦντας ἀγαπῶ, οἱ δὲ ἐμὲ ζητοῦντες εὑρήσουσι χάριν. Πλοῦτος καὶ δόξα ἐμοὶ ὑπάρχει, καὶ κτῆσις πολλῶν καὶ δικαιοσύνη. Βέλτιον ἐμὲ καρπίζεσθαι ὑπὲρ χρυσίον καὶ λίθον τίμιον πολύν· τὰ δὲ ἐμὰ γενήματα κρείσσω ἀργυρίου ἐκλεκτοῦ. Ἐν ὁδοῖς δικαιοσύνης περιπατώ, καὶ ἀναμέσον τρίβων δικαιώματος ἀναστρέφομαι· ἵνα μερίσω τοῖς ἐμὲ ἀγαπῶσιν ὕπαρξιν, καὶ τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν ἐμπλήσω ἀγαθῶν· ἐὰν ἀναγγείλω ὑμῖν τὰ καθʼ ἡμέραν γινόμενα, μνημονεύσω τὰ ἐξ αἰῶνος ἀριθμῆσαι. Κύριος ἔκτισέ με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ, πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέ με, ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸ τοῦ τὴν γῆν ποιῆσαι, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ τὰς ἀβύσσους ποιῆσαι, πρὸ τοῦ ἐλθεῖν τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων· πρὸ τοῦ ὄρη ἑδρασθῆναι, πρὸ δὲ πάντων βουνῶν, γεννᾷ με. Κύριος ἐποίησε χώρας καὶ ἀοικήτους, καὶ ἄκρα οἰκούμενα τῆς ὑπʼ οὐρανόν. Ἡνίκα ἡτοίμαζε τὸν οὐρανὸν, συμπαρήμην αὐτῷ, ἡνίκα ἀφώριζε τὸν ἑαυτοῦ θρόνον ἐπʼ ἀνέμων. Ἡνίκα ἰσχυρὰ ἐποίει τὰ ἄνω νέφη, καὶ ὡς ἀσφαλεῖς ἐτίθει πηγὰς τῆς ὑπʼ οὐρανὸν, ἐν τῷ τιθέναι αὐτὸν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἀκριβασμὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὕδατα οὐ παρελεύσονται στόμα αὐτοῦ· ἡνίκα ἰσχυρὰ ἐποίει τὰ θεμέλια τῆς γῆς, ἤμην παρʼ αὐτῷ ἁρμόζουσα· ἐγὼ ἤμην, ᾗ προσέχαιρε καθʼ ἡμέραν, εὐφραινόμην δὲ ἐν προσώπῳ αὐτοῦ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ· ὅτε εὐφραίνετο τὴν οἰκεουμένην συντελέσας, καὶ εὐφραίνετο ἐν υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν διδάσκει περὶ ἑαυτῆς ἡ Σοφία· τίς δέ ἐστιν αὕτη, ὁ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολος παιδεύει λέγων, Χριστὸς Θεοῦ δύναμις καὶ Θεοῦ σοφία· καὶ πάλιν, ὃς ἑγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ. Χριστὸς οὖν ἐστιν ὁ τὰ προειρημένα φάσκων· ἡ Σοφία καὶ Λόγος ἐστι Θεοῦ, διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα γεγένηται· Ἐν ἀρχῇ γὰρ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος. Πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο· καὶ, ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα, τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε ὁρατὰ εἴτε ἀόρατα, κατὰ τὸν ἀποστολον· ὅνπερ δὲ τρόπον κατά τινα ἐπίνοιαν Λόγος Θεοῦ χρηματίζει, καὶ καθʼ ἑτέραν ζωὴ, καὶ πάλιν, ἀλήθεια καὶ φῶς ἀληθινὸν, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ὁπόσα φασὶν αὐτὸν αἱ θεῖαι γραφαὶ, τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τρόπον καὶ Σοφία προσηγόρευται, ὑπηρέτης τυγχάνουσα τοῦ Πατρὸς εἰς τὴν ὅλων πρόνοιάν τε καὶ οἰκονομίαν.

Pasa men hē biblos tōn Paroimiōn ek prosōpou legesthai tēs Sophias eoike, pē men ton ēthikon hypotithemenēs bion, pē de prosōpopoiousēs heterōn logous; kai pote men ainigmata proballomenēs, pote dʼ au peri hautēs tina didaskousēs, kai ta peri tou heautēs entheou axiōmatos paideuousēs. Toutōn dʼ analexometha diʼ hōn manthanomen hoti dē zǭon theion kai pantē tēn physin enareton hē Sophia tynchanei, hē autē ousa tǭ meta ton prōton Theon deuterǭ tōn holōn aitiǭ, tǭ te en archę̄ pros ton Theon Theǭ Logǭ, kai tę̄ dioikousę̄ kai oikonomousę̄ ta sympanta kai mechri tōn epi gēs pragmatōn phthanousę̄ pronoią tou Theou, hē kai pro pasēs ousias te kai hypostaseōs ektistai, archē hodōn ousa tēs holēs dēmiourgias. Ta de rhēta hōs ex autēs tēs Sophias touton lelektai ton tropon; Egō hē sophia kateskēnōsa boulēn kai gnōsin, kai ennoian egō epekalesamēn. Phobos Kyriou misei kakian, hybrin te kai hyperēphanian kai hodous ponērōn, emisēsa de egō diestrammenas hodous kakōn. Emē boulē kai asphaleia; egō synesis, emē de ischys. Diʼ emou basileis basileuousi, kai hoi dynastai graphousi dikaiosynēn. Diʼ emou megistanes megalynontai. Egō tous eme philountas agapō, hoi de eme zētountes heurēsousi charin. Ploutos kai doxa emoi hyparchei, kai ktēsis pollōn kai dikaiosynē. Beltion eme karpizesthai hyper chrysion kai lithon timion polyn; ta de ema genēmata kreissō argyriou eklektou. En hodois dikaiosynēs peripatō, kai anameson tribōn dikaiōmatos anastrephomai; hina merisō tois eme agapōsin hyparxin, kai tous thēsaurous autōn emplēsō agathōn; ean anangeilō hymin ta kathʼ hēmeran ginomena, mnēmoneusō ta ex aiōnos arithmēsai. Kyrios ektise me archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou, pro tou aiōnos ethemeliōse me, en archę̄ pro tou tēn gēn poiēsai, kai pro tou tas abyssous poiēsai, pro tou elthein tas pēgas tōn hydatōn; pro tou orē hedrasthēnai, pro de pantōn bounōn, genną me. Kyrios epoiēse chōras kai aoikētous, kai akra oikoumena tēs hypʼ ouranon. Hēnika hētoimaze ton ouranon, symparēmēn autǭ, hēnika aphōrize ton heautou thronon epʼ anemōn. Hēnika ischyra epoiei ta anō nephē, kai hōs asphaleis etithei pēgas tēs hypʼ ouranon, en tǭ tithenai auton tę̄ thalassę̄ akribasmon autou, kai hydata ou pareleusontai stoma autou; hēnika ischyra epoiei ta themelia tēs gēs, ēmēn parʼ autǭ harmozousa; egō ēmēn, hę̄ prosechaire kathʼ hēmeran, euphrainomēn de en prosōpǭ autou en panti kairǭ; hote euphraineto tēn oikeoumenēn syntelesas, kai euphraineto en huiois tōn anthrōpōn. Tauta men oun didaskei peri heautēs hē Sophia; tis de estin hautē, ho hieros apostolos paideuei legōn, Christos Theou dynamis kai Theou sophia; kai palin, hos hegenēthē sophia hēmin apo Theou. Christos oun estin ho ta proeirēmena phaskōn; hē Sophia kai Logos esti Theou, diʼ hou ta panta gegenētai; En archę̄ gar ēn ho logos, kai ho logos ēn pros ton Theon, kai Theos ēn ho logos. Panta diʼ autou egeneto; kai, en autǭ ektisthē ta panta, ta en tois ouranois kai ta epi tēs gēs, eite horata eite aorata, kata ton apostolon; honper de tropon kata tina epinoian Logos Theou chrēmatizei, kai kathʼ heteran zōē, kai palin, alētheia kai phōs alēthinon, kai ta loipa hoposa phasin auton hai theiai graphai, ton auton dē tropon kai Sophia prosēgoreutai, hypēretēs tynchanousa tou Patros eis tēn holōn pronoian te kai oikonomian.

The whole book of Proverbs seems to be spoken in the person of Wisdom, who sometimes sets out the moral life, sometimes gives voice to the words of others; sometimes puts forward riddles, and at other times teaches certain things about herself and instructs us about her own divine dignity. Of these we shall gather the passages from which we learn that Wisdom is a divine living being, wholly virtuous by nature, being the same as the second cause of the universe after the first God, the Word who was God in the beginning with God, and the providence of God that governs and administers all things and reaches even to affairs on earth; who was also created before every substance and subsistence, being the beginning of the ways of the whole creation. The words spoken as by Wisdom herself run as follows: “I, Wisdom, made counsel and knowledge my dwelling, and I called upon understanding. The fear of the Lord hates evil, insolence and arrogance and the ways of the wicked; and I have hated the perverse ways of evil men. Counsel and safety are mine; I am understanding, and strength is mine. Through me kings reign, and princes decree righteousness. Through me great men are magnified. I love those who love me, and those who seek me will find favour. Wealth and glory are mine, and the possession of many things, and righteousness. It is better to have my fruit than gold and much precious stone, and my produce is better than choice silver. I walk in the ways of righteousness, and I move about in the midst of the paths of justice, that I may distribute substance to those who love me and fill their treasuries with good things. If I declare to you the things that happen day by day, I will remember to recount the things from of old. The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works; before the age he founded me, in the beginning, before he made the earth, and before he made the depths, before the springs of the waters came forth; before the mountains were settled, and before all the hills, he begets me. The Lord made countries and uninhabited places, and the inhabited heights of the land under heaven. When he prepared the heaven, I was present with him, when he marked out his own throne upon the winds; when he made strong the clouds above, and made secure the springs of the land under heaven, when he set for the sea its boundary, and the waters shall not pass his mouth; when he made strong the foundations of the earth, I was beside him, fitting things together. I was the one in whom he delighted day by day, and I rejoiced in his presence at every time, when he rejoiced at having completed the inhabited world and rejoiced among the sons of men.” This is what Wisdom teaches about herself. Who she is, the holy apostle teaches, saying, “Christ, the power of God and the wisdom of God”; and again, “who became wisdom for us from God.” So it is Christ who says the things quoted. He is the Wisdom and Word of God, through whom all things came into being; for “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. All things came into being through him”; and “In him all things were created, those in the heavens and those on earth, whether visible or invisible,” according to the apostle. Just as, under one concept, he is called the Word of God, and under another life, and again truth and the true light, and all the other things that the divine Scriptures call him, in the same way he is also called Wisdom, being the servant of the Father for the providence and administration of the universe.

3.2Gaisford

Ἐν φωτὶ υἱοῦ βασιλέως ζωή· οἱ δὲ προσδεκτοὶ αὐτῷ ὥσπερ νέφος ὄψιμον. Καὶ τίνος ἄλλου βασιλέως υἱοῦ ἐν φωτὶ ζωὴ τυγχάνει, ἢ ἐν τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγῳ, υἱοῦ τυγχάνοντος τοῦ πάντων βασιλέως Θεοῦ· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον· ἐν ᾧ φωτὶ ζωὴ τυγχάνει κατὰ τὸν φήσαντα τοῦ εὐαγγελίου λόγον, ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων· τούτου δὲ καὶ οἱπροσδεκτοὶ, οὓς ἡγούμεθα εἶναι τοὺς ἀποστόλους αὐτοῦ καὶ μαθητὰς, γεγόνασιν ὥσπερ νέφος ὄψιμον ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν καὶ ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος, τὴν ἔρημον ποτὲ γῆν καὶ ἄνυδρον, τουτέστι τὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίαν, ἀρδεύσαντες τῷ πνευματικῷ τῆς εὐσεβοῦς διδασκαλίας αὐτῷ ὑετῷ.

En phōti huiou basileōs zōē; hoi de prosdektoi autǭ hōsper nephos opsimon. Kai tinos allou basileōs huiou en phōti zōē tynchanei, ē en tǭ tou Theou Logǭ, huiou tynchanontos tou pantōn basileōs Theou; autos gar estin to phōs to alēthinon ho phōtizei panta anthrōpon erchomenon eis ton kosmon; en hǭ phōti zōē tynchanei kata ton phēsanta tou euangeliou logon, en autǭ zōē ēn, kai hē zōē ēn to phōs tōn anthrōpōn; toutou de kai hoiprosdektoi, hous hēgoumetha einai tous apostolous autou kai mathētas, gegonasin hōsper nephos opsimon epʼ eschatou tōn hēmerōn kai epi synteleią tou aiōnos, tēn erēmon pote gēn kai anydron, toutesti tēn tōn ethnōn ekklēsian, ardeusantes tǭ pneumatikǭ tēs eusebous didaskalias autǭ hyetǭ.

“In the light of a king's son is life; and those acceptable to him are like a late cloud.” And in the light of what other king's son is there life, but in the Word of God, who is the Son of God, the King of all? For he is the true light that enlightens every human coming into the world; and in this light there is life, according to the word of the Gospel that says, “In him was life, and the life was the light of humans.” And those acceptable to him, whom we take to be his apostles and disciples, have become like a late cloud at the last of the days and at the consummation of the age, watering the land once desert and waterless, that is, the church of the nations, with the spiritual rain of reverent teaching.

3.3Gaisford

Τάδε λέγει ἀνὴρ τοῖς πιστεύουσι Θεῷ, καὶ παύομαι. Ἀφρονέστατος γάρ εἰμι πάντων ἀνθρώπων, καὶ φρόνησις ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἐμοί. Θεὸς δʼ ἐδιδαξέν με σοφίαν, καὶ γνῶσιν ἁγίων ἐγὼ ἔγνωκα. Τίς ἀνέβη εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ κατέβη; τίς συνήγαγεν ἀνέμους ’ν κόλπῳ; τίς συνέστρεψεν ὕδωρ ἐν ἱματίῳ; τίς ’κράτησε τῶν ἄκρων τῆς γῆς; τί ὄνομα αὐτῷ· ἢ τί ὄνομα τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτοῦ; Καὶ τίς ἂν εἴη ἄλλος ἀνὴρ ὁ ταῦτα φάσκων, ἢ ὁ ἐνανθρωπήσας Κύριος ἡμῶν, ἤτοι διὰ τὰς ἡμῶν ἀφροσύνας, ἃς εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀνεδέξατο, ἢ διὰ τὴν μωρίαν τοῦ κηρύγματος σοφωτέραν καὶ ἰσχυροτέραν οὖσαν τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων σοφίας· ἐνθάδε μὲν φάσκων, ἀφρονέστατος γάρ εἰμι πάντων ἀνθρώπων· ἐν δὲ ξή ψαλμῷ, σὺ ἔγνως τὴν ἀφροσύνην μου· φησὶν δὲ ὅτι καὶ φρόνησις ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἐμοὶ, ὥσπερ ἐπʼ ἀνδραγαθήματι λαμπρυνάμενος ἐπὶ τῷ μηδεμίαν ἐσχηκέναι φρόνησιν τῶν παρασυμβληθέντων τοῖς κτήνεσι τοῖς ἀνοήτοις, καὶ ὁμοιωθέντων αὐτοῖς ἀνθρώπων· ἢ ὧν τὴν σοφίαν ἐμώρανεν ὁ Θεὸς μηδὲν πλέον φρονούντων τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅσα πέφυκεν σαρκῶν τε καὶ ὕλης οἰκεῖα· ὅθεν δὴ καὶ μεμαρτύρηνται ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ αὐτῶν φρόνιμοι εἶναι, τὸ (τῷ) μόνα τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς ζητεῖν καὶ διανοεῖσθαι ἐκ νεότητος ἐπὶ (ἔτι) τὰ πονηρά· ἀνθρωπεία μὲν οὐδαμῶς ἦν ἐν τῷ προειρημένῳ ἀνδρὶ φρόνησις, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι καὶ θεία ὑπεράνθρωπος· διʼ ὃ καὶ ἐπιφέρει λέγων, Θεὸς δʼ ἐδίδαξέ με σοφίαν, καὶ γνῶσιν ἁγίων ἐγὼ ἔγνωκα· εἶτα ἐρωτηματικῶς φησὶν, τίς ἀνέβη εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ κατέβη; οἱονεὶ διεγείρων ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ ζήτησιν τοῦ τὰ τηλικαῦτα περὶ ἑαυτοῦ διδάσκοντος, περὶ οὗ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς εἴρηται ἰδίας δεόμενα σχολῆς. Ὁ μὲν οὖν θεῖος ἀπόστολος περὶ αὐτοῦ διδάσκων ἡμᾶς φησὶν, ὁ καταβὰς εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς, αὐτός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ ἀναβὰς ὑπεράνω τῶν οὐρανῶν· προτάξας τὸ κατεληλυθέναι αὐτὸν, εἶτʼ ἐπαναγαγὼν τὸ ἀνεληλυθέναι φησὶν, ἔπειτα κατεληλυθέναι· ἐπείπερ μετὰ τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν εἰπὼν τῇ Μαριὰμ, Μή μου ἅπτου, οὔπω γὰρ ἀναβέβηκα πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου· μετὰ ταῦτα ὤφθη τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐπὶ ἡμέραις τεσσαράκοντα συναλιζόμενος αὐτοῖς· ἀνεληλυθὼς δηλαδὴ πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ αὖθις διʼ ἣν ἐπετέλει οἰκονομίαν κατεληλυ θώς. Διʼ ὃ καὶ εἴρηται· Ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος ᾐχμαλώτευσεν αἰχμαλωσίαν, ἔδωκε δόματα ἐν ἀνθρώποις. Τίνα δὲ ταῦτα ἢ τὰ διὰ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος χαρίσματα, ἅπερ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ κατεβίβασε; Διʼ ὃ καὶ ἐνταῦθα παρὰ τῷ Ἀκύλᾳ εἴρηται· τίς ἀνέβη εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ κατεβίβασεν; Αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ ἐκράτησε τῶν ἄκρων τῆς γῆς, ὥστε εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξελθεῖν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ. Ὧι δὲ δέδοται λόγος γνώσεως, οὗτος εἴσεται ὅπως ἂν νοηθείη καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν κατὰ τὸν τόπον· προτρέπει δὲ ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὸ ζητῆσαι τί ὄνομα αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτοῦ· πρὸς τοῦτο δʼ ὑπακουσόμεθα ἐκ τῆς ἐνεργείας παρειληφότες, αὐτῷ μὲν ὑπάρχειν ὄνομα Ἰησοῦς, ὅπερ ἑρμηνεύεται Θεοῦ σωτηρία· ὃ καὶ οἱ κατὰ σάρκα προσήκοντες κατὰ τὸν τοῦ Γαβριὴλ χρηματισμὸν ἐπιτεθείκασιν αὐτῷ, ὑποθεμένου καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῆς τοιαύτης προσηγορίας, αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει φησὶ τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν. Τὸ δὲ τῶν τέκνων αὐτοῦ ὄνομα, οἷς ἔλεγε, Τεκνία, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ τῶν μετʼ ἐκείνους ἐν ἀπάσαις ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις υἱῶν τε αὐτοῦ καὶ υἱώνων καὶ ἀπογόνων, τί ἂν ἄλλο εἴη ἢ τὸ εὐλογημένον Χριστιανὸν ὄνομα;

Tade legei anēr tois pisteuousi Theǭ, kai pauomai. Aphronestatos gar eimi pantōn anthrōpōn, kai phronēsis anthrōpōn ouk estin en emoi. Theos dʼ edidaxen me sophian, kai gnōsin hagiōn egō egnōka. Tis anebē eis ton ouranon kai katebē? tis synēgagen anemous ’n kolpǭ? tis synestrepsen hydōr en himatiǭ? tis ’kratēse tōn akrōn tēs gēs? ti onoma autǭ; ē ti onoma tois teknois autou? Kai tis an eiē allos anēr ho tauta phaskōn, ē ho enanthrōpēsas Kyrios hēmōn, ētoi dia tas hēmōn aphrosynas, has eis heauton anedexato, ē dia tēn mōrian tou kērygmatos sophōteran kai ischyroteran ousan tēs tōn anthrōpōn sophias; enthade men phaskōn, aphronestatos gar eimi pantōn anthrōpōn; en de xē psalmǭ, sy egnōs tēn aphrosynēn mou; phēsin de hoti kai phronēsis anthrōpōn ouk estin en emoi, hōsper epʼ andragathēmati lamprynamenos epi tǭ mēdemian eschēkenai phronēsin tōn parasymblēthentōn tois ktēnesi tois anoētois, kai homoiōthentōn autois anthrōpōn; ē hōn tēn sophian emōranen ho Theos mēden pleon phronountōn ta epi tēs gēs, hosa pephyken sarkōn te kai hylēs oikeia; hothen dē kai memartyrēntai en tę̄ geneą autōn phronimoi einai, to (tǭ) mona ta epi gēs zētein kai dianoeisthai ek neotētos epi (eti) ta ponēra; anthrōpeia men oudamōs ēn en tǭ proeirēmenǭ andri phronēsis, dēlon dʼ hoti kai theia hyperanthrōpos; diʼ ho kai epipherei legōn, Theos dʼ edidaxe me sophian, kai gnōsin hagiōn egō egnōka; eita erōtēmatikōs phēsin, tis anebē eis ton ouranon kai katebē? hoionei diegeirōn hēmas epi zētēsin tou ta tēlikauta peri heautou didaskontos, peri hou kai ta hexēs eirētai idias deomena scholēs. Ho men oun theios apostolos peri autou didaskōn hēmas phēsin, ho katabas eis ta katōtera merē tēs gēs, autos estin kai ho anabas hyperanō tōn ouranōn; protaxas to katelēlythenai auton, eitʼ epanagagōn to anelēlythenai phēsin, epeita katelēlythenai; epeiper meta tēn ek nekrōn anastasin eipōn tę̄ Mariam, Mē mou haptou, oupō gar anabebēka pros ton patera mou; meta tauta ōphthē tois mathētais epi hēmerais tessarakonta synalizomenos autois; anelēlythōs dēladē pros ton Patera, kai authis diʼ hēn epetelei oikonomian katelēly thōs. Diʼ ho kai eirētai; Anabas eis hypsos ę̄chmalōteusen aichmalōsian, edōke domata en anthrōpois. Tina de tauta ē ta dia tou hagiou Pneumatos charismata, haper ex ouranou katebibase? Diʼ ho kai entautha para tǭ Akylą eirētai; tis anebē eis ton ouranon kai katebibasen? Autos de kai ekratēse tōn akrōn tēs gēs, hōste eis pasan tēn gēn exelthein ton logon autou, kai eis ta perata tēs oikoumenēs ta rhēmata autou. Hōi de dedotai logos gnōseōs, houtos eisetai hopōs an noētheiē kai ta loipa tōn kata ton topon; protrepei de hēmas epi to zētēsai ti onoma autǭ te kai tois teknois autou; pros touto dʼ hypakousometha ek tēs energeias pareilēphotes, autǭ men hyparchein onoma Iēsous, hoper hermēneuetai Theou sōtēria; ho kai hoi kata sarka prosēkontes kata ton tou Gabriēl chrēmatismon epitetheikasin autǭ, hypothemenou kai tēn aitian tou angelou tēs toiautēs prosēgorias, autos gar sōsei phēsi ton laon autou apo tōn hamartiōn autōn. To de tōn teknōn autou onoma, hois elege, Teknia, eti mikron chronon methʼ hymōn eimi, kai tōn metʼ ekeinous en apasais tais ekklēsiais huiōn te autou kai huiōnōn kai apogonōn, ti an allo eiē ē to eulogēmenon Christianon onoma?

“Thus says the man to those who believe God, and I cease. For I am the most foolish of all men, and the understanding of men is not in me. But God has taught me wisdom, and I have known the knowledge of the holy. Who has gone up into heaven and come down? Who has gathered the winds in his bosom? Who has wrapped up water in a garment? Who has taken hold of the ends of the earth? What is his name, or what is the name of his children?” And what other man could be the one who says this, but our Lord who became man? He says it either because of our follies, which he took upon himself, or because of the foolishness of the preaching, which is wiser and stronger than the wisdom of humans. Here he says, “For I am the most foolish of all men,” and in the sixty-eighth psalm, “You know my folly.” He also says, “and the understanding of men is not in me,” glorying as in an exploit that he has had none of the understanding of men who have been compared to the senseless cattle and made like them; or of those whose wisdom God made foolish, who think of nothing more than the things on earth, whatever belongs by nature to flesh and matter. For this reason they are attested to be wise in their generation, (by) seeking only the things on earth and thinking (still) on evil from their youth. There was no human understanding at all in the man mentioned, but clearly a divine one, above the human; which is why he adds, “But God has taught me wisdom, and I have known the knowledge of the holy.” Then he asks, “Who has gone up into heaven and come down?”, as if rousing us to search for the one who teaches such great things about himself, concerning whom the rest is also said, which needs leisure of its own. The divine apostle, teaching us about him, says, “He who came down to the lower parts of the earth is the same who also went up above the heavens.” He puts first that he came down, then brings in that he went up, and then that he came down; since after the resurrection from the dead he said to Mary, “Do not touch me, for I have not yet ascended to my Father”; after this he was seen by the disciples for forty days, eating with them, having clearly gone up to the Father and come down again because of the dispensation he was carrying out. Hence it is also said, “Having gone up on high he led captivity captive; he gave gifts among humans.” And what are these but the gifts of the Holy Spirit, which he brought down from heaven? This is why here too Aquila says, “Who has gone up into heaven and brought down?” He also took hold of the ends of the earth, so that his word went out into all the earth, and his sayings to the ends of the inhabited world. The one to whom a word of knowledge is given will know how the rest of the passage should be understood. It urges us to ask what his name is and the name of his children. To this we shall answer from what we have learned by experience: his name is Jesus, which is interpreted “salvation of God”; this name those related to him according to the flesh gave him, following the oracle of Gabriel, the angel also giving the reason for such a title: “For he will save his people from their sins,” he says. And the name of his children, to whom he said, “Little children, yet a little while I am with you,” and of those after them in all the churches, his sons, grandsons, and descendants, what else could it be but the blessed name Christian?

3.4Gaisford

Ἀγαθὸς παῖς πένης καὶ σοφὸς ὑπὲρ βασιλέα πρεσβύτερον καὶ ἄφρονα, ὃς οὐκ ἔγνω τοῦ προσέχειν ἔτι. Ὅτι ἐξ οἴκου δεσμίων ἐξελεύσεται τοῦ βασιλεῦσαι, ὅτι καί γε ἐν βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ ἐγενήθη πένης. Εἶδον σύμπαντας τοὺς ζῶντας τοὺς περιπατοῦντας ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον μετὰ τοῦ νεανίσκου τοῦ δευτέρου, ὃς ἀναστήσεται ἀντʼ αὐτοῦ. Οὐκ ἔστι περασμὸς τῷ παντὶ λαῷ τοῖς πᾶσιν, ὅσοι ἐγένοντο ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν· καί γε οἱ ἔσχατοι οὐκ εὐφρανθήσονται ἐν αὐτῷ, ὅτι καί γε τοῦτο ματαιότης καὶ προαίρεσις πνεύματος. Ἐπεὶ Χριστὸς σοφία Θεοῦ ὢν διʼ ἡμᾶς ἐπτώχευσε πλούσιος ὢν, οἶμαι περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγεσθαι τὸ, ἀγαθὸς παῖς πένης καὶ σοφὸς ὑπὲρ βασιλέα πρεσβύτερον καὶ ἄφρονα· ὃν νομίζω εἶναι τὸν πεπαλαιωμένον ἡμερῶν κακῶν διάβολον· ὃς βασιλεὺς μέν ἐστιν τῶν βασιλευομένων ὑπὸ τῆς ἐνεργουμένης ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτίας, ἄφρων γε μὴν διὰ τὸ ἐστερῆσθαι τῆς ἐναρέτου καὶ κατὰ Θεὸν φρονήσεως· ὁ δὲ προειρημένος ἀγαθὸς καὶ σοφὸς παῖς, ἐξ οἴκου δεσμίων, ἤτοι τοῦ περιγείου τόπου, ἤτοι τῶν ἐν Ἅιδῃ χωρίων, κατὰ τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν προελθὼν βασιλεὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐπὶ Σιὼν τὸ ἐπουράνιον ὄρος τοῦ Θεοῦ κατέστη, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ ἐγενήθη πένης, οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγούμενος τὸ εἶναι ἴσα Θεῷ, ἀλλʼ ἑαυτὸν ταπεινῶν καὶ τῆς ἀνωτάτω δοξῆς ὑποκαταβαίνων διὰ τοὺς μὴ χωροῦντας αὐτοῦ τὸν τῆς σοφίας πλοῦτον· τὸν δʼ ἀντὶ τούτου λεγόμενον ἀναστήσεσθαι δεύτερον νεανίσκον, τὸν ἀντίχριστον εἶναι ὑπολαμβάνω, μεθʼ οὗ σύμπαντας τοὺς ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον ζῶντας καὶ περιπατοῦντας ἑορακέναι φησὶν ὁ λόγος· τίνες δʼ ἂν εἶεν οὗτοι, ἢ πάντες οἱ περιέποντες τὴν ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον λεγομένην ματαιότητα ματαιοτήτων;

Agathos pais penēs kai sophos hyper basilea presbyteron kai aphrona, hos ouk egnō tou prosechein eti. Hoti ex oikou desmiōn exeleusetai tou basileusai, hoti kai ge en basileią autou egenēthē penēs. Eidon sympantas tous zōntas tous peripatountas hypo ton hēlion meta tou neaniskou tou deuterou, hos anastēsetai antʼ autou. Ouk esti perasmos tǭ panti laǭ tois pasin, hosoi egenonto emprosthen autōn; kai ge hoi eschatoi ouk euphranthēsontai en autǭ, hoti kai ge touto mataiotēs kai proairesis pneumatos. Epei Christos sophia Theou ōn diʼ hēmas eptōcheuse plousios ōn, oimai peri autou legesthai to, agathos pais penēs kai sophos hyper basilea presbyteron kai aphrona; hon nomizō einai ton pepalaiōmenon hēmerōn kakōn diabolon; hos basileus men estin tōn basileuomenōn hypo tēs energoumenēs hypʼ autou hamartias, aphrōn ge mēn dia to esterēsthai tēs enaretou kai kata Theon phronēseōs; ho de proeirēmenos agathos kai sophos pais, ex oikou desmiōn, ētoi tou perigeiou topou, ētoi tōn en Haidę̄ chōriōn, kata tēn ek nekrōn anastasin proelthōn basileus hypo tou Patros epi Siōn to epouranion oros tou Theou katestē, kai en autę̄ tę̄ basileią autou egenēthē penēs, ouch harpagmon hēgoumenos to einai isa Theǭ, allʼ heauton tapeinōn kai tēs anōtatō doxēs hypokatabainōn dia tous mē chōrountas autou ton tēs sophias plouton; ton dʼ anti toutou legomenon anastēsesthai deuteron neaniskon, ton antichriston einai hypolambanō, methʼ hou sympantas tous hypo ton hēlion zōntas kai peripatountas heorakenai phēsin ho logos; tines dʼ an eien houtoi, ē pantes hoi periepontes tēn hypo ton hēlion legomenēn mataiotēta mataiotētōn?

“Better is a youth, poor and wise, than a king old and foolish, who no longer knew how to take heed. For out of the house of prisoners he will come forth to reign, for even in his kingdom he became poor. I saw all the living who walk under the sun with the second youth, who will rise up in his place. There is no end to all the people, to all who were before them; and yet those who come later will not rejoice in him; for this too is vanity and a choice of the spirit.” Since Christ, being the wisdom of God, became poor for our sake though he was rich, I think “Better is a youth, poor and wise, than a king old and foolish” is said about him. The old king I think is the devil, “grown old in evil days,” who is king of those over whom the sin worked by him reigns, but foolish because he is deprived of the virtuous understanding that is according to God. The good and wise youth mentioned came forth out of the house of prisoners, either the region around the earth or the places in Hades, at his resurrection from the dead, and was set up by the Father as king on Zion, the heavenly mountain of God; and in his very kingdom he became poor, not counting equality with God a thing to be grasped, but humbling himself and coming down from the highest glory for the sake of those who could not receive the riches of his wisdom. The one said to rise up in his place, the second youth, I take to be the Antichrist, with whom the word says it saw all who live and walk under the sun; and who would they be but all who cherish what is called the vanity of vanities under the sun?

3.5Gaisford

Καί γε τοῦτο εἶδον σοφίαν ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ μεγάλη ἐστὶ πρὸς μέ. Πόλις μικρὰ καὶ ἄνδρες ἐν αὐτῇ ὀλίγοι, καὶ ἔλθῃ εἰς αὐτὴν βασιλεὺς μέγας, καὶ κυκλώσει αὐτὴν, καὶ οἰκοδομήσει ἐπʼ αὐτὴν χάρακας μεγάλους· καὶ εὕρῃ ἐν αὐτῇ ἄνδρα πένητα καὶ σοφὸν, καὶ διασώσει αὐτὸς τὴν πόλιν ἓν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἐμνήσθη τῷ ἀνδρὸς τοῦ πένητος ἐκείνου. Καὶ εἶπα ἐγὼ, Ἀγαθὴ σοφία ὑπὲρ δύναμιν· καὶ σοφία τοῦ πένητος ἑξουδενωμένη, καὶ λόγοι αὐτοῦ οὐκ εἰσὶν ἀκουόμενοι. Ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὁ μὲν τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἐνεργῶν βασιλεὺς εἶναι λέγεται, ὁ δὲ διασώζων τὴν ὑπὸ τούτου πολιορκουμένην πόλιν ἀνὴρ πένης καὶ σοφός· λεγομένου δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου κεφαλαίῳ τοῦ, ἀγαθὸς πένης καὶ σοφὸς ὑπὲρ βασιλέα πρεσβύτερον καὶ ἄφρονα, τὸν μὲν ἄφρονα βασιλέα τὸν διάβολον ἐξειλήφαμεν, τὸν δὲ πένητα καὶ σοφὸν τὸν διʼ ἡμᾶς ἑαυτὸν κενώσαντα καὶ πτωχεύσαντα τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον· τούτου δὴ χάριν καὶ τὰ προκείμενα ἐσημειωσάμεθα, οὐκ ἄλλον εἶναι νομίζοντες τὸν ἐνθάδε διαγραφόμενον πολεμικὸν βασιλέα τοῦ ἐκεῖ λεγομένου βασιλέως ἄφρονος· ὡσαύτως δὲ τὸν ἐνταῦθα διασώζοντα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ σοφίᾳ τὴν πολιορκουμένην πόλιν τοῦ ἐκεῖ πένητος καὶ σοφοῦ, ὃν ἐλέγομεν εἶναι τὸν Χριστόν· ὃς τὴν μικρὰν πόλιν, τουτέστι τὸν περίγειον τόπον συγκρίσει τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου βραχύτατον ὄντα, καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ, ὡς ἐν παραθέσει τῆς τῶν λογικῶν ἁπάντων πληθύος ὀλίγους ὄντας ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ὡς σταγών ἐστιν ἀπὸ κάδου, ἐλυτρώσατο πολιορκουμένους ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου βασιλείας, πάντοθεν τὸν περίγειον χῶρον καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ κυκλοῦντος, οἰκοδομοῦντός τε ἐπʼ αὐτὸν χάρακας μεγάλους, τὰς ἀρχὰς, καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας, καὶ τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους τούτου, καὶ τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας. Τούτον οὖν οὐκ ἄλλος τίς ἢ μόνος καθεῖλεν ὁ πένης καὶ σοφὸς ἀνὴρ, ὁ Σωτὴρ καὶ Κύριος ἡμῶν, κενώσας ἑαυτὸν καὶ διʼ ἡμᾶς πτωχεύσας ἐν τῷ πλούτῳ τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ἐλέους, καὶ καθελὼν διέσωσεν ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ τὴν μικρὰν πόλιν, ὡς εἰκὸς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν καθʼ ἑτέραν· ἐκδοχὴν, καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ ὀλίγους ὄντας· ἐπειδὴ στενὴ καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωὴν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσιν οἱ διιόντες αὐτήν. Φασὶ δʼ οἱ τὴν τηλικαύτην ὁρῶντες οἰκονομίαν τὸ, ἀγαθὴ σοφία ὑπὲρ δύναμιν· δύναμιν δὲ δῆλον ὅτι τὴν τῶν πολεμίων· ἀλλὰ καὶ, ἄνθρωπος, φησὶν, οὐκ ἐμνήσθη τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τοῦ πένητος ἐκείνου· Θεὸς μὲν γὰρ ἦν ὁ διὰ τῶν προφητῶν μνημονεύων αὐτοῦ, καὶ προκηρύττων τὰ περὶ τῆς εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐπιδημίας αὐτοῦ· τῶν δʼ ὑπὸ τῆς σοφίας τῶν ἀρχόντων τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐνεργηθέντων οὐδὲ εἷς πώποτε ἐμνήσθη, ἐπεὶ μὴ δʼ οἷοί τε ἦσαν εἰδέναι τὸ. μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν οἰκονομίας τοῦ Λόγου τοῦ Θεοῦ. Πρὸς τούτοις λέγεται ὅτι καὶ σοφία τοῦ πένητος ἐξουδενωμένη· καὶ γὰρ εὐδόκησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ κηρύγματος σώσαι τοὺς πιστεύοντας· ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ λόγοι αὐτοῦ, φησὶν, οὐκ εἰσὶν ἀκουόμενοι· οὐ πάντων γάρ ἐστιν ἀκοῦσαι τῶν τοῦ Σωτῆρος λόγων, εἰ μὴ μόνον τῶν ἐχόντων ὦτα εἰς τὸ ἀκούειν· καὶ γὰρ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ κεκαλυμμένον ἐστιν, πλὴν οὐ τοῖς αὐτοῦ μαθηταῖς, τοῖς γὰρ ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον.

Kai ge touto eidon sophian hypo ton hēlion, kai megalē esti pros me. Polis mikra kai andres en autę̄ oligoi, kai elthę̄ eis autēn basileus megas, kai kyklōsei autēn, kai oikodomēsei epʼ autēn charakas megalous; kai heurę̄ en autę̄ andra penēta kai sophon, kai diasōsei autos tēn polin hen tę̄ sophią autou, kai anthrōpos ouk emnēsthē tǭ andros tou penētos ekeinou. Kai eipa egō, Agathē sophia hyper dynamin; kai sophia tou penētos hexoudenōmenē, kai logoi autou ouk eisin akouomenoi. Epei kai entautha ho men ta tou polemou energōn basileus einai legetai, ho de diasōzōn tēn hypo toutou poliorkoumenēn polin anēr penēs kai sophos; legomenou de kai en tǭ pro toutou kephalaiǭ tou, agathos penēs kai sophos hyper basilea presbyteron kai aphrona, ton men aphrona basilea ton diabolon exeilēphamen, ton de penēta kai sophon ton diʼ hēmas heauton kenōsanta kai ptōcheusanta tou Theou Logon; toutou dē charin kai ta prokeimena esēmeiōsametha, ouk allon einai nomizontes ton enthade diagraphomenon polemikon basilea tou ekei legomenou basileōs aphronos; hōsautōs de ton entautha diasōzonta tę̄ heautou sophią tēn poliorkoumenēn polin tou ekei penētos kai sophou, hon elegomen einai ton Christon; hos tēn mikran polin, toutesti ton perigeion topon synkrisei tou pantos kosmou brachytaton onta, kai tous en autę̄, hōs en parathesei tēs tōn logikōn hapantōn plēthyos oligous ontas epi panta ta ethnē, hōs stagōn estin apo kadou, elytrōsato poliorkoumenous apo tēs tou diabolou basileias, pantothen ton perigeion chōron kai tous en autǭ kyklountos, oikodomountos te epʼ auton charakas megalous, tas archas, kai tas exousias, kai tous kosmokratoras tou skotous toutou, kai ta pneumatika tēs ponērias. Touton oun ouk allos tis ē monos katheilen ho penēs kai sophos anēr, ho Sōtēr kai Kyrios hēmōn, kenōsas heauton kai diʼ hēmas ptōcheusas en tǭ ploutǭ tou heautou eleous, kai kathelōn diesōsen en tę̄ sophią autou tēn mikran polin, hōs eikos tēn ekklēsian kathʼ heteran; ekdochēn, kai tous en autę̄ oligous ontas; epeidē stenē kai tethlimmenē hē hodos hē apagousa eis tēn zōēn, kai oligoi eisin hoi diiontes autēn. Phasi dʼ hoi tēn tēlikautēn horōntes oikonomian to, agathē sophia hyper dynamin; dynamin de dēlon hoti tēn tōn polemiōn; alla kai, anthrōpos, phēsin, ouk emnēsthē tou andros tou penētos ekeinou; Theos men gar ēn ho dia tōn prophētōn mnēmoneuōn autou, kai prokēryttōn ta peri tēs eis anthrōpous epidēmias autou; tōn dʼ hypo tēs sophias tōn archontōn toutou tou aiōnos energēthentōn oude heis pōpote emnēsthē, epei mē dʼ hoioi te ēsan eidenai to. mystērion to apokekrymmenon pro tōn aiōnōn tēs kata tēn enanthrōpēsin oikonomias tou Logou tou Theou. Pros toutois legetai hoti kai sophia tou penētos exoudenōmenē; kai gar eudokēsen ho Theos dia tēs mōrias tou kērygmatos sōsai tous pisteuontas; alla kai hoi logoi autou, phēsin, ouk eisin akouomenoi; ou pantōn gar estin akousai tōn tou Sōtēros logōn, ei mē monon tōn echontōn ōta eis to akouein; kai gar to euangelion tou Christou kekalymmenon estin, plēn ou tois autou mathētais, tois gar apollymenois estin kekalymmenon.

“This too I saw as wisdom under the sun, and it is great to me. There was a small city, and few men in it; and a great king came against it and surrounded it and built great siegeworks against it; and he found in it a man poor and wise, and he saved the city by his wisdom; yet no one remembered that poor man. And I said, ‘Wisdom is better than power; yet the wisdom of the poor man is despised, and his words are not heard.’” Here too the one who wages war is said to be a king, and the one who saves the city besieged by him a poor and wise man. Since in the previous chapter it was said, “Better is a youth, poor and wise, than a king old and foolish,” and we took the foolish king to be the devil and the poor and wise one to be the Word of God, who emptied himself and became poor for our sake, for this reason we have noted the present passage too, thinking that the warlike king described here is no other than the foolish king spoken of there, and likewise that the one who here saves the besieged city by his wisdom is the poor and wise one there, whom we said to be Christ. He ransomed the small city, that is, the region around the earth, which is very small compared with the whole cosmos, and those in it, who are few in comparison with the multitude of all rational beings, all the nations being like a drop from a bucket. They were besieged by the kingdom of the devil, who surrounds on every side the region around the earth and those in it, and builds great siegeworks against it: the rulers, the authorities, the world-rulers of this darkness, and the spiritual forces of wickedness. Him no one else brought down but the poor and wise man alone, our Saviour and Lord, who emptied himself and became poor for our sake in the riches of his own mercy; and having brought him down, he saved by his wisdom the small city, which in another interpretation is, presumably, the church, and those in it who are few; since narrow and hard is the way that leads to life, and few are those who go through it. Those who see so great a dispensation say, “Wisdom is better than power,” clearly the power of the enemies. But also, it says, “no one remembered that poor man.” For it was God who remembered him through the prophets and proclaimed beforehand his sojourn among humans; but of those worked upon by the wisdom of the rulers of this age, not one ever remembered him, since they were not even able to know the mystery hidden before the ages, the dispensation of the incarnation of the Word of God. Besides this it is said, “and the wisdom of the poor man is despised”; for God was pleased through the foolishness of the preaching to save those who believe. And “his words,” it says, “are not heard”; for not all can hear the Saviour's words, but only those who have ears to hear; for the gospel of Christ is veiled, though not to his disciples, for it is veiled to those who are perishing.

3.6Gaisford

Ὅλον τὸ βιβλίον ὑπόθεσιν ἔχει νύμφης ἔρωτα πρὸς νυμφίον, ὁμολογούσης τετρῶσθαι τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀγάπῃ, καὶ αὐτοῦ πάλιν ὁμολογοῦντος αὐτὴν μόνην ἀπὸ πλειόνων ὑπάρχειν αὐτῷ τελείαν περιστερὰν παρὰ τὰς λεγομένας βασιλίδας καὶ παλλακίδας καὶ νεάνιδας. Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἐκ περιτομῆς μίαν εἶναι τῶν πεπιστευμένων παρʼ αὐτοῖς δύο καὶ εἴκοσι θεοπνεύστων γραφῶν πεπεισμένοι καὶ ταύτην τὴν γραφὴν, οὐκ οἶδʼ εἰ ἔχοιεν ἄξιόν τι θείας ἐπιπνοίας λεγόμενον ἐν αὐτῇ παραστῆσαι, μὴ πλέον τί τῆς προχείρου ἐκδοχῆς κατὰ τοὺς τόπους φανταζόμενοι· ὁ δὲ δυνατὸς τὸ μὲν ἐπικείμενον καὶ ταύτῃ τῇ γραφῇ κάλυμμα περιελεῖν, ἐπιστρέψαι δὲ πρὸς Κύριον ὅπερ ἐστι τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ τὴν καὶ ἐν τούτοις δόξαν τοῦ Κυρίου κατοπτρίζεσθαι, θεωρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ τὰ κατὰ τὴν πνευματικὴν νύμφην, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, μυστήρια, καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ τοῦ τελείου τῆς τοιασδὶ νύμφης νυμφίου καὶ τῆς τῶν βασιλίδων αὐτοῦ καὶ παλλακίδων καὶ νεανίδων διαφορᾶς, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ἐναποκέκρυπται τῇ βίβλῳ ἀπορρητότερα μαθήματα, ἃ καὶ πληρεστάτης ἤδη σαφηνείας ἔτυχεν, ἐν. οἷς ὁ φιλοπονώτατος τῶν θείων γραφῶν ἐξηγητὴς ὑπεμνηματίσατο.

Holon to biblion hypothesin echei nymphēs erōta pros nymphion, homologousēs tetrōsthai tę̄ pros auton agapę̄, kai autou palin homologountos autēn monēn apo pleionōn hyparchein autǭ teleian peristeran para tas legomenas basilidas kai pallakidas kai neanidas. Hoi men oun ek peritomēs mian einai tōn pepisteumenōn parʼ autois dyo kai eikosi theopneustōn graphōn pepeismenoi kai tautēn tēn graphēn, ouk oidʼ ei echoien axion ti theias epipnoias legomenon en autę̄ parastēsai, mē pleon ti tēs procheirou ekdochēs kata tous topous phantazomenoi; ho de dynatos to men epikeimenon kai tautę̄ tę̄ graphę̄ kalymma perielein, epistrepsai de pros Kyrion hoper esti to pneuma, kai anakekalymmenǭ prosōpǭ tēn kai en toutois doxan tou Kyriou katoptrizesthai, theōrēsei en autę̄ ta kata tēn pneumatikēn nymphēn, dēlon dʼ hoti tēn ekklēsian tou Christou, mystēria, kai ta legomena peri tou teleiou tēs toiasdi nymphēs nymphiou kai tēs tōn basilidōn autou kai pallakidōn kai neanidōn diaphoras, kai hosa alla enapokekryptai tę̄ biblǭ aporrētotera mathēmata, ha kai plērestatēs ēdē saphēneias etychen, en. hois ho philoponōtatos tōn theiōn graphōn exēgētēs hypemnēmatisato.

The whole book has as its subject a bride's love for a bridegroom: she confesses that she is wounded by love for him, and he in turn confesses that she alone, out of many, is his perfect dove, beyond those called queens, concubines, and maidens. Those of the circumcision, persuaded that this book too is one of the twenty-two inspired Scriptures believed among them, could not, I think, point to anything said in it worthy of divine inspiration, since they imagine nothing more in these passages than the obvious sense. But whoever is able to remove the veil that lies on this Scripture too, to turn to the Lord, who is the Spirit, and with unveiled face to behold as in a mirror the glory of the Lord in these things also, will see in it the mysteries concerning the spiritual bride, clearly the church of Christ, and what is said about the perfect bridegroom of such a bride, and about the difference between his queens, concubines, and maidens, and all the other more secret teachings hidden in the book. These have already received the fullest clarification in the works in which the most industrious interpreter of the divine Scriptures has written his commentaries.

3.7Gaisford

Ὁ Ἰώβ ἐστιν ὁ φάσκων περὶ τοῦ Κυρίου μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων, Ὁ λέγων τῷ ἡλίῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀνατέλλει, κατὰ δὲ ἄστρων κατασφραγίζει· ὁ τανύσας τὸν οὐρανὸν μόνος, καὶ περιπατῶν ὡς ἐπὶ ἐδάφους ἐπὶ θαλάσσης· καὶ πάλιν, ὁ μέλλων τὸ μέγα κῆτος χειρώσασθαι. Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν οὐκ ἔχεται τῆς περὶ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων Θεοῦ μεγαλονοίας τὸ ὑπολαμβάνειν αὐτὸν τὰ σύμπαντα πληροῦντα ἐπὶ θαλάσσῃ (ης) περιπατεῖν χωρούσης αὐτοῦ τὸ τοσοῦ (?) μέγεθος, λείπεται περὶ τοῦ Λόγου ταῦτα νοεῖν· οὗ τῇ δυνάμει, τύπος αὐτοῦ τυγχάνων, ὁ τοῦ Ναυὴ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν τῷ ἡλίῳ καὶ ἔστη κατὰ Γαβαὼν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ πάθους αὐτοῦ, ὡσπερεὶ θείᾳ τινὶ προστάξει, ὁ ἥλιος ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἐσκότασεν τὴν γῆν. Αὐτὸς δέ ἐστιν ὁ τανύσας τὸν οὐρανὸν, ὁ καὶ περιπατήσας ὡς ἐπʼ ἐδάφους ἐπὶ θαλάσσης, ὁπηνίκα ἐνανθρωπήσας ἀπετέλει τὰ παράδοξα, καθὼς ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις ἱστόρηται. Εἰ δʼ ὅλως ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον τὰ κατὰ τοὺς τόπους ἀναφέροι, τὸ ἐξῆς ἂν εἴη μὴ μόνα ἅπερ ἐξεθέμεθα ῥητὰ εἰς αὐτὸν ἐκλαμβάνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν τῇ περικοπῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰὼβ. λεγόμενα· καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸ μέγα κῆτος μόνος αὐτὸς ἐχειρώσατο, λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου, καὶ τὸν μέγαν ὡς ἀληθῶς δράκοντα τὸν διάβολον καταργήσας, ὃς πάλαι μὲν τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ψυχὰς κατέπινεν ἰσχύσας, δίκην τοῦ τὸν Ἰωνᾶν καταπεπωκότος κήτους, χειρωθεὶς δʼ ὕστερον ὑπὸ τοῦ καταπαλαίσαντος αὐτὸν, προήγαγεν αὖθις οὓς πάλαι καταπεπώκει, ὁμοίως τῷ τὸν Ἰωνᾶν σῶον ἀποδεδωκότι θηρίῳ· πληρουμένης ἐν τούτῳ προφητείας φασκούσης, Κατέπιεν ὁ θάνατος ἰσχύσας, καὶ πάλιν ἀφεῖλεν ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἀπὸ παντὸς προσώπου· ὃ καὶ λέγομεν διὰ τὸν τὸ λεγόμενον ἐνταῦθα μέγα κῆτος χειρωσάμενον Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν.

Ho Iōb estin ho phaskōn peri tou Kyriou meta kai heterōn, Ho legōn tǭ hēliǭ kai ouk anatellei, kata de astrōn katasphragizei; ho tanysas ton ouranon monos, kai peripatōn hōs epi edaphous epi thalassēs; kai palin, ho mellōn to mega kētos cheirōsasthai. Epei toinyn ouk echetai tēs peri tou tōn holōn Theou megalonoias to hypolambanein auton ta sympanta plērounta epi thalassę̄ (ēs) peripatein chōrousēs autou to tosou (?) megethos, leipetai peri tou Logou tauta noein; hou tę̄ dynamei, typos autou tynchanōn, ho tou Nauē Iēsous eipen tǭ hēliǭ kai estē kata Gabaōn, alla kai kata ton kairon tou pathous autou, hōsperei theią tini prostaxei, ho hēlios epi pasan eskotasen tēn gēn. Autos de estin ho tanysas ton ouranon, ho kai peripatēsas hōs epʼ edaphous epi thalassēs, hopēnika enanthrōpēsas apetelei ta paradoxa, kathōs en tois euangeliois historētai. Ei dʼ holōs epi ton tou Theou Logon ta kata tous topous anapheroi, to exēs an eiē mē mona haper exethemetha rhēta eis auton eklambanein, alla kai panta ta en tę̄ perikopę̄ hypo tou Iōb. legomena; kai gar kai to mega kētos monos autos echeirōsato, lysas tas ōdinas tou thanatou, kai ton megan hōs alēthōs drakonta ton diabolon katargēsas, hos palai men tas tōn anthrōpōn psychas katepinen ischysas, dikēn tou ton Iōnan katapepōkotos kētous, cheirōtheis dʼ hysteron hypo tou katapalaisantos auton, proēgagen authis hous palai katapepōkei, homoiōs tǭ ton Iōnan sōon apodedōkoti thēriǭ; plēroumenēs en toutǭ prophēteias phaskousēs, Katepien ho thanatos ischysas, kai palin apheilen ho Theos pan dakryon apo pantos prosōpou; ho kai legomen dia ton to legomenon entautha mega kētos cheirōsamenon Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn.

Job is the one who says about the Lord, among other things: “Who speaks to the sun, and it does not rise, and seals up the stars; who alone stretched out the heaven, and walks on the sea as on solid ground”; and again, “who will subdue the great sea-monster.” Since it does not belong to a lofty conception of the God of the universe to suppose that he who fills all things walks on a sea that contains his great size, it remains to understand these things of the Word, by whose power Joshua son of Nun, being his type, spoke to the sun and it stood still over Gibeon; and at the time of his passion, too, as at some divine command, the sun was darkened over all the earth. He it is who stretched out the heaven, who also walked on the sea as on solid ground, when, having become man, he performed the wonders recorded in the Gospels. If the words in these passages are to be referred wholly to the Word of God, it would follow to take not only the texts we have set out as referring to him, but everything said by Job in the passage. For he alone subdued the great sea-monster, loosing the pangs of death and bringing to nothing the truly great dragon, the devil, who of old swallowed down the souls of humans by his strength, like the sea-monster that swallowed Jonah, but who later, subdued by the one who wrestled him down, brought forth again those he had swallowed long ago, like the beast that gave Jonah back safe. In this was fulfilled the prophecy that says, “Death, being strong, swallowed them; and again God took away every tear from every face”; which we too say because of our Saviour and Lord, who subdued what is here called the great sea-monster.

3.8Gaisford

Ὁ Κύριος ἐν τῷ πρὸς τὸν Ἰὼβ χρηματισμῷ τὰ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ προνοίας καὶ οἰκονομίας ἔργα διεξιών φησιν, καὶ συλλαβὼν γῆν πηλὸν, ἔπλασας ζῶον, καὶ λαλητὸν αὐτῷ ἔθου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; Ἀφείλας δὲ ἀπὸ ἀσεβῶν τὸ φῶς, βραχίονας δὲ ὑπερηφάνων συνέτριψας; Ἦλθες δὲ ἐπὶ πυγὴν θαλάσσης, ἐν δὲ ἴχνεσιν ἀβύσσου περιεπάτησας; Ἀνοίγονται δέ σοι φόβῳ πύλαι θανάτου, πυλωροὶ δὲ ᾅδου ἰδόντες σε ἔπτηξαν; Ταῦτα δέ φησιν ὁ Κύριος πρὸς τὸν Ἰὼβ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, ὡς μηδενὸς ἑτέρου πλὴν αὐτοῦ μόνου δυναμένου τὰ τηλικαῦτα ἐνεργεῖν· τίς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ λαβὼν γῆν καὶ πλάσας ζῷον, ἢ ὁ Θεὸς ὁ λαβὼν χοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ πλάσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον; Ἅμα δὲ διδασκόμεθα ἐντεῦθεν, ὡς ἄρα ὁ πλάσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ καὶ εἰς τὰ κατώτέρα τῆς γῆς καταβὰς, καὶ εἰς τὴν λεγομένην καρδίαν αὐτῆς, ἥντινα νῦν ὑπολαμβάνω πηγὴν θαλάσσης ὠνομάσθαι· ἔτι δὲ καὶ ὁ ἐν ἴχνεσιν θαλάσσης περιπατήσας, ᾧ μόνῳ μετὰ φόβου ἠνεώχθησαν αἱ τοῦ θανάτου πύλαι, καθʼ ὅτι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ὃν καὶ οἱ πυλωροὶ τοῦ Ἅιδου ἰδόντες ἔπτηξαν, ὁρῶντες τὸ νῖκος καὶ τὸ κέντρον, καὶ τὰς ὡδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου διʼ αὐτοῦ καθαιρουμένας· τάχα δὲ τούτοις τοῖς πυλωροῖς τῶν ἐνθάδε λεγομένων πυλῶν τοῦ θανάτου ὑπό τινων θείων δυνάμεων ἐλέγετο κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ πάθους καὶ τῆς εἰς τὸν Ἅιδην τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν καταβάσεως τὸ, ἄρατε πύλας οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν καὶ ἐπάρθητε πύλαι αἰώνιοι, καὶ εἰσελεύσεται ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης· αἰώνιοι δὲ εἴρηνται πύλαι, ὡς ὑπολαμβάνω, διὰ τὸ ἐξ αἰῶνος μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ αὐτὰς ἀνεῖσθαι ἢ τούτῳ μόνῳ τῷ καὶ τοὺς παλαί ποτε καταποθέντας ὑπὸ τοῦ θανάτου ῥυσαμένῳ καὶ ζωοποιήσαντι· περὶ οὗ ἐνθάδε μὲν εἴρηται τὸ, ἀνοίγονται δέ σοι φόβῳ πύλαι θανάτου, πυλωροὶ δὲ Ἅιδου ἰδόντες σε ἔπτηξαν· ἐν δὲ τῷ ρςʼ ψαλμῷ τὸ, ὅτι συνέτριψε πύλας χαλκὰς, οὐκ ἄλλας οὔσας, ὡς οἶμαι, ἢ τὰς τοῦ θανάτου, καὶ μοχλοὺς σιδηροῦς συνέτριψεν· δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τοὺς τῶν προειρημένων πυλῶν. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν ὡς ἂν μηδενὶ ἑτέρῳ ἢ τῷ Χριστῷ ἁρμόζοντα εἰς αὐτὸν ἐξείληπται· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ᾧ πᾶσαν τὴν κρίσιν ἔδωκεν ὁ πατὴρ, ὥστε αὐτὸν ἀφαιρεῖν μὲν ἀπὸ ἀσεβῶν τὸ φῶς, βραχίονας δὲ ὑπερηφάνων συντρίβειν· εἰ δέ τις περὶ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων Θεοῦ οἰηθείη ταῦτα λέγεσθαι, ἐπιστησάτω εἰ εὐσεβές ἐστιν τὸν φάσκοντα, οὐχὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐγὼ πληρῶ λέγει Κύριος, οὗ ὁ οὐρανὸς θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν, τὸν ἐμπεριέχοντα τὰ πάντα Θεὸν τοῦτον φάσκειν, ἢ κἂν ἐννοεῖν ἐν ἴχνεσι θαλάσσης περιπεπατηκέναι· τί δὲ καὶ θαυμαστὸν, ἢ ἄξιον τῆς ἀγενήτου φύσεως, ὥσπερ μέγα τί φάσκειν ἡνεῶχθαι αὐτῷ τὰς τοῦ θανάτου πύλας; ἄρα δὲ πρέποι ἂν τῷ τῶν ὅλων Θεῷ ὡς μέγα τί καὶ παράδοξον περὶ ἑαυτοῦ διεξέρχεσθαι τὸ τοὺς πυλωροὺς τοῦ λαοῦ ἰδόντας αὐτὸν ἐπτηκέναι; Ἀλλʼ (οὐκ) οἶμαι ταῦτα περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγεσθαι, δύναταί γε μὴν ἐφαρμόζειν εὐσεβῶς καὶ ἀβιάστως ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον, τὸν Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, τὸν ἐνανθρωπήσαντα, καὶ θάνατον ὑπομείναντα, ἀναστάντα τε ἐκ νεκρῶν μετὰ θείας δυνάμεως καὶ τῆς δοθείσης αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐξουσίας.

Ho Kyrios en tǭ pros ton Iōb chrēmatismǭ ta tēs heautou pronoias kai oikonomias erga diexiōn phēsin, kai syllabōn gēn pēlon, eplasas zōon, kai lalēton autǭ ethou epi tēs gēs? Apheilas de apo asebōn to phōs, brachionas de hyperēphanōn synetripsas? Ēlthes de epi pygēn thalassēs, en de ichnesin abyssou periepatēsas? Anoigontai de soi phobǭ pylai thanatou, pylōroi de hądou idontes se eptēxan? Tauta de phēsin ho Kyrios pros ton Iōb peri heautou, hōs mēdenos heterou plēn autou monou dynamenou ta tēlikauta energein; tis gar estin ho labōn gēn kai plasas zǭon, ē ho Theos ho labōn choun apo tēs gēs kai plasas ton anthrōpon? Hama de didaskometha enteuthen, hōs ara ho plasas ton anthrōpon autos estin ho kai eis ta katōtera tēs gēs katabas, kai eis tēn legomenēn kardian autēs, hēntina nyn hypolambanō pēgēn thalassēs ōnomasthai; eti de kai ho en ichnesin thalassēs peripatēsas, hǭ monǭ meta phobou ēneōchthēsan hai tou thanatou pylai, kathʼ hoti ouk ēn dynaton krateisthai auton hypʼ autou, hon kai hoi pylōroi tou Haidou idontes eptēxan, horōntes to nikos kai to kentron, kai tas hōdinas tou thanatou diʼ autou kathairoumenas; tacha de toutois tois pylōrois tōn enthade legomenōn pylōn tou thanatou hypo tinōn theiōn dynameōn elegeto kata ton kairon tou pathous kai tēs eis ton Haidēn tou Sōtēros hēmōn katabaseōs to, arate pylas hoi archontes hymōn kai eparthēte pylai aiōnioi, kai eiseleusetai ho basileus tēs doxēs; aiōnioi de eirēntai pylai, hōs hypolambanō, dia to ex aiōnos mēdeni allǭ autas aneisthai ē toutǭ monǭ tǭ kai tous palai pote katapothentas hypo tou thanatou rhysamenǭ kai zōopoiēsanti; peri hou enthade men eirētai to, anoigontai de soi phobǭ pylai thanatou, pylōroi de Haidou idontes se eptēxan; en de tǭ rsʼ psalmǭ to, hoti synetripse pylas chalkas, ouk allas ousas, hōs oimai, ē tas tou thanatou, kai mochlous sidērous synetripsen; dēlon dʼ hoti tous tōn proeirēmenōn pylōn. Tauta men oun hēmin hōs an mēdeni heterǭ ē tǭ Christǭ harmozonta eis auton exeilēptai; autos gar estin hǭ pasan tēn krisin edōken ho patēr, hōste auton aphairein men apo asebōn to phōs, brachionas de hyperēphanōn syntribein; ei de tis peri tou tōn holōn Theou oiētheiē tauta legesthai, epistēsatō ei eusebes estin ton phaskonta, ouchi ton ouranon kai tēn gēn egō plērō legei Kyrios, hou ho ouranos thronos, hē de gē hypopodion tōn podōn, ton emperiechonta ta panta Theon touton phaskein, ē kan ennoein en ichnesi thalassēs peripepatēkenai; ti de kai thaumaston, ē axion tēs agenētou physeōs, hōsper mega ti phaskein hēneōchthai autǭ tas tou thanatou pylas? ara de prepoi an tǭ tōn holōn Theǭ hōs mega ti kai paradoxon peri heautou diexerchesthai to tous pylōrous tou laou idontas auton eptēkenai? Allʼ (ouk) oimai tauta peri autou legesthai, dynatai ge mēn epharmozein eusebōs kai abiastōs epi ton tou Theou Logon, ton Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon, ton enanthrōpēsanta, kai thanaton hypomeinanta, anastanta te ek nekrōn meta theias dynameōs kai tēs dotheisēs autǭ para tou Patros exousias.

The Lord, in his oracle to Job, going through the works of his providence and administration, says: “Did you take clay from the earth and mould a living being, and set it on the earth able to speak? Did you take away the light from the ungodly and break the arms of the proud? Did you come to the spring of the sea, and walk in the tracks of the deep? Do the gates of death open to you in fear, and did the gatekeepers of Hades cower when they saw you?” The Lord says these things to Job about himself, as no one else but he alone can do such great things. For who is the one who took earth and moulded a living being, but God, who took dust from the earth and moulded the human? At the same time we are taught from this that the one who moulded the human is the same who also came down to the lower parts of the earth, into what is called its heart, which I take to be named here the spring of the sea; and further, the one who walked in the tracks of the sea, to whom alone the gates of death were opened with fear, because it was not possible for him to be held by it; whom the gatekeepers of Hades also cowered at when they saw him, seeing the victory and the sting and the pangs of death destroyed through him. Perhaps it was to these gatekeepers of the gates of death mentioned here that certain divine powers said, at the time of the passion and of our Saviour's descent into Hades, “Lift up your gates, you rulers, and be lifted up, you everlasting gates, and the King of glory shall come in.” The gates are called everlasting, as I take it, because from all ages they had been opened to no one else but to him alone, who also rescued and gave life to those swallowed by death long ago. Of him it is said here, “Do the gates of death open to you in fear, and did the gatekeepers of Hades cower when they saw you?”; and in the hundred and sixth psalm, “For he broke gates of bronze,” which are, I think, no other than those of death, “and broke bars of iron,” clearly the bars of the gates mentioned. We have taken these things, then, as referring to Christ, since they fit no one else; for he it is to whom the Father has given all judgment, so that he takes away the light from the ungodly and breaks the arms of the proud. But if anyone thinks that these things are said about the God of the universe, let him consider whether it is reverent to suppose that the one who says, “Do I not fill heaven and earth? says the Lord,” whose throne is heaven and the earth the footstool of his feet, the God who contains all things, says, or should even be thought, to have walked in the tracks of the sea. And what is wonderful, or worthy of the unbegotten nature, in saying, as if it were something great, that the gates of death were opened to him? Would it befit the God of the universe to recount about himself, as something great and marvellous, that the gatekeepers cowered when they saw him? I do (not) think these things are said about him; but they can be fitted reverently and without force to the Word of God, our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ, who became man, endured death, and rose from the dead with divine power and the authority given him by the Father.

3.9Gaisford

Πάλιν ὁ Κύριος ἐν τῷ πρὸς τὸν Ἰὼβ χρηματισμῷ περὶ τοῦ δράκοντος διαλεγόμενός φησιν, Οὐ δέδοικας, ὅτι ἡτοίμασταί μοι; φησὶν ὅτι ὁ δράκων οὐκ ἄλλος ὢν τοῦ διαβόλου. Ὅρα οὖν εἰ ἄξιον ὑπολαμβάνειν τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν τοῦτο φάσκειν· ἁρμόζοι δʼ ἂν μᾶλλον τῷ Κυρίῳ καὶ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν, ᾧ μόνῳ ἡτοίμασται ὁ ὑπὸ μηδενὸς ἑτέρου νικηθεὶς, σχεδὸν δὲ τῶν πάντων ὑπερισχύσας διάβολος, ὅντινα μόνος αὐτὸς ὁ πάντων ἰσχυρότερος τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος ἐχειρώσατο κατὰ τὸ, ὁ μέλλων τὸ μέγα κῆτος χειρώσασθαι· ὃ καὶ χειρωσάμενος θαρσεῖν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μαθηταῖς παρακελεύεται λέγων, θαρσεῖτε, ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον. Ταῦτα καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν μετὰ τοὺς ψαλμοὺς στιχηρῶν· λείπει τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν προφητικῶν γραφῶν ἀναλέξασθαι, καὶ πρῶτά γε τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν δώδεκα.

Palin ho Kyrios en tǭ pros ton Iōb chrēmatismǭ peri tou drakontos dialegomenos phēsin, Ou dedoikas, hoti hētoimastai moi? phēsin hoti ho drakōn ouk allos ōn tou diabolou. Hora oun ei axion hypolambanein ton tōn holōn Theon touto phaskein; harmozoi dʼ an mallon tǭ Kyriǭ kai Sōtēri hēmōn, hǭ monǭ hētoimastai ho hypo mēdenos heterou nikētheis, schedon de tōn pantōn hyperischysas diabolos, hontina monos autos ho pantōn ischyroteros tou Theou Logos echeirōsato kata to, ho mellōn to mega kētos cheirōsasthai; ho kai cheirōsamenos tharsein tois heautou mathētais parakeleuetai legōn, tharseite, egō nenikēka ton kosmon. Tauta kai ta apo tōn meta tous psalmous stichērōn; leipei ta apo tōn prophētikōn graphōn analexasthai, kai prōta ge ta apo tōn dōdeka.

Again the Lord, in his oracle to Job, speaking about the dragon, says, “Are you not afraid, because it has been prepared for me?” He says it of the dragon, which is no other than the devil. Consider, then, whether it is fitting to suppose that the God of the universe says this. It would fit rather our Lord and Saviour, for whom alone was prepared the devil, who was conquered by no one else and had prevailed over nearly all; him the Word of God, stronger than all, alone subdued, according to “who will subdue the great sea-monster.” Having subdued him, he bids his disciples take courage, saying, “Take courage; I have conquered the world.” These are the extracts from the books in verse after the Psalms. It remains to gather those from the prophetic Scriptures, and first those from the Twelve.

3.10Gaisford

Διότι ἐγώ εἰμι ὡς πάνθηρ τῷ Ἐφραὶμ, καὶ ὡς λέων τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰούδα. Ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ τόπῳ τοῦ αὐτοῦ προφήτου ὁ Κύριος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ φησιν τὸ, καὶ ἔσομαι ὡς πάνθηρ, ἀναγκαῖον ἰδεῖν τὰ ἱστορούμενα [ἃ] περὶ τοῦ ζῴου· καὶ δὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου τῶν Διδύμου Φυσικῶν ταῦτα παραθετέον· Πάνθηρ τὸ ζῷον οὐ μόνον ἐστι κατὰ τὸ σῶμα εὔμορφον, καθάπερ ἀστερωπὸς, ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ πέφυκεν εὔπνους ὑπερβάλλει καὶ τῶν παρʼ Ἰνδοῖς ἀρωμάτων ἐν εὐωδίᾳ· οὗτος ἕως οὗ οὐ πεπείνηκεν ἐν τῇ καταδύσει μένει, θέλων οἰκουρός τις εἶναι· ἐπʼ ὧν δὲ τροφῆς ἐπιθυμήσῃ μεταλαβεῖν, προελθὼν βαδίζει μόνον· τὰ δʼ ἄλλα θηρία ἁλισκόμενα ὑπὸ τῆς εὐωδίας αὐτοῦ τῆς περὶ τὸ σῶμα ἀκολουθεῖ κηλούμενα· ὁ δὲ πλάγιος τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τὸ ἐπιτήδειον αὐτῷ θηρίον αἱρεθῆναι περιβλέπει καὶ ἐπιπηδήσας ἔχει. Τὰ μὲν δὴ περὶ τῆς φύσεως τοῦ ζῴου τοιαῦτα· ὅπως δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ θείου λόγου δύναμιν καὶ τὴν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀποπνέουσαν εὐωδίαν ταῦτα μεταφέροιτο, μακρὸν ἂν εἴη νῦν διηγεῖσθαι. Παραθετέον τὸ ῥητὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς κατά τινα δὴ διαβολὴν καὶ λοιδορίαν φάσκοντας ἐκ πάνθηρος γεγενῆσθαι τὸν Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν· ὃ καὶ τάχα κατά τινι παράδοσιν μυστικώτερόν τι δηλοῦσαν παρειληφότες οὐκ ἐπιβάλλουσι τῇ διανοίᾳ, διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐφιστάναι τῇ προκειμένῃ τῆς προφητείας λέξει, ἐν ᾗ αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος πάνθηρα ἑαυτὸν ὀνομάζει.

Dioti egō eimi hōs panthēr tǭ Ephraim, kai hōs leōn tǭ oikǭ Iouda. Epei kai en heterǭ topǭ tou autou prophētou ho Kyrios peri heautou phēsin to, kai esomai hōs panthēr, anankaion idein ta historoumena [ha] peri tou zǭou; kai dē apo tou prōtou tōn Didymou Physikōn tauta paratheteon; Panthēr to zǭon ou monon esti kata to sōma eumorphon, kathaper asterōpos, allʼ epei pephyken eupnous hyperballei kai tōn parʼ Indois arōmatōn en euōdią; houtos heōs hou ou pepeinēken en tę̄ katadysei menei, thelōn oikouros tis einai; epʼ hōn de trophēs epithymēsę̄ metalabein, proelthōn badizei monon; ta dʼ alla thēria haliskomena hypo tēs euōdias autou tēs peri to sōma akolouthei kēloumena; ho de plagios tois ophthalmois to epitēdeion autǭ thērion hairethēnai periblepei kai epipēdēsas echei. Ta men dē peri tēs physeōs tou zǭou toiauta; hopōs dʼ epi tēn tou theiou logou dynamin kai tēn ex autēs apopneousan euōdian tauta metapheroito, makron an eiē nyn diēgeisthai. Paratheteon to rhēton pros tous ek peritomēs kata tina dē diabolēn kai loidorian phaskontas ek panthēros gegenēsthai ton Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon; ho kai tacha kata tini paradosin mystikōteron ti dēlousan pareilēphotes ouk epiballousi tę̄ dianoią, dia to mē ephistanai tę̄ prokeimenę̄ tēs prophēteias lexei, en hę̄ autos ho Kyrios panthēra heauton onomazei.

“For I am like a panther to Ephraim, and like a lion to the house of Judah.” Since in another passage of the same prophet the Lord says about himself, “And I will be like a panther,” it is necessary to see what is related about the animal. Let us set out the following from the first book of Didymus's Natural History: “The panther is an animal not only beautiful in body, starry-faced as it were, but since it is by nature sweet-breathed, it surpasses even the spices of India in fragrance. Until it is hungry it stays in its den, wishing to keep at home; but when it desires to take food, it comes out and simply walks; and the other beasts, captivated by the fragrance of its body, follow it, charmed. It looks sideways with its eyes for the beast suitable for it to take, and leaps on it and has it.” Such are the facts about the nature of the animal; how they might be transferred to the power of the divine Word and the fragrance that breathes out from it would take long to explain now. The text should be set against those of the circumcision who, by way of slander and abuse, say that our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ was born of a panther. Perhaps they received this from some tradition that signified something more mystical, but they do not grasp its meaning, because they do not attend to the wording of the prophecy before us, in which the Lord himself names himself a panther.

3.11Gaisford

Καὶ ἐξαναστήσεται ἀπώλεια ἐν τῷ λαῷ σου, καὶ πάντα τὰ περιτετειχισμένα ναοῦ σου οἰχήσεται· ὡς ὁ ἄρχων Σαλαμὼν ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Ἱεροβοὰμ, ἐν ἡμέραις πολέμου μητέρα ἐπὶ τέκνοις ἠδάφισαν, οὕτως ποιήσουσιν ὑμῖν οἶκος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ προσώπου κακιῶν ὑμῶν. Διότι νήπιος Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἐγὼ ἠγάπησα αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου μετεκάλεσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ. Καθὼς μετεκάλεσα αὐτοὺς, οὕτως ἀπῴχοντο ἐκ προσώπου μου. Ἀντὶ τοῦ, καὶ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου μετεκάλεσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ, δουλεύσας τῷ Ἑβραϊκῷ, Ἐξ Αἰγύπτου μετεκάλεσα τὸν υἱόν μου, ἐξέδωκεν ὁ Ἀκύλας. Ἀναγκαίως δὲ τὸ ῥητὸν ἐσημειωσάμεθα, ἐπειδήπερ ὁ Ματθαῖος κατὰ λέξιν ἐκτίθεται τὴν προφητείαν σφόδρα ἀπηκριβωμένως πεπληρῶσθαι φήσας αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν· χρηματισθεὶς ὁ Ἰωσὴφ παρέλαβε τὴν Μαριὰμ καὶ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτῆς· καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ. Ὅρα γοὖν εἰ μὴ καὶ κατὰ τὸν Ἀκύλαν φήσαντα, ἐν ὄρθρῳ κατεσιωπήθη βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ, ὅτι παῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἠγάπησα αὐτόν· καὶ ἀπὸ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν υἱόν μου· σαφῶς γὰρ δηλοῦται ἡ ἀποβολὴ τῆς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ βασιλείας, ἥτις μέχρι τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐπιφανείας συστᾶσα ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀπερρίφη, καὶ κατεσιωπήθη· ὡς διὰ τοῦτο εἰρῆσθαι τὸ, ἐν ὄρθρῳ κατεσιωπήθη βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ· ὄρθρον τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν καὶ τὴν τότε πρώτην εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἀνατολὴν τοῦ θείου λόγου τῆς προφητείας ὀνομαζούσης ἐν ὄρθρῳ· δύναται καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἡρώδου προθεσπίζεσθαι τὸ, κατεσιωπήθη βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ· ὡς διὰ τὸν παραλογισμὸν, ὃν πέπονθεν ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν γενέσει, ἃ καὶ συμβέβηκεν διὰ τὴν τοῦ Πατρὸς περὶ τὸν ἴδιον παῖδα τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἀγάπην, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἄλλαις προφητείαις Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐνταῦθα προσαγορευόμενον· ὃν κατὰ καιρὸν μὲν ᾠκονομήσατο ἐπὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἅμα τῷ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ τῇ μητρὶ ἀπᾶραι, ὅτε καὶ χρεία ἐκάλει τὸν ἐπιβουλεύοντα αὐτῷ βασιλέα, δῆλον ὅτι τὸν Ἡρώδην, κατασιωπηθῆναι· αὖθις δʼ αὐτὸν τούτου τελευτήσαντος ἀνακαλεῖται ἀκολούθως τῇ μετὰ χεῖρας προφητείᾳ. Εἰ δʼ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰουδαίων λαὸν ταῦτά τις ἀναφέροι φάσκων περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ ἐκ περιτομῆς ταῦτα εἰρῆσθαι, ἐπιστησάτω τῇ τοῦ λόγου ἀκολουθίᾳ· ταῦτα γὰρ λέγει προειπὼν, ὡς καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ, τὸ, καὶ ἐξαναστήσεται ἀπώλεια ἐν τῷ λαῷ σου· καὶ πάντα τὰ περιτετειχισμένα σου οἰχήσεται· καὶ ἅπερ φησὶν ὁ τοιόσδε ἄρχων πέπονθε κατὰ τὸν ἐπελθόντα αὐτῷ πόλεμον, ἐν ᾧ μητέρα ἐπὶ τέκνοις ἠδάφισαν, τὰ παραπλήσια καὶ ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς ποιήσω διὰ τὰς κακίας ὑμῶν, ὦ οἶκος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, οἳ καὶ ἀπερρίφησαν σὺν καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ αὐτῶν, καὶ ταῦτά γε πάντα πεπόνθασι· διότι παῖς φησὶν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐγὼ ἠγάπησα αὐτόν· καὶ ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν υἱόν μου. Ποίαν γὰρ ἔχει ἀκολουθίαν ἡ λέξις ὁ βουλόμενος παραστησάτω· ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ κατὰ μυρίας ἄλλας προφητείας Ἰακὠβ καὶ Ἰσραὴλ ὁ Χριστὸς προσαγορεύεται, τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τρόπον καὶ νῦν· ἐπεὶ οὖν, φησὶν, οὗτος ὑπήκοός μοι γεγενημένος μορφὴν δούλου εἴληφεν καὶ γέγονεν παιδίον ἀγαπητὸν ἐμοὶ, πᾶσαν τὴν ἐμὴν ἐκτελέσας βουλὴν, διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς νοητῆς Αἰγύπτου, εἰς ἣν ἐνανθρωπήσας κατελήλυθεν, οἷα γνήσιον καὶ ἀγαπητὸν υἱὸν ἀνεκαλεσάμην, ὑμᾶς δὲ τοὺς πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος σὺν καὶ τῇ βασιλείᾳ ὑμῶν ὀλέθρῳ καὶ ἀπωλείᾳ παραδώσω. Ταῦτα μὲν ἡ προφητεία· πρόδηλον δʼ ὅπως ἀπὸ τῶν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν χρόνων πολιορκηθείσης τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ καθῃρέθη τε καὶ εἰς τὸ παντελὲς ἀπερρίφη ἡ μέχρι τότε συστᾶσα τῶν Ἰουδαίων βασιλεία, ὡς μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ταύτην πεπληρῶσθαι τὴν προφητείαν.

Kai exanastēsetai apōleia en tǭ laǭ sou, kai panta ta periteteichismena naou sou oichēsetai; hōs ho archōn Salamōn ek tou oikou tou Hieroboam, en hēmerais polemou mētera epi teknois ēdaphisan, houtōs poiēsousin hymin oikos tou Israēl apo prosōpou kakiōn hymōn. Dioti nēpios Israēl, kai egō ēgapēsa auton, kai ex Aigyptou metekalesa ta tekna autou. Kathōs metekalesa autous, houtōs apǭchonto ek prosōpou mou. Anti tou, kai ex Aigyptou metekalesa ta tekna autou, douleusas tǭ Hebraïkǭ, Ex Aigyptou metekalesa ton huion mou, exedōken ho Akylas. Anankaiōs de to rhēton esēmeiōsametha, epeidēper ho Matthaios kata lexin ektithetai tēn prophēteian sphodra apēkribōmenōs peplērōsthai phēsas autēn epi tou Sōtēros hēmōn; chrēmatistheis ho Iōsēph parelabe tēn Mariam kai ton huion autēs; kai hypestrepsen ex Aigyptou eis gēn Israēl. Hora goun ei mē kai kata ton Akylan phēsanta, en orthrǭ katesiōpēthē basileus Israēl, hoti pais Israēl kai ēgapēsa auton; kai apo Aigyptou ekalesa ton huion mou; saphōs gar dēloutai hē apobolē tēs tou Israēl basileias, hētis mechri tēs tou Sōtēros hēmōn epiphaneias systasa ex autēs aperriphē, kai katesiōpēthē; hōs dia touto eirēsthai to, en orthrǭ katesiōpēthē basileus Israēl; orthron tēn epiphaneian kai tēn tote prōtēn eis pantas anthrōpous anatolēn tou theiou logou tēs prophēteias onomazousēs en orthrǭ; dynatai kai peri tou Hērōdou prothespizesthai to, katesiōpēthē basileus Israēl; hōs dia ton paralogismon, hon peponthen hypo tōn magōn epi tę̄ tou Sōtēros hēmōn genesei, ha kai symbebēken dia tēn tou Patros peri ton idion paida ton Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon agapēn, hōs kai en allais prophēteiais Israēl kai entautha prosagoreuomenon; hon kata kairon men ǭkonomēsato epi tēn Aigypton hama tǭ Iōsēph kai tę̄ mētri aparai, hote kai chreia ekalei ton epibouleuonta autǭ basilea, dēlon hoti ton Hērōdēn, katasiōpēthēnai; authis dʼ auton toutou teleutēsantos anakaleitai akolouthōs tę̄ meta cheiras prophēteią. Ei dʼ epi ton Ioudaiōn laon tauta tis anapheroi phaskōn peri tou laou Israēl tou ek peritomēs tauta eirēsthai, epistēsatō tę̄ tou logou akolouthią; tauta gar legei proeipōn, hōs kai pros autēn tēn Hierousalēm, to, kai exanastēsetai apōleia en tǭ laǭ sou; kai panta ta periteteichismena sou oichēsetai; kai haper phēsin ho toiosde archōn peponthe kata ton epelthonta autǭ polemon, en hǭ mētera epi teknois ēdaphisan, ta paraplēsia kai hymin autois poiēsō dia tas kakias hymōn, ō oikos tou Israēl, hoi kai aperriphēsan syn kai tǭ basilei autōn, kai tauta ge panta peponthasi; dioti pais phēsin Israēl kai egō ēgapēsa auton; kai apʼ Aigyptou ekalesa ton huion mou. Poian gar echei akolouthian hē lexis ho boulomenos parastēsatō; allʼ hōsper kata myrias allas prophēteias Iakōb kai Israēl ho Christos prosagoreuetai, ton auton dē tropon kai nyn; epei oun, phēsin, houtos hypēkoos moi gegenēmenos morphēn doulou eilēphen kai gegonen paidion agapēton emoi, pasan tēn emēn ektelesas boulēn, dia touto auton men apo tēs noētēs Aigyptou, eis hēn enanthrōpēsas katelēlythen, hoia gnēsion kai agapēton huion anekalesamēn, hymas de tous pros hous ho logos syn kai tę̄ basileią hymōn olethrǭ kai apōleią paradōsō. Tauta men hē prophēteia; prodēlon dʼ hopōs apo tōn tou Sōtēros hēmōn chronōn poliorkētheisēs tēs Hierousalēm kathę̄rethē te kai eis to panteles aperriphē hē mechri tote systasa tōn Ioudaiōn basileia, hōs meta tōn allōn kai tautēn peplērōsthai tēn prophēteian.

“And destruction shall rise up among your people, and all your walled places shall be gone; as the ruler Salaman from the house of Jeroboam in the days of war dashed the mother down upon the children, so will they do to you, house of Israel, because of your wickedness. For Israel is a child, and I loved him, and out of Egypt I called back his children. As I called them back, so they went away from my presence.” In place of “and out of Egypt I called back his children,” Aquila, following the Hebrew, rendered, “Out of Egypt I called back my son.” We have noted the text of necessity, since Matthew sets out the prophecy word for word, saying that it was very exactly fulfilled in our Saviour: Joseph, warned by an oracle, took Mary and her son, and returned from Egypt to the land of Israel. See, then, whether it is not so according to Aquila too, who says, “At dawn the king of Israel was silenced, for Israel is a child and I loved him, and from Egypt I called my son.” For this clearly shows the casting off of the kingdom of Israel, which, having stood until the appearing of our Saviour, was cast off from that point and silenced; so that for this reason it is said, “At dawn the king of Israel was silenced,” the prophecy calling “dawn” the appearing and the first rising, then, of the divine Word upon all humans. “The king of Israel was silenced” can also be foretold of Herod, as because of the deception he suffered from the magi at our Saviour's birth; and this happened because of the Father's love for his own child, our Lord Jesus Christ, who is called Israel here as in other prophecies. At the right time the Father arranged for him to depart into Egypt with Joseph and his mother, when need required that the king who plotted against him, clearly Herod, be silenced; and again, when Herod had died, he called him back, in keeping with the prophecy in hand. But if anyone refers these things to the Jewish people, saying that they are said about the people of Israel of the circumcision, let him attend to the sequence of the passage. For he says these things having first said, as to Jerusalem itself, “And destruction shall rise up among your people, and all your walled places shall be gone”; and: what this ruler suffered in the war that came upon him, in which they dashed the mother down upon the children, the like I will do to you yourselves because of your wickedness, O house of Israel; and they were indeed cast off together with their king, and have suffered all these things; “for Israel,” he says, “is a child, and I loved him, and from Egypt I called my son.” Let whoever wishes show what sequence the wording has on that view. But just as in countless other prophecies Christ is called Jacob and Israel, so too here. Since, he says, this one, having become obedient to me, took the form of a servant and became a child beloved by me, fulfilling all my counsel, for this reason I called him back, as a true and beloved son, from the spiritual Egypt into which he had come down by becoming man; but you, to whom the word is addressed, together with your kingdom, I will hand over to ruin and destruction. So much the prophecy. It is evident how, from the times of our Saviour, when Jerusalem was besieged, the kingdom of the Jews that had stood until then was destroyed and cast off altogether, so that this prophecy too, with the others, has been fulfilled.

3.12Gaisford

Οὐ μὴ ἐγκαταλείπω τοῦ ἐξαλειφθῆναι τὸν Ἐφραίμ· διότι Θεὸς ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἄνθρωπος, ἐν σοι ἅγιος, καὶ οὐκ εἰσελεύσομαι εἰς πόλιν. Ὀπίσω Κυρίου πορεύσομαι. Ὁ αὐτὸς εἰπὼν, διότι Θεὸς ἐγώ εἰμι, ἐπιφέρει λέγων, Ὀπίσω Κυρίου πορεύσομαι. Τίς δʼ ἂν ἄλλος εἴη Θεὸς ὀπίσω Κυρίου πορευόμενος, ἢ ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος τῷ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἑπόμενος βουλήματι; Ὃς καὶ διδάσκει μὴ δοκεῖν αὐτὸν διὰ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν ψιλόν τινα ἄνδρα τῶν πάλαι δικαίων καὶ ἁγίων τινὶ παραπλήσιον γεγονέναι. Φησὶ δὲ μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς πόλιν, δηλῶν τὸ μὴ κοινῇ καὶ ἀνθρωπίνῃ κεχρῆσθαι πολιτείᾳ, ὅπερ ποιεῖν καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ παιδεύει λέγων, Εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε, καὶ εἰς πόλιν Σαμαρειτῶν μὴ εἰσέλθητε.

Ou mē enkataleipō tou exaleiphthēnai ton Ephraim; dioti Theos egō eimi, kai ouk anthrōpos, en soi hagios, kai ouk eiseleusomai eis polin. Opisō Kyriou poreusomai. Ho autos eipōn, dioti Theos egō eimi, epipherei legōn, Opisō Kyriou poreusomai. Tis dʼ an allos eiē Theos opisō Kyriou poreuomenos, ē ho tou Theou Logos tǭ tou Patros hepomenos boulēmati? Hos kai didaskei mē dokein auton dia tēn enanthrōpēsin psilon tina andra tōn palai dikaiōn kai hagiōn tini paraplēsion gegonenai. Phēsi de mē eiseleusesthai eis polin, dēlōn to mē koinę̄ kai anthrōpinę̄ kechrēsthai politeią, hoper poiein kai tous mathētas autou paideuei legōn, Eis hodon ethnōn mē apelthēte, kai eis polin Samareitōn mē eiselthēte.

“I will not abandon Ephraim to be wiped out; for I am God and not man, holy among you, and I will not enter into a city. I will walk after the Lord.” The same one who says, “For I am God,” adds, “I will walk after the Lord.” And who else could be God walking after the Lord but the Word of God, following the Father's will? He also teaches that because of the incarnation he should not be thought to have become a mere man, like one of the righteous and holy men of old. He says that he will not enter into a city, showing that he did not live the common, human way of life; and he teaches his disciples to do the same, saying, “Do not go away into the way of the nations, and do not enter into a city of the Samaritans.”

3.13Gaisford

Κατέστρεψα ὑμᾶς, καθὼς κατέστρεψεν ὁ Θεὸς Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, καὶ ἐγένεσθε ὡς δαλὸς ἐξεσπασμένος ἐκ πυρὸς, καὶ οὐδʼ ὣς ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς μὲ, λέγει Κύριος. Καὶ ἐνθάδε αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος φησὶν ὡς περὶ ἑτέρου τὸ, καθὼς κατέστρεψεν ὁ Θεὸς Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα· καὶ ἐν τῇ Γενέσει δὲ τετήρηκεν ἡ θεία γραφὴ τὰ δύο πρόσωπα φήσασα, Καὶ ἔβρεξε Κύριος ἐπὶ Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα θεῖον καὶ πῦρ παρὰ Κυρίου· ἐξ ὧν καταφανὴς ἡ περὶ Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ τυγχάνει τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς πίστεως ὀρθοδοξία.

Katestrepsa hymas, kathōs katestrepsen ho Theos Sodoma kai Gomorra, kai egenesthe hōs dalos exespasmenos ek pyros, kai oudʼ hōs epestrepsate pros me, legei Kyrios. Kai enthade autos ho Kyrios phēsin hōs peri heterou to, kathōs katestrepsen ho Theos Sodoma kai Gomorra; kai en tę̄ Genesei de tetērēken hē theia graphē ta dyo prosōpa phēsasa, Kai ebrexe Kyrios epi Sodoma kai Gomorra theion kai pyr para Kyriou; ex hōn kataphanēs hē peri Patros kai Huiou tynchanei tēs ekklēsiastikēs pisteōs orthodoxia.

“I overthrew you, as God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah, and you became like a brand plucked out of the fire; and not even so did you turn to me, says the Lord.” Here too the Lord himself says, as about another, “as God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah”; and in Genesis too the divine Scripture kept the two persons, saying, “And the Lord rained on Sodom and Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the Lord.” From these the orthodoxy of the church's faith concerning Father and Son is plain.

3.14Gaisford

Ἑτοιμάζου ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸν Θεόν σου Ἰσραήλ. Διότι, ἰδοὺ, στερεῶν βροντὴν, καὶ κτίζων πνεῦμα, καὶ ἀπαγγέλλων εἰς ἀνθρώπους τὸν χριστὸν αὐτοῦ, ποιῶν ὄρθρον καὶ ὁμίχλην, καὶ ἐπιβαίνων ἐπὶ τὰ ὑψηλὰ τῆς γῆς, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ ὄνομα αὐτῷ. Καὶ διὰ τούτων σαφῶς τὰ τῆς εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐπιδημίας τοῦ Χριστοῦ προφητεύεται· ἐπὶ σχολῆς δʼ ἂν ἑκάστη λέξις ἀκριβεστέρας τύχοι σαφηνείας.

Hetoimazou epikaleisthai ton Theon sou Israēl. Dioti, idou, stereōn brontēn, kai ktizōn pneuma, kai apangellōn eis anthrōpous ton christon autou, poiōn orthron kai homichlēn, kai epibainōn epi ta hypsēla tēs gēs, Kyrios ho Theos ho pantokratōr onoma autǭ. Kai dia toutōn saphōs ta tēs eis anthrōpous epidēmias tou Christou prophēteuetai; epi scholēs dʼ an hekastē lexis akribesteras tychoi saphēneias.

“Prepare to call upon your God, Israel. For behold, he who makes firm the thunder, and creates wind, and announces to humans his anointed, who makes dawn and mist, and treads on the high places of the earth: the Lord God Almighty is his name.” Through these words too the sojourn of Christ among humans is clearly prophesied; at leisure each phrase might receive a more exact clarification.

3.15Gaisford

Ὅρασις Ἀβδίου· Τάδε λέγει Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς τῇ Ἰδουμαίᾳ, Ἀκοὴν ἤκουσα παρὰ Κυρίου, καὶ περιοχὴν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη ἐξαπέστειλεν. Ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐνταῦθα Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἀκοὴν ἤκουσε παρὰ Κυρίου, εἰκότως ἐσημειωσάμεθα τὸν τόπον.

Horasis Abdiou; Tade legei Kyrios ho Theos tę̄ Idoumaią, Akoēn ēkousa para Kyriou, kai periochēn eis ta ethnē exapesteilen. Epei kai entautha Kyrios ho Theos akoēn ēkouse para Kyriou, eikotōs esēmeiōsametha ton topon.

“The vision of Obadiah. Thus says the Lord God to Idumea: I have heard a report from the Lord, and he has sent out a message to the nations.” Since here too the Lord God heard a report from the Lord, we have fittingly noted the passage.

3.16Gaisford

Μερικὴν μὲν ἰδίως περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ προφητείαν οὐχ εὕρομεν ἐν τῷ προκειμένῳ· ἐπεὶ δὲ πρὸς τὴν αἰτοῦσαν τὸν Σωτῆρα σημεῖον γενεὰν οὐκ ἄλλο ἔφησεν αὐτῇ δοθήσεσθαι ἢ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου, ἐπαγαγὼν τὸ, ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας· τούτου δὴ χάριν ἀναγκαίως καὶ ταύτην ἐν ταῖς περὶ Χριστοῦ μαρτυρίαις ἐσημειωσάμεθα τὴν γραφήν.

Merikēn men idiōs peri tou Christou prophēteian ouch heuromen en tǭ prokeimenǭ; epei de pros tēn aitousan ton Sōtēra sēmeion genean ouk allo ephēsen autę̄ dothēsesthai ē to sēmeion Iōna tou prophētou, epagagōn to, hōsper gar ēn Iōnas en tę̄ koilią tou kētous treis hēmeras kai treis nyktas, houtōs estai kai ho huios tou anthrōpou en tę̄ kardią tēs gēs treis hēmeras kai treis nyktas; toutou dē charin anankaiōs kai tautēn en tais peri Christou martyriais esēmeiōsametha tēn graphēn.

We have not found in the book before us a particular prophecy specifically about Christ. But since, to the generation that asked the Saviour for a sign, he said that no other sign would be given to it than the sign of Jonah the prophet, adding, “For as Jonah was in the belly of the sea-monster three days and three nights, so will the Son of Man be in the heart of the earth three days and three nights,” for this reason we have of necessity noted this Scripture too among the testimonies about Christ.

3.17Gaisford

Διότι, ἰδοὺ, Κύριος κύριος ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταβήσεται, καὶ ἐπιβήσεται ἐπὶ τὰ ὕψη τῆς γῆς, καὶ σαλευθήσεται τὰ ὄρη ὑποκάτωθεν αὐτοῦ, καὶ αἱ κοιλάδες τακήσονται ὡς κηρὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου πυρός. Περὶ τῆς δευτέρας τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας ταῦτα λεγεσθαι ὑπειλήφαμεν.

Dioti, idou, Kyrios kyrios ekporeuetai ek tou topou autou, kai katabēsetai, kai epibēsetai epi ta hypsē tēs gēs, kai saleuthēsetai ta orē hypokatōthen autou, kai hai koilades takēsontai hōs kēros apo prosōpou pyros. Peri tēs deuteras tou Christou parousias tauta legesthai hypeilēphamen.

“For behold, the Lord, the Lord, comes forth from his place, and will come down and tread on the heights of the earth; and the mountains shall be shaken beneath him, and the valleys shall melt like wax before fire.” We have taken this to be said about the second coming of Christ.

3.18Gaisford

Ἀκούσατε δὴ ταῦτα οἱ ἡγούμενοι οἴκου Ἰακὼβ, καὶ οἱ κατάλοιποι οἴκου Ἰσραὴλ, οἱ βδελυσσόμενοι κρίμα, καὶ πάντα τὰ ὀρθὰ διαστρέφοντες, οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες Σιὼν ἐν αἵμασιν, καὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐν ἀδικίαις, οἱ ἡγούμενοι αὐτῆς μετὰ δώρων ἔκρινον, καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς αὐτῆς μετὰ μισθοῦ ἀπεκρίνοντο, καὶ οἱ προφῆται αὐτῆς μετὰ ἀργυρίου ἐμαντεύοντο, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον ἐπανεπαύοντο, λέγοντες, Οὐχὶ Κύριος ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστιν; οὐ μὴ ἐπέλθῃ ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς κακά· διὰ τοῦτο διʼ ὑμᾶς Σιὼν ὡς ἀγρὸς ἀροτριαθήσεται, καὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ὡς ὀπωροφυλάκιον ἔσται, καὶ τὸ ὄρος τοῦ οἴκου εἰς ἄλσος δρυμοῦ. Καὶ ἔσται ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐμφανὲς τὸ ὄρος Κυρίου, ἕτοιμον ἐπὶ τὰς κορυφὰς τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ μετεωρισθήσεται ὑπεράνω τῶν βουνῶν· καὶ ἥξουσιν ἐπʼ αὐτὸ λαοὶ, καὶ πορεύσονται ἐπʼ αὐτὸ ἔθνη πολλὰ καὶ ἐροῦσιν, Δεῦτε ἀναβῶμεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος Κυρίου, καὶ εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ Ἰακώβ· καὶ δείξουσιν ἡμῖν τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορευσόμεθα ἐν ταῖς τρίβοις αὐτοῦ· ὅτι ἐκ Σιὼν ἐξελεύσεται νόμος, καὶ λόγος Κυρίου ἐξ Ἱερουσαλὴμ, καὶ κρινεῖ ἀναμέσον λαῶν πολλῶν, καὶ ἐλέγξει λαὸν ἰσχυρὸν ἕως εἰς μακράν· καὶ κατακόψουσιν τὰς μαχαίρας αὐτῶν εἰς ἄροτρα, καὶ τὰς ζιβύνας αὐτῶν εἰς δρέπανα· καὶ οὐκέτι ἄρῃ ἔθνος ἐπʼ ἔθνος μάχαιραν, καὶ οὐκέτι μὴ μάθωσι πολεμεῖν. Εἰπὼν ὁ λόγος ὡς ἄρα διὰ τὰς δυσσεβείας τοῦ Ἰουδαίων λαοῦ τὸ μὲν Σιὼν ὄρος ὡς ἀγρὸς ἀροτριαθήσεται, ἡ δὲ πρότερον νενομισμένη πόλις ἁγία Ἱερουσαλὴμ ὡς ὀπωροφυλάκιον ἔσται, ἑξῆς προφητεύει περὶ ἑτέρου ὄρους Κυρίου, ὅπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ τῆς προφητείας καιροῦ ὑφειστήκει μὲν, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἐμφανὲς τοῖς τυχοῦσιν ὑπῆρχεν, ὡς ἐπʼ ἐσχάτῳ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀναφανησομένου ὑπεράνω τε τῶν βουνῶν καὶ τῶν ὀρέων μετεωρισθησομένου· ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ τὸ καινὸν ὄρος ἥξειν ὁ λόγος προαγορεύει, οὐκέτι τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἐκεῖνον, λαοὺς δὲ καὶ ἔθνη πολλὰ φάσκοντα, δεῦτε καὶ ἀναβῶμεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος Κυρίου· καὶ οὐ μόνον εἰς τὸ ὄρος Κυρίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ Ἰακὼβ, ἕτερον ὄντα δῆλον ὅτι παρὰ τὸν ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ· ταύτην γὰρ ἐρημωθεῖσαν ὡς ὀπωροφυλάκιον ἔσεσθαι μικρῷ πρόσθεν εἰρήκει· ἀκολούθως δὲ τῷ τὸ Σιὼν ὄρος καὶ τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐρημωθήσεσθαι, ἕτερα δʼ ἀντὶ τούτων ὀφθήσεσθαι, καὶ νόμος ἕτερος παρὰ τοῦ Μωσέως ἐξ ὄρους Χωρὴβ δεδομένος ἐξελεύσεσθαι ἐκ τοῦ καινοῦ ὄρους, ὁμωνύμως τῷ προτέρῳ Σιὼν καὶ αὐτοῦ ὀνομαζομένου, λέγεται· ἔτι δὲ καὶ λόγος Κυρίου μετὰ τοῦ ιο καινοῦ νόμου εἴρηται ἐκ τῆς νέας Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ἣν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἀνωτέρω προσεῖπεν, προελεύσεσθαι· ὁ λόγος ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη προελθὼν κρινεῖν ἀνὰ μέσον λαῶν πολλῶν καὶ ἐλέγξειν λαὸν ἰσχυρὸν προηγόρευται, τοσοῦτόν τε ὠφελήσειν διὰ τῆς ἰδίας κρίσεως καὶ τοῦ ἐλέγχου τοὺς ἐλεχθησομένους, ὡς τῆς προτέρας μεταβαλόντας ἁγίας καὶ πολεμικῆς καταστάσεως τὸν ἤρεμον καὶ εἰρηνικὸν ἐπ......... Ταῦτα μὲν ἡ προφητεία· σκοπεῖν δὲ πάρεστιν εἰμ......... τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παρουσίαν διὰ τοὺς οἰκοδομήσαντας....... τοῖς αἵμασι τῶν τε προφητῶν καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τω...... λων αὐτοῦ· οὓς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ὁ Ἰουδαίων ἀνεῖλε λ..... διὰ τοὺς τὰ λοιπὰ ὅσα δὴ ἐν τῇ προφητείᾳ κατείλε......... μελήσαντας τὸ Σιὼν ὄρος ὡς οὐδεπώποτε ἄλλοτε.......... Ἱερουσαλὴμ πεπολιόρκηται· ὧν μετὰ τὴν ἐρήμωσιν ἡ επ.. καὶ τὸ Σιὼν ὄρος τὸ ἐπουράνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ· ὧν ἐτύγχανον τ.... σκιὰ καὶ τύποι καὶ παραδείγματα πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς τὸν............ Θεὸν διὰ Χριστοῦ προσεληλθόσι πεφανέρωται.

Akousate dē tauta hoi hēgoumenoi oikou Iakōb, kai hoi kataloipoi oikou Israēl, hoi bdelyssomenoi krima, kai panta ta ortha diastrephontes, hoi oikodomountes Siōn en haimasin, kai Hierousalēm en adikiais, hoi hēgoumenoi autēs meta dōrōn ekrinon, kai hoi hiereis autēs meta misthou apekrinonto, kai hoi prophētai autēs meta argyriou emanteuonto, kai epi ton Kyrion epanepauonto, legontes, Ouchi Kyrios en hēmin estin? ou mē epelthę̄ ephʼ hēmas kaka; dia touto diʼ hymas Siōn hōs agros arotriathēsetai, kai Hierousalēm hōs opōrophylakion estai, kai to oros tou oikou eis alsos drymou. Kai estai epʼ eschatou tōn hēmerōn emphanes to oros Kyriou, hetoimon epi tas koryphas tōn oreōn, kai meteōristhēsetai hyperanō tōn bounōn; kai hēxousin epʼ auto laoi, kai poreusontai epʼ auto ethnē polla kai erousin, Deute anabōmen eis to oros Kyriou, kai eis ton oikon tou Theou Iakōb; kai deixousin hēmin tēn hodon autou, kai poreusometha en tais tribois autou; hoti ek Siōn exeleusetai nomos, kai logos Kyriou ex Hierousalēm, kai krinei anameson laōn pollōn, kai elenxei laon ischyron heōs eis makran; kai katakopsousin tas machairas autōn eis arotra, kai tas zibynas autōn eis drepana; kai ouketi arę̄ ethnos epʼ ethnos machairan, kai ouketi mē mathōsi polemein. Eipōn ho logos hōs ara dia tas dyssebeias tou Ioudaiōn laou to men Siōn oros hōs agros arotriathēsetai, hē de proteron nenomismenē polis hagia Hierousalēm hōs opōrophylakion estai, hexēs prophēteuei peri heterou orous Kyriou, hoper epi tou tēs prophēteias kairou hypheistēkei men, ou mēn kai emphanes tois tychousin hypērchen, hōs epʼ eschatǭ tōn hēmerōn anaphanēsomenou hyperanō te tōn bounōn kai tōn oreōn meteōristhēsomenou; epi touto de to kainon oros hēxein ho logos proagoreuei, ouketi ton Israēl ekeinon, laous de kai ethnē polla phaskonta, deute kai anabōmen eis to oros Kyriou; kai ou monon eis to oros Kyriou, alla kai eis ton oikon tou Theou Iakōb, heteron onta dēlon hoti para ton en Hierousalēm; tautēn gar erēmōtheisan hōs opōrophylakion esesthai mikrǭ prosthen eirēkei; akolouthōs de tǭ to Siōn oros kai tēn Hierousalēm erēmōthēsesthai, hetera dʼ anti toutōn ophthēsesthai, kai nomos heteros para tou Mōseōs ex orous Chōrēb dedomenos exeleusesthai ek tou kainou orous, homōnymōs tǭ proterǭ Siōn kai autou onomazomenou, legetai; eti de kai logos Kyriou meta tou io kainou nomou eirētai ek tēs neas Hierousalēm, hēn oikon tou Theou Iakōb anōterō proseipen, proeleusesthai; ho logos epi panta ta ethnē proelthōn krinein ana meson laōn pollōn kai elenxein laon ischyron proēgoreutai, tosouton te ōphelēsein dia tēs idias kriseōs kai tou elenchou tous elechthēsomenous, hōs tēs proteras metabalontas hagias kai polemikēs katastaseōs ton ēremon kai eirēnikon ep......... Tauta men hē prophēteia; skopein de parestin eim......... tou Sōtēros hēmōn parousian dia tous oikodomēsantas....... tois haimasi tōn te prophētōn kai autou tou Christou kai tō...... lōn autou; hous en autę̄ tę̄ Hierousalēm ho Ioudaiōn aneile l..... dia tous ta loipa hosa dē en tę̄ prophēteią kateile......... melēsantas to Siōn oros hōs oudepōpote allote.......... Hierousalēm pepoliorkētai; hōn meta tēn erēmōsin hē ep.. kai to Siōn oros to epouranion tou Theou; hōn etynchanon t.... skia kai typoi kai paradeigmata pasi tois eis ton............ Theon dia Christou proselēlthosi pephanerōtai.

“Hear now these things, you leaders of the house of Jacob and the remnant of the house of Israel, who abhor judgment and pervert all that is right, who build Zion with blood and Jerusalem with injustice. Her leaders judged for bribes, and her priests answered for hire, and her prophets divined for silver; and they leaned upon the Lord, saying, ‘Is not the Lord among us? No evil shall come upon us.’ Therefore because of you Zion shall be ploughed as a field, and Jerusalem shall be like a garden-watchman's hut, and the mountain of the house a thicket of the forest. And it shall be at the last of the days that the mountain of the Lord shall be manifest, made ready on the tops of the mountains, and it shall be lifted up above the hills; and peoples shall come to it, and many nations shall go to it and say, ‘Come, let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, and to the house of the God of Jacob; and they will show us his way, and we will walk in his paths.’ For out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem; and he shall judge between many peoples and rebuke a strong people far away; and they shall beat their swords into ploughshares and their spears into sickles; and nation shall no longer lift up sword against nation, nor shall they learn war any more.” Having said that, because of the impieties of the Jewish people, Mount Zion would be ploughed as a field and Jerusalem, formerly thought the holy city, would be like a garden-watchman's hut, the word next prophesies about another mountain of the Lord, which existed at the time of the prophecy but was not manifest to ordinary people, since it would appear at the last of the days and be lifted up above the hills and the mountains. To this new mountain, the word foretells, will come no longer that Israel, but peoples and many nations, saying, “Come, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord”; and not only to the mountain of the Lord, but to the house of the God of Jacob, clearly another than the one in Jerusalem, for he had said a little before that Jerusalem, made desolate, would be like a garden-watchman's hut. In keeping with the desolation of Mount Zion and Jerusalem, and with other things appearing in their place, it is said that a law other than the one given by Moses from Mount Horeb will go forth from the new mountain, which is also called Zion by the same name as the former; and further, that the word of the Lord, with the new law, will go forth from the new Jerusalem, which he called above the house of the God of Jacob. The word, going forth to all the nations, is foretold to judge between many peoples and to rebuke a strong people, and to benefit so greatly through its own judgment and rebuke those who would be rebuked, that, changing from their former savage and warlike condition, [they would take up] the quiet and peaceful … So much the prophecy. One may consider whether … the coming of our Saviour, because of those who built … with the blood both of the prophets and of Christ himself and of his apostles, whom the people of the Jews killed in Jerusalem itself … because of those who … the rest of what is in the prophecy … Mount Zion as never at any other time … Jerusalem was besieged; after whose desolation the … and the heavenly Mount Zion of God, of which those things were a shadow and types and patterns, has been made manifest to all who have come to the … God through Christ.

3.19Gaisford

Καὶ σὺ Βηθλεὲμ, οἶκος τοῦ Ἐφραθὰ, ὀλιγοστὸς εἶ τοῦ εἶναι ἐ(ν χιλι) άσιν Ἰούδα· ἐξ οὗ μοι ἑξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος τοῦ εἶναι εἰς ἄρχο(ντα) ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ· καὶ αἱ ἐξόδοι αὐτοῦ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἐξ ἡμερῶν αἰώνων·.... Διὰ τούτων δείγματα περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρίσταται· ἓν μὲν τῆς (κα)τὰ Μαρκίωνα καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς αἱρεσιώτας πλάνης ἐ.......... θάτερον δὲ τῆς κατὰ Ἀρτέμωνα καὶ τὸν Σαμοσατέ......... Ἐβιωναίων τε ὅσοι μὴ προεῖναι τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως...... ὑπειλήφασιν· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ μὴ ὁμολογοῦντας αὐτὸν.......... Θεὸν σαφῶς ὁ προφητικὸς διελέγχει λόγος τε.............. ὡς ἄρα αἱ ἐξόδοι αὐτοῦ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξ ἡμερῶν α........... νουσι· τοῖς δὲ κατὰ Μαρκίωνα καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς.............. σεις πεπλανημένοις καὶ μὴ ὁμολογοῦσιν αὐτ........... ρʹ καγένεσιν, μὴ δʼ ὅτι ἔγνωστο ὑπὸ τῶν τοῦ δημιου......... ν παραθετέον τὸν προφητευόμενον τῆς γενέσεως......... σα φῶς εἰς δεῦρο καὶ πρὸς αὐτῶν τῶν ἐπιχωρίων μολάγο...... υ· ὡς ἂν ἐκ παραδόσεως τοῦ ἐν Βηθλεὲμ τόπου ἐνθα.......... γεγέννηται· καὶ πρὸς αὐτῶν δὲ τῶν ἱερῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν...... τυρουμένου· καὶ Ἰουδαίοις δὲ προσακτέον τὸ ῥητὸν........ υσιν ὅς τις ποτʼ εἴη παραστῆσαι τὸν... προφητευόμενον ὡς ατελῆ..... κατʼ αὐτούς· δῆλον δʼ ὅτι καὶ ψευδῆ διελέγχεσθαι τὴν θείαν........ πρόρρησιν· ὅ γε μὴν σωτήριος καὶ εὐαγγελικὸς τοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγος ἄρχων κατέστη τοῦ νοητοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, κυρίως τοῦ ἐν κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαίου καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐναρέτου καὶ διορατικῆς ψυχῆς Ἰσραὴλ......... ἐπινοουμένης.

Kai sy Bēthleem, oikos tou Ephratha, oligostos ei tou einai e(n chili) asin Iouda; ex hou moi hexeleusetai hēgoumenos tou einai eis archo(nta) en tǭ Israēl; kai hai exodoi autou apʼ archēs ex hēmerōn aiōnōn;.... Dia toutōn deigmata peri tou Christou paristatai; hen men tēs (ka)ta Markiōna kai tous loipous hairesiōtas planēs e.......... thateron de tēs kata Artemōna kai ton Samosate......... Ebiōnaiōn te hosoi mē proeinai tēs enanthrōpēseōs...... hypeilēphasin; tous men gar mē homologountas auton.......... Theon saphōs ho prophētikos dielenchei logos te.............. hōs ara hai exodoi autou apʼ archēs kai ex hēmerōn a........... nousi; tois de kata Markiōna kai tas loipas.............. seis peplanēmenois kai mē homologousin aut........... rʹ kagenesin, mē dʼ hoti egnōsto hypo tōn tou dēmiou......... n paratheteon ton prophēteuomenon tēs geneseōs......... sa phōs eis deuro kai pros autōn tōn epichōriōn molago...... y; hōs an ek paradoseōs tou en Bēthleem topou entha.......... gegennētai; kai pros autōn de tōn hierōn euangelistōn...... tyroumenou; kai Ioudaiois de prosakteon to rhēton........ ysin hos tis potʼ eiē parastēsai ton... prophēteuomenon hōs atelē..... katʼ autous; dēlon dʼ hoti kai pseudē dielenchesthai tēn theian........ prorrēsin; ho ge mēn sōtērios kai euangelikos tou Christou logos archōn katestē tou noētou Israēl, kyriōs tou en kryptǭ Ioudaiou kai pasēs tēs enaretou kai dioratikēs psychēs Israēl......... epinooumenēs.

“And you, Bethlehem, house of Ephrathah, are the least to be among the (thousands) of Judah; out of you shall come forth for me a leader to be (ruler) in Israel; and his goings forth are from the beginning, from the days of the ages.” … Through these words proofs are shown concerning Christ: one against the error of Marcion and the other heretics …, the other against that of Artemon and the Samosatene … and of the Ebionites, all who have supposed that he did not pre-exist the incarnation. For the prophetic word clearly refutes those who do not confess him … God, …, since his goings forth are from the beginning and from the days of the ages …; while to those led astray according to Marcion and the other heresies, who do not confess his … birth, nor that he was known by those of the Creator …, one should set out the prophesied place of his birth …, clearly confessed to this day even by the local people …, as from the tradition of the place in Bethlehem where … he was born, and as attested by the holy evangelists themselves …. And the text should be brought against the Jews …, to show who the one prophesied might be …, since on their view [the prophecy] is unfulfilled, and clearly the divine prediction is proved false. But the saving and evangelical word of Christ has been established as ruler of the spiritual Israel, properly of the one who is a Jew inwardly, and of every virtuous and discerning soul, understood as Israel ….

3.20Gaisford

Διὰ τοῦτο ὑπόμεινόν με, λέγει Κύριος, εἰς ἡμέραν ἀναστάσεώς μου εἰς μαρτύριον· διότι τὸ κρίμα μου εἰς συναγωγὰς ἐθνῶν τοῦ εἰσδέξασθαι βασιλεῖς. Καὶ διὰ τούτων οἶμαι δηλοῦσθαι τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ· ἧς γενομένης τὰς πανταχοῦ συναγωγὰς τῆς ἐξ ἔθνων ἐκκλησίας συστήσεσθαι προφητεύεται· ἴσως δʼ ἂν καὶ τετʼ.... τῆς δευτέρας αὐτοῦ παρουσίας· καὶ τῆς καθόλου πάντων............. κληφθείη τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον.

Dia touto hypomeinon me, legei Kyrios, eis hēmeran anastaseōs mou eis martyrion; dioti to krima mou eis synagōgas ethnōn tou eisdexasthai basileis. Kai dia toutōn oimai dēlousthai tēn ek nekrōn anastasin tou Christou; hēs genomenēs tas pantachou synagōgas tēs ex ethnōn ekklēsias systēsesthai prophēteuetai; isōs dʼ an kai tetʼ.... tēs deuteras autou parousias; kai tēs katholou pantōn............. klēphtheiē ta kata ton topon.

“Therefore wait for me, says the Lord, for the day of my resurrection, for a testimony; for my judgment is for gatherings of nations, to receive kings.” Through these words too I think the resurrection of Christ from the dead is shown, after which it is prophesied that the gatherings of the church from the nations everywhere would be formed. Perhaps also … of his second coming, and of the general … of all, the passage might be taken.

3.21Gaisford

...... παντοκράτωρ, Ὀπίσω δόξης ἀπέσταλκέ με ἐπὶ τὰ....... εύσαντα ὑμᾶς· εἶτʼ ἐπιφέρει μετὰ βραχέα λέγων, (γνώσε)σθε, ὅτι Κύριος παντοχράτωρ ἀπέσταλκέ με. Ὁ λέγων ἁ...... με Κύριός ἐστι παντοκράτωρ· ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀπο...... θερος ὢν τοῦ ἀποστελλομένου Κύριος ὠνόμασται παν........ εἰκότως οὖν ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς περὶ Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ........ τὸ ῥητὸν, ὅτι καὶ Κύριος παντοκράτωρ ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ.... ὥσπερ καὶ Θεὸς διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ἐχρημάτισεν.

...... pantokratōr, Opisō doxēs apestalke me epi ta....... eusanta hymas; eitʼ epipherei meta brachea legōn, (gnōse)sthe, hoti Kyrios pantochratōr apestalke me. Ho legōn ha...... me Kyrios esti pantokratōr; hōsautōs de kai ho apo...... theros ōn tou apostellomenou Kyrios ōnomastai pan........ eikotōs oun hēmin en tois peri Patros kai Huiou........ to rhēton, hoti kai Kyrios pantokratōr ho tou Theou.... hōsper kai Theos dia tōn prophētōn echrēmatisen.

“… Almighty: After glory he has sent me to the nations that plundered you”; then a little after he adds, “(You will know) that the Lord Almighty has sent me.” The one who says … me is the Lord Almighty; likewise the one who sends, … being other than the one sent, is named Lord Almighty …. Fittingly, then, we have [noted] the text among those concerning Father and Son …, since the Word of God is also Lord Almighty …, just as he was also called God through the prophets.

3.22Gaisford

..... καὶ εὐφραίνου θύγατερ Σιὼν, ὅτι ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἔρχομαι, καὶ...... σκηνώσω ἐν μέσῳ σου, λέγει Κύριος. Καὶ καταφεύξονται..... ολλὰ ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, καὶ ἔσονται αὐ..... λαὸν, καὶ κατασκηνώσουσιν ἐν μέσῳ σου, καὶ... γνώσῃ,........ παντοκράτωρ ἀπέσταλκέ με πρὸς σέ. Καὶ τίς......... ὁ ταῦτα φάσκων καὶ ὁμολογῶν ἀπεστάλθαι ὑπὸ παντοκράτορος, ἢ ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους ἀποσταλείς· ὃς τὰ προκείμενα.......... ἐπουράνιον Σιών· ἧς παράδειγμα τὸ ἐπὶ γῆς ὄρος ἐτύγ...... καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίαν ἀπὸτείνεται· προ....... ενος αὐτῇ τὴν κλῆσιν τῶν διʼ αὐτοῦ σωθησομέ... ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ βασιλευθησομένων ἐν αὐτῇ.

..... kai euphrainou thygater Siōn, hoti idou, egō erchomai, kai...... skēnōsō en mesǭ sou, legei Kyrios. Kai katapheuxontai..... olla epi ton Kyrion en tę̄ hēmerą ekeinę̄, kai esontai au..... laon, kai kataskēnōsousin en mesǭ sou, kai... gnōsę̄,........ pantokratōr apestalke me pros se. Kai tis......... ho tauta phaskōn kai homologōn apestalthai hypo pantokratoros, ē ho tou Theou Logos hypo tou Patros epi sōtērią tōn anthrōpōn genous apostaleis; hos ta prokeimena.......... epouranion Siōn; hēs paradeigma to epi gēs oros etyg...... kai pros tēn ex ethnōn ekklēsian apoteinetai; pro....... enos autę̄ tēn klēsin tōn diʼ autou sōthēsome... hypʼ autou basileuthēsomenōn en autę̄.

“… and rejoice, daughter of Zion, for behold, I am coming, and … I will dwell in your midst, says the Lord. And many [nations] shall flee to the Lord in that day, and shall be for him a people, and shall dwell in your midst, and you shall know that … Almighty has sent me to you.” And who … is the one who says this and confesses that he has been sent by the Almighty, but the Word of God, sent by the Father for the salvation of the human race? He … the heavenly Zion, of which the mountain on earth was a pattern …, and addresses the church from the nations, … to her the calling of those to be saved through him … to be ruled by him as king in her.

3.23Gaisford

Καὶ............... τὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἱερέα τὸν μέγαν, ἐστῶτα πρὸ προσω.... τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ διάβολος ἑστήκει ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τοῦ ἀντικει..... αὐτῷ. καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα· καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς ἐστηκότας πρὸ τῆς.... τοῦ αὐτοῦ, λέγων, Ἀφέλετε τὰ ἱμάτια τὰ ῥυπαρὰ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ· καὶ εἷπεν, Ἰδοὺ, ἀφῄρηκα τὰς ἀνομίας σου, καὶ ἐνδύσατε........ δήρη, καὶ ἐπίθετε κίδαριν καθαρὰν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ πάλιν μετʼ ὀλίγα λέλεκται πρὸς αὐτόν· Ἄκουε δὴ...... ρεὺς ὁ μέγας, σὺ καὶ οἱ πλησίον σου οἱ καθήμενοι πρὸ προσώπου σου· διότι ἄνδρες τερατοσκόποι εἰσὶ, διότι, ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἄγω τὸν δοῦλόν μου Ἀνατολήν. Καὶ αὖθις μεθʼ ἕτερα· Καὶ ἐγένετο λόγος Κυρίου πρὸς μὲ, λέγων, Λάβε τὰ ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας παρὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων. Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα· Καὶ λήψῃ ἀργύριον καὶ ποιήσεις στεφάνους, καὶ ἐπιθήσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰησοῦ υἱοῦ Ἰωσεδὲκ τοῦ ἱερέως τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν, Τάδε λέγει Κύριος παντοκράτωρ, Ἰδοὺ, ἀνὴρ, Ἀνατολὴ ὄνομα αὐτῷ, καὶ ὑποκάτωθεν αὐτοῦ ἀνατελεῖ, καὶ οἰκοδομήσει τὸν οἶκον Κυρίου, καὶ αὐτὸς λήψεται ἀρετὴν, καὶ χαθιεῖται, καὶ ἄρξει ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσται ὁ ἱερεὺς ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ βουλὴ εἰρηνικὴ ἔσται ἀναμέσον ἀμφοτέρων. Ὁ δὲ στέφανος ἔσται τοῖς ὑπομενοῦσιν. Ἑπεὶ τὸν Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ὁ θαυμάσιος ἀπόστολος ἀρχιερέα μέγαν ὠ(νόμασε) διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, ἀναφέροιτʼ ἂν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν εἰκότως...... καὶ ὁ κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν τῇ τε αὐτῇ προσωνυμίᾳ καὶ τῷ αὐτῷ ἀξιώματι τετιμημένος· ταύτη τε.............25 ρηματίσας· τοῦτον δὴ οὖν ὁ Κύριος ἔδειξεν τῷ προφήτω..... τιρυπώση περιβεβλημένον τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν καθʼ ἡμᾶς αἰχμαλωσίαν αἰνιττόμενος κάθοδον, καθʼ ἣν........ ῶν κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν, οἷα δὴ τὰς ἡμετέρας εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναλαβὼν ἁμαρτίας ῥυπαροῖς κέχρηται παρʼ ἡμῶν ἐνδύμασι· ταῦτα δʼ ὁ Πατὴρ ἀποδύντα κελεύει τὰ τῆς θεότητος ἀναλαβεῖν θεῖα καὶ ἀξιοπρεπῆ τῆς κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἀρχιερωσύνης ἐνδύματα. Τούτων δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν περὶ τ... τοτε Ἰησοῦν τυπικῶς ὡς εἰκὸς γεγενημένων ἀφʼ ἑτέρας ἀρχῆς ὁ λόγος πρός τε αὐτὸν τὸν ἄνδρα Ἰησοῦν καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ... (τε) ρατοσκόπους, ἡγοῦμαι δʼ οὕτως τοὺς τῆς πνευματικῆς....... ἠξιωμένους ὠνομάσθαι, φησίν, ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἄγω τὸν.......... ἀνατολήν. Καὶ ὑποκαταβὰς αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοὺς στε(φάνους) τῇ κεφαλῇ ἐπιθεὶς, ἐπιφέρει λέγων· Τάδε λέγει Κύριος παντοκράτωρ· ἰδοὺ ἀνὴρ ἀνατολὴ ὄνομα· καὶ ὑποκάτ.......... ἀνατελεῖ καὶ οἰκοδομήσει τὸν οἶκον Κυρίου καὶ τὰς..... καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τὸν Χριστὸν ἀναφέροιτʼ ἂν, τῆς προσηκούσης.. (τυ)χόντα διηγήσεως· πλὴν καὶ τοῖς ἐκ περιτομῆς καὶ.......... αλὸν..... παραθέσθαι. ἐπεὶ μὴ δʼ ὅλως προφήτην ἀπὸ τῆς...... περσου βασιλείας· καὶ τῶν τῆς προφητείας χρόνων............ ἐγηγερμένον ἔχοιεν ἐπιδεῖξαι, μὴ ὅτι γε Ἰωάννην καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν. Τὶς δὴ οὖν ὁ προφητευόμενος ὥρα λέγειν.... εἰ δὲ λέγοιεν, ταῦτα εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν τοῦ Ἰωσεδὲκ ἀναφέρεται, δεικτέον αὐτοῖς ὅτι μηδαμῶς ἐκείνῳ τὰ λεγόμενα ἁρμόζει· πότε γὰρ ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἀνατολή; διὰ τί δὲ καὶ ταύτης ἀξιοῦται τῆς προσηγορίας; πῶς δὲ ἁρμόσει αὐτῷ τὸ, καὶ καθιεῖται καὶ ἄρξει ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ· μάλιστα δὲ τὸ καὶ ἔσται ὁ ἱερεὺς ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ· εἰ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐτύγχανεν ὢν ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας, τίς δʼ ἂν εἴη ὁ ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, ἕτερος ὢν παρʼ αὐτὸν ἱερεύς; σαφῶς δὲ ἕτερον παρʼ ἐκεῖνον εἶναι διδάσκει τὸν λεγόμενον ἀνατολήν· πρὸς γὰρ τὸν αὐτὸν Κύριον καὶ το(ὺς).. ἀμφʼ αὐτοῦ(ὸν) φησὶν ὁ λόγος· Ἄκουε δὴ Ἰησοῦ ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας, σὺ καὶ οἱ πλησίον σου· ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἄγω τὸν δοῦλόν μου Ἀνατολήν· εἰ δὴ οὖν αὐτῷ ταῦτα εἴρηται, πῶς ἂν ἔτι χώραν ἔχει(οι) τὸ περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγεσθαι νομίζειν τὸ, ἰδοὺ ἀνὴρ ἀνατολὴν...... αὐτῷ; Σαφῶς δὴ διὰ τούτων δύο παρίσταται πρόσωπα· ἓν μὲν ᾧ τὸ θεῖον διαλέγεται, ἕτερον δὲ περὶ οὗ προφητεύει· ᾧ καὶ ἀναμφιλόγως ἀνάγοιτʼ ἂν ἐπὶ τὸν Χριστὸν τὸν ἀληθῶς υἱὸν τοῦ......... ἑρμηνεύεται ιαὼ δικαιοσύνη· οὗτος δʼ ἂν εἴη ὁ Πατὴρ.... τοὺς τῶν νικητηρίων περιτιθεὶς τῷ χριστῷ στεφάνους.................. καλεῖ· διὰ τὴν εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἀνατείλασαν αὐ............. διδασκαλίαν· καὶ τὸν πρῶτον καὶ μέγαν ἀρχι......... πρωτότοκον αὐτοῦ Λόγον· Θεὸν μὲν ὄντα καὶ Κύριον τῶν......... ων ἱερέα δὲ τῆς πρώτης καὶ ἀγενήτου θεότητος·...... ωρ δὲ εἶναι αὐτὸν φησὶν οὗ ἀνείληφεν ἀνθρώπου, ἱερέως μεγάλου.... αὐτοῦ χρηματίζοντος διὰ τὴν ἕνωσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν μονογενῆ τοῦ Θεοῦ. Πολλῆς δὲ τῶν κατὰ τὸν τόπον δεομένων ἐξ(ηγήσεως) ἱκανὰ καὶ ταῦτα ὡς πρὸς τὴν παροῦσαν ὑπόθεσιν.

Kai............... ton Iēsoun ton hierea ton megan, estōta pro prosō.... tou Kyriou, kai diabolos hestēkei ek dexiōn autou, tou antikei..... autǭ. kai metʼ oliga; kai eipen pros tous estēkotas pro tēs.... tou autou, legōn, Aphelete ta himatia ta rhypara apʼ autou; kai heipen, Idou, aphę̄rēka tas anomias sou, kai endysate........ dērē, kai epithete kidarin katharan epi tēn kephalēn autou. Kai palin metʼ oliga lelektai pros auton; Akoue dē...... reus ho megas, sy kai hoi plēsion sou hoi kathēmenoi pro prosōpou sou; dioti andres teratoskopoi eisi, dioti, idou, egō agō ton doulon mou Anatolēn. Kai authis methʼ hetera; Kai egeneto logos Kyriou pros me, legōn, Labe ta ek tēs aichmalōsias para tōn archontōn. Kai meta brachea; Kai lēpsę̄ argyrion kai poiēseis stephanous, kai epithēseis epi tēn kephalēn Iēsou huiou Iōsedek tou hiereōs tou megalou kai ereis pros auton, Tade legei Kyrios pantokratōr, Idou, anēr, Anatolē onoma autǭ, kai hypokatōthen autou anatelei, kai oikodomēsei ton oikon Kyriou, kai autos lēpsetai aretēn, kai chathieitai, kai arxei epi tou thronou autou, kai estai ho hiereus ek dexiōn autou, kai boulē eirēnikē estai anameson amphoterōn. Ho de stephanos estai tois hypomenousin. Hepei ton Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon ho thaumasios apostolos archierea megan ō(nomase) dielēlythota tous ouranous, anapheroitʼ an epʼ auton eikotōs...... kai ho kata tēn prophēteian tę̄ te autę̄ prosōnymią kai tǭ autǭ axiōmati tetimēmenos; tautē te.............25 rēmatisas; touton dē oun ho Kyrios edeixen tǭ prophētō..... tirypōsē peribeblēmenon tēn tou Sōtēros hēmōn epi tēn kathʼ hēmas aichmalōsian ainittomenos kathodon, kathʼ hēn........ ōn kēryxai aichmalōtois aphesin, hoia dē tas hēmeteras eis heauton analabōn hamartias rhyparois kechrētai parʼ hēmōn endymasi; tauta dʼ ho Patēr apodynta keleuei ta tēs theotētos analabein theia kai axioprepē tēs katʼ ouranon archierōsynēs endymata. Toutōn de kai kata tēn historian peri t... tote Iēsoun typikōs hōs eikos gegenēmenōn aphʼ heteras archēs ho logos pros te auton ton andra Iēsoun kai tous syn autǭ... (te) ratoskopous, hēgoumai dʼ houtōs tous tēs pneumatikēs....... ēxiōmenous ōnomasthai, phēsin, idou egō agō ton.......... anatolēn. Kai hypokatabas autou tou Iēsou tous ste(phanous) tę̄ kephalę̄ epitheis, epipherei legōn; Tade legei Kyrios pantokratōr; idou anēr anatolē onoma; kai hypokat.......... anatelei kai oikodomēsei ton oikon Kyriou kai tas..... kai ta epi ton Christon anapheroitʼ an, tēs prosēkousēs.. (ty)chonta diēgēseōs; plēn kai tois ek peritomēs kai.......... alon..... parathesthai. epei mē dʼ holōs prophētēn apo tēs...... persou basileias; kai tōn tēs prophēteias chronōn............ egēgermenon echoien epideixai, mē hoti ge Iōannēn kai ton Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon. Tis dē oun ho prophēteuomenos hōra legein.... ei de legoien, tauta eis ton Iēsoun ton tou Iōsedek anapheretai, deikteon autois hoti mēdamōs ekeinǭ ta legomena harmozei; pote gar eklēthē to onoma autou anatolē? dia ti de kai tautēs axioutai tēs prosēgorias? pōs de harmosei autǭ to, kai kathieitai kai arxei epi tou thronou autou; malista de to kai estai ho hiereus ek dexiōn autou; ei gar autos etynchanen ōn ho hiereus ho megas, tis dʼ an eiē ho ek dexiōn autou, heteros ōn parʼ auton hiereus? saphōs de heteron parʼ ekeinon einai didaskei ton legomenon anatolēn; pros gar ton auton Kyrion kai to(ys).. amphʼ autou(on) phēsin ho logos; Akoue dē Iēsou ho hiereus ho megas, sy kai hoi plēsion sou; idou egō agō ton doulon mou Anatolēn; ei dē oun autǭ tauta eirētai, pōs an eti chōran echei(oi) to peri autou legesthai nomizein to, idou anēr anatolēn...... autǭ? Saphōs dē dia toutōn dyo paristatai prosōpa; hen men hǭ to theion dialegetai, heteron de peri hou prophēteuei; hǭ kai anamphilogōs anagoitʼ an epi ton Christon ton alēthōs huion tou......... hermēneuetai iaō dikaiosynē; houtos dʼ an eiē ho Patēr.... tous tōn nikētēriōn perititheis tǭ christǭ stephanous.................. kalei; dia tēn eis anthrōpous anateilasan au............. didaskalian; kai ton prōton kai megan archi......... prōtotokon autou Logon; Theon men onta kai Kyrion tōn......... ōn hierea de tēs prōtēs kai agenētou theotētos;...... ōr de einai auton phēsin hou aneilēphen anthrōpou, hiereōs megalou.... autou chrēmatizontos dia tēn henōsin tēn pros ton monogenē tou Theou. Pollēs de tōn kata ton topon deomenōn ex(ēgēseōs) hikana kai tauta hōs pros tēn parousan hypothesin.

“And … Jesus the great priest, standing before the face … of the Lord, and the devil was standing at his right hand to oppose him.” And a little after: “And he said to those standing before his face, saying, ‘Take the filthy garments off him’; and he said, ‘Behold, I have taken away your iniquities; and clothe … with a long robe, and put a clean turban on his head.’” And again, a little after, it is said to him: “Hear now, … great priest, you and your companions who sit before you, for they are men who are portent-watchers; for behold, I am bringing my servant the Dayspring.” And again, after other things: “And the word of the Lord came to me, saying, ‘Take the things from the captivity from the rulers.’” And a little after: “And you shall take silver and make crowns, and set them on the head of Jesus son of Josedek, the great priest, and say to him, ‘Thus says the Lord Almighty: Behold, a man, whose name is Dayspring; and he shall spring up from beneath him and build the house of the Lord; and he shall receive excellence, and sit, and rule on his throne; and the priest shall be at his right hand, and a counsel of peace shall be between them both.’ And the crown shall be for those who endure.” Since the wonderful apostle (named) our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ a great high priest who has passed through the heavens, the one in the prophecy, honoured with the same name and the same dignity, might fittingly be referred to him …. The Lord showed him to the prophet … clothed in filthy …, hinting at our Saviour's descent into our captivity, in which … to proclaim release to captives; for, having taken our sins upon himself, he wore the filthy garments he had from us. These the Father bids him put off and take up the divine garments of divinity, befitting the heavenly high priesthood. Since these things, according to the history too, presumably happened in a typical way concerning the Jesus of that time, the word, starting afresh, says to the man Jesus himself and to the portent-watchers with him (by whom I think are named those counted worthy of spiritual …), “Behold, I am bringing my … Dayspring.” And having placed the crowns on the head of Jesus himself, it adds, saying: “Thus says the Lord Almighty: Behold a man, Dayspring is his name; and from beneath … he shall spring up and build the house of the Lord,” and the … these too might be referred to Christ, given their proper explanation. But also against those of the circumcision … should be set out, since they could not point to any prophet at all raised up from the … of the Persian kingdom and the times of the prophecy …, let alone John and our Lord Jesus Christ. It is time, then, for them to say who the one prophesied is. And if they say that these things refer to Jesus son of Josedek, it must be shown to them that what is said in no way fits him. For when was his name called Dayspring? And why is he deemed worthy of this title? And how will “and he shall sit and rule on his throne” fit him, and especially “and the priest shall be at his right hand”? For if he was himself the great priest, who would be at his right hand, a priest other than he? And it clearly teaches that the one called Dayspring is other than he; for to this very [Jesus] and those around him the word says, “Hear now, Jesus the great priest, you and your companions; behold, I am bringing my servant the Dayspring.” If, then, this is said to him, how could there still be room to think that “Behold a man, Dayspring is his name” is said about him? Clearly, then, two persons are shown here: one to whom the divine Spirit speaks, and another about whom it prophesies; and the latter might beyond dispute be referred to Christ, the true son of …, [Josedek, which] is interpreted “Iao's righteousness”; and this would be the Father, … who places the crowns of victory on his Christ … calls …, because of the teaching that rose upon humans …, and the first and great high priest …, his firstborn Word, being God and Lord of the …, but priest of the first and unbegotten divinity; … and it says that he is … of the human he took up, the man being called great priest because of his union with the only-begotten of God. Since the matters in the passage need much explanation, these remarks are enough for the present undertaking.

3.24Gaisford

Χαῖρε...... θύγατερ Σιὼν, κήρυσσε θύγατερ Ἱερουσαλήμ· ἰδοὺ, ὁ βα...... ἔρχεταί σοι δίκαιος καὶ σώζων, αὐτὸς πραῢς καὶ ἐπί....... ὑποζύγιον καὶ πῶλον νέον. Καὶ ἐξολοθρεύσει ἅρματα ἐξ Ἐφραὶμ, καὶ ἵππον ἐξ Ἱερουσαλὴμ, καὶ ἐξολοθρεύσεται τόξον πολεμικὸν, καὶ πλῆθος καὶ εἰρήνη ἐξ ἐθνῶν, καὶ κατάρξει ἀπὸ θαλάσσης, καὶ ποταμῶν διʼ ἐκβολὰς γῆς. Θυγάτηρ Σιὼν, ᾖ προστάσσει χαίρειν ὁ λόγος, πᾶσα ἡ τῆς νοητῆς καὶ ἐπουρανίου Σιὼν οἰ κατατυγχάνει ψυχή· ἢ (ἡ) καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς διὰ Χριστοῦ συστᾶσα ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησία[ς]· ὁμοίως δʼ αὗ πάλιν θυγάτηρ Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ἡ συγγένειαν φέρουσα τῆς ἐπουρανίου Ἱερουσαλήμ· οἷα τις ἦν ἡ Παύλου λέγοντος, ἡ δὲ ἄνω Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν, ἥτις ἔστιν μητὴρ ἡμῶν. Ταῖς δὴ οὖν τοιαύταις ψυχαῖς ὁ λόγος (ἐπι)δημήσειν τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ προανακηρύττει ἐπιβεβηκότα ὑποζυγίῳ καὶ πώλῳ νέῳ· οὕτω τῆς ἀνθρωπείας φύσεως, ἣν ἐπιδημήσας (ἀνεί) ληφεν, νοουμένης· μεθʼ ἧς ἐξωλόθρευσε πᾶσαν πολεμικὴν δύναμιν ἀπὸ πάσης ἐκκλησιαστικῆς καὶ φέρειν καρποὺς ἁγίους δυναμένης ψυχῆς, τοῦ Ἐφραὶμ εἰς καρποφορίαν μεταλαμβανομένου, καὶ εἰς ὅρασιν εἰρήνης κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα γλῶτταν τῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ· καὶ δὴ ἐξολοθρεύσας τοὺς πρότερον τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος ἐπικρατούσας δαίμονας πονηροὺς, ἐξ ἀπάντων τῶν πάλαι τούτοις ὑποχειρίων ἐθνῶν μυρίους ὅσους ὑπὸ τὸν εὐσεβῆ τῆς διδασκαλίας αὐτοῦ ζυγὸν ὑπηγάγετο. Ταῦτα μὲν κατὰ διάνοιαν· καὶ ῥητῶς δὲ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐνανθρωπήσας καὶ σωματικῶς τὰς περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητείας ἐπιτελῶν, καὶ ταύτῃ πέρας ἐπιτέθεικεν, ὅτε κατὰ τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν εἶπεν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μαθηταῖς, πορευθέντες εἰς τὴν ἀπέναντι κώμην εὐρήσετε ὄνον καὶ πῶλον δεδεμένην· λύσαντες οὐν αὐτὴν ἀγάγετε· καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι ποιεῖτε, ἐρεῖτε, ὁ κύριος ἀπὸ (αὐτῶν) χρείαν ἔχει· καὶ ἀπελθόντες ἐκεῖνοι ἐποίησαν καθὼς προσέταξεν αὐτοῖς. Τούτων δʼ οὕτως ἐχόντων, παραθετέον τὰ ῥήτα τοῖς μόνως σωματικῶς καὶ Ἰουδαϊκῶς τὰ προκείμενα ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίᾳ γενήσεσθαι φανταζομένοις· δεικτέον τε αὐτὸ δὲ ὅπως ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παρούσιᾳ καὶ σωματικῶς μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ἡ φάσκουσα προφητεία, καὶ ἐξολοθρεύσει ἅρματα ἐξ Ἐφραὶμ καὶ ἵππον ἐξ Ἱερουσαλήμ. Ἡ γοῦν τοῦ Χριστοῦ θεία καὶ οὐράνιος δύναμις ἀπορρήτῳ ἐνεργείᾳ μετὰ τὴν.... τούτου ἐπιβουλήν· αὐτήν τε τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ σὺν καὶ τῇ προγ........ ἐν αἷς τῇ τυγχανούσῃ πολεμικῇ δυνάμει ἐξωλόθρεύσε· τότ...... λαὸν τὸν ἐν αὐτῇ Ἐφραὶμ πολλάκις ὠνομασμένον................. ἐντολήν· πληθύνοντα ἵππον ἐν τῇ Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ ἁρματ........ τικῶς διὰ τὰς ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις παρατάξεις τ...... κατ.......... γενομένους ἵππους· κτήνεσιν τοῖς ἀνοήτοις παρʼ ὁμοια......... οὓς ἐναργῶς πάντας ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐξωλόθρευσ.... γοῦν τὴν σωτήριον παρουσίαν ἐξολοθρευθέντων ἐκείνων..... τυχὸν πλῆθος ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν τὴν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς........ κατεδέξαντο· τοῦ Θεοῦ κατάρξαντος καὶ κατακρατήσεως.... ἀγγελικοῦ ῥητοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης κατὰ τὴν...... ην τοῦ θείου λόγου προφητείαν.

Chaire...... thygater Siōn, kērysse thygater Hierousalēm; idou, ho ba...... erchetai soi dikaios kai sōzōn, autos praÿs kai epi....... hypozygion kai pōlon neon. Kai exolothreusei harmata ex Ephraim, kai hippon ex Hierousalēm, kai exolothreusetai toxon polemikon, kai plēthos kai eirēnē ex ethnōn, kai katarxei apo thalassēs, kai potamōn diʼ ekbolas gēs. Thygatēr Siōn, ę̄ prostassei chairein ho logos, pasa hē tēs noētēs kai epouraniou Siōn oi katatynchanei psychē; ē (hē) kai epi gēs dia Christou systasa ex ethnōn ekklēsia[s]; homoiōs dʼ hau palin thygatēr Hierousalēm, hē syngeneian pherousa tēs epouraniou Hierousalēm; hoia tis ēn hē Paulou legontos, hē de anō Hierousalēm eleuthera estin, hētis estin mētēr hēmōn. Tais dē oun toiautais psychais ho logos (epi)dēmēsein ton Christon tou Theou proanakēryttei epibebēkota hypozygiǭ kai pōlǭ neǭ; houtō tēs anthrōpeias physeōs, hēn epidēmēsas (anei) lēphen, nooumenēs; methʼ hēs exōlothreuse pasan polemikēn dynamin apo pasēs ekklēsiastikēs kai pherein karpous hagious dynamenēs psychēs, tou Ephraim eis karpophorian metalambanomenou, kai eis horasin eirēnēs kata tēn Hellada glōttan tēs Hierousalēm; kai dē exolothreusas tous proteron tēs anthrōpotētos epikratousas daimonas ponērous, ex apantōn tōn palai toutois hypocheiriōn ethnōn myrious hosous hypo ton eusebē tēs didaskalias autou zygon hypēgageto. Tauta men kata dianoian; kai rhētōs de ho Christos enanthrōpēsas kai sōmatikōs tas peri autou prophēteias epitelōn, kai tautę̄ peras epitetheiken, hote kata ton euangelistēn eipen tois heautou mathētais, poreuthentes eis tēn apenanti kōmēn eurēsete onon kai pōlon dedemenēn; lysantes oun autēn agagete; kai ean tis hymin eipę̄ ti poieite, ereite, ho kyrios apo (autōn) chreian echei; kai apelthontes ekeinoi epoiēsan kathōs prosetaxen autois. Toutōn dʼ houtōs echontōn, paratheteon ta rhēta tois monōs sōmatikōs kai Ioudaïkōs ta prokeimena epi tę̄ tou Christou parousią genēsesthai phantazomenois; deikteon te auto de hopōs epi tę̄ tou Sōtēros hēmōn parousią kai sōmatikōs meta tōn allōn kai hē phaskousa prophēteia, kai exolothreusei harmata ex Ephraim kai hippon ex Hierousalēm. Hē goun tou Christou theia kai ouranios dynamis aporrētǭ energeią meta tēn.... toutou epiboulēn; autēn te tēn Hierousalēm syn kai tę̄ prog........ en hais tę̄ tynchanousę̄ polemikę̄ dynamei exōlothreuse; tot...... laon ton en autę̄ Ephraim pollakis ōnomasmenon................. entolēn; plēthynonta hippon en tę̄ Hierousalēm kai harmat........ tikōs dia tas en tois polemois parataxeis t...... kat.......... genomenous hippous; ktēnesin tois anoētois parʼ homoia......... hous enargōs pantas hē parousia tou Sōtēros hēmōn exōlothreus.... goun tēn sōtērion parousian exolothreuthentōn ekeinōn..... tychon plēthos ex hapantōn tōn ethnōn tēn en tais psychais........ katedexanto; tou Theou katarxantos kai katakratēseōs.... angelikou rhētou tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs kata tēn...... ēn tou theiou logou prophēteian.

“Rejoice … daughter of Zion; proclaim, daughter of Jerusalem; behold, your king … comes to you, righteous and saving; he is meek and mounted … on a beast of burden and a young colt. And he will destroy chariots out of Ephraim and the horse out of Jerusalem, and the bow of war shall be destroyed; and a multitude and peace from the nations; and he shall rule from sea, and from the rivers to the outlets of the land.” The daughter of Zion whom the word bids rejoice is every soul that dwells in the spiritual and heavenly Zion, or the church from the nations formed on earth too through Christ. Likewise again the daughter of Jerusalem is the one that bears kinship with the heavenly Jerusalem, such as Paul's was when he said, “But the Jerusalem above is free, and she is our mother.” To such souls the word proclaims beforehand that the Christ of God will (come to dwell), mounted on a beast of burden and a young colt, the human nature that he (took up) at his coming being so understood. With it he destroyed every warlike power from every soul of the church that is able to bear holy fruit, Ephraim being taken to mean fruitfulness, and Jerusalem, in the Greek tongue, vision of peace. Having destroyed the evil demons who formerly ruled humankind, he brought countless people out of all the nations long subject to them under the reverent yoke of his teaching. So much in the spiritual sense. But literally too, when Christ became man and fulfilled bodily the prophecies about him, he brought this one also to fulfilment, when, according to the evangelist, he said to his disciples, “Go into the village opposite and you will find a donkey tied, and a colt; untie them and bring them; and if anyone says anything to you, say, ‘The Lord has need of them’”; and they went and did as he commanded them. This being so, the texts should be set against those who imagine that the things set out will happen at Christ's coming only bodily and in a Jewish manner. And it should be shown how at our Saviour's coming, bodily as well, together with the others, the prophecy was fulfilled that says, “And he will destroy chariots out of Ephraim and the horse out of Jerusalem.” For the divine and heavenly power of Christ, by an ineffable working, after the … plot against him, destroyed Jerusalem itself with the … in which, with the warlike power that it had; then … the people in it, often named Ephraim, … commandment, multiplying horses in Jerusalem and chariots …, figuratively, because of the battle lines in wars …, the horses that became …, compared with the senseless cattle …; all of whom the coming of our Saviour plainly destroyed. … after the saving coming, those having been destroyed, … a multitude from all the nations received the … in their souls, God ruling and holding sway … of the whole inhabited world according to the … prophecy of the divine word.

3.25Gaisford

Καὶ κατισχύσω αὐτοὺς ἐν Κυρίῳ Θεῷ αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι........ καυχήσονται, λέγει Κύριος. Πάλιν Κύριος ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος κατισχύ(σειν ὑπι)σχνεῖται τοὺς ἀξίους ἐν Κυρίῳ Θεῷ αὐτῶν, τὸν Θεὸν καὶ Πατέρα ἑαυτοῦ δηλῶν. Διὸ ἐν τοῖς περὶ Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦτο σεσημειώσθω τὸ ῥητόν.

Kai katischysō autous en Kyriǭ Theǭ autōn, kai en tǭ onomati........ kauchēsontai, legei Kyrios. Palin Kyrios ho tou Theou Logos katischy(sein hypi)schneitai tous axious en Kyriǭ Theǭ autōn, ton Theon kai Patera heautou dēlōn. Dio en tois peri Patros kai Huiou kai touto sesēmeiōsthō to rhēton.

“And I will strengthen them in the Lord their God, and in the name … they shall boast, says the Lord.” Again the Lord, the Word of God, (promises to strengthen) the worthy in the Lord their God, meaning his own God and Father. So let this text too be noted among those concerning Father and Son.

3.26Gaisford

Καὶ γνώσονται οἱ Χαναναῖοι τὰ πρόβατα τὰ φυλασσόμενά μοι, διότι λόγος Κυρίου ἐστίν. Καὶ ἐρῶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, Εἰ καλὸν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἐστὶν, δότε τὸν μισθόν μου, ἢ ἀπείπασθε· καὶ ἔστησαν τὸν μισθόν μου τριάκοντα, ἀργυρίους· καὶ ἐνέβαλον αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον Κυρίου εἰς τὸ χωνευτήριον, Καὶ ἀπέρριψα τὴν ῥάβδον τὴν δευτέραν.......... τοῦ διασκεδάσαι τὴν διαθήκην ἀναμέσον Ἰούδα, καὶ ἀναμέσον Ἰσραήλ. Καὶ τί γὰρ οὐχὶ τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ συν... των προέγνωστό τε καὶ προείρητο τοῖς ἱεροῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ προφηταῖς.......... γὰρ ἐκ παρθένου γένεσις αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ τῆς γενέσεως................ λῆ καὶ ἡ ῥίζα ἐξ ἧς τὸ κατὰ σάρκα γεγέννηται· τά τε........... αὐτῷ ἐπιδημήσαντι παράδοξα διὰ τῶν ἀνέκαθεν προφητῶν.... τῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ θείου Πνεύματος ἠξιώθη γραφῆς· ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ καὶ τὸν θάνατον καὶ τὸ τούτου εἶδος προεδήλωσαν, οὐ παραλιπόντε...... οὐδʼ ἃς ὑπέμεινε μάστιγας καὶ ἐμπτυσμοὺς ῥαπίσματά τε καὶ ὕβρεις· ἀλλὰ τὸν προδώσαντα αὐτὸν τοῖς ἐπιβουλεύουσιν ἐν αὐτῶν (ἕνα τῶν) μαθητῶν μηνύσαντες· ὀνομαστὶ γοῦν αὐτὸν ἐστηλίτευσε διὰ Ἱερεμίου τὸ θεῖον Πνεῦμα φῆσαν, ἁμαρτία Ἰούδα γέγραπται ἐν γραφείῳ σιδηρῷ, ἐν ὄνυχι ἀδαμαντίνω. Ταῦτα δʼ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ Ἑβραικῷ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς εὕροις ἂν παρὰ τοὺς οʼ ἑρμηνευτάς· καὶ ἐν Ψαλμοῖς δὲ διαφόροις μάθοις ἂν τὰ κατʼ αὐτὸν δηλούμενα· καὶ νῦν δʼ οὐδὲν ἧττον διὰ τῆς προκειμένης λέξεως σαφῶς καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ ἀργυρίου, ὅπερ λαβὸν ὁ Ἰούδας προύδωκε τοῖς ἐπιβουλεύουσι τὸν διδάσκαλον, ἡ θεία προθε(σπίζει) γραφή. Λέγοιτο δʼ ἂν τὰ προκείμενα ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὥσπερ τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύσαντας αὐτῷ, οὓς ἑτέρωθι μὲν ἄρχοντας Σοδόμων καὶ λαὸν Γομόρρας ὁ τῆς προφητείας ἀποκαλεῖ λόγος, ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος δὲ Χαναναίους διὰ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς Χαναναίους ἐξομοίωσιν αὐτοὺς ὀνομάζει. Φήσασα γʼ οὖν ἡ προφητεία τὸ, καὶ γνώσονται οἱ Χαναναῖοι, ἐπιφέρει, διδάσκουσα ἡμᾶς τίνας βούλεται σημαίνειν, καὶ φησίν· τὰ πρόβατα τὰ φυλασσόμενά μοι. Τίνα δὲ ἦν ταῦτα τὰ πρόβατα, τὰ πρότερον τῷ κυρίῳ φυλασσόμενα, ἢ ὁ ἐκ περιτομῆς λαός; οὓς νῦν Χαναναίους ὀνομάσας ὁ λόγος, ὡς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐπάγει λέγων, καὶ ἐρῶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὰ ἀναγεγραμμένα, ἃ καὶ λέγοι ἂν πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύσαντας αὐτῷ, ὑπὲρ ὧν αὐτοὺς εὐεργέτησε τοὺς μισθοὺς ὥσπερ αἰτῶν αὐτοὺς, τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν πίστιν καὶ τὸν ταύτῃ κατάλληλον βίον· οὕτως γὰρ ἀκούω τοῦ, δότε τὸν μισθόν μου· οἱ δὲ, κατὰ τὸ ἑτέρωθι περὶ αὐτῶν εἰρημένον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, (Ἀντὶ τῷ ἀγαπᾶν με, ἐνδιέβαλλόν με, ἐγὼ δὲ προσηυχόμην· καὶ ἔθεντο κατʼ ἐμοῦ κακὰ ἀντὶ ἀγαθῶν, καὶ μῖσος ἀντὶ τῆς ἀγαπήσεώς μου·) τριάκοντα ἀργυρίους στήσαντες παρέσχον τῷ προδότῃ, ὡσπερεὶ τοσούτου αὐτὸν τῇ ἀσεβεστάτῃ αὐτῶν κρίσει τιμώμενοι. Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ τὸ ἑκάστου ἔργον ὁποῖόν ἐστι τὸ πῦρ δοκιμάσει, τούτου χάριν καθεῖναι αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ χώνευτήριον, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν εἰς τὸ τῆς κρίσεως καὶ τὸ τῆς κολάσεως πῦρ, ὁ Κύριος προστάσσει· τίνας δὲ αὐτοὺς ἢ τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύσαντας αὐτῷ; Καὶ σκέψαι δὲ, φησὶν, εἰ δόκιμόν ἐστιν, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τὸ κατʼ αὐτοῦ δρασθὲν αὐτοῖς· λέγει δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πυρὶ δοκιμασθήσεσθαι, ὃν τρόπον καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος διὰ τῆς εἰς σάρκα ἐπιδημίας καὶ τοῦ πάθους ἐδοκιμάσθη ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν· καὶ γὰρ δὴ προηγουμένως ἐνηνθρώπησε, καὶ πέπονθεν ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας τῶν ἀπολωλότων προβάτων οἴκου Ἰσραήλ. Τούτοις ἑξῆς καὶ τὴν μετὰ τὸ πάθος τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἀποβολὴν αὐτῶν σημαίνων ὁ λόγος φησὶν, καὶ ἀπέρριψα τὴν ῥάβδον τὴν δευτέραν. Τὶς δὲ ἐστὶν αὕτη διδάσκων ἐπιφέρει τὸ σχοίνισμα, περὶ οὗ εἴρηται, σχοίνισμα κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ Ἰσραήλ. Σαφέστερον γʼ οὖν τοῦτο παρίστησιν ἐπιλέγων τοῦ διασκεδάσαι τὴν προτέραν διαθηκὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὴν ἀναμέσον Ἰούδα καὶ ἀναμέσον Ἰσραήλ· καὶ σαφῶς δείκνυται ἀπὸ τῶν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν χρόνων περιηρημένα τῆς λατρείας ἁπάσης τῆς κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἐξ ἐκείνου καὶ εἰς δεῦρο καθαιρεθείσης.

Kai gnōsontai hoi Chananaioi ta probata ta phylassomena moi, dioti logos Kyriou estin. Kai erō pros autous, Ei kalon enōpion hymōn estin, dote ton misthon mou, ē apeipasthe; kai estēsan ton misthon mou triakonta, argyrious; kai enebalon autous eis ton oikon Kyriou eis to chōneutērion, Kai aperripsa tēn rhabdon tēn deuteran.......... tou diaskedasai tēn diathēkēn anameson Iouda, kai anameson Israēl. Kai ti gar ouchi tōn epi tou Kyriou kai Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou syn... tōn proegnōsto te kai proeirēto tois hierois tou Theou prophētais.......... gar ek parthenou genesis autou kai ho tēs geneseōs................ lē kai hē rhiza ex hēs to kata sarka gegennētai; ta te........... autǭ epidēmēsanti paradoxa dia tōn anekathen prophētōn.... tēs hypo tou theiou Pneumatos ēxiōthē graphēs; epi pasi de kai ton thanaton kai to toutou eidos proedēlōsan, ou paraliponte...... oudʼ has hypemeine mastigas kai emptysmous rhapismata te kai hybreis; alla ton prodōsanta auton tois epibouleuousin en autōn (hena tōn) mathētōn mēnysantes; onomasti goun auton estēliteuse dia Hieremiou to theion Pneuma phēsan, hamartia Iouda gegraptai en grapheiǭ sidērǭ, en onychi adamantinō. Tauta dʼ en autǭ tǭ Hebraikǭ kai tois loipois heurois an para tous oʼ hermēneutas; kai en Psalmois de diaphorois mathois an ta katʼ auton dēloumena; kai nyn dʼ ouden hētton dia tēs prokeimenēs lexeōs saphōs kai ton arithmon tou argyriou, hoper labon ho Ioudas proudōke tois epibouleuousi ton didaskalon, hē theia prothe(spizei) graphē. Legoito dʼ an ta prokeimena ek prosōpou tou Christou, hōsper tous epibouleusantas autǭ, hous heterōthi men archontas Sodomōn kai laon Gomorras ho tēs prophēteias apokalei logos, epi tou parontos de Chananaious dia tēn pros tous Chananaious exomoiōsin autous onomazei. Phēsasa gʼ oun hē prophēteia to, kai gnōsontai hoi Chananaioi, epipherei, didaskousa hēmas tinas bouletai sēmainein, kai phēsin; ta probata ta phylassomena moi. Tina de ēn tauta ta probata, ta proteron tǭ kyriǭ phylassomena, ē ho ek peritomēs laos? hous nyn Chananaious onomasas ho logos, hōs ek prosōpou tou Christou epagei legōn, kai erō pros autous ta anagegrammena, ha kai legoi an pros tous epibouleusantas autǭ, hyper hōn autous euergetēse tous misthous hōsper aitōn autous, toutʼ esti tēn eis auton pistin kai ton tautę̄ katallēlon bion; houtōs gar akouō tou, dote ton misthon mou; hoi de, kata to heterōthi peri autōn eirēmenon hypʼ autou, (Anti tǭ agapan me, endieballon me, egō de prosēuchomēn; kai ethento katʼ emou kaka anti agathōn, kai misos anti tēs agapēseōs mou;) triakonta argyrious stēsantes pareschon tǭ prodotę̄, hōsperei tosoutou auton tę̄ asebestatę̄ autōn krisei timōmenoi. Allʼ epei to hekastou ergon hopoion esti to pyr dokimasei, toutou charin katheinai autous eis to chōneutērion, toutʼ estin eis to tēs kriseōs kai to tēs kolaseōs pyr, ho Kyrios prostassei; tinas de autous ē tous epibouleusantas autǭ? Kai skepsai de, phēsin, ei dokimon estin, dēlon dʼ hoti to katʼ autou drasthen autois; legei de autous en tǭ pyri dokimasthēsesthai, hon tropon kai autos ho Kyrios dia tēs eis sarka epidēmias kai tou pathous edokimasthē hyper autōn; kai gar dē proēgoumenōs enēnthrōpēse, kai peponthen hyper sōtērias tōn apolōlotōn probatōn oikou Israēl. Toutois hexēs kai tēn meta to pathos tou Sōtēros hēmōn apobolēn autōn sēmainōn ho logos phēsin, kai aperripsa tēn rhabdon tēn deuteran. Tis de estin hautē didaskōn epipherei to schoinisma, peri hou eirētai, schoinisma klēronomias autou Israēl. Saphesteron gʼ oun touto paristēsin epilegōn tou diaskedasai tēn proteran diathēkēn tou Theou, tēn anameson Iouda kai anameson Israēl; kai saphōs deiknytai apo tōn tou Sōtēros hēmōn chronōn periērēmena tēs latreias hapasēs tēs kata ton nomon ex ekeinou kai eis deuro kathairetheisēs.

“And the Canaanites will know the sheep kept for me, that it is the word of the Lord. And I will say to them, ‘If it is good in your sight, give me my wages, or refuse’; and they weighed out my wages, thirty pieces of silver. And I cast them into the house of the Lord, into the furnace. And I cast away the second staff, … to break up the covenant between Judah and Israel.” For what was there among the things concerning our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ … that was not foreknown and foretold to the holy prophets of God? … his birth from a virgin and the … of his birth … and the root from which he was born according to the flesh; and the … wonders at his coming were deemed worthy of the writing of the divine Spirit through the prophets of old; and on top of all they made known beforehand his death and its manner, not leaving out … nor the scourgings and spittings, the blows and insults that he endured, but indicating the one who betrayed him to those who plotted against him, (one of the) disciples. Indeed the divine Spirit pilloried him by name through Jeremiah, saying, “The sin of Judah is written with an iron pen, with a point of adamant.” These words you would find in the Hebrew itself and in the other translators besides the Seventy; and in various Psalms you could learn what is shown about him. And now no less, through the passage before us, the divine Scripture clearly (foretells) the number of pieces of silver that Judas took when he betrayed his teacher to those who plotted against him. What is set out might be said in the person of Christ, as of those who plotted against him, whom elsewhere the word of prophecy calls “rulers of Sodom” and “people of Gomorrah,” and here names Canaanites because of their likeness to the Canaanites. For after saying, “And the Canaanites will know,” the prophecy adds, teaching us whom it means, “the sheep kept for me.” And what were these sheep, formerly kept for the Lord, but the people of the circumcision? Having now named them Canaanites, the word adds, as in the person of Christ, “And I will say to them” what is recorded, which he might say to those who plotted against him, as if asking them for wages for the benefits he had done them, that is, faith in him and a life corresponding to it; for so I understand “Give me my wages.” But they, according to what he said elsewhere about them (“In return for my love they slandered me, but I prayed; and they repaid me evil for good, and hatred for my love”), weighed out thirty pieces of silver and gave them to the traitor, as if valuing him at so much in their most impious judgment. But since “the fire will test what sort of work each one's is,” for this reason the Lord commands that they be put into the furnace, that is, into the fire of judgment and punishment. And whom but those who plotted against him? “And consider,” he says, “whether it is tested,” clearly what they did against him; and he says that they will be tested in the fire, in the way that the Lord himself was tested for them by his sojourn in the flesh and his passion; for he became man and suffered primarily for the salvation of the lost sheep of the house of Israel. After this, signifying also their casting off after our Saviour's passion, the word says, “And I cast away the second staff.” What this is, it teaches by adding “the measuring-cord,” concerning which it is said, “Israel the measured lot of his inheritance.” It shows this more clearly by adding, “to break up” the former covenant of God, “between Judah and Israel.” And it is clearly shown that from the times of our Saviour these things have been taken away, the whole worship according to the law having been destroyed from then until now.

3.27Gaisford

Ῥομφαία ἐξεγέρθητι ἐπὶ τὸν ποιμένα μου, καὶ ἐπὶ ἄνδρα πολίτην αὐτοῦ, λέγει Κύριος παντοκράτωρ, πάταξον τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήτωσαν τὰ πρόβατα· καὶ ἐπιστρέψω τὴν χεῖρά μου ἐπὶ τοὺς ποιμένας. Ἐπείπερ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς τὸ, Πάταξον τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσεται τὰ προβάτα τῆς ποίμνης, ἐντεῦθεν λαβὼν κατὰ τὸν σωτηρίου πάθους καιρὸν πέρας εἰληφέναι ἐδίδαξεν, ὅτε καταλείψαντες αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ διεσκορπίσθησαν· τούτου δὴ χάριν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσημειωσάμεθα τὸ ῥητὸν, ὃ καὶ πολλῆς δεόμενον ἐξετάσεως εἰς ἐπιτήδειον ἀναθησόμεθα καιρόν.

Rhomphaia exegerthēti epi ton poimena mou, kai epi andra politēn autou, legei Kyrios pantokratōr, pataxon ton poimena, kai diaskorpisthētōsan ta probata; kai epistrepsō tēn cheira mou epi tous poimenas. Epeiper ho euangelistēs to, Pataxon ton poimena, kai diaskorpisthēsetai ta probata tēs poimnēs, enteuthen labōn kata ton sōtēriou pathous kairon peras eilēphenai edidaxen, hote kataleipsantes auton hoi mathētai dieskorpisthēsan; toutou dē charin kai hēmeis esēmeiōsametha to rhēton, ho kai pollēs deomenon exetaseōs eis epitēdeion anathēsometha kairon.

“Sword, awake against my shepherd, and against the man who is his fellow citizen, says the Lord Almighty; strike the shepherd, and let the sheep be scattered; and I will turn my hand against the shepherds.” Since the evangelist, taking “Strike the shepherd, and the sheep of the flock will be scattered” from here, taught that it reached its fulfilment at the time of the saving passion, when the disciples deserted him and were scattered, for this reason we too have noted the text; since it needs much examination, we shall put it off to a suitable occasion.

3.28Gaisford

Καὶ ἐξελεύσεται Κύριος, καὶ παρατάξεται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἐκείνοις, καθὼς ἡμέρα πολέμου· καὶ παρέσται Κύριος ὁ Θεός μου, καὶ πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι μετʼ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ταῦτα ὑπονοοῦντες περὶ τῆς δευτέρας λέγεσθαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας ἐσημειωσάμεθα.

Kai exeleusetai Kyrios, kai parataxetai en tois ethnesin ekeinois, kathōs hēmera polemou; kai parestai Kyrios ho Theos mou, kai pantes hoi hagioi metʼ autou. Kai tauta hyponoountes peri tēs deuteras legesthai tou Christou parousias esēmeiōsametha.

“And the Lord will go forth and fight against those nations, as on a day of war; and the Lord my God will come, and all the holy ones with him.” We have noted this too, supposing it to be said about the second coming of Christ.

3.29Gaisford

Οὐκ ἔστι μου θέλημα ἐν ὑμῖν, λέγει Κύριος παντοκράτωρ, καὶ θυσίαν οὐ προσδέξομαι ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν· Διότι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἡλίου καὶ ἕως δυσμῶν τὸ ὄνομά μου δεδόξασται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι, καὶ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ θυμίαμα προσφέρεται τῷ ὀνόματί μου, καὶ θυσία καθαρά· διότι μέγα τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι, λέγει Κύριος παντοκράτωρʼ ὑμεῖς δὲ βεβηλοῦτε αὐτό. Ὥσπερ χεὶρ καὶ δεξιὰ καὶ βραχίων καὶ δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων ὁ Λόγος αὐτοῦ ἐν ταῖς θείαις ὠνόμασται γραφαῖς, οὕτως ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ ὄνομα χρηματίζει τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τοῦτο οὖν τὸ θεῖον ὄνομα ὡς ἀπʼ ἀνατολῶν ἡλίου καὶ δυσμῶν δεδόξασται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, παντί τῳ πρόδηλον ἀπὸ τῶν πανταχόσε χρηματιζόντων κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ προσηγορίαν· οἳ καὶ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ πνευματικὸν θυμίαμα καὶ τὴν διʼ εὐχῶν καθαρὰν καὶ ἀναίμακτον καὶ λογικὴν θυσίαν διὰ τοῦ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν ἀρχιερέως προσάγουσι τῷ Θεῷ· τούτων δὲ τοῦτον λατρευόντων τὸν τρόπον, τὰς σωματικὰς τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ θυσίας ἀποστραφήσεσθαί φησιν ὁ Θεός· καὶ δὴ σαφές πως μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν κατʼ ἀμφότερα πέρας εἴληφεν ἡ προφητεία· κατά τε τὴν προτέρου λαοῦ ἀποβολὴν ἅμα τε ἀρθείσης ἐξ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν Δανιὴλ θυσίας καὶ σπονδῆς, καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν ἐπιστροφήν.

Ouk esti mou thelēma en hymin, legei Kyrios pantokratōr, kai thysian ou prosdexomai ek tōn cheirōn hymōn; Dioti apo anatolōn hēliou kai heōs dysmōn to onoma mou dedoxastai en tois ethnesi, kai en panti topǭ thymiama prospheretai tǭ onomati mou, kai thysia kathara; dioti mega to onoma mou en tois ethnesi, legei Kyrios pantokratōrʼ hymeis de bebēloute auto. Hōsper cheir kai dexia kai brachiōn kai dynamis tou Theou tōn holōn ho Logos autou en tais theiais ōnomastai graphais, houtōs ho autos kai onoma chrēmatizei tou Theou. Touto oun to theion onoma hōs apʼ anatolōn hēliou kai dysmōn dedoxastai en tois ethnesin, panti tǭ prodēlon apo tōn pantachose chrēmatizontōn kata tēn tou Christou prosēgorian; hoi kai en panti topǭ pneumatikon thymiama kai tēn diʼ euchōn katharan kai anaimakton kai logikēn thysian dia tou katʼ alētheian archiereōs prosagousi tǭ Theǭ; toutōn de touton latreuontōn ton tropon, tas sōmatikas tou proterou laou thysias apostraphēsesthai phēsin ho Theos; kai dē saphes pōs meta tēn tou Christou parousian katʼ amphotera peras eilēphen hē prophēteia; kata te tēn proterou laou apobolēn hama te artheisēs ex autōn kata ton Daniēl thysias kai spondēs, kai kata tēn tōn ethnōn epi ton tōn holōn Theon epistrophēn.

“I have no pleasure in you, says the Lord Almighty, and I will not accept a sacrifice from your hands. For from the risings of the sun to its settings my name has been glorified among the nations, and in every place incense is offered to my name, and a pure sacrifice; for my name is great among the nations, says the Lord Almighty; but you profane it.” Just as the Word of the God of the universe is named in the divine Scriptures his hand and right hand and arm and power, so the same Word is also called the name of God. That this divine name has been glorified among the nations from the risings of the sun to its settings is evident to everyone from those everywhere who are called by the title of Christ; who also in every place offer to God, through the true high priest, spiritual incense and the pure, bloodless, and rational sacrifice through prayers. Since these worship in this way, God says that he will turn away from the bodily sacrifices of the former people. And it is clear how, after Christ's coming, the prophecy has been fulfilled in both respects: in the casting off of the former people, together with the taking away from them, according to Daniel, of sacrifice and libation; and in the turning of the nations to the God of the universe.

3.30Gaisford

Ἡ διαθήκη ἦν μετʼ αὐτοῦ τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης, καὶ ἔδωκα αὐτῷ φόβῳ φοβεῖσθαί με, καὶ ἀπὸ προσώπου ὀνόμωτός μου στέλλεσθαι αὐτόν. Νόμος ἀληθείας ἦν ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀδικία οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν χείλεσιν αὐτοῦ· ἐν εἰρήνῃ κατευθύνων ἐπορεύθη μετʼ ἐμοῦ, καὶ πολλοὺς ἐπέστρεψεν ἀπὸ ἀδικίας. Ὅτι χείλη ἱερέως φυλάξεται γνῶσιν, καὶ νόμον ἐκζητήσουσιν ἐκ στόματος αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἄγγελος Κύριου παντοκράτορός ἐστιν. Καὶ ταῦθʼ ἁρμόζειν ὑπολαμβάνοντες ταῖς περὶ Χριστοῦ μαρτυρίαις ἐκτεθείμεθα· ἥ τε γὰρ διαθήκη τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης ἦν μετʼ αὐτοῦ· τό τε τοῦ φόβου πνεῦμα μετὰ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἀνεπαύσατο κατὰ τὸ, καὶ ἐμπλήσει αὐτὸν πνεῦμα φόβου Θεοῦ, λεγόμενον ἐν Ἠσαίᾳ· τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ὁ τῆς ἀληθείας νόμος, οὐχὶ δὲ ὁ τυπικὸς ἐν τῷ στόματι ἦν, καὶ ἀδικία οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν χείλεσιν αὐτοῦ· κατὰ γὰρ τὸν Ἠσαίαν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν χείλεσιν αὐτοῦ· οἷα δὲ συνὼν τῇ πατρικῇ δυνάμει ἐν εἰρήνῃ κατευθύνων ἐπορεύετο μετʼ αὐτοῦ, πολλοὺς τῶν πάλαι τὸν Θεὸν μὴ εἰδότων εἰς ἐπιστροφὴν ἄγων· παρʼ αὐτοῦ δὲ, ἅτε ἀρχιερέως ὄντος καὶ τὴν περὶ πάντων γνῶσιν διαφυλάττοντος, τὸν θεῖον νόμον ἐξεζήτησάν τε καὶ ἐκζητήσουσιν, οἷς μέλλει τῆς κατʼ αὐτὸν· ἐπιστήμης· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ τῆς μεγάλης βουλῆς· ἄγγελος, διακονῶν καὶ διαγγέλλων παντὶ γενητῷ τὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς βούλημα.

Hē diathēkē ēn metʼ autou tēs zōēs kai tēs eirēnēs, kai edōka autǭ phobǭ phobeisthai me, kai apo prosōpou onomōtos mou stellesthai auton. Nomos alētheias ēn en tǭ stomati autou, kai adikia ouch heurethē en cheilesin autou; en eirēnę̄ kateuthynōn eporeuthē metʼ emou, kai pollous epestrepsen apo adikias. Hoti cheilē hiereōs phylaxetai gnōsin, kai nomon ekzētēsousin ek stomatos autou, hoti angelos Kyriou pantokratoros estin. Kai tauthʼ harmozein hypolambanontes tais peri Christou martyriais ektetheimetha; hē te gar diathēkē tēs zōēs kai tēs eirēnēs ēn metʼ autou; to te tou phobou pneuma meta kai tōn loipōn epʼ auton anepausato kata to, kai emplēsei auton pneuma phobou Theou, legomenon en Ēsaią; touto de kai ho tēs alētheias nomos, ouchi de ho typikos en tǭ stomati ēn, kai adikia ouch heurethē en cheilesin autou; kata gar ton Ēsaian hamartian ouk epoiēsen, oude heurethē dolos en cheilesin autou; hoia de synōn tę̄ patrikę̄ dynamei en eirēnę̄ kateuthynōn eporeueto metʼ autou, pollous tōn palai ton Theon mē eidotōn eis epistrophēn agōn; parʼ autou de, hate archiereōs ontos kai tēn peri pantōn gnōsin diaphylattontos, ton theion nomon exezētēsan te kai ekzētēsousin, hois mellei tēs katʼ auton; epistēmēs; autos gar estin ho tēs megalēs boulēs; angelos, diakonōn kai diangellōn panti genētǭ to tou Patros boulēma.

“My covenant of life and peace was with him, and I gave him to fear me with fear, and to stand in awe before the face of my name. The law of truth was in his mouth, and injustice was not found on his lips; in peace he walked with me, keeping straight, and turned many from injustice. For the priest's lips will guard knowledge, and they will seek the law from his mouth, for he is the angel of the Lord Almighty.” We have set out these words too, supposing that they fit the testimonies about Christ. For the covenant of life and peace was with him; and the spirit of fear, with the others, rested on him, according to what is said in Isaiah, “And the spirit of the fear of God will fill him.” And the law of truth, not the typical law, was in his mouth, and injustice was not found on his lips; for according to Isaiah, “he committed no sin, nor was deceit found on his lips.” As one united with the Father's power, he walked with him in peace, keeping straight, leading to conversion many of those who formerly did not know God. And from him, since he is the high priest and guards the knowledge of all things, those who care for the knowledge that comes from him have sought and will seek the divine law; for he is the Angel of Great Counsel, ministering and announcing the Father's will to every generated being.

3.31Gaisford

Ἰδοὺ, ἐξαποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου, καὶ ἐπιβλέψεται ὁδὸν πρὸ προσώπου μου, καὶ ἐξαίφνης ἥξει εἰς τὸν ναὸν ἑαυτοῦ Κύριος, ὃν ὑμεῖς ζητεῖτε, καὶ ὁ ἄγγελος τῆς διαθήκης, ὃν ὑμεῖς θέλετε· ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται, λέγει Κύριος παντοκράτωρ. Καὶ τίς ὑπομενεῖ ἡμέραν εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ; ἢ τίς ὑποστήσεται ἐν τῇ ὀπτασίᾳ αὐτοῦ; διότι αὐτὸς εἰσπορεύεται ὡς πῦρ χωνευτηρίου, καὶ ὡς ποιὰ πλυνόντων· καὶ παθιεῖται ἀναχωνεύων καὶ καθαρίζων ὡς τὸ ἀργύριον καὶ τὸ χρυσίον. Τὰ περὶ τῆς δευτέρας τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας καὶ διὰ τούτων προφητεύεται, ὁπηνίκα... ς τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς τῶν ὅλων ἐξαποσταλεὶς αὐτὸς· ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ν(ῦν) λεγόμενος τῆς διαθήκης ἄγγελος ἐπιβλέψεται ὁδὸν πρὸ προσώπου τοῦ πατρὸς, τοῦτʼ ἔστι προευτρεπίσει καὶ προπαρασκευάσει τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ψυχὰς τῇ τοῦ Πατρὸς βασιλείᾳ· ὅτε ἐκ λογικῶν καὶ ἐμψύχων λίθων τὸν πνευματικὸν ναὸν, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἐπισκευάσαντος αὐτοῦ, ἥξει αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος καὶ Θεὸς Λόγος ἅμα αὐτῷ τῷ τῆς διαθήκης ἀγγέλῳ εἰς τὸν δεδηλωμένον ναόν· εἶτα, οἷα τὴν δευτέραν αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν προαγγελλων, ὁ Λόγος ὡς πρὸς τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς φησὶν, ἰδοὺ ἔρχεται Κύριος παντοκράτωρ· καὶ τίς ὑπομενεῖ ἡμέραν εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ; ἢ τίς ὑποστήσεται ἐν τῇ ὀπτασίᾳ αὐτῷ; καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· οἷς ἐπιμελῶς προσεκτέον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ παντοκράτορος Κύριου ὡς περὶ ἑτέρου λεγομένοις· καὶ παυστέον τε τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς, εἴ τινα ἔχοιεν λέγειν τὸν ἐνταῦθα δηλούμενον κύριον καὶ τὸν σὺν αὐτῷ ἄγγελον τῆς διαθήκης, περὶ οὗ Κύριος ὁ παντοκράτωρ φάσκει τὸ, ἴδου ἔρχεται, καὶ τὰ λοιπά· διʼ ὧν καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἡ δευτέρα τοῦ Χριστοῦ καταγγέλλεται παρουσία· ὃς Λόγος Θεοῦ τυγχάνων παραγενόμενος εἰσπορεύσεται εἰς τὴν ἑκάστου ψυχὴν, κρίνων ἕκαστον περὶ τῶν αὐτῷ κατὰ τὸν βίον πεπραγμένων, ἐκπλύνων τε καὶ διὰ πυρὸς χρυσοῦ δίκην χωνεύων, καὶ καθαρίζων τὰ πάντων ἡγεμονικά. Πᾶσαν γʼ οὖν τὴν κρίσιν ὁ Πατὴρ δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ κατὰ τὸν φάσκοντα καὶ ἐν ψαλμοῖς λόγον, Ὁ Θεὸς τὸ κρίμα σου τῷ βασιλεῖ δὸς, καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ βασιλέως· κρίνειν τὸν λαόν σου ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, καὶ τοὺς πτωχούς σου ἐν κρίσει· ἔνθα βασιλεὺς μὲν ἡ θεότης καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Θεὸς Λόγος ἀνηγόρευται· ὃν δὲ ἀνείληφεν ἄνθρωπον, υἱὸς τοῦ βασιλέως.

Idou, exapostellō ton angelon mou, kai epiblepsetai hodon pro prosōpou mou, kai exaiphnēs hēxei eis ton naon heautou Kyrios, hon hymeis zēteite, kai ho angelos tēs diathēkēs, hon hymeis thelete; idou, erchetai, legei Kyrios pantokratōr. Kai tis hypomenei hēmeran eisodou autou? ē tis hypostēsetai en tę̄ optasią autou? dioti autos eisporeuetai hōs pyr chōneutēriou, kai hōs poia plynontōn; kai pathieitai anachōneuōn kai katharizōn hōs to argyrion kai to chrysion. Ta peri tēs deuteras tou Christou parousias kai dia toutōn prophēteuetai, hopēnika... s tou Theou kai Patros tōn holōn exapostaleis autos; ho Christos tou Theou ho n(yn) legomenos tēs diathēkēs angelos epiblepsetai hodon pro prosōpou tou patros, toutʼ esti proeutrepisei kai proparaskeuasei tas tōn anthrōpōn psychas tę̄ tou Patros basileią; hote ek logikōn kai empsychōn lithōn ton pneumatikon naon, toutʼ estin tēn ekklēsian, episkeuasantos autou, hēxei autos ho Kyrios kai Theos Logos hama autǭ tǭ tēs diathēkēs angelǭ eis ton dedēlōmenon naon; eita, hoia tēn deuteran autou parousian proangellōn, ho Logos hōs pros tous hamartōlous phēsin, idou erchetai Kyrios pantokratōr; kai tis hypomenei hēmeran eisodou autou? ē tis hypostēsetai en tę̄ optasią autǭ? kai ta hexēs; hois epimelōs prosekteon hypʼ autou tou pantokratoros Kyriou hōs peri heterou legomenois; kai pausteon te tōn ek peritomēs, ei tina echoien legein ton entautha dēloumenon kyrion kai ton syn autǭ angelon tēs diathēkēs, peri hou Kyrios ho pantokratōr phaskei to, idou erchetai, kai ta loipa; diʼ hōn kathʼ hēmas hē deutera tou Christou katangelletai parousia; hos Logos Theou tynchanōn paragenomenos eisporeusetai eis tēn hekastou psychēn, krinōn hekaston peri tōn autǭ kata ton bion pepragmenōn, ekplynōn te kai dia pyros chrysou dikēn chōneuōn, kai katharizōn ta pantōn hēgemonika. Pasan gʼ oun tēn krisin ho Patēr dedōken tǭ Huiǭ kata ton phaskonta kai en psalmois logon, Ho Theos to krima sou tǭ basilei dos, kai tēn dikaiosynēn sou tǭ huiǭ tou basileōs; krinein ton laon sou en dikaiosynę̄, kai tous ptōchous sou en krisei; entha basileus men hē theotēs kai autos ho Theos Logos anēgoreutai; hon de aneilēphen anthrōpon, huios tou basileōs.

“Behold, I send out my angel, and he will look over the way before my face; and suddenly the Lord whom you seek will come to his own temple, and the angel of the covenant whom you desire. Behold, he comes, says the Lord Almighty. And who will endure the day of his entry? Or who will stand at his appearing? For he comes in like the fire of a furnace and like the herb of fullers; and he will sit refining and purifying as silver and gold.” Through these words too the events of Christ's second coming are prophesied, when … sent out by the God and Father of the universe, the Christ of God himself, (now) called the angel of the covenant, will look over the way before the Father's face, that is, will prepare and make ready beforehand the souls of humans for the Father's kingdom. When he has fitted out the spiritual temple of rational and living stones, that is, the church, the Lord and God, the Word himself, will come, together with the angel of the covenant himself, to the temple described. Then, as announcing beforehand his second coming, the Word says, as to sinners, “Behold, the Lord Almighty comes; and who will endure the day of his entry? Or who will stand at his appearing?”, and what follows. One must attend carefully to these words, spoken by the Lord Almighty himself as about another; and one must stop those of the circumcision [and ask] whether they can name anyone as the Lord shown here and the angel of the covenant with him, of whom the Lord Almighty says, “Behold, he comes,” and the rest. Through these words, as we understand them, the second coming of Christ is proclaimed. He, being the Word of God, will come and enter into the soul of each, judging each for what he has done in his life, washing out and refining by fire like gold, and purifying the ruling faculties of all. For the Father has given all judgment to the Son, according to the word that says also in the Psalms, “O God, give your judgment to the king, and your righteousness to the king's son, to judge your people in righteousness, and your poor in judgment”; where the divinity, God the Word himself, is proclaimed king, and the human he took up is the king's son.

3.32Gaisford

Καὶ ἀνατελεῖ τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ ὄνομά μου ἥλιος δικαιοσύνης, καὶ ἴασις ἐν ταῖς πτέρυξιν αὐτοῦ. Ἥλιος δικαιοσύνης τὸ φῶς ἐστιν τὸ ἀληθινὸν τὸ φωτίζον πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον· ὃς μόνοις ἀνατέλλειν εἴρηται τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ· τοῖς γάρ τοι μὴ τοιούτοις δύσεσθαι ἀπειλεῖ, κατὰ τὸ, καὶ δύσεται ὁ ἥλιος ἐπὶ τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πλανῶντας τὸν λαόν μου, ἔν τινι τῶν προφητῶν εἰρημένον. Ταῦτα μὲν τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν δώδεκα προφητῶν· ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ τὰ ἐκ τοῦ Ἠσαίου διὰ τὸ πλῆθος ἐν ἰδίῳ συγγράμματι περιλαβεῖν ἡμῖν πρόκειται, φέρε μεταβάντες τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν μεγάλων προφητῶν ἐπισκεψώμεθα.

Kai anatelei tois phoboumenois to onoma mou hēlios dikaiosynēs, kai iasis en tais pteryxin autou. Hēlios dikaiosynēs to phōs estin to alēthinon to phōtizon panta anthrōpon erchomenon eis ton kosmon; hos monois anatellein eirētai tois phoboumenois to onoma tou Patros autou; tois gar toi mē toioutois dysesthai apeilei, kata to, kai dysetai ho hēlios epi tous prophētas tous planōntas ton laon mou, en tini tōn prophētōn eirēmenon. Tauta men ta apo tōn dōdeka prophētōn; allʼ epei ta ek tou Ēsaiou dia to plēthos en idiǭ syngrammati perilabein hēmin prokeitai, phere metabantes ta apo tōn loipōn megalōn prophētōn episkepsōmetha.

“And for those who fear my name the sun of righteousness shall rise, with healing in its wings.” The sun of righteousness is the true light that enlightens every human coming into the world. It is said to rise only for those who fear the name of his Father; for to those who are not such it threatens to set, according to what is said in one of the prophets, “And the sun shall set on the prophets who lead my people astray.” These are the extracts from the twelve prophets. But since we intend to include those from Isaiah, because of their number, in a separate book, let us go on and examine those from the remaining great prophets.

3.33Gaisford

Κύριε, γνώρισόν μοι, καὶ γνώσομαι· τότε εἶδον τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα αὐτῶν. Ἐγὼ ὡς ἀρνίον ἄκακον ἀγόμενον τοῦ θύεσθαι οὐκ ἔγνων· ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἐλογίσαντο λέγοντες, Δεῦτε καὶ ἐμβάλωμεν ξύλον εἰς ἄρτον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκτρίψωμεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ γῆς ζώντων, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ οὐ μὴ μνησθῇ ἔτι. Ὁ Σωτὴρ καὶ Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς (κα)τὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ Ἠσαίᾳ προφητείαν, ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείραντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος, κατὰ δὲ τὴν μετὰ χεῖρας, ὡς ἀρνίον ἄκακον ἀγόμενον τοῦ θυέσθαι οὐκ ἔγνων· καὶ τὸ κατὰ τὸν σταυρὸν δὲ πάθος αὐτοῦ δύναται δηλοῦσθαι διὰ τοῦ, δεῦτε καὶ ἐμβάλωμεν ξύλον εἰς ἄρτον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκτρίψωμεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ γῆς ζώντων· καὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῷ οὐ μὴ μνησθῇ ἔτι· ἅπερ ἐκ προσώπου λέλέκται τῶν ἐπιβουλευσάντων αὐτῷ. Εἰ γὰρ δὴ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἄρτος ἦν, ὡς αὐτὸς διδάσκει πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς λέγων, λάβετε, φάγετε, τοῦτο ἐστι τὸ σῶμά μου, τοῦτο δʼ ἦν τὸ πρὸς τῷ ξύλῳ κατὰ τὸν σταυρὸν δειγματισθὲν, περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγοιτʼ ἂν εἰκότως τὸ, δεῦτε καὶ ἐμβάλωμεν ξύλον εἰς ἄρτον αὐτοῦ· εἰ δὲ καὶ βαθυτέρας ἔχοιτο θεωρίας τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον, οὐδὲν πρὸς ἐκεῖνο λυπεῖ καὶ τὰ εἰρημένα.

Kyrie, gnōrison moi, kai gnōsomai; tote eidon ta epitēdeumata autōn. Egō hōs arnion akakon agomenon tou thyesthai ouk egnōn; epʼ eme elogisanto legontes, Deute kai embalōmen xylon eis arton autou, kai ektripsōmen auton apo gēs zōntōn, kai to onoma autou ou mē mnēsthę̄ eti. Ho Sōtēr kai Kyrios hēmōn Iēsous Christos (ka)ta tēn en tǭ Ēsaią prophēteian, hōs probaton epi sphagēn ēchthē, kai hōs amnos enantion tou keirantos auton aphōnos, kata de tēn meta cheiras, hōs arnion akakon agomenon tou thyesthai ouk egnōn; kai to kata ton stauron de pathos autou dynatai dēlousthai dia tou, deute kai embalōmen xylon eis arton autou kai ektripsōmen auton apo gēs zōntōn; kai to onoma autǭ ou mē mnēsthę̄ eti; haper ek prosōpou lelektai tōn epibouleusantōn autǭ. Ei gar dē to sōma autou artos ēn, hōs autos didaskei pros tous mathētas legōn, labete, phagete, touto esti to sōma mou, touto dʼ ēn to pros tǭ xylǭ kata ton stauron deigmatisthen, peri autou legoitʼ an eikotōs to, deute kai embalōmen xylon eis arton autou; ei de kai bathyteras echoito theōrias ta kata ton topon, ouden pros ekeino lypei kai ta eirēmena.

“Lord, make it known to me, and I shall know; then I saw their practices. I was like an innocent lamb led to be slaughtered; I did not know; against me they devised, saying, ‘Come, and let us put wood into his bread, and cut him off from the land of the living, and let his name be remembered no more.’” Our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ, according to the prophecy in Isaiah, was led like a sheep to the slaughter and was silent like a lamb before its shearer, and according to the prophecy in hand, “like an innocent lamb led to be slaughtered; I did not know.” His passion on the cross can also be shown through “Come, and let us put wood into his bread, and cut him off from the land of the living, and let his name be remembered no more,” which is spoken in the person of those who plotted against him. For if his body was bread, as he himself teaches when he says to the disciples, “Take, eat; this is my body,” and this was what was exposed on the wood of the cross, then “Come, and let us put wood into his bread” might fittingly be said about him. And if the passage holds a deeper contemplation as well, it does no harm to what has been said.

3.34Gaisford

Ἐγκαταλέλοιπα τὸν οἶκόν μου, ἀφῆκα τὴν κληρονομίαν μου, ἔδωκα τὴν ἠγαπημένην ψυχήν μου εἰς χεῖρας ἐχθρῶν αὐτῆς. Ἐγενήθη ἡ κληρονομία μου ἐμοὶ ὡς λέων ἐν δρυμῷ, ἔδωκεν ἐπʼ ἐμὲ φωνὴν αὐτῆς, διὰ τοῦτο ἐμίσησα αὐτήν. Μὴ σπήλαιον ὑαίνης ἡ κληρονομία μου ἐμοὶ, ἢ σπήλαιον κύκλῳ αὐτῆς; Βαδίσατε, συναγάγετε πάντα τὰ θήρια τοῦ ἀγροῦ, καὶ ἐλθέτωσαν τοῦ φαγεῖν αὐτήν. Ποιμένες πολλοὶ διέφθειραν τὸν ἀμπελῶνά μου, ἐμόλυναν τὴν μερίδα μου, ἔδωκαν μερίδα ἐπιθυμητὴν εἰς ἔρημον ἄβατον, ἑγενήθη εἰς ἀφανισμὸν ἀπωλείας· διʼ ἐμὲ ἀφανισμῷ ἠφανίσθη πᾶσα ἡ γῆ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνὴρ τιθέμενος ἐν καρδίᾳ. Ἔοικε τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εἶναι φωνὴ καὶ ἡ φάσκουσα περὶ μὲν τοῦ ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ νέω τὸ, ἐγκαταλέλοιπα τὸν οἶκόν μου· περὶ δὲ τῆς προτέρας συναγωγῆς, ἣ καὶ μερὶς ποτὲ καὶ σχοίνισμα κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ γέγονεν, τὸ, ἀφῆκα τὴν κληρονομίαν μου, κατὰ τὸ, ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυναγαγεῖν τὰ τέκνα σου, ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάξει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας, καὶ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε, Ἰδοὺ ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος. Αὐτὸς δʼ ὁ εἰπὼν, οὐδεὶς αἴρει τὴν ψυχήν μου· ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ· ἐξουσίαν ἔχω θεῖναι αὐτὴν, φησὶν· καὶ τὸ, ἔδωκα τὴν ἠγαπημένην ψυχήν μου εἰς χεῖρας ἐχθρῶν αὐτῆς. Τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ἐγενήθη ἡ προτέρα κληρονομία ὡς λέων ἐν δρυμῷ· ἔδωκέν τε ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῆς, ὁπηνίκα παραδόντες αὐτὸν τῷ Πιλάτῳ ἑστήκεισαν κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ καὶ μονονουχὶ βοῶντες, αἶρε, αἶρε, σταύρου αὐτόν· διὰ τοῦτο δέ φησιν, ἐμίσησα αὐτὴν, διὰ τὰ μίσους ἄξια αὐτῆς ἔργα, καὶ διὰ τὸ μηδὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπης ἄξιον ἐπιδείξασθαι· τὸ δʼ ἑξῆς, καὶ μάλιστα τὸ, διʼ ἐμὲ ἀφανισμῷ ἠφανίσθη πᾶσα ἡ γῆ, ἔοικεν δηλοῦν τὴν διὰ τὸν Σωτῆρα μετὰ τὸ πάθος αὐτοῦ τελείαν γενομένην ἅλωσιν καὶ αἰχμαλωσίαν τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ, καὶ τὴν εἰς ἔσχατον τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐρήμωσιν.

Enkataleloipa ton oikon mou, aphēka tēn klēronomian mou, edōka tēn ēgapēmenēn psychēn mou eis cheiras echthrōn autēs. Egenēthē hē klēronomia mou emoi hōs leōn en drymǭ, edōken epʼ eme phōnēn autēs, dia touto emisēsa autēn. Mē spēlaion hyainēs hē klēronomia mou emoi, ē spēlaion kyklǭ autēs? Badisate, synagagete panta ta thēria tou agrou, kai elthetōsan tou phagein autēn. Poimenes polloi diephtheiran ton ampelōna mou, emolynan tēn merida mou, edōkan merida epithymētēn eis erēmon abaton, hegenēthē eis aphanismon apōleias; diʼ eme aphanismǭ ēphanisthē pasa hē gē, hoti ouk estin anēr tithemenos en kardią. Eoike tou Kyriou kai Sōtēros hēmōn einai phōnē kai hē phaskousa peri men tou en Hierousalēm neō to, enkataleloipa ton oikon mou; peri de tēs proteras synagōgēs, hē kai meris pote kai schoinisma klēronomias autou gegonen, to, aphēka tēn klēronomian mou, kata to, posakis ēthelēsa episynagagein ta tekna sou, hon tropon ornis episynaxei ta nossia autēs hypo tas pterygas, kai ouk ēthelēsate, Idou aphietai hymin ho oikos hymōn erēmos. Autos dʼ ho eipōn, oudeis airei tēn psychēn mou; apʼ emou; exousian echō theinai autēn, phēsin; kai to, edōka tēn ēgapēmenēn psychēn mou eis cheiras echthrōn autēs. Toutǭ de kai egenēthē hē protera klēronomia hōs leōn en drymǭ; edōken te epʼ auton tēn phōnēn autēs, hopēnika paradontes auton tǭ Pilatǭ hestēkeisan katēgorountes autou kai mononouchi boōntes, aire, aire, staurou auton; dia touto de phēsin, emisēsa autēn, dia ta misous axia autēs erga, kai dia to mēden eis auton agapēs axion epideixasthai; to dʼ hexēs, kai malista to, diʼ eme aphanismǭ ēphanisthē pasa hē gē, eoiken dēloun tēn dia ton Sōtēra meta to pathos autou teleian genomenēn halōsin kai aichmalōsian tou proterou laou, kai tēn eis eschaton tēs Hierousalēm erēmōsin.

“I have forsaken my house; I have abandoned my inheritance; I have given my beloved soul into the hands of her enemies. My inheritance has become to me like a lion in the forest; she has given her voice against me; therefore I have hated her. Is my inheritance to me a hyena's cave, or a cave around her? Go, gather all the beasts of the field, and let them come to devour her. Many shepherds have destroyed my vineyard, they have defiled my portion, they have made my desirable portion a trackless wilderness; it has become a ruin of destruction. Because of me all the land has been utterly ruined, because there is no man who takes it to heart.” This too seems to be the voice of our Lord and Saviour, saying “I have forsaken my house” about the temple in Jerusalem, and “I have abandoned my inheritance” about the former synagogue, which had once become his portion and the measured lot of his inheritance; according to “How often I wanted to gather your children together, as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings, and you were not willing. Behold, your house is left to you desolate.” And he who said, “No one takes my life from me; I have authority to lay it down,” says also, “I have given my beloved soul into the hands of her enemies.” To him the former inheritance became like a lion in the forest, and gave her voice against him, when, having handed him over to Pilate, they stood accusing him and all but shouting, “Away, away, crucify him!” Therefore, he says, “I have hated her,” because of her works worthy of hatred and because she showed nothing toward him worthy of love. What follows, and especially “Because of me all the land has been utterly ruined,” seems to show the complete capture and captivity of the former people, which came about because of the Saviour after his passion, and the utter desolation of Jerusalem.

3.35Gaisford

Κύριε ἰσχύς μου, καὶ βοηθεία μου, καὶ καταφυγή μου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κακῶν πρὸς σὲ ἔθνη ἥξουσιν ἀπʼ ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἑροῦσιν, Ὡς ψευδῆ ἐκτήσαντο οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν εἴδωλα, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ὠφέλημα; Εἰ ποιήσει ἑαυτῷ ἄνθρωπος θεοὺς, καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσὶ θεοί. Διὰ τοῦτο, ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ δηλώσω αὐτοῖς ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτω τὴν χεῖρά μου, καὶ γνωριῶ αὐτοῖς τὴν δύναμίν μου, καὶ γνώσονται ὅτι ἐγὼ Κύριος. ※ Ἁμαρτία Ἰούδα γέγραπται ἐν γραφείῳ σιδηρῷ, ἐν ὄνυχι ἀδαμαντίνῳ ἐκκεκολαμμένη ἐπὶ τοῦ στήθους τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν. Περὶ τῶν διὰ Χριστοῦ τὸν τῶν ὅλων ἐπεγνωκότων Θεὸν προφητεύσας ὁ λόγος, ἑξῆς ἐπάγει περὶ τῆς κατὰ τοῦ Σωτῆρος τοῦ Ἰουδαίων λαοῦ ἁμαρτίας, ἀνεξάλειπτον αὐτὴν ἔσεσθαι σημαίνων κατὰ τὰς παρατεθείσας μετὰ ἀστερίσκων λέξεις· ἃς δύναταί τις καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ προδότου Ἰούδα ἐφαρμόζειν, ὡς καὶ ὀνομαστὶ τῷ θείῳ Πνεύματι προεγνωσμένου τε καὶ προαναπεφωνημένου.

Kyrie ischys mou, kai boētheia mou, kai kataphygē mou en hēmerą kakōn pros se ethnē hēxousin apʼ eschatou tēs gēs, kai herousin, Hōs pseudē ektēsanto hoi pateres hēmōn eidōla, kai ouk estin en autois ōphelēma? Ei poiēsei heautǭ anthrōpos theous, kai autoi ouk eisi theoi. Dia touto, idou, egō dēlōsō autois en tǭ kairǭ toutō tēn cheira mou, kai gnōriō autois tēn dynamin mou, kai gnōsontai hoti egō Kyrios. ※ Hamartia Iouda gegraptai en grapheiǭ sidērǭ, en onychi adamantinǭ ekkekolammenē epi tou stēthous tēs kardias autōn. Peri tōn dia Christou ton tōn holōn epegnōkotōn Theon prophēteusas ho logos, hexēs epagei peri tēs kata tou Sōtēros tou Ioudaiōn laou hamartias, anexaleipton autēn esesthai sēmainōn kata tas paratetheisas meta asteriskōn lexeis; has dynatai tis kai epi tou prodotou Iouda epharmozein, hōs kai onomasti tǭ theiǭ Pneumati proegnōsmenou te kai proanapephōnēmenou.

“O Lord, my strength and my help and my refuge in the day of evils, to you nations shall come from the end of the earth and say, ‘How false were the idols our fathers acquired, and there is no profit in them!’ Will a man make gods for himself? And they are not gods. Therefore, behold, I will show them at this time my hand, and make known to them my power, and they shall know that I am the Lord. ※ The sin of Judah is written with an iron pen, with a point of adamant, engraved on the breast of their heart.” Having prophesied about those who through Christ have come to know the God of the universe, the word next brings in the sin of the Jewish people against the Saviour, showing that it will be indelible, according to the words set out with asterisks; these one may also fit to Judas the traitor, as being foreknown and proclaimed beforehand by name by the divine Spirit.

3.36Gaisford

Ἰδοὺ, ἡμέραι ἔρχονται, λέγει Κύριος, καὶ ἀναστήσω τῷ Δαυὶδ ἀνατολὴν δἰκαίαν, καὶ βασιλεύσει βασιλεὺς, καὶ συνήσει, καὶ ποιήσει κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ σωθήσεται καὶ Ἰούδας, καὶ Ἰσραὴλ κατάσκηνώσει πεποιθὼς, καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα, ὃ καλέσει αὐτοὺς Κύριος, Ἰωσεδὲκ ἐν τοῖς προφήταις. Ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, εἶπεν Κύριος, συντρίψω ζυγὸν ἀπὸ τραχήλου αὐτῶν, καὶ τοὺς δεσμοὺς αὐτῶν διαρρήξω, καὶ οὐκ ἐργῶνται αὐτοὶ ἔτι ἀλλοτρίοις, καὶ ἐργῶνται τῷ Κυρίῳ Θεῷ αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸν Δαυὶδ βασιλέα αὐτῶν ἀναστήσω αὐτοῖς. Τούτοις τὰ παραπλήσια καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ τοῦ αὐτοῦ προφήτου τόπῳ εἴρηται ἐν τούτοις· ἰδοὺ ἡμέραι ἔρχονται, λέγει Κύριος, καὶ ἐξαναστήσω σοι τὸν λόγον μου τὸν ἀγαθὸν, ὃν ἑλάλησα ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰούδα· ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ ἀνατελῶ τῷ Δαυὶδ ἀνατολὴν δικαίαν. Οἷς ἑξῆς ἐπιφέρει, ὅτι τάδε λέγει Κύριος· Οὐκ ἐξολοθρευθήσεται τῷ Δαυὶδ ἀνὴρ καθήμενος ἐπὶ θρόνου οἴκου Ἰσραήλ· καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι τοῖς Λευίταις· οὐκ ἐξολοθρευθήσεται ἀνὴρ ἐκ προσώπου μου ἀναφέρων ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ θύων θυσίαν, καὶ ποιῶν θῦμα πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας. Καὶ πάλιν· Τάδε λέγει Κύριος· εἰ διασκεδάσετε τὴν διαθήκην μου τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ τὴν διαθήκην μου τὴν νύκτα, τοῦ μὴ εἶναι ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα ἐν τῷ καιρῷ αὐτῶν· καί γε ἡ διαθήκη μου διασκεδισθήσεται μετὰ Δαυὶδ τοῦ δούλου μου, τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτῷ υἱὸν βασιλεύοντα ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς Λευίτας τοὺς ἱερεῖς τοὺς λειτουργοῦντάς μοι· ὡς οὐκ ἐξαριθμηθήσεται ἡ δύναμις τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐδὲ ἐκμετρηθήσεται ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, οὕτως πληθυνῶ τὸ σπέρμα Δαυὶδ τοῦ δούλου μου καὶ τοὺς Λευίτας τοὺς λειτουργοῦντάς μοι. Καὶ αὖθις μετὰ βραχέα εἴρηται· Τάδε λέγει Κύριος· Εἰ μὴ διαθήκη(ν) μου ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς, ἀκριβάσματα οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς οὐκ ἔταξα, καί γε τὸ σπέρμα. Ἰακὼβ καὶ Δαυὶδ τὸν δοῦλόν μου ἀποδοκιμῶ, τοῦ μὴ λαβεῖν ἐκ. τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ ἄρχοντα. Καὶ τίς ἂν εἴη ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου ἀναστησομένη τῷ Δαυὶδ ἀνατολή; Ὁ θεῖος Λόγος, περὶ οὗ καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις εἴρηται, ἰδοὺ ἀνὴρ, ἀνατολὴ ὄνομα αὐτῷ· ὃς καὶ βασιλεύσειν προφητεύεται καὶ συνήσειν καὶ ποιήσειν κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Οὗτος δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἐν σκότει καθημέναις ψυχαῖς ἐξανατελεῖ φῶς κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπουράνιον· ἐπʼ ἂν δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσελθῇ, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀληθινὸς Ἰσραὴλ μετὰ τοῦ πνευματικοῦ Ἰούδα σωθήσεται, οὓς καὶ καλέσει αὐτοὺς ὁ Κύριος ὀνομαστὶ, οὓς ἀξίους αὐτοὺς κρινεῖ ἐν τῷ Ἰωσεδεκὶν, ὅπερ ἑρμηνεύεται οἱ τοῦ Θεοῦ δίκαιοι. Ἐν ἐκείνῃ δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετὰ τὸ ἐλευθερῶσαι τὸν Θεὸν τοὺς προειρημένους ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν διάβολον αἰχμαλωσίας, ὡς μηκέτι μὲν ἐκείνῳ, μόνῳ δὲ Κυρίῳ τῷ Θεῷ αὐτῶν λατρεύειν, ἀναστήσειν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ὑπισχνεῖται βασιλέα τὸν Δαυὶδ, οὐκ ἄλλον ὄντα τοῦ ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ γενομένου Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, ὃν διαφόρως αἱ γραφαὶ καὶ τούτῳ προσεῖπαν τῷ ὀνόματι. Ὁ μὲν οὖν ἐν τῇ προφητείᾳ Δαυὶδ ὁ κατὰ τὸν Σωτῆρα ἡμῶν νοούμενος ἄνθρωπος λέγεται· ἡ δὲ ἀνατολὴ ἡ δικαία, ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἐνεργοῦσα θεότης, ἥλιος δικαιοσύνης ἐν ἄλλοις ὀνομαζομένη· ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον οὐκ ἄλλη τίς αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει. Τῷ Θεῷ τοίνυν φησὶν οὐκ ἐξολοθρευθήσεσθαι ἄνδρα ἡγούμενον καὶ προεστῶτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας αὐτοῦ, ἥτις ἐστιν ὁ πνευματικὸς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοὺς κατὰ διάνοιαν ἱερεῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ διαλείψειν ὁ λόγος προφητεύει, τὸ πνευματικὸν ἀναφέροντας θυμίαμα, καὶ τὴν διʼ ἔργων ἀγαθῶν καὶ λόγων εὐώδη καὶ ἀναίμακτον καὶ καθαρὰν θυσίαν. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἐκλάβοιμεν, ὥρα ψευδεῖς ἀπελέγχειν τὰς προφητείας, τῷ μήτε τὸν θρόνον Δαυὶδ σωματικῶς, μήτε τὴν ἱερατικὴν λειτουργείαν τὴν τυπικὴν εἰσέτι νῦν συνεστάναι· τῶν μὲν ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ βασιλέων ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν Ἱερεμίου χρόνων διαλελοιπότων, τῆς δὲ Λευιτικῆς καὶ ἱερατικῆς λειτουργίας μετʼ οὐ πολὺ τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παρουσίας· ἐξ ἧς καὶ εἰς δεῦρο οὐδὲ ἐπιβαίνειν αὐτοῖς τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἔξεστιν. Καὶ εἰ φάσκοιέν γε οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς διʼ ὃν φασὶ πατριάρχην μὴ ἐκλελοιπέναι τὸ σπέρμα Δαυὶδ, ἀλλʼ ἐλεγκτέον τε (γε) αὐτοὺς μὴ δυναμένους ἀποδεῖξαι καθήμενον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ θρόνου Δαυὶδ, καὶ βασιλεύοντα ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἄρχοντα τοῦ Ἰσραήλ· ταῦτα γὰρ ἡ προφητεία φησὶ μηδεπώποτε διαλείψειν, ἃ καὶ σαφῶς παρίσταται ἀπὸ τῶν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας χρόνων διαλελοιπότα, ἐξ οὗ μὴ δὲ εἶς βασιλεύσας τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ ἀποδείκνυται· τί δʼ ἂν φήσαιεν καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐναργῶς κατὰ τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν καθῃρημένης ἱερατείας, ἣν μηδεπώποτε ἐξολοθρευθήσεσθαι ἡ προφητεία προαγορεύει;

Idou, hēmerai erchontai, legei Kyrios, kai anastēsō tǭ Dauid anatolēn dikaian, kai basileusei basileus, kai synēsei, kai poiēsei krima kai dikaiosynēn epi tēs gēs. En tais hēmerais autou sōthēsetai kai Ioudas, kai Israēl kataskēnōsei pepoithōs, kai touto to onoma, ho kalesei autous Kyrios, Iōsedek en tois prophētais. En tę̄ hēmerą ekeinę̄, eipen Kyrios, syntripsō zygon apo trachēlou autōn, kai tous desmous autōn diarrēxō, kai ouk ergōntai autoi eti allotriois, kai ergōntai tǭ Kyriǭ Theǭ autōn, kai ton Dauid basilea autōn anastēsō autois. Toutois ta paraplēsia kai en heterǭ tou autou prophētou topǭ eirētai en toutois; idou hēmerai erchontai, legei Kyrios, kai exanastēsō soi ton logon mou ton agathon, hon helalēsa epi ton oikon Hierousalēm kai epi ton oikon Iouda; en tais hēmerais ekeinais kai en tǭ kairǭ ekeinǭ anatelō tǭ Dauid anatolēn dikaian. Hois hexēs epipherei, hoti tade legei Kyrios; Ouk exolothreuthēsetai tǭ Dauid anēr kathēmenos epi thronou oikou Israēl; kai tois hiereusi tois Leuitais; ouk exolothreuthēsetai anēr ek prosōpou mou anapherōn holokautōmata kai thyōn thysian, kai poiōn thyma pasas tas hēmeras. Kai palin; Tade legei Kyrios; ei diaskedasete tēn diathēkēn mou tēn hēmeran, kai tēn diathēkēn mou tēn nykta, tou mē einai hēmeran kai nykta en tǭ kairǭ autōn; kai ge hē diathēkē mou diaskedisthēsetai meta Dauid tou doulou mou, tou mē einai autǭ huion basileuonta epi tou thronou autou, kai tous Leuitas tous hiereis tous leitourgountas moi; hōs ouk exarithmēthēsetai hē dynamis tou ouranou, oude ekmetrēthēsetai hē ammos tēs thalassēs, houtōs plēthynō to sperma Dauid tou doulou mou kai tous Leuitas tous leitourgountas moi. Kai authis meta brachea eirētai; Tade legei Kyrios; Ei mē diathēkē(n) mou hēmeras kai nyktos, akribasmata ouranou kai gēs ouk etaxa, kai ge to sperma. Iakōb kai Dauid ton doulon mou apodokimō, tou mē labein ek. tou spermatos autou archonta. Kai tis an eiē hypo tou Kyriou anastēsomenē tǭ Dauid anatolē? Ho theios Logos, peri hou kai en heterois eirētai, idou anēr, anatolē onoma autǭ; hos kai basileusein prophēteuetai kai synēsein kai poiēsein krima kai dikaiosynēn epi tēs gēs. Houtos de kai tais en skotei kathēmenais psychais exanatelei phōs kata tēn basileian autou tēn epouranion; epʼ an de kata ton apostolon to plērōma tōn ethnōn eiselthę̄, kai pas ho alēthinos Israēl meta tou pneumatikou Iouda sōthēsetai, hous kai kalesei autous ho Kyrios onomasti, hous axious autous krinei en tǭ Iōsedekin, hoper hermēneuetai hoi tou Theou dikaioi. En ekeinę̄ de tę̄ hēmerą meta to eleutherōsai ton Theon tous proeirēmenous apo tēs hypo ton diabolon aichmalōsias, hōs mēketi men ekeinǭ, monǭ de Kyriǭ tǭ Theǭ autōn latreuein, anastēsein autois ho Theos hypischneitai basilea ton Dauid, ouk allon onta tou ek spermatos Dauid genomenou Sōtēros hēmōn, hon diaphorōs hai graphai kai toutǭ proseipan tǭ onomati. Ho men oun en tę̄ prophēteią Dauid ho kata ton Sōtēra hēmōn nooumenos anthrōpos legetai; hē de anatolē hē dikaia, hē katʼ auton energousa theotēs, hēlios dikaiosynēs en allois onomazomenē; epei kai to phōs to alēthinon ho phōtizei panta anthrōpon erchomenon eis ton kosmon ouk allē tis autou tynchanei. Tǭ Theǭ toinyn phēsin ouk exolothreuthēsesthai andra hēgoumenon kai proestōta tēs ekklēsias autou, hētis estin ho pneumatikos oikos Israēl; allʼ oude tous kata dianoian hiereis tou Theou dialeipsein ho logos prophēteuei, to pneumatikon anapherontas thymiama, kai tēn diʼ ergōn agathōn kai logōn euōdē kai anaimakton kai katharan thysian. Ei gar mē tauthʼ houtōs eklaboimen, hōra pseudeis apelenchein tas prophēteias, tǭ mēte ton thronon Dauid sōmatikōs, mēte tēn hieratikēn leitourgeian tēn typikēn eiseti nyn synestanai; tōn men ek spermatos Dauid basileōn ex autōn tōn Hieremiou chronōn dialeloipotōn, tēs de Leuitikēs kai hieratikēs leitourgias metʼ ou poly tēs tou Sōtēros hēmōn parousias; ex hēs kai eis deuro oude epibainein autois tēs Hierousalēm exestin. Kai ei phaskoien ge hoi ek peritomēs diʼ hon phasi patriarchēn mē ekleloipenai to sperma Dauid, allʼ elenkteon te (ge) autous mē dynamenous apodeixai kathēmenon auton epi thronou Dauid, kai basileuonta epi tou thronou autou, kai archonta tou Israēl; tauta gar hē prophēteia phēsi mēdepōpote dialeipsein, ha kai saphōs paristatai apo tōn tēs aichmalōsias chronōn dialeloipota, ex hou mē de eis basileusas tou Israēl ek tou spermatos Dauid apodeiknytai; ti dʼ an phēsaien kai peri tēs enargōs kata ton paronta kairon kathę̄rēmenēs hierateias, hēn mēdepōpote exolothreuthēsesthai hē prophēteia proagoreuei?

“Behold, days are coming, says the Lord, when I will raise up for David a righteous Dayspring, and a king shall reign and understand, and shall execute judgment and righteousness on the earth. In his days Judah too shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell confidently; and this is the name by which the Lord shall call them: Josedek, among the prophets. In that day, said the Lord, I will break the yoke from their neck and burst their bonds, and they shall no longer work for strangers, but shall work for the Lord their God; and David their king I will raise up for them.” Things like these are also said in another passage of the same prophet, in these words: “Behold, days are coming, says the Lord, and I will raise up for you my good word, which I spoke to the house of Jerusalem and to the house of Judah; in those days and at that time I will make a righteous Dayspring spring up for David.” After which he adds: “For thus says the Lord: There shall not be cut off from David a man sitting on the throne of the house of Israel; and for the priests, the Levites, there shall not be cut off a man from before me, offering whole burnt offerings and sacrificing sacrifice and making offering all the days.” And again: “Thus says the Lord: If you break my covenant with the day and my covenant with the night, so that there be no day and night in their season, then also my covenant with David my servant shall be broken, so that he shall have no son reigning on his throne, and with the Levites, the priests who minister to me. As the host of heaven cannot be numbered nor the sand of the sea measured, so I will multiply the offspring of David my servant and the Levites who minister to me.” And again, a little after, it is said: “Thus says the Lord: If I have not set my covenant with day and night, the ordinances of heaven and earth, then I will also reject the offspring of Jacob and David my servant, so as not to take from his offspring a ruler.”

And what would the Dayspring be that the Lord will raise up for David? The divine Word, of whom it is said elsewhere too, “Behold, a man, Dayspring is his name”; who is also prophesied to reign and to understand and to execute judgment and righteousness on the earth. He also makes light spring up for the souls sitting in darkness, in his heavenly kingdom. And when, according to the apostle, the fullness of the nations has come in, and the whole true Israel, together with the spiritual Judah, is saved, the Lord will also call them by name, those he judges worthy, in “Josedekin,” which is interpreted “God's righteous ones.” In that day, after God has freed those mentioned from captivity under the devil, so that they no longer serve him, but serve only the Lord their God, God promises to raise up for them David as king, who is no other than our Saviour, born of the offspring of David, whom the Scriptures in various ways have also called by this name. The David in the prophecy, then, is said to be the human understood in our Saviour; while the righteous Dayspring is the divinity at work in him, called elsewhere the sun of righteousness, since the true light that enlightens every human coming into the world is none other than his. Accordingly, he says, there shall not be cut off for God a man who leads and presides over his church, which is the spiritual house of Israel; nor, the word prophesies, will the priests of God in the spiritual sense fail, who offer spiritual incense and the fragrant, bloodless, and pure sacrifice through good works and words. For if we do not take these things in this way, it is time to prove the prophecies false, since neither the throne of David bodily nor the typical priestly service stands even now: the kings of the offspring of David failed from the very times of Jeremiah, and the Levitical and priestly service not long after the coming of our Saviour, from which time until now they are not even permitted to set foot in Jerusalem. And if those of the circumcision should say that, because of the one they call the patriarch, the offspring of David has not failed, they must be refuted, being unable to show him sitting on the throne of David, reigning on his throne, and ruling Israel. For the prophecy says that these things will never fail, and they are clearly shown to have failed since the times of the captivity, from which time not one person from the offspring of David is shown to have reigned over Israel. And what would they say about the priesthood, plainly destroyed at the present time, which the prophecy foretells will never be cut off?

3.37Gaisford

Ἰδοὺ ἡμέραι ἔρχονται, φησὶ Κύριος, καὶ διαθήσομαι τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰούδα διαθήκην καινήν· οὐ κατὰ τὴν διαθήκην ἣν διεθέμην τοῖς πατράσιν αὐτῶν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπιλαβομένου μου τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν ἐξαγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου· ὅτι αὐτοὶ οὐκ ἐνέμειναν ἐν τῇ διαθήκῃ μου, καὶ ἐγὼ ἠμέλησα αὐτῶν, φησὶ Κύριος, ὅτι αὕτη ἡ διαθήκη, ἣν διαθήσομαι τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰσραήλ· μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας, φησὶ Κύριος, διδοὺς νόμους μου εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν γράψω αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς Θεὸν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι εἰς λαόν· καὶ οὐ μὴ διδάξωσιν ἕκαστος τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἕκαστος τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ λέγων, Γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον· ὅτι πάντες εἰδήσουσί με ἀπὸ μικροῦ αὐτῶν ἕως μεγάλου αὐτῶν, φησὶ Κύριος· ὅτι ἵλεος ἔσομαι ταῖς ἀδικίαις αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ μνησθῶ ἔτι. Σαφῶς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιούσαις ἡμέραις καινὴν διαθήκην ὁ κύριος διαθήσεσθαι προθεσπίζει· καινὴν δὲ τῷ μηδὲν ἔχειν ὅμοιον τῇ παλαιᾷ, ἣν διὰ Μωσέως ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ δοθεῖσαν προμεμαθήκαμεν. Τί δʼ ἂν πρὸς ταῦτα φαῖεν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, ἐναργῶς ἀποβλέπειν ἐπιχειροῦντες ταῖς προφητείαις, καὶ μᾶλλον αἱρούμενοι ἀτελεῖς αὐτὰς ἐπιδεικνύναι ἢ πείθεσθαι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, διὰ τοῦ παραδέχεσθαι τὴν καινὴν τῶν εὐαγγελιῶν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν διαθήκην, ἧς παραγενομένης πεπαλαίωται ἡ πρώτη, πέρας ἴσχειν ἀρξαμένη ἐξ ὅτου παραγενόμενος ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπλήρωσε τὸν νόμον, καὶ τὰς περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητείας. Ἥξειν μὲν οὖν ἡμέρας ἐν αἷς διαθήσεσθαι φησὶν ὁ Κύριος τὴν καινὴν διαθήκην· τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὴν ἔγγραφον ἐν τοῖς (ἐντὸς) τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν βιβλίων. Ἑξῆς δʼ ἐπιφέρει λέγων ὁ αὐτὸς Κύριος, ὡς μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας, ἐν αὐταῖς ταῖς διανοίαις τῶν παραδεξομένων τὴν καινὴν διαθήκην ἐγγράψων τοὺς ἰδίους νόμους, ὥστε αὐτοὺς εἶναι εἰς λαὸν τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς εἰς Θεὸν, οὐδαμῶς ὑπʼ ἀνθρωπίνης διδασκαλίας ἐπὶ τὸ γινώσκειν τὸν Κύριον παραγινομένους, αὐτομαθεῖς δʼ ὥσπερ, μᾶλλον δὲ θεοδιδάκτους ἐσομένους, ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ καταμάθοι ἄν τις κατὰ τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν πληρούμενον· ἴδοι δʼ ἄν τις ὅπως ἐπὶ τὰς διανοίας καὶ τὰς καρδίας τῶν διὰ Χριστοῦ εἰς τὸν Θεὸν πεπιστευκότων ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη καὶ οἱ τοῦ Κυρίου νόμοι γεγραμμένοι εἰσιν, εἰ καταμάθοι ἐν ἡμῖν πλῆθος ἀνδρῶν παντελῶς ἰδιωτῶν τοιαύτην ἐνεπιδεικνυμένων ἐνάρετον καὶ ἐμφιλόσοφον. πολιτείαν, ἣν οὐ ταχέως ἐστιν εὑρεῖν παρὰ τοῖς φιλολογίαν ἠσκηκόσιν, καὶ μέγα φρονοῦσιν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν γραφῶν μελέτῃ.

Idou hēmerai erchontai, phēsi Kyrios, kai diathēsomai tǭ oikǭ Israēl kai tǭ oikǭ Iouda diathēkēn kainēn; ou kata tēn diathēkēn hēn diethemēn tois patrasin autōn en hēmerą epilabomenou mou tēs cheiros autōn exagagein autous ek gēs Aigyptou; hoti autoi ouk enemeinan en tę̄ diathēkę̄ mou, kai egō ēmelēsa autōn, phēsi Kyrios, hoti hautē hē diathēkē, hēn diathēsomai tǭ oikǭ Israēl; meta tas hēmeras ekeinas, phēsi Kyrios, didous nomous mou eis tēn dianoian autōn, kai epi kardias autōn grapsō autous, kai esomai autois eis Theon, kai autoi esontai moi eis laon; kai ou mē didaxōsin hekastos ton plēsion autou, kai hekastos ton adelphon autou legōn, Gnōthi ton Kyrion; hoti pantes eidēsousi me apo mikrou autōn heōs megalou autōn, phēsi Kyrios; hoti hileos esomai tais adikiais autōn, kai tōn hamartiōn autōn ou mē mnēsthō eti. Saphōs en tais epiousais hēmerais kainēn diathēkēn ho kyrios diathēsesthai prothespizei; kainēn de tǭ mēden echein homoion tę̄ palaią, hēn dia Mōseōs en tę̄ erēmǭ dotheisan promemathēkamen. Ti dʼ an pros tauta phaien hoi ek peritomēs, enargōs apoblepein epicheirountes tais prophēteiais, kai mallon hairoumenoi ateleis autas epideiknynai ē peithesthai tę̄ alētheią, dia tou paradechesthai tēn kainēn tōn euangeliōn tou Sōtēros hēmōn diathēkēn, hēs paragenomenēs pepalaiōtai hē prōtē, peras ischein arxamenē ex hotou paragenomenos ho Christos eplērōse ton nomon, kai tas peri autou prophēteias. Hēxein men oun hēmeras en hais diathēsesthai phēsin ho Kyrios tēn kainēn diathēkēn; toutʼ esti tēn engraphon en tois (entos) tōn euangelikōn bibliōn. Hexēs dʼ epipherei legōn ho autos Kyrios, hōs meta tas hēmeras ekeinas, en autais tais dianoiais tōn paradexomenōn tēn kainēn diathēkēn engrapsōn tous idious nomous, hōste autous einai eis laon tǭ Theǭ, kai auton autois eis Theon, oudamōs hypʼ anthrōpinēs didaskalias epi to ginōskein ton Kyrion paraginomenous, automatheis dʼ hōsper, mallon de theodidaktous esomenous, ho kai auto katamathoi an tis kata ton paronta kairon plēroumenon; idoi dʼ an tis hopōs epi tas dianoias kai tas kardias tōn dia Christou eis ton Theon pepisteukotōn hē kainē diathēkē kai hoi tou Kyriou nomoi gegrammenoi eisin, ei katamathoi en hēmin plēthos andrōn pantelōs idiōtōn toiautēn enepideiknymenōn enareton kai emphilosophon. politeian, hēn ou tacheōs estin heurein para tois philologian ēskēkosin, kai mega phronousin epi tę̄ tōn graphōn meletę̄.

“Behold, days are coming, says the Lord, when I will make with the house of Israel and the house of Judah a new covenant, not according to the covenant that I made with their fathers in the day when I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt; for they did not remain in my covenant, and I disregarded them, says the Lord. For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days, says the Lord: I will put my laws into their mind and write them on their hearts, and I will be their God, and they shall be my people. And they shall not teach each his neighbour and each his brother, saying, ‘Know the Lord’; for all shall know me, from the least of them to the greatest of them, says the Lord; for I will be merciful to their injustices, and I will remember their sins no more.” He clearly foretells that in the coming days the Lord will make a new covenant; new because it has nothing like the old one, which we have already learned was given through Moses in the wilderness. What would those of the circumcision say to this, who try to look away from the plain sense of the prophecies and prefer to show them unfulfilled rather than obey the truth by accepting the new covenant of our Saviour's Gospels? When it came, the first became old, beginning to reach its end from the time when Christ came and fulfilled the law and the prophecies about him. He says, then, that days will come in which the Lord will make the new covenant, that is, the one written (within) the books of the Gospels. Next the same Lord adds that after those days he will write his own laws in the very minds of those who receive the new covenant, so that they will be a people for God and he their God; they will come to know the Lord not at all through human teaching, but will be as if self-taught, or rather taught by God. One can learn that this too is being fulfilled at the present time. One can see how the new covenant and the Lord's laws have been written on the minds and hearts of those who through Christ have believed in God, if one observes among us a multitude of wholly unlettered men who display a virtuous and philosophic way of life such as is not readily found among those who have practised literary studies and pride themselves on the study of the Scriptures.

3.38Gaisford

Πνεῦμα προσώπου ἡμῶν χριστὸς Κύριος συνελήφθη ἐν ταῖς διαφθοραῖς αὐτῶν, οὗ εἴπομεν, Ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ αὐτοῦ ζησόμεθα ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸν Χριστὸν διαρρήδην ὀνομάσαν τὸ θεῖον Πνεῦμα, τὴν ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων ἐπιβουλὴν προυθέσπισεν διὰ τοῦ, συνελήφθη ἐν ταῖς διαφθοραῖς αὐτῶν· τούτου δὲ ὑπὸ τὴν σκέπην καὶ τὴν σκιὰν ζησομένους ἑαυτοὺς τῷ πνεύματι προεώρων οἱ προφῆται, καὶ ζησομένους ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι τοῖς μέλλουσιν εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν πιστεύειν, καὶ διʼ αὐτοῦ τὰς τῶν προφητῶν παραδέχεσθαι γραφάς.

Pneuma prosōpou hēmōn christos Kyrios synelēphthē en tais diaphthorais autōn, hou eipomen, En tę̄ skią autou zēsometha en tois ethnesin. Kai entautha ton Christon diarrēdēn onomasan to theion Pneuma, tēn hypo Ioudaiōn epiboulēn prouthespisen dia tou, synelēphthē en tais diaphthorais autōn; toutou de hypo tēn skepēn kai tēn skian zēsomenous heautous tǭ pneumati proeōrōn hoi prophētai, kai zēsomenous en tois ethnesi tois mellousin eis ton Christon pisteuein, kai diʼ autou tas tōn prophētōn paradechesthai graphas.

“The breath of our face, the Lord's anointed, was taken in their corruptions, of whom we said, ‘In his shadow we shall live among the nations.’” Here too the divine Spirit, naming the Christ expressly, foretold the plot of the Jews through “was taken in their corruptions.” The prophets foresaw by the Spirit that they themselves would live under his shelter and shadow, and would live among the nations that were to believe in Christ and through him to receive the writings of the prophets.

3.39Gaisford

Τίς ἀνέβη εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ ἔλαβεν αὐτὴν, καὶ κατεβίβασεν αὐτὴν ἐκ τῶν νεφελῶν; Τίς διέβη πέραν θαλάσσης, καὶ εὗρεν αὐτὴν, καὶ οἴσει αὐτὴν χρυσίου ἐκλεκτοῦ; Οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ γινώσκων τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτῆς, οὐδὲ ὁ ἐνθυμούμενος τὴν τρίβον αὐτῆς. Ἀλλʼ ὁ εἰδὼς τὰ πάντα γινώσκει αὐτὴν, ἐξεῦρεν αὐτὴν τῇ συνέσει αὐτοῦ· ὁ καὶ κατασκευάσας τὴν γῆν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα χρόνον, ἐνέπλησεν αὐτὸν κτηνῶν τετραπόδων. Ὁ ἀποστέλλων τὸ φῶς καὶ πορεύεται, ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸ, καὶ ὑπήκουσεν αὐτῷ τρόμῳ. Οἱ δὲ ἀστέρες ἔλαμψαν ἐν ταῖς φυλακαῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ εὐφράνθησαν· ἐκάλεσεν αὐτοὺς, καὶ εἶπον, Πάρεσμεν· ἔλαμψαν μετʼ εὐφροσύνης τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτούς. Οὗτος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν, οὐ λογισθήσεται ἕτερος πρὸς αὐτόν. Ἐξεῦρεν πᾶσαν ὁδὸν ἐπιστήμης, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν Ἰακὼβ τῷ παιδὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ Ἰσραὴλ τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ· μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὤφθη, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συνανεστράφη. Τίς ἀνέβη εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, φησὶ, καὶ ἔλαβεν αὐτὴν, καὶ κατεβίβασεν αὐτὴν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· διδασκόμεθα δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀποστόλου ὡς ἄρα ὁ καταβὰς Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, αὐτός ἐστι καὶ ὁ ἀναβὰς ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν· ὃς καὶ λαβὼν τὴν τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος δωρεὰν κατεβίβασέ τε καὶ ἐξέχεεν ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν παραδεξαμένων αὐτῶν(ὴν) ψυχάς· ὅθεν καὶ ἐν ψαλμοῖς εἴρηται τὸ, ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος ᾐχμαλώτευσας αἰχμαλωσίαν, ἔλαβες δόματα ἐν ἀνθρώποις. Ἑξῆς δὲ ἐν τῇ προκειμένῃ γραφῆ ὁ λόγος φησὶν, οὗτος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν, οὐ λογισθήσεται ἕτερος πρὸς αὐτόν· Τίς δὲ οὗτος, ἢ ὁ ἀναβὰς εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ καταβάς; Τῷ γὰρ τίς ἀνέβη εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐρωτηματικῶς εἰρημένῳ ἀποδέδοται τὸ, οὗτος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν, οὐ λογισθήσεται ἕτερος πρὸς αὐτόν· σαφέστερον τοῦτο δηλοῖ τὸ ἑξῆς εἰρημένον, τὸ, μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὤφθη, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συνανεστράφη. Πρὸς τοῦτον οὖν δῆλον ὅτι τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον οὐ λογισθήσεται ἕτερος τῶν ἐπικτητὴν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ προσηγορίαν ἐσχηκότων· μετὰ τοῦτο δέ φησιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὤφθη· δῆλον ὅτι μετὰ τὸ διὰ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν τὴν πᾶσαν ὁδὸν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας δεδωκέναι· ἐξεῦρεν γὰρ, φησὶ, πᾶσαν ὁδὸν ἐπιστήμης, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν Ἰακὼβ τῷ παιδὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ Ἰσραὴλ τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ· εἶτα μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὠφθη, καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συνανεστράφη.

Tis anebē eis ton ouranon, kai elaben autēn, kai katebibasen autēn ek tōn nephelōn? Tis diebē peran thalassēs, kai heuren autēn, kai oisei autēn chrysiou eklektou? Ouk estin ho ginōskōn tēn hodon autēs, oude ho enthymoumenos tēn tribon autēs. Allʼ ho eidōs ta panta ginōskei autēn, exeuren autēn tę̄ synesei autou; ho kai kataskeuasas tēn gēn eis ton aiōna chronon, eneplēsen auton ktēnōn tetrapodōn. Ho apostellōn to phōs kai poreuetai, ekalesen auto, kai hypēkousen autǭ tromǭ. Hoi de asteres elampsan en tais phylakais autōn, kai euphranthēsan; ekalesen autous, kai eipon, Paresmen; elampsan metʼ euphrosynēs tǭ poiēsanti autous. Houtos ho Theos hēmōn, ou logisthēsetai heteros pros auton. Exeuren pasan hodon epistēmēs, kai edōken autēn Iakōb tǭ paidi autou, kai Israēl tǭ ēgapēmenǭ hypʼ autou; meta touto epi tēs gēs ōphthē, kai en tois anthrōpois synanestraphē. Tis anebē eis ton ouranon, phēsi, kai elaben autēn, kai katebibasen autēn, kai ta hexēs; didaskometha de apo tou hierou apostolou hōs ara ho katabas Iēsous Christos, autos esti kai ho anabas hyperanō pantōn tōn ouranōn; hos kai labōn tēn tou hagiou Pneumatos dōrean katebibase te kai execheen epi tas tōn paradexamenōn autōn(ēn) psychas; hothen kai en psalmois eirētai to, anabas eis hypsos ę̄chmalōteusas aichmalōsian, elabes domata en anthrōpois. Hexēs de en tę̄ prokeimenę̄ graphē ho logos phēsin, houtos ho Theos hēmōn, ou logisthēsetai heteros pros auton; Tis de houtos, ē ho anabas eis ton ouranon kai katabas? Tǭ gar tis anebē eis ton ouranon erōtēmatikōs eirēmenǭ apodedotai to, houtos ho Theos hēmōn, ou logisthēsetai heteros pros auton; saphesteron touto dēloi to hexēs eirēmenon, to, meta touto epi tēs gēs ōphthē, kai en tois anthrōpois synanestraphē. Pros touton oun dēlon hoti ton tou Theou Logon ou logisthēsetai heteros tōn epiktētēn tēn tou Theou prosēgorian eschēkotōn; meta touto de phēsin epi tēs gēs ōphthē; dēlon hoti meta to dia nomou kai prophētōn tēn pasan hodon tēs epangelias dedōkenai; exeuren gar, phēsi, pasan hodon epistēmēs, kai edōken autēn Iakōb tǭ paidi autou, kai Israēl tǭ ēgapēmenǭ hypʼ autou; eita meta touto epi tēs gēs ōphthē, kai tois anthrōpois synanestraphē.

“Who has gone up into heaven and taken her, and brought her down from the clouds? Who has gone over the sea and found her, and will bring her for choice gold? There is none who knows her way, nor any who considers her path. But he who knows all things knows her; he found her out by his understanding; he who prepared the earth for all time filled it with four-footed cattle; he who sends forth the light, and it goes; he called it, and it obeyed him with trembling. The stars shone in their watches and were glad; he called them, and they said, ‘Here we are’; they shone with gladness for him who made them. This is our God; no other shall be reckoned beside him. He found out every way of knowledge and gave it to Jacob his servant and to Israel whom he loved. After this he was seen on earth and lived among humans.” “Who has gone up into heaven,” it says, “and taken her, and brought her down,” and what follows. We are taught by the holy apostle that Jesus Christ who came down is also the one who went up far above all the heavens; who also took the gift of the Holy Spirit, and brought it down and poured it out on the souls of those who received it. Hence it is also said in the Psalms, “Having gone up on high you led captivity captive; you received gifts among humans.” Next, in the Scripture before us, the word says, “This is our God; no other shall be reckoned beside him.” And who is this but the one who went up into heaven and came down? For to “Who has gone up into heaven?”, put as a question, the answer is given, “This is our God; no other shall be reckoned beside him”; and what is said next shows this more clearly: “After this he was seen on earth and lived among humans.” Beside him, then, clearly the Word of God, no other of those who have the title “God” as something acquired will be reckoned. “After this,” it says, “he was seen on earth,” clearly after he had given the whole way of the promise through the law and the prophets; for “he found out,” it says, “every way of knowledge and gave it to Jacob his servant and to Israel whom he loved”; then after this he was seen on earth and lived among humans.

3.40Gaisford

Ἀντὶ τούτου τάδε λέγει Κύριος· Ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ κρίνω ἀναμέσον προβάτου ἰσχυροῦ καὶ ἀναμέσον προβάτου ἀσθενοῦς. Ἐπὶ ταῖς πλευραῖς καὶ τοῖς ὤμοις διωθεῖσθε, καὶ τοῖς κέρασιν ὑμῶν ἑκερετίζετε· πᾶν τὸ ἐκλεῖπον ἐξεθλίψατε. Καὶ σώσω τὰ προβατά μου, καὶ οὐ μὴ ὦσιν ἔτι εἰς προνομὴν, καὶ κρινῶ ἀναμέσον κριοῦ πρὸς κριόν· Καὶ ἀναστήσω αὐτοῖς ποιμένα ἕτερον· καὶ ποιμανεῖ[ς] αὐτοὺς, τὸν δοῦλόν μου Δαυὶδ, καὶ ἔσται αὐτῶν ποι μὴν, καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς Θεὸν, καὶ Δαυὶδ ἄρχων ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν· ἐγὼ Κύριος λελάληκα. Καὶ διαθήσομαι τῷ Δαυὶδ διαθήκην καινὴν, διαθήκην εἰρήνης. Ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις τὸν προφητευόμενον Δαυὶδ οὐκ ἄλλον ἀποδίδομεν τοῦ ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ γεγενημένου Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, τούτου δὴ χάριν καὶ ἐνθάδε τὴν περικοπὴν ἐπεσημηνάμεθα· τίς γὰρ ἂν ἄλλος εἴη ὁ ποιμαίνειν μέλλων τὰ τοῦ Κυρίου πρόβατα μετὰ τὸ κριθῆναι αὐτὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ἣ ὁ μόνος καλὸς ποιμὴν, ὁ μὴ ὑπεριδὼν διωθούμενα καὶ διολλύμενα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀντικειμένων δυνάμεων τὰ λογικὰ τῆς ἰδίας αὐτοῦ ποίμνης πρόβατα, ἀλλὰ θεὶς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς αὐτῶν σωτηρίας, ὧν ἄρχοντα ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καταστήσειν ἐπαγγέλλεται μετὰ τὸν κρίσεως καιρὸν, διαθησόμενος αὐτῷ διαθήκην εἰρήνης, ὅτε, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ἔσχατος πάντων καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ νῦν ἀντικείμενος τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ τῇ ζωῇ θάνατος καταργηθήσεται;

Anti toutou tade legei Kyrios; Idou, egō krinō anameson probatou ischyrou kai anameson probatou asthenous. Epi tais pleurais kai tois ōmois diōtheisthe, kai tois kerasin hymōn hekeretizete; pan to ekleipon exethlipsate. Kai sōsō ta probata mou, kai ou mē ōsin eti eis pronomēn, kai krinō anameson kriou pros krion; Kai anastēsō autois poimena heteron; kai poimanei[s] autous, ton doulon mou Dauid, kai estai autōn poi mēn, kai esomai autois eis Theon, kai Dauid archōn en mesǭ autōn; egō Kyrios lelalēka. Kai diathēsomai tǭ Dauid diathēkēn kainēn, diathēkēn eirēnēs. Epei kai en allois ton prophēteuomenon Dauid ouk allon apodidomen tou ek spermatos Dauid gegenēmenou Sōtēros hēmōn, toutou dē charin kai enthade tēn perikopēn epesēmēnametha; tis gar an allos eiē ho poimainein mellōn ta tou Kyriou probata meta to krithēnai auta hypʼ autou, hē ho monos kalos poimēn, ho mē hyperidōn diōthoumena kai diollymena hypo tōn antikeimenōn dynameōn ta logika tēs idias autou poimnēs probata, alla theis tēn heautou psychēn hyper tēs autōn sōtērias, hōn archonta ho Theos kai Patēr autou katastēsein epangelletai meta ton kriseōs kairon, diathēsomenos autǭ diathēkēn eirēnēs, hote, hypotagentōn autǭ tōn echthrōn, eschatos pantōn kai autos ho nyn antikeimenos tǭ logǭ kai tę̄ sophią kai tę̄ zōę̄ thanatos katargēthēsetai?

“Therefore thus says the Lord: Behold, I judge between strong sheep and weak sheep. With flanks and shoulders you pushed, and with your horns you butted; all that was failing you crushed. And I will save my sheep, and they shall no longer be for plunder; and I will judge between ram and ram. And I will raise up for them another shepherd, and he shall shepherd them, my servant David, and he shall be their shepherd; and I will be their God, and David ruler in their midst. I the Lord have spoken. And I will make with David a new covenant, a covenant of peace.” Since in other places too we take the prophesied David to be none other than our Saviour, born of the offspring of David, for this reason we have marked the passage here too. For who else could be the one who is to shepherd the Lord's sheep after they have been judged by him, but the only good shepherd? He did not overlook the rational sheep of his own flock as they were pushed about and destroyed by the opposing powers, but laid down his own life for their salvation. Of them God his Father promises to appoint him ruler after the time of judgment, making with him a covenant of peace, when, his enemies having been subjected to him, last of all death itself, which now opposes the Word, the Wisdom, and the Life, will be destroyed.

3.41Gaisford

Τάδε λέγει Κύριος, Ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ λαμβάνω πάντα οἶκον Ἰσραὴλ. ἐκ μέσου τῶν ἐθνῶν, οὗ εἰσήλθοσαν ἐπεῖ, καὶ συνάξω αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν γῆν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ δώσω αὐτοὺς εἰς ἔθνη ἐν τῇ γῇ μου, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν Ἰσραήλ· καὶ ἄρχων εἷς ἔσται αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἔσονται οὐκέτι εἰς δύο ἔθνη· οὐδʼ οὐ μὴ διαιρεθῶσιν εἰς δύο βασιλείας, ἵνα μὴ μιαίνωνται ἔτι ἐν τοῖς εἰδώλοις αὐτῶν· καὶ ῥύσομαι αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν, ὧν ἥμαρτον ἐν αὐταῖς, καὶ καθαριῶ αὐτοὺς, ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν, ὧν ἥμαρτον ἐν αὐταῖς, καὶ καθαριῶ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔσονταί μοι εἰς λαὸν, καὶ ἐγὼ Κύριος ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς Θεόν. Καὶ ὁ δοῦλός μου Δαυὶδ ἄρχων εν μέσῳ αὐτῶν ἔσται ποιμὴν εἷς πάντων, ὅτι ἐν τοῖς προστάγμασί μου πορεύσονται, καὶ τὰ κρίματά μου φυλάξουσιν καὶ ποιήσουσιν αὐτὰ, καὶ κατοικήσουσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἣν ἐγὼ δέδωκα τῷ δούλῳ μου Ἰακὼβ, οὗ κατώκησαν ἐκεῖ οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν, καὶ κατοικήσουσιν ἐπʼ αὐτῆς αὐτοί· καὶ Δαυὶδ ὁ δοῦλός μου ἄρχων αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Καὶ διαθήσομαι αὐτοῖς διαθήκην εἰρήνης, καὶ διαθήκη αἰώνιος ἔσται μετʼ αὐτῶν· καὶ θήσω τὰ ἅγιά μου ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ ἔσται ἡ κατασκήνωσίς μου ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἔσονταί μοι εἰς λαὸν, καὶ ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς Θεόν. Καὶ γνώσονται τὰ ἔθνη ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι Κύριος ὁ ἁγιάζων αὐτοὺς, ἐν τῷ εἶναι τὰ ἅγιά μου ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Μετὰ τὴν τῆς διασπορᾶς τοῦ πνευματικοῦ καὶ ἀληθινοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπισυναγωγὴν, καὶ μετὰ τὴν εὕρεσιν τῶν ἀπολωλότων προβάτων οἴκου Ἰσραὴλ, τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν ἐθνῶν προεισεληλυθότος, τηνικαῦτα ὁ Κύριος αὐτὸς μὲν ἔσεσθαι εἰς Θεὸν τῷ ἐσομένῳ αὐτοῦ λαῷ, τὸν δὲ δοῦλον αὐτοῦ Δαυὶδ ἄρχοντα θήσειν ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν, ποιμανοῦντα αὐτοὺς καὶ ἄρξοντα αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐπʼ ὀλίγον καὶ βραχύν τινα χρόνον ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὸν αἰῶνα ὑπισχνεῖται. Οἰέσθωσαν μὲν οὖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκεῖνον τὸν υἱὸν Ἱεσσαὶ κατεπαγγέλλεσθαι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῖς οἱ ἐκ περιτόμης, βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ σωματικὴν αὖθις φανταζόμενοι, καὶ τὰς ὑποσχέσεις τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν φθαρτοῖς καὶ γηΐνοις καὶ θείας ἀναξίοις ἐπαγγελείας καραδοκοῦντες· ἡμεῖς δὲ μηδαμῶς ἁρμόζειν μήτε θείαις ὑποσχέσεσι, μήτε μὴν εἰς αὐτὸν ἀναφέρεσθαι τὸν Δαυὶδ, τὰ ὡς περὶ αὐτοῦ λεγόμενα πειθόμενοι ἐπὶ τὸν ἐκ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ τὸν κατὰ σάρκα γενόμενον Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐκλαμβάνωμεν, τὰς προφητείας, τούτῳ μᾶλλον ἁρμόζειν ἤπερ ἐκείνῳ τῷ Δαυὶδ οἰόμενοι, τὰ ὡς ἂν ἐκ προσώπου Δαυὶδ ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς γραφαῖς ἐμφερόμενα· οἷόν ἐστιν τὸ, Κύριος εἶπεν πρός με, Υἱός μου εἶ σὺ· ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε· καὶ τὸ, καταστήσεις με εἰς κεφαλὴν ἐθνῶν, λεγόμενον ἐν ιζ′, ψαλμῷ· ἔνθα πάλιν ὡς ἐκ προσώπου αὐτοῦ λέλεκται, τὸ, λαὸς ὃν οὐκ ἔγνων ἐδούλευσέ μοι· εἰς ἀκοὴν ὠτίου ὑπήκουσέ μου. Περὶ τίνος δὲ ἄλλου προσήκει[ν] τὸν Θεὸν φάσκειν ὑπονοεῖν τὸ, αὐτὸς ἐπικαλέσεταί με, Πατήρ μου εἶ σύ· καὶ τὸ, κἀγὼ πρωτότοκον θήσομαι αὐτὸν, ἢ περὶ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν τοῦ μονογενοῦς παιδὸς αὐτοῦ; Τί γὰρ ἐξαίρετον παρὰ τοὺς λοιποὺς προφήτας τε καὶ δικαίους ἄνδρας κατωρθῶτο τῷ Δαυὶδ, ὡς περὶ μόνου αὐτοῦ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι, καὶ αὐτὸν προφητεύεσθαι αὖθις ἀναστήσεσθαι βασιλέα τε καὶ ποιμένα τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ προβάτων; Ταῦτα δὴ πάντα συνορῶντες, ἐφιστάντες τῇ τοῦ Ἠσαίου προφητείᾳ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Δαυὶδ τελευτὴν ἀνακηρυττούσῃ τά τε ἄλλα περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ τὸ, Ἐξελεύσεται ῥάβδος ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης Ἰεσσαὶ, καὶ ἄνθος ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης ἀναβήσεται, καὶ ἐπαναπαύσεται ἐπʼ αὐτὸν πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ· καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑξῆς εἰκότως περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ ἐνθάδε, ὡς περὶ Δαυὶδ προφητευόμενα, λέγεσθαι πεπείσμεθα. Μόνος γὰρ ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, κατὰ τὴν μεταφορὰν τῆς προσηγορίας καὶ Δαυὶδ χρηματίσας, ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς ἀναδέδεικται, ἀρχηγὸς καὶ σωτὴρ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ ποίμνης τε καὶ ἐκκλησίας γεγενημένος· ὃς βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν νοητὸν Ἰσραὴλ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς κατασταθήσεσθαι μετὰ τὸ ἐπιστρέψαι Κύριον τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ προφητεύεται.

Tade legei Kyrios, Idou, egō lambanō panta oikon Israēl. ek mesou tōn ethnōn, hou eisēlthosan epei, kai synaxō autous eis tēn gēn tou Israēl, kai dōsō autous eis ethnē en tę̄ gę̄ mou, kai en tois oresin Israēl; kai archōn heis estai autōn, kai ouk esontai ouketi eis dyo ethnē; oudʼ ou mē diairethōsin eis dyo basileias, hina mē miainōntai eti en tois eidōlois autōn; kai rhysomai autous apo pasōn tōn anomiōn autōn, hōn hēmarton en autais, kai kathariō autous, apo pasōn tōn hamartiōn autōn, hōn hēmarton en autais, kai kathariō autous, kai esontai moi eis laon, kai egō Kyrios esomai autois eis Theon. Kai ho doulos mou Dauid archōn en mesǭ autōn estai poimēn heis pantōn, hoti en tois prostagmasi mou poreusontai, kai ta krimata mou phylaxousin kai poiēsousin auta, kai katoikēsousin epi tēs gēs, hēn egō dedōka tǭ doulǭ mou Iakōb, hou katōkēsan ekei hoi pateres autōn, kai katoikēsousin epʼ autēs autoi; kai Dauid ho doulos mou archōn autōn eis ton aiōna. Kai diathēsomai autois diathēkēn eirēnēs, kai diathēkē aiōnios estai metʼ autōn; kai thēsō ta hagia mou en mesǭ autōn eis ton aiōna, kai estai hē kataskēnōsis mou en autois, kai esontai moi eis laon, kai egō esomai autois eis Theon. Kai gnōsontai ta ethnē hoti egō eimi Kyrios ho hagiazōn autous, en tǭ einai ta hagia mou en mesǭ autōn eis ton aiōna. Meta tēn tēs diasporas tou pneumatikou kai alēthinou Israēl episynagōgēn, kai meta tēn heuresin tōn apolōlotōn probatōn oikou Israēl, tou plērōmatos tōn ethnōn proeiselēlythotos, tēnikauta ho Kyrios autos men esesthai eis Theon tǭ esomenǭ autou laǭ, ton de doulon autou Dauid archonta thēsein en mesǭ autōn, poimanounta autous kai arxonta autōn ouk epʼ oligon kai brachyn tina chronon allʼ epi ton aiōna hypischneitai. Oiesthōsan men oun ton anthrōpon ekeinon ton huion Hiessai katepangellesthai ton logon autois hoi ek peritomēs, basileian autou sōmatikēn authis phantazomenoi, kai tas hyposcheseis tou Theou en phthartois kai gēïnois kai theias anaxiois epangeleias karadokountes; hēmeis de mēdamōs harmozein mēte theiais hyposchesesi, mēte mēn eis auton anapheresthai ton Dauid, ta hōs peri autou legomena peithomenoi epi ton ek spermatos autou ton kata sarka genomenon Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon eklambanōmen, tas prophēteias, toutǭ mallon harmozein ēper ekeinǭ tǭ Dauid oiomenoi, ta hōs an ek prosōpou Dauid en tais hierais graphais empheromena; hoion estin to, Kyrios eipen pros me, Huios mou ei sy; egō sēmeron gegennēka se; kai to, katastēseis me eis kephalēn ethnōn, legomenon en iz′, psalmǭ; entha palin hōs ek prosōpou autou lelektai, to, laos hon ouk egnōn edouleuse moi; eis akoēn ōtiou hypēkouse mou. Peri tinos de allou prosēkei[n] ton Theon phaskein hyponoein to, autos epikalesetai me, Patēr mou ei sy; kai to, kagō prōtotokon thēsomai auton, ē peri tou Sōtēros hēmōn tou monogenous paidos autou? Ti gar exaireton para tous loipous prophētas te kai dikaious andras katōrthōto tǭ Dauid, hōs peri monou autou tauta legesthai, kai auton prophēteuesthai authis anastēsesthai basilea te kai poimena tōn tou Theou probatōn? Tauta dē panta synorōntes, ephistantes tę̄ tou Ēsaiou prophēteią meta tēn tou Dauid teleutēn anakēryttousę̄ ta te alla peri tou Christou, kai to, Exeleusetai rhabdos ek tēs rhizēs Iessai, kai anthos ek tēs rhizēs anabēsetai, kai epanapausetai epʼ auton pneuma tou Theou; kai ta toutois hexēs eikotōs peri tou autou kai ta enthade, hōs peri Dauid prophēteuomena, legesthai pepeismetha. Monos gar ho Christos tou Theou, kata tēn metaphoran tēs prosēgorias kai Dauid chrēmatisas, poimēn ho kalos anadedeiktai, archēgos kai sōtēr tēs tou Theou poimnēs te kai ekklēsias gegenēmenos; hos basileus epi panta ton noēton Israēl hypo tou Patros katastathēsesthai meta to epistrepsai Kyrion tēn aichmalōsian tou laou autou prophēteuetai.

“Thus says the Lord: Behold, I take the whole house of Israel from the midst of the nations where they have gone, and I will gather them into the land of Israel, and I will make them into a nation in my land and on the mountains of Israel; and there shall be one ruler over them, and they shall no longer be two nations, nor shall they be divided any more into two kingdoms, so that they may no longer defile themselves with their idols. And I will rescue them from all their lawless deeds by which they sinned, and I will cleanse them from all their sins by which they sinned, and I will cleanse them; and they shall be my people, and I the Lord will be their God. And my servant David shall be ruler in their midst; there shall be one shepherd of all, for they shall walk in my ordinances and keep my judgments and do them; and they shall dwell on the land that I gave to my servant Jacob, where their fathers dwelt, and they themselves shall dwell on it; and David my servant shall be their ruler for ever. And I will make with them a covenant of peace, and there shall be an everlasting covenant with them; and I will set my holy things in their midst for ever, and my dwelling shall be among them, and they shall be my people, and I will be their God. And the nations shall know that I am the Lord who sanctifies them, when my holy things are in their midst for ever.” After the gathering of the dispersion of the spiritual and true Israel, and after the finding of the lost sheep of the house of Israel, when the fullness of the nations has first come in, then, the Lord promises, he himself will be God to his people that is to be, and will set his servant David as ruler in their midst, to shepherd them and rule them, not for a short and brief time but for ever. Let those of the circumcision suppose, then, that the word promises them that man, the son of Jesse, again imagining a bodily kingdom of his and awaiting God's promises in corruptible and earthly things unworthy of a divine promise. But we, persuaded that what is said as about David in no way fits divine promises, nor is to be referred to David himself, should take it of the one born of his offspring according to the flesh, our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ, thinking that the prophecies, the passages that appear in the sacred Scriptures as in David's person, fit him rather than that David: such as “The Lord said to me, ‘You are my Son; today I have begotten you’”; and “You will make me head of nations,” said in the seventeenth psalm, where again it is said as in his person, “A people whom I did not know served me; at the hearing of the ear they obeyed me.” And about whom else would God fittingly be thought to say, “He shall call upon me, ‘You are my Father,’” and “And I will make him firstborn,” but about our Saviour, his only-begotten child? For what exceptional thing had David achieved beyond the other prophets and righteous men, that these things should be said about him alone, and that he should be prophesied to rise again as king and shepherd of God's sheep? Seeing all this together, and attending to the prophecy of Isaiah, which after David's death proclaims, among other things about Christ, “A rod shall come forth from the root of Jesse, and a flower shall come up from the root, and the Spirit of God shall rest upon him,” and what follows, we are persuaded that the things here too, prophesied as about David, are fittingly said about the same one. For only the Christ of God, called also David by transfer of the title, has been shown to be the good shepherd, having become leader and saviour of God's flock and church; who is prophesied to be appointed by the Father king over the whole spiritual Israel, after the Lord has turned back the captivity of his people.

3.42Gaisford

Καὶ ἐν τοῖς χρόνοις τῶν βασιλέων ἀναστήσει ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ βασιλείαν ἄλλην, ἥτις εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας ἔσται καὶ οὐ φθαρήσεται, καὶ αὕτη ἡ βασιλεία ἄλλο ἔθνος οὐ μὴ ἐάσῃ, πατάξει δὲ καὶ ἀφανίσει τὰς βασιλείας, καὶ αὐτὴ στήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καθάπερ ἑόρακας ἐξ ὄρους τμηθέντα λίθον ἄνευ χειρῶν, καὶ συνηλόησε τὸ ὄστρακον, τὸν σίδηρον, καὶ τὸν χαλκὸν, καὶ τὸν ἄργυρον, καὶ τὸν χρυσόν. Καὶ ταῦτα περὶ τῆς ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τῶν αἰώνων γενησομένης τοῦ Χριστοῦ βασιλείας δηλοῦται· ὁ γάρ τοι λίθος, ὁ ἐξ ὄρους τμηθεὶς ἄνευ χειρῶν, σύμβολον ἂν εἴη τοῦ Λόγου τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἐν ἄλλαις προφητείαις λίθου προσαγορευθέντος, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ, ἰδοὺ τίθημι ἐν Σιῶν λίθον ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον· καὶ, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας. Τοῦτον οὖν φησὶν ὁ παρὼν λόγος τὰς βασιλείας τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας καὶ τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας καθελόντα καὶ συντρίψοντα καθέξειν τὴν τῶν ἁγίων βασιλείαν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.

Kai en tois chronois tōn basileōn anastēsei ho Theos tou ouranou basileian allēn, hētis eis tous aiōnas estai kai ou phtharēsetai, kai hautē hē basileia allo ethnos ou mē easę̄, pataxei de kai aphanisei tas basileias, kai autē stēsetai eis ton aiōna, kathaper heorakas ex orous tmēthenta lithon aneu cheirōn, kai synēloēse to ostrakon, ton sidēron, kai ton chalkon, kai ton argyron, kai ton chryson. Kai tauta peri tēs epi synteleią tōn aiōnōn genēsomenēs tou Christou basileias dēloutai; ho gar toi lithos, ho ex orous tmētheis aneu cheirōn, symbolon an eiē tou Logou tou Theou, kai en allais prophēteiais lithou prosagoreuthentos, hōs epi tou, idou tithēmi en Siōn lithon akrogōniaion eklekton entimon; kai, lithon hon apedokimasan hoi oikodomountes, houtos egenēthē eis kephalēn gōnias. Touton oun phēsin ho parōn logos tas basileias tou kosmou kai tas archas kai tas exousias kai tous kosmokratoras kathelonta kai syntripsonta kathexein tēn tōn hagiōn basileian eis ton aiōna.

“And in the times of those kings the God of heaven will raise up another kingdom, which shall be for ever and shall not be destroyed; and this kingdom shall not leave another nation, but shall strike and do away with the kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever; just as you saw a stone cut from a mountain without hands, and it crushed the clay, the iron, the bronze, the silver, and the gold.” These words too show the kingdom of Christ that will come at the consummation of the ages. For the stone cut from a mountain without hands would be a symbol of the Word of God, who is called a stone in other prophecies too, as in “Behold, I lay in Zion a chosen, precious cornerstone,” and “The stone that the builders rejected has become the head of the corner.” The present word says, then, that he, having brought down and crushed the kingdoms of the world, the rulers, the authorities, and the world-rulers, will hold the kingdom of the saints for ever.

3.43Gaisford

Ναβουχοδονόσορ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀνανίαν εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρὸς ἐμβάλων, ὡς ἔγνω μηδὲν αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἠδικημένους, αὐτόπτης τοῦ παραδόξου γενόμενος, τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ φίλοις εἰρηκὼς ἀναγέγραπται· Οὐχὶ τρεῖς ἄνδρας ἐβάλομεν ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ πυρός; συμφησάντων δὲ αὐτῶν, Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ, φησὶν, ὁρῶ ἄνδρας τέσσαρας λελυμένους, καὶ περιπατοῦντας ἐν τῷ πυρὶ, καὶ φθορὰ οὐδεμία ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἡ ὅρασις τοῦ τετάρτου ὁμοίωμα υἱοῦ Θεοῦ· ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν ὁμοίωμα υἱοῦ Θεοῦ περιέχει, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ ὁμοίως ἐκδεδώκασιν ἑρμηνευταί· τούτου δὴ οὖν ἕνεκα ἐσημειωσάμεθα τὸν τόπον, ὡς καὶ ἐντεῦθεν σημαινομένης τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ προσηγορίας.

Nabouchodonosor ho basileus tous peri ton Ananian eis tēn kaminon tou pyros embalōn, hōs egnō mēden autous hypo tou pyros ēdikēmenous, autoptēs tou paradoxou genomenos, tois heautou philois eirēkōs anagegraptai; Ouchi treis andras ebalomen en mesǭ tou pyros? symphēsantōn de autōn, Idou egō, phēsin, horō andras tessaras lelymenous, kai peripatountas en tǭ pyri, kai phthora oudemia estin en autois, kai hē horasis tou tetartou homoiōma huiou Theou; hōsautōs de kai to Hebraïkon homoiōma huiou Theou periechei, kai hoi loipoi de homoiōs ekdedōkasin hermēneutai; toutou dē oun heneka esēmeiōsametha ton topon, hōs kai enteuthen sēmainomenēs tēs tou huiou tou Theou prosēgorias.

King Nebuchadnezzar, having thrown Hananiah and his companions into the furnace of fire, when he learned that they had suffered no harm from the fire, became an eyewitness of the marvel and is recorded to have said to his friends: “Did we not throw three men into the midst of the fire?” And when they agreed, he says, “Behold, I see four men loosed and walking in the fire, and there is no corruption in them, and the appearance of the fourth is the likeness of a son of God.” The Hebrew likewise has “likeness of a son of God,” and the other translators have rendered it similarly. For this reason we have noted the passage, since here too the title “Son of God” is signified.

3.44Gaisford

Ἐν τοῖς ὁράμασιν ὁ Δανιὴλ φησίν· Ἐθεώρουν ἐν ὁράματι τῆς νυκτὸς, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενος καὶ ἕως τῷ παλαιοῦ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἔφθασε, καὶ προσήνεχθη αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἡ ἐξουσία καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ βασιλεία· καὶ πάντες οἱ λαοὶ, φυλαὶ, γλῶσσαι δουλεύσουσιν αὐτῷ· ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ, ἐξουσία αἰώνιος, ἥτις οὐ παρελεύσεται· καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ οὐ διαφθαρήσεται. Συνᾴδει ταῦτα τῇ τοῦ αὐτοῦ Δανιὴλ προφητείᾳ προθεσπιζούσῃ περὶ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ βασιλείας κατὰ τὸν λίθον τὸν ἀποτμηθέντα ἐξ ὄρους ἄνευ χειρῶν· τίς γὰρ ἂν ἄλλος, ὁ ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενος ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ἕως τοῦ παλαιοῦ τῶν ἡμερῶν φθάνων, ἢ ὁ εἰπὼν Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, ὁ διʼ ἡμᾶς μορφὴν δούλου λαβὼν, καὶ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου γενόμενος, ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐξῆλθον, καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγω; ὃς καὶ παρόντων τῶν ἑαυτοῦ μαθητῶν, βλεπόντων αὐτῶν, ἐπήρθη, καὶ νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν, ὅτε καὶ ἀτενιζόντων εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, ἰδοὺ δύο ἄνδρες ἐν ἐσθήσεσι λαμπραῖς ὀφθέντες, τὰ περὶ τῆς δευτέρας αὐτοῦ παρουσίας αὐτοὺς ἐδίδασκον, αὖθις ἐν νεφέλῃ παραγενήσεσθαι αὐτὸν προλέγοντες. Τῷ οὖν Χριστῷ μόνῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐδόθη καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ βασιλεία, ὥστε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη λατρεύειν αὐτῷ, καὶ πᾶσαν γλῶσσαν ἐξομολογεῖσθαι, ὅτι Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χρίστος εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ πατρός.

En tois horamasin ho Daniēl phēsin; Etheōroun en horamati tēs nyktos, kai idou, epi tōn nephelōn tou ouranou hōs huios anthrōpou erchomenos kai heōs tǭ palaiou tōn hēmerōn ephthase, kai prosēnechthē autǭ, kai edothē autǭ hē exousia kai hē timē kai hē basileia; kai pantes hoi laoi, phylai, glōssai douleusousin autǭ; hē exousia autou, exousia aiōnios, hētis ou pareleusetai; kai hē basileia autou ou diaphtharēsetai. Synądei tauta tę̄ tou autou Daniēl prophēteią prothespizousę̄ peri tēs tou Christou basileias kata ton lithon ton apotmēthenta ex orous aneu cheirōn; tis gar an allos, ho hōs huios anthrōpou erchomenos epi tōn nephelōn, kai heōs tou palaiou tōn hēmerōn phthanōn, ē ho eipōn Kyrios hēmōn Iēsous Christos, ho diʼ hēmas morphēn doulou labōn, kai huios anthrōpou genomenos, ek tou Patros exēlthon, kai pros ton Theon hypagō? hos kai parontōn tōn heautou mathētōn, blepontōn autōn, epērthē, kai nephelē hypelaben auton, hote kai atenizontōn eis ton ouranon, idou dyo andres en esthēsesi lamprais ophthentes, ta peri tēs deuteras autou parousias autous edidaskon, authis en nephelę̄ paragenēsesthai auton prolegontes. Tǭ oun Christǭ monǭ hypo tou Patros edothē kai hē exousia kai hē timē kai hē basileia, hōste panta ta ethnē latreuein autǭ, kai pasan glōssan exomologeisthai, hoti Kyrios Iēsous Christos eis doxan Theou patros.

In the visions Daniel says: “I watched in the vision of the night, and behold, on the clouds of heaven one like a son of man coming, and he reached the Ancient of Days and was brought to him; and to him were given the authority and the honour and the kingdom; and all the peoples, tribes, and tongues shall serve him. His authority is an everlasting authority that shall not pass away, and his kingdom shall not be destroyed.” This agrees with the prophecy of the same Daniel that foretold the kingdom of Christ under the figure of the stone cut from a mountain without hands. For who else is the one coming on the clouds like a son of man and reaching the Ancient of Days, but our Lord Jesus Christ, who for our sake took the form of a servant and became a son of man, and who said, “I came forth from the Father, and I am going to God”? In the presence of his own disciples, as they watched, he was lifted up, and a cloud took him up; and as they were gazing into heaven, behold, two men appeared in bright clothing and taught them about his second coming, foretelling that he would come again in a cloud. To Christ alone, then, were given by the Father both the authority and the honour and the kingdom, so that all the nations serve him and every tongue confesses that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.

3.45Gaisford

Εὐξαμένῳ τῷ Δανιὴλ περὶ τῆς εἰς Βαβυλῶνα αἰχμαλωσίας τοῦ παντὸς λαοῦ, περί τε τῆς ἐρημώσεως τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ, Γαβριὴλ ἐπιφανεὶς ἀρχάγγελος ὁμοῦ τε αὐτῷ σημαίνει τὸ συμπέρασμα τῆς ἑβδομηκονταετοῦς αἰχμαλωσίας, καὶ τὴν ἀνανέωσιν τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ, τόν τε ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνανεώσεως ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν χρόνον, καὶ τὴν μετὰ ταῦτα γενησομένην δευτέραν ἅλωσιν τῆς πόλεως, καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἀνδραποδισμὸν τοῦ παντὸς ἔθνους, τὸν μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν ἐπιτελεσθέντα. Ἔχουσι δὲ αὐτοῦ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον αἱ λέξεις· Δανιὴλ, νῦν ἐξῆλθον συμβιβάσαι σε σύνεσιν ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς δεήσεώς σου ἐξῆλθεν λόγος, καὶ ἐγὼ ἦλθον τοῦ ἀναγγεῖλαί σοι, ὅτι ἀνὴρ ἐπιθυμιῶν σὺ εἶ, καὶ ἑννοήθητι ἐν τῷ ῥήματι, καὶ σύνες ἐν τῇ ὀπτασίᾳ. Ἑβδομήκοντα ἑβδομάδες συνετμήθησαν ἐπὶ τὸν λαόν σου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίαν, τοῦ συντελεσθῆναι ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τοῦ σφραγίσαι ἁμαρτίας, καὶ ἀπολεῖψαι τὰς ἀνομίας, καὶ τοῦ ἐξιλάσασθαι ἀδικίας, καὶ ἀγαγεῖν δικαιοσύνην αἰώνιον, καὶ τοῦ σφραγίσαι ὅρασιν καὶ προφήτην, καὶ τοῦ χρῖσαι ἄγιον ἀγίων. Καὶ γνώσῃ καὶ συνήσεις ἀπὸ ἐξόδου λόγων(ου) τοῦ ἀποκριθῆναι καὶ τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἕως χριστοῦ ἡγουμένου ἑβδομάδες ζ′, καὶ ἑβδομάδες ξβ′· καὶ ἐπιστρέψει, καὶ οἰκοδομηθήσεται πλατεία, καὶ τεῖχος, καὶ κενωθήσονται οἱ καιροί. Καὶ μετὰ τὰς ἑβομάδας τὰς ξβ′ ἐξολοθρευθήσεται χρίσμα, καὶ κρίμα οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ· καὶ τὴν πόλιν, καὶ τὸ ἅγιον διαφθερεῖ σὺν τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, καὶ κοπήσονται ἐν κατακλυσμῷ, καὶ ἕως τέλους πολέμου συντετμημένου ἀφανισμοῖς. Καὶ δυναμώσει διαθήκην πολλοῖς ἑβδομὰς μία· καὶ ἐν τῷ ἡμίσει τῆς· ἑβδομάδος ἀρθήσεται θυσία καὶ σπονδὴ, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἱερὸν βδέλυγμα τῶν ἑρημώσεων, καὶ ἕως συντελείας καιροῦ συντέλεια δοθήσεται ἐπὶ τὴν ἐρήμωσιν. Τῶν εἰς τὰς προκειμένας ἑβδομάδας ἐπιβεβληκότων μόνον ἴσμεν Ἀφρικανὸν ἀκριβέστατα καὶ μᾶλλον παρὰ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἐπιτετευγμένως τεθεωρηκότα· καὶ δή μοι δοκεῖ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πρῶτον αὐτοῦ τὴν εἰς τοὺς τόπους διήγησιν εἰς μέσον ἀγαγεῖν, εἶθʼ οὕτως ἐπισκέψασθαι, εἴ τι ἄρα καὶ αὐτοὶ δυναίμεθα συμβαλέσθαι τῷ λόγῳ. Γράφει δὴ οὖν ἐν πέμπτῳ τῶν Χρονογραφιῶν κατὰ λέξιν οὕτως·

Euxamenǭ tǭ Daniēl peri tēs eis Babylōna aichmalōsias tou pantos laou, peri te tēs erēmōseōs tēs Hierousalēm, Gabriēl epiphaneis archangelos homou te autǭ sēmainei to symperasma tēs hebdomēkontaetous aichmalōsias, kai tēn ananeōsin tēs Hierousalēm, ton te apo tēs ananeōseōs epi tēn tou Christou parousian chronon, kai tēn meta tauta genēsomenēn deuteran halōsin tēs poleōs, kai ton epi pasin andrapodismon tou pantos ethnous, ton meta tēn tou Christou parousian epitelesthenta. Echousi de autou touton ton tropon hai lexeis; Daniēl, nyn exēlthon symbibasai se synesin en archę̄ tēs deēseōs sou exēlthen logos, kai egō ēlthon tou anangeilai soi, hoti anēr epithymiōn sy ei, kai hennoēthēti en tǭ rhēmati, kai synes en tę̄ optasią. Hebdomēkonta hebdomades synetmēthēsan epi ton laon sou, kai epi tēn polin tēn hagian, tou syntelesthēnai hamartian, kai tou sphragisai hamartias, kai apoleipsai tas anomias, kai tou exilasasthai adikias, kai agagein dikaiosynēn aiōnion, kai tou sphragisai horasin kai prophētēn, kai tou chrisai agion agiōn. Kai gnōsę̄ kai synēseis apo exodou logōn(ou) tou apokrithēnai kai tou oikodomēsai Hierousalēm heōs christou hēgoumenou hebdomades z′, kai hebdomades xb′; kai epistrepsei, kai oikodomēthēsetai plateia, kai teichos, kai kenōthēsontai hoi kairoi. Kai meta tas hebomadas tas xb′ exolothreuthēsetai chrisma, kai krima ouk estin en autǭ; kai tēn polin, kai to hagion diaphtherei syn tǭ hēgoumenǭ tǭ erchomenǭ, kai kopēsontai en kataklysmǭ, kai heōs telous polemou syntetmēmenou aphanismois. Kai dynamōsei diathēkēn pollois hebdomas mia; kai en tǭ hēmisei tēs; hebdomados arthēsetai thysia kai spondē, kai epi to hieron bdelygma tōn herēmōseōn, kai heōs synteleias kairou synteleia dothēsetai epi tēn erēmōsin. Tōn eis tas prokeimenas hebdomadas epibeblēkotōn monon ismen Aphrikanon akribestata kai mallon para tous loipous epiteteugmenōs tetheōrēkota; kai dē moi dokei anankaion einai prōton autou tēn eis tous topous diēgēsin eis meson agagein, eithʼ houtōs episkepsasthai, ei ti ara kai autoi dynaimetha symbalesthai tǭ logǭ. Graphei dē oun en pemptǭ tōn Chronographiōn kata lexin houtōs;

When Daniel had prayed about the captivity of the whole people to Babylon and about the desolation of Jerusalem, the archangel Gabriel appeared and showed him at the same time the end of the seventy-year captivity, the renewal of Jerusalem, the time from the renewal to the coming of Christ, the second capture of the city that would happen after this, and, after all, the enslavement of the whole nation, which was accomplished after the coming of Christ. His words run as follows: “Daniel, now I have come out to give you understanding. At the beginning of your supplication a word went out, and I have come to tell you, for you are a man of desires; consider the word and understand the vision. Seventy weeks have been cut short upon your people and upon the holy city, for sin to be brought to an end, and to seal up sins, and to blot out lawless deeds, and to make atonement for injustices, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up vision and prophet, and to anoint a holy of holies. And you shall know and understand: from the going forth of the word to answer and to build Jerusalem until an anointed leader, seven weeks and sixty-two weeks; and it shall return, and street and wall shall be built, and the times shall be emptied. And after the sixty-two weeks an anointing shall be destroyed, and there is no judgment in it; and he shall destroy the city and the sanctuary with the leader who is coming, and they shall be cut off in a flood, and until the end of the war, which is cut short, with desolations. And one week shall confirm a covenant with many; and in the half of the week sacrifice and libation shall be taken away, and upon the temple an abomination of desolations, and until the consummation of the time a consummation shall be given upon the desolation.” Of those who have applied themselves to these weeks, we know of Africanus alone as having studied them most exactly and more successfully than the rest. It seems necessary to me, then, first to bring forward his explanation of these passages, and then to consider whether we too can contribute anything to the subject. He writes, then, in the fifth book of the Chronographies, word for word as follows:

3.46Gaisford

Ἡ μὲν οὖν περικοπὴ οὕτω πῶς ἔχουσα πολλά τε καὶ παράδοξα σημαίνει· νῦν δʼ ὧν χρεία περί τε τοὺς χρόνους καὶ τὰ τούτοις συντείνοντα τὸν λόγον ποιησόμεθα. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν περὶ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας λέγεται ταῦτα μετὰ ἑβδομάδας ο′ μέλλοντος ἐπιφαίνεσθαι, δῆλον· ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἢ ἀπὸ τούτου τὰ παραπτώματα παλαιοῦται, καὶ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι συντελοῦνται διὰ τὴν ἄφεσιν, αἵ τε ἀνομίαι ἐξιλασμῷ μετὰ τῶν ἀδικιῶν ἀπαλείφονται, δικαιοσύνη τε αἰώνιος καταγγέλλεται (παρὰ) τὴν ἐκ νόμου· ὁράσεις τέ καὶ προφητεῖαι μέχρις Ἰωάννου· χρίεται ἅγιος ἀγίων· πρὸ γὰρ τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος παρουσίας οὐκ ὄντα ταῦτα προσεδοκᾶτο μόνον. Ἄρξασθαι δὴ τῶν ἀριθμῶν, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν τῶν ο′ ἑβδομάδων, ἅ ἐστιν ἔτη υϛ′, ὁ ἄγγελος ὑποτίθεται ἀπὸ ἐξόδου λόγου τοῦ ἀποκριθῆναι καὶ τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι Ἱερουσαλήμ· συνέβη δὲ ταῦτα ἐπὶ Ἀρταξέρξου Περσῶν βασιλεύοντος εἰκοστῷ ἔτει. Νεεμίας γὰρ ὁ τούτου οἰνοχόος δεηθεὶς ἀποκρίσεώς τε ἔτυχεν οἰκοδομηθῆναι Ἱερουσαλὴμ, καὶ λόγος ἐξῆλθεν κελεύων ταῦτα· μέχρι γὰρ ἐκείνου τοῦ χρόνου ἡ πόλις ἠρήμωτο. Κύρου γὰρ μετὰ τὴν ἑβδομηκονταετίαν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῶν βουλομένων ἕκαστον ἑκουσιαστὶ καταπέμψαντος, οἱ μετὰ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου ἱερέως καὶ Ζοροβάβελ κατελθόντες, καὶ οἱ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἅμα Ἔζρᾳ, τὸν νεὼν οἰκοδομεῖν ἐκωλύοντο τὰ πρῶτα, καὶ τεῖχος τῇ πόλει περιβαλεῖν, ὡς οὐ κεκελευσμένου τούτου. Ἐμεινεν οὖν ἕως Νεεμίου καὶ βασιλείας Ἀρταξέρξου εἰκοσαετοῦς, Περσῶν δὲ ἡγεμονίας πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ καὶ ἑκατοστῷ, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ἁλώσεως Ἱερουσαλὴμ ρπε′ ἔτη· καὶ τότε βασιλεὺς Ἀρταξέρξης ἐκέλευσεν οἰκοδομηθῆναι τὴν πόλιν, Νεεμίας τε καταπεμφθεὶς τοῦ ἔργου προέστη, ἡ δὲ οἰκοδομὴ πλατεία καὶ περὶ τεῖχος, ὡς προεφητεύθη· κἀκεῖθεν ἀριθμοῦσιν ἡμῖν ο′ ἑβδομάδες εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν συντελοῦνται. Εἰ γὰρ ἄλλοθέν ποθεν ἀριθμεῖν ἀρξαίμεθα καὶ οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν, οὔτε ὁ χρόνος συνδραμεῖται, καὶ πλεῖστα ἄτοπα ἀπαντήσει· ἐάν τε γὰρ ἀπὸ Κύρου καὶ τῆς πρώτης καταπομπῆς τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιησώμεθα τῆς ἀριθμήσεως τῶν ο′ ἑβδομάδων, ἔτη ρ′ καὶ προσέτι περισσεύει, πλείων δὲ χρόνος, εἰ ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας τῷ Δανιὴλ ὁ ἄγγελος προεφήτευσεν, πολλῷ δὲ πλείων, εἰ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας· εὑρίσκομεν γὰρ τὴν Περσῶν βασιλείαν ἔτεσιν σλ′ περιγραφομένην, τήν τε Μακεδόνων εἰς ἔτη τ′ παρατείνασαν, κἀκεῖθεν ἐπὶ τὸ Τιβερίου Καίσαρος ἔτος ἑκκαιδέκατον εἰς ἔτη ξ′· ἀπὸ δὲ Ἀρταξέρξου ο′ ἑβδομάδες εἰς τὸν ἐπὶ Χριστοῦ συντελοῦνται χρόνον κατὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίων ἀριθμούς. Ἀπὸ γὰρ Νεεμίου, ὃς ὑπὸ Ἀρταξέρξου τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἀνοικίσων ἐπέμφθη, ἔτει πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ καὶ ἑκαστοστῷ τῆς Περσῶν βασιλείας, αὐτοῦ τε Ἀρταξέρξου βασιλείας εἰκοστῷ ἔτει καὶ Ὀλυμπιάδος ὀγδοηκοστῆς τρίτης ἔτει τετάρτῳ, ἐπὶ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, ὃς ἦν Ὀλυμπιάδος διακοσιοστῆς δευτέρας ἔτος δεύτερον, Τιβερίου δὲ Καίσαρος ἡγεμονίας ἔτος ἑκκαιδέκατον, ἔτη συνάγεται υοε′, ἅπερ Ἑβραϊκὰ τετρακόσια ἐνενήκοντα ἔτη γίνεται κατὰ τὸν σεληναῖον μῆνα τοὺς ἐνιαυτοὺς ἐκείνων ἐξαριθμουμένων, ὅς ἐστιν, ὡς πρόχειρον εἰπεῖν, ἡμερῶν εἰκόσι ἐννέα ἥμισυ· οὕτως τοῦ κύκλου ὑπάρχοντος ἡμερῶν τξε′ τετάρτου τὴν κατὰ σελήνην δωδεκάμηνον παραλλάσσειν ἡμέραις ἑνδέκα καὶ τετάρτῳ. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Ἕλληνες καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι τρεῖς μῆνας ἐμβολίμους ἔτεσιν ὀκτὼ παρεμβάλλουσιν· ὀκτάκι γὰρ τὰ ἔνδεκα καὶ τέταρτον ποιεῖ τρίμηνον. Τὰ τοίνυν υοε′ ἔτη ὀκταετηρίδες γίνονται νθ′ καὶ μῆνες γ′, ὡς τριμήνου δὲ ἐμβολίμου τῇ ὀκταετίᾳ, γίνονται ἔτη πεντεκαίδεκα ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν ἀποδέοντα γίνεται· ταῦτα δὲ πρὸς τοῖς (υ)οε′ ἔτεσιν αἱ ο′ ἑβδομάδες συντελοῦνται. Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ προδηλωθεὶς ἀνὴρ εἰς τοὺς τόπους ἐπιβέβληκεν· φέρε δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς μετὰ τὴν ἀποδοθεῖσαν ἑρμηνείαν ἴδωμεν, εἰ οἷόν τε καὶ ἑτέρως τοῖς τόποις ἐπιβαλεῖν, ὡς ἂν μὴ δοκοῖμεν τοὺς ἀπὸ Κύρου καὶ ἐπὶ Ἀρταξέρξην ὑποκλέπτοντες χρόνους βιαιοτέραν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀπόδοσιν, καὶ ἄλλως μὴ δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν παριστάναι δοκεῖν τῆς τῶν ἑπτὰ ἑβδομάδων καὶ τῶν ξβ′ διαιρέσεως, ἥν ὁ θεῖος λόγος πάντως ποῦ μετά τινος εὐλόγου διανοίας καὶ βαθυτάτης συνέσεως πεποίηται φήσας, καὶ γνώσῃ καὶ συνήσεις ἀπὸ ἐξόδου λόγου τοῦ ἀποκριθῆναι καὶ τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἕως χριστοῦ ἡγουμένου ἑβδομάδες ζ′, καὶ ἑβομάδες ξβ′ καὶ ἐπιστρέψει καὶ οἰκοδομηθήσεται πλατεία καὶ τεῖχος. Ὅρα δὴ εἰ μὴ ἀβίαστος γένοιτʼ ἂν ἡμῖν ἡ διήγησις ἐξ αὐτοῦ Κύρου, καθʼ ὃν ὁ Δανιὴλ προφητεύει, τοὺς χρόνους ἀπαριθμουμένοις. Οὗτος γὰρ οὖν πρῶτος τὴν περὶ τοῦ ἀνεγεῖραι τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἀπόκρισιν ἐξενήνοχε κατὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ Ἔζρᾳ γραφὴν, τοῦτον ἔχουσαν τὸν τρόπον· Καὶ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ ἔτει Κύρου βασιλέως Περσῶν, τοῦ τελεσθῆναι λόγον Κυρίου ἀπὸ στόματος Ἱερεμίου, ἐξήγειρε Κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα Κύρου βασιλέως Περσῶν, καὶ παρήγγειλε φωνὴν ἐν πάσῃ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ, καί γε ἐγγράπτως, λέγων, Οὕτως εἶπεν Κύρος ὁ βασιλεὺς Περσῶν· Πάσας τὰς βασιλείας τῆς γῆς παρέδωκέ μοι Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπεσκέψατο ἐπʼ ἐμὲ τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι αὐτῷ οἶκον ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ τῇ ἐν Ἰουδαίᾳ. Τίς ἐν ὑμῖν ἀπὸ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ; καὶ ἔσται ὁ Θεὸς αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναβήσεται εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ· καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· οἷς ἐπιφέρεται· Καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Κύρος ἐξήνεγκε τὰ σκεύη οἴκου Κύριου, ἃ ἔλαβεν Ναβουχοδονόσορ ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὰ ἐν οἴκῳ Θεοῦ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἐξήνεγκεν αὐτὰ Κύρος ὁ βασιλεὺς Περσῶν ἐπὶ χεῖρα Μιθριδάτου καὶ ἠρίθμησεν αὐτὰ τῷ Σαμανασσὰρ ἄρχοντι τοῦ Ἰούδα. Ἐπὶ τούτοις ἱστορεῖ ἡ γραφὴ ὡς ἀνελθόντες οἱ πρῶτοι καταβάλλονται τοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ θεμελίους, καὶ ὡς εἴργονταί γε ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ χρόνῳ τῆς σπουδῆς, ἕως ἐπὶ ἑβδόμην ἐτῶν ἑβδομάδα· τεσσαράκοντα γοῦν καὶ ἓξ ἔτη ἀπὸ Κύρου καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ Δαρείου ἕκτον ἔτος περιγράφεται, ἐν ᾧ πέρας ἴσχει τὰ τῆς τοῦ ναοῦ οἰκοδομῆς· ὅθεν εἰκότως ἀπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν ἑβδομάδας ζ′ τὰς πρώτας ὁ λόγος ἀφωρίσατο, τὸν μεταξὺ χρόνον τῆς πρώτης καταβολῆς τῶν τοῦ ναοῦ θεμελίων καὶ τῆς εἰς ἄκρον αὐτοῦ ἀναπληρώσεως ἐμφῆναι βουλόμενος. Κύρος μὲν γὰρ ἔτη τριάκοντα καὶ ἓν βασιλεύσας, Καμβύσῃ τῷ παιδὶ παραδίδωσι τὴν ἀρχήν· οὗ ἐπὶ ἐννέα διαγενομένου ἔτεσι, Δαρεῖος τὴν βασιλείαν παραλαβὼν, αὖθις μετὰ Κύρον διὰ τοῦ προγράμματος τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ οἰκοδομηθῆναι προστάττει. Καὶ δὴ κατὰ τὸ ἕκτον αὐτοῦ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἔτος, ὅπερ ἦν ἀπὸ Κύρου τεσσαρακοστὸν καὶ ἕκτον, τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς ἀποπληροῦται· ὅθεν ὁρμώμενοι τῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν ἔλεγον, μʼ καὶ ἓξ ἔτεσιν ᾠκοδομήθη ὁ ναὸς οὗτος, καὶ σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν; Κατὰ δὲ τὸν Ἰώσηπον οʼ (θʼ) καὶ μʼ ἔτη ἀκριβῶς τὰ ἀπὸ Κύρου ἐπὶ τὸ Δαρείου ἔνατον ἔτος συνάγεται, ἐν ᾧ τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι τῇ τοῦ ναοῦ οἰκοδομῇ ἐν τῷ ἑνδεκάτῳ τῆς Ἀρχαιολογίας φησὶν αὐτολεξεὶ δηλῶν οἰκοδομηθήσεσθαι τὸν ναὸν ζ′ μηνὶ τοῦ ἐνάτου τῆς ἐπὶ Δαρείου βασιλείας ἔτους· οἷς καὶ ἐπιφέρει λέγων, κατῴκισαν δὲ ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις πολιτείᾳ χρώμενοι ἀριστοχρατ[ορ]ικῇ μετὰ ὀλιγαρχίας· οἱ γὰρ ἱερεῖς προεστήκεσαν τῶν πραγμάτων, ἄχρι οὗ τοὺς Ἀσαμωναίου συνέβη βασιλεύειν ἐγγόνους. Ἅιδε μὲν οὖν αἱ ἐν τῇ προφητείᾳ φερόμεναι ζ′ ἑβδομάδες εἰς τὸ προδεδηλωμένον ἔτος Δαρείου περιοριζόμεναι, πρόδηλοι οὖν διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν τῶν (τὸν) ἀπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀφορισμὸν εἰλήφασιν. Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς ξβʼ ἐπὶ ποίους περιορίζονται χρόνους. Τὸ μὲν δὴ ἔνατον ἔτος Δαρείου κατὰ τὴν ἑβδόμην καὶ ἑξηκοστὴν Ὀλυμπιάδα ἐκ τῆς τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι χρονογράφων παρίσταται ἱστορίας· ἀπὸ δὴ οὖν ταύτης ἐπὶ τὴν ἑκατοστὴν ἑκκαιδεκάτην Ὀλυμπιάδα, καθʼ ἥν Σέλευκος μετὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου τελευτὴν Συρίας ἀπάσης καὶ Βαβυλωνίας ἐκράτησεν, ἔτη γίνεται σʼ· ἐντεῦθεν δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν τελευτὴν Σίμωνος Ἰουδαίων ἀρχιερέως τῆς κατὰ Συρίαν ἀρχῆς ζ′ καὶ ο′ καὶ ρ′ διαγενέσθαι ἡ πρώτη τῶν καλουμένων Μακκαβαϊκῶν σημαίνει γραφὴ, μέχρι τούτου περιγράφουσα τὴν ἱστορίαν· πάλιν δʼ ἐντεῦθεν τὰς τῶν ἱερέων διαδοχὰς ἀκριβέστατα ἐπισημαινόμενος ὁ Ἰώσηπος μετὰ Σίμωνα τὸν προδεδηλωμένον φησὶ καθηγήσασθαι τοῦ λαοῦ Ἰωάννην τὸν καὶ Ὑρκανὸν ἔτεσιν θ′ καὶ κ′· τοῦτον δὲ διαδέξασθαι Ἀριστόβουλον, ὃν καὶ βασιλεῦσαι ἐνιαυτόν· μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἀλέξανδρος ἔτεσι κζʼ, μεθʼ ὃν τὴν γυναῖκα Ἀλεξάνδραν, ἐφʼ ἣν τὰ πάντα ἀπὸ ἐνάτου ἔτους Δαρείου ἔτη συνάγεται υλδ′, ὅποσα δʼ ἂν γένοιτο ἐκ τῶν ξβʼ ἑβδομάδων ἐν αἷς οἱ χριστοὶ ἡγούμενοι, οὗτοι δʼ ἂν εἶεν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Κύρου τῶν τοῦ ἔθνους προέστησαν πραγμάτων· πρόδηλον γὰρ ἀπό τε τῆς ἱερᾶς γραφῆς, οὐ μὲν (μὴν) ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν προτεθεισῶν τοῦ Ἰωσήπου φωνῶν, ὡς ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἀπὸ Βαβυλῶνος ἐπάνοδον, ἐξ αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ ἱερέως τοῦ μεγάλου ἡγεμόσι καὶ ἄρχουσι τοῖς κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἐχρῶντο, μέχρι ὧν ὁ Ἰώσηπος ὀνομάζει Ἀσαμωνίου παίδων, οὓς ἡ γραφὴ Μακκαβαίους ὠνόμασεν, ὧν πρῶτος ἀρχιεράτευσεν Ἰούδας ὁ Μακκαβαῖος ἐπικληθεὶς, ὃς καὶ καθηγήσατο τοῦ λαοῦ τοὺς Ἀντιόχου τροπωσάμενος στρατηγούς· μεθʼ ὃν Ἰωνάθης ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ ὁμοῦ τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην καὶ τὴν τοῦ λαοῦ διαλαμβάνει προστασίαν· καὶ αὖθις τούτου ἀδελφὸς Σίμων ἀρχιερεὺς, μεθʼ ὃν Ὑρκανὸς, μεθʼ ὃν Ἰούδας, ὁ καὶ Ἀριστόβουλος, διαδέχεται· καὶ πρῶτος ἐπὶ τῇ ἀρχιερωσύνῃ καὶ βασιλείᾳ περιέθετο διάδημα· μεθʼ ὃν τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην ὁμοῦ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν παραλαβὼν Ἀλέξανδρος ἐπὶ διαδόχῳ γυναικὶ τελευτᾷ· ἐν ᾧ τῶν ἐν τῷ Δανιὴλ συμπερασθεισῶν ἑβδομάδων οἱ ἐξ ἱερέων ἄρχοντες χριστοὶ προσαγορευόμενοι διαλείπουσιν· ὥστε δηλοῦν τὸ φάσκον λόγιον, ἕως χριστοῦ ἡγουμένου, τόσασδε ἔσεσθαι ἑβδομάδας· ὡσεὶ σαφέστερον εἰρήκει, θ′ καὶ ξ′ διελεύσεσθαι ἐτῶν ἑβδομάδας, τοῦτʼ ἔστι χρόνωνί(ον) γ′ καὶ π′ καὶ υ′ ἐτῶν, ἐν ᾧ χριστός τις καὶ ἀρχιερεὺς κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἡγούμενος τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ προστήσεται πραγμάτων. Καὶ δὴ παντί τῳ σαφὲς ἐκ τῶν προπαρατεθέντων ἡμῖν, ὡς τοσοῦτος ἐτῶν ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀπὸ Κύρου καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν τελευτὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ ὑστάτου αὐτῶν ἡγησαμένου ἀρχιερέως παρίσταται· μεθʼ ὃν μόνη τῶν πώποτε τὸ τηνικαῦτα γυνὴ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους βασιλείαν διαλαμβάνει, ἑξ ἧς ὁμοῦ τά τε τῆς Ἰουδαίων ἡγεμονίας, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἐκ προγόνων εὐσταθῶς προϊούσης ἀρχιερωσύνης συγχεῖται. Διαλαβοῦσα γοῦν ἡ προδεδηλωμένη τὴν ἀρχὴν, τὴν μὲν ἀρχιερωσύνην Ὑρκανῷ τῷ παιδὶ δίδωσιν, αὐτὴ δὲ τὴν βασιλείαν ἔτη θ′ κατασχοῦσα τελευτᾷ· μεθʼ ἣν Ἀριστόβουλος, ἕτερος αὐτὸς πλεῖστα στασιάσας πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν, ἐκεῖνον μὲν τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην ἀφαιρεῖται, αὐτὸς δὲ πρὸς ταύτῃ καὶ τῆς βασιλείας μετὰ τρίτον ἔτος ἀποπίπτει· Ῥωμαίων γὰρ αὐτίκα στρατηγὸς Πομπήϊος ἐπιστὰς, τὴν μὲν Ἱερουσαλὴμ κατὰ κράτος πολιορκεῖ, μιαίνει τε τὰ ἅγια μέχρι τῶν ἀδύτων τοῦ ἱεροῦ προελθὼν, τὸν δὲ Ἀριστόβουλον δέσμιον ἐπὶ Ῥώμης ἅμα τέκνοις ἀναπέμπει· μεθʼ ὃν καὶ τοῦ Ὑρκανοῦ ὑπὸ Πάρθων αἰχμαλώτου ἀχθέντος, τὴν κατὰ Ἰουδαίων βασιλείαν πρῶτος ἐξ ἐθνῶν Ἡρώδης παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου Ῥωμαίων ἐγχειρίζεται· ὡς μὲν ὁ Ἰώσηπος παραδίδωσιν, Ἰδουμαῖος κατὰ πατέρα τὸ γένος ὢν, Ἀράβιος δὲ κατὰ μήτερα· ὡς δʼ ὁ Ἀφρικανὸς, οὗ μικρῷ πρόσθεν ἐμνήσθημεν, φασὶν οἱ τὰ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀκριβοῦντες Ἀντίπατρον, (τοῦτον δʼ εἶναι αὐτῷ πατέρα, ) Ἡρώδου τινὸς Ἀσκαλωνίτου τῶν περὶ τὸν νεῶ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἱεροδούλων γεγονέναι. Εἰς δὴ οὖν τὸν τοιοῦτον τῆς Ἰουδαίων περιελθούσης ἀρχῆς, ἐν τα αὐτῷ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων προφητῶν καὶ ἡ παρὰ Μωσεῖ φερομένη τοῦ Ἰακωβ πληροῦται πρόρρησις, οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἄρχων ἐξ Ἰούδα φήσασα, καὶ ἡγούμενος ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν αὐτοῦ, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ᾧ ἀπόκειται· καὶ αὐτὸς προσδοκία ἐθνῶν· καὶ πρόδηλόν γε ἔκ τε τῶν ἱστοριῶν, καὶ τῶν ἡμῖν παρατεθέντων, ὅτι δὴ μέχρις Ἡρώδου, καθʼ ὃν ὁ Χριστὸς γεγέννηται, οὐ διελειπεν ἡ ἐξ αὐτῶν Ἑβραίων κατὰ διαδοχὴν τοῦ παντὸς ἔθνους ἡγησαμένων ἀρχή· πρώτου δὲ τὸ γένος ἀλλοφύλου βασιλεύσαντος αὐτῶν· Ἡρώδου, αὐτίκα μὲν καὶ ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσία πληροῦται, καὶ ἡ τῶν ἐθνῶν προθεσπισθεῖσα προσδοκία διὰ τῆς εἰς πᾶν ἔθνος διαδραμούσης τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν διδασκαλίας ἔργῳ συντελεῖσθαι ἤρξατο· τότε καὶ ἡ ἐν τῷ Δανιὴλ μετὰ τὰς διαληφθείσας ἡμῖν ἑβδομάδας πρόρρησις ἐπεσφραγίζετο, φάσκουσα, καὶ μετὰ τὰς ἑβδομάδας τὰς ξβ′ ἐξολοθρευθήσεται χρίσμα, καὶ κρίμα οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ· καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον· διαφθερεῖ σὺν τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τῷ ἐρχομένῳ· καὶ κοπήσονται ἐν κατακλυσμῷ, καὶ ἕως τέλους πολέμου συντετμημένου ἀφανισμοῖς. Τίνα μὲν οὖν τρόπον ἡ τῶν προρρηθεισῶν ἑβδομάδων τῶν τε προτέρων νζ′, καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ ταύταις ξβ′, προφητεία, ἐν αἷς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ γένους διαδοχὴν προσήκει διαλαμβάνειν, καὶ τῇ μέχρι τῶν Ἡρώδου χρόνων ἱστορίᾳ δηλούσῃ τοὺς κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἀρχιερεῖς διὰ πάσης χριστός τις καὶ ἀρχιερεὺς ἡγεῖτο τοῦ λαοῦ, ὡς διὰ τουτὶ εἰρῆσθαι τῷ χρησμῷ τὸ, ἕως χριστοῦ ἡγουμένου, πέρας εἴληφεν εἰς τοὺς κατὰ Ἡρώδην χρόνους, ὡς δύναμις ἡμῖν, δεδήλωται· πῶς δʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις μετὰ τὴν συμπλήρωσιν τοῦ προδηλωθέντος τῶν ἑβδομάδων χρόνου ἐξωλοθρεύθη χρίσμα, ὅτι μὴ κρίμα ἦν ἐν αὐτῷ, ὥσπερ δʼ οὖν τὸ λόγιον μηνύει, σημαῖνον ὅτι μετὰ κρίσεως εὐλόγου τὸ χρίσμα τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην ἐπὶ τοῦ δηλουμένου καιροῦ συντελεσθήσεται, σαφὲς ἂν γένοιτο τοῖς ἐπιστήσασι τῇ τε τοῦ νόμου διατάξει, (ἐν ᾗ διὰ βίου μέχρις αὐτῆς τελευτῆς προστέτακται τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην τοὺς οἷς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ γένους διαδοχὴν προσήκει διαλαμβάνειν, ) καὶ τῇ μέχρι τῶν Ἡρώδου χρόνων ἱστορίᾳ, δηλούσῃ τοὺς κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἀρχιερεῖς διὰ πάσης τῆς αὐτῶν ζωῆς ἀκολούθως τῇ περὶ αὐτῶν νομοθεσίᾳ τῆς τιμῆς ἠξιῶσθαι, ὅπως τε κατʼ αὐτὸν Ἡρώδην οὐ μόνον τὰ τῆς τοιαύτης περὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς διαταγῆς συγχεῖταί τε καὶ διαφθείρεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἁγίας στολῆς, ἣν ὑπομόνον ἐξῆν εἶναι τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅτι μὴ δʼ ἑτέρῳ ἢ αὐτῷ μόνῳ ἐν ταύτῃ λειτουργεῖν ἐξὸν ἦν, τὴν ἐξουσίαν αὐτοὺς Ἡρώδης ἀφελόμενος, ὑφʼ ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ταῦτα ἀλλόφυλος ὢν, ποιεῖται. Εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ τούτων παραθέσθαι ἐλέγχους, δέχου δὴ τοῦ μάρτυρος τὰς φωνὰς (ἃς) ὁ ἐξ αὐτῶν Ἑβραίων Ἰώσηπος, τῆς τῶν ἱερέων καὶ αὐτὸς ἠξιωμένος τιμῆς, καὶ γένους τοῦ παρʼ αὐτοῖς διαφανεστάτου, ἐν εἰκοστῷ τῆς Ἀρχαιολογίας κατατέθειται συγγράμματι. Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς τῶν ἀρχιερέων παρατροπῆς ὧδέ πως κατὰ λέξιν γράφει· Τὴν δὲ βασιλείαν Ἡρώδης παρὰ (Ῥω)μαίων ἐγχειρισθεὶς, οὐκέτι τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ Ἀσαμωναίου γένους καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς, ἀλλά τισιν ἀσήμοις καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἱερέων οὖσιν, πλὴν ἑνὸς Ἀριστοβούλου, τὴν τιμὴν ἀπένεμεν· τὸν δὲ Ἀριστόβουλον Ὑρκανοῦ τοῦ ἀπὸ Παρθῶν αἰχμαλωσιασθέντος υἱὸν ὄντα καταστήσας ἀρχιερέα, τῇ ἀδελφῇ αὐτοῦ συνώκησεν Μαριάμμῃ, τὴν τοῦ πλήθους πρὸς ἑαυτὸν θηρώμενος εὔνοιαν διὰ τὴν Ὑρκανοῦ μνήμην· εἶτα φοβηθεὶς μὴ πρὸς τὸν Ἀριστόβουλον πάντες ἀποκλίνωσιν, ἀνεῖλεν αὐτὸν ἐν Ἰεριχῷ, πνιγῆναι μηχανησάμενος κολυμβῶντα, καθὼς ἤδη δεδηλώκαμεν. Μετὰ τοῦτον οὐκέτι τοῖς ἐγγόνοις τῶν Ἀσαμωναίου παίδων τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην ἐπίστευσεν· ἔπραξεν δὲ ὅμοια τῷ Ἡρώδῃ περὶ τῆς καταστάσεως τῶν ἀρχιερέων Ἀρχέλαός τε ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον τὴν ἀρχὴν Ῥωμαῖοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων παραλαβόντες. Ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τούτων ὁ Ἰώσηπος· περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀρχιερατικῆς στολῆς ἐν τῷ ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς Ἀρχαιολογίας ταῦτα ἱστορεῖ· Ἡρώδης δὲ βασιλεύσας τήν τε βάριν ταύτην ἐν ἐπιτηδείῳ κειμένην κατασκευάσας πολυτελῶς, Ἀντωνίαν καλεῖ ὄνομα, καὶ τὴν στολὴν τὴν ἀρχιερατικὴν ὥσπερ καὶ λαμβάνει τῇδε κειμένην κατεῖχεν, πιστεύων οὐδὲν νεωτεριεῖν ἐπʼ αὐτῷ τὸν λαὸν διʼ αὐτήν. Ἔπρασσε δὲ τὰ ὅμοια τῷ Ἡρώδῃ καὶ ὁ ἐπικατασταθεὶς αὐτῷ βασιλεὺς Ἀρχέλαος. υἱὸς ὢν, παρʼ οὖ Ῥωμαῖοι διαδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐκράτουν τῆς στολῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ἀποκειμένης ἐν οἴκῳ λίθου οἰκοδομηθέντι ὑπὸ σφραγῖδι. Ἐκ δὴ τούτων ἀναμφίλεκτος γένοιτʼ ἂν ἀπόδειξις, ὅτι δὴ κατὰ τοὺς δηλουμένους χρόνους τὰ τῆς προφητείας περιγραφῆς ἔτυχεν· εἰ δὲ μὴ συνομολόγοιεν τούτοις οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, αἰτητέον αὐτοὺς ἑτέραν παρὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν τῆς γραφῆς διήγησιν, καὶ δεικτέον ὡς ἄρα κατʼ αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς ἀνάγκη τὰς τοῦ τηλικούτου Γαβριὴλ ἀπελέγχεσθαι προρρήσεις, εἰ μηδὲν τῶν προαναπεφωνημένων ἐξ ἐκείνου καὶ εἰς δεῦρο χιλίων ἤδη πλησιαζόντων ἐτῶν γεγένηται· ἀλλʼ ἡμῖν γε σαφῶς ἀληθὴς ὁ λόγος ἀποδείκνυται κατὰ τὰς ἀβιάστως παρατεθείσας ἡμῖν διηγήσεις, αἷς ἀκολούθως εὐχερὲς ἀποδοῦναι τίνα τρόπον καὶ ἡ μετὰ πάσας ὑστάτη ἐπιφερομένη ἑβδομὰς μία ἐνεδυνάμωσεν διαθήκην πολλοῖς, τὴν καινὴν διαθήκην τοῦ σωτηρίου κηρύγματος, τὴν ἐπὶ πᾶσαν διαδοθεῖσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, καὶ οὐκέτι μὲν ἑνὶ μόνῳ τῷ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνει, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ πλείοσι κηρυχθεῖσαν, ὥστʼ ἂν διὰ τοῦτο εἰρῆσθαι καὶ τὸ, δυναμώσει διαθήκην πολλοῖς ἐβδομὰς μία. Ἐπιστῆσαι δὲ εὔλογον, ὅτι μὴ ἑξῆς ταῖς λοιπαῖς ἑβδομάσιν ἡ τελευταία ἑβδομὰς μία συνῆπται, ἥν φησιν ὁ λόγος δυναμώσειν διαθήκην τοῖς πολλοῖς· οὐ γὰρ ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ζ′ καὶ ξβ′ ἑβδομάδων καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς μιᾶς πεποίηκεν· ἐπʼ ἐκείνων μὲν γὰρ διελὼν τοῦ παντὸς χρόνου τὸν ἀριθμὸν εἰς τε τὰς ζ′ καὶ ἑξῆς τὰς ξβ′ ἑβδομάδας συνημμένην πεποίηται τὴν διαίρεσιν, ταῖς ζ′ τὰς ξβ′ συνάψας, καὶ μηδένα χρόνον μὴ δὲ πρᾶξιν μεταξὺ καταλιπὼν, ὅτι μὴ δʼ ἐμφέρεταί τι διάλειμμα χρόνου διαιροῦν καὶ διαζευγνύον τὸ συνημμένον τῆς κατʼ ἐκείνας τὰς ἑβδομάδας ἱστορίας· ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς ἐπιφερομένης ἑβδομάδος μιᾶς μακρά τις καὶ ἀπεσχοινισμένη τυγχάνει διαστολή. Μετὰ γὰρ τὰς ἑβδομάδας τὰς ξβ′, πρῶτον φησὶν ἐξολοθρευθήσεται χρίσμα, καὶ κρίμα οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ, ὃ καὶ πρόδηλον τίνα τρόπον πέρας εἴληφεν ἐπὶ τῶν Ἡρώδου χρόνων· εἶτα φησὶ, καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον διαφθερεῖ σὺν τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τῷ ἐρχομένῳ. Τίς δὲ διαφθερεῖ ἢ τῶν ψυχῶν ὁ διαφθορεὺς διάβολος; Τίς δὲ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἡγούμενος, ἢ ὁ ἐξ ἐθνῶν πρῶτος αὐτῶν ἡγησάμενος Ἡρώδης, καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτὸν εἰς δεῦρο τὴν κατὰ Ἰουδαίων ἡγεμονίαν διειληφότες; Ὥσπερ γʼ οὖν τοὺς πάλαι αὐτῶν ἡγουμένους ἀρχιερεῖς χριστὸν ἡγούμενον αἰνιγματωδῶς προσεῖπεν ἡ προφητεία, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τοὺς μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνων κατάπαυσιν ἐξ ἐθνῶν αὐτῶν ἄρξαντας ἐρχόμενον ἡγούμενον προσηγόρευσεν, φήσασα, καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον διαφθερεῖ σὺν τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τῷ ἐρχομένῳ· ὅπερ σαφέστερον ὁ Ἀκύλας ἐκδέδωκε ποιήσας, καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον διαφθερεῖ λαὸς ἡγουμένου ἐρχομένου. Καὶ πρόδηλον ὅπως ὁ λαὸς καὶ ὁ στρατὸς τῶν μετὰ τοὺς χριστοὺς ἡγουμένους τὴν κατὰ Ἰουδαίων ἀρχὴν διαδεξαμένων ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἡγουμένων, νόμοις ἐθνῶν χρώμενος, καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον διέφθειρεν, καὶ ὁ κατὰ διάνοιαν δὲ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡγούμενος φθορεὺς σὺν τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τῷ κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν ἐληλυθότι πᾶσαν φθορὰν ἐνηργήσατο αὐτῷ τε πρότερον τῷ λαῷ, καὶ τοῖς τὴν πόλιν ἐνοικοῦσι πολίταις, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῷ ναῷ καὶ τῇ πάλαι συντελουμένῃ ἐν αὐτῷ λατρείᾳ. Καὶ ταύτην γε αἰτίαν τῆς παραυτίκα γεγενημένης τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας προσημαῖνόν που θεῖον λόγιον φησὶν, Κύριος ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ διέκυψεν ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τοῦ ἰδεῖν εἰ ἔστι συνιῶν, ἢ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν. Πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρειώθησαν, οὐκ ἔστι ποιῶν χρηστότητα οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός. Εἶθʼ ὡς διεφθορότων τῶν προδεδηλωμένων τὰ διαληψόμενα αὐτοὺς προδιδάσκων ὁ λόγος φησὶ, καὶ κοπήσονται ἐν τῷ κατακλυσμῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτόν γε κοπήσονται, ἕως τέλους πολέμου συντετμημένου ἀφανισμοῖς· ἔτι δὲ τούτων συντελουμένων τε καὶ ἐνεργουμένων, καὶ δυναμώσει διαθήκην πολλοῖς ἑβδομὰς μία. Αὕτη δʼ ἂν εἴη ἡ τοῦ σωτηρίου κηρύγματος, διʼ οὗ τῆς καινῆς τὴν παράδοσιν διαθήκης ὁ Σωτὴρ καὶ Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ἐν πολλοῖς τοῖς μαθητευθεῖσιν αὐτῷ ἐνεδυνάμωσε· τότε μὲν πρὸ τοῦ πάθους συνὼν αὐτοῖς καὶ συμπολιτευόμενος, τότε δὲ καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάληψιν διʼ ἡμερῶν μ′ ὀπτανόμενος αὐτοῖς καὶ συναλιζόμενος, καὶ λέγων τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ· διὸ καὶ παρήγγελλεν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ Ἰεροσολύμων μὴ χωρίζεσθαι. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς ἑβδομάδος ἐν τῷ ἡμίσει διʼ ἣν πέπονθεν ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων ἐπιβουλὴν καὶ τὰ ἀκόλουθα τῆς θείας ἐπληρώθη προρρήσεως, ἀμφὶ γοὖν τὰ τρία ἥμισυ ἔτη κηρύξας, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν εὐαγγελίων παρίσταται γραφῆς· διὸ εἴρηται, καὶ εν τῷ ἡμίσει τῆς ἑβδομάδος ἀρθήσεται θυσία καὶ σπονδή· καὶ σαφές γε ὅπως ἅμα τῷ πάθει δυνάμει ἤρθη ἐξ αὐτῶν θυσία καὶ σπονδή· ὅτε κατὰ μὲν τὴν τῶν εὐαγγελίων γραφὴν τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη ἀπὸ ἄνωθεν ἕως κατω· κατὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ Ἰωσήπου ἱστορίαν, Ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πεντηκοστῇ νύκτωρ οἱ ἱερεῖς παρελθόντες εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν, ὥσπερ αὐτοῖς ἔθος ἦν, πρὸς τὰς λειτουργίας, πρῶτον μὲν κινήσεως ἔφασαν ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι καὶ κτύπου, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα φωνῆς ἀθρόας, μεταβαίνομεν(ωμεν) ἐντεῦθεν. Ταῦτα δὲ κατὰ λέξιν καὶ ἕτερα τούτοις παραπλήσια ταῖς ἱστορίαις παραδοὺς ὁ Ἰώσηπος συμβάλοιτʼ ἂν ἡμῖν εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ δυνάμει λελύσθαι τε καὶ καθῃρῆσθαι μετὰ τὸ σωτήριον πάθος τὰ τῆς τοῦ λαοῦ σωματικῆς λατρείας. Οἶδα δὲ καὶ ἄλλην εἰς τὴν ἑβδομάδα τὴν δυναμώσασαν διαθήκην πολλοῖς ἀποδοθεῖσαν ἑρμηνείαν· ταύτην γὰρ εἰς τὴν ἐν δεκάσιν. ἑβδομάδα μεταλαβὼν ὁ λόγος παρίστη τὸν σύμπαντα τῶν ἀποστόλων χρόνον εἰς ἐβδομηκονταετίαν συντείνειν, ἐν ᾗ τὸ κήρυγμα τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης οὐκέτι ἐνὶ, ἀλλὰ πολλοῖς ἔθνεσι κηρυχθὲν εἰς πᾶσαν ἐνεδυναμώθη τὴν οἰκουμένην· καὶ γὰρ οὖν ἐκ τῶν ἱστοριῶν δείκνυται Ἰωάννης ὁ τοῦ Κυρίου μαθητὴς μετὰ τὴν ἀνάληψιν αὐτοῦ ἔτεσιν ἐπιβιοὺς ο′, μέχρι γὰρ τῆς Τραϊανοῦ λόγος ἔχει παραμεῖναι αὐτὸν βασιλείας, κατά τε ταύτην τὴν διήγησιν πρόδηλον ὅπως ἐν τῷ ἡμίσει ταύτης τῆς ἐν δεκάσιν ἑβδομάδος ἤρθη θυσία καὶ σπονδὴ, καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως ἔστη ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ. Τὰ γοὖν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἀναστάσεως ἐπὶ τὴν ὑστάτην κατὰ Οὐεσπασιανὸν πολιορκίαν εἰς ἔτη πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα συντείνει· ἅπερ ἂν γένοιτο τῆς ἀποδοθείσης ἑβδομάδος τὸ ἥμισυ· ὅτε καὶ παντελῆ τὴν διὰ πυρὸς φθορὰν καὶ κατασκαφὴν τοῦ πάλαι ἱεροῦ καὶ ἁγίου νεῶ πεπονθότος ἐπισφράγισμα εἴληφεν· καὶ τὸ, ἀρθήσεται θυσία καὶ σπονδὴ, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἱερὸν βδέλυγμα τῶν ἐρημώσεων· ὅπερ βδέλυγμα ἐρημώσεως μέχρι συντελείας βίου παραμεῖναι δηλοῖ τὸ λόγιον, φάσκον, καὶ ἕως συντελείας καιροῦ συντέλεια δοθήσεται ἐπὶ τὴν ἐρήμωσιν. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἐπιτεμόμενοι τὴν διήγησιν παρατεθείμεθα· ὥρα δὲ ἤδη μετελθεῖν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἡσαΐαν· ὃς μόνος ἀπὸ πασῆς τῆς παλαιᾶς ἡμῖν περιλέλειπται γραφῆς.

Hē men oun perikopē houtō pōs echousa polla te kai paradoxa sēmainei; nyn dʼ hōn chreia peri te tous chronous kai ta toutois synteinonta ton logon poiēsometha. Hoti men oun peri tēs tou Christou parousias legetai tauta meta hebdomadas o′ mellontos epiphainesthai, dēlon; epi gar tou Sōtēros ē apo toutou ta paraptōmata palaioutai, kai hai hamartiai syntelountai dia tēn aphesin, hai te anomiai exilasmǭ meta tōn adikiōn apaleiphontai, dikaiosynē te aiōnios katangelletai (para) tēn ek nomou; horaseis te kai prophēteiai mechris Iōannou; chrietai hagios agiōn; pro gar tēs tou Sōtēros parousias ouk onta tauta prosedokato monon. Arxasthai dē tōn arithmōn, toutʼ estin tōn o′ hebdomadōn, ha estin etē yϛ′, ho angelos hypotithetai apo exodou logou tou apokrithēnai kai tou oikodomēsai Hierousalēm; synebē de tauta epi Artaxerxou Persōn basileuontos eikostǭ etei. Neemias gar ho toutou oinochoos deētheis apokriseōs te etychen oikodomēthēnai Hierousalēm, kai logos exēlthen keleuōn tauta; mechri gar ekeinou tou chronou hē polis ērēmōto. Kyrou gar meta tēn hebdomēkontaetian tēs aichmalōsias tōn boulomenōn hekaston hekousiasti katapempsantos, hoi meta Iēsou tou megalou hiereōs kai Zorobabel katelthontes, kai hoi epi toutois hama Ezrą, ton neōn oikodomein ekōlyonto ta prōta, kai teichos tę̄ polei peribalein, hōs ou kekeleusmenou toutou. Emeinen oun heōs Neemiou kai basileias Artaxerxou eikosaetous, Persōn de hēgemonias pentekaidekatǭ kai hekatostǭ, apo de tēs halōseōs Hierousalēm rpe′ etē; kai tote basileus Artaxerxēs ekeleusen oikodomēthēnai tēn polin, Neemias te katapemphtheis tou ergou proestē, hē de oikodomē plateia kai peri teichos, hōs proephēteuthē; kakeithen arithmousin hēmin o′ hebdomades eis ton Christon syntelountai. Ei gar allothen pothen arithmein arxaimetha kai ouk enteuthen, oute ho chronos syndrameitai, kai pleista atopa apantēsei; ean te gar apo Kyrou kai tēs prōtēs katapompēs tēn archēn poiēsōmetha tēs arithmēseōs tōn o′ hebdomadōn, etē r′ kai proseti perisseuei, pleiōn de chronos, ei aphʼ hēs hēmeras tǭ Daniēl ho angelos proephēteusen, pollǭ de pleiōn, ei apʼ archēs tēs aichmalōsias; heuriskomen gar tēn Persōn basileian etesin sl′ perigraphomenēn, tēn te Makedonōn eis etē t′ parateinasan, kakeithen epi to Tiberiou Kaisaros etos hekkaidekaton eis etē x′; apo de Artaxerxou o′ hebdomades eis ton epi Christou syntelountai chronon kata tous Ioudaiōn arithmous. Apo gar Neemiou, hos hypo Artaxerxou tēn Hierousalēm anoikisōn epemphthē, etei pentekaidekatǭ kai hekastostǭ tēs Persōn basileias, autou te Artaxerxou basileias eikostǭ etei kai Olympiados ogdoēkostēs tritēs etei tetartǭ, epi touton ton chronon, hos ēn Olympiados diakosiostēs deuteras etos deuteron, Tiberiou de Kaisaros hēgemonias etos hekkaidekaton, etē synagetai yoe′, haper Hebraïka tetrakosia enenēkonta etē ginetai kata ton selēnaion mēna tous eniautous ekeinōn exarithmoumenōn, hos estin, hōs procheiron eipein, hēmerōn eikosi ennea hēmisy; houtōs tou kyklou hyparchontos hēmerōn txe′ tetartou tēn kata selēnēn dōdekamēnon parallassein hēmerais hendeka kai tetartǭ. Dia touto kai Hellēnes kai Ioudaioi treis mēnas embolimous etesin oktō paremballousin; oktaki gar ta endeka kai tetarton poiei trimēnon. Ta toinyn yoe′ etē oktaetērides ginontai nth′ kai mēnes g′, hōs trimēnou de embolimou tę̄ oktaetią, ginontai etē pentekaideka oligōn hēmerōn apodeonta ginetai; tauta de pros tois (y)oe′ etesin hai o′ hebdomades syntelountai. Tauta men ho prodēlōtheis anēr eis tous topous epibeblēken; phere dē kai hēmeis meta tēn apodotheisan hermēneian idōmen, ei hoion te kai heterōs tois topois epibalein, hōs an mē dokoimen tous apo Kyrou kai epi Artaxerxēn hypokleptontes chronous biaioteran poieisthai tēn apodosin, kai allōs mē de tēn aitian paristanai dokein tēs tōn hepta hebdomadōn kai tōn xb′ diaireseōs, hēn ho theios logos pantōs pou meta tinos eulogou dianoias kai bathytatēs syneseōs pepoiētai phēsas, kai gnōsę̄ kai synēseis apo exodou logou tou apokrithēnai kai tou oikodomēsai Hierousalēm heōs christou hēgoumenou hebdomades z′, kai hebomades xb′ kai epistrepsei kai oikodomēthēsetai plateia kai teichos. Hora dē ei mē abiastos genoitʼ an hēmin hē diēgēsis ex autou Kyrou, kathʼ hon ho Daniēl prophēteuei, tous chronous aparithmoumenois. Houtos gar oun prōtos tēn peri tou anegeirai tēn Hierousalēm apokrisin exenēnoche kata tēn en tǭ Ezrą graphēn, touton echousan ton tropon; Kai en tǭ prōtǭ etei Kyrou basileōs Persōn, tou telesthēnai logon Kyriou apo stomatos Hieremiou, exēgeire Kyrios to pneuma Kyrou basileōs Persōn, kai parēngeile phōnēn en pasę̄ basileią autou, kai ge engraptōs, legōn, Houtōs eipen Kyros ho basileus Persōn; Pasas tas basileias tēs gēs paredōke moi Kyrios ho Theos tou ouranou, kai autos epeskepsato epʼ eme tou oikodomēsai autǭ oikon en Hierousalēm tę̄ en Ioudaią. Tis en hymin apo pantos tou laou autou? kai estai ho Theos autou metʼ autou, kai anabēsetai eis Hierousalēm; kai ta hexēs; hois epipheretai; Kai ho basileus Kyros exēnenke ta skeuē oikou Kyriou, ha elaben Nabouchodonosor apo Hierousalēm kai edōken auta en oikǭ Theou autou. Kai exēnenken auta Kyros ho basileus Persōn epi cheira Mithridatou kai ērithmēsen auta tǭ Samanassar archonti tou Iouda. Epi toutois historei hē graphē hōs anelthontes hoi prōtoi kataballontai tous tou hierou themelious, kai hōs eirgontai ge en tǭ metaxy chronǭ tēs spoudēs, heōs epi hebdomēn etōn hebdomada; tessarakonta goun kai hex etē apo Kyrou kai epi to Dareiou hekton etos perigraphetai, en hǭ peras ischei ta tēs tou naou oikodomēs; hothen eikotōs apo tōn loipōn hebdomadas z′ tas prōtas ho logos aphōrisato, ton metaxy chronon tēs prōtēs katabolēs tōn tou naou themeliōn kai tēs eis akron autou anaplērōseōs emphēnai boulomenos. Kyros men gar etē triakonta kai hen basileusas, Kambysę̄ tǭ paidi paradidōsi tēn archēn; hou epi ennea diagenomenou etesi, Dareios tēn basileian paralabōn, authis meta Kyron dia tou programmatos tēn Hierousalēm oikodomēthēnai prostattei. Kai dē kata to hekton autou tēs archēs etos, hoper ēn apo Kyrou tessarakoston kai hekton, ta tēs oikodomēs apoplēroutai; hothen hormōmenoi tǭ Sōtēri hēmōn elegon, mʼ kai hex etesin ǭkodomēthē ho naos houtos, kai sy en trisin hēmerais egereis auton? Kata de ton Iōsēpon oʼ (thʼ) kai mʼ etē akribōs ta apo Kyrou epi to Dareiou enaton etos synagetai, en hǭ telos epitheinai tę̄ tou naou oikodomę̄ en tǭ hendekatǭ tēs Archaiologias phēsin autolexei dēlōn oikodomēthēsesthai ton naon z′ mēni tou enatou tēs epi Dareiou basileias etous; hois kai epipherei legōn, katǭkisan de en tois Hierosolymois politeią chrōmenoi aristochrat[or]ikę̄ meta oligarchias; hoi gar hiereis proestēkesan tōn pragmatōn, achri hou tous Asamōnaiou synebē basileuein engonous. Haide men oun hai en tę̄ prophēteią pheromenai z′ hebdomades eis to prodedēlōmenon etos Dareiou periorizomenai, prodēloi oun diʼ hēn aitian tōn (ton) apo tōn loipōn aphorismon eilēphasin. Idōmen de kai tas loipas xbʼ epi poious periorizontai chronous. To men dē enaton etos Dareiou kata tēn hebdomēn kai hexēkostēn Olympiada ek tēs tōn parʼ Hellēsi chronographōn paristatai historias; apo dē oun tautēs epi tēn hekatostēn hekkaidekatēn Olympiada, kathʼ hēn Seleukos meta tēn Alexandrou teleutēn Syrias apasēs kai Babylōnias ekratēsen, etē ginetai sʼ; enteuthen dʼ epi tēn teleutēn Simōnos Ioudaiōn archiereōs tēs kata Syrian archēs z′ kai o′ kai r′ diagenesthai hē prōtē tōn kaloumenōn Makkabaïkōn sēmainei graphē, mechri toutou perigraphousa tēn historian; palin dʼ enteuthen tas tōn hiereōn diadochas akribestata episēmainomenos ho Iōsēpos meta Simōna ton prodedēlōmenon phēsi kathēgēsasthai tou laou Iōannēn ton kai Hyrkanon etesin th′ kai k′; touton de diadexasthai Aristoboulon, hon kai basileusai eniauton; meta de touton Alexandros etesi kzʼ, methʼ hon tēn gynaika Alexandran, ephʼ hēn ta panta apo enatou etous Dareiou etē synagetai yld′, hoposa dʼ an genoito ek tōn xbʼ hebdomadōn en hais hoi christoi hēgoumenoi, houtoi dʼ an eien hoi archiereis, arxamenoi apo Kyrou tōn tou ethnous proestēsan pragmatōn; prodēlon gar apo te tēs hieras graphēs, ou men (mēn) alla kai apo tōn protetheisōn tou Iōsēpou phōnōn, hōs hoti meta tēn apo Babylōnos epanodon, ex autou Iēsou tou hiereōs tou megalou hēgemosi kai archousi tois kata diadochēn echrōnto, mechri hōn ho Iōsēpos onomazei Asamōniou paidōn, hous hē graphē Makkabaious ōnomasen, hōn prōtos archierateusen Ioudas ho Makkabaios epiklētheis, hos kai kathēgēsato tou laou tous Antiochou tropōsamenos stratēgous; methʼ hon Iōnathēs adelphos autou homou tēn archierōsynēn kai tēn tou laou dialambanei prostasian; kai authis toutou adelphos Simōn archiereus, methʼ hon Hyrkanos, methʼ hon Ioudas, ho kai Aristoboulos, diadechetai; kai prōtos epi tę̄ archierōsynę̄ kai basileią perietheto diadēma; methʼ hon tēn archierōsynēn homou kai tēn basileian paralabōn Alexandros epi diadochǭ gynaiki teleutą; en hǭ tōn en tǭ Daniēl symperastheisōn hebdomadōn hoi ex hiereōn archontes christoi prosagoreuomenoi dialeipousin; hōste dēloun to phaskon logion, heōs christou hēgoumenou, tosasde esesthai hebdomadas; hōsei saphesteron eirēkei, th′ kai x′ dieleusesthai etōn hebdomadas, toutʼ esti chronōni(on) g′ kai p′ kai y′ etōn, en hǭ christos tis kai archiereus kata diadochēn hēgoumenos tōn tou laou prostēsetai pragmatōn. Kai dē panti tǭ saphes ek tōn proparatethentōn hēmin, hōs tosoutos etōn arithmos tōn apo Kyrou kai epi tēn teleutēn Alexandrou tou hystatou autōn hēgēsamenou archiereōs paristatai; methʼ hon monē tōn pōpote to tēnikauta gynē tēn tou ethnous basileian dialambanei, hex hēs homou ta te tēs Ioudaiōn hēgemonias, kai ta tēs ek progonōn eustathōs proïousēs archierōsynēs syncheitai. Dialabousa goun hē prodedēlōmenē tēn archēn, tēn men archierōsynēn Hyrkanǭ tǭ paidi didōsin, autē de tēn basileian etē th′ kataschousa teleutą; methʼ hēn Aristoboulos, heteros autos pleista stasiasas pros ton adelphon, ekeinon men tēn archierōsynēn aphaireitai, autos de pros tautę̄ kai tēs basileias meta triton etos apopiptei; Rhōmaiōn gar autika stratēgos Pompēïos epistas, tēn men Hierousalēm kata kratos poliorkei, miainei te ta hagia mechri tōn adytōn tou hierou proelthōn, ton de Aristoboulon desmion epi Rhōmēs hama teknois anapempei; methʼ hon kai tou Hyrkanou hypo Parthōn aichmalōtou achthentos, tēn kata Ioudaiōn basileian prōtos ex ethnōn Hērōdēs para tēs synklētou Rhōmaiōn encheirizetai; hōs men ho Iōsēpos paradidōsin, Idoumaios kata patera to genos ōn, Arabios de kata mētera; hōs dʼ ho Aphrikanos, hou mikrǭ prosthen emnēsthēmen, phasin hoi ta katʼ auton akribountes Antipatron, (touton dʼ einai autǭ patera, ) Hērōdou tinos Askalōnitou tōn peri ton neō tou Apollōnos hierodoulōn gegonenai. Eis dē oun ton toiouton tēs Ioudaiōn perielthousēs archēs, en ta autǭ meta tōn allōn prophētōn kai hē para Mōsei pheromenē tou Iakōb plēroutai prorrēsis, ouk ekleipsei archōn ex Iouda phēsasa, kai hēgoumenos ek tōn mērōn autou, heōs an elthę̄ hǭ apokeitai; kai autos prosdokia ethnōn; kai prodēlon ge ek te tōn historiōn, kai tōn hēmin paratethentōn, hoti dē mechris Hērōdou, kathʼ hon ho Christos gegennētai, ou dieleipen hē ex autōn Hebraiōn kata diadochēn tou pantos ethnous hēgēsamenōn archē; prōtou de to genos allophylou basileusantos autōn; Hērōdou, autika men kai hē tou Christou parousia plēroutai, kai hē tōn ethnōn prothespistheisa prosdokia dia tēs eis pan ethnos diadramousēs tou Sōtēros hēmōn didaskalias ergǭ synteleisthai ērxato; tote kai hē en tǭ Daniēl meta tas dialēphtheisas hēmin hebdomadas prorrēsis epesphragizeto, phaskousa, kai meta tas hebdomadas tas xb′ exolothreuthēsetai chrisma, kai krima ouk estin en autǭ; kai tēn polin kai to hagion; diaphtherei syn tǭ hēgoumenǭ tǭ erchomenǭ; kai kopēsontai en kataklysmǭ, kai heōs telous polemou syntetmēmenou aphanismois. Tina men oun tropon hē tōn prorrētheisōn hebdomadōn tōn te proterōn nz′, kai tōn epi tautais xb′, prophēteia, en hais kata tēn tou genous diadochēn prosēkei dialambanein, kai tę̄ mechri tōn Hērōdou chronōn historią dēlousę̄ tous kata diadochēn archiereis dia pasēs christos tis kai archiereus hēgeito tou laou, hōs dia touti eirēsthai tǭ chrēsmǭ to, heōs christou hēgoumenou, peras eilēphen eis tous kata Hērōdēn chronous, hōs dynamis hēmin, dedēlōtai; pōs dʼ epi toutois meta tēn symplērōsin tou prodēlōthentos tōn hebdomadōn chronou exōlothreuthē chrisma, hoti mē krima ēn en autǭ, hōsper dʼ oun to logion mēnyei, sēmainon hoti meta kriseōs eulogou to chrisma to kata tēn archierōsynēn epi tou dēloumenou kairou syntelesthēsetai, saphes an genoito tois epistēsasi tę̄ te tou nomou diataxei, (en hę̄ dia biou mechris autēs teleutēs prostetaktai tēn archierōsynēn tous hois kata tēn tou genous diadochēn prosēkei dialambanein, ) kai tę̄ mechri tōn Hērōdou chronōn historią, dēlousę̄ tous kata diadochēn archiereis dia pasēs tēs autōn zōēs akolouthōs tę̄ peri autōn nomothesią tēs timēs ēxiōsthai, hopōs te katʼ auton Hērōdēn ou monon ta tēs toiautēs peri tous archiereis diatagēs syncheitai te kai diaphtheiretai, alla kai tēs hagias stolēs, hēn hypomonon exēn einai ton archierea, hoti mē dʼ heterǭ ē autǭ monǭ en tautę̄ leitourgein exon ēn, tēn exousian autous Hērōdēs aphelomenos, hyphʼ heauton, kai tauta allophylos ōn, poieitai. Ei de chrē kai toutōn parathesthai elenchous, dechou dē tou martyros tas phōnas (has) ho ex autōn Hebraiōn Iōsēpos, tēs tōn hiereōn kai autos ēxiōmenos timēs, kai genous tou parʼ autois diaphanestatou, en eikostǭ tēs Archaiologias katatetheitai syngrammati. Peri men oun tēs tōn archiereōn paratropēs hōde pōs kata lexin graphei; Tēn de basileian Hērōdēs para (Rhō)maiōn encheiristheis, ouketi tous ek tou Asamōnaiou genous kathistēsin archiereis, alla tisin asēmois kai ouk ex hiereōn ousin, plēn henos Aristoboulou, tēn timēn apenemen; ton de Aristoboulon Hyrkanou tou apo Parthōn aichmalōsiasthentos huion onta katastēsas archierea, tę̄ adelphę̄ autou synōkēsen Mariammę̄, tēn tou plēthous pros heauton thērōmenos eunoian dia tēn Hyrkanou mnēmēn; eita phobētheis mē pros ton Aristoboulon pantes apoklinōsin, aneilen auton en Ierichǭ, pnigēnai mēchanēsamenos kolymbōnta, kathōs ēdē dedēlōkamen. Meta touton ouketi tois engonois tōn Asamōnaiou paidōn tēn archierōsynēn episteusen; epraxen de homoia tǭ Hērōdę̄ peri tēs katastaseōs tōn archiereōn Archelaos te ho pais autou, kai meta touton tēn archēn Rhōmaioi tōn Ioudaiōn paralabontes. Tauta men peri toutōn ho Iōsēpos; peri de tēs archieratikēs stolēs en tǭ oktōkaidekatǭ tēs Archaiologias tauta historei; Hērōdēs de basileusas tēn te barin tautēn en epitēdeiǭ keimenēn kataskeuasas polytelōs, Antōnian kalei onoma, kai tēn stolēn tēn archieratikēn hōsper kai lambanei tę̄de keimenēn kateichen, pisteuōn ouden neōteriein epʼ autǭ ton laon diʼ autēn. Eprasse de ta homoia tǭ Hērōdę̄ kai ho epikatastatheis autǭ basileus Archelaos. huios ōn, parʼ ou Rhōmaioi diadexamenoi tēn archēn ekratoun tēs stolēs tou archiereōs apokeimenēs en oikǭ lithou oikodomēthenti hypo sphragidi. Ek dē toutōn anamphilektos genoitʼ an apodeixis, hoti dē kata tous dēloumenous chronous ta tēs prophēteias perigraphēs etychen; ei de mē synomologoien toutois hoi ek peritomēs, aitēteon autous heteran para tēn hēmeteran tēs graphēs diēgēsin, kai deikteon hōs ara katʼ autous pseudeis anankē tas tou tēlikoutou Gabriēl apelenchesthai prorrēseis, ei mēden tōn proanapephōnēmenōn ex ekeinou kai eis deuro chiliōn ēdē plēsiazontōn etōn gegenētai; allʼ hēmin ge saphōs alēthēs ho logos apodeiknytai kata tas abiastōs paratetheisas hēmin diēgēseis, hais akolouthōs eucheres apodounai tina tropon kai hē meta pasas hystatē epipheromenē hebdomas mia enedynamōsen diathēkēn pollois, tēn kainēn diathēkēn tou sōtēriou kērygmatos, tēn epi pasan diadotheisan tēn oikoumenēn, kai ouketi men heni monǭ tǭ Ioudaiōn ethnei, allʼ ēdē kai pleiosi kērychtheisan, hōstʼ an dia touto eirēsthai kai to, dynamōsei diathēkēn pollois ebdomas mia. Epistēsai de eulogon, hoti mē hexēs tais loipais hebdomasin hē teleutaia hebdomas mia synēptai, hēn phēsin ho logos dynamōsein diathēkēn tois pollois; ou gar hōs epi tōn z′ kai xb′ hebdomadōn kai epi tēs mias pepoiēken; epʼ ekeinōn men gar dielōn tou pantos chronou ton arithmon eis te tas z′ kai hexēs tas xb′ hebdomadas synēmmenēn pepoiētai tēn diairesin, tais z′ tas xb′ synapsas, kai mēdena chronon mē de praxin metaxy katalipōn, hoti mē dʼ empheretai ti dialeimma chronou diairoun kai diazeugnyon to synēmmenon tēs katʼ ekeinas tas hebdomadas historias; epi de tēs epipheromenēs hebdomados mias makra tis kai apeschoinismenē tynchanei diastolē. Meta gar tas hebdomadas tas xb′, prōton phēsin exolothreuthēsetai chrisma, kai krima ouk estin en autǭ, ho kai prodēlon tina tropon peras eilēphen epi tōn Hērōdou chronōn; eita phēsi, kai tēn polin kai to hagion diaphtherei syn tǭ hēgoumenǭ tǭ erchomenǭ. Tis de diaphtherei ē tōn psychōn ho diaphthoreus diabolos? Tis de ho erchomenos hēgoumenos, ē ho ex ethnōn prōtos autōn hēgēsamenos Hērōdēs, kai hoi metʼ auton eis deuro tēn kata Ioudaiōn hēgemonian dieilēphotes? Hōsper gʼ oun tous palai autōn hēgoumenous archiereis christon hēgoumenon ainigmatōdōs proseipen hē prophēteia, ton auton tropon tous meta tēn ekeinōn katapausin ex ethnōn autōn arxantas erchomenon hēgoumenon prosēgoreusen, phēsasa, kai tēn polin kai to hagion diaphtherei syn tǭ hēgoumenǭ tǭ erchomenǭ; hoper saphesteron ho Akylas ekdedōke poiēsas, kai tēn polin kai to hagion diaphtherei laos hēgoumenou erchomenou. Kai prodēlon hopōs ho laos kai ho stratos tōn meta tous christous hēgoumenous tēn kata Ioudaiōn archēn diadexamenōn ex ethnōn hēgoumenōn, nomois ethnōn chrōmenos, kai tēn polin kai to hagion diephtheiren, kai ho kata dianoian de tōn psychōn hēgoumenos phthoreus syn tǭ hēgoumenǭ tǭ kata tēn prophēteian elēlythoti pasan phthoran enērgēsato autǭ te proteron tǭ laǭ, kai tois tēn polin enoikousi politais, epeita de kai tǭ naǭ kai tę̄ palai synteloumenę̄ en autǭ latreią. Kai tautēn ge aitian tēs parautika gegenēmenēs tou Christou parousias prosēmainon pou theion logion phēsin, Kyrios ek tou ouranou diekypsen epi tous huious tōn anthrōpōn, tou idein ei esti syniōn, ē ekzētōn ton Theon. Pantes exeklinan, hama ēchreiōthēsan, ouk esti poiōn chrēstotēta ouk estin heōs henos. Eithʼ hōs diephthorotōn tōn prodedēlōmenōn ta dialēpsomena autous prodidaskōn ho logos phēsi, kai kopēsontai en tǭ kataklysmǭ, kai epi tosouton ge kopēsontai, heōs telous polemou syntetmēmenou aphanismois; eti de toutōn synteloumenōn te kai energoumenōn, kai dynamōsei diathēkēn pollois hebdomas mia. Hautē dʼ an eiē hē tou sōtēriou kērygmatos, diʼ hou tēs kainēs tēn paradosin diathēkēs ho Sōtēr kai Kyrios hēmōn Iēsous Christos en pollois tois mathēteutheisin autǭ enedynamōse; tote men pro tou pathous synōn autois kai sympoliteuomenos, tote de kai meta tēn analēpsin diʼ hēmerōn m′ optanomenos autois kai synalizomenos, kai legōn ta peri tēs basileias tou Theou; dio kai parēngellen autois apo Ierosolymōn mē chōrizesthai. Tautēs de tēs hebdomados en tǭ hēmisei diʼ hēn peponthen hypo Ioudaiōn epiboulēn kai ta akoloutha tēs theias eplērōthē prorrēseōs, amphi goun ta tria hēmisy etē kēryxas, kai apo tēs tōn euangeliōn paristatai graphēs; dio eirētai, kai en tǭ hēmisei tēs hebdomados arthēsetai thysia kai spondē; kai saphes ge hopōs hama tǭ pathei dynamei ērthē ex autōn thysia kai spondē; hote kata men tēn tōn euangeliōn graphēn to katapetasma tou naou eschisthē apo anōthen heōs katō; kata de tēn tou Iōsēpou historian, En autę̄ tę̄ pentēkostę̄ nyktōr hoi hiereis parelthontes eis to hieron, hōsper autois ethos ēn, pros tas leitourgias, prōton men kinēseōs ephasan antilambanesthai kai ktypou, meta de tauta phōnēs athroas, metabainomen(ōmen) enteuthen. Tauta de kata lexin kai hetera toutois paraplēsia tais historiais paradous ho Iōsēpos symbaloitʼ an hēmin eis apodeixin tou dynamei lelysthai te kai kathę̄rēsthai meta to sōtērion pathos ta tēs tou laou sōmatikēs latreias. Oida de kai allēn eis tēn hebdomada tēn dynamōsasan diathēkēn pollois apodotheisan hermēneian; tautēn gar eis tēn en dekasin. hebdomada metalabōn ho logos paristē ton sympanta tōn apostolōn chronon eis ebdomēkontaetian synteinein, en hę̄ to kērygma tēs kainēs diathēkēs ouketi eni, alla pollois ethnesi kērychthen eis pasan enedynamōthē tēn oikoumenēn; kai gar oun ek tōn historiōn deiknytai Iōannēs ho tou Kyriou mathētēs meta tēn analēpsin autou etesin epibious o′, mechri gar tēs Traïanou logos echei parameinai auton basileias, kata te tautēn tēn diēgēsin prodēlon hopōs en tǭ hēmisei tautēs tēs en dekasin hebdomados ērthē thysia kai spondē, kai to legomenon bdelygma tēs erēmōseōs estē en topǭ hagiǭ. Ta goun apo tēs tou Sōtēros hēmōn anastaseōs epi tēn hystatēn kata Ouespasianon poliorkian eis etē pente kai triakonta synteinei; haper an genoito tēs apodotheisēs hebdomados to hēmisy; hote kai pantelē tēn dia pyros phthoran kai kataskaphēn tou palai hierou kai hagiou neō peponthotos episphragisma eilēphen; kai to, arthēsetai thysia kai spondē, kai epi to hieron bdelygma tōn erēmōseōn; hoper bdelygma erēmōseōs mechri synteleias biou parameinai dēloi to logion, phaskon, kai heōs synteleias kairou synteleia dothēsetai epi tēn erēmōsin. Alla tauta men epitemomenoi tēn diēgēsin paratetheimetha; hōra de ēdē metelthein kai epi ton Hēsaïan; hos monos apo pasēs tēs palaias hēmin perileleiptai graphēs.

“This passage, then, running somewhat as it does, signifies many and marvellous things; but for now we shall discuss what is needed concerning the times and what bears on them. That these things are said about the coming of Christ, who was to appear after seventy weeks, is clear. For in the time of the Saviour, or from him, transgressions are made old and sins are brought to an end through forgiveness, and lawless deeds together with injustices are blotted out by atonement, and an everlasting righteousness is proclaimed, (beyond) the righteousness from the law; visions and prophecies last until John; a holy of holies is anointed. For before the Saviour's coming these things did not exist and were only expected. The angel lays down that the numbers, that is, the seventy weeks, which are 490 years, begin from the going forth of the word to answer and to build Jerusalem. This happened in the twentieth year of the reign of Artaxerxes king of the Persians. For Nehemiah, his cupbearer, made his request and received the answer that Jerusalem should be built, and a word went forth commanding this; for until that time the city had lain desolate. For when Cyrus, after the seventy years of the captivity, had sent down each of those who wished to go of his own accord, those who went down with Jesus the great priest and Zerubbabel, and those after them with Ezra, were at first prevented from building the temple and from putting a wall around the city, since this had not been commanded. So matters remained until Nehemiah and the twentieth year of the reign of Artaxerxes, the hundred and fifteenth of the Persian empire, and the hundred and eighty-fifth year from the capture of Jerusalem. Then King Artaxerxes commanded that the city be built, and Nehemiah, sent down, took charge of the work; and street and wall were built, as had been prophesied. Counting from there, the seventy weeks are completed for us at Christ. For if we begin to count from anywhere else and not from here, neither will the times agree, and a great many absurdities will result. If we make the beginning of the count of the seventy weeks from Cyrus and the first sending down, there are more than a hundred years too many; there is more time still if we count from the day on which the angel prophesied to Daniel, and much more if from the beginning of the captivity. For we find that the Persian kingdom is bounded by 230 years, that the Macedonian lasted 300 years, and from there to the sixteenth year of Tiberius Caesar 60 years. But from Artaxerxes the seventy weeks are completed at the time of Christ according to the reckoning of the Jews. For from Nehemiah, who was sent by Artaxerxes to resettle Jerusalem in the hundred and fifteenth year of the Persian kingdom, the twentieth year of the reign of Artaxerxes himself, and the fourth year of the eighty-third Olympiad, to this time, which was the second year of the two hundred and second Olympiad and the sixteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar, 475 years are reckoned. These make 490 Hebrew years, since they count their years by the lunar month, which is, roughly speaking, twenty-nine and a half days; so that, the solar cycle being 365¼ days, the lunar twelve-month falls short of it by eleven and a quarter days. For this reason both Greeks and Jews insert three intercalary months every eight years, since eight times eleven and a quarter make three months. The 475 years, then, make fifty-nine periods of eight years and three months; and with three intercalary months in each eight-year period, there come to be fifteen years, short by a few days; and these, added to the 475 years, complete the seventy weeks.”

This is how the man mentioned above has treated these passages. Come, let us too, after the interpretation given, see whether it is possible to treat the passages in another way, so that we may not seem to make the explanation more forced by stealing away the times from Cyrus to Artaxerxes, and so as not to seem, besides, to leave unexplained the reason for the division into seven weeks and sixty-two, which the divine word has surely made with some reasonable thought and very deep understanding, saying, “And you shall know and understand: from the going forth of the word to answer and to build Jerusalem until an anointed leader, seven weeks and sixty-two weeks; and it shall return, and street and wall shall be built.” Consider, then, whether our explanation would not be unforced if we count the times from Cyrus himself, under whom Daniel prophesies. For he was the first to put forth the answer about raising up Jerusalem, according to the Scripture in Ezra, which runs as follows: “And in the first year of Cyrus king of the Persians, that the word of the Lord from the mouth of Jeremiah might be accomplished, the Lord stirred up the spirit of Cyrus king of the Persians, and he made a proclamation throughout his whole kingdom, and also in writing, saying, ‘Thus says Cyrus king of the Persians: The Lord God of heaven has given me all the kingdoms of the earth, and he has charged me to build him a house in Jerusalem, which is in Judea. Who is there among you of all his people? His God shall be with him, and he shall go up to Jerusalem,’” and what follows; to which is added: “And King Cyrus brought out the vessels of the house of the Lord, which Nebuchadnezzar had taken from Jerusalem and put in the house of his god. And Cyrus king of the Persians brought them out by the hand of Mithridates and counted them out to Samanassar, the ruler of Judah.” After this the Scripture relates how the first to go up lay the foundations of the temple, and how they are kept from their zeal in the time between, until the seventh week of years; for forty-six years are counted from Cyrus to the sixth year of Darius, in which the building of the temple was completed. Hence the word fittingly separated the first seven weeks from the rest, wishing to show the time between the first laying of the temple's foundations and its full completion. For Cyrus reigned thirty-one years and handed the rule to his son Cambyses; and when he had lasted nine years, Darius received the kingdom and again, after Cyrus, ordered by decree that Jerusalem be built. And in the sixth year of his reign, which was the forty-sixth from Cyrus, the building was completed. Starting from this they said to our Saviour, “This temple was built in forty-six years, and will you raise it up in three days?” But according to Josephus, exactly forty-nine years are reckoned from Cyrus to the ninth year of Darius, in which, he says in the eleventh book of the Antiquities, the building of the temple was completed, stating in so many words that the temple was built in the seventh month of the ninth year of the reign of Darius; to which he adds, saying, “They settled in Jerusalem, using an aristocratic constitution with oligarchy; for the priests presided over affairs until the descendants of Asamonaeus came to reign.” These, then, are the seven weeks of the prophecy, bounded by the year of Darius mentioned; and it is evident why they have been separated from the rest.

Let us see also to what times the remaining sixty-two are bounded. The ninth year of Darius is shown, from the history of the Greek chronographers, to fall in the sixty-seventh Olympiad. From this to the hundred and sixteenth Olympiad, in which Seleucus, after the death of Alexander, became master of all Syria and Babylonia, are two hundred years. From there to the death of Simon, high priest of the Jews, 177 years of the Syrian rule passed, as the first of the books called Maccabees indicates, which carries its history down to that point. Again from there Josephus, recording most exactly the successions of the priests, says that after the Simon mentioned, John, also called Hyrcanus, led the people for twenty-nine years; that Aristobulus succeeded him, who also reigned one year; and after him Alexander for twenty-seven years, after whom came his wife Alexandra. Up to her, all the years from the ninth year of Darius are reckoned at 434, which is what the sixty-two weeks would make, in which the anointed leaders, who would be the high priests, beginning from Cyrus, presided over the affairs of the nation. For it is evident from the sacred Scripture, (and indeed) also from the words of Josephus set out above, that after the return from Babylon, beginning from Jesus the great priest himself, they had as leaders and rulers men in succession, down to those whom Josephus names the sons of Asamonaeus, whom the Scripture named Maccabees. Of these the first to be high priest was Judas, called Maccabaeus, who also led the people after routing the generals of Antiochus; after him his brother Jonathan took over both the high priesthood and the leadership of the people; and again his brother Simon was high priest, after whom Hyrcanus, after whom Judas, also called Aristobulus, succeeds, and he was the first to put on a diadem with the high priesthood and kingship. After him Alexander, having received both the high priesthood and the kingship, dies leaving his wife as successor. At this point, when the weeks in Daniel are completed, the rulers from the priests, called anointed ones, come to an end; so that the oracle that says “until an anointed leader” shows that there will be so many weeks; as if it had said more clearly that sixty-nine weeks of years would pass, that is, (a time) of 483 years, during which an anointed one and high priest, leading in succession, would preside over the affairs of the people. And it is clear to everyone from what we have set out that such a number of years is shown from Cyrus to the death of Alexander, the last of their high priests to lead. After him a woman, alone of all who ever ruled, then took over the kingship of the nation, and from her both the leadership of the Jews and the high priesthood that had proceeded steadily from their forefathers were thrown into confusion. Having taken over the rule, she gives the high priesthood to her son Hyrcanus, while she herself holds the kingship for nine years and dies. After her Aristobulus, who had quarrelled greatly with his brother, takes the high priesthood from him, and himself falls from it and from the kingship in the third year. For Pompey, the Roman general, at once came upon them, besieged Jerusalem by force, and defiled the holy things, going as far as the innermost sanctuary of the temple, and sent Aristobulus in chains to Rome with his children. After this, when Hyrcanus too had been led captive by the Parthians, Herod, the first from the nations, was entrusted by the Roman senate with the kingship over the Jews; an Idumean by descent on his father's side and an Arab on his mother's, as Josephus relates; but, as Africanus, whom we mentioned a little before, says, those who have exact knowledge of his affairs say that Antipater (who was his father) was the son of a certain Herod of Ascalon, one of the temple slaves at the shrine of Apollo.

When the rule of the Jews passed to such a man, then, together with the other prophets, the prediction of Jacob recorded by Moses was also fulfilled, which says, “A ruler shall not fail from Judah, nor a leader from his thighs, until he comes for whom it is laid up; and he is the expectation of nations.” It is evident from the histories and from what we have set out that until Herod, under whom Christ was born, the rule of Hebrews from among themselves, leading the whole nation in succession, did not fail; but when Herod, the first of foreign race, reigned over them, at once the coming of Christ was fulfilled, and the foretold expectation of the nations began to be accomplished in fact through our Saviour's teaching, which ran through every nation. Then too the prediction in Daniel after the weeks we have discussed was sealed, which says, “And after the sixty-two weeks an anointing shall be destroyed, and there is no judgment in it; and he shall destroy the city and the sanctuary with the leader who is coming, and they shall be cut off in a flood, and until the end of the war, which is cut short, with desolations.” In what way the prophecy of the weeks foretold, the first seven [the text reads fifty-seven] and the sixty-two after them, in which by succession an anointed one and high priest led the people (which is why the oracle says “until an anointed leader”), reached its end in the times of Herod, has been shown as far as we are able. And how, after this, when the time of the weeks mentioned was completed, an anointing was destroyed, because there was no judgment in it, as the oracle indicates (meaning that with reasonable judgment the anointing of the high priesthood would come to an end at the time indicated), would be clear to those who attend both to the ordinance of the law (in which it is commanded that those to whom it belongs by family succession should hold the high priesthood for life until their very death) and to the history down to the times of Herod, which shows that the high priests in succession were deemed worthy of the honour throughout their whole life in keeping with the legislation about them; and how under Herod himself not only was such an ordinance concerning the high priests confused and destroyed, but Herod, though of foreign race, took from them the authority over the holy vestment, which was permitted to the high priest alone, since no one else but he could minister in it, and put it under his own control.

If proofs of these things too are needed, receive the words of the witness (which) Josephus, himself a Hebrew, who was deemed worthy of the honour of the priests and of the most distinguished family among them, set down in the twentieth book of the Antiquities. About the overturning of the high priests he writes, word for word, somewhat as follows: “Herod, having been entrusted with the kingship by the Romans, no longer appointed high priests from the family of Asamonaeus, but assigned the honour to certain undistinguished men who were not from the priests, except for one, Aristobulus. Having appointed as high priest Aristobulus, son of the Hyrcanus who had been taken captive by the Parthians, he married his sister Mariamme, seeking to win the goodwill of the people toward himself because of the memory of Hyrcanus. Then, afraid that all would turn to Aristobulus, he killed him at Jericho, contriving that he be drowned while swimming, as we have already related. After him he no longer entrusted the high priesthood to the descendants of the sons of Asamonaeus. Archelaus his son did the same as Herod concerning the appointment of the high priests, and after him the Romans, when they took over the rule of the Jews.” So Josephus on these matters. About the high-priestly vestment he relates this in the eighteenth book of the Antiquities: “Herod, when he became king, having built this tower lavishly, since it lay in a suitable place, called it Antonia, and he kept the high-priestly vestment, which he found lying there, believing that because of it the people would make no revolt against him. Archelaus, his son, who was appointed king after him, did the same as Herod; and from him the Romans took over the rule and kept control of the high priest's vestment, which was stored under seal in a house built of stone.” From these things there would be an indisputable proof that the prophecy's limits were reached at the times shown. If those of the circumcision do not agree with this, they must be asked for an explanation of the Scripture other than ours, and it must be shown that on their view the predictions of so great a being as Gabriel must be proved false, if none of the things foretold has happened from then until now, when already nearly a thousand years have passed. But to us the word is clearly shown to be true according to the explanations we have set out without force; and in keeping with them it is easy to show how the last single week, brought in after all the rest, “confirmed a covenant with many”: the new covenant of the saving preaching, which was spread over the whole inhabited world and preached no longer to the one nation of the Jews only, but already to many, so that for this reason it is said, “One week shall confirm a covenant with many.”

It is reasonable to note that the last single week, which the word says will confirm a covenant with the many, is not joined in sequence to the other weeks. For it did not do with the one week as with the seven and the sixty-two weeks. In their case, dividing the number of the whole time into the seven and then the sixty-two weeks, it made a continuous division, joining the sixty-two to the seven and leaving no time or event between them, since no interval of time is introduced that divides and separates the continuous history of those weeks. But in the case of the single week that follows there is a long and separated interval. For after the sixty-two weeks, it says first, “an anointing shall be destroyed, and there is no judgment in it,” which, it is evident, reached its end in the times of Herod. Then it says, “and he shall destroy the city and the sanctuary with the leader who is coming.” And who will destroy but the destroyer of souls, the devil? And who is the leader who is coming but Herod, the first from the nations to lead them, and those after him who have held the leadership over the Jews until now? For just as the prophecy enigmatically called the high priests who of old led them “an anointed leader,” in the same way it called those from the nations who ruled them after those had ceased “a leader who is coming,” saying, “and he shall destroy the city and the sanctuary with the leader who is coming.” Aquila rendered this more clearly, putting, “and the people of a leader who is coming shall destroy the city and the sanctuary.” And it is evident how the people and the army of the leaders from the nations who took over the rule of the Jews after the anointed leaders, using the laws of the nations, destroyed both the city and the sanctuary; and how, in the spiritual sense, the destroyer who leads souls, together with the leader who came according to the prophecy, worked every destruction, first on the people itself and on the citizens who lived in the city, and then also on the temple and the worship that was long performed in it. A divine oracle, signifying beforehand this as the cause of Christ's coming, which happened at once, says somewhere: “The Lord looked down from heaven on the sons of men, to see if there is anyone who understands or seeks God. All have turned aside, together they have become worthless; there is none who does kindness, there is not even one.” Then, as of those mentioned being corrupted, the word teaches beforehand what would overtake them, saying, “And they shall be cut off in the flood”; and they will be cut off to such an extent, “until the end of the war, which is cut short, with desolations.” And while these things are still being accomplished and carried out, “one week shall confirm a covenant with many.” This would be the week of the saving preaching, through which our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ confirmed the handing on of the new covenant among the many who were made his disciples: at one time before the passion, living with them and sharing their life; at another, after the resurrection, appearing to them for forty days, eating with them, and speaking about the kingdom of God; which is why he also commanded them not to depart from Jerusalem. In the half of this week, through the plot he suffered from the Jews, the rest of the divine prediction was also fulfilled; for that he preached for about three and a half years is shown by the Scripture of the Gospels. This is why it is said, “And in the half of the week sacrifice and libation shall be taken away.” And it is clear how, at the time of the passion, sacrifice and libation were taken away from them in power, when, according to the Scripture of the Gospels, the veil of the temple was torn from top to bottom, and according to the history of Josephus, “At the very Pentecost, the priests, going into the temple by night for their services, as was their custom, said that they first perceived a movement and a noise, and after that a voice of many: ‘Let us depart from here.’” Josephus, having handed down these things word for word and others like them in his histories, would help us to prove that after the saving passion the bodily worship of the people was in power dissolved and destroyed.

I know also another interpretation given of the week that confirmed a covenant with many. This interpretation takes it as a week of decades and shows that the whole time of the apostles extends to seventy years, in which the preaching of the new covenant, preached no longer to one nation but to many, was confirmed throughout the whole inhabited world. For it is shown from the histories that John, the disciple of the Lord, survived his ascension by seventy years; for the account has it that he remained until the reign of Trajan. According to this explanation it is evident how, in the half of this week of decades, sacrifice and libation were taken away, and the so-called abomination of desolation stood in the holy place. For the time from our Saviour's resurrection to the last siege under Vespasian extends to thirty-five years, which would be the half of the week given; when the old temple and holy sanctuary suffered complete destruction by fire and razing, and “sacrifice and libation shall be taken away, and upon the temple an abomination of desolations” received its seal. The oracle shows that this abomination of desolation will remain until the consummation of the world, saying, “And until the consummation of the time a consummation shall be given upon the desolation.” But we have set these things out in an abridged account. It is now time to go on to Isaiah, who alone of the whole Old Testament remains for us.

Chapter 4

4.0Gaisford

Τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν Ἡσαΐου Προφητικὰς Ἐκλογὰς μόνας ἡμῖν λειπούσας ἀπανθίσασθαι πειρώμενοι, πρὸς τοὺς ἀπίστως περὶ τὰς προφητείας διακειμένους ὀλίγα προδιαληψόμεθα εἰς παράστασιν τῆς τῶν προφητῶν ἀληθείας. Καὶ δὴ πρῶτον καλῶς καὶ τοῖς πρὸ ἡμῶν τετηρημένον παραθήσομαι λογισμόν. Εὖ γοὖν εἰρηκέναι μοι δοκοῦσιν, ὡς ἄρα τοῖς ὑπὸ τὸν Μωσέως νόμον αὐτὸς ὁ νόμος διαμαρτύρεται, ὅτι δὴ τὰ ἔθνη ὧν μεταξὺ πολιτεύσονται κληδόνων καὶ μαντειῶν ἀκούσονται· σοὶ δὲ, φησὶν, οὐχ οὕτως ἔδωκε Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου· καὶ ἔτι γε εἴργων αὐτοὺς ὁ θεῖος λόγος ἔκ τε οἰωνιστικῆς καὶ πάσης τῆς διὰ δαιμόνων περιέργου μαντείας ἐπιφέρει, λέγων, προφήτην ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου ἀναστήσει σοι Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου. Ἄρʼ οὖν τούτων αὐτοῖς ἀναγεγραμμένων, μὴ ἔργῳ δὲ γενομένων, μὴ δὲ παρόντων αὐτοῖς προφητῶν ἀνδρῶν, δύνατον ἦν αὐτοὺς πιστεύειν τῷ νόμῳ, καὶ τῷ ταῦτα. ἐπαγγειλαμένῳ λόγῳ οὕτω προφανῶς καὶ ἐναργῶς ψευδομένῳ, ἢ δῆλον ὅτι ὑπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς περὶ τὴν πρόγνωσιν τῶν ἐσομένων λιχνείας ἀγόμενοι κατεφρόνησαν τῶν ἰδίων, ὡς οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς ἐχόντων οὐδὲ θεῖον, διὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι παρʼ αὐτοῖς προφήτας, αὐτόμολοι δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν μαντεῖά τε καὶ χρηστήρια μετήεσαν; Ἀλλὰ γὰρ φαίνονται οὐ μόνον Μωσέα, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλείους μετʼ αὐτὸν ὡς Θεοῦ προφήτας προσιέμενοι, οὐκ ἄλλως δῆλον ὅτι ἢ τῷ πείραν τῆς ἐν αὐτοῖς θειότητος εἰληφέναι· οἵδε γὰρ αὐτοῖς οὐ μόνον περὶ τῶν μακροῖς ὕστερον χρόνοις μελλόντων ἔσεσθαι προυθέσπιζον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περί τινων προχείρων καὶ βιωτικῶν προύλεγον· οἷον περὶ ὄνων ἀπολωλυιῶν, καὶ περὶ νοσούντων ἐπισφαλῶς εἰ βιώσονται ἢ μὴ, καὶ περὶ μελλούσης ἔσεσθαι τῷ λαῷ εὐθηνίας, καὶ περὶ ἄλλων μυρίων, ἃ ταῖς κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἱστορίαις ἐμφέρεται· ἅπερ εἰ μὴ τοῦτον γεγόνει τὸν τρόπον, ἀποκρινέσθω τίς, τίνι δὴ ποτὲ οὖν λόγῳ προφήτας ἡγοῦντό τε καὶ ἀπεκάλουν, ἢ διὰ τί γραφῆς τοὺς λόγους αὐτὸν ἠξίουν; Τίς δʼ ἡ αἰτία, διʼ ἣν καὶ τοῖς μετέπειτα παισὶν ἑαυτῶν, ὡς ἂν δὴ θείας, αὐτῶν τὰς γραφὰς παρεδίδοσαν· μηδὲν γάρ τι θεῖον μὴ δὲ παράδοξον ἐν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἑορακότας εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην οἴεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν τοιαῦτα διειληφέναι πάντων ἐστιν ἀπιθανώτατον. Εἰ δʼ ἀναδράμοι τίς ἐπὶ τοὺς τότε χρόνους τῇ διανοίᾳ, τί ἄρα ἐπινοήσειεν, ὁρῶν ἄνδρας ἀγροίκους καὶ τὸ σχῆμα λιτοὺς, αἰπολοὺς τινὰς καὶ ποιμένας, εἰς μέσον παντὸς τοῦ ἔθνους παριόντας, καὶ ὡς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ τινὰ λέγοντας, καὶ τάδε λέγει Κύριος ἀναβοωμένους, ἐπί τε βασιλέων καὶ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ μετὰ παραστήματος ἀκαταπλήκτου δημηγοροῦντας, καὶ σοφίαν ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον ἐνδεικνυμένους, τὴν καὶ εἰς ἔτι νῦν ἐν ταῖς προφητείαις αὐτῶν φερομένην, μυρία τε ἄλλα διʼ αἰνιγμάτων καὶ παραβολῶν ἀπόρρητα φιλοσοφοῦντας, ἠθικήν τε καὶ δογματικὴν τῇ Ἑβραίων φωνῇ διδασκαλίαν τῷ λαῷ παραδιδόντας, καὶ πρὸς ἐπὶ τούτοις τὸν βίον τοῖς λόγοις αὐτῶν κατάλληλον ἐνδεικνυμένους, καὶ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἀκολακεύτως ὁμιλοῦντας, εἰς πρόσωπόν τε τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς διελέγχοντας, ὡς καὶ ἐπιβουλεύεσθαι πρὸς αὐτῶν μέχρι θάνατον, ῥωμαλέῳ καὶ γεννικῷ παραστήματι τῷ ἀληθεῖ λόγῳ παρισταμένους. Ταῦτά τις εἰς νοῦν εὐγνωμόνως θέμενος, πῶς οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογήσειεν κατὰ θείαν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐπίπνοιαν ταῦτα πάντα περὶ αὐτοὺς γεγονέναι; Διὸ καὶ τότε θαυμάζεσθαι αὐτοὺς εἰκὸς ἦν παρὰ τοῖς ἔμφροσιν, καὶ τοὺς λόγους αὐτῶν ἀναγράπτους παρὰ τοῖς ἱερογραμματεῦσι φυλάττεσθαι, εἰς ἔτι τε νῦν παρʼ ὅλῳ τῷ ἔθνει προφήτας γεγονέναι τοῦ Θεοῦ πιστεύεσθαι· ὃ καὶ ἐναργέστατα μάλιστα παρίστησιν ἡ ἡμετέρα περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ διάληψις, καθʼ ἣν ἀποδείκνυμεν πᾶσαν τὴν κατʼ αὐτὸν οἰκονομίαν γεγενημένην, τά τε περὶ τῆς διδασκαλίας αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἐξ ἀπάντων ἐθνῶν γενομένῃς διʼ αὐτοῦ κλήσεως ἀκριβῶς προεγνῶσθαί τε καὶ πρὸ μυρίων ὅσων ἐτῶν τοῖς θεσπεσίοις ἐκείνοις ἀνδράσι προειρῆσθαι· ὧν τὰς ἱερὰς βίβλους Ἰουδαῖοι μᾶλλον ἂν ἡμῶν εἶεν ἀξιοπιστότεροι μετὰ πάσης σεβασμίου τιμῆς περιέποντές τε καὶ προφέροντες. Τούτων ἡμῖν χρησίμως προδιαληφθέντων ἐπὶ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ὁδευτέον.

Tas apo tōn Hēsaïou Prophētikas Eklogas monas hēmin leipousas apanthisasthai peirōmenoi, pros tous apistōs peri tas prophēteias diakeimenous oliga prodialēpsometha eis parastasin tēs tōn prophētōn alētheias. Kai dē prōton kalōs kai tois pro hēmōn tetērēmenon parathēsomai logismon. Eu goun eirēkenai moi dokousin, hōs ara tois hypo ton Mōseōs nomon autos ho nomos diamartyretai, hoti dē ta ethnē hōn metaxy politeusontai klēdonōn kai manteiōn akousontai; soi de, phēsin, ouch houtōs edōke Kyrios ho Theos sou; kai eti ge eirgōn autous ho theios logos ek te oiōnistikēs kai pasēs tēs dia daimonōn periergou manteias epipherei, legōn, prophētēn ek tōn adelphōn sou anastēsei soi Kyrios ho Theos sou. Arʼ oun toutōn autois anagegrammenōn, mē ergǭ de genomenōn, mē de parontōn autois prophētōn andrōn, dynaton ēn autous pisteuein tǭ nomǭ, kai tǭ tauta. epangeilamenǭ logǭ houtō prophanōs kai enargōs pseudomenǭ, ē dēlon hoti hypʼ autēs tēs peri tēn prognōsin tōn esomenōn lichneias agomenoi katephronēsan tōn idiōn, hōs ouden alēthes echontōn oude theion, dia to mē einai parʼ autois prophētas, automoloi de epi ta tōn ethnōn manteia te kai chrēstēria metēesan? Alla gar phainontai ou monon Mōsea, alla kai pleious metʼ auton hōs Theou prophētas prosiemenoi, ouk allōs dēlon hoti ē tǭ peiran tēs en autois theiotētos eilēphenai; hoide gar autois ou monon peri tōn makrois hysteron chronois mellontōn esesthai prouthespizon, alla kai peri tinōn procheirōn kai biōtikōn proulegon; hoion peri onōn apolōluiōn, kai peri nosountōn episphalōs ei biōsontai ē mē, kai peri mellousēs esesthai tǭ laǭ euthēnias, kai peri allōn myriōn, ha tais katʼ autous historiais empheretai; haper ei mē touton gegonei ton tropon, apokrinesthō tis, tini dē pote oun logǭ prophētas hēgounto te kai apekaloun, ē dia ti graphēs tous logous auton ēxioun? Tis dʼ hē aitia, diʼ hēn kai tois metepeita paisin heautōn, hōs an dē theias, autōn tas graphas paredidosan; mēden gar ti theion mē de paradoxon en tois andrasin heorakotas eikē kai matēn oiesthai peri autōn toiauta dieilēphenai pantōn estin apithanōtaton. Ei dʼ anadramoi tis epi tous tote chronous tę̄ dianoią, ti ara epinoēseien, horōn andras agroikous kai to schēma litous, aipolous tinas kai poimenas, eis meson pantos tou ethnous pariontas, kai hōs ek prosōpou tou Theou tina legontas, kai tade legei Kyrios anaboōmenous, epi te basileōn kai pantos tou laou meta parastēmatos akataplēktou dēmēgorountas, kai sophian hyper anthrōpon endeiknymenous, tēn kai eis eti nyn en tais prophēteiais autōn pheromenēn, myria te alla diʼ ainigmatōn kai parabolōn aporrēta philosophountas, ēthikēn te kai dogmatikēn tę̄ Hebraiōn phōnę̄ didaskalian tǭ laǭ paradidontas, kai pros epi toutois ton bion tois logois autōn katallēlon endeiknymenous, kai tois pasin akolakeutōs homilountas, eis prosōpon te tous asebeis dielenchontas, hōs kai epibouleuesthai pros autōn mechri thanaton, rhōmaleǭ kai gennikǭ parastēmati tǭ alēthei logǭ paristamenous. Tauta tis eis noun eugnōmonōs themenos, pōs ouk an homologēseien kata theian hōs alēthōs epipnoian tauta panta peri autous gegonenai? Dio kai tote thaumazesthai autous eikos ēn para tois emphrosin, kai tous logous autōn anagraptous para tois hierogrammateusi phylattesthai, eis eti te nyn parʼ holǭ tǭ ethnei prophētas gegonenai tou Theou pisteuesthai; ho kai enargestata malista paristēsin hē hēmetera peri tou Christou dialēpsis, kathʼ hēn apodeiknymen pasan tēn katʼ auton oikonomian gegenēmenēn, ta te peri tēs didaskalias autou, kai tēs ex apantōn ethnōn genomenę̄s diʼ autou klēseōs akribōs proegnōsthai te kai pro myriōn hosōn etōn tois thespesiois ekeinois andrasi proeirēsthai; hōn tas hieras biblous Ioudaioi mallon an hēmōn eien axiopistoteroi meta pasēs sebasmiou timēs periepontes te kai propherontes. Toutōn hēmin chrēsimōs prodialēphthentōn epi tēn hypothesin hodeuteon.

As we attempt to gather the Prophetic Extracts from Isaiah, which alone remain for us, we shall first set out a few things, against those who are disposed to disbelieve the prophecies, to show the truth of the prophets. And first I shall set out an argument well observed by those before us. They seem to me to have said well that the Law itself solemnly testifies to those under the law of Moses that the nations among whom they will live will listen to omens and divinations: “But to you,” it says, “the Lord your God has not given it so.” And further, the divine word, keeping them away from augury and all the meddlesome divination that comes through demons, adds, “The Lord your God will raise up for you a prophet from among your brothers.” If, then, these things had been written for them but had not happened in fact, and there had been no prophetic men among them, could they have believed the Law, and the word that promised these things, when it was so openly and plainly lying? Or would they not clearly, drawn by their very craving for foreknowledge of what was to come, have despised their own Scriptures as having nothing true or divine, because there were no prophets among them, and deserted of their own accord to the oracles and soothsayings of the nations? But they evidently accepted not only Moses but many after him as prophets of God, clearly for no other reason than that they had had experience of the divinity in them. For these men foretold to them not only things that were to happen long afterwards, but also predicted certain everyday matters of life, such as about lost donkeys, and about the dangerously sick, whether they would live or not, and about plenty that was to come to the people, and countless other things recorded in their histories. If these things did not happen in this way, let someone answer for what reason they thought them prophets and called them so, or why they deemed their words worthy of writing. What is the cause for which they handed down their writings, as divine, to their children afterwards? For it is most implausible of all to think that, having seen nothing divine or marvellous in these men, they formed such opinions about them idly and in vain. If anyone runs back in thought to those times, what would he think when he saw rustic men, plain in appearance, goatherds and shepherds, coming into the midst of the whole nation and saying things as in the person of God, crying out, “Thus says the Lord,” addressing kings and the whole people with undaunted boldness, displaying a wisdom beyond the human, which is still found even now in their prophecies, philosophizing on countless other secret matters through riddles and parables, handing on to the people moral and doctrinal teaching in the Hebrew tongue, and besides this showing a life in keeping with their words, speaking to all without flattery, and rebuking the ungodly to their faces, so that they were plotted against by them even to death, while standing by the true word with strong and noble boldness? Anyone who takes these things to heart fairly, how would he not confess that all this happened in them according to a truly divine inspiration? This is why it was natural that they were then admired by the sensible, that their words were preserved in writing by the sacred scribes, and that still now they are believed by the whole nation to have been prophets of God. Our treatment of Christ shows this most plainly of all, in which we demonstrate that the whole dispensation concerning him, both his teaching and the calling of all nations through him, was exactly foreknown and foretold countless years before by those inspired men; whose sacred books the Jews, who would be more trustworthy than we, guard and bring forward with every reverent honour. Having usefully set out these things first, we must proceed to our subject.

4.1Gaisford

Ὁ λόγος ὁ γενόμενος πρὸς Ἡσαΐαν υἱὸν Ἀμὼς περὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ περὶ Ἱερουσαλήμ. Ὅτι ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις ἐμφανὲς τὸ ὄρος Κυρίου, καὶ ὁ οἶκος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπʼ ἄκρων τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ ὑψωθήσεται ὑπεράνω τῶν βουνῶν, καὶ ἥξουσιν ἐπʼ αὐτῷ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. Καὶ πορεύσονται ἔθνη πολλὰ, καὶ ἐρούσιν, Δεῦτε καὶ ἀναβῶμεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος Κυρίου, καὶ εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ Ἰακὼβ, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορευσόμεθα ἐν αὐτῇ· ἐκ γὰρ Σιὼν ἐξελεύσεται νόμος, καὶ λόγος Κυρίου ἐξ Ἱερουσαλήμ· καὶ κρινεῖ ἀναμέσον τῶν ἐθνῶν, καὶ ἐλέγξει λαὸν πολύν· καὶ συγκόψουσιν τὰς μαχαίρας αὐτῶν εἰς ἄροτρα, καὶ τὰς ζιβύνας αὐτῶν εἰς δρέπανα· καὶ οὐ λήψεται ἔθνος ἐπʼ ἔθνος μάχαιραν, καὶ οὐ μὴ μάθωσιν ἔτι πολεμεῖν. Δεικνύτωσαν ἡμῖν οἱ τὴν περιτομὴν αὐχοῦντες, τίς ὁ νόμος καὶ ποταπὸς, καὶ τίσι δοθησόμενος ὁ ἐκ Σιὼν ἐξελεύσεσθαι προφητευόμενος· ἐκ γὰρ Σιὼν, φησὶν, ἐξελεύσεται νόμος, ἕτερος ὢν δῆλον ὅτι τοῦ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ διὰ Μωσέως νόμου δεδομένου· τίς δὲ καὶ ὁ τοῦ Κυρίου λόγος, μηκέτι μὲν, κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν, μένων ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ἀλλʼ ἐκ Σιὼν αὐτῆς, καὶ μεθιστάμενος ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, μέλλων τε κρίνειν ἀνὰ μέσον τούτων, καὶ λαὸν ἐλέγχει(ξει) πολὺν, ὅτε καὶ εἰρήνης βαθυτάτης ἐγγενομένης τοῖς πρὸς τοῦ λόγου τοῦ Κυρίου κριθησομένοις ἔθνεσι, μεταβαλλόντες οἱ τῆς εἰρήνης ἠξιωμένοι τὰ πρότερον αὐτῶν πολεμικὰ σκεύῃ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν γεωργίᾳ προσέξουσι τὸν νοῦν. Ἐκείνοις μὲν οὖν οὐκ οἶδʼ εἴ τίς ἐστιν πρὸς ταῦτα λόγος· ἡμῖν γε μὴν ὑγιῶς εἰς Ἰησοῦν τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ πεπιστευκόσι ῥᾳδίως ἔνεστιν πᾶσαν ἐξομαλίσαι τὴν προφητείαν, θείαν τε ὡς ἀληθῶς καὶ παράδοξον αὐτὴν ἐπιδεικνύναι, τῷ καὶ τέλος ἐσχηκέναι τὰ προφητευθέντα πιστεύειν, καὶ μὴ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐκπίπτειν, εἰς ἀτερματίστους ὑπερτιθεμένους χρόνους τῶν προφητειῶν τὰ ἀποτελέσματα. Φαμὲν γὰρ δὴ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίᾳ καὶ σωματικῶς ἐκ Σιὼν ἐξεληλυθέναι, κἀκεῖθεν πᾶσιν ἀνακεκηρύχθαι τοῖς ἔθνεσι, τὸν νόμον τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης, τὸν κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ὅτε καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ σωτήριος Λόγος, Λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου χρηματίζων, ἐκ τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ προελθὼν, ἔνθα διατρίβων ἐδίδασκεν, κατὰ τὸ, ἰδοὺ ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος· ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐξέχεε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χάριν· ἃ καὶ κρινόμενα πρὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐλεγχόμενα ἐπί τε ταῖς προτέραις ἑαυτῶν ἁμαρτίαις, εἰς συναίσθησιν καὶ μετάνοιαν ἐρχόμενα, πέπαυται μὲν τοῦ πολέμοις τοῖς κατὰ τὰ πάθη σχολάζειν, ἐν εἰρήνῃ δὲ ψυχῆς διάγει βαθυτάτῃ τῆς σφῶν αὐτῶν διανοίας ἐπιμελούμενα, γεωργίας τε καὶ καρποφορίας. Εἴτε δὲ κατὰ τὴν λέξιν βούλοιτό τις ταῦτ·’ ἐκλαμβάνειν, ὑγιὴς ὁ νοῦς ἀποδίδοται· εἴτε κατὰ διάνοιαν, πολλῷ ῥᾷον· ἐπεὶ καὶ προηγουμένως καὶ μᾶλλον κατὰ ταύτην πεπεῖσθαι χρὴ τὰ κατὰ τοὺς τόπους ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποπληροῦσθαι· πλὴν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰρημένων δύναταί πως εἶναι σαφῆ καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἐν χερσὶ περικοπῆς, ἐν γὰρ ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι νῦν ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τῶν αἰώνων, ἐμφανὲς γεγένηται τὸ ὄρος τὸ πνευματικὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ὁ θεῖος καὶ οὐράνιος λόγος· καὶ ὁ οἶκος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἡ ἐκκλησία ἐπῳκοδομημένη ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπάνω εἶναι τῶν ὀρέων λεγομένη. Καὶ ταῦτά γε ἐμφανῆ γέγονε μετὰ τὴν ἀποβολὴν τοῦ ἐκ περιτομῆς λαοῦ, καὶ μετὰ τὸ ἀρθῆναι ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, ὅτε πέρας εἰλήφασιν αἱ ἀνωτέρω τῆς ἐκτεθείσης προφητείας φωναὶ, διʼ ὧν εἴρηται τὸ, Ἐγκαταλειφθήσεται ἡ θυγάτηρ Σιὼν, ὡς σκηνὴ ἐν ἀμπελῶνι, καὶ ὡς ὀπωροφυλάκιον ἐν σικυηλάτῳ, καὶ ὡς πόλις πολιορκουμένη· καὶ ὅτε πεπλήρωται τὸ, Ἀκούσατε λόγων Κύριοι, ἄρχοντες Σοδόμων· προσέχετε νόμον Θεοῦ, λαὸς Γομόρρας. Τί μοι πλῆθος τῶν θυσιῶν ὑμῶν, λέγει Κύριος; καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· οἷς ἐπιφέρει, τὰς νεομηνίας ὑμῶν, καὶ τὰς ἑορτὰς ὑμῶν, μισεῖ ἡ ψυχή μου· ἐγενήθητέ μοι εἰς πλησμονὴν, οὐκέτι ἀνήσω τὰς ἁμαρτίας ὑμῶν. Ὅτʼ ἂν τὰς χεῖρας ἐκτείνητε πρός με, ἀποστρέψω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου ἀφʼ ὑμῶν· καὶ ἐὰν πληθύνητε τὴν δέησιν, οὐκ εἰσακούσομαι ὑμῶν, αἱ γὰρ χεῖρες ὑμῶν αἵματος πλήρεις. Καὶ ὅρα πῶς ὁ λόγος ταῦτα πάντα ἀποτεινάμενος οὐκ εἰδωλολατρείαν ἐνταῦθα οὐδʼ ἑτέραν αὐτοῖς ἁμαρτίαν ἐγκαλεῖ, οὐδὲ μὴν αἱμάτων πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ἑνὸς ἐξαιρέτου τινὸς αἵματος, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὴν ἔκχυσιν, περὶ οὗ σαφῶς ὁ λόγος τὸν λαὸν ἀπελέγχει λέγων, αἱ γὰρ χεῖρες ὑμῶν αἵματος πλήρεις· διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγεται τὸ, Πῶς ἐγένετο πόρνη πόλις πιστὴ Σιὼν πλήρης κρίσεως, ἐν ᾗ δικαιοσύνη ἐκοιμήθη ἐν αὐτῇ, νῦν δὲ φονευταί; μεθʼ ἃ πάντα τελευτῶν ὁ λόγος αὖθις τὴν ἀποβολὴν αὐτῶν προμηνύων φησίν· Ἔσονται γὰρ ὡς τερέβινθος ἀποβεβληκυῖα τὰ φύλλα, καὶ ὡς παράδεισος ὕδωρ μὴ ἔχων. Καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν καλάμη στιππύου, καὶ αἱ ἐργασίαι αὐτῶν ὡς σπινθῆρες, καὶ κατακαυθήσονται οἱ ἄνομοι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἅμα, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὁ σβέσων. Τοσαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα κατʼ αὐτῶν προαποφηναμένη ἡ προφητεία, ἑξῆς ἐπιφέρει τὴν ἀρτίως ἡμῖν ἐκτεθεῖσαν περικοπὴν, διʼ ἧς εἴρηται τὸ, Ὅτι ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις ἐμφανὲς τὸ ὄρος Κυρίου. Σαφῶς μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνων ὁλοσχερῆ καὶ τελείαν ἀποβολήν τε καὶ ἐρήμωσιν τὰς τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης ὑποφαίνουσα οἰκονομίας, καθʼ ἃς ἐμφανὲς τοῖς πᾶσιν ἔθνεσιν τὸ ὄρος γέγονε τοῦ Κυρίου. Ποῖον δὲ ὄρος ἢ ὁ ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, Θεὸς Λόγος; Αὐτὸς ὁ Σωτὴρ καὶ Κύριος ἡμῶν, ὃν προαποδεδώκαμεν, περὶ οὗ καὶ ἐν Ψαλμοῖς εἴρηται, ὄρος τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὄρος πῖον· καὶ τὸ, ὄρος ὃ εὐδόκησεν ὁ Θεὸς κατοικεῖν ἐν αὐτῷ. Πρὸς τούτῳ δὲ τῷ ὄρει καὶ ὁ οἶκος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐμφανὴς γέγονεν· οἶκος δʼ ἂν εἴη Θεοῦ ἡ ἐκκλησία, ἡ ἐπʼ ἄκρων τῶν ὀρέων ἀποστολικῶν τε καὶ προφητικῶν λόγων ἐπεστηριγμένη· τούτων δὲ ἐμφανῶν γενομένων ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ ὄρος, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τὸν θεῖον λόγον οὐ κεκτημένος ὁ Ἰσραὴλ, οὐδʼ ὁ πολλαχοῦ δηλούμενος οἶκος Ἰακὼβ, ἀλλʼ ἁπαξαπλῶς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη· καὶ δὴ σαφὲς πῶς καὶ τίνα τρόπον ἀποτελεσθέντων διὰ τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐπιφανείας τῶν προειρημένων, ἐμφανῶν τε γενομένων τοῦ τε ἀποδεδομένου. ὄρους καὶ τοῦ δεδηλωμένου οἴκου, ἡμεῖς οἱ ἐξ ἐθνῶν διὰ τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ πίστεως προσεληλυθότες τῷ τῶν ὅλων Θεῷ, πάλαι μὲν ἀγνοοῦντες τὰ τηλικαῦτα, νυνὶ δὲ διὰ τὴν θείαν χάριν ἐπιγνόντες αὐτὰ, προσεληλύθαμεν Σιὼν ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ· καὶ ἅτε παιδευθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐξεληλυθότος ἢ καὶ καταβεβηκότος ἐκ τῆς ἐπουρανίου Ἱερουσαλὴμ Λόγου Θεοῦ, ὡς ὅτι ἡ ἄνω Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν, ἥτις ἐστὶν μήτηρ ἡμῶν· ἐπὶ τοῦτον τὸν ἐπουράνιον οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ Σιὼν, καὶ αὐτὸ ἐπουράνιον ὄρος Κυρίου, διεγείροντες ἀλλήλους καὶ κατασπεύδοντες διὰ τῆς διδασκαλείας καὶ προτροπῆς φαμὲν, δεῦτε καὶ ἀναβῶμεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος Κυρίου, καὶ εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ Ἰακώβ· καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορευσόμεθα ἐν αὐτῇ. Τούτων δʼ ἀποτελεσθέντων, καὶ Θεοῦ χάριτι πᾶσιν ἡμῖν ἐμφανῶν γενομένων, καὶ ἄλλη τίς προφητεία πέρας εἴληφεν, διʼ ἧς αὐτὸς ὁ σωτήριος λόγος σαφέστερον ἐπιμαρτυρεῖ τῇ μετὰ χεῖρας περικοπῇ τῆς τοῦ Ἡσαΐου προφητείας, λέγων, ἐμφανὴς ἐγενήθην τοῖς ἔμε μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν· εὑρέθην τοῖς ἔμε μὴ ζητοῦσιν· εἶπα, ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ εἰμὶ ἔθνει, οἳ οὐκ ἐπεκάλεσαν τὸ ὄνομά μου. Εἰ δὲ μὴ οὕτως ἐκλάβοι τίς τὰ κατὰ τοὺς τόπους, ποῖον ἂν ὄρος ἢ ποῖον Θεοῦ οἶκον ἄλλως ἔχοι ἂν ἐπιδεῖξαι, περὶ ὧν ἡ προφητεία, ὡς μὴ τότε ὄντων σωματικῶς ἐμφανῶν, τὰ προεκτεθέντα σημαίνει. Δύναται δὲ ταῦτα καὶ ἄλλως εἰς τὴν δευτέραν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν ἁρμόττεσθαι, ὡς τότε μᾶλλον ἢ νῦν πληρωθησομένων τελείως τῶν προπεφητευμένων. Ἱστέον δὲ ὡς τὰ αὐτὰ κατὰ λέξιν σχεδὸν ἐμφέρεται καὶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ Μιχαίου προφητείᾳ.

Ho logos ho genomenos pros Hēsaïan huion Amōs peri tēs Ioudaias, kai peri Hierousalēm. Hoti estai en tais eschatais hēmerais emphanes to oros Kyriou, kai ho oikos tou Theou epʼ akrōn tōn oreōn, kai hypsōthēsetai hyperanō tōn bounōn, kai hēxousin epʼ autǭ panta ta ethnē. Kai poreusontai ethnē polla, kai erousin, Deute kai anabōmen eis to oros Kyriou, kai eis ton oikon tou Theou Iakōb, kai anangelei hēmin tēn hodon autou, kai poreusometha en autę̄; ek gar Siōn exeleusetai nomos, kai logos Kyriou ex Hierousalēm; kai krinei anameson tōn ethnōn, kai elenxei laon polyn; kai synkopsousin tas machairas autōn eis arotra, kai tas zibynas autōn eis drepana; kai ou lēpsetai ethnos epʼ ethnos machairan, kai ou mē mathōsin eti polemein. Deiknytōsan hēmin hoi tēn peritomēn auchountes, tis ho nomos kai potapos, kai tisi dothēsomenos ho ek Siōn exeleusesthai prophēteuomenos; ek gar Siōn, phēsin, exeleusetai nomos, heteros ōn dēlon hoti tou en tę̄ erēmǭ dia Mōseōs nomou dedomenou; tis de kai ho tou Kyriou logos, mēketi men, kata tēn prophēteian, menōn en Hierousalēm, allʼ ek Siōn autēs, kai methistamenos epi panta ta ethnē, mellōn te krinein ana meson toutōn, kai laon elenchei(xei) polyn, hote kai eirēnēs bathytatēs engenomenēs tois pros tou logou tou Kyriou krithēsomenois ethnesi, metaballontes hoi tēs eirēnēs ēxiōmenoi ta proteron autōn polemika skeuę̄ tę̄ heautōn kata tēn psychēn geōrgią prosexousi ton noun. Ekeinois men oun ouk oidʼ ei tis estin pros tauta logos; hēmin ge mēn hygiōs eis Iēsoun ton Christon tou Theou pepisteukosi rhądiōs enestin pasan exomalisai tēn prophēteian, theian te hōs alēthōs kai paradoxon autēn epideiknynai, tǭ kai telos eschēkenai ta prophēteuthenta pisteuein, kai mē tēs alētheias ekpiptein, eis atermatistous hypertithemenous chronous tōn prophēteiōn ta apotelesmata. Phamen gar dē epi tę̄ tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou parousią kai sōmatikōs ek Siōn exelēlythenai, kakeithen pasin anakekērychthai tois ethnesi, ton nomon tēs kainēs diathēkēs, ton kata to euangelion, hote kai autos ho sōtērios Logos, Logos tou Kyriou chrēmatizōn, ek tēs Hierousalēm proelthōn, entha diatribōn edidasken, kata to, idou aphietai hymin ho oikos hymōn erēmos; epi panta ta ethnē exechee tēn heautou charin; ha kai krinomena pros autou kai elenchomena epi te tais proterais heautōn hamartiais, eis synaisthēsin kai metanoian erchomena, pepautai men tou polemois tois kata ta pathē scholazein, en eirēnę̄ de psychēs diagei bathytatę̄ tēs sphōn autōn dianoias epimeloumena, geōrgias te kai karpophorias. Eite de kata tēn lexin bouloito tis taut;’ eklambanein, hygiēs ho nous apodidotai; eite kata dianoian, pollǭ rhąon; epei kai proēgoumenōs kai mallon kata tautēn pepeisthai chrē ta kata tous topous apo tōn apoplērousthai; plēn apo tōn eirēmenōn dynatai pōs einai saphē kai ta kata tēn archēn tēs en chersi perikopēs, en gar tais eschatais hēmerais, dēlon dʼ hoti nyn epi synteleią tōn aiōnōn, emphanes gegenētai to oros to pneumatikon tou Theou, toutʼ estin ho theios kai ouranios logos; kai ho oikos de autou hē ekklēsia epǭkodomēmenē epi tǭ themeliǭ tōn apostolōn kai prophētōn, kai dia touto epanō einai tōn oreōn legomenē. Kai tauta ge emphanē gegone meta tēn apobolēn tou ek peritomēs laou, kai meta to arthēnai apʼ autou tēn basileian tōn ouranōn, hote peras eilēphasin hai anōterō tēs ektetheisēs prophēteias phōnai, diʼ hōn eirētai to, Enkataleiphthēsetai hē thygatēr Siōn, hōs skēnē en ampelōni, kai hōs opōrophylakion en sikyēlatǭ, kai hōs polis poliorkoumenē; kai hote peplērōtai to, Akousate logōn Kyrioi, archontes Sodomōn; prosechete nomon Theou, laos Gomorras. Ti moi plēthos tōn thysiōn hymōn, legei Kyrios? kai ta hexēs; hois epipherei, tas neomēnias hymōn, kai tas heortas hymōn, misei hē psychē mou; egenēthēte moi eis plēsmonēn, ouketi anēsō tas hamartias hymōn. Hotʼ an tas cheiras ekteinēte pros me, apostrepsō tous ophthalmous mou aphʼ hymōn; kai ean plēthynēte tēn deēsin, ouk eisakousomai hymōn, hai gar cheires hymōn haimatos plēreis. Kai hora pōs ho logos tauta panta apoteinamenos ouk eidōlolatreian entautha oudʼ heteran autois hamartian enkalei, oude mēn haimatōn pollōn allʼ henos exairetou tinos haimatos, dēlon dʼ hoti tou Christou, tēn ekchysin, peri hou saphōs ho logos ton laon apelenchei legōn, hai gar cheires hymōn haimatos plēreis; diʼ hēn aitian hexēs epilegetai to, Pōs egeneto pornē polis pistē Siōn plērēs kriseōs, en hę̄ dikaiosynē ekoimēthē en autę̄, nyn de phoneutai? methʼ ha panta teleutōn ho logos authis tēn apobolēn autōn promēnyōn phēsin; Esontai gar hōs terebinthos apobeblēkuia ta phylla, kai hōs paradeisos hydōr mē echōn. Kai estai hē ischys autōn kalamē stippyou, kai hai ergasiai autōn hōs spinthēres, kai katakauthēsontai hoi anomoi kai hoi hamartōloi hama, kai ouk estai ho sbesōn. Tosauta kai tēlikauta katʼ autōn proapophēnamenē hē prophēteia, hexēs epipherei tēn artiōs hēmin ektetheisan perikopēn, diʼ hēs eirētai to, Hoti estai en tais eschatais hēmerais emphanes to oros Kyriou. Saphōs meta tēn ekeinōn holoscherē kai teleian apobolēn te kai erēmōsin tas tēs kainēs diathēkēs hypophainousa oikonomias, kathʼ has emphanes tois pasin ethnesin to oros gegone tou Kyriou. Poion de oros ē ho en archę̄ pros ton Theon, Theos Logos? Autos ho Sōtēr kai Kyrios hēmōn, hon proapodedōkamen, peri hou kai en Psalmois eirētai, oros tou Theou, oros pion; kai to, oros ho eudokēsen ho Theos katoikein en autǭ. Pros toutǭ de tǭ orei kai ho oikos tou Theou emphanēs gegonen; oikos dʼ an eiē Theou hē ekklēsia, hē epʼ akrōn tōn oreōn apostolikōn te kai prophētikōn logōn epestērigmenē; toutōn de emphanōn genomenōn epʼ auto touto to oros, dēlon dʼ hoti ton theion logon ou kektēmenos ho Israēl, oudʼ ho pollachou dēloumenos oikos Iakōb, allʼ hapaxaplōs panta ta ethnē; kai dē saphes pōs kai tina tropon apotelesthentōn dia tēs tou Sōtēros hēmōn epiphaneias tōn proeirēmenōn, emphanōn te genomenōn tou te apodedomenou. orous kai tou dedēlōmenou oikou, hēmeis hoi ex ethnōn dia tēs eis Christon ton huion tou Theou pisteōs proselēlythotes tǭ tōn holōn Theǭ, palai men agnoountes ta tēlikauta, nyni de dia tēn theian charin epignontes auta, proselēlythamen Siōn orei kai polei Theou zōntos, Hierousalēm epouraniǭ; kai hate paideuthentes hypo tou exelēlythotos ē kai katabebēkotos ek tēs epouraniou Hierousalēm Logou Theou, hōs hoti hē anō Hierousalēm eleuthera estin, hētis estin mētēr hēmōn; epi touton ton epouranion oikon tou Theou, kai epi to Siōn, kai auto epouranion oros Kyriou, diegeirontes allēlous kai kataspeudontes dia tēs didaskaleias kai protropēs phamen, deute kai anabōmen eis to oros Kyriou, kai eis ton oikon tou Theou Iakōb; kai anangelei hēmin tēn hodon autou, kai poreusometha en autę̄. Toutōn dʼ apotelesthentōn, kai Theou chariti pasin hēmin emphanōn genomenōn, kai allē tis prophēteia peras eilēphen, diʼ hēs autos ho sōtērios logos saphesteron epimartyrei tę̄ meta cheiras perikopę̄ tēs tou Hēsaïou prophēteias, legōn, emphanēs egenēthēn tois eme mē eperōtōsin; heurethēn tois eme mē zētousin; eipa, idou egō eimi ethnei, hoi ouk epekalesan to onoma mou. Ei de mē houtōs eklaboi tis ta kata tous topous, poion an oros ē poion Theou oikon allōs echoi an epideixai, peri hōn hē prophēteia, hōs mē tote ontōn sōmatikōs emphanōn, ta proektethenta sēmainei. Dynatai de tauta kai allōs eis tēn deuteran tou Christou parousian harmottesthai, hōs tote mallon ē nyn plērōthēsomenōn teleiōs tōn propephēteumenōn. Histeon de hōs ta auta kata lexin schedon empheretai kai en tę̄ tou Michaiou prophēteią.

“The word that came to Isaiah son of Amoz concerning Judea and concerning Jerusalem. For in the last days the mountain of the Lord shall be manifest, and the house of God on the tops of the mountains, and it shall be lifted up above the hills, and all the nations shall come to it. And many nations shall go and say, ‘Come, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord and to the house of the God of Jacob, and he will declare to us his way, and we will walk in it’; for out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem. And he shall judge between the nations and rebuke many people; and they shall beat their swords into ploughshares and their spears into sickles; and nation shall not take sword against nation, nor shall they learn war any more.” Let those who boast of circumcision show us what the law is, and of what sort, and to whom it will be given, which is prophesied to go forth from Zion. For “out of Zion,” it says, “shall go forth the law,” clearly other than the law given through Moses in the wilderness. And what is the word of the Lord which, according to the prophecy, no longer remains in Jerusalem, but goes out from Zion itself and moves to all the nations, and is to judge between them and (rebuke) many people, when, a most profound peace having come to the nations to be judged by the word of the Lord, those deemed worthy of the peace will change their former weapons of war and give their mind to the husbandry of their own souls? I do not know whether they have any answer to this. But we who have soundly believed in Jesus, the Christ of God, can easily smooth out the whole prophecy and show it to be truly divine and marvellous, by believing that what was prophesied has reached its end, and not falling away from the truth by postponing the fulfilment of the prophecies to unending times. For we say that at the coming of our Saviour Jesus Christ, even bodily, the law of the new covenant, the law according to the Gospel, went forth from Zion and from there was proclaimed to all the nations; when also the saving Word himself, who is called the Word of the Lord, went forth from Jerusalem, where he lived and taught (according to “Behold, your house is left to you desolate”), and poured out his grace on all the nations. They, judged by him and rebuked for their former sins, coming to awareness and repentance, have ceased to occupy themselves with the wars of the passions and live in the most profound peace of soul, caring for their own understanding, its husbandry and fruitfulness. Whether one wishes to take these things according to the letter, a sound sense is given; or according to the spiritual sense, much more easily; since one should be persuaded that what is in these passages is fulfilled primarily and rather in this sense. From what has been said, the things at the beginning of the passage in hand can also be made clear. For in the last days, clearly now at the consummation of the ages, the spiritual mountain of God has become manifest, that is, the divine and heavenly Word; and his house, the church, built on the foundation of the apostles and prophets, and for this reason said to be above the mountains. These things became manifest after the casting off of the people of the circumcision and after the kingdom of heaven was taken from them, when the words of the prophecy above the passage set out reached their fulfilment, by which it is said, “The daughter of Zion shall be left like a booth in a vineyard, and like a garden-watchman's hut in a cucumber field, like a besieged city”; and when there was fulfilled, “Hear the word of the Lord, you rulers of Sodom; give heed to the law of God, you people of Gomorrah. What to me is the multitude of your sacrifices? says the Lord,” and what follows, to which it adds: “Your new moons and your feasts my soul hates; you have become a surfeit to me; I will no longer forgive your sins. When you stretch out your hands to me, I will turn my eyes away from you; and if you multiply supplication, I will not listen to you; for your hands are full of blood.” See how the word, after directing all these things at them, does not here charge them with idolatry or any other sin, nor with the shedding of much blood, but of one special blood, clearly that of Christ, about which the word plainly convicts the people, saying, “for your hands are full of blood.” For this reason it next says, “How has the faithful city Zion become a harlot, she that was full of judgment, in which righteousness lodged, but now murderers?” After all this, ending, the word again foretells their casting off, saying, “For they shall be like a terebinth that has shed its leaves, and like a garden that has no water. And their strength shall be like a stalk of tow, and their works like sparks, and the lawless and the sinners shall be burned together, and there shall be no one to quench them.” Having declared so many and such great things against them beforehand, the prophecy next adds the passage we have just set out, in which it is said, “For in the last days the mountain of the Lord shall be manifest,” clearly indicating, after their complete and total casting off and desolation, the dispensations of the new covenant, under which the mountain of the Lord has become manifest to all the nations. And what mountain but the Word, God, who was in the beginning with God? He is our Saviour and Lord, as we have shown before, of whom it is said in the Psalms too, “The mountain of God, a fat mountain,” and “the mountain in which God was pleased to dwell.” Besides this mountain, the house of God too has become manifest; and the house of God would be the church, set firm on the tops of the mountains, the apostolic and prophetic words. When these became manifest, it is not Israel that has come to this very mountain, clearly the divine Word, nor the house of Jacob mentioned in many places, but simply all the nations. And it is clear how, once the things foretold were accomplished through our Saviour's appearing, and the mountain described and the house shown became manifest, we from the nations, having come to the God of the universe through faith in Christ the Son of God, formerly ignorant of such great things but now, by divine grace, knowing them, have come to Mount Zion and the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem. And having been taught by the Word of God, who came out, or rather came down, from the heavenly Jerusalem, that “the Jerusalem above is free, which is our mother,” we rouse one another toward this heavenly house of God and to Zion, itself the heavenly mountain of the Lord, and urge one another on by teaching and exhortation, saying, “Come, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord and to the house of the God of Jacob, and he will declare to us his way, and we will walk in it.” When these things had been accomplished and, by God's grace, become manifest to us all, another prophecy too reached its end, through which the saving Word himself bears witness more clearly to the passage in hand from Isaiah's prophecy, saying, “I became manifest to those who did not ask for me; I was found by those who did not seek me; I said, ‘Here I am,’ to a nation that did not call on my name.” If anyone does not take these passages in this way, what mountain or what house of God could he otherwise show, about which the prophecy signifies what was set out, as not then being manifest bodily? These things can also be fitted otherwise to the second coming of Christ, as things foretold that will be completely fulfilled then rather than now. It should be known that almost the same things occur word for word in the prophecy of Micah as well.

4.2Gaisford

Ἰδοὺ δὴ, ὁ δεσπότης τῆς Σαβαὼθ ἀφελεῖ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἰσχύοντα καὶ ἰσχύουσαν, ἰσχὺν ἄρτου καὶ ἰσχὺν ὕδατος, γίγαντα καὶ ἰσχύοντα, καὶ ἄνθρωπον πολεμιστὴν, καὶ δικαστὴν, καὶ προφήτην καὶ στοχαστὴν, καὶ πρεσβύτερον, καὶ πεντηκόνταρχον, καὶ θαυμαστὸν σύμβουλον, καὶ σοφὸν ἀρχιτέκτονα, καὶ συνετὸν ἀκροατήν. Καὶ ἐπιστήσω νεανίσκους ἄρχοντας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐμπαίκται κυριεύσουσιν αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· οἷς ἐπιλέγει Θεός· Οὐκ ἔσομαι ἀρχηγὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, ὅτι ἀνεῖται Ἱερουσαλὴμ, καὶ ἡ Ἰουδαία συμπέπτωκεν, καὶ αἱ γλῶσσαι αὐτῶν μετὰ ἀνομίας, τὰ πρὸς Κύριον ἀπειθοῦντες. Διʼ ὅτι νῦν ἐταπεινώθη ἡ δόξα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ αἰσχύνη τοῦ προσώπου αὐτῶν ἀντέστη αὐτοῖς· τὴν δὲ ἁμαρτίαν αὐτῶν ὡς Σοδόμων ἀνήγγειλαν καὶ ἐνεφάνισαν· οὐαὶ τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτῶν, διʼ ὅτι βεβούλευνται βουλὴν πονηρὰν, καθʼ ἑαυτῶν εἰπόντες, Δήσωμεν τὸν δίκαιον, ὅτι δύσχρηστος ἡμῖν ἐστίν· τοίνυν τὰ γενήματα τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν φάγονται. Καὶ ἡ λεγομένη Σολομῶντος Σοφία τὰ παραπλήσια τοῖς ἐνθάδε περὶ τοῦ δικαίου λελεγμένοις οὕτως ἔχει· Ἐνεδρεύσωμεν τὸν δίκαιον, ὅτι δύσχρηστος ἡμῖν ἐστὶν, καὶ ἐναντιοῦται τοῖς λόγοις ἡμῶν. Ταῦτα δὲ ἐν ἐκείνοις σαφῶς ἐκ τῆς συμφράσεως ἐμφαίνεται περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰρημένα· καὶ τὰ ἐνθάδε τοιγαροῦν περὶ τῶν ἐπιβουλευσάντων αὐτῷ καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτῶν μᾶλλον, ἤ περ κατʼ αὐτοῦ πονηρὰν βουλὴν βουλευσαμένων προφητεύεται· διʼ ὃ καὶ καταλλήλως τὸν ταλανισμὸν ἑαυτοῖς ὁ λόγος ἐπάγει, διὰ τοῦ, οὐαὶ τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτῶν· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν κόλασιν τὴν περιμένουσαν αὐτοὺς προτίθησι λέγων, τοίνυν τὰ γεννήματα τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν φάγονται· ὁποῖα γὰρ ἔσπειραν κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τοιαῦτα καὶ θεριοῦσιν ἐν τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ κριτηρίῳ. Ἤδη δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἐνταῦθα βίον ὅρα εἰ μὴ μετὰ τὴν κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐπιβουλὴν ἐπληρώθη εἰς αὐτοὺς ὁ προκείμενος τῆς προφητείας λόγος, ὁ φάσκων, ἰδοὺ δὴ ὁ δεσπότης Κύριος Σαβαὼθ ἀφελεῖ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἰσχύοντα καὶ ἰσχύουσαν. Ἀληθῶς γὰρ ἀφῄρηται ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἡ πάλαι πρότερον ἐμπολιτευομένη ἐν αὐτοῖς θεία καὶ οὐράνιος χάρις, καὶ οὐκέτʼ ἐστὶν εὑρεῖν ἐν αὐτοῖς οὔτε προφήτην, οὔτε στοχαστήν· ποῦ δὲ καὶ ὁ πολεμιστὴς αὐτῶν ἢ ὁ δικαστὴς, ὁ θαυμαστὸς σύμβουλος, ἢ ὁ συνετὸς ἀκροατής; Εἰ δὲ καὶ δοκοῦσιν ἄρτου τοῦ πνευματικοῦ μετέχειν ἐν τῷ τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἐντυγχάνειν τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ὅρα εἰ μὴ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς ἡ ἐν τοῖς θείοις γράμμασιν ἐναποκειμένη ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀφῄρηται· σαφῶς δʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ ἡ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἀνεῖται, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ δὲ πάντα εἰς αὐτοὺς πεπλήρωται διὰ μίαν ἐκείνην τὴν κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἁμαρτίαν· οὐαὶ γὰρ, φησὶν ὁ λόγος, τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτῶν· καὶ τοῦ ταλανισμοῦ τὴν αἰτίαν προστίθησιν λέγων, διότι βεβούλευνται βουλὴν πονηρὰν καθʼ ἑαυτῶν, εἰπόντες· δήσωμεν τὸν δικαίον, ὅτι δύσχρηστος ἡμῖν ἔστιν.

Idou dē, ho despotēs tēs Sabaōth aphelei apo tēs Ioudaias, kai apo Hierousalēm ischyonta kai ischyousan, ischyn artou kai ischyn hydatos, giganta kai ischyonta, kai anthrōpon polemistēn, kai dikastēn, kai prophētēn kai stochastēn, kai presbyteron, kai pentēkontarchon, kai thaumaston symboulon, kai sophon architektona, kai syneton akroatēn. Kai epistēsō neaniskous archontas autōn, kai empaiktai kyrieusousin autōn, kai ta hexēs; hois epilegei Theos; Ouk esomai archēgos tou laou toutou, hoti aneitai Hierousalēm, kai hē Ioudaia sympeptōken, kai hai glōssai autōn meta anomias, ta pros Kyrion apeithountes. Diʼ hoti nyn etapeinōthē hē doxa autōn, kai hē aischynē tou prosōpou autōn antestē autois; tēn de hamartian autōn hōs Sodomōn anēngeilan kai enephanisan; ouai tę̄ psychę̄ autōn, diʼ hoti bebouleuntai boulēn ponēran, kathʼ heautōn eipontes, Dēsōmen ton dikaion, hoti dyschrēstos hēmin estin; toinyn ta genēmata tōn ergōn autōn phagontai. Kai hē legomenē Solomōntos Sophia ta paraplēsia tois enthade peri tou dikaiou lelegmenois houtōs echei; Enedreusōmen ton dikaion, hoti dyschrēstos hēmin estin, kai enantioutai tois logois hēmōn. Tauta de en ekeinois saphōs ek tēs symphraseōs emphainetai peri tou Christou eirēmena; kai ta enthade toigaroun peri tōn epibouleusantōn autǭ kai kathʼ heautōn mallon, ē per katʼ autou ponēran boulēn bouleusamenōn prophēteuetai; diʼ ho kai katallēlōs ton talanismon heautois ho logos epagei, dia tou, ouai tę̄ psychę̄ autōn; alla kai tēn kolasin tēn perimenousan autous protithēsi legōn, toinyn ta gennēmata tōn ergōn autōn phagontai; hopoia gar espeiran kata tou Christou toiauta kai theriousin en tǭ tou Theou kritēriǭ. Ēdē de kai kata ton entautha bion hora ei mē meta tēn kata tou Christou epiboulēn eplērōthē eis autous ho prokeimenos tēs prophēteias logos, ho phaskōn, idou dē ho despotēs Kyrios Sabaōth aphelei apo tēs Ioudaias kai apo Hierousalēm ischyonta kai ischyousan. Alēthōs gar aphę̄rētai apʼ autōn hē palai proteron empoliteuomenē en autois theia kai ouranios charis, kai ouketʼ estin heurein en autois oute prophētēn, oute stochastēn; pou de kai ho polemistēs autōn ē ho dikastēs, ho thaumastos symboulos, ē ho synetos akroatēs? Ei de kai dokousin artou tou pneumatikou metechein en tǭ tois hierois entynchanein tou Theou logois, allʼ hora ei mē hē dynamis kai hē ischys hē en tois theiois grammasin enapokeimenē ex autōn aphę̄rētai; saphōs dʼ epi toutois kai hē Hierousalēm aneitai, kai ta loipa de panta eis autous peplērōtai dia mian ekeinēn tēn kata tou Christou hamartian; ouai gar, phēsin ho logos, tę̄ psychę̄ autōn; kai tou talanismou tēn aitian prostithēsin legōn, dioti bebouleuntai boulēn ponēran kathʼ heautōn, eipontes; dēsōmen ton dikaion, hoti dyschrēstos hēmin estin.

“Behold now, the Master, the Lord of Sabaoth, will take away from Judea and from Jerusalem the strong man and the strong woman, the strength of bread and the strength of water, the giant and the strong man, and the man of war, and the judge, and the prophet and the diviner, and the elder, and the captain of fifty, and the wonderful counsellor, and the wise master builder, and the intelligent hearer. And I will set youths as their rulers, and mockers shall lord it over them,” and what follows; to which God adds: “I will not be the leader of this people, for Jerusalem is forsaken and Judea has fallen, and their tongues are with lawlessness, disobedient toward the Lord. For now their glory has been humbled, and the shame of their face has stood against them; and they have declared and displayed their sin like that of Sodom. Woe to their soul, for they have counselled an evil counsel against themselves, saying, ‘Let us bind the righteous one, for he is troublesome to us’; therefore they shall eat the fruits of their works.” The so-called Wisdom of Solomon too has, about the righteous one, words like those said here: “Let us lie in wait for the righteous one, for he is troublesome to us and opposes our words.” There it is clear from the context that these words are said about Christ; and so the words here too are prophesied about those who plotted against him and counselled an evil counsel against themselves rather than against him. This is why the word fittingly brings the lament upon them, through “Woe to their soul,” and also sets out the punishment awaiting them, saying, “therefore they shall eat the fruits of their works”; for such things as they sowed against Christ, they will also reap at the judgment seat of God. But see whether, already in this life, after the plot against Christ, the word of the prophecy set out was not fulfilled upon them, which says, “Behold now, the Master, the Lord Sabaoth, will take away from Judea and from Jerusalem the strong man and the strong woman.” For truly the divine and heavenly grace that formerly dwelt among them has been taken away from them, and one can no longer find among them either prophet or diviner. Where is their man of war, or judge, or wonderful counsellor, or intelligent hearer? And if they seem to share in spiritual bread by reading the sacred words of God, see whether the power and strength stored up in the divine writings has not been taken away from them. Clearly, besides this, Jerusalem is forsaken, and all the rest has been fulfilled upon them because of that one sin against Christ. For “woe,” the word says, “to their soul”; and it adds the reason for the lament, saying, “for they have counselled an evil counsel against themselves, saying, ‘Let us bind the righteous one, for he is troublesome to us.’”

4.3Gaisford

Λαός μου, οἱ μακαρίζοντες ὑμᾶς πλανῶσιν ὑμᾶς, καὶ τὴν τρίβον τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν ταράσσουσιν. Ἀλλὰ νῦν καταστήσεται εἰς κρίσιν Κύριος, καὶ στήσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ. Αὐτὸς Κύριος εἰς κρίσιν ἥξει μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ μετὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων αὐτοῦ. Οὐκ ἔοικεν ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν ἀναφέρεσθαι τὸ νῦν καταστήσεται εἰς κρίσιν Κύριος· καὶ μάλιστα τὸ, αὐτὸς Κύριος εἰς κρίσιν ἥξει μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ μετὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων αὐτοῦ· ἁρμόζοι δʼ ἂν περὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου, Κυρίου καὶ αὐτοῦ χρηματίζοντος, ταῦτα προφητεύεσθαι· καὶ γὰρ οὖν αὐτὸς ὁ κηρυχθεὶς πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν Θεοῦ Λόγος εἰς κρίσιν μετὰ πάντων καταστήσεται, μὴδʼ ἑνὶ τῶν ἀσεβῶν χώραν διδοὺς ἀπολογίας, ἅτε εἰς τὰς ἁπάντων ἀκοὰς διαδραμούσης αὐτοῦ τῆς διδασκαλίας· ἥξει δʼ εἰς κρίσιν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων μάλιστα τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ μετὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων αὐτοῦ, οἷα δὴ αὐτῶν ἐπισυναχθέντων κατʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν αὐτῷ συσκευασαμένων· οἳ καὶ μακαρίζοντες τὸν ἀρχόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτῶν λαὸν ἐπλάνων αὐτὸν, λέγοντες τὸ πονηρὸν καλὸν, καὶ τοὺς καλοὺς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν λόγους πονηροὺς ὑπάρχειν ἀποφαινόμενοι.

Laos mou, hoi makarizontes hymas planōsin hymas, kai tēn tribon tōn podōn hymōn tarassousin. Alla nyn katastēsetai eis krisin Kyrios, kai stēsei ton laon autou. Autos Kyrios eis krisin hēxei meta tōn presbyterōn tou laou, kai meta tōn archontōn autou. Ouk eoiken epi ton tōn holōn Theon anapheresthai to nyn katastēsetai eis krisin Kyrios; kai malista to, autos Kyrios eis krisin hēxei meta tōn presbyterōn tou laou, kai meta tōn archontōn autou; harmozoi dʼ an peri tou Theou Logou, Kyriou kai autou chrēmatizontos, tauta prophēteuesthai; kai gar oun autos ho kērychtheis pasi tois hypo ton ouranon Theou Logos eis krisin meta pantōn katastēsetai, mēdʼ heni tōn asebōn chōran didous apologias, hate eis tas hapantōn akoas diadramousēs autou tēs didaskalias; hēxei dʼ eis krisin Iēsous Christos meta tōn presbyterōn malista tou laou kai meta tōn archontōn autou, hoia dē autōn episynachthentōn katʼ autou, kai tēn epiboulēn autǭ syskeuasamenōn; hoi kai makarizontes ton archomenon hypʼ autōn laon eplanōn auton, legontes to ponēron kalon, kai tous kalous tou Sōtēros hēmōn logous ponērous hyparchein apophainomenoi.

“My people, those who call you blessed lead you astray and confuse the path of your feet. But now the Lord will stand up for judgment and will make his people stand. The Lord himself will come into judgment with the elders of the people and with its rulers.” “Now the Lord will stand up for judgment” does not seem to refer to the God of the universe, and especially not “The Lord himself will come into judgment with the elders of the people and with its rulers.” It would fit that these things are prophesied about the Word of God, who is himself also called Lord. For the Word of God, proclaimed to all under heaven, will stand up for judgment with all, giving none of the ungodly room for defence, since his teaching has run to the ears of all. And Jesus Christ will come into judgment especially with the elders of the people and with its rulers, since they gathered against him and contrived the plot against him; who also, by calling blessed the people ruled by them, led it astray, calling the evil good and declaring the good words of our Saviour evil.

4.4Gaisford

Καὶ προσέθετο Κύριος λαλῆσαι τῷ Ἄχαζ, λέγων, Αἴτησαι σεαυτῷ σημεῖον παρὰ Κυρίου Θεοῦ σου εἰς βάθος, ἢ εἰς ὕψος. Καὶ εἶπεν Ἄχαζ, Οὐ μὴ αἰτήσω οὐδὲ μὴ πειράσω Κύριον. Καὶ εἶπεν, Ἀκούσατε δὴ οἶκος Δαυίδ· μὴ μικρὸν ὑμῖν ἀγῶνα παρέχειν ἀνθρώποις, καὶ πῶς Κυρίῳ παρέχετε ἀγῶνα; Διὰ τοῦτο δώσει Κύριος αὐτὸς ὑμῖν σημεῖον· ἰδοὺ, ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ λήψεται, καὶ τέξεται υἱὸν· καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ· βούτυρον καὶ μέλι φάγεται, πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι αὐτὸν ἢ προελέσθαι πονηρὰ, ἐκλέξεται τὸ ἀγαθόν· δʼ ὅτι πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι τὸ παιδίον ἀγαθὸν ἢ κακὸν, ἀπειθεῖ πονηρίᾳ, ἐκλέξασθαι τὸ ἀγαθόν. Οἱ μὴ παραδεχόμενοι τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν λεγέτωσαν τίς ἡ παρθένος, ἡ κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν ἐν γαστρὶ ληψομένη καὶ τέξουσα τὸν ἐπονομαζόμενον Ἐμμανουὴλ υἱόν· ἀλλʼ εἰ φάσκοιεν μὴ γεγράφθαι παρθένον ἀλλὰ νεᾶνιν κατὰ τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν, λεκτέον, ὡς οὐχ οἱ τυχόντες ἐτύγχανον οἱ πρῶτοι τὴν γραφὴν κατὰ θείαν ἑρμηνεύσαντες οἰκονομίαν, ο′ μὲν ὄντες τὸ πλῆθος, ἀναλελεγμένοι ἀριστινδὴν ἀπὸ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ, δοκιμήν τε οὐ σμικρὰν κατὰ τοὺς αὐτῶν χρόνους ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ δεδωκότες· τί δʼ ἂν παράδοξον ὁ λόγος ὑπισχνεῖτο σημεῖον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ὥσπερ τι θαυμαστὸν τῷ οἴκῳ Δαυὶδ δοθήσεσθαι προμαρτυράμενος, εἰ περὶ ψιλῆς νεάνιδος ὁ λόγος ἦν· οὐδὲν δὲ ἡμᾶς κωλύει, εἰ καὶ νεάνιδα[ν] κατʼ αὐτοὺς περιέχει τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν, ὡς περὶ παρθένου δηλοῦσθαι νομίζειν τὰ εἰρημένα· καὶ γὰρ οὖν ἐν τῷ Λευϊτικῷ εὕροις ἂν τὴν ὁμολογουμένως παρθένον μεμνηστευμένην ἀνδρὶ, ὑφʼ ἑτέρου δὲ βεβιασμένην, νεᾶνιν ὑπὸ τῆς γραφῆς ὀνομαζομένην· καὶ ταύτῃ γε ἀξιοπρεπὲς ἂν εἴη τῷ οἴκῳ Δαυὶδ διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν παρὰ Κυρίου διδόσθαι σημεῖον, τὸ παραδόξως παρθένον ἀποτεκεῖν, διʼ ὃ δὴ καὶ ὁ τεχθησόμενος θαυμαστός τις ὢν ἀνηγόρευται· εἴ γε ἐκ παιδὸς, καὶ ὡς εἰπεῖν ἐξ αὐτῆς γενέσεως, ἀπειθήσειν μὲν πονηρίᾳ, ἐκλέξασθαι δὲ τὸ ἀγαθὸν προφητεύεται. Καὶ τὸ ὄνομα δὲ αὐτοῦ θαυμαστῶς προαναπεφώνηται Ἐμμανουήλ τυγχάνον· ὃ ἔστι μεθʼ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός· ὃ καὶ φήσαιμεν ἂν ἡμεῖς οἱ ὁμολογοῦντες αὐτὸν, καὶ συναισθόμενοι τῆς· ἐνθέου καὶ ἀπορρήτου εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως ἐπιδημίας· λέγοιτο δʼ ἂν πάλιν Ἐμμανουὴλ ὁ μεθʼ ἡμῶν Θεὸς, τῷ τὸν μὲν Πατέρα καὶ Θεὸν τῶν ὅλων ἐπέκεινα οὐ μόνον τῆς θνητῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάσης τῆς λογικῆς φύσεως τυγχάνειν· τὸν δὲ Υἱὸν, τὸν μεθʼ ἡμῶν Θεὸν εἰκότως ὀνομάζεσθαι τῆς μέχρις ἡμῶν ἐπιδημίας αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν. Ἐπεὶ δέ τινος τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς εἰρηκότος ἀκούσας μἔμνημαι ταῦτα τῷ Ἄχαζ προφητεύεσθαι περὶ Ἐζεκίου τοῦ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γενομένου καὶ μετʼ αὐτὸν βασιλεύσαντος, ἐπιτηρητέον, ὅτι πρὸ τοῦ βασιλεῦσαι τὸν Ἄχαζ καὶ πρὸ τῆς εἰρημένης αὐτῷ ταύτης δὴ αὐτῆς τῆς προφητείας, Ἐζεκίας ἤδη πάλαι γεγενημένος ἀποδείκνυται· ἐπὶ δέκα γοὖν καὶ ἓξ ἔτεσιν τὸν Ἄχας βασιλεύσαντα διαδέχεται, ἄγων ἔτος τῆς ἡλικίας πέμπτον καὶ εἰκοστὸν, ὁπηνίκα τῆς βασιλείας ἤρχετο, ὡς προλαμβάνειν αὐτοῦ τὴν γένεσιν ἔτεσιν ἐννέα τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν πάροδον· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἤδη βασιλεύοντι τὰ προκείμενα τῷ Ἄχας προφητεύεται περὶ τῆς δεδηλωμένης τοῦ Χριστοῦ παραδόξου καὶ θαυμασιωτάτης γενέσεως. Τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὴν λέξιν ἕκαστα ὁποῖον ἔχει νοῦν, τοῖς εἰς τοὺς τόπους τοῦ θαυμασίου ἀνδρὸς ἐξηγητικοῖς ἐντυχὼν ὁ φιλομαθὴς εἴσεται.

Kai prosetheto Kyrios lalēsai tǭ Achaz, legōn, Aitēsai seautǭ sēmeion para Kyriou Theou sou eis bathos, ē eis hypsos. Kai eipen Achaz, Ou mē aitēsō oude mē peirasō Kyrion. Kai eipen, Akousate dē oikos Dauid; mē mikron hymin agōna parechein anthrōpois, kai pōs Kyriǭ parechete agōna? Dia touto dōsei Kyrios autos hymin sēmeion; idou, hē parthenos en gastri lēpsetai, kai texetai huion; kai kaleseis to onoma autou Emmanouēl; boutyron kai meli phagetai, prin ē gnōnai auton ē proelesthai ponēra, eklexetai to agathon; dʼ hoti prin ē gnōnai to paidion agathon ē kakon, apeithei ponērią, eklexasthai to agathon. Hoi mē paradechomenoi tōn ek peritomēs tēn tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou parousian legetōsan tis hē parthenos, hē kata tēn prophēteian en gastri lēpsomenē kai texousa ton eponomazomenon Emmanouēl huion; allʼ ei phaskoien mē gegraphthai parthenon alla neanin kata to Hebraïkon, lekteon, hōs ouch hoi tychontes etynchanon hoi prōtoi tēn graphēn kata theian hermēneusantes oikonomian, o′ men ontes to plēthos, analelegmenoi aristindēn apo pantos tou laou, dokimēn te ou smikran kata tous autōn chronous epi sophią dedōkotes; ti dʼ an paradoxon ho logos hypischneito sēmeion hypʼ autou tou Kyriou hōsper ti thaumaston tǭ oikǭ Dauid dothēsesthai promartyramenos, ei peri psilēs neanidos ho logos ēn; ouden de hēmas kōlyei, ei kai neanida[n] katʼ autous periechei to Hebraïkon, hōs peri parthenou dēlousthai nomizein ta eirēmena; kai gar oun en tǭ Leuïtikǭ heurois an tēn homologoumenōs parthenon memnēsteumenēn andri, hyphʼ heterou de bebiasmenēn, neanin hypo tēs graphēs onomazomenēn; kai tautę̄ ge axioprepes an eiē tǭ oikǭ Dauid dia tēn apistian autōn para Kyriou didosthai sēmeion, to paradoxōs parthenon apotekein, diʼ ho dē kai ho techthēsomenos thaumastos tis ōn anēgoreutai; ei ge ek paidos, kai hōs eipein ex autēs geneseōs, apeithēsein men ponērią, eklexasthai de to agathon prophēteuetai. Kai to onoma de autou thaumastōs proanapephōnētai Emmanouēl tynchanon; ho esti methʼ hēmōn ho Theos; ho kai phēsaimen an hēmeis hoi homologountes auton, kai synaisthomenoi tēs; entheou kai aporrētou eis pantas anthrōpous dia tēs autou dynameōs epidēmias; legoito dʼ an palin Emmanouēl ho methʼ hēmōn Theos, tǭ ton men Patera kai Theon tōn holōn epekeina ou monon tēs thnētēs, alla kai pasēs tēs logikēs physeōs tynchanein; ton de Huion, ton methʼ hēmōn Theon eikotōs onomazesthai tēs mechris hēmōn epidēmias autou heneken. Epei de tinos tōn ek peritomēs eirēkotos akousas memnēmai tauta tǭ Achaz prophēteuesthai peri Ezekiou tou ex autou genomenou kai metʼ auton basileusantos, epitērēteon, hoti pro tou basileusai ton Achaz kai pro tēs eirēmenēs autǭ tautēs dē autēs tēs prophēteias, Ezekias ēdē palai gegenēmenos apodeiknytai; epi deka goun kai hex etesin ton Achas basileusanta diadechetai, agōn etos tēs hēlikias pempton kai eikoston, hopēnika tēs basileias ērcheto, hōs prolambanein autou tēn genesin etesin ennea tēn tou patros epi tēn basileian parodon; alla gar ēdē basileuonti ta prokeimena tǭ Achas prophēteuetai peri tēs dedēlōmenēs tou Christou paradoxou kai thaumasiōtatēs geneseōs. Ta de kata tēn lexin hekasta hopoion echei noun, tois eis tous topous tou thaumasiou andros exēgētikois entychōn ho philomathēs eisetai.

“And the Lord spoke again to Ahaz, saying, ‘Ask for yourself a sign from the Lord your God, in the depth or in the height.’ And Ahaz said, ‘I will not ask, nor will I test the Lord.’ And he said, ‘Hear now, house of David: Is it a small thing for you to weary men, and how do you weary the Lord? Therefore the Lord himself will give you a sign: behold, the virgin shall conceive in the womb and bear a son, and you shall call his name Emmanuel. Butter and honey he shall eat; before he knows or prefers evil, he shall choose the good; for before the child knows good or evil, he refuses wickedness, to choose the good.’” Let those of the circumcision who do not accept the coming of our Saviour Jesus Christ say who the virgin is who, according to the prophecy, would conceive in the womb and bear the son named Emmanuel. But if they say that according to the Hebrew it is not “virgin” that is written but “young woman,” we must reply that those who first translated the Scripture by a divine dispensation were not ordinary men: they were seventy in number, selected by merit from the whole people, and had given no small proof of wisdom in their own times. And what marvellous sign would the word promise to be given by the Lord himself to the house of David, testifying beforehand as to something wonderful, if the word were about a mere young woman? Nothing prevents us, even if, as they say, the Hebrew has “young woman,” from thinking that what is said is shown of a virgin. For in Leviticus you would find that one who is admittedly a virgin, betrothed to a man but violated by another, is named a “young woman” by the Scripture. And so it would be worthy that a sign be given by the Lord to the house of David because of their unbelief: that a virgin would marvellously give birth; for which reason the one to be born is also proclaimed as someone wonderful, if from childhood and, so to speak, from his very birth he is prophesied to refuse wickedness and choose the good. And his name is wonderfully proclaimed beforehand as Emmanuel, which is “God with us”; which we too who confess him might say, perceiving his divine and ineffable sojourn among all humans through his power. Emmanuel, God with us, might also be said because the Father and God of the universe is beyond not only mortal but every rational nature, while the Son is fittingly named God with us because of his sojourn that reached as far as us. Since I remember hearing one of those of the circumcision say that these things were prophesied to Ahaz about Hezekiah, who was born of him and reigned after him, it must be observed that Hezekiah is shown to have been born long before Ahaz reigned and before this very prophecy was spoken to him. For Hezekiah succeeds Ahaz, who reigned sixteen years, being in his twenty-fifth year of age when he began to reign; so that his birth preceded his father's accession to the kingdom by nine years. But the prophecies set out are spoken to Ahaz when he was already reigning, about the marvellous and most wonderful birth of Christ that has been shown. What sense each phrase has, the lover of learning will discover by reading the exegetical works of the wonderful man on these passages.

4.5Gaisford

Καὶ εἷπεν Κύριος πρὸς μὲ, Λάβε σεαυτῷ τόμον (χάρτου) καινοῦ μεγάλου, καὶ γράψον εἰς αὐτὸν γραφίδι ἀνθρώπου, τοῦ ὀξέως προνομὴν ποιῆσαι σκύλων· Πάρεστι γὰρ, καὶ μάρτυράς μοι ποίησον πιστοὺς ἀνθρώπους, τὸν Οὐρίαν τὸν ἱερέα, καὶ Ζαχαρίαν υἱὸν Βαραχίου. Καὶ προσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν προφήτην(ῆτιν), καὶ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔλαβεν, καὶ ἔτεκεν υἱόν· καὶ εἶπεν Κύριός μοι, Κάλεσον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Ταχέως σκύλευσον, ὀξέως προνόμευσον· διʼ ὅτι πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι τὸ παιδίον καλεῖν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, λήψεται δύναμιν Δαμασκοῦ, καὶ τὰ σκῦλα Σαμαρείας ἐναντίον βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων. Ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀποτελεῖσθαι παραδόξου ἀναγραφῇ τόμον καινοῦ μεγάλου ἀγράφου προστάσσεται λαβεῖν ὁ προφήτης· διʼ οὗ δηλοῦσθαι νομίζω τὸ τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης εὐαγγέλιον· ἀλλὰ καὶ μάρτυρας τῷ Κυρίῳ ποιήσασθαι πιστοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὧν ὁ μὲν ἱερεὺς λέγεται εἶναι, ὁ δʼ ἕτερος οἶμαι προφήτης ἦν, μέμνηται γοὖν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ τῶν Παραλειπομένων γραφὴ, οὓς καὶ αὐτοὺς ὑπολαμβάνω σύμβολον εἶναι τῶν μεμαρτυρηκότων τῇ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίᾳ προφητῶν, καὶ τῶν εἰς τὸν αὐτοῦ τύπον πάλαι καθεστώτων ἱερέων. Μετὰ ταῦτα λέγεται· καὶ προσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν προφῆτιν, καὶ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔλαβε καὶ ἔτεκεν υἱὸν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Σφόδρα δὲ ἀπρεπὲς καὶ τῆς προφητικῆς σεμνότητός τε καὶ καθαρότητος ἀλλότριον τὸ προχείρως οὕτως οἴεσθαι τὸν προφήτην ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ θεοφορεῖσθαι ἐπὶ μαρτύρων τῶν προδεδηλωμένων κοινωνίας χάριν αἰσχρᾶς προσεληλυθέναι γυναικὶ προφήτιδι καὶ αὐτῇ· ποία δὲ κἂν πιθανότης τολμάτω προσελθεῖν αὐτὸν συνειληφέναι καὶ τετοκέναι αὐτὴν υἱόν· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἔχεσθαι καὶ ταύτην τὴν προφητείαν ἡγοῦμαι τοῦ νοῦ τῆς προεκτεθείσης, καθʼ ἢν εἴρητο, ἰδοὺ ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ λήψεται· ἐκεῖσε μὲν γὰρ ἐν γαστρὶ λήψεσθαι καὶ τέξεσθαι υἱὸν προυλέγετο ἡ παρθένος· ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ ὁ τρόπος καθʼ ὃν πέρας εἴληφεν ἡ προφητεία δηλοῦται· ἐν γαστρὶ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἔλαβεν καὶ ἕτεκεν υἱόν. Τίς ἂν οὖν εἴη ὁ φάσκων τὸ, προσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν προφῆτιν, ἢ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ, περὶ οὗ λέλεκται τῇ Μαρίᾳ, Πνεῦμα ἄγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σὲ, καὶ δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι. Διὸ καὶ προφῆτις οὐκ ἀπεικότως καὶ αὐτὴ ἂν λεχθείη, ἀπὸ γʼ οὖν τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος συλλαβοῦσα τέτοκεν τὸν ἐκεῖσε μὲν ἐπικεκλημένον Ἐμμανουὴλ, ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἄλλως προσαγορευόμενον· κάλεσον γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀποτεχθέντος παιδίου, ταχέως σκύλευσον, ὀξέως προνόμευσον· καὶ γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐσκύλευσεν οὗτος καὶ προενόμευσεν ἀπορρήτῳ καὶ θείᾳ δυνάμει τὰς ἀντικειμένας ἀοράτους καὶ πνευματικὰς δυνάμεις, ὥστε εἰπεῖν, ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον· ἀφʼ ὧν σκῦλα καὶ προνομὴν εἰληφὼς τὰς πάλαι κατατυραννουμένας ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ψυχὰς κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν, ὁμολογεῖ λαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἔθνη τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ· ἃ λέγοιτʼ ἂν εὐκόλως σκῦλα· καὶ τὴν κατάσχεσιν αὐτοῦ τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς, ἃ καὶ αὐτὰ εἰκότως ἂν καλοῖτο προνομήν. Πρὸς τούτοις πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι τὸ παιδίον καλεῖν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, λήψεται φησὶν δύναμιν Δαμασκοῦ, καὶ τὰ σκῦλα Σαμαρείας ἔναντι βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων· ἅπερ καὶ αὐτὰ κατὰ μόνην διάνοιαν, ἤτοι περὶ δυνάμεων τινῶν πονηρῶν οἶμαι λέγεσθαι, ἃς ἅμα τῇ γενέσει καθεῖλεν ἡ θεία τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν δύναμις, ἢ καὶ περὶ ψυχῶν τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν πεπιστευκότων διαφορᾶς· ὧν τὰς μὲν ἐξ εἰδωλολατρείας μεταβαλούσας ἐπὶ τὸν εὐαγγελικὸν βίον εἰκὸς εἶναι τὴν λεγομένην δύναμιν Δαμασκοῦ, τὰς δʼ ἐκ περιτομῆς τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ παραδεξαμένας, τὰ προσαγορευόμενα σκῦλα Σαμαρείας· ταύτας δὲ τὰς ψυχὰς σκῦλα καὶ προνομὴν παρὰ τῶν νοητῶν εἰληφὸς(ὼς) πολεμίων, ἐξ ἐναντίας τοῦ νοητοῦ βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων, τοῦτʼ ἔστι τοῦ διαβόλου, καθώπλισέ τε καὶ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ παρεσκεύασεν. Καὶ ταῦτα δὲ πάρεστιν ἐπʼ ἀκριβὲς τῷ βουλομένῳ ἐκ τῶν εἰς τοὺς τόπους ὑπομνηματισθέντων τῷ ἱερῷ ἀνδρὶ διαγνῶναι· εἰ δʼ εἰ ἀπαιτοῖεν ταῦτα σωματικώτερον οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, ἀντεξεταστέον αὐτοὺς εἰ δύνανται σωματικῶς αὐτοὶ παραστῆσαι τίνα τρόπον ὁ Ἡσαΐας ἐπὶ τῶν προειρημένων μαρτύρων τῇ προφήτιδι μίξεως σωματικῆς ἕνεκεν προσελήλυθεν· τίς δὲ καὶ ἡ τοιαύτη προφῆτις, καὶ πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐν γαστρὶ ἔλαβεν, καὶ παραυτίκα τέτοκεν, καὶ ποῖον τοῦτο τὸ τεχθὲν παιδίον ὁ προστάσσει τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ ὁ Κύριος ὀνόματι καλέσαι τῷ, ταχέως σκύλευσον, ὀξέως προνόμευσον· τίνα δὲ καὶ λόγον ἔχει τὸ τηλίκονδε ὄνομα, ἢ πῶς δυνατόν ἐστι κατὰ τὴν πρόχειρον διάνοιαν παιδίον ὁποῖον δὴ οὖν ἐπινοεῖν σωματικῶς ἀπολήψεσθαι τὴν ὀνομαζομένην δύναμιν Δαμασκοῦ, καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα σκῦλα Σαμαρείας ἐναντίων(ον) βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων, καὶ ταῦτα πράττειν πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι αὐτὸ καλεῖν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα· καὶ πρὸς τούτοις εἰ ἀντιλέγοιεν τοῖς ἡμῖν προαποδεδομένοις, δεικνύτωσαν αὐτοὶ πῶς ὁ προσδοκώμενος ὑπʼ αὐτῶν Χριστὸς παραγενόμενος λήψεται σωματικῶς τὴν κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν δύναμιν Δαμασκοῦ, καὶ ποῖα σκῦλα Σαμαρείας, ἢ ποίων Ἀσσυρίων ἐναντίον, μηδενὸς ἔτι τούτων ἐνεργοῦντος κατὰ τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας χρόνους.

Kai heipen Kyrios pros me, Labe seautǭ tomon (chartou) kainou megalou, kai grapson eis auton graphidi anthrōpou, tou oxeōs pronomēn poiēsai skylōn; Paresti gar, kai martyras moi poiēson pistous anthrōpous, ton Ourian ton hierea, kai Zacharian huion Barachiou. Kai prosēlthon pros tēn prophētēn(ētin), kai en gastri elaben, kai eteken huion; kai eipen Kyrios moi, Kaleson to onoma autou, Tacheōs skyleuson, oxeōs pronomeuson; diʼ hoti prin ē gnōnai to paidion kalein patera ē mētera, lēpsetai dynamin Damaskou, kai ta skyla Samareias enantion basileōs Assyriōn. Epi tę̄ tou mellontos apoteleisthai paradoxou anagraphę̄ tomon kainou megalou agraphou prostassetai labein ho prophētēs; diʼ hou dēlousthai nomizō to tēs kainēs diathēkēs euangelion; alla kai martyras tǭ Kyriǭ poiēsasthai pistous anthrōpous, hōn ho men hiereus legetai einai, ho dʼ heteros oimai prophētēs ēn, memnētai goun autou kai hē tōn Paraleipomenōn graphē, hous kai autous hypolambanō symbolon einai tōn memartyrēkotōn tę̄ tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou parousią prophētōn, kai tōn eis ton autou typon palai kathestōtōn hiereōn. Meta tauta legetai; kai prosēlthon pros tēn prophētin, kai en gastri elabe kai eteken huion, kai ta hexēs. Sphodra de aprepes kai tēs prophētikēs semnotētos te kai katharotētos allotrion to procheirōs houtōs oiesthai ton prophētēn en autǭ tǭ theophoreisthai epi martyrōn tōn prodedēlōmenōn koinōnias charin aischras proselēlythenai gynaiki prophētidi kai autę̄; poia de kan pithanotēs tolmatō proselthein auton syneilēphenai kai tetokenai autēn huion; alla gar echesthai kai tautēn tēn prophēteian hēgoumai tou nou tēs proektetheisēs, kathʼ ēn eirēto, idou hē parthenos en gastri lēpsetai; ekeise men gar en gastri lēpsesthai kai texesthai huion proulegeto hē parthenos; entautha de kai ho tropos kathʼ hon peras eilēphen hē prophēteia dēloutai; en gastri gar, phēsin, elaben kai heteken huion. Tis an oun eiē ho phaskōn to, prosēlthon pros tēn prophētin, ē to Pneuma to hagion to laloun en tǭ prophētę̄, peri hou lelektai tę̄ Marią, Pneuma agion epeleusetai epi se, kai dynamis Hypsistou episkiasei soi. Dio kai prophētis ouk apeikotōs kai autē an lechtheiē, apo gʼ oun tou hagiou Pneumatos syllabousa tetoken ton ekeise men epikeklēmenon Emmanouēl, entautha de allōs prosagoreuomenon; kaleson gar, phēsi, to onoma tou apotechthentos paidiou, tacheōs skyleuson, oxeōs pronomeuson; kai gar hōs alēthōs eskyleusen houtos kai proenomeusen aporrētǭ kai theią dynamei tas antikeimenas aoratous kai pneumatikas dynameis, hōste eipein, egō nenikēka ton kosmon; aphʼ hōn skyla kai pronomēn eilēphōs tas palai katatyrannoumenas hypʼ autōn psychas kēryxai aichmalōtois aphesin, homologei labōn para tou Patros ethnē tēn klēronomian autou; ha legoitʼ an eukolōs skyla; kai tēn kataschesin autou ta perata tēs gēs, ha kai auta eikotōs an kaloito pronomēn. Pros toutois prin ē gnōnai to paidion kalein patera ē mētera, lēpsetai phēsin dynamin Damaskou, kai ta skyla Samareias enanti basileōs Assyriōn; haper kai auta kata monēn dianoian, ētoi peri dynameōn tinōn ponērōn oimai legesthai, has hama tę̄ genesei katheilen hē theia tou Sōtēros hēmōn dynamis, ē kai peri psychōn tōn eis auton pepisteukotōn diaphoras; hōn tas men ex eidōlolatreias metabalousas epi ton euangelikon bion eikos einai tēn legomenēn dynamin Damaskou, tas dʼ ek peritomēs ton Christon tou Theou paradexamenas, ta prosagoreuomena skyla Samareias; tautas de tas psychas skyla kai pronomēn para tōn noētōn eilēphos(ōs) polemiōn, ex enantias tou noētou basileōs Assyriōn, toutʼ esti tou diabolou, kathōplise te kai polemein autǭ pareskeuasen. Kai tauta de parestin epʼ akribes tǭ boulomenǭ ek tōn eis tous topous hypomnēmatisthentōn tǭ hierǭ andri diagnōnai; ei dʼ ei apaitoien tauta sōmatikōteron hoi ek peritomēs, antexetasteon autous ei dynantai sōmatikōs autoi parastēsai tina tropon ho Hēsaïas epi tōn proeirēmenōn martyrōn tę̄ prophētidi mixeōs sōmatikēs heneken proselēlythen; tis de kai hē toiautē prophētis, kai pōs parachrēma en gastri elaben, kai parautika tetoken, kai poion touto to techthen paidion ho prostassei tǭ Hēsaïą ho Kyrios onomati kalesai tǭ, tacheōs skyleuson, oxeōs pronomeuson; tina de kai logon echei to tēlikonde onoma, ē pōs dynaton esti kata tēn procheiron dianoian paidion hopoion dē oun epinoein sōmatikōs apolēpsesthai tēn onomazomenēn dynamin Damaskou, kai ta legomena skyla Samareias enantiōn(on) basileōs Assyriōn, kai tauta prattein prin ē gnōnai auto kalein patera ē mētera; kai pros toutois ei antilegoien tois hēmin proapodedomenois, deiknytōsan autoi pōs ho prosdokōmenos hypʼ autōn Christos paragenomenos lēpsetai sōmatikōs tēn kata tēn prophēteian dynamin Damaskou, kai poia skyla Samareias, ē poiōn Assyriōn enantion, mēdenos eti toutōn energountos kata tous enestōtas chronous.

“And the Lord said to me, ‘Take for yourself a new, large volume (of paper) and write in it with a man's pen, to make spoil of plunder swiftly; for it is at hand. And make faithful men witnesses for me, Uriah the priest and Zechariah son of Barachiah.’ And I went in to the (prophetess), and she conceived in the womb and bore a son; and the Lord said to me, ‘Call his name: Plunder swiftly, spoil quickly; for before the child knows how to call father or mother, he shall take the power of Damascus and the spoils of Samaria before the king of the Assyrians.’” For recording the marvel that was to be accomplished, the prophet is commanded to take a new, large, unwritten volume, by which I think the Gospel of the new covenant is shown; and also to make for the Lord faithful men witnesses, of whom one is said to be a priest, and the other was, I think, a prophet, for the Scripture of Chronicles mentions him. These too I take to be a symbol of the prophets who bore witness to the coming of our Saviour Jesus Christ, and of the priests of old established as his type. After this it is said, “And I went in to the prophetess, and she conceived in the womb and bore a son,” and what follows. It is very unfitting, and foreign to prophetic dignity and purity, to suppose so offhandedly that the prophet, in the very moment of being inspired by God, went in to a woman, a prophetess herself, before the witnesses mentioned, for the sake of shameful intercourse. And what plausibility would there be in daring to say that as soon as he went in she conceived and bore a son? Rather, I think this prophecy too holds to the sense of the one set out before, in which it was said, “Behold, the virgin shall conceive in the womb.” There it was foretold that the virgin would conceive in the womb and bear a son; here the manner in which the prophecy was fulfilled is also shown: for “she conceived in the womb,” it says, “and bore a son.” Who, then, could the one be who says, “I went in to the prophetess,” but the Holy Spirit who speaks in the prophet, concerning whom it was said to Mary, “The Holy Spirit will come upon you, and the power of the Most High will overshadow you”? Hence she too might not unfittingly be called a prophetess, since, having conceived from the Holy Spirit, she bore the one who there was named Emmanuel and here is called otherwise; for “call,” it says, “the name of the child born: Plunder swiftly, spoil quickly.” And truly he plundered and despoiled, by an ineffable and divine power, the opposing invisible and spiritual powers, so as to say, “I have conquered the world.” Having taken spoil and plunder from them, he proclaims release to captives, the souls long tyrannized by them, and confesses that he has received from the Father the nations as his inheritance, which might easily be called spoils, and the ends of the earth as his possession, which too might fittingly be called plunder. Besides this, “before the child knows how to call father or mother,” it says, “he shall take the power of Damascus and the spoils of Samaria before the king of the Assyrians.” These too I think are said only in the spiritual sense, either about certain evil powers, which the divine power of our Saviour brought down at his very birth, or about the different kinds of souls who have believed in him: of these, those who changed from idolatry to the life of the Gospel are presumably what is called the power of Damascus, and those from the circumcision who received the Christ of God what are called the spoils of Samaria. Having taken these souls as spoil and plunder from the spiritual enemies, in the face of the spiritual king of the Assyrians, that is, the devil, he armed them and prepared them to wage war against him. Whoever wishes may learn these things exactly from the commentaries the sacred man wrote on these passages. But if those of the circumcision demand that these things be taken more bodily, they must be asked in turn whether they themselves can show bodily in what way Isaiah went in to the prophetess, before the witnesses mentioned, for the sake of bodily union; who such a prophetess was, and how she conceived in the womb at once and gave birth immediately; and what child this was that the Lord commands Isaiah to call by the name “Plunder swiftly, spoil quickly.” What reason does so great a name have? Or how is it possible, by the obvious sense, to conceive of any child at all taking bodily what is called the power of Damascus and the so-called spoils of Samaria before the king of the Assyrians, and doing these things before it knows how to call father or mother? And besides this, if they contradict what we have given, let them show how the Christ they expect will, when he comes, take bodily the power of Damascus according to the prophecy, and what spoils of Samaria, or before what Assyrians, when none of these is active any longer at the present time.

4.6Gaisford

Ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ καὶ τὰ παιδία, ἅ μοι δέδωκεν ὁ Θεός· καὶ ἔσται σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰσραὴλ παρὰ Κυρίου Θεοῦ σαβαὼθ, ὃς κατοικεῖ ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σιών. Καὶ τὸ, Ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ καὶ τὰ παιδία, ἅ μοι ἔδωκεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Σωτῆρος περί τε τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα εἰς αὐτὸν πεπιστευκότων καλῶς ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἑβραίους ἐξείληπται· ἐπιφέρεται γοὖν ἐνταῦθα τὸ, καὶ ἔσται σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν οἴκῳ Ἰσραήλ· καὶ σαφὲς ὅπως κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος παρουσίας σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα εἰ(έν) τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰσραὴλ, οἷα οὐδεπώποτε ἀπετελέσθη.

Idou, egō kai ta paidia, ha moi dedōken ho Theos; kai estai sēmeia kai terata en tǭ oikǭ Israēl para Kyriou Theou sabaōth, hos katoikei en tǭ orei Siōn. Kai to, Idou, egō kai ta paidia, ha moi edōken ho Theos ek prosōpou tou Sōtēros peri te tōn apostolōn kai tōn meta tauta eis auton pepisteukotōn kalōs en tę̄ pros Hebraious exeilēptai; epipheretai goun entautha to, kai estai sēmeia kai terata en oikǭ Israēl; kai saphes hopōs kata ton kairon tēs tou Sōtēros parousias sēmeia kai terata ei(en) tǭ oikǭ Israēl, hoia oudepōpote apetelesthē.

“Behold, I and the children whom God has given me; and there shall be signs and wonders in the house of Israel from the Lord God of Sabaoth, who dwells on Mount Zion.” The words “Behold, I and the children whom God has given me” have been rightly taken in the letter to the Hebrews as spoken in the person of the Saviour about the apostles and those who believed in him after them. Here is added, “And there shall be signs and wonders in the house of Israel”; and it is clear how at the time of the Saviour's coming signs and wonders took place (in) the house of Israel such as had never been accomplished.

4.7Gaisford

Καὶ θελήσουσιν, εἰ ἐγένοντο πυρίκαυστοι. Ὅτι παιδίον ἐγενήθη ἡμῖν, υἱὸς ἐδόθη ἡμῖν, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐγενήθη ἐπὶ τοῦ ὤμου αὐτοῦ, καὶ καλεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος· ἄξω γὰρ εἰρήνην ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ ὑγεία αὐτῷ. Μεγάλη ἡ ἀρχὴ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅριον· ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον Δαυὶδ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ κατορθῶσαι αὐτὴν, καὶ ἀντιλαβέσθαι ἐν κρίματι καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα· ὁ ζῆλος Κυρίου σαβαὼθ ποιήσει ταῦτα. Οἶμαι δὴ τὸ λεγόμενον ἐνθάδε παιδίον οὐκ ἄλλο εἶναι τοῦ ἐκ τῆς παρθένου τεχθήσεσθαι ἀνωτέρω προπεφητευμένου, ὃ καὶ μικρῷ πρότερον ἡ προφῆτις ἀποτεκεῖν ἐλέγετο· ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν ἀνωτέρω ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουὴλ ἦν, τὸ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα, ταχέως σκύλευσον, ὀξέως προνόμευσον. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς οὗτος κατὰ μὲν τὴν ※ τῶν ο´ ἑρμηνείαν, μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος χρηματίζει· ※ κατὰ δὲ τὸν Ἀκύλαν καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν τὸ ※ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐστὶν θαυμαστὸς σύμβουλος, ἰσχυρὸς ※ δυνατὸς πατὴρ, ἔτι ἄρχων εἰρήνης· καὶ κατὰ τὸν ※ Σύμμαχον δὲ, κληθήσεται τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ παιδίου παρα δοξασμὸς βουλευτικὸς ἰσχυρὸς δυνατὸς, πατὴρ αἰῶνος, ἄρχων εἰρήνης. Ἀπαιτητέον τοίνυν τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς ποῖον ἂν ἔχοι(εν) παιδίον ᾧ τὰ τηλικαῦτα ἐφαρμόσαιεν παριστάναι· καθʼ ἡμᾶς γὰρ ἐπίνοιαι εἰσὶν αὗται τῆς θείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ δυνάμεως, εἰς ὃν οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες θελήσουσιν εἰ ἐγενήθησαν πυρίκαυστοι μᾶλλον ἢ ὅτι τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀποβολὴν ἰδεῖν καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν σωτηρίαν, ἣν ὁ ζῆλος Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ ποιήσειν εἴρηται· ᾧ παραθήσεις τὸ παρὰ Μωσεῖ οὕτω πῶς λελεγμένον· αὐτοὶ παρεζήλωσάν με ἐν τοῖς εἰδώλοις αὐτῶν, κἀγὼ παραζηλώσω αὐτοὺς ἐπʼ οὐκ ἔθνει· ἐπʼ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ παροργιῶ αὐτούς. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ τοῦ παρόντος καιροῦ, οὐδὲ μὴν τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς τυγχάνει σκοποῦ, ἑκάστην λέξιν διασαφῆσαι τῆς προφητείας παραστήσεται· ὅπως εἴρηται τὸ, ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον Δαυὶδ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ κατορθῶσαι αὐτὴν· ᾧ καὶ εἰκὸς ἂν εἴη προσκόψαι τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς, διὰ τὸ μὴ σωματικῶς ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Δαυὶδ κεκαθικέναι τὸν Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν· διʼ ὅπερ ἀναπέμψαντες τοὺς φιλομαθεῖς ἐπὶ τὰ εἰς τοὺς τόπους ὑπομνήματα, ἡμεῖς τὸ προτεθὲν διαπερανούμεθα.

Kai thelēsousin, ei egenonto pyrikaustoi. Hoti paidion egenēthē hēmin, huios edothē hēmin, hou hē archē egenēthē epi tou ōmou autou, kai kaleitai to onoma autou, Megalēs boulēs angelos; axō gar eirēnēn epi tous archontas, kai hygeia autǭ. Megalē hē archē autou, kai tēs eirēnēs autou ouk estin horion; epi ton thronon Dauid, kai tēn basileian autou katorthōsai autēn, kai antilabesthai en krimati kai en dikaiosynę̄, apo tou nyn kai eis ton aiōna; ho zēlos Kyriou sabaōth poiēsei tauta. Oimai dē to legomenon enthade paidion ouk allo einai tou ek tēs parthenou techthēsesthai anōterō propephēteumenou, ho kai mikrǭ proteron hē prophētis apotekein elegeto; alla to men anōterō onoma autou Emmanouēl ēn, to de meta tauta, tacheōs skyleuson, oxeōs pronomeuson. Entautha de ho autos houtos kata men tēn ※ tōn o´ hermēneian, megalēs boulēs angelos chrēmatizei; ※ kata de ton Akylan kai auto to Hebraïkon to ※ onoma autou estin thaumastos symboulos, ischyros ※ dynatos patēr, eti archōn eirēnēs; kai kata ton ※ Symmachon de, klēthēsetai to onoma tou paidiou para doxasmos bouleutikos ischyros dynatos, patēr aiōnos, archōn eirēnēs. Apaitēteon toinyn tous ek peritomēs poion an echoi(en) paidion hǭ ta tēlikauta epharmosaien paristanai; kathʼ hēmas gar epinoiai eisin hautai tēs theias tou Christou dynameōs, eis hon hoi mē pisteusantes thelēsousin ei egenēthēsan pyrikaustoi mallon ē hoti tēn heautōn apobolēn idein kai tēn tōn ethnōn sōtērian, hēn ho zēlos Kyriou Sabaōth poiēsein eirētai; hǭ parathēseis to para Mōsei houtō pōs lelegmenon; autoi parezēlōsan me en tois eidōlois autōn, kagō parazēlōsō autous epʼ ouk ethnei; epʼ ethnei asynetǭ parorgiō autous. Alla gar ou tou parontos kairou, oude mēn tou kathʼ hēmas tynchanei skopou, hekastēn lexin diasaphēsai tēs prophēteias parastēsetai; hopōs eirētai to, epi ton thronon Dauid kai tēn basileian autou katorthōsai autēn; hǭ kai eikos an eiē proskopsai tous ek peritomēs, dia to mē sōmatikōs epi ton thronon kai tēn basileian tou Dauid kekathikenai ton Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon; diʼ hoper anapempsantes tous philomatheis epi ta eis tous topous hypomnēmata, hēmeis to protethen diaperanoumetha.

“And they will wish that they had been burned with fire. For a child has been born to us, a son has been given to us, whose rule has come upon his shoulder; and his name is called Angel of Great Counsel; for I will bring peace upon the rulers, and health to him. Great is his rule, and of his peace there is no limit, upon the throne of David and his kingdom, to set it right and to uphold it in judgment and in righteousness, from now and for ever. The zeal of the Lord of Sabaoth will do these things.” I think that the child mentioned here is none other than the one prophesied above to be born of the virgin, whom a little earlier the prophetess was said to bear; but above his name was Emmanuel, and after that, “Plunder swiftly, spoil quickly.” Here this same one is called, according to the version of the Seventy, Angel of Great Counsel; ※ but according to Aquila and the Hebrew itself ※ his name is Wonderful Counsellor, Mighty, ※ Powerful, Father, also Prince of Peace; and according to ※ Symmachus, the child's name will be called Marvel of Counsel, Mighty, Powerful, Father of the age, Prince of Peace. Those of the circumcision must then be asked what child they could show to whom they would fit such great things. For to us these are concepts of the divine power of Christ, those who did not believe in whom will wish they had been burned with fire rather than see their own casting off and the salvation of the nations, which the zeal of the Lord of Sabaoth is said to accomplish. Beside this you will set what is said in Moses somewhat as follows: “They provoked me to jealousy with their idols, and I will provoke them to jealousy with what is no nation; with a nation without understanding I will anger them.” But it is not for the present occasion, nor within our purpose, to make clear each phrase of the prophecy; [another occasion] will show how “upon the throne of David and his kingdom, to set it right” is said, at which those of the circumcision would likely stumble, because our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ did not sit bodily on the throne and kingdom of David. So, referring the lovers of learning to the commentaries on these passages, we shall complete our task.

4.8Gaisford

Ἰδοὺ δὴ ὁ δεσπότης Κύριος σαβαὼθ συνταράξει τοὺς ἐνδόξους μετὰ ἰσχύος, καὶ ὑψηλοὶ τῇ ὕβρει συντριβήσονται, καὶ ταπεινωθήσονται, καὶ πεσοῦνται οἱ ὑψηλοὶ μαχαίρᾳ, ὁ δὲ Λίβανος σὺν τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς πεσεῖται. Καὶ ἐξελεύσεται ῥάβδος ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης Ἱεσσαὶ, καὶ ἄνθος ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης ἀναβήσεται, καὶ ἐπαναπαύσεται ἐπʼ αὐτὸν πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ συνέσεως, πνεῦμα βουλῆς καὶ ἰσχύος, πνεῦμα γνώσεως καὶ εὐσεβείας ἐμπλήσει αὐτόν· πνεῦμα φόβου Θεοῦ, οὐ κατὰ τὴν δόξαν κρινεῖ, οὐδὲ κατὰ τὴν λαλιὰν ἐλέγξει, ἀλλὰ κρινεῖ ταπεινῷ κρίσιν, καὶ ἐλέγξει τοὺς ταπεινοὺς τῆς γῆς, καὶ πατάξει γῆν τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν πνεύματι διὰ χειλέων ἀνελεῖ ἀσεβῆ· καὶ ἔσται δικαιοσύνῃ ἐζωσμένος τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀληθείᾳ εἰλημμένος τὰς πλευρὰς αὐτοῦ. Καὶ συμβοσκηθήσεται λύκος μετὰ ἀρνὸς, καὶ πάρδαλις συναναπαύσεται ἐρίφῳ, καὶ μοσχάριον καὶ ταῦρος καὶ λέων ἅμα βοσκηθήσονται, καὶ ἅμα τὰ παιδία αὐτῶν ἔσονται, καὶ λέων ὡς βοῦς φάγεται ἄχυρα, καὶ παιδίον νήπιον ἐπὶ τρώγλην ἀσπίδων καὶ ἐπὶ κοίτην ἐγγόνων ἀσπίδων τὴν χεῖρα ἐπιβαλεῖ, καὶ οὐ μὴ κακοποιήσωσιν οὐδὲ μὴ δύνωνται ἀπολέσαι οὐδένα ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον μου, ὅτι ἐνεπλήσθη ἡ σύμπασα γῆ τοῦ γνῶναι τὸν Κύριον ὡς ὕδωρ πολὺ κατακαλῦψαι θαλάσσας· καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ, καὶ ὁ ἀνιστάμενος ἄρχειν ἐθνῶν, ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν, καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἀνάπαυσις αὐτοῦ τιμή. Οὐδʼ αὐτοὶ οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς ἄλλον τινὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸν ἐνταῦθα προφητευόμενον ὑπειλήφασι, πλὴν ὅσον ἐπὶ ψιλῇ τῇ τῆς προφητείας ἐκδοχῇ σωματικώτερον ἔσεσθαι φανταζόμενοι τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον τὴν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν οὐκ ὁμολογοῦσι πίστιν· ἡμεῖς δʼ ὅλα τὰ κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν ἄξια εἶναι Θεοῦ πειθόμενοι, περὶ τροπῶν ἀνθρωπείων τῶν διὰ τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ βάθους τῆς κακίας εἰς ἡμερότητα μεταβεβληκότων ταῦτα λέγεσθαι πεπιστεύκαμεν· ἔτι καὶ νῦν ὁρῶντες πῶς καὶ τίνα τρόπον ἐν ταῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην [ἐν ταῖς] ἐκκλησίαις μετὰ τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης Ἰεσσαὶ βεβλαστηκότος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων μετεπλάσθησαν, καὶ τὴν φύσιν αὐτὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ θηριώδους μετέβαλον βίου, λύκοι τινὲς ὄντες τὸ πρότερον καὶ πορδάλεις τὸν τοιονδὶ τρόπον λέοντές τε καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα θηρία τε καὶ ἑρπετὰ κατʼ ἀναλογίαν τῆς ἐν ἑκάστῳ ποικίλης κακίας τε καὶ πονηρίας ἡ προφητεία καταλέγει·. οἱ καὶ μεταθέμενοι καὶ ὡσπερεὶ μεταπλασθέντες εἰς τοσοῦτον ἡμερότητος ἤλασαν, ὡς συμβόσκεσθαι αὐτοὺς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔσθοντας τῶν ἱερῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγων τροφὴν τοῖς ἡμερωτάτοις τὰ ἤθη δικαίοις ἀνδράσι τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὓς διὰ τὴν τοιανδὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀκακίαν τιθάσοις καὶ ἡμερωτάτοις ζῴοις, τοῖς τε ἀναγεγραμμένοις ἐνταῦθα παιδίοις ὁ θεῖος ἀπείκασε λόγος. Εἰ δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα τίς δυσπειθῶς ἔχοι, λεγέτω εἰ οἷόν τε ἄλλως κατὰ τὴν πρόχειρον διάνοιαν σώζειν τὴν λέξιν· διὰ τί γὰρ ἢ καὶ πῶς ὁ Λίβανος σὺν τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς πεσεῖται; μὴ τροπολογείτω δὲ μήτε τὴν ῥάβδον, μὴ δὲ τὸ ἐκ ταύτης ἄνθος, ἀλλὰ δεικνύτω πῶς σωματικὴ ῥάβδος ἐξελεύσεσθαι ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης Ἰεσσαὶ λέγεται, καὶ ποταπὸν ἄνθος ἀναβήσεσθαι ἐξ αὐτῆς· εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸν πάνυ σκληρὸν ταῦτα ἐπὶ διάνοιαν ἀνιέναι βιάζεται, ὅρα εἰ μὴ καλῶς ἡμῖν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παρουσίᾳ κατὰ διάνοιαν παρίσταται πεπληρωμένα· ἃ καὶ ἀκολούθως τῇ προφητείᾳ γέγονε μετὰ τὸ συνταράξαι Κύριον Σαβαὼθ τοὺς πάλαι ἐνδόξους τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ· οὓς καὶ ὑψωθέντας τῇ κατὰ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ὕβρει συντριβήσεσθαι καὶ ταπεινωθήσεσθαι καὶ πεσεῖσθαι προφητεύει· σὺν αὐτοῖς δὲ καὶ τὸν Λίβανον πεσεῖσθαι ὁ λόγος φησίν· οὕτω δὲ ἔθος αὐτῷ τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ τὴν πάλαι πρότερον ἐν αὐτῇ σωματικῶς ἀποτελουμένην λατρείαν ὀνομάζειν· ὡς δῆλόν ἐστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἱεζεκιὴλ, ἔνθα τοῦτον ἀναγέγραπται τὸν τρόπον· ὁ ἀετὸς ὁ μέγας ὁ μεγαλοπτέρυγος, ὁ μακρὸς τῇ ἐκτάσει, πλήρης ὀνύχων, ὃς ἔχει τὸ ἥγημα εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν Λίβανον, καὶ ἔλαβε τὰ ἐπίλεκτα τῆς κέδρου. Ἐπιλύων γοὖν τὴν παραβολὴν αὐτὸς ὁ προφητικὸς λόγος σαφῶς τὸν Λίβανον τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ διδάσκει, λέγων· Υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, εἶπον δὴ πρὸς τὸν οἶκον τὸν παραπικραίνοντα, Οὐκ ἐπίστασθε τί ἦν ταῦτα; εἶπον, Ὅταν ἔλθῃ βασιλεὺς Βαβυλῶνος ἐπὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ, καὶ λήψεται τὸν βασιλέα αὐτῆς καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας αὐτῆς. Πρόδηλον οὖν ὅπως καὶ οὗτος ὁ Λίβανος μετὰ τῶν ὑψηλῶν τῇ ὕβρει περιπέπτωκεν ἐπὶ τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ ἐκ ῥίζης Ἰεσσαὶ γενομένου Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν· ἐφʼ ὃν καὶ ἀνεπαύσατο ἡ τελειότης τῶν τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος χαρισμάτων, ὃς καὶ εἰσαῦθις ἐλεύσεται κατὰ τὴν δευτέραν καὶ ἔνδοξον αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν, οὐ κατὰ τὴν δόξαν κρινοῦντος· πρόσωπον γὰρ ἀνθρώπου Θεὸς οὐ λαμβάνει· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ κατὰ τὴν λαλιὰν ἐλέγχων· ἐτάζων γάρ ἐστι καρδίας καὶ νεφροὺς, καὶ διϊενούμενος ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος. Καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ γενομένῃ μὲν οὖν αὐτοῦ ἤδη πρότερον παρουσίᾳ ἐνεπλήσθη ὡς ἀληθῶς ἡ γῆ τοῦ γνῶναι τὸν Κύριον, μηδενὸς τὸ πρὶν ὅτι μὴ μόνων τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς γινωσκόντων αὐτόν· τότε δὲ καὶ μᾶλλον εἰς πέρας ἀχθήσεται ἡ προφητεία, ὅτε τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσελθόντος σὺν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν καὶ ὁ πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται, ὁ Χριστὸς δὲ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστὰς ἄρχειν ἐθνῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ κατεστάθη, κατὰ τὸ, καὶ ἔσται ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ καὶ ὁ ἀνιστάμενος ἄρχειν ἐθνῶν, ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν. Ὅρα γʼ οὖν ὡς οὐδʼ ὅλως ἐνταῦθα Ἰσραὴλ ἢ Ἰακὼβ ἢ Ἰούδας ὀνομάζεται, σαφῶς δὲ τὰ ἔθνη ἐπὶ τὸν ἐκ ῥίζης ἀναστησόμενον Ἰεσσαὶ ἐλπιεῖν προφητεύεται, συνᾳδούσης τῆς ἐνταῦθα λέξεως τῇ παρὰ Μωσεῖ φασκούσῃ, οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἄρχων ἐξ Ἰούδα οὐδὲ ἡγούμενος ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν αὐτοῦ, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ᾧ ἀπόκειται· καὶ αὐτὸς προσδοκία, οὐχὶ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν. Καὶ τίνος δὲ ἄλλου ἡ ἀνάπαυσις ἐν τῇ ἀνωτάτω παρὰ Θεῷ γεγένηται τιμῇ, ἢ τοῦ ἀκούσαντος λέγοντος αὐτῷ τοῦ Πατρὸς, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου.

Idou dē ho despotēs Kyrios sabaōth syntaraxei tous endoxous meta ischyos, kai hypsēloi tę̄ hybrei syntribēsontai, kai tapeinōthēsontai, kai pesountai hoi hypsēloi machairą, ho de Libanos syn tois hypsēlois peseitai. Kai exeleusetai rhabdos ek tēs rhizēs Hiessai, kai anthos ek tēs rhizēs anabēsetai, kai epanapausetai epʼ auton pneuma tou Theou, pneuma sophias kai syneseōs, pneuma boulēs kai ischyos, pneuma gnōseōs kai eusebeias emplēsei auton; pneuma phobou Theou, ou kata tēn doxan krinei, oude kata tēn lalian elenxei, alla krinei tapeinǭ krisin, kai elenxei tous tapeinous tēs gēs, kai pataxei gēn tǭ logǭ tou stomatos autou, kai en pneumati dia cheileōn anelei asebē; kai estai dikaiosynę̄ ezōsmenos tēn osphyn autou, kai alētheią eilēmmenos tas pleuras autou. Kai symboskēthēsetai lykos meta arnos, kai pardalis synanapausetai eriphǭ, kai moscharion kai tauros kai leōn hama boskēthēsontai, kai hama ta paidia autōn esontai, kai leōn hōs bous phagetai achyra, kai paidion nēpion epi trōglēn aspidōn kai epi koitēn engonōn aspidōn tēn cheira epibalei, kai ou mē kakopoiēsōsin oude mē dynōntai apolesai oudena epi to oros to hagion mou, hoti eneplēsthē hē sympasa gē tou gnōnai ton Kyrion hōs hydōr poly katakalypsai thalassas; kai estai en tę̄ hēmerą ekeinę̄ hē rhiza tou Iessai, kai ho anistamenos archein ethnōn, epʼ autǭ ethnē elpiousin, kai estai hē anapausis autou timē. Oudʼ autoi hoi ek peritomēs allon tina tou Christou ton entautha prophēteuomenon hypeilēphasi, plēn hoson epi psilę̄ tę̄ tēs prophēteias ekdochę̄ sōmatikōteron esesthai phantazomenoi ta kata ton topon tēn eis ton Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon ouk homologousi pistin; hēmeis dʼ hola ta kata tēn prophēteian axia einai Theou peithomenoi, peri tropōn anthrōpeiōn tōn dia tēs epiphaneias tou Sōtēros hēmōn apo tou bathous tēs kakias eis hēmerotēta metabeblēkotōn tauta legesthai pepisteukamen; eti kai nyn horōntes pōs kai tina tropon en tais kata tēn oikoumenēn [en tais] ekklēsiais meta tēn parousian tou ek tēs rhizēs Iessai beblastēkotos Iēsou Christou hoi polloi tōn anthrōpōn meteplasthēsan, kai tēn physin autēn apo tou thēriōdous metebalon biou, lykoi tines ontes to proteron kai pordaleis ton toiondi tropon leontes te kai hosa alla thēria te kai herpeta katʼ analogian tēs en hekastǭ poikilēs kakias te kai ponērias hē prophēteia katalegei;. hoi kai metathemenoi kai hōsperei metaplasthentes eis tosouton hēmerotētos ēlasan, hōs symboskesthai autous tēn autēn esthontas tōn hierōn tou Theou logōn trophēn tois hēmerōtatois ta ēthē dikaiois andrasi tou Theou, hous dia tēn toiandi tēs psychēs akakian tithasois kai hēmerōtatois zǭois, tois te anagegrammenois entautha paidiois ho theios apeikase logos. Ei de pros tauta tis dyspeithōs echoi, legetō ei hoion te allōs kata tēn procheiron dianoian sōzein tēn lexin; dia ti gar ē kai pōs ho Libanos syn tois hypsēlois peseitai? mē tropologeitō de mēte tēn rhabdon, mē de to ek tautēs anthos, alla deiknytō pōs sōmatikē rhabdos exeleusesthai ek tēs rhizēs Iessai legetai, kai potapon anthos anabēsesthai ex autēs; ei de kai ton pany sklēron tauta epi dianoian anienai biazetai, hora ei mē kalōs hēmin kai ta loipa epi tę̄ tou Sōtēros hēmōn parousią kata dianoian paristatai peplērōmena; ha kai akolouthōs tę̄ prophēteią gegone meta to syntaraxai Kyrion Sabaōth tous palai endoxous tou proterou laou; hous kai hypsōthentas tę̄ kata tou Sōtēros hēmōn hybrei syntribēsesthai kai tapeinōthēsesthai kai peseisthai prophēteuei; syn autois de kai ton Libanon peseisthai ho logos phēsin; houtō de ethos autǭ tēn Ierousalēm kai tēn palai proteron en autę̄ sōmatikōs apoteloumenēn latreian onomazein; hōs dēlon estin apo tou Hiezekiēl, entha touton anagegraptai ton tropon; ho aetos ho megas ho megalopterygos, ho makros tę̄ ektasei, plērēs onychōn, hos echei to hēgēma eiselthein eis ton Libanon, kai elabe ta epilekta tēs kedrou. Epilyōn goun tēn parabolēn autos ho prophētikos logos saphōs ton Libanon tēn Hierousalēm didaskei, legōn; Huie anthrōpou, eipon dē pros ton oikon ton parapikrainonta, Ouk epistasthe ti ēn tauta? eipon, Hotan elthę̄ basileus Babylōnos epi Hierousalēm, kai lēpsetai ton basilea autēs kai tous archontas autēs. Prodēlon oun hopōs kai houtos ho Libanos meta tōn hypsēlōn tę̄ hybrei peripeptōken epi tę̄ parousią tou ek rhizēs Iessai genomenou Sōtēros hēmōn; ephʼ hon kai anepausato hē teleiotēs tōn tou hagiou Pneumatos charismatōn, hos kai eisauthis eleusetai kata tēn deuteran kai endoxon autou parousian, ou kata tēn doxan krinountos; prosōpon gar anthrōpou Theos ou lambanei; allʼ oude kata tēn lalian elenchōn; etazōn gar esti kardias kai nephrous, kai diïenoumenos achri merismou psychēs kai pneumatos. Kai epi tę̄ genomenę̄ men oun autou ēdē proteron parousią eneplēsthē hōs alēthōs hē gē tou gnōnai ton Kyrion, mēdenos to prin hoti mē monōn tōn ek peritomēs ginōskontōn auton; tote de kai mallon eis peras achthēsetai hē prophēteia, hote tou plērōmatos tōn ethnōn eiselthontos syn tois loipois ethnesin kai ho pas Israēl sōthēsetai, ho Christos de ek nekrōn anastas archein ethnōn hypo tou Theou katestathē, kata to, kai estai hē rhiza tou Iessai kai ho anistamenos archein ethnōn, epʼ autǭ ethnē elpiousin. Hora gʼ oun hōs oudʼ holōs entautha Israēl ē Iakōb ē Ioudas onomazetai, saphōs de ta ethnē epi ton ek rhizēs anastēsomenon Iessai elpiein prophēteuetai, synądousēs tēs entautha lexeōs tę̄ para Mōsei phaskousę̄, ouk ekleipsei archōn ex Iouda oude hēgoumenos ek tōn mērōn autou, heōs an elthę̄ hǭ apokeitai; kai autos prosdokia, ouchi tou Israēl, alla tōn ethnōn. Kai tinos de allou hē anapausis en tę̄ anōtatō para Theǭ gegenētai timę̄, ē tou akousantos legontos autǭ tou Patros, Kathou ek dexiōn mou, heōs an thō tous echthrous sou hypopodion tōn podōn sou.

“Behold now, the Master, the Lord of Sabaoth, will throw the glorious into confusion with strength, and the lofty in insolence will be crushed and humbled, and the lofty will fall by the sword, and Lebanon with the lofty will fall. And a rod shall come forth from the root of Jesse, and a flower shall come up from the root; and the Spirit of God shall rest upon him, the spirit of wisdom and understanding, the spirit of counsel and strength, the spirit of knowledge and godliness shall fill him, the spirit of the fear of God. He shall not judge by appearance, nor rebuke by what is said; but he shall judge judgment for the lowly and rebuke the lowly of the earth; and he shall strike the earth with the word of his mouth, and with breath through his lips he shall destroy the ungodly. And he shall have his loins girded with righteousness and his sides wrapped with truth. And the wolf shall feed with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid, and the calf and the bull and the lion shall feed together, and their young shall be together; and the lion shall eat straw like the ox; and an infant child shall put its hand on the hole of asps and on the bed of the offspring of asps; and they shall not do harm, nor be able to destroy anyone on my holy mountain; for the whole earth has been filled with the knowledge of the Lord, as much water to cover the seas. And there shall be in that day the root of Jesse, and the one who rises to rule nations; in him nations shall hope; and his rest shall be honour.” Not even those of the circumcision have supposed that the one prophesied here is anyone other than the Christ, except that, imagining the things in the passage to happen more bodily according to the bare reading of the prophecy, they do not confess faith in our Lord Jesus Christ. But we, persuaded that everything in the prophecy is worthy of God, have believed that these things are said about the changes of humans who, through our Saviour's appearing, have turned from the depth of vice to gentleness. We see even now how, and in what way, in the churches throughout the inhabited world, after the coming of Jesus Christ who sprang from the root of Jesse, most people were reshaped and changed their very nature from the beastlike life: some who were formerly wolves, leopards in this way, lions, and the other beasts and reptiles the prophecy lists, in proportion to the varied vice and wickedness in each. Having changed and been, as it were, reshaped, they reached such gentleness that they feed together, eating the same food of the sacred words of God, with the righteous men of God who are gentlest in character, whom, for such innocence of soul, the divine word has likened to tame and very gentle animals and to the children written of here. If anyone is reluctant to accept this, let him say whether it is possible otherwise to save the wording according to the obvious sense. For why, or how, will Lebanon fall with the lofty? Let him not interpret the rod figuratively, nor the flower from it, but show how a bodily rod is said to come forth from the root of Jesse, and what sort of flower will come up from it. And if this compels even the very hard to raise these things to a spiritual sense, see whether we have not rightly shown the rest too to have been fulfilled spiritually at our Saviour's coming. These things happened in keeping with the prophecy after the Lord of Sabaoth threw into confusion those of the former people who were glorious of old, who, exalted in their insolence against our Saviour, he prophesies will be crushed, humbled, and fall. And with them, the word says, Lebanon too will fall; for it is its custom to name thus Jerusalem and the worship formerly performed bodily in it, as is clear from Ezekiel, where it is written as follows: “The great eagle, with great wings, long in extent, full of talons, which has the purpose of entering into Lebanon, and it took the choice parts of the cedar.” Solving the parable, the prophetic word itself clearly teaches that Lebanon is Jerusalem, saying, “Son of man, say now to the provoking house, ‘Do you not know what these things were?’ Say, ‘When the king of Babylon comes against Jerusalem, and takes its king and its rulers.’” It is evident, then, how this Lebanon too fell with those lofty in insolence at the coming of our Saviour, born of the root of Jesse; on whom also the fullness of the gifts of the Holy Spirit rested, and who will come again at his second and glorious coming, not judging by appearance (for God does not accept the face of a man), nor rebuking by what is said (for he tests hearts and kidneys, and pierces to the division of soul and spirit). At his coming, which has already taken place, the earth was truly filled with the knowledge of the Lord, though before no one knew him except those of the circumcision alone; but the prophecy will be brought still more to its end when, after the fullness of the nations has come in, all Israel too will be saved together with the other nations. And Christ, having risen from the dead, was appointed by God to rule the nations, according to “And there shall be the root of Jesse, and the one who rises to rule nations; in him nations shall hope.” See, then, that here neither Israel nor Jacob nor Judah is named at all, but it is clearly prophesied that the nations will hope in the one who will rise from the root of Jesse, the wording here agreeing with the words in Moses: “A ruler shall not fail from Judah, nor a leader from his thighs, until he comes for whom it is laid up; and he is the expectation,” not of Israel, but of the nations. And whose rest has come to be in the highest honour with God, but his who heard the Father saying to him, “Sit at my right hand until I make your enemies the footstool of your feet”?

4.9Gaisford

Καὶ διορθωθήσεται μετʼ ἐλέους θρόνος, καὶ καθιεῖται μετʼ αὐτοῦ μετὰ ἀληθείας ἐν σκηνῇ Δαυὶδ, κρίνων καὶ ἐκζητῶν κρίμα καὶ σπεύδων δικαιοσύνην. Περὶ τῆς δευτέρας τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας καὶ ταῦτα προφητεύεται, ὁπηνίκα τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ Λόγος, διορθωθείσης αὐτῷ μετʼ ἐλέους καὶ φιλανθρωπίας τῆς κατὰ πάντων βασιλείας, σὺν ἀληθείᾳ κρίνων καθεσθήσεται ἐν σκηνῇ Δαυίδ· οὕτω δὲ τὴν τῶν ἁγίων καὶ πρωτοτόκων τῶν ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ πάντας ἡγοῦμαι τοὺς ὑπὸ τὴν μερίδα τοῦ λόγου τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγενημένους ἁγίους χρηματίζειν.

Kai diorthōthēsetai metʼ eleous thronos, kai kathieitai metʼ autou meta alētheias en skēnę̄ Dauid, krinōn kai ekzētōn krima kai speudōn dikaiosynēn. Peri tēs deuteras tou Christou parousias kai tauta prophēteuetai, hopēnika tou Theou ho Logos, diorthōtheisēs autǭ metʼ eleous kai philanthrōpias tēs kata pantōn basileias, syn alētheią krinōn kathesthēsetai en skēnę̄ Dauid; houtō de tēn tōn hagiōn kai prōtotokōn tōn apogegrammenōn en ouranois ekklēsian, kai pantas hēgoumai tous hypo tēn merida tou logou tou Theou gegenēmenous hagious chrēmatizein.

“And a throne shall be set right with mercy, and one shall sit on it with truth in the tent of David, judging and seeking judgment and hastening righteousness.” These things too are prophesied about the second coming of Christ, when the Word of God, the kingdom over all having been set right for him with mercy and love for humankind, will sit judging with truth in the tent of David; by which I think is meant the church of the holy firstborn enrolled in heaven, and all the saints who have come under the portion of the Word of God.

4.10Gaisford

Ἰδοὺ Κύριος κάθηται ἐπὶ νεφέλης κούφης, καὶ ἥξει εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ σεισθήσεται τὰ χειροποιήτα Αἰγύπτου ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτῶν ἡττηθήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς. Περὶ τὴς ἀγενήτου τοῦ τῶν ὅλων Θεοῦ φύσεως ἐκλαμβάνειν τὰ προκείμενα, ὡς δὴ μελλοντος αὐτοῦ νεφέλῃ τινὶ ὀχεῖσθαι, καὶ τῇ σωματικῇ παρεπιδημεῖν Αἰγύπτῳ, οὔτε πιθανὸν οὔθʼ ὅσιον ὑπάρχειν ἡγοῦμαι· διʼ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον ἐκδεκτέον τὴν προφητείαν, καὶ αὐτὴν ἐναργῶς ἤδη κατὰ τὴν προτέραν αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν πεπερασμένην, καθʼ ἢν ἐπὶ νεφέλης κούφης, τῆς ἐκ Πνεύματος ἁγίου συστάσης αὐτῷ σαρκὸς, εἰς τὸν βίον τοῦτον, Αἴγυπτον τροπικῶς ὀνομαζόμενον, παρελήλυθε, καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν δὲ σωματικῶς τὴν Αἴγυπτον, εἰς ἣν ἔτι παῖς ὢν πρὸς τῆς μητρὸς καὶ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ διεκομίσθη· τηνικαῦτα δὲ κατά τινας ἀπορρήτους λόγους ἐσείσθησαν καὶ ἐκινήθησαν ὑποταραχθέντες αὐτοῦ τῇ παρου σίᾳ οἱ ἐν τοῖς πανταχόσε χειροποιητοῖς ξοάνοις ἐνοικοῦντές τε καὶ ἐνεργοῦντες τὸ πρότερον δαίμονες· ὅπερ δηλοῦται διὰ τῆς λεγούσης προφητείας, καὶ σεισθήσεται τὰ χειροποίητα Αἰγύπτου. Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν δευτέραν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔνδοξον ἀπʼ οὐρανῶν βασιλείαν πληρωθήσεται, καθʼ ἣν καὶ αὐτὴν σεισθήσεσθαι εἰκὸς ἂν εἴη· καὶ τότε μᾶλλον κλονηθήσεσθαι τὰ ἀποδεδομένα χειροποιητὰ Αἰγύπτου, ὧν καὶ τὴν καρδίαν ἡττηθήσεσθαι φασὶν, ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῦ θείου Λόγου καθυποτάξαντος ἑαυτῷ καὶ ταπεινώσοντος τότε πᾶν ὕψωμα τὸ νῦν ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ· τὰ δʼ ἑξῆς τῆς προφητείας ἅπαντα διὰ μόνης ἀποδοθήσεται τροπολογίας.

Idou Kyrios kathētai epi nephelēs kouphēs, kai hēxei eis Aigypton, kai seisthēsetai ta cheiropoiēta Aigyptou apo prosōpou autou, kai hē kardia autōn hēttēthēsetai en autois. Peri tēs agenētou tou tōn holōn Theou physeōs eklambanein ta prokeimena, hōs dē mellontos autou nephelę̄ tini ocheisthai, kai tę̄ sōmatikę̄ parepidēmein Aigyptǭ, oute pithanon outhʼ hosion hyparchein hēgoumai; diʼ hoper epi ton tou Theou Logon ekdekteon tēn prophēteian, kai autēn enargōs ēdē kata tēn proteran autou parousian peperasmenēn, kathʼ ēn epi nephelēs kouphēs, tēs ek Pneumatos hagiou systasēs autǭ sarkos, eis ton bion touton, Aigypton tropikōs onomazomenon, parelēlythe, kai eis autēn de sōmatikōs tēn Aigypton, eis hēn eti pais ōn pros tēs mētros kai tou Iōsēph diekomisthē; tēnikauta de kata tinas aporrētous logous eseisthēsan kai ekinēthēsan hypotarachthentes autou tę̄ parou sią hoi en tois pantachose cheiropoiētois xoanois enoikountes te kai energountes to proteron daimones; hoper dēloutai dia tēs legousēs prophēteias, kai seisthēsetai ta cheiropoiēta Aigyptou. Tauta de kai kata tēn deuteran autou kai endoxon apʼ ouranōn basileian plērōthēsetai, kathʼ hēn kai autēn seisthēsesthai eikos an eiē; kai tote mallon klonēthēsesthai ta apodedomena cheiropoiēta Aigyptou, hōn kai tēn kardian hēttēthēsesthai phasin, en autois tou theiou Logou kathypotaxantos heautǭ kai tapeinōsontos tote pan hypsōma to nyn epairomenon kata tēs gnōseōs tou Theou; ta dʼ hexēs tēs prophēteias hapanta dia monēs apodothēsetai tropologias.

“Behold, the Lord sits on a light cloud and will come into Egypt, and the handmade things of Egypt shall be shaken before his face, and their heart shall be defeated within them.” To take what is set out as about the unbegotten nature of the God of the universe, as though he were going to ride on some cloud and sojourn in the bodily Egypt, I think is neither plausible nor holy. So the prophecy must be taken of the Word of God, and as already plainly fulfilled at his first coming, in which, on a light cloud, the flesh formed for him by the Holy Spirit, he came into this life, figuratively named Egypt, and also bodily into Egypt itself, to which, while still a child, he was carried by his mother and Joseph. At that time, for certain secret reasons, the demons who formerly dwelt and were active in the handmade wooden images everywhere were shaken and moved, thrown into confusion by his coming; which is shown by the prophecy that says, “And the handmade things of Egypt shall be shaken.” These things will also be fulfilled at his second and glorious kingdom from the heavens, at which it would be likely that it too will be shaken; and then the handmade things of Egypt mentioned will be shaken still more, whose heart too, they say, will be defeated within them, the divine Word then subjecting to himself and humbling every height now raised up against the knowledge of God. The rest of the prophecy will all be explained by figurative interpretation alone.

4.11Gaisford

Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ἔσται θυσιαστήριον τῷ Κυρίῳ ἐν χώρᾳ Αἰγυπτίων, καὶ στήλη πρὸς τὸ ὅριον αὐτῆς τῷ Κυρίῳ· καὶ ἔσται εἰς σημεῖον εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα Κύριος ἐν χώρᾳΑἰγύπτου· ὅτι κεκράξονται πρὸς Κύριον διὰ τοὺς θλίβοντας αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἀποστελεῖ αὐτοῖς ἄνθρωπον ὃς σώσει αὐτοὺς, κρίνων σώσει αὐτούς· καὶ γνωστὸς ἔσται Κύριος τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις· καὶ γνώσονται οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι τὸν Κύριον ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ· καὶ ποιήσουσιν θυσίας καὶ δῶρον· καὶ εὔξονται εὐχὰς τῷ Θεῷ. Καὶ τίς ἂν ἄλλος εἴη ὁ ἀποσταλεὶς ὑπὸ Κυρίου ἄνθρωπος, καὶ σώσας τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους διὰ τοῦ κρίνειν, ἢ ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ μόρφὴν δούλου λαβὼν καὶ σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος. Αἰγύπτου δὲ τροπικῶς νοουμένου τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίου, εἶεν ἂν οἱ δεισιδαίμονες καὶ τοῖς ὑλικοῖς προπεπονθότες Αἰγύπτιοι, οὓς ὁ τῶν ὅλων Θεὸς κατελεήσας θλιβομένους ὑπὸ τῶν κατατυραννούντων αὐτοὺς δαιμόνων, ἀποστείλας τὸν προειρημένον ἄνθρωπον, ὃς ἔσωσεν σωτηρίαν Θεῷ πρέπουσαν, ὥστε τοὺς πάλαι κατὰ τὸν νόμον εἰργομένους τῆς ἐκκλησίας Κυρίου διὰ τῆς γενομένης αὐτοῖς ἐπιφανίας ἐπιγνῶναι τὸν Κύριον, αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου γνωστὸν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἐμποιοῦντος· σαφὲς δʼ ὅπως ἐν τῇ δηλωθείσῃ τῇ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων χώρᾳ συνέστη τῷ Κυρίῳ θυσιαστήριον ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ εἰς εὐχὰς καὶ Θεοῦ θρησκείαν ἐπιτελουμένων ἀθροισμάτων. Εἴποι δʼ ἄν τις ἐπιβαίνων τῇ λέξει εἰς τὸ, καὶ ἔσται θυσιαστήριον τῷ Κυρίῳ ἐν χώρᾳ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων, εἰ δὴ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τόπος τίς ἐστιν θυμάτων, ἐπὶ λόγῳ Θεοῦ ζῴων ἀλόγων σφαγιαζομένων, δικαιότατα ἂν μεῖζον καὶ ἀληθέστερον διὰ Χριστοῦ γεγονέναι τῷ Θεῷ θυσιαστήριον ἐν ὅλῳ τε τῷ περιγείῳ τόπῳ, Αἰγύπτῳ τροπικῶς χρηματίζοντι, διὰ τοὺς πανταχόσε μάρτυρας θύματα καὶ οἱονεὶ σφάγια ὑπὲρ τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀναφερομένων τῷ Θεῷ καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ σωματικῇ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων χώρᾳ, ἔνθα τοσοῦτοι καὶ τηλικοῦτοι μάρτυρες ἐδόξασαν τὸν Θεὸν τῷ ἰδίῳ αὐτῶν αἵματι· ἀλλʼ εἰ δυσπειθῶς ἔχοιεν πρὸς τὰ ἀποδεδομένα οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, λεγέτωσαν αὐτοὶ πότε καὶ ποῦ καὶ πρὸς τίνος θυσιαστήριον κατέστη τῷ Κυρίῳ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, τίς δὲ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ σώσας τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους, τίνα τε τρόπον καὶ πότε γνωστὸς ἐγένετο Κύριος τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις, ὥστε αὐτοὺς ἀποστάντας τῆς προτέρας πλάνης τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ γνῶσιν ἀναλαβεῖν· τοιοῦτον γάρ ἐστι τὸ ἐπιγνῶναι Κύριον. Καὶ ὅλα δὲ τὰ ἑξῆς τῆς προφητείας βαθυτέρας ἤρτηται διανοίας, ἣν οὐχ ὁ παρὼν ἀναπτύσσειν καιρός.

Tę̄ hēmerą ekeinę̄ estai thysiastērion tǭ Kyriǭ en chōrą Aigyptiōn, kai stēlē pros to horion autēs tǭ Kyriǭ; kai estai eis sēmeion eis ton aiōna Kyrios en chōrąAigyptou; hoti kekraxontai pros Kyrion dia tous thlibontas autous, kai apostelei autois anthrōpon hos sōsei autous, krinōn sōsei autous; kai gnōstos estai Kyrios tois Aigyptiois; kai gnōsontai hoi Aigyptioi ton Kyrion en tę̄ hēmerą ekeinę̄; kai poiēsousin thysias kai dōron; kai euxontai euchas tǭ Theǭ. Kai tis an allos eiē ho apostaleis hypo Kyriou anthrōpos, kai sōsas tous Aigyptious dia tou krinein, ē ho Christos tou Theou, ho morphēn doulou labōn kai schēmati heuretheis hōs anthrōpos. Aigyptou de tropikōs nooumenou tou tōn anthrōpōn biou, eien an hoi deisidaimones kai tois hylikois propeponthotes Aigyptioi, hous ho tōn holōn Theos kateleēsas thlibomenous hypo tōn katatyrannountōn autous daimonōn, aposteilas ton proeirēmenon anthrōpon, hos esōsen sōtērian Theǭ prepousan, hōste tous palai kata ton nomon eirgomenous tēs ekklēsias Kyriou dia tēs genomenēs autois epiphanias epignōnai ton Kyrion, autou tou Kyriou gnōston auton autois empoiountos; saphes dʼ hopōs en tę̄ dēlōtheisę̄ tę̄ tōn Aigyptiōn chōrą synestē tǭ Kyriǭ thysiastērion apo tōn en panti topǭ eis euchas kai Theou thrēskeian epiteloumenōn athroismatōn. Eipoi dʼ an tis epibainōn tę̄ lexei eis to, kai estai thysiastērion tǭ Kyriǭ en chōrą tōn Aigyptiōn, ei dē to thysiastērion topos tis estin thymatōn, epi logǭ Theou zǭōn alogōn sphagiazomenōn, dikaiotata an meizon kai alēthesteron dia Christou gegonenai tǭ Theǭ thysiastērion en holǭ te tǭ perigeiǭ topǭ, Aigyptǭ tropikōs chrēmatizonti, dia tous pantachose martyras thymata kai hoionei sphagia hyper tou genous tōn anthrōpōn anapheromenōn tǭ Theǭ kai en autę̄ de tę̄ sōmatikę̄ tōn Aigyptiōn chōrą, entha tosoutoi kai tēlikoutoi martyres edoxasan ton Theon tǭ idiǭ autōn haimati; allʼ ei dyspeithōs echoien pros ta apodedomena hoi ek peritomēs, legetōsan autoi pote kai pou kai pros tinos thysiastērion katestē tǭ Kyriǭ en Aigyptǭ, tis de ho anthrōpos ho sōsas tous Aigyptious, tina te tropon kai pote gnōstos egeneto Kyrios tois Aigyptiois, hōste autous apostantas tēs proteras planēs tēn peri autou gnōsin analabein; toiouton gar esti to epignōnai Kyrion. Kai hola de ta hexēs tēs prophēteias bathyteras ērtētai dianoias, hēn ouch ho parōn anaptyssein kairos.

“In that day there shall be an altar to the Lord in the land of the Egyptians, and a pillar to the Lord at its border; and it shall be for a sign for ever to the Lord in the land of Egypt; for they will cry to the Lord because of those who afflict them, and he will send them a man who will save them; judging, he will save them; and the Lord will be known to the Egyptians, and the Egyptians will know the Lord in that day, and they will make sacrifices and an offering, and will vow vows to God.” And who else could the man sent by the Lord be, who saved the Egyptians by judging, but the Christ of God, who took the form of a servant and was found in fashion as a man? If Egypt is understood figuratively as human life, the Egyptians would be the superstitious and those given over to material things, whom the God of the universe pitied as they were afflicted by the demons who tyrannized them, and sent the man mentioned, who saved them with a salvation befitting God; so that those who were formerly excluded by the law from the assembly of the Lord came to know the Lord through the appearing that happened to them, the Lord himself making himself known to them. It is clear how in the land of the Egyptians so understood an altar was set up to the Lord from the gatherings held in every place for prayers and the worship of God. One who keeps to the wording, “And there shall be an altar to the Lord in the land of the Egyptians,” might say: if the altar is a place of victims, where irrational animals are slaughtered for the sake of God, then most justly a greater and truer altar has come to be for God through Christ, both in the whole region of the earth, figuratively called Egypt, because of the martyrs everywhere offered to God as victims and, as it were, sacrifices for the human race, and in the bodily land of the Egyptians itself, where so many and such great martyrs glorified God by their own blood. But if those of the circumcision are reluctant to accept what has been given, let them say when, where, and by whom an altar was set up to the Lord in Egypt; who is the man who saved the Egyptians; and in what way and when the Lord became known to the Egyptians, so that they turned from their former error and took up the knowledge of him; for that is what it is to come to know the Lord. All the rest of the prophecy depends on a deeper sense, which the present occasion does not allow us to unfold.

4.12Gaisford

Κύριε, ἐν θλίψει ἐμνήσθην σου· ἐν θλίψει μικρᾷ ἡ παιδεία σου ἡμῖν· καὶ ὡς ἡ ὠδίνουσα ἐγγίζει τοῦ τεκεῖν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ ὠδῖνι αὐτῆς ἐκέκραξεν, οὕτως ἐγενήθημεν τῷ ἀγαπητῷ σου. Ἐπιγραφή τις ἐν Ψαλμοῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ φέρεται· καὶ πάλιν εἴρηται, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν δυνάμεων τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ· δείκνυται δʼ ἐν τοῖς τό ποις οὐκ ἄλλος ὢν τοῦ Χριστοῦ λεγόμενος ἀγαπητὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τούτου χάριν ἐπεσημηνάμεθα καὶ τὸν ἐν χερσὶν ἀγαπητόν· αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον ὑπολαμβάνοντες εἶναι, ὃν καὶ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ φωνὴ σαφῶς ἀνεκήρυξε φήσασα, Οὗτος ἐστὶν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα.

Kyrie, en thlipsei emnēsthēn sou; en thlipsei mikrą hē paideia sou hēmin; kai hōs hē ōdinousa engizei tou tekein, kai epi tę̄ ōdini autēs ekekraxen, houtōs egenēthēmen tǭ agapētǭ sou. Epigraphē tis en Psalmois hyper tou agapētou pheretai; kai palin eirētai, ho basileus tōn dynameōn tou agapētou; deiknytai dʼ en tois to pois ouk allos ōn tou Christou legomenos agapētos tou Theou. Toutou charin epesēmēnametha kai ton en chersin agapēton; auton ekeinon hypolambanontes einai, hon kai ex ouranou phōnē saphōs anekēryxe phēsasa, Houtos estin ho huios mou ho agapētos en hǭ eudokēsa.

“Lord, in affliction I remembered you; in small affliction was your discipline for us; and as a woman in labour draws near to giving birth and cries out in her pain, so have we become to your beloved.” A title in the Psalms runs, “For the beloved”; and again it is said, “The king of the hosts of the beloved”; and in those passages the one called the beloved of God is shown to be none other than the Christ. For this reason we have noted the beloved in the passage in hand too, taking him to be that very one whom a voice from heaven clearly proclaimed, saying, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.”

4.13Gaisford

Ἀκούσατε λόγων Κυρίου, ἄνδρες τεθλιμμένοι, καὶ ἄρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου οἱ ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ· Ὅτι εἴπατε, Ἐποιήσαμεν διαθήκην μετὰ τοῦ Ἅιδου, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ θανάτου συνθήκας· καταιγὶς φερομένη ἐὰν παρέλθῃ, οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς· ἐθήκαμεν ψεῦδος τὴν ἐλπίδα ἡμῶν, καὶ τῷ ψεύδει σκεπασθησόμεθα· διὰ τοῦτο οὕτως λέγει Κύριος Κύριος· ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐμβάλλω εἰς τὰ θεμέλια Σιὼν λίθον πολυτελῆ, ἐκλεκτὸν, ἀκρογωνιαῖον, ἔντιμον εἰς τὰ θεμέλια αὐτῆς, καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπʼ αὐτῷ οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ· καὶ θήσω κρίσιν εἰς ἐλπίδα, ἡ δὲ ἐλεημοσύνη μου εἰς σταθμούς. Καὶ πῶς οὐκ ἀληθῶς ἠλίθιος καὶ κομιδῇ καταγέλαστος ἡ τῶν σωματικῶς καραδοκούντων λίθον τινὰ τούτων δὴ τῶν πολυτελῶν καὶ πολυτίμων εἶναι νομιζομένων εἰς τὰ θεμέλια τῆς σωματικῆς Σιὼν ἐμβληθήσεσθαι πρὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπόληψις, ἐφʼ ὃν λίθον ὁ πιστεύσας οὐδαμῶς καταισχυνθήσεσθαι προφητεύεται· τὰς μωρὰς τοιγαροῦν καὶ Ἰουδαϊκὰς διηγήσεις, τούς τε γραώδεις οὓς ὠνόμασεν ὁ ἀπόστολος μύθους ἀποσεισάμενοι, Θεοῦ ἀξίως τὰς θεοπνεύστους παραδεχώμεθα προφητείας· φησὶν οὖν διὰ τοῦτο ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐμβάλλω εἰς τὰ θεμέλια Σιὼν λίθον· Διὰ ποῖον δὲ τοῦτο, ἢ διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἄρχοντας τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ πεποιηκέναι συνθήκας μετὰ τοῦ θανάτου, καὶ διὰ τὸ καταλεῖψαι μὲν αὐτοὺς τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διαθήκην, ἀντὶ δὲ ταύτης διαθήκην πρὸς τὸν Αἵδην πεποιηκέναι, ὑπολαμβάνειν δὲ διὰ ταῦτα μηδὲν κακὸν ἑαυτοὺς πείσεσθαι· ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τεθεικέναι μὲν ἐπὶ ψεῦδος τὴν ἐλπίδα αὐτῶν καὶ οἴεσθαι τῷ ψεύδει σκεπασθήσεσθαι· διὰ γάρ τοι ταῦτα, ὡς ἂν ἀποπεπτωκότων ἐκείνων ἀπὸ τῆς εἰς τὸν Θεὸν ἐλπίδος, τὸν πολυτίμητον λίθον τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπάγγελλεται θήσειν. Πρὸς ἐκείνους δὲ τοὺς εἰρηκότας, ἐποιήσαμεν διαθήκην μετὰ τοῦ Αἵδου, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ θανάτου συνθήκας· καταιγὶς φερομένη ἐὰν παρέλθῃ οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς, ἐθήκαμεν ψεῦδος τὴν ἐλπίδα ἡμῶν, καὶ τῷ ψεύδει σκεπασθησόμεθα, ὑποκαταβὰς ὁ λόγος φησὶν, οἱ πεποιθότες μάτην ψευδεῖ οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ὑμᾶς καταιγὶς, μὴ καὶ ἀφελῆ ὑμῶν τὴν διαθήκην τοῦ θανάτου καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν Αἵδην οὐ μὴ ἐμμείνῃ· καταιγὶς φερομένη ἐὰν ἐπέλθῃ ἔσεσθε αὐτῇ εἰς καταπάτημα· ἃ καὶ πρόδηλον ὅπως ἐπὶ τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εἰς ἐκεῖνον πεπλήρωται τὸν λαόν. Ἀκολούθως ἄρα ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἄλλον ἡγούμεθα εἶναι τὸν δηλούμενον ἐνταῦθα λίθον ἐκλεκτὸν θαυμαστὸν τινὰ ὄντα καὶ παράδοξον, ὡς τοὺς πιστεύσαντας εἰς αὐτὸν μὴ καταισχυνθήσεσθαι τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου, ἐφʼ ὃν ὡς ἐπὶ θεμέλιον ἑδραῖον ἡ πνευματικὴ καὶ ἐπουράνιος Σιὼν ᾠκοδόμηται, οὐκ ἄλλη τις οὖσα τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκλησίας· Θεμέλιον γὰρ ἄλλον οὐδεὶς δύναται θεῖναι παρὰ τὸν κείμενον, ὅς ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός· περὶ τούτου δὲ καὶ ἐν Ψαλμοῖς εἴρηται, Λίθον, ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας, καὶ ἀκρογωνιαῖος ὠνόμασται· τοῦτον δὲ καὶ Δανιὴλ τὸν λίθον ἑρμηνεύει ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ βασιλείαν, ἔνθα λέγει, καὶ ὁ λίθος ὁ πατάξας τὴν εἰκόνα ἐγένετο ὄρος μέγα, καὶ ἐπάταξεν ἢ καὶ ἐπλήρωσε πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν. Οἱ μὲν οὖν οἰκοδομοῦντες τὴν κατὰ τὸ γράμμα τοῦ νόμου οἰκοδομὴν, τοῦτον ἀπεδοκίμασαν τὸν λίθον· αὐτὸς δὲ οὐδὲν ἧττον ὑπʼ ἐκείνων ἀποδοκιμασθεὶς, κεφαλὴ γωνίας τῆς τῶν ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίας ἀναδέδεικται κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ποῦ, καταστήσεις με εἰς κεφαλὴν ἐθνῶν. Ἐπὶ τοῦτον τοιγαροῦν τὸν λίθον ὁ πιστεύων οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται, ἐπαληθευούσης καὶ ταύτης τῆς περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητείας.

Akousate logōn Kyriou, andres tethlimmenoi, kai archontes tou laou toutou hoi en Hierousalēm; Hoti eipate, Epoiēsamen diathēkēn meta tou Haidou, kai meta tou thanatou synthēkas; kataigis pheromenē ean parelthę̄, ou mē elthę̄ ephʼ hēmas; ethēkamen pseudos tēn elpida hēmōn, kai tǭ pseudei skepasthēsometha; dia touto houtōs legei Kyrios Kyrios; idou egō emballō eis ta themelia Siōn lithon polytelē, eklekton, akrogōniaion, entimon eis ta themelia autēs, kai ho pisteuōn epʼ autǭ ou mē kataischynthę̄; kai thēsō krisin eis elpida, hē de eleēmosynē mou eis stathmous. Kai pōs ouk alēthōs ēlithios kai komidę̄ katagelastos hē tōn sōmatikōs karadokountōn lithon tina toutōn dē tōn polytelōn kai polytimōn einai nomizomenōn eis ta themelia tēs sōmatikēs Siōn emblēthēsesthai pros autou tou Kyriou hypolēpsis, ephʼ hon lithon ho pisteusas oudamōs kataischynthēsesthai prophēteuetai; tas mōras toigaroun kai Ioudaïkas diēgēseis, tous te graōdeis hous ōnomasen ho apostolos mythous aposeisamenoi, Theou axiōs tas theopneustous paradechōmetha prophēteias; phēsin oun dia touto idou egō emballō eis ta themelia Siōn lithon; Dia poion de touto, ē dia to tous archontas tou proterou laou pepoiēkenai synthēkas meta tou thanatou, kai dia to kataleipsai men autous tēn tou Theou diathēkēn, anti de tautēs diathēkēn pros ton Haidēn pepoiēkenai, hypolambanein de dia tauta mēden kakon heautous peisesthai; alla kai dia touto tetheikenai men epi pseudos tēn elpida autōn kai oiesthai tǭ pseudei skepasthēsesthai; dia gar toi tauta, hōs an apopeptōkotōn ekeinōn apo tēs eis ton Theon elpidos, ton polytimēton lithon tois pisteuousin epangelletai thēsein. Pros ekeinous de tous eirēkotas, epoiēsamen diathēkēn meta tou Haidou, kai meta tou thanatou synthēkas; kataigis pheromenē ean parelthę̄ ou mē elthę̄ ephʼ hēmas, ethēkamen pseudos tēn elpida hēmōn, kai tǭ pseudei skepasthēsometha, hypokatabas ho logos phēsin, hoi pepoithotes matēn pseudei ou mē parelthę̄ hymas kataigis, mē kai aphelē hymōn tēn diathēkēn tou thanatou kai hē elpis hymōn hē pros ton Haidēn ou mē emmeinę̄; kataigis pheromenē ean epelthę̄ esesthe autę̄ eis katapatēma; ha kai prodēlon hopōs epi tę̄ parousią tou Sōtēros hēmōn eis ekeinon peplērōtai ton laon. Akolouthōs ara hēmeis ouk allon hēgoumetha einai ton dēloumenon entautha lithon eklekton thaumaston tina onta kai paradoxon, hōs tous pisteusantas eis auton mē kataischynthēsesthai tou hierou tou Theou Logou, ephʼ hon hōs epi themelion hedraion hē pneumatikē kai epouranios Siōn ǭkodomētai, ouk allē tis ousa tēs tou Theou ekklēsias; Themelion gar allon oudeis dynatai theinai para ton keimenon, hos estin Iēsous Christos; peri toutou de kai en Psalmois eirētai, Lithon, hon apedokimasan hoi oikodomountes, houtos egenēthē eis kephalēn gōnias, kai akrogōniaios ōnomastai; touton de kai Daniēl ton lithon hermēneuei epi tēn tou Christou basileian, entha legei, kai ho lithos ho pataxas tēn eikona egeneto oros mega, kai epataxen ē kai eplērōse pasan tēn gēn. Hoi men oun oikodomountes tēn kata to gramma tou nomou oikodomēn, touton apedokimasan ton lithon; autos de ouden hētton hypʼ ekeinōn apodokimastheis, kephalē gōnias tēs tōn ex ethnōn ekklēsias anadedeiktai kata to eirēmenon pou, katastēseis me eis kephalēn ethnōn. Epi touton toigaroun ton lithon ho pisteuōn ou kataischynthēsetai, epalētheuousēs kai tautēs tēs peri autou prophēteias.

“Hear the words of the Lord, you afflicted men and rulers of this people who are in Jerusalem. Because you said, ‘We have made a covenant with Hades and agreements with death; if a rushing storm passes by, it shall not come upon us; we have made falsehood our hope, and by falsehood we shall be sheltered’; therefore thus says the Lord, the Lord: Behold, I lay in the foundations of Zion a costly stone, chosen, a cornerstone, precious, for its foundations; and whoever believes in him shall not be put to shame; and I will make judgment a hope, and my mercy for measures.” How is it not truly foolish and quite laughable, the notion of those who bodily expect that a stone, one of those thought costly and very precious, will be laid by the Lord himself in the foundations of the bodily Zion, a stone in which whoever believes is prophesied never to be put to shame? Shaking off, then, the foolish and Jewish explanations and the old wives' tales, as the apostle called them, let us receive the inspired prophecies in a way worthy of God. “Therefore,” he says, “behold, I lay in the foundations of Zion a stone.” Therefore for what reason? Because the rulers of the former people had made agreements with death, and had abandoned God's covenant and made a covenant with Hades in its place, and supposed that because of this they would suffer no evil; and further because they had set their hope on falsehood and thought that they would be sheltered by falsehood. For these reasons, then, as those men had fallen from their hope in God, he promises to lay the precious stone for those who believe. To those who had said, “We have made a covenant with Hades and agreements with death; if a rushing storm passes by, it shall not come upon us; we have made falsehood our hope, and by falsehood we shall be sheltered,” the word says further on: “You who trust in vain in falsehood, the storm shall not pass you by, lest it also take away your covenant with death; and your hope toward Hades shall not stand; if a rushing storm comes upon you, you shall be trampled by it.” It is evident how these things were fulfilled upon that people at the coming of our Saviour. Consistently, then, we hold that the chosen stone shown here, so wonderful and marvellous that those who believe in him will not be put to shame, is none other than the sacred Word of God, on whom, as on a firm foundation, the spiritual and heavenly Zion has been built, which is none other than the church of God. “For no one can lay another foundation than the one laid, which is Jesus Christ.” About him it is said in the Psalms too, “The stone that the builders rejected has become the head of the corner,” and he has been named cornerstone. Daniel too interprets this stone as the kingdom of Christ, where he says, “And the stone that struck the image became a great mountain, and struck,” or rather “filled, the whole earth.” Those who built the building according to the letter of the law rejected this stone; but he, nonetheless rejected by them, has been shown to be the head of the corner of the church from the nations, according to what is said somewhere, “You will make me head of nations.” Whoever believes in this stone, then, will not be put to shame, this prophecy about him also proving true.

4.14Gaisford

Ἰδοὺ τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου ἔρχεται διὰ πολλοῦ χρόνου, καιόμενος θυμὸς, μετὰ δόξης τὸ λόγιον· τῶν χειλέων αὐτοῦ, τὸ λόγιον ὀργῆς πλῆρες, καὶ ὀργὴ τοῦ θυμοῦ ὡς πῦρ ἔδεται. Καὶ τί ἂν εἴη τὸ λεγόμενον ὄνομα Κυρίου ἢ ὁ Θεὸς Λόγος, διʼ οὗ τὰ σύμπαντα γεγένηται; Τὰ περὶ τῆς δευτέρας τοίνυν καὶ ἐνδόξου αὐτοῦ παρουσίας νομίζω καὶ ταύτην αἰνίττεσθαι τὴν προφητείαν.

Idou to onoma Kyriou erchetai dia pollou chronou, kaiomenos thymos, meta doxēs to logion; tōn cheileōn autou, to logion orgēs plēres, kai orgē tou thymou hōs pyr edetai. Kai ti an eiē to legomenon onoma Kyriou ē ho Theos Logos, diʼ hou ta sympanta gegenētai? Ta peri tēs deuteras toinyn kai endoxou autou parousias nomizō kai tautēn ainittesthai tēn prophēteian.

“Behold, the name of the Lord comes after a long time, a burning wrath; with glory the oracle of his lips; the oracle full of anger, and the anger of his wrath shall devour like fire.” And what could the so-called name of the Lord be but God the Word, through whom all things came into being? I think, then, that this prophecy too hints at his second and glorious coming.

4.15Gaisford

Τάδε λέγει Κύριος· Μακάριος, ὃς ἔχει ἐν Σιὼν σπέρμα, καὶ οἰκείους ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ· ἰδοὺ γὰρ βασιλεὺς δίκαιος βασιλεύσει, καὶ ἄρχοντες μετὰ κρίσεως ἄρξουσιν. Ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ εἰπὼν, ἐγὼ δὲ κατεστάθην βασιλεὺς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ διὰ τούτων δηλοῦται· εἶεν δʼ ἂν οἱ ὑπʼ αὐτὸν ἄρχοντες, ἤτοι ἀπόστολοι, καὶ οἱ μετὰ Θεοῦ κρίσεως τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ἄρχοντες ἢ ἄγγελοι θεῖοι, τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔφοροι σωτηρίας· διὰ τοῦτον δὲ τὸν βασιλεύοντα τῆς Σιὼν καὶ τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ, μακάριος ὃς ἔχει ἐν Σιὼν σπέρμα, καὶ οἰκείους ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ· ἃ καὶ ἀξίως τοῦ ἀποστολικοῦ πνεύματος ἐκλη[μ]πτέον, διδάσκοντος ἡμᾶς τὰ περὶ τῆς ἄνω Ἱερουσαλὴμ, καὶ τοῦ Σιὼν ἐπουρανίου ὄρους.

Tade legei Kyrios; Makarios, hos echei en Siōn sperma, kai oikeious en Hierousalēm; idou gar basileus dikaios basileusei, kai archontes meta kriseōs arxousin. Ho Christos tou Theou ho eipōn, egō de katestathēn basileus hypʼ autou, kai dia toutōn dēloutai; eien dʼ an hoi hypʼ auton archontes, ētoi apostoloi, kai hoi meta Theou kriseōs tōn ekklēsiōn archontes ē angeloi theioi, tēs tōn anthrōpōn ephoroi sōtērias; dia touton de ton basileuonta tēs Siōn kai tēs Hierousalēm, makarios hos echei en Siōn sperma, kai oikeious en Hierousalēm; ha kai axiōs tou apostolikou pneumatos eklē[m]pteon, didaskontos hēmas ta peri tēs anō Hierousalēm, kai tou Siōn epouraniou orous.

“Thus says the Lord: Blessed is he who has offspring in Zion and kinsfolk in Jerusalem; for behold, a righteous king shall reign, and rulers shall rule with judgment.” The Christ of God, who said, “But I was set up as king by him,” is shown through these words too. The rulers under him would be either the apostles and those who rule the churches with God's judgment, or divine angels, overseers of human salvation. Because of this king who reigns over Zion and Jerusalem, “Blessed is he who has offspring in Zion and kinsfolk in Jerusalem”; which should be taken in a way worthy of the apostolic Spirit, who teaches us about the Jerusalem above and the heavenly Mount Zion.

4.16Gaisford

Εὐφράθητι ἔρημος διψῶσα, ἀγαλλιάσθω ἔρημος, καὶ ἀνθείτω ὡς κρίνον· καὶ ἐξανθήσει καὶ ἀγαλλιάσεται ἔρημα τοῦ Ἰορδάνου καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Λιβάνου ἐδόθη αὐτῇ, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ τοῦ Καρμήλου· καὶ ὁ λαός μου ὄψεται τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου, καὶ τὸ ὕψος τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἰσχύσατε χεῖρες ἀνειμέναι, καὶ γόνατα παραλελυμένα· παρακαλέσατε ὀλιγόψυχοι τῇ διανοίᾳ· ἰσχύσατε, μὴ φοβεῖσθε· ἰδοὺ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν κρίσιν ἀνταποδίδωσιν καὶ ἀνταποδώσει· αὐτὸς ἥξει καὶ σώσει ἡμᾶς· τότε ἀνοιχθήσονται ὀφθαλμοὶ τυφλῶν, καὶ ὦτα κωφῶν ἀκούσονται· τότε ἀλεῖται ὡς ἔλαφος χωλὸς, καὶ τρανῆ ἔσται γλῶσσα μογιλάλων, ὅτι ἐρράγη ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ὕδωρ, καὶ φάραγξ ἐν γῇ διψώσῃ· καὶ ἡ ἄνυδρος ἔσται εἰς ἔλη, καὶ εἰς τὴν διψῶσαν γῆν πηγὴ ὑδάτων ἔσται. Ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ παρουσίᾳ τὰς παραδόξους ἰάσεις ἔσεσθαι προαγορεύει. Σαφῶς οὖν καὶ ἐνθάδε τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ προσηγορίᾳ ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τετίμηται· οὗ ἐπὶ τῇ παρουσίᾳ καὶ σωματικῶς μὲν αἱ προειρημέναι θεραπεῖαι ἐπὶ τῶν πασχόντων ἀπετελέσθησαν, θαυμασιώτερον δʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἐνεργοῦνται διὰ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν πίστεως, παντὸς ἁπαξάπλως τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους τῶν κατὰ ψυχὴν παθῶν ἀπαλλαττομένου. Ἐρράγη δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τῇ Χριστοῦ παρουσίᾳ καὶ φάραγξ ἐν γῇ διψώσῃ, τοῦ ποτίμου καὶ ζωτικοῦ λόγου ἀναβλύσαντος ἐν τῇ πάλαι ἐρήμῳ καὶ διψώσῃ γῇ, τῇ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἐν ᾗ πρότερον οὔσῃ ἀνύδρῳ καὶ διψαλέᾳ ἀθρόως πηγὴ τοῦ τῶν Ἰησοῦ λόγων ὕδατος ζῶντος ἀλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἀνώμβρησεν· ὑφʼ ἧς πηγῆς ποτιζομένη ἀνθήσειν ὡς κρίνον λέγεται ἡ ποτὲ ἔρημος, εὐφραίνεσθαί τε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶν προστάττεται· καὶ ἡ αἰτία δὲ τῆς εὐφροσύνης καὶ τῆς ἀγαλλιάσεως ἐπιλέγεται, ἐπείπερ φησὶν ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Λιβάνου, τοῦτʼ ἔστι τῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ· περὶ ἧς ἐν ταῖς ἀνωτέραις προφητείαις ἐλέγετο, ὡς ὅτι καὶ ὁ Λίβανος σὺν τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς πεσεῖται· οὗ πεσόντος ἡ πρότερον ὑπάρχουσα ἐν αὐτῷ δόξα τῇ νῦν εὐαγγελιζομένῃ ἐρήμῳ, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν τῇ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἐδόθη σὺν τῇ τιμῇ τῇ προτέρᾳ τοῦ λεγομένου Καρμήλου, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ. Ταῦτα δὲ σαφῶς μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν ἔργοις τέλος εἴληφεν ἀκολούθως τῇ τε μετὰ χεῖρας προφητείᾳ, καὶ τῇ φασκούσῃ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν φωνῇ, ὡς ἄρα ἀρθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία τῷ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς.

Euphrathēti erēmos dipsōsa, agalliasthō erēmos, kai antheitō hōs krinon; kai exanthēsei kai agalliasetai erēma tou Iordanou kai hē doxa tou Libanou edothē autę̄, kai hē timē tou Karmēlou; kai ho laos mou opsetai tēn doxan Kyriou, kai to hypsos tou Theou. Ischysate cheires aneimenai, kai gonata paralelymena; parakalesate oligopsychoi tę̄ dianoią; ischysate, mē phobeisthe; idou ho Theos hēmōn krisin antapodidōsin kai antapodōsei; autos hēxei kai sōsei hēmas; tote anoichthēsontai ophthalmoi typhlōn, kai ōta kōphōn akousontai; tote aleitai hōs elaphos chōlos, kai tranē estai glōssa mogilalōn, hoti erragē en tę̄ erēmǭ hydōr, kai pharanx en gę̄ dipsōsę̄; kai hē anydros estai eis elē, kai eis tēn dipsōsan gēn pēgē hydatōn estai. Epi tę̄ tou Theou parousią tas paradoxous iaseis esesthai proagoreuei. Saphōs oun kai enthade tę̄ tou Theou prosēgorią ho Christos tou Theou tetimētai; hou epi tę̄ parousią kai sōmatikōs men hai proeirēmenai therapeiai epi tōn paschontōn apetelesthēsan, thaumasiōteron dʼ eti kai nyn energountai dia tēs eis auton pisteōs, pantos hapaxaplōs tou tōn anthrōpōn genous tōn kata psychēn pathōn apallattomenou. Erragē de en tę̄ erēmǭ hydōr epi tę̄ Christou parousią kai pharanx en gę̄ dipsōsę̄, tou potimou kai zōtikou logou anablysantos en tę̄ palai erēmǭ kai dipsōsę̄ gę̄, tę̄ ex ethnōn ekklēsią, en hę̄ proteron ousę̄ anydrǭ kai dipsaleą athroōs pēgē tou tōn Iēsou logōn hydatos zōntos allomenou eis zōēn aiōnion anōmbrēsen; hyphʼ hēs pēgēs potizomenē anthēsein hōs krinon legetai hē pote erēmos, euphrainesthai te kai agallian prostattetai; kai hē aitia de tēs euphrosynēs kai tēs agalliaseōs epilegetai, epeiper phēsin edothē autę̄ hē doxa tou Libanou, toutʼ esti tēs Hierousalēm; peri hēs en tais anōterais prophēteiais elegeto, hōs hoti kai ho Libanos syn tois hypsēlois peseitai; hou pesontos hē proteron hyparchousa en autǭ doxa tę̄ nyn euangelizomenę̄ erēmǭ, toutʼ estin tę̄ ex ethnōn ekklēsią, edothē syn tę̄ timę̄ tę̄ proterą tou legomenou Karmēlou, dēlon dʼ hoti tou proterou laou. Tauta de saphōs meta tēn tou Christou parousian ergois telos eilēphen akolouthōs tę̄ te meta cheiras prophēteią, kai tę̄ phaskousę̄ autou tou Sōtēros hēmōn phōnę̄, hōs ara arthēsetai hē basileia tǭ Theou, kai dothēsetai ethnei poiounti tous karpous autēs.

“Be glad, thirsty wilderness; let the wilderness rejoice and blossom like a lily; and the deserts of the Jordan shall blossom and rejoice; and the glory of Lebanon has been given to it, and the honour of Carmel; and my people shall see the glory of the Lord and the majesty of God. Be strong, you weakened hands and paralysed knees; comfort one another, you faint-hearted in mind; be strong, do not fear; behold, our God renders judgment and will render it; he himself will come and save us. Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened, and the ears of the deaf shall hear; then the lame shall leap like a deer, and the tongue of the stammerers shall be clear; for water has broken out in the wilderness, and a ravine in a thirsty land; and the waterless land shall become marshes, and in the thirsty land there shall be a spring of water.” It foretells that at the coming of God there will be marvellous healings. Clearly, then, here too the Christ of God has been honoured with the title of God; at whose coming the healings mentioned were accomplished bodily on the sufferers, and are still now worked even more wonderfully through faith in him, the whole human race, simply put, being freed from the passions of the soul. Water broke out in the wilderness at Christ's coming, and a ravine in a thirsty land, when the drinkable and life-giving word gushed up in the land that was long desert and thirsty, the church from the nations; in which, formerly waterless and parched, a spring of the living water of Jesus' words, springing up to eternal life, suddenly poured forth. Watered by this spring, the once desert land is said to blossom like a lily, and is commanded to be glad and rejoice; and the reason for the gladness and rejoicing is added, since, it says, the glory of Lebanon, that is, of Jerusalem, has been given to it. About Lebanon it was said in the earlier prophecies that Lebanon too will fall with the lofty; and when it fell, the glory formerly in it was given to the wilderness now evangelized, that is, the church from the nations, together with the former honour of what is called Carmel, clearly the former people. These things clearly reached their end in deeds after the coming of Christ, in keeping both with the prophecy in hand and with the word of our Saviour himself which says that the kingdom of God will be taken away and given to a nation producing its fruits.

4.17Gaisford

Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου· εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ· πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται· καὶ ἔσται πάντα τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθεῖαν καὶ ἡ τραχεῖα εἰς πεδία· καὶ ὀφθήσεται ἡ δόξα Κυρίου, καὶ ὄψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι Κύριος ἐλάλησεν. Ὁ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν πρόδρομος Ἰωάννης τοῖς ἐπερωτῶσιν αὐτὸν ὅστις εἴη, φησίν, ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Τούτου δὴ οὖν χάριν ἐξεθέμεθα τὸ κεφάλαιον ἐν τοῖς περὶ Χριστοῦ μαρτυρίοις, σύμβολον εἶναι νομίζοντες Ἰωάννην τοῦ ἀποστολικοῦ κηρύγματος· τοιαύτη γάρ τοι ἐστιν ἡ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ βοῶσα φωνὴ, ἄσημός τις οὖσα, καὶ ἀδιάρθρωτος τοῖς ἄρτι στοιχειουμένοις· ἐν τῇ πάλαι δὲ ἐρήμῳ, τῇ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἡ τοιαύτη γενομένη φωνὴ ἑτοιμάζειν παρακελεύεται τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· ἅπερ ἐπὶ σχολῆς ᾧ μέλει τῆς τούτων γνώσεως ἐρευνήσας εἴσεται.

Phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ; hetoimasate tēn hodon Kyriou; eutheias poieite tas tribous autou; pasa pharanx plērōthēsetai, kai pan oros kai bounos tapeinōthēsetai; kai estai panta ta skolia eis eutheian kai hē tracheia eis pedia; kai ophthēsetai hē doxa Kyriou, kai opsetai pasa sarx to sōtērion tou Theou, hoti Kyrios elalēsen. Ho tou Sōtēros hēmōn prodromos Iōannēs tois eperōtōsin auton hostis eiē, phēsin, egō phōnē boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ, kai ta hexēs. Toutou dē oun charin exethemetha to kephalaion en tois peri Christou martyriois, symbolon einai nomizontes Iōannēn tou apostolikou kērygmatos; toiautē gar toi estin hē en tę̄ erēmǭ boōsa phōnē, asēmos tis ousa, kai adiarthrōtos tois arti stoicheioumenois; en tę̄ palai de erēmǭ, tę̄ ex ethnōn ekklēsią, hē toiautē genomenē phōnē hetoimazein parakeleuetai tēn hodon Kyriou, kai ta hexēs; haper epi scholēs hǭ melei tēs toutōn gnōseōs ereunēsas eisetai.

“A voice of one crying in the wilderness: Prepare the way of the Lord; make straight his paths. Every ravine shall be filled, and every mountain and hill shall be brought low; and all the crooked places shall become straight, and the rough way plains; and the glory of the Lord shall be seen, and all flesh shall see the salvation of God, for the Lord has spoken.” John, the forerunner of our Saviour, said to those who asked him who he was, “I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness,” and what follows. For this reason we have set out the chapter among the testimonies about Christ, thinking that John is a symbol of the apostolic preaching. For such is the voice crying in the wilderness, being obscure and inarticulate to those just beginning to learn the elements. In the wilderness of old, the church from the nations, such a voice, having come, bids them prepare the way of the Lord, and what follows; which whoever cares to know these things will learn by investigating them at leisure.

4.18Gaisford

Ἐπʼ ὄρος ὑψηλὸν ἀνάβηθι ὁ εὐαγγελιζόμενος Σιὼν, ὕψωσον τῇ ἰσχύϊ τὴν φωνήν σου ὁ εὐαγγελιζόμενος Ἱερουσαλήμ· ὑψώσατε, μὴ φοβεῖσθε· εἶπον ταῖς πόλεσιν Ἰούδα, ἰδοὺ ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῶν, Κύριος Κύριος μετὰ ἰσχύος ἔρχεται· καὶ ὁ βραχίων αὐτοῦ μετὰ κυρίας· ἰδοὺ ὁ μισθὸς αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτοῦ· καὶ τὸ ἔργον ἐναντίον αὐτοῦ· ὡς ποιμὴν ποιμανεῖ τὸ ποίμνιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῷ βραχίονι αὐτοῦ συνάξει ἄρνας, καὶ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσας παρακαλέσει. Καὶ ταῦτα νομίζομεν περὶ τῆς τοῦ Λόγου τοῦ Θεοῦ παρουσίας λέγεσθαι, καὶ τάχα γε μᾶλλον περὶ τῆς δευτέρας, καθʼ ἢν οἷα δὴ δίκαιος κριτὴς ἥξειν προφητεύεται τὸν μισθὸν ἔχων τῶν κατʼ ἀξίαν ἑκάστῳ πεπραγμένων ἀπονεμητικόν· τὰ μέντοι γε λοιπὰ οὐκ ἔτι νῦν καιρὸς ἀπαιτεῖ διηγεῖσθαι· ὅθεν ἐφʼ ἑτέραν τραπησόμεθα περικοπήν.

Epʼ oros hypsēlon anabēthi ho euangelizomenos Siōn, hypsōson tę̄ ischyï tēn phōnēn sou ho euangelizomenos Hierousalēm; hypsōsate, mē phobeisthe; eipon tais polesin Iouda, idou ho Theos hymōn, Kyrios Kyrios meta ischyos erchetai; kai ho brachiōn autou meta kyrias; idou ho misthos autou metʼ autou; kai to ergon enantion autou; hōs poimēn poimanei to poimnion autou, kai tǭ brachioni autou synaxei arnas, kai en gastri echousas parakalesei. Kai tauta nomizomen peri tēs tou Logou tou Theou parousias legesthai, kai tacha ge mallon peri tēs deuteras, kathʼ ēn hoia dē dikaios kritēs hēxein prophēteuetai ton misthon echōn tōn katʼ axian hekastǭ pepragmenōn aponemētikon; ta mentoi ge loipa ouk eti nyn kairos apaitei diēgeisthai; hothen ephʼ heteran trapēsometha perikopēn.

“Go up on a high mountain, you who bring good news to Zion; lift up your voice with strength, you who bring good news to Jerusalem; lift it up, do not fear; say to the cities of Judah, ‘Behold your God.’ The Lord, the Lord, comes with strength, and his arm with lordship; behold, his reward is with him and his work before him; like a shepherd he will shepherd his flock, and with his arm he will gather lambs, and comfort those that are with young.” We think these things too are said about the coming of the Word of God, and perhaps rather about the second, at which he is prophesied to come as a righteous judge, bringing his reward, which renders to each according to what he has done. The rest, however, the present occasion does not require us to explain; so we shall turn to another passage.

4.19Gaisford

Τίς ἐξήγειρεν ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς δικαιοσύνην, ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὴν κατὰ πόδας αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορεύσεται; δώσει ἐναντίον ἐθνῶν, καὶ βασιλεῖς ἑκστήσει· καὶ δώσει εἰς γῆν τὰς μαχαίρας αὐτῶν, καὶ ὡσεὶ φρύγανα ἐξωσμένα τὰ τόξα ※ αὐτῶν· καὶ διώξεται αὐτούς· διελεύσεται ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἡ ὁδὸς τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ· οὐχ ἥξει· τίς ἐνήργησεν καὶ ἐποίησεν ταῦτα; ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὴν ὁ καλῶν αὐτὴν ἀπὸ γενεῶν ἀρχῆς· ἐγὼ Θεὸς πρῶτος, καὶ εἰς τὰ ἐπερχόμενα ἐγώ εἰμι· εἴδοσαν ἔθνη καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν· τὰ ἄκρα τῆς γῆς ἐξεπλάγησαν· ἤγγισαν, ἦλθον ἅμα κρίνων ἕκαστος τῷ πλησίον καὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ βοηθῆσαι· καὶ ἐρεῖ, Ἴσχυσεν ἀνὴρ τέκτων· καὶ ἀνὴρ χαλκεὺς τύπτων σφύραν ἅμα ἐλαύνων· ποτὲ μὲν ἐρεῖ σύμβλημα καλόν ἐστιν, ἰσχύρωσαν αὐτὰ ἐν ἥλοις, θήσουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ οὐ κινηθήσεται. Δικαιοσύνη ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἐξεγειρομένη τίς ἂν εἴη κατὰ περιγραφὴν οὐσίας, ἰδίαν ὑπόστασιν ἔχουσα, ἢ ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, περὶ οὗ φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, Ὃς ἐγενήθη ἡμῖν σοφία ἀπὸ Θεοῦ, δικαιοσύνη τε καὶ ἁγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις; Τοῦτον δὲ ἐκ τῶν πατρικῶν κόλπων, παντὸς νοητοῦ φωτὸς ἀνατολῶν ὑπαρχόντων, ἡ κατὰ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν ἐξήγειρεν οἰκονομία, ἢ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Πατὴρ, ὁ δοὺς αὐτὸν ἐναντίον τῶν ἐθνῶν· ἵνʼ οἱ μὲν πρότεροι βασιλεῖς αὐτῶν ἀορατοις δυνάμεις οὖσαι πονηραὶ, ἐξιστῶσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ παραδόξου τῆς οἰκονομίας, ὁρῶσαι τὸν τηλικοῦτον υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ μὴ ἔχοντα εἶδος μὴ δὲ κάλλος· καὶ ἵνα μετὰ τοιάνδε ἔκστασιν δοθῶσιν εἰς γῆν αἱ ῥομφαῖαι αὐτῶν, καὶ ὡς φρύγανα ἐξωσμένα τὰ τόξα αὐτῶν, πρὸς τὸ μὴ κατέχειν αὐτοὺς ὅπλα πολεμικὰ καὶ πεπυρωμένα βέλη, διʼ ὧν πρότερον κατεπολέμουν τὰς ὑποχειρίους αὐτοῖς ψυχάς. Μετὰ ταῦτα φησὶν, καὶ διώξεται αὐτούς· ἵνʼ οὕτως κατὰ τὸ πάντων τέλος ἐκδιωχθέντων αὐτῶν, διέλθῃ ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἡ ὁδὸς τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ. Τίς δὲ ἑνήργησε, φησὶν, καὶ ἐποίησε ταῦτα; Προσυπακούομεν δὲ ὅτι ἡ χρηστότης καὶ φιλανθρωπία τοῦ τῶν ὅλων Θεοῦ τοῦ καλοῦντος αὐτὴν, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τὴν δικαιοσύνην, οὐκ ἄλλην οὖσαν τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ, ἣν καὶ θεασάμενα ἐφοβήθη τὸν Θεὸν τὸν ἐν ἀφοβίᾳ Θεοῦ πρότερον τυγχάνοντα ἔθνη· ἃ καὶ ἐξ ἄκρων καὶ ἀπὸ περάτων τῆς οἰκουμένης κληθέντα ἤγγισεν τῷ Θεῷ· οἱ ποτὲ ὄντες μακρὰν ἐγγὺς γενόμενοι τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν· διὸ καὶ ἐξεπλάγησαν ἐπὶ τῷ παραδόξῳ τῆς σωτηρίας, διδάσκοντές τε ἀλλήλους, καὶ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφῷ βοηθῶν, τὴν προτέραν ἐξομολογοῦνται περὶ τὰ εἴδωλα πλάνην, αὐτὰ δὴ ταῦτα λέγοντες· τέκτων ἄρα ἦν καὶ χαλκεὺς, ὁ διὰ σφύρας καὶ ἥλων καὶ μηχανῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἀνεγείρας καὶ ἐνισχύσας τοὺς πρότερον νομιζομένους ἡμῖν θεούς· οἱ δὲ οὐδὲν ἄρα ἦσαν ἢ ἄψυχα ξόανα, οὐδεμίαν ἐξ ἑαυτῶν κίνησιν ἐπιδεχόμενα, καὶ ὡς ψευδῆ ἐκτήσαντο οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν εἴδωλα καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς ὠφέλημα. Ὅτι δὲ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἀπετελέσθη παρουσίᾳ μᾶλλον τῶν λόγων ἡ διʼ ἔργων παρίστησιν μαρτυρία.

Tis exēgeiren apo anatolēs dikaiosynēn, ekalesen autēn kata podas autou, kai poreusetai? dōsei enantion ethnōn, kai basileis hekstēsei; kai dōsei eis gēn tas machairas autōn, kai hōsei phrygana exōsmena ta toxa ※ autōn; kai diōxetai autous; dieleusetai en eirēnę̄ hē hodos tōn podōn autou; ouch hēxei; tis enērgēsen kai epoiēsen tauta? ekalesen autēn ho kalōn autēn apo geneōn archēs; egō Theos prōtos, kai eis ta eperchomena egō eimi; eidosan ethnē kai ephobēthēsan; ta akra tēs gēs exeplagēsan; ēngisan, ēlthon hama krinōn hekastos tǭ plēsion kai tǭ adelphǭ boēthēsai; kai erei, Ischysen anēr tektōn; kai anēr chalkeus typtōn sphyran hama elaunōn; pote men erei symblēma kalon estin, ischyrōsan auta en hēlois, thēsousin auta kai ou kinēthēsetai. Dikaiosynē apo anatolōn exegeiromenē tis an eiē kata perigraphēn ousias, idian hypostasin echousa, ē ho Christos tou Theou, peri hou phēsin ho apostolos, Hos egenēthē hēmin sophia apo Theou, dikaiosynē te kai hagiasmos kai apolytrōsis? Touton de ek tōn patrikōn kolpōn, pantos noētou phōtos anatolōn hyparchontōn, hē kata tēn enanthrōpēsin exēgeiren oikonomia, ē kai autos ho Patēr, ho dous auton enantion tōn ethnōn; hinʼ hoi men proteroi basileis autōn aoratois dynameis ousai ponērai, existōsin apo tou paradoxou tēs oikonomias, horōsai ton tēlikouton huion tou Theou mē echonta eidos mē de kallos; kai hina meta toiande ekstasin dothōsin eis gēn hai rhomphaiai autōn, kai hōs phrygana exōsmena ta toxa autōn, pros to mē katechein autous hopla polemika kai pepyrōmena belē, diʼ hōn proteron katepolemoun tas hypocheirious autois psychas. Meta tauta phēsin, kai diōxetai autous; hinʼ houtōs kata to pantōn telos ekdiōchthentōn autōn, dielthę̄ en eirēnę̄ hē hodos tōn podōn autou. Tis de henērgēse, phēsin, kai epoiēse tauta? Prosypakouomen de hoti hē chrēstotēs kai philanthrōpia tou tōn holōn Theou tou kalountos autēn, dēlon dʼ hoti tēn dikaiosynēn, ouk allēn ousan tēs sophias autou, hēn kai theasamena ephobēthē ton Theon ton en aphobią Theou proteron tynchanonta ethnē; ha kai ex akrōn kai apo peratōn tēs oikoumenēs klēthenta ēngisen tǭ Theǭ; hoi pote ontes makran engys genomenoi tēs basileias tōn ouranōn; dio kai exeplagēsan epi tǭ paradoxǭ tēs sōtērias, didaskontes te allēlous, kai adelphos adelphǭ boēthōn, tēn proteran exomologountai peri ta eidōla planēn, auta dē tauta legontes; tektōn ara ēn kai chalkeus, ho dia sphyras kai hēlōn kai mēchanēs anthrōpinēs anegeiras kai enischysas tous proteron nomizomenous hēmin theous; hoi de ouden ara ēsan ē apsycha xoana, oudemian ex heautōn kinēsin epidechomena, kai hōs pseudē ektēsanto hoi pateres hēmōn eidōla kai ouk ēn en autois ōphelēma. Hoti de tauthʼ houtōs epi tę̄ tou Sōtēros hēmōn apetelesthē parousią mallon tōn logōn hē diʼ ergōn paristēsin martyria.

“Who raised up righteousness from the east, called it to his feet, and it will go? He will give it before nations and will astound kings; and he will give their swords to the earth, and their bows ※ like driven-off brushwood; and he will pursue them; the way of his feet will pass in peace; he will not come. Who has worked and done these things? He who called it from the beginning of generations called it; I am God, the first, and for the things to come I am. Nations saw and were afraid; the ends of the earth were amazed; they drew near, they came together, each judging to help his neighbour and his brother; and he will say, ‘The carpenter has prevailed, and the coppersmith, striking with the hammer, beating at the same time’; sometimes he will say, ‘It is a good joint’; they made them strong with nails; they will set them up, and it will not be moved.” What could the righteousness raised up from the east be, as a definite substance having its own subsistence, but the Christ of God, of whom the apostle says, “who became for us wisdom from God, and righteousness and sanctification and redemption”? Him the dispensation of the incarnation raised up from the Father's bosom, which is the east of all spiritual light, or the Father himself did, who gave him before the nations; so that their former kings, being invisible evil powers, might be astounded at the marvel of the dispensation, seeing so great a Son of God having neither form nor beauty; and that after such astonishment their swords might be given to the earth and their bows be like driven-off brushwood, so that they might no longer hold weapons of war and fiery darts, with which they formerly warred down the souls subject to them. After this it says, “And he will pursue them,” so that, when they have thus been pursued at the end of all things, the way of his feet may pass in peace. “Who has worked,” it says, “and done these things?” We understand in addition that it is the goodness and love for humankind of the God of the universe, who calls it, clearly the righteousness, which is none other than his wisdom; seeing which, the nations who were formerly without the fear of God feared God; and being called from the extremities and the ends of the inhabited world, they drew near to God, those once far off having come near to the kingdom of heaven. Therefore they were also amazed at the marvel of salvation, and teaching one another, brother helping brother, they confess their former error about idols, saying these very things: “It was a carpenter, then, and a coppersmith, who by hammer and nails and human contrivance raised up and made strong those we formerly thought gods; but they were nothing but lifeless wooden images, receiving no movement from themselves; and how false were the idols our fathers acquired, and there was no profit in them!” That these things were thus accomplished at our Saviour's coming, the testimony of deeds shows better than that of words.

4.20Gaisford

Ἰακὼβ ὁ παῖς μου ἀντιλήψομαι αὐτοῦ· Ἰσραὴλ ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου προσεδέξατο αὐτὸν ἡ ψυχή μου· ἔδωκα τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπʼ αὐτόν· κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἐξοίσει· οὐ κεκράξεται, οὐδὲ ἀνήσει, οὐδὲ ἀκουσθήσεται ἔξω ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ· κάλαμον τεθλασμένον οὐ συντρίψει, καὶ λίνον καπνιζόμενον οὐ σβέσει· ἀλλʼ εἰς ἀλήθειαν ἐξοίσει κρίσιν· ἀναλάμψει καὶ οὐ θραυσθήσεται ἕως ἂν θῇ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κρίσιν· καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν. Οὕτως λέγει Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ πήξας αὐτὸν, ὁ στερεώσας τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ διδοὺς πνοὴν τῷ λαῷ τῷ ἐπʼ αὐτῆς, καὶ πνεύμα τοῖς πατοῦσιν αὐτήν· ἐγὼ Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐκάλεσά σε ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, καὶ κρατήσω τῆς χειρός σου καὶ ἐνισχύσω σε· καὶ ἔδωκά σε εἰς διαθήκην γένους εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλῶν, ἐξαγαγεῖν ἐκ δεσμῶν δεδεμένους, καὶ ἐξ οἴκου φυλακῆς καθημένους ἐν σκότει. Ὅτι μὴ περὶ τοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων λαοῦ προφητεύεται τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ὁ παῖς μου ἀντιλήψομαι αὐτοῦ, Ἰσραὴλ ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου προσεδέξατο αὐτὸν ἡ ψυχή μου, σαφὲς ἔσται τοῖς ἐθέλουσιν ἑκάστην λέξιν τῶν προκειμένων ἐξετάζειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς κατὰ τὸ Ἑβραϊκὸν ἀκριβείας τοῦτο δῆλόν ἐστιν· οὔτʼ οὖν τὸ Ἰακὼβ ὄνομα, οὔτε τὸ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐμφέρεται, ὅθεν καὶ ὠβέλισται παρὰ τοῖς ἀκριβέσιν ἀντιγράφοις τῶν ο′, καθʼ ὅτι γε οὐκ ἄλλος τῶν δικαίων πλὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, οὐδὲ μὴν αὐτὸς ὁ τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ ἢ Ἰακὼβ καὶ Ἰσραὴλ προσαγορευθεὶς τοιοῦτος τίς ἦν ὡς ἐφαρμόζεῖν αὐτῷ δύνασθαι τὰ προκείμενα, οὐδένα οἶμαι ἀμφιβάλλειν· ἵνα γὰρ καὶ ἑτέροις ἁρμόσοι τίς τὸ, ἔδωκα τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπʼ αὐτὸν, τί δʼ ἂν εἴποι εἰς τὸ κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἐξοίσει, καὶ εἰς τὰ ἑξῆς, καὶ μάλιστα τὸ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν; Πῶς δὲ κἂν πιθανὸν εἴη ἤτοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων λαῷ, ἢ καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ Ἰακὠβ, ἢ καὶ ἑτέρῳ τινὶ τῶν δικαίων ἐφαρμόζειν τὸ, ἔδωκά σε εἰς διαθήκην γένους εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλῶν, ἐξαγαγεῖν ἐκ δεσμῶν δεδεμένους, καὶ ἐξ οἴκου φυλακῆς καεθημένους ἐν σκότει; Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα ἡμῖν ὡς πρὸς τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς ἐπηπορήσθω· σαφῶς γε μὴν ἡμᾶς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἐπὶ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ διδάσκει καὶ ταύτην πεπληρῶσθαι τὴν προφητείαν, ὅτε ἐξελθόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον κατʼ αὐτοῦ ἔλαβον ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν. Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν· καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας· καὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν· τούτοις γὰρ ἐπιφέρεται ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, Ἰδοὺ ὁ παῖς μου, ὃν ἡρέτισα· ὁ ἀγαπητός μου, ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου· θήσω τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπʼ αὐτὸν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ὅσα δὴ ἐν τῇ προφητείᾳ κατείλεκται. Αὐτὸς δʼ ἂν οὖν εἴη ἂν ὁ καὶ Ἰακὼβ χρηματίσας, παῖς ὢν μονογενὴς τοῦ Θεοῦ· ὡς ἑτέρωθι λέλεκται, Μέγα σοι ἐστιν τοῦ κληθῆναί σε παῖδά μου, τοῦ στῆσαι τὰς φυλὰς Ἰακὼβ, καὶ τὰς διασπορὰς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψαι. Οὗτος δὴ τοίνυν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀκούσας μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τὸ, ἔδωκά σε εἰς διαθήκην γένους, εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, κρίσιν ἐξήγαγε τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ὥστε κεκριμένῳ λογισμῷ κατὰ τὸ ἱερὸν εὐαγγέλιον αὐτὰ πολιτεύεσθαι· σαφὲς δʼ ὅπως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ τὰ πιστεύσαντα εἰς αὐτὸν ἔθνη ἤλπικεν, καὶ ὅπως αὐτῷ εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν ἀναδέ δεικται, ὥστε διὰ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ διανυγῆναι(οιγῆναι) τοὺς τῆς διανοίας ὀφθαλμοὺς τῶν πάλαι τούτοις πεπληρωμένων· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξήγαγεν ἐκ δεσμῶν τοὺς πρότερον σειραῖς τῶν ἰδίων ἁμαρτιῶν κατεσφιγμένους, ἐξ οἴκου τε τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου φυλακῆς τοὺς διὰ τὴν περὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν ἄγνοιαν ἐν σκότει καθημένους. Πρόκειται δὲ τῷ φιλομαθεῖ ἑκάστην ἐξετάζειν τῆς προφητείας λέξιν, καὶ ἀναλόγως τοῖς ὑφʼ ἡμῶν εἰρημένοις ἐπὶ τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ ὑποπίπτοντα μεταφέρειν.

Iakōb ho pais mou antilēpsomai autou; Israēl ho eklektos mou prosedexato auton hē psychē mou; edōka to pneuma mou epʼ auton; krisin tois ethnesin exoisei; ou kekraxetai, oude anēsei, oude akousthēsetai exō hē phōnē autou; kalamon tethlasmenon ou syntripsei, kai linon kapnizomenon ou sbesei; allʼ eis alētheian exoisei krisin; analampsei kai ou thrausthēsetai heōs an thę̄ epi tēs gēs krisin; kai epi tǭ onomati autou ethnē elpiousin. Houtōs legei Kyrios ho Theos ho poiēsas ton ouranon kai pēxas auton, ho stereōsas tēn gēn kai ta en autę̄, kai didous pnoēn tǭ laǭ tǭ epʼ autēs, kai pneuma tois patousin autēn; egō Kyrios ho Theos ekalesa se en dikaiosynę̄, kai kratēsō tēs cheiros sou kai enischysō se; kai edōka se eis diathēkēn genous eis phōs ethnōn, anoixai ophthalmous typhlōn, exagagein ek desmōn dedemenous, kai ex oikou phylakēs kathēmenous en skotei. Hoti mē peri tou tōn Ioudaiōn laou prophēteuetai ta apo tou Iakōb ho pais mou antilēpsomai autou, Israēl ho eklektos mou prosedexato auton hē psychē mou, saphes estai tois ethelousin hekastēn lexin tōn prokeimenōn exetazein, alla kai apo tēs kata to Hebraïkon akribeias touto dēlon estin; outʼ oun to Iakōb onoma, oute to Israēl en autǭ empheretai, hothen kai ōbelistai para tois akribesin antigraphois tōn o′, kathʼ hoti ge ouk allos tōn dikaiōn plēn tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou, oude mēn autos ho tou Isaak ē Iakōb kai Israēl prosagoreutheis toioutos tis ēn hōs epharmozein autǭ dynasthai ta prokeimena, oudena oimai amphiballein; hina gar kai heterois harmosoi tis to, edōka to pneuma mou epʼ auton, ti dʼ an eipoi eis to krisin tois ethnesin exoisei, kai eis ta hexēs, kai malista to, kai epi tǭ onomati autou ethnē elpiousin? Pōs de kan pithanon eiē ētoi tōn Ioudaiōn laǭ, ē kai autǭ tǭ tou Isaak Iakōb, ē kai heterǭ tini tōn dikaiōn epharmozein to, edōka se eis diathēkēn genous eis phōs ethnōn, anoixai ophthalmous typhlōn, exagagein ek desmōn dedemenous, kai ex oikou phylakēs kaethēmenous en skotei? Alla tauta hēmin hōs pros tous ek peritomēs epēporēsthō; saphōs ge mēn hēmas to euangelion epi tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou didaskei kai tautēn peplērōsthai tēn prophēteian, hote exelthontes hoi Pharisaioi symboulion katʼ autou elabon hopōs auton apolesōsin. Ho de Iēsous gnous anechōrēsen ekeithen; kai ēkolouthēsan autǭ polloi, kai etherapeusen autous pantas; kai epetimēsen autois, hina mē phaneron auton poiēsōsin; toutois gar epipheretai en tǭ euangeliǭ, hina plērōthę̄ to rhēthen dia Hēsaïou tou prophētou, legontos, Idou ho pais mou, hon hēretisa; ho agapētos mou, hon eudokēsen hē psychē mou; thēsō to pneuma mou epʼ auton, kai ta hexēs, hosa dē en tę̄ prophēteią kateilektai. Autos dʼ an oun eiē an ho kai Iakōb chrēmatisas, pais ōn monogenēs tou Theou; hōs heterōthi lelektai, Mega soi estin tou klēthēnai se paida mou, tou stēsai tas phylas Iakōb, kai tas diasporas tou Israēl epistrepsai. Houtos dē toinyn para tou Patros akousas meta tōn allōn kai to, edōka se eis diathēkēn genous, eis phōs ethnōn, krisin exēgage tois ethnesin, hōste kekrimenǭ logismǭ kata to hieron euangelion auta politeuesthai; saphes dʼ hopōs epi tǭ onomati autou ta pisteusanta eis auton ethnē ēlpiken, kai hopōs autǭ eis phōs ethnōn anade deiktai, hōste dia tou phōtos tou logou autou dianygēnai(oigēnai) tous tēs dianoias ophthalmous tōn palai toutois peplērōmenōn; alla kai exēgagen ek desmōn tous proteron seirais tōn idiōn hamartiōn katesphigmenous, ex oikou te tēs tou diabolou phylakēs tous dia tēn peri ton tōn holōn Theon agnoian en skotei kathēmenous. Prokeitai de tǭ philomathei hekastēn exetazein tēs prophēteias lexin, kai analogōs tois hyphʼ hēmōn eirēmenois epi ton Christon tou Theou ta hypopiptonta metapherein.

“Jacob my servant, I will help him; Israel my chosen, my soul has accepted him. I have put my Spirit upon him; he will bring forth judgment to the nations. He will not cry out, nor raise his voice, nor will his voice be heard outside. A bruised reed he will not break, and smoking flax he will not quench; but he will bring forth judgment to truth. He will shine forth and not be broken until he has set judgment on the earth; and in his name nations will hope. Thus says the Lord God, who made the heaven and fixed it, who made firm the earth and what is in it, and gives breath to the people on it and spirit to those who tread on it: I, the Lord God, have called you in righteousness, and I will hold your hand and strengthen you; and I have given you as a covenant of a race, as a light of nations, to open the eyes of the blind, to bring out of bonds those who are bound, and out of the prison house those who sit in darkness.” That the words from “Jacob my servant, I will help him; Israel my chosen, my soul has accepted him” are not prophesied about the Jewish people will be clear to those willing to examine each phrase of what is set out; and it is also clear from the exactness of the Hebrew, for neither the name Jacob nor Israel appears in it, which is why they have been marked with the obelus in the accurate copies of the Seventy. And I think no one doubts that no other of the righteous except our Saviour Jesus Christ, not even Isaac's son himself, who was called Jacob and Israel, was such that the things set out could fit him. For even if one were to fit “I have put my Spirit upon him” to others, what would he say to “He will bring forth judgment to the nations,” and what follows, and especially “And in his name nations will hope”? And how would it be plausible to fit either to the Jewish people, or to Isaac's son Jacob himself, or to any other of the righteous, “I have given you as a covenant of a race, as a light of nations, to open the eyes of the blind, to bring out of bonds those who are bound, and out of the prison house those who sit in darkness”? But let these difficulties be raised by us against those of the circumcision. The Gospel clearly teaches us that this prophecy too was fulfilled in our Saviour Jesus, when the Pharisees went out and took counsel against him how to destroy him; but Jesus, knowing it, withdrew from there, and many followed him, and he healed them all, and he ordered them not to make him known. For to this is added in the Gospel: “that what was spoken through Isaiah the prophet might be fulfilled, saying, ‘Behold my servant, whom I have chosen, my beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased; I will put my Spirit upon him,’” and the rest that is listed in the prophecy. He, then, would be the one also called Jacob, being the only-begotten servant of God, as it is said elsewhere: “It is a great thing for you to be called my servant, to raise up the tribes of Jacob and to turn back the dispersion of Israel.” Having heard from the Father, then, among other things, “I have given you as a covenant of a race, as a light of nations,” he brought forth judgment to the nations, so that they live by a discerning reason according to the holy Gospel. It is clear how the nations who have believed in him have hoped in his name, and how he has been shown to be a light of nations, so that through the light of his word the eyes of the understanding of those long blinded were opened; and he also brought out of bonds those formerly bound fast by the cords of their own sins, and out of the house of the devil's prison those who sat in darkness through ignorance of the God of the universe. It remains for the lover of learning to examine each phrase of the prophecy and, in keeping with what we have said, to transfer to the Christ of God whatever occurs to him.

4.21Gaisford

Γένεσθέ μοι μάρτυρες, κἀγὼ μάρτυς, λέγει Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ ὁ παῖς ὃν ἐξελεξάμην. Καὶ τίς ἂν εἴη ὁ παῖς ὃν ἐξελέξατο Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς, ὃν καὶ ἑαυτῷ συνκαταλέγει μάρτυρα γενησόμενον τῶν αὐτῷ μαρτυρούντων, ἢ οὗτος περὶ οὗ καὶ ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου κεφαλαίῳ ἐλέγετο, Ἰακὼβ ὁ παῖς μου· ἀντιλήψομαι αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς; ἅ τινα σαφῶς ἐπὶ τὸν Σωτῆρα καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν ἀπεδείκνυτο προπεφητευμένα.

Genesthe moi martyres, kagō martys, legei Kyrios ho Theos, kai ho pais hon exelexamēn. Kai tis an eiē ho pais hon exelexato Kyrios ho Theos, hon kai heautǭ synkatalegei martyra genēsomenon tōn autǭ martyrountōn, ē houtos peri hou kai en tǭ pro toutou kephalaiǭ elegeto, Iakōb ho pais mou; antilēpsomai autou, kai ta exēs? ha tina saphōs epi ton Sōtēra kai Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun apedeiknyto propephēteumena.

“Be my witnesses, and I am a witness, says the Lord God, and the servant whom I have chosen.” And who could the servant be whom the Lord God has chosen, whom he also counts with himself as one who will be a witness among those who bear witness to him, but the one about whom it was said in the previous chapter, “Jacob my servant, I will help him,” and what follows? These were clearly shown to have been prophesied about our Saviour and Lord Jesus.

4.22Gaisford

Ἐγὼ ἐποίησα γῆν, καὶ ἄνθρωπον ἐπʼ αὐτῆς, ἐγὼ τῇ χειρί μου ἐστερέωσα τὸν οὐρανὸν, ἐγὼ πᾶσι τοῖς ἄστροις ἐνετειλάμην. Ἐγὼ ἤγειρα αὐτὸν μετὰ δικαιοσύνης βασιλέα, καὶ πάσαι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ εὐθεῖαι· οὗτος οἰκοδομήσει τὴν πόλιν μου, καὶ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν τοῦ λαοῦ μου ἐπιστρέψει, οὐ μετὰ δώρων, οὐδὲ μετὰ λύτρων, εἶπεν Κύριος Σαβαώθ. Οὕτως λέγει Κύριος Σαβαὼθ, Ἐκοπίασεν Αἴγυπτος, καὶ ἐμπορία Αἰθιόπων, καὶ οἱ Σαβαεὶμ ἄνδρες ὑψηλοὶ ἐπὶ σὲ διαβήσονται, καὶ σοὶ ἔσονταει δοῦλοι, καὶ ὀπίσω σου ἀκολουθήσουσι χειροπέδαις, καὶ διαβήσονται πρός σε, καὶ προσκυνήσουσίν σε, καὶ ἐν σοὶ προσεύξονται, ὅτι ἐν σοὶ ὁ Θεός ἐστιν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Θεὸς πλήν σου· σὺ γὰρ εἶ Θεὸς, καὶ οὐκ ᾔδειμεν, Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ σωτήρ· αἰσχυνθήσονται καὶ ἐντραπήσονται πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοί σοι, καὶ πορεύσονται ἐν αἰσχύνῃ. Χριστὸν ὁ Πατὴρ ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν τοῦ εἶναι αὐτὸν μετὰ δικαιοσύνης βασιλέα, ἐπὶ Σιὼν τὸ ἐπουράνιον ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ βασιλεύοντα· καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦτό γε αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν, ἐπειδὴ πᾶσαι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ, φησὶν, γεγόνασιν εὐθεῖαι, μηδὲν ἔχουσαι σκολιὸν μὴ δὲ στραγγαλιῶδες· ἁμαρτίαν γάρ τοι οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὐρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ. Οὗτος δὲ καὶ τὴν πόλιν ᾠκοδόμησεν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τήν τε ἐπὶ γῆς ἁγίαν ἐκκλησίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐπουράνιον Ἱερουσαλήμ· ἐπιστρέψας τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, τὴν γενομένην ποτὲ ὑπὸ τὸν νοητὸν Ναβουχοδονόσορ, καὶ τὰς ὑπʼ αὐτὸν δυνάμεις πονηράς· καὶ δὴ τὴν προειρημένην αἰχμαλωσίαν ὑπέστρεψεν, οὐ λύτρα δοὺς τοῖς αἰχμαλωτεύσασι, οὐδὲ μὴν δώροις αὐτοὺς πείσας, στρατεύσας δὲ κατʼ αὐτῶν καὶ διʼ ἀγῶνος αὐτοὺς χειρωσάμενος, ὥστε ἐπὶ τῷ κατορθώματι λαμπρυνάμενον φάναι, Ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον. Μαρτυρεῖ τούτοις τὰ πλήθη τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς προτέρας πλάνης ἐπὶ τὸ γινώσκειν τὸν ἀληθῆ Θεὸν διʼ αὐτοῦ παλινδρομησάντων, ἢ λεγέτωσαν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς ἐπὶ τίνα δʼ ἂν ἁρμόζοιεν τῆς μετὰ χεῖρας προφητείας σαφῶς Θεὸν ὁμολογούσης τὸν προφητευόμενον· οἱ δὲ γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ οἵδε σοὶ ἔσονται δοῦλοι, καὶ ὀπίσω σου ἀκολουθύσουσι καὶ προσκυνήσουσίν σοι, καὶ ἐν σοὶ προσεύξονται, ὅτι ἐν σοὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐστὶν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος πλὴν σοῦ· σὺ γὰρ εἶ Θεὸς καὶ οὐκ ᾔδειμεν, Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ σωτήρ. Σαφῶς γάρ τοι ἐνταῦθα ᾧ λέγετο τὸ, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἐν σοί ἐστιν, τούτῳ προσφωνῶν φησὶν· ὁ λόγος τὸ, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος πλὴν σοῦ· σὺ γὰρ εἶ Θεὸς καὶ οὐκ ᾔδειμεν· ἃ καὶ ἐξακούεται ὡς ἂν ἐκ προσώπου λεγόμενα τῶν ἐπεγνωκότων ἐνανθρωπήσαντα τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ· ἐν ᾧ ἐτύγχανεν οἰκῶν Θεὸς ὁ Πατὴρ, κατὰ τὸ, Ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί· διʼ ὃ καὶ μόνῳ ἂν αὐτῷ ἁρμόσοι τὸ, οὐκ ἔστιν Θεὸς πλὴν σοῦ, ὡς ἂν μόνης τῆς τοῦ Λόγου θεότητος ἡνωμένης καὶ ἀνακεκραμένης τῇ πατρικῇ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μιᾶς τῆς ἀμφοτέρων ἐπινοουμένης δόξης τε καὶ ἀρχῆς· ἐν δὲ τῷ, ἐκοπίασεν Αἴγυπτος, καὶ ἐμπορία Αἰθιόπων, καὶ οἱ Σαβαεὶμ ἄνδρες ὑψηλοὶ ἐπὶ σὲ διαβήσονται, δηλοῦσθαι νομίζω περὶ νοητῶν τινῶν ἀντικειμένων δυνάμεων ἀγῶνα πρὸς τὸν Χριστὸν ἀραμένων, καὶ ὑποχειρίων αὐτῷ γεγενημένων, ἢ καὶ ψυχῶν τοιωνδὶ κατʼ ἀρχὰς μὲν ἀντιτεινουσῶν τῷ Λόγῳ, ὕστερον δέ ποτε τὴν ὑπʼ αὐτὸν δουλείαν ἀναδεδεγμένων ἐπὶ τῇ ἑαυτῶν εὐεργεσίᾳ. Περὶ τούτων γέ τοι λέγεσθαι νομίζω καὶ τὸ, ἔσονταί σοι δοῦλοι, καὶ ὀπίσω σου ἀκολουθήσουσιν δεδεμένοι χειροπέδαις, καὶ ἐν σοὶ προσεύξονται· τὸ δὲ, αἰσχυνθήσονται καὶ ἐντραπήσονται πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοί σοι, καὶ πορεύσονται ἐν αἰσχύνῃ, προφητεύεται περὶ τῶν μὴ μετανοησάντων, διαμεινάντων δὲ ἐχθρῶν καὶ πολεμίων, καὶ μηδαμῶς ἆραι ἐφʼ ἑαυτοὺς τὸν τοῦ λόγου τοῦ Χριστοῦ ζυγὸν βεβουλημένων. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὡς πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ σαφήνειαν· ἁρμόζοι δʼ ἂν παρατιθέναι τὴν περικοπὴν οὐ μόνον τοῖς ἐκ περιτομῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑπειληφόσι γεγονέναι τὸν Σωτῆρα, Ἐβιωναίοις, ἢ τοῖς κατὰ Ἀρτέμωνα, καὶ τὸν Σαμωσατέα Παῦλον. Σαφῶς γὰρ καὶ διὰ τούτων ἡ θεότης τοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ δυσπειθῶς ἔχουσιν ἀποδείκνυται.

Egō epoiēsa gēn, kai anthrōpon epʼ autēs, egō tę̄ cheiri mou estereōsa ton ouranon, egō pasi tois astrois eneteilamēn. Egō ēgeira auton meta dikaiosynēs basilea, kai pasai hai hodoi autou eutheiai; houtos oikodomēsei tēn polin mou, kai tēn aichmalōsian tou laou mou epistrepsei, ou meta dōrōn, oude meta lytrōn, eipen Kyrios Sabaōth. Houtōs legei Kyrios Sabaōth, Ekopiasen Aigyptos, kai emporia Aithiopōn, kai hoi Sabaeim andres hypsēloi epi se diabēsontai, kai soi esontaei douloi, kai opisō sou akolouthēsousi cheiropedais, kai diabēsontai pros se, kai proskynēsousin se, kai en soi proseuxontai, hoti en soi ho Theos estin, kai ouk estin Theos plēn sou; sy gar ei Theos, kai ouk ę̄deimen, Theos tou Israēl sōtēr; aischynthēsontai kai entrapēsontai pantes hoi antikeimenoi soi, kai poreusontai en aischynę̄. Christon ho Patēr ēgeiren ek nekrōn tou einai auton meta dikaiosynēs basilea, epi Siōn to epouranion oros to hagion autou basileuonta; kai epi touto ge auton ēgeiren, epeidē pasai hai hodoi autou, phēsin, gegonasin eutheiai, mēden echousai skolion mē de strangaliōdes; hamartian gar toi ouk epoiēsen, oude eurethē dolos en tǭ stomati autou. Houtos de kai tēn polin ǭkodomēsen tou Theou, tēn te epi gēs hagian ekklēsian autou kai tēn epouranion Hierousalēm; epistrepsas tēn aichmalōsian tou laou autou, tēn genomenēn pote hypo ton noēton Nabouchodonosor, kai tas hypʼ auton dynameis ponēras; kai dē tēn proeirēmenēn aichmalōsian hypestrepsen, ou lytra dous tois aichmalōteusasi, oude mēn dōrois autous peisas, strateusas de katʼ autōn kai diʼ agōnos autous cheirōsamenos, hōste epi tǭ katorthōmati lamprynamenon phanai, Egō nenikēka ton kosmon. Martyrei toutois ta plēthē tōn apo tēs proteras planēs epi to ginōskein ton alēthē Theon diʼ autou palindromēsantōn, ē legetōsan hoi ek peritomēs epi tina dʼ an harmozoien tēs meta cheiras prophēteias saphōs Theon homologousēs ton prophēteuomenon; hoi de gar, phēsi, kai hoide soi esontai douloi, kai opisō sou akolouthysousi kai proskynēsousin soi, kai en soi proseuxontai, hoti en soi ho Theos estin, kai ouk estin allos plēn sou; sy gar ei Theos kai ouk ę̄deimen, Theos tou Israēl sōtēr. Saphōs gar toi entautha hǭ legeto to, hoti ho Theos en soi estin, toutǭ prosphōnōn phēsin; ho logos to, kai ouk estin allos plēn sou; sy gar ei Theos kai ouk ę̄deimen; ha kai exakouetai hōs an ek prosōpou legomena tōn epegnōkotōn enanthrōpēsanta ton Christon tou Theou; en hǭ etynchanen oikōn Theos ho Patēr, kata to, Egō en tǭ Patri, kai ho Patēr en emoi; diʼ ho kai monǭ an autǭ harmosoi to, ouk estin Theos plēn sou, hōs an monēs tēs tou Logou theotētos hēnōmenēs kai anakekramenēs tę̄ patrikę̄ basileią, kai dia touto mias tēs amphoterōn epinooumenēs doxēs te kai archēs; en de tǭ, ekopiasen Aigyptos, kai emporia Aithiopōn, kai hoi Sabaeim andres hypsēloi epi se diabēsontai, dēlousthai nomizō peri noētōn tinōn antikeimenōn dynameōn agōna pros ton Christon aramenōn, kai hypocheiriōn autǭ gegenēmenōn, ē kai psychōn toiōndi katʼ archas men antiteinousōn tǭ Logǭ, hysteron de pote tēn hypʼ auton douleian anadedegmenōn epi tę̄ heautōn euergesią. Peri toutōn ge toi legesthai nomizō kai to, esontai soi douloi, kai opisō sou akolouthēsousin dedemenoi cheiropedais, kai en soi proseuxontai; to de, aischynthēsontai kai entrapēsontai pantes hoi antikeimenoi soi, kai poreusontai en aischynę̄, prophēteuetai peri tōn mē metanoēsantōn, diameinantōn de echthrōn kai polemiōn, kai mēdamōs arai ephʼ heautous ton tou logou tou Christou zygon beboulēmenōn. Kai tauta men hōs pros tēn tou Christou saphēneian; harmozoi dʼ an paratithenai tēn perikopēn ou monon tois ek peritomēs, alla kai tois psilon anthrōpon hypeilēphosi gegonenai ton Sōtēra, Ebiōnaiois, ē tois kata Artemōna, kai ton Samōsatea Paulon. Saphōs gar kai dia toutōn hē theotēs tou Christou tois peri autou dyspeithōs echousin apodeiknytai.

“I made the earth and man upon it; I with my hand made firm the heaven; I commanded all the stars. I raised him up as king with righteousness, and all his ways are straight; he will build my city and turn back the captivity of my people, not with gifts nor with ransoms, said the Lord Sabaoth. Thus says the Lord Sabaoth: Egypt has toiled, and the merchandise of the Ethiopians, and the Sabeans, tall men, will cross over to you and be your servants, and follow behind you in fetters, and cross over to you and bow down to you, and pray in you; for God is in you, and there is no God besides you; for you are God, and we did not know it, the God of Israel, the Saviour. All who oppose you shall be ashamed and confounded, and shall go in shame.” The Father raised Christ from the dead so that he might be king with righteousness, reigning on Zion, his heavenly holy mountain; and he raised him for this reason, because all his ways, it says, have been straight, having nothing crooked or twisted; “for he committed no sin, nor was deceit found in his mouth.” He also built the city of God, both his holy church on earth and the heavenly Jerusalem, turning back the captivity of his people, which once came about under the spiritual Nebuchadnezzar and the evil powers under him. And he turned back the captivity mentioned, not by giving ransoms to the captors, nor by persuading them with gifts, but by making war against them and subduing them through a contest, so that, glorying in the achievement, he said, “I have conquered the world.” The multitudes who through him have run back from their former error to knowing the true God bear witness to this. Or let those of the circumcision say to whom they would fit the prophecy in hand, which clearly confesses the one prophesied to be God. For “these and those,” it says, “will be your servants, and follow behind you, and bow down to you, and pray in you; for God is in you, and there is no other besides you; for you are God, and we did not know it, the God of Israel, the Saviour.” For clearly here the word, addressing the one to whom it was said, “for God is in you,” says to him, “and there is no other besides you; for you are God, and we did not know it.” These words are heard as spoken in the person of those who have come to know the Christ of God made man, in whom God the Father dwelt, according to “I am in the Father, and the Father in me.” For this reason “There is no God besides you” would fit him alone, since the divinity of the Word alone is united and blended with the Father's kingship, and for this reason one glory and one rule of both is conceived. In “Egypt has toiled, and the merchandise of the Ethiopians, and the Sabeans, tall men, will cross over to you,” I think is shown a contest of certain spiritual opposing powers who took up the struggle against Christ and became subject to him; or of souls of this kind, who at first resisted the Word but later took up service under him for their own benefit. About these, I think, is said also, “They will be your servants, and follow behind you bound in fetters, and pray in you”; while “All who oppose you shall be ashamed and confounded, and shall go in shame” is prophesied about those who did not repent but remained enemies and foes, and were in no way willing to take upon themselves the yoke of the word of Christ. So much for the clarification concerning Christ. It would be fitting to set the passage not only before those of the circumcision, but also before those who have supposed that the Saviour was a mere man: the Ebionites, or the followers of Artemon and Paul of Samosata. For through these words too the divinity of Christ is clearly demonstrated to those who are reluctant to accept it.

4.23Gaisford

Ἄκουέ μου Ἰαπὠβ, καὶ Ἰσραὴλ, ὃν ἐγὼ καλῶ· ἐγώ εἰμι πρῶτος, καὶ ἐγώ εἰμι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Καὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐθεμελίωσεν τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἡ δεξιά μου ἐστρέωσεν τὸν οὐρανόν· καλέσω ἐγὼ αὐτοὺς ἅμα, καὶ στήσονται καὶ συναχθήσονται, καὶ ἀχούσονται. Τίς αὐτοῖς ἀνήγγειλεν ταῦτα; ※ Κύριος ἀγαπῶν σε ἐποίησα τὸ θέλημά σου ἐπὶ Βαβυλῶνα, τοῦ ᾆραι σπέρμα Χαλδαίων. Ἐγὼ ἐλάλησα, καὶ ἐγὼ ἑπάλεσα· ἤγαγα αὐτὸν, καὶ εὐόδωσα τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ· προσαγάγετε πρὸς μὲ, καὶ ἀκούσατε ταῦτα, οὐκ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἐν κρυφῇ λελάληκα, ἡνίκα ἐγένετο ἐκεῖ ἤμην· καὶ νῦν Κύριος Κύριος ἀπέστειλέ με, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ. Ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ ταῦτα ἐν τῇ περικοπῇ λέγοντος προσώπου, τίς δʼ ἂν ἄλλος εἴη Κύριος ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ πήξας αὐτὸν, καὶ στερεώσας τὴν γῆν, ὁ λέγων ἐγώ εἰμι πρῶτος, καὶ ἐχώ εἰμι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ ἐπιφέρων ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς, κατὰ πάντας τοὺς ἑρμηνεύσαντας τὴν θείαν γραφὴν, τὸ, καὶ νῦν Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἀπέσταλκέν με, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ, ἢ ὁ ἱερὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, ὁ μετὰ τὴν ἀγένητον ἀρχὴν τῶν γενητῶν ἀπάντων πρῶτος Θεὸς ὀνομαζόμενος, περὶ οὗ καὶ ἀλλαχόσε γέγραπται, ἀπέστειλεν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰάσατο αὐτούς· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο, τά τε ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε ὁρατὰ εἴτε ἀόρατα· ὃν καὶ ἀπέστειλε Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Πατὴρ, σὺν αὐτῷ δὲ καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα οἰκονομήσοντα τὰ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίας; Εἴη δʼ ἂν ἁρμόζον ὡς πρὸς Ἰουδαίους τὸ ῥητὸν, διδάσκον ἕτερον εἶναι Κύριον τὸν δημιουργήσαντα τὰ πάντα παρὰ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν, ὑφʼ οὗ ἀπεστάλθαι ὁμολογεῖ, λέγων, καὶ νῦν Κύριος ἀπέσταλκέ με· αὐτὸς δʼ ἂν εἴη ᾧ προστάττων ἐν τῇ κοσμοποιΐᾳ φησὶν ὁ Πατὴρ τὸ, γενηθήτω φῶς, καὶ γειηθήτω τάδε καὶ τάδε· καὶ τὸ, ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν· ταύτην(ῃ) γὰρ καὶ ἐν Ψαλμοῖς ἀναγέγραπται τὸ, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν καὶ ἐγενήθησαν· αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν. Πρόδηλον γὰρ ὡς ὁ ἐντελλόμενός τι καὶ λέγων ἑτέρῳ παρʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐντελλεταί τε καὶ προστάττει. Ἑκάστην μέντοι γε λέξιν τῆς περικοπῆς ἐξετάζειν οὐ τῆς παρούσης ἐστιν πραγματείας.

Akoue mou Iapōb, kai Israēl, hon egō kalō; egō eimi prōtos, kai egō eimi eis ton aiōna. Kai hē cheir mou ethemeliōsen tēn gēn, kai hē dexia mou estreōsen ton ouranon; kalesō egō autous hama, kai stēsontai kai synachthēsontai, kai achousontai. Tis autois anēngeilen tauta? ※ Kyrios agapōn se epoiēsa to thelēma sou epi Babylōna, tou ąrai sperma Chaldaiōn. Egō elalēsa, kai egō hepalesa; ēgaga auton, kai euodōsa tēn hodon autou; prosagagete pros me, kai akousate tauta, ouk apʼ archēs en kryphę̄ lelalēka, hēnika egeneto ekei ēmēn; kai nyn Kyrios Kyrios apesteile me, kai to pneuma autou. Henos ontos tou tauta en tę̄ perikopę̄ legontos prosōpou, tis dʼ an allos eiē Kyrios ho poiēsas ton ouranon kai pēxas auton, kai stereōsas tēn gēn, ho legōn egō eimi prōtos, kai echō eimi eis ton aiōna, kai epipherōn en tois hexēs, kata pantas tous hermēneusantas tēn theian graphēn, to, kai nyn Kyrios ho Theos apestalken me, kai to pneuma autou, ē ho hieros tou Theou Logos, ho meta tēn agenēton archēn tōn genētōn apantōn prōtos Theos onomazomenos, peri hou kai allachose gegraptai, apesteilen ton logon autou kai iasato autous; autos gar estin ho diʼ hou ta panta egeneto, ta te en tois ouranois kai ta epi tēs gēs, eite horata eite aorata; hon kai apesteile Kyrios ho Theos ho Patēr, syn autǭ de kai to hagion Pneuma oikonomēsonta ta hyper tēs anthrōpōn sōtērias? Eiē dʼ an harmozon hōs pros Ioudaious to rhēton, didaskon heteron einai Kyrion ton dēmiourgēsanta ta panta para ton tōn holōn Theon, hyphʼ hou apestalthai homologei, legōn, kai nyn Kyrios apestalke me; autos dʼ an eiē hǭ prostattōn en tę̄ kosmopoiïą phēsin ho Patēr to, genēthētō phōs, kai geiēthētō tade kai tade; kai to, poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona hēmeteran; tautēn(ę̄) gar kai en Psalmois anagegraptai to, hoti autos eipen kai egenēthēsan; autos eneteilato kai ektisthēsan. Prodēlon gar hōs ho entellomenos ti kai legōn heterǭ parʼ heauton entelletai te kai prostattei. Hekastēn mentoi ge lexin tēs perikopēs exetazein ou tēs parousēs estin pragmateias.

“Hear me, Jacob, and Israel whom I call: I am the first, and I am for ever. And my hand founded the earth, and my right hand made firm the heaven; I will call them together, and they shall stand and be gathered and hear. Who announced these things to them? ※ The Lord, loving you, I have done your will on Babylon, to take away the offspring of the Chaldeans. I have spoken, and I have called; I have brought him and prospered his way. Draw near to me and hear these things: from the beginning I have not spoken in secret; when it happened, I was there; and now the Lord, the Lord, has sent me, and his Spirit.” Since it is one person who says these things in the passage, who else could be the Lord who made the heaven and fixed it, and made firm the earth, who says, “I am the first, and I am for ever,” and adds in what follows, according to all who have translated the divine Scripture, “And now the Lord God has sent me, and his Spirit,” but the sacred Word of God, who after the unbegotten beginning is called the first God of all generated things? About him it is also written elsewhere, “He sent his word and healed them”; for he is the one through whom all things came into being, those in the heavens and those on earth, whether visible or invisible; whom the Lord God the Father sent, and with him the Holy Spirit, to carry out the things for human salvation. The text would be fitting against the Jews, teaching that the Lord who created all things is other than the God of the universe, by whom he confesses he has been sent, saying, “And now the Lord has sent me.” He would be the one to whom, in the making of the world, the Father, commanding, says, “Let there be light,” and “Let there be” this and that; and “Let us make man according to our image.” (In this way) it is also written in the Psalms, “For he spoke, and they came into being; he commanded, and they were created.” For it is evident that one who commands something and speaks commands and orders another than himself. To examine each phrase of the passage, however, does not belong to the present treatise.

4.24Gaisford

Ἀκούσατέ μου νῆσοι, καὶ προσέχετε ἔθνη, Διὰ χρόνου πολλοῦ στήσεται, λέγει Κύριος· ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου ἐκάλεσα τὸ ὄνομά μου· καὶ ἔθηκεν τὸ στόμα μου ὡς μάχαιραν ὀξεῖαν· καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν σκέπην τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ἔκρυψέν με· καὶ εἶπέν μοι, Δοῦλός μου εἶ σὺ, Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἐν σοὶ δοξασθήσομαι· καὶ ἐγὼ εἶπα, Κενῶς ἐκοπίασα, εἰς μάταιον καὶ εἰς οὐδὲν ἔδωκα τὴν ἰσχύν μου· διὰ τοῦτο ἡ κρίσις μου παρὰ Κυρίῳ· καὶ ὁ πόνος μου ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ μου· καὶ νῦν οὕτως λέγει Κύριος, ὁ πλάσας με ἐκ κοιλίας δοῦλον ἑαυτῷ, τοῦ συναγαγεῖν τὸν Ἰακὼβ πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν Ἰσραήλ· συναχθήσομαι καὶ δοξασθήσομαι ἐναντίον Κυρίου, καὶ ὁ Θεός μου ἔσται μοι ἰσχύς· καὶ εἶπεν· Μέγα σοι ἐστιν τοῦ κληθῆναί σε παῖδά μου, τοῦ στῆσαι τὰς φυλὰς Ἰακὼβ, καὶ τὰς διασπορὰς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψαι· ἰδοὺ τέθεικά σε εἰς διαθήκην γένους, εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς· οὕτως λέγει Κύριος, ὁ ῥυσάμενός σε, ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσραὴλ, Ἁγιάσατε τὸν φαυλίζοντα τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, τὸν βδελυσσόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν τῶν δούλων τῶν ἀρχόντων· βασιλεῖς ὄψονται αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀναστήσονται ἄρχοντες, καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτῷ, ἕνεκεν Κυρίου· ὅτι πιστός ἐστιν ὁ ἅγιος Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἐξελεξάμην σε. Οὕτως λέγει Κύριος, Καιρῷ δεκτῷ ἐπήκουσά σου, καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σωτηρίας ἐβοήθησά σοι, καὶ ἔπλάσα σε, καὶ ἔδωκά σε εἰς διαθήκην ἐθνῶν τοῦ καταστῆσαι τὴν γῆν, καὶ κληρονομῆσαι ἐρήμους, λέγοντα τοῖς ἐν δεσμοῖς, Ἐξέλθατε, καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῷ σκότει, ἀνακαλυφθῆναι, καὶ ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς βοσκηθήσονται, καὶ ἐν πάσαις ταῖς τρίβοις ἡ νομὴ αὐτῶν· οὐ πεινάσουσιν, οὐδὲ διψήσουσιν, οὐδὲ πατάξει αὐτοὺς καύσων, οὐδὲ ὁ ἥλιος· ἀλλʼ ὁ ἐλεῶν αὐτοὺς παρακαλέσει αὐτοὺς, καὶ διὰ πηγῶν ὑδάτων ἄξει αὐτοὺς, καὶ θήσω πᾶν ὄρος εἰς ὁδὸν, καὶ πᾶσαν τρίβον εἰς βόσκημα αὐτοῖς. Εἰκὸς τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς οἴεσθαι περὶ ἑαυτῶν εἰρῆσθαι τὰ ἐν τῇ προφητείᾳ, ἐπείπερ λέλεκται, καὶ εἶπέν μοι, Δοῦλός μου εἶ σὺ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἐν σοὶ ἐνδοξασθήσομαι· πρὸς δὲ τῷ μὴ ἁρμόζειν αὐτοῖς τὰς λέξεις σαφῶς ἀποδείκνυται καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑξῆς, ὅτι δὴ περὶ ἑτέρου Ἰσραὴλ τὰ λεγόμενα προφητεύεται· γέγραπται γὰρ, καὶ νῦν οὕτως λέγει Κύριος ὁ πλάσας με ἐκ κοιλίας δοῦλον ἑαυτῷ τοῦ συναγαγεῖν τὸν Ἰακὼβ καὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ πρὸς αὐτόν· καὶ πάλιν εἶπέν μοιʼ μέγα σοι ἐστὶν τὸ κληθῆναί σε παῖδά μου, τοῦ στῆσαι τὰς φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ καὶ τὰς διασπορὰς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψαι. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ, ἰδοὺ τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς, παράδοξόν τινα καὶ θαυμαστὸν ὑποφαίνει τὸν περὶ οὗ ὁ λόγος· τίς δʼ ἂν οὗτος εἴη ἢ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, ὁ καὶ ἤδη πρότερον ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω Ἰακὼβ χρηματίσας καὶ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦ, Ἰακὼβ ὁ παῖς μου ἀντιλήψομαι αὐτοῦ, Ἰσραὴλ ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου· προσεδέξατο αὐτὸν ἡ ψυχή μου; Οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ μόνος κατʼ ἀλήθειαν ὁρῶν Θεὸν τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰσραὴλ μὲν ὀνομαζόμενος, ὅπερ ἑρμηνεύεται ὁρῶν τὸν Θεὸν, κατʼ ἐπίνοιαν αὐτοῦ τῆς θεότητος· Ἰακὼβ δὲ, ὅπερ ἐστὶ πτερνιστὴς, καθʼ ὃ ἐνανθρωπήσας κατηγωνίσατο πάσας τὰς ἀντικειμένας δυνάμεις. Ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ συνᾴδουσιν ἀλλήλαις αἱ περικοπαὶ, ἥ τε μετὰ χεῖρας, καὶ ἐν ᾗ ἐλέγετο τὸ, Ἰακὼβ ὁ παῖς μου, εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν ἀναφερόμενον· ὡς γάρ τοι ἐκεῖ τὸ Ἰακὼβ ὁ παῖς μου εἴρηται, οὕτως ἐνθάδε τὸ μέγα σοι ἐστι τοῦ κληθῆναί σε παῖδά μου· καὶ ὡς ἐκεῖ τὸ, Ἰσραὴλ ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου λέλεκται, οὕτως ἐνθάδε τὸ, ὅτι πιστός ἐστιν ὁ ἅγιος Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐξελεξάμην σε. Πάλιν τε αὖ ἐκεῖ μὲν εἴρηται, ἔδωκά σε εἰς διαθήκην γένους, εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλῶν, ἐξαγαγεῖν ἐκ δεσμῶν δεδεμένους, καὶ ἐξ οἴκου φυλακῆς καθημένους ἐν σκότει· ἐν δὲ τῇ μετὰ χεῖρας, ἰδοὺ τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, τοῦ καταστῆσαι τὴν γῆν, καὶ κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομίαν ἐρήμου, λέγοντα τοῖς ἐν δεσμοῖς ἐξέλθατε, καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῷ σκότει ἀνακαλύφθητε. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐδενὶ ἄλλῳ ἢ μόνῳ τῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν ἁρμόζει τὰ ἐν ταῖς προκειμέναις προφητείαις, δῆλον ἔσται τοῖς ἐπιστήσασιν τῷ πλήθει τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν ἠλπικότων ἐθνῶν, οἷς ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐτέθη εἰς φῶς· φησὶν δὲ, τοῦ καταστῆσαι τὴν γῆν, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν τὴν ἐν θορύβοις καὶ ἀκαταστασίαις πάλαι τυγχάνουσαν ψυχὴν εἰς τὴν κατὰ φύσιν εὐστάθειαν καὶ καταστολὴν ἀγαγεῖν· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομίαν ἐρήμου, τὴν ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίαν δηλῶν· ἣν πρὸ τῆς αὐτοῦ παρουσίας ἔρημον τυγχάνουσαν, κληρονομίαν εἴληφε παρὰ τοῦ εἰπόντος αὐτῷ, αἴτησαι παρʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ δώσω σοι ἔθνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου. Οὗτος δὲ κατὰ τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητείαν τοῖς ἐν δεσμοῖς εἴρηκεν ἐξελθεῖν· προχείρως μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ Λαζάρου, ὃν κειρίαις καταδεδεμένον καὶ ἐν μνήματι τεταρταῖον τυγχάνοντα, εἰπὼν, Λάζαρε δεῦρο ἔξω, ἐλεύθερον ἀφῆκεν ὑπάγειν· καὶ ἐν μέρει δὲ διανοίας ἐπὶ τῆς θυγατρὸς Ἁβραὰμ, ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ Σατανᾶς δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτεσιν, ἣν καὶ αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσθενείας ἀπαλλάξας, σώαν ἀπέλυσεν· καθόλου δὲ, ὁπηνίκα πᾶσιν τοῖς σειραῖς τῶν ἰδίων ἁμαρτιῶν ἐσφιγμένοις ἄφεσιν τῶν προτέρων ἁμαρτημάτων παρέσχετο, οἷα δὴ μόνος (ἔχων) ἐξουσίαν ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας· οἷς ἔτι καὶ νῦν διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ διδασκαλίας παρακελεύεται τῶν προτέρων δεσμῶν ἐξελθεῖν, λέγων ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ τὸ, ἴδε ὑγιὴς γέγονας, μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε. Ἐπὶ τούτοις ἔτι καὶ νῦν τοῖς εἰσέτι ἀγνοίας τε καὶ πονηρίας κατορωρυγμένοις ἀνακαλυφθῆναι προστάττει, ἅτε Λόγος ὑπάρχων Θεοῦ, καρδίας τε ἐτάζων καὶ νεφροὺς, καὶ κριτικὸς ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν καρδίας. Ἵνα δὲ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα συντόμως διαδράμωμεν, καὶ τὰ πρὸ τούτων ἐφαρμόζοντες τοῖς περὶ Χριστοῦ λεγομένοις, ἀναλαβόντες ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς καὶ τὴν τούτων ὑπόνοιαν ἡμῶν ἐκθησόμεθα. Ἐν πολλοῖς δὴ σαφῶς τῷ ἐκ περιτομῆς λαῷ προσομιλήσας, ὅτε καὶ ἐξ ὀνόματος, ἤτοι τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἤτοι τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἀνακαλεῖται, ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος οὐ πρὸς ἐκείνους ποιεῖται τὴν προφητείαν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ νήσους καὶ ἔθνη ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρόασιν τῶν λεχθησομένων παρακαλεῖ· καὶ ἔστιν γε ἐνταῦθα ἡ ὑπόσχεσις τοῦ Κυρίου λεγομένη περὶ τῆς κλήσεως τῶν προτέρον ἀπίστων πάντη καὶ ἀλλοτρίων τῆς θεοσεβείας ἐθνῶν, ὧν ἐν μέρει νοοῦνται καὶ αἱ λεγόμεναι νῆσοι, ψυχαὶ ὅσαι τὸ πάλαι πρότερον τινὰ τρόπον ὑποθαλαττίων τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον τρικυμιῶν καὶ τῶν κατὰ τῆς κακίας ἁλμυρωτάτων κατεκλύζοντο ῥευμάτων. Τίνα οὖν ταύτας ὁ Κύριος αὐτὸς περὶ ἑαυτοῦ διδάσκει κατανοητέον· ἐκ κοιλίας φησὶ μητρός μου ἐκάλεσεν τὸ ὄνομά μου· ὃ καὶ σαφῶς ἐπὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, αὐτοῦ γάρ τοι τυγχάνουσιν οἱ λόγοι, οὓς ἐκ τῆς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου γραφῆς μεμαθήκαμεν· ἀγνοοῦντι γὰρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ περὶ τῆς συλλήψεως τῆς Μαρίας ἐπιστὰς ὁ Γαβριὴλ, διάκονος ὢν τοῦ πατρικοῦ βουλήματος, κατʼ ὄναρ εἶπεν μεθʼ ἕτερα καὶ τὸ, τέξεται δὲ υἱὸν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν· αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ· ἐπιφέρει δʼ ἐν τῇ προφητείᾳ λέγων, ὅτι καὶ ἔθηκε τὸ στόμα μου ὡς μάχαιραν ὀξεῖαν· καὶ πάλιν, ἔθηκέν με ὡς βέλος ἐκλειτόν· ὁ γὰρ λογὸς Θεοῦ τυγχάνει ἐνεργὴς, ἔστιν καὶ τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον, διικνούμενος ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος, ὡς ὁ θεσπέσιος ἐδίδαξεν ἀπόστολος. Εὐλογώτατα δʼ ἂν αὐτῷ μόνῳ λεχθείη ὑπηκόῳ γενομένῳ τῷ Πατρὶ μέχρι καὶ θανάτου τὸ, δοῦλός μου εἶ σὺ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἐν σοὶ ἐνδοξασθήσομαι· τὸ δὲ, καὶ ἐγὼ εἶπα κενῶς ἐκοπίασα, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, λέγοιτʼ ἂν ὑπὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος διὰ τὸ σπάνιον τῶν κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον αὐτοῦ βιούντων. Καὶ ἐπειδήπερ οὐκ ἦλθεν εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ, καλῶς προηγουμένως μὲν λέγεται ἐπιδεδημηκέναι, τοῦ στῆσαι τὰς φυλὰς Ἰακὼβ, καὶ τὴν διασπορὰν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψαι· ἑπομένως δὲ, διὰ τὸ μὴ παραδέξασθαι αὐτὸν τοὺς ἐξ ἐκείνων πάντας, ἐπιφέρεται ὡς πρὸς αὐτὸν, ἰδοὺ τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς. Προστάττει δὲ ἡμῖν μετὰ ταῦτα Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ, ὁ ῥυσάμενος αὐτὸν ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐπισυναχθέντων κατʼ αὐτοῦ, ἁγιάζειν αὐτὸν, λέγων, ἁγιάσατε τὸν φαυλίζοντα τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ· οὗτος γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐφαύλισε τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ, κενώσας ἑαυτὸν, καὶ γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα· καὶ τὰς ἁμαρτίας τὰς ἡμετέρας ἀναλαβὼν, αἰσχύνης γε μέχρι θανάτου καὶ θανάτου σταυροῦ καταφρονήσας. Μετὰ ταῦτα φησὶ τὸν βδελυσσόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν τῶν δούλων τῶν ἀρχόντων· καὶ δὴ σαφὲς ὅπως οἱ τοῖς ἄρχουσι τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου δεδουλωμένοι, οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ πάθους αὐτοῦ ἐβδελύξαντο αὐτὸν εἰπόντες, καὶ βαρὺς ἡμῖν ἐστι καὶ βλεπόμενος, ἀλλʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν βδελύσσονται, ἀνατρέπειν αὐτοῦ τὴν διδασκαλίαν πειρώμενοι. Τοῦτον οὖν ὁ Κύριος ἁγιάζειν προστάττει, τὴν ἔνδοξον αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν προσημαίνων. Ὅτι δὲ περὶ τῆς ἐξ ἐθνῶν κλήσεως προθεσπίζων ὁ λόγος τὴν ἑξῆς ἐπιφέρει προφητείαν, τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ, ἔδωκά σε εἰς διαθήκην ἐθνῶν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ἅπερ ἐπιπλεῖον βασανίζειν πνευματικώτερα ὄντα, καὶ κατὰ μόνην διάνοιαν ἀποδιδόμενα, οὐ τῆς παρούσης πραγματείας τυγχάνει.

Akousate mou nēsoi, kai prosechete ethnē, Dia chronou pollou stēsetai, legei Kyrios; ek koilias mētros mou ekalesa to onoma mou; kai ethēken to stoma mou hōs machairan oxeian; kai hypo tēn skepēn tēs cheiros autou ekrypsen me; kai eipen moi, Doulos mou ei sy, Israēl, kai en soi doxasthēsomai; kai egō eipa, Kenōs ekopiasa, eis mataion kai eis ouden edōka tēn ischyn mou; dia touto hē krisis mou para Kyriǭ; kai ho ponos mou enantion tou Theou mou; kai nyn houtōs legei Kyrios, ho plasas me ek koilias doulon heautǭ, tou synagagein ton Iakōb pros auton kai ton Israēl; synachthēsomai kai doxasthēsomai enantion Kyriou, kai ho Theos mou estai moi ischys; kai eipen; Mega soi estin tou klēthēnai se paida mou, tou stēsai tas phylas Iakōb, kai tas diasporas tou Israēl epistrepsai; idou tetheika se eis diathēkēn genous, eis phōs ethnōn, tou einai se eis sōtērian heōs eschatou tēs gēs; houtōs legei Kyrios, ho rhysamenos se, ho Theos Israēl, Hagiasate ton phaulizonta tēn psychēn autou, ton bdelyssomenon hypo tōn ethnōn tōn doulōn tōn archontōn; basileis opsontai auton, kai anastēsontai archontes, kai proskynēsousin autǭ, heneken Kyriou; hoti pistos estin ho hagios Israēl, kai exelexamēn se. Houtōs legei Kyrios, Kairǭ dektǭ epēkousa sou, kai en hēmerą sōtērias eboēthēsa soi, kai eplasa se, kai edōka se eis diathēkēn ethnōn tou katastēsai tēn gēn, kai klēronomēsai erēmous, legonta tois en desmois, Exelthate, kai tois en tǭ skotei, anakalyphthēnai, kai en pasais tais hodois boskēthēsontai, kai en pasais tais tribois hē nomē autōn; ou peinasousin, oude dipsēsousin, oude pataxei autous kausōn, oude ho hēlios; allʼ ho eleōn autous parakalesei autous, kai dia pēgōn hydatōn axei autous, kai thēsō pan oros eis hodon, kai pasan tribon eis boskēma autois. Eikos tous ek peritomēs oiesthai peri heautōn eirēsthai ta en tę̄ prophēteią, epeiper lelektai, kai eipen moi, Doulos mou ei sy Israēl, kai en soi endoxasthēsomai; pros de tǭ mē harmozein autois tas lexeis saphōs apodeiknytai kai apo tōn hexēs, hoti dē peri heterou Israēl ta legomena prophēteuetai; gegraptai gar, kai nyn houtōs legei Kyrios ho plasas me ek koilias doulon heautǭ tou synagagein ton Iakōb kai ton Israēl pros auton; kai palin eipen moiʼ mega soi estin to klēthēnai se paida mou, tou stēsai tas phylas tou Iakōb kai tas diasporas tou Israēl epistrepsai. Alla kai to, idou tetheika se eis phōs ethnōn, tou einai se eis sōtērian heōs eschatou tēs gēs, paradoxon tina kai thaumaston hypophainei ton peri hou ho logos; tis dʼ an houtos eiē ē ho Kyrios hēmōn Iēsous Christos, ho kai ēdē proteron en tois anōterō Iakōb chrēmatisas kai Israēl dia tou, Iakōb ho pais mou antilēpsomai autou, Israēl ho eklektos mou; prosedexato auton hē psychē mou? Houtos gar estin ho monos katʼ alētheian horōn Theon ton Patera, Israēl men onomazomenos, hoper hermēneuetai horōn ton Theon, katʼ epinoian autou tēs theotētos; Iakōb de, hoper esti pternistēs, kathʼ ho enanthrōpēsas katēgōnisato pasas tas antikeimenas dynameis. Hora de ei mē synądousin allēlais hai perikopai, hē te meta cheiras, kai en hę̄ elegeto to, Iakōb ho pais mou, eis ton Christon anapheromenon; hōs gar toi ekei to Iakōb ho pais mou eirētai, houtōs enthade to mega soi esti tou klēthēnai se paida mou; kai hōs ekei to, Israēl ho eklektos mou lelektai, houtōs enthade to, hoti pistos estin ho hagios Israēl kai exelexamēn se. Palin te au ekei men eirētai, edōka se eis diathēkēn genous, eis phōs ethnōn, anoixai ophthalmous typhlōn, exagagein ek desmōn dedemenous, kai ex oikou phylakēs kathēmenous en skotei; en de tę̄ meta cheiras, idou tetheika se eis phōs ethnōn, tou katastēsai tēn gēn, kai klēronomēsai klēronomian erēmou, legonta tois en desmois exelthate, kai tois en tǭ skotei anakalyphthēte. Hoti men oun oudeni allǭ ē monǭ tǭ Sōtēri hēmōn harmozei ta en tais prokeimenais prophēteiais, dēlon estai tois epistēsasin tǭ plēthei tōn eis auton kai diʼ autou epi ton tōn holōn Theon ēlpikotōn ethnōn, hois hypo tou Patros etethē eis phōs; phēsin de, tou katastēsai tēn gēn, toutʼ estin tēn en thorybois kai akatastasiais palai tynchanousan psychēn eis tēn kata physin eustatheian kai katastolēn agagein; alla kai tou klēronomēsai klēronomian erēmou, tēn ex ethnōn ekklēsian dēlōn; hēn pro tēs autou parousias erēmon tynchanousan, klēronomian eilēphe para tou eipontos autǭ, aitēsai parʼ emou kai dōsō soi ethnē tēn klēronomian sou. Houtos de kata tēn peri autou prophēteian tois en desmois eirēken exelthein; procheirōs men hōs epi tou Lazarou, hon keiriais katadedemenon kai en mnēmati tetartaion tynchanonta, eipōn, Lazare deuro exō, eleutheron aphēken hypagein; kai en merei de dianoias epi tēs thygatros Habraam, hēn edēsen ho Satanas deka kai oktō etesin, hēn kai autēn tēs astheneias apallaxas, sōan apelysen; katholou de, hopēnika pasin tois seirais tōn idiōn hamartiōn esphigmenois aphesin tōn proterōn hamartēmatōn parescheto, hoia dē monos (echōn) exousian aphienai hamartias; hois eti kai nyn dia tēs autou didaskalias parakeleuetai tōn proterōn desmōn exelthein, legōn ephʼ hekastǭ to, ide hygiēs gegonas, mēketi hamartane. Epi toutois eti kai nyn tois eiseti agnoias te kai ponērias katorōrygmenois anakalyphthēnai prostattei, hate Logos hyparchōn Theou, kardias te etazōn kai nephrous, kai kritikos enthymēseōn kai ennoiōn kardias. Hina de hōs eni malista syntomōs diadramōmen, kai ta pro toutōn epharmozontes tois peri Christou legomenois, analabontes ex hyparchēs kai tēn toutōn hyponoian hēmōn ekthēsometha. En pollois dē saphōs tǭ ek peritomēs laǭ prosomilēsas, hote kai ex onomatos, ētoi ton Iakōb ētoi ton Israēl anakaleitai, epi tou parontos ou pros ekeinous poieitai tēn prophēteian, alla gar nēsous kai ethnē epi tēn akroasin tōn lechthēsomenōn parakalei; kai estin ge entautha hē hyposchesis tou Kyriou legomenē peri tēs klēseōs tōn proteron apistōn pantē kai allotriōn tēs theosebeias ethnōn, hōn en merei noountai kai hai legomenai nēsoi, psychai hosai to palai proteron tina tropon hypothalattiōn tōn kata ton bion trikymiōn kai tōn kata tēs kakias halmyrōtatōn kateklyzonto rheumatōn. Tina oun tautas ho Kyrios autos peri heautou didaskei katanoēteon; ek koilias phēsi mētros mou ekalesen to onoma mou; ho kai saphōs epi tou Christou, autou gar toi tynchanousin hoi logoi, hous ek tēs tou euangeliou graphēs memathēkamen; agnoounti gar tǭ Iōsēph peri tēs syllēpseōs tēs Marias epistas ho Gabriēl, diakonos ōn tou patrikou boulēmatos, katʼ onar eipen methʼ hetera kai to, texetai de huion, kai kaleseis to onoma autou Iēsoun; autos gar sōsei ton laon autou; epipherei dʼ en tę̄ prophēteią legōn, hoti kai ethēke to stoma mou hōs machairan oxeian; kai palin, ethēken me hōs belos ekleiton; ho gar logos Theou tynchanei energēs, estin kai tomōteros hyper pasan machairan distomon, diiknoumenos achri merismou psychēs kai pneumatos, hōs ho thespesios edidaxen apostolos. Eulogōtata dʼ an autǭ monǭ lechtheiē hypēkoǭ genomenǭ tǭ Patri mechri kai thanatou to, doulos mou ei sy Israēl, kai en soi endoxasthēsomai; to de, kai egō eipa kenōs ekopiasa, kai ta hexēs, legoitʼ an hypo tou Sōtēros dia to spanion tōn kata to euangelion autou biountōn. Kai epeidēper ouk ēlthen ei mē eis ta probata ta apolōlota oikou Israēl, kalōs proēgoumenōs men legetai epidedēmēkenai, tou stēsai tas phylas Iakōb, kai tēn diasporan tou Israēl epistrepsai; hepomenōs de, dia to mē paradexasthai auton tous ex ekeinōn pantas, epipheretai hōs pros auton, idou tetheika se eis phōs ethnōn, tou einai se eis sōtērian heōs eschatou tēs gēs. Prostattei de hēmin meta tauta Kyrios ho Theos kai Patēr, ho rhysamenos auton apo pantōn tōn episynachthentōn katʼ autou, hagiazein auton, legōn, hagiasate ton phaulizonta tēn psychēn autou; houtos gar hōs alēthōs ephaulise tēn psychēn heautou, kenōsas heauton, kai genomenos hyper hēmōn katara; kai tas hamartias tas hēmeteras analabōn, aischynēs ge mechri thanatou kai thanatou staurou kataphronēsas. Meta tauta phēsi ton bdelyssomenon hypo tōn ethnōn tōn doulōn tōn archontōn; kai dē saphes hopōs hoi tois archousi tou aiōnos toutou dedoulōmenoi, ou monon kata ton kairon tou pathous autou ebdelyxanto auton eipontes, kai barys hēmin esti kai blepomenos, allʼ eti kai nyn bdelyssontai, anatrepein autou tēn didaskalian peirōmenoi. Touton oun ho Kyrios hagiazein prostattei, tēn endoxon autou parousian prosēmainōn. Hoti de peri tēs ex ethnōn klēseōs prothespizōn ho logos tēn hexēs epipherei prophēteian, tēn apo tou, edōka se eis diathēkēn ethnōn, kai ta hexēs, haper epipleion basanizein pneumatikōtera onta, kai kata monēn dianoian apodidomena, ou tēs parousēs pragmateias tynchanei.

“Hear me, you islands, and attend, you nations. After a long time it will stand, says the Lord. From my mother's womb he called my name; and he made my mouth like a sharp sword, and hid me under the shelter of his hand; and he said to me, ‘You are my servant, Israel, and in you I will be glorified.’ And I said, ‘I have toiled in vain; I have given my strength for nothing and to no purpose; therefore my judgment is with the Lord, and my toil before my God.’ And now thus says the Lord, who formed me from the womb as his own servant, to gather Jacob and Israel to him: I shall be gathered and glorified before the Lord, and my God shall be my strength. And he said, ‘It is a great thing for you to be called my servant, to raise up the tribes of Jacob and to turn back the dispersion of Israel; behold, I have made you a covenant of a race, a light of nations, that you may be for salvation to the end of the earth.’ Thus says the Lord who rescued you, the God of Israel: Sanctify him who despises his own life, who is abhorred by the nations, the servants of the rulers; kings shall see him, and rulers shall rise, and they shall bow down to him for the Lord's sake, for the Holy One of Israel is faithful, and I have chosen you. Thus says the Lord: In an acceptable time I have heard you, and in a day of salvation I have helped you; and I formed you and gave you as a covenant of nations, to establish the earth and to inherit deserts, saying to those in bonds, ‘Come out,’ and to those in darkness, ‘Be uncovered’; and in all the ways they shall feed, and in all the paths shall be their pasture; they shall not hunger nor thirst, nor shall the scorching heat strike them, nor the sun; but he who has mercy on them will comfort them and lead them through springs of water; and I will make every mountain a way and every path a pasture for them.” Those of the circumcision would likely think that what is in the prophecy is said about themselves, since it is said, “And he said to me, ‘You are my servant, Israel, and in you I will be glorified.’” But besides the fact that the words do not fit them, it is clearly shown from what follows that what is said is prophesied about another Israel. For it is written: “And now thus says the Lord, who formed me from the womb as his own servant, to gather Jacob and Israel to him”; and again, “He said to me, ‘It is a great thing for you to be called my servant, to raise up the tribes of Jacob and to turn back the dispersion of Israel.’” And also “Behold, I have made you a light of nations, that you may be for salvation to the end of the earth” shows the one about whom the word speaks to be someone marvellous and wonderful. And who would he be but our Lord Jesus Christ, who already before, in the passages above, was called Jacob and Israel, through “Jacob my servant, I will help him; Israel my chosen, my soul has accepted him”? For he is the only one who truly sees God the Father: named Israel, which is interpreted “seeing God,” according to the concept of his divinity; and Jacob, which is “supplanter,” in that, having become man, he fought down all the opposing powers. See whether the passages do not agree with one another, the one in hand and the one in which it was said, “Jacob my servant,” referred to Christ. For as there “Jacob my servant” is said, so here “It is a great thing for you to be called my servant”; and as there “Israel my chosen” is said, so here “for the Holy One of Israel is faithful, and I have chosen you.” And again, there it is said, “I have given you as a covenant of a race, as a light of nations, to open the eyes of the blind, to bring out of bonds those who are bound, and out of the prison house those who sit in darkness”; and in the passage in hand, “Behold, I have made you a light of nations, to establish the earth and to inherit the inheritance of the desert, saying to those in bonds, ‘Come out,’ and to those in darkness, ‘Be uncovered.’” That what is in the prophecies set out fits no one else but our Saviour alone will be clear to those who attend to the multitude of nations who have hoped in him and through him in the God of the universe, for whom he was made a light by the Father. It says, “to establish the earth,” that is, to bring the soul that was long in tumult and instability to its natural steadiness and composure; and also “to inherit the inheritance of the desert,” meaning the church from the nations, which, being desert before his coming, he received as an inheritance from the one who said to him, “Ask of me, and I will give you nations for your inheritance.” According to the prophecy about him, he told those in bonds to come out: literally, as in the case of Lazarus, who was bound with grave-bands and four days in the tomb, whom he released free to go, saying, “Lazarus, come out”; and in part in a spiritual sense, in the case of the daughter of Abraham whom Satan had bound for eighteen years, whom he also freed from her infirmity and sent away whole; and generally, when he granted to all who were bound fast by the cords of their own sins forgiveness of their former sins, since he alone (has) authority to forgive sins; and still now through his teaching he bids them come out of their former bonds, saying to each, “See, you have become well; sin no more.” Besides this, still now he commands those who are still buried in ignorance and wickedness to be uncovered, since he is the Word of God, who tests hearts and kidneys and discerns the thoughts and intentions of the heart. That we may run through as concisely as possible, fitting the earlier parts too to what is said about Christ, we shall take them up from the beginning and set out our understanding of them. Having spoken clearly to the people of the circumcision in many places, when he also calls by name either Jacob or Israel, here he does not direct the prophecy to them, but summons islands and nations to hear what is to be said. And here is the Lord's promise, spoken about the calling of the nations formerly wholly unbelieving and alien to the worship of God; among whom, in part, are understood also what are called islands: souls that long ago were, in a way, submerged under the waves of life and flooded by the most briny currents of vice. Let us consider, then, what the Lord teaches these about himself. “From my mother's womb,” he says, “he called my name”; this clearly concerns Christ, for the words are his, as we have learned from the Scripture of the Gospel. For when Joseph did not know about Mary's conception, Gabriel, the minister of the Father's will, stood by him and said in a dream, among other things, “She will bear a son, and you shall call his name Jesus, for he will save his people.” And it adds in the prophecy, “And he made my mouth like a sharp sword”; and again, “He made me like a chosen arrow.” For the word of God is active and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing to the division of soul and spirit, as the inspired apostle taught. “You are my servant, Israel, and in you I will be glorified” would most fittingly be said to him alone, who became obedient to the Father even to death. And “And I said, ‘I have toiled in vain,’” and what follows, might be said by the Saviour because of the scarcity of those who live according to his Gospel. And since he came only to the lost sheep of the house of Israel, it is rightly said that he came primarily to raise up the tribes of Jacob and to turn back the dispersion of Israel; and consequently, because not all of them received him, it adds as to him, “Behold, I have made you a light of nations, that you may be for salvation to the end of the earth.” After this the Lord God and Father, who rescued him from all who gathered against him, commands us to sanctify him, saying, “Sanctify him who despises his own life.” For he truly despised his own life, emptying himself and becoming a curse for us; and taking up our sins, he despised shame even to death, the death of the cross. After this it says, “him who is abhorred by the nations, the servants of the rulers”; and it is clear how those enslaved to the rulers of this age not only abhorred him at the time of his passion, saying, “He is grievous to us even to behold,” but abhor him still now, trying to overturn his teaching. The Lord commands that this one be sanctified, signifying beforehand his glorious coming. That the word, foretelling the calling of the nations, adds the next prophecy, from “I gave you as a covenant of nations,” and what follows: to examine this further, being more spiritual and given only in the spiritual sense, does not belong to the present treatise.

4.25Gaisford

Οὕτως λέγει Κύριος· Ποῖον τοῦτο τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ ἀποστασίου τῆς μητρὸς ὑμῶν, ᾧ ἐξαπέστειλα αὐτήν; ἢ τίνι ὑπόχρεῳ πέπρακα ὑμᾶς; Ἰδοὺ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν ἐπράθητε, καὶ ταῖς ἀνομίαις ὑμῶν ἐξαπέστειλα τὴν μητέρα ὑμῶν· δʼ ὅτι ἦλθον, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἄνθρωπος ὁ ὑπακούων· μὴ οὐκ ἰσχύει ἡ χείρ μου τοῦ ῥύσασθαι; ἢ οὐκ ἰσχύει τοῦ ἐξελέσθαι; Ἰδοὺ τῷ ἐλεγμῷ μου ἐξερημώσω τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ θύσω ποταμοὺς ἐρήμους, καὶ ξηρανθήσονται οἱ ἰχθύες αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ εἶναι ὕδωρ, καὶ ἀποθανοῦνται ἐν δίψει. Ἐνδύσω τὸν οὐρανὸν σκότος, καὶ ὡς σάκκον θύσω τὸ περιβόλαιον αὐτοῦ· Κύριος Κύριος δίδωσί μοι γλῶσσαν παιδείας, τοῦ γνῶναι ἡνίκα δεῖ εἰπεῖν λόγον· ἔθηκέν μοι πρωῒ πρωΐ· προσέθηκέν μοι ὠτίον ἀκούειν, καὶ ἡ παιδεία Κυρίου ἀνοίγει μου τὰ ὦτα· ἐγὼ δὲ οὐκ ἀπειθῶ οὐδὲ ἀντιλέγω· τὸν νῶτόν μου ἔδωκα εἰς μάστιγας, τὰς δὲ σιαγόνας μου εἰς ῥαπίσματα, τὸ δὲ πρόσωπόν μου οὐκ ἀπέστρεψα ἀπὸ αἰσχύνης ἐμπτυσμάτων· καὶ Κύριος Κύριος βοηθός μου ἐγενήθη· διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐνετράπην, ἀλλʼ ἔθηκα τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ὡς ἑτερὰν (στερεὰν) πέτραν· καὶ ἔγνων ὅτι οὐ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶ· ὅτι ἐγγίζει μοι ὁ δικαιώσας με· τίς ὁ κρινόμενός μοι; ἐγγισάτω· ἰδοὺ Κύριος Κύριος βοηθεῖ μοι, τίς κακώσει με; ἰδοὺ πάντες ὑμεῖς ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσεσθε, καὶ σὴς καταφάγεται ὑμᾶς· τίς ἐν ὑμῖν ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν Κύριον; ὑπακουσάτω τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ· οἱ πορεύομενοι ἐν σκότει, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῖς φώς, πεποίθατε ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ ἀντιστηρίσασθε ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ· ἰδοὺ πάντες ὑμεῖς πῦρ καίετε, καὶ κατισχύετε φλόγα· πορεύεσθε τῷ φωτὶ τοῦ πυρὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ τῇ φλογὶ, ᾗ ἐξεκαύσατε· διʼ ἐμὲ ἐγένετο ταῦτα ὑμῖν, ἐν λύπῃ κοιμηθήσεσθε. Σαφῶς ἡ τοῦ Λόγου θεότης καὶ διὰ τῶν προκειμένων ἀποδείκνυται, ὅτι τε προϋπῆρχεν τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως, καὶ ὡς ἐνανθρωπήσας ταῦτα πάσχειν ἤμελλεν ἃ καὶ ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις ἀναγέγραπται. Τίς γὰρ ἂν ἄλλος εἴη ὁ φάσκων, μὴ οὐκ ἰσχύει ἡ χεὶρ μου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἕως τοῦ, ἐνδύσω τὸν οὐρανὸν σκότος, καὶ ὡς σάκκον τὸ περιβόλαιον αὐτοῦ, ἢ ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος; Αὐτὸς δὴ οὖν τὰ τηλικαῦτα εἰπὼν, ἐπιφέρει λέγων, Κύριός μοι δίδωσι γλῶσσαν παιδείας τοῦ γνῶναι ἡνίκα δεῖ εἰπεῖν λόγον· καὶ αὖθις ἐπάγει[νετὰ] τὰ λοιπὰ φάσκων, Ἐγὼ δὲ οὐκ ἀπειθῶ, οὐδὲ ἀντιλέγω· τὸν νῶτον μου τέθεικα εἰς μάστιγας, τὰς δὲ σιαγόνας μου εἰς ῥαπίσματα, καὶ τὰ μέχρι τοῦ, ὅτι ἐγγίζει μοι ὁ δικαιώσας με. Δυνάμει γάρ τοι πεπονθέναι φαμὲν τὸν Λόγον, συμπάσχοντα δὲ ὃν ἀνείληφεν ἀνθρώπῳ. Οὐκ οἴδαμεν οὖν εἰ ἕξει τίς περὶ τῆς προκειμένης προφητείας ἀποδοῦναι λόγον, μὴ προσιέμενος τὸ εἶναι τινὰ δευτέραν ὑπόστασιν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου μετὰ τὴν πρώτην καὶ ἀγένητον τὸν Πατέρα καὶ Θεὸν τῶν ὅλων· ἡμεῖς γε μὴν ὀρθῶς πεπεισμένοι τοῦτον ὑπάρχειν δηλαδὴ τὸν Θεὸν Λόγον ἡγούμεθα, τὸν καὶ ἐνταῦθα φασκόντα μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων τὸ, ἐνδύσω τὸν οὐρανὸν σκότος, καὶ ἐπιφέροντα ἐκ προσώπου οὗ ἀνείληφεν ἀνθρώπου τὸ, Κύριος δίδωσί μοι γλῶσσαν παιδείας τοῦ γνῶναι ἡνίκα δεῖ εἰπεῖν λόγον. Τίνι δʼ ἂν ἄλλῳ παρὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν πρέποι λέγειν καὶ τὸ, τίς ὁ κρινόμενος μοι ἀντιστήτω μοι· ἢ περὶ τίνος λέγοιτʼ ἂν τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ, τίς ἐν ὑμῖν ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν Κύριον, ὑπακουσάτω τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ, ἢ περὶ μόνου τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσαντος, κενώσαντός τε ἑαυτὸν καὶ μέχρι μαστίγων ταπεινώσαντος, ὅτε κατὰ τὴν προκειμένην περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητείαν φραγελλώσας αὐτὸν ὁ Πιλάτος παρέδωκεν σταυρωθῆναι, τότε δὲ καὶ ῥαπίσματα καὶ ἐμπτυσμοὺς ὑπέμενεν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ περιρρηξάμενος ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς, ἀπεφήνατο βεβλασφημηκέναι αὐτόν· τότε γὰρ ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκολάφιζον αὐτὸν, οἱ δὲ ἐρράπισαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, προφήτευσον ἡμῖν Χριστὲ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε; Ἔοικε δὲ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ κεφαλαίου περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων λέγεσθαι συναγωγῆς· ἰδοὺ γὰρ, φησὶν, ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν ἐπράθητε· καὶ ταῖς ἀνομίαις ὑμῶν ἐξαπέστειλα τὴν μητέρα ὑμῶν. Ἦλθεν γὰρ ἐπὶ τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ οὐχ εὗρε τινὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρώτους μὲν αὐτοὺς ἐκάλεσεν· οὐκ ἦν δʼ ὁ λαὸς ὑπακούων. Διʼ ὃ φησὶν, διʼ ὅτι ἦλθον καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἄνθρωπος· ἐκάλεσα καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ ὑπακούων· τὰ δʼ ἐπὶ τέλει τῆς περικοπῆς ἀκολούθως μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνων ἀποβολὴν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἀναφέρεται κλῆσιν· ἀπὸ τοῦ, τίς ἐν ὑμῖν ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν Κύριον, ἐπακουσάτω τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ. Ἡμεῖς γὰρ ἀληθῶς ἦμεν οἱ πορευόμενοι ἐν σκότει· καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἡμῖν πρὸ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν φῶς, ἀλλὰ νῦν διὰ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ χάριν πεποίθαμεν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ ἐπιστηριζόμεθα ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ· τοῖς δὲ μὴ πιστεύσασιν εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν, οἷς καὶ ἀνωτέρω εἴρητο τὸ, ἰδοὺ πάντες ὑμεῖς ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσεσθε, καὶ ὡς σὴς φάγεται ὑμᾶς, ἐπιφέρει ὁ λόγος φάσκων, ἰδοὺ πάντες ὑμεῖς ὡς πῦρ καίετε, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· ἐν οἷς σαφῶς καὶ τὸ, διʼ ἐμὲ ἐγένετο ταῦτα ὑμῖν, ἐκ προσώπου λέλεκται τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐπονειδίζοντος αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀπελέγχοντος τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν γεγενημένην τοῦ Ἰουδαίων λαοῦ παρανομίαν.

Houtōs legei Kyrios; Poion touto to biblion tou apostasiou tēs mētros hymōn, hǭ exapesteila autēn? ē tini hypochreǭ pepraka hymas? Idou tais hamartiais hymōn eprathēte, kai tais anomiais hymōn exapesteila tēn mētera hymōn; dʼ hoti ēlthon, kai ouk ēn anthrōpos ho hypakouōn; mē ouk ischyei hē cheir mou tou rhysasthai? ē ouk ischyei tou exelesthai? Idou tǭ elegmǭ mou exerēmōsō tēn thalassan, kai thysō potamous erēmous, kai xēranthēsontai hoi ichthyes autōn apo tou mē einai hydōr, kai apothanountai en dipsei. Endysō ton ouranon skotos, kai hōs sakkon thysō to peribolaion autou; Kyrios Kyrios didōsi moi glōssan paideias, tou gnōnai hēnika dei eipein logon; ethēken moi prōï prōï; prosethēken moi ōtion akouein, kai hē paideia Kyriou anoigei mou ta ōta; egō de ouk apeithō oude antilegō; ton nōton mou edōka eis mastigas, tas de siagonas mou eis rhapismata, to de prosōpon mou ouk apestrepsa apo aischynēs emptysmatōn; kai Kyrios Kyrios boēthos mou egenēthē; dia touto ouk enetrapēn, allʼ ethēka to prosōpon mou hōs heteran (sterean) petran; kai egnōn hoti ou mē aischynthō; hoti engizei moi ho dikaiōsas me; tis ho krinomenos moi? engisatō; idou Kyrios Kyrios boēthei moi, tis kakōsei me? idou pantes hymeis hōs himation palaiōthēsesthe, kai sēs kataphagetai hymas; tis en hymin ho phoboumenos ton Kyrion? hypakousatō tēs phōnēs tou paidos autou; hoi poreuomenoi en skotei, kai ouk estin autois phōs, pepoithate epi tǭ onomati Kyriou, kai antistērisasthe epi tǭ Theǭ; idou pantes hymeis pyr kaiete, kai katischyete phloga; poreuesthe tǭ phōti tou pyros hymōn, kai tę̄ phlogi, hę̄ exekausate; diʼ eme egeneto tauta hymin, en lypę̄ koimēthēsesthe. Saphōs hē tou Logou theotēs kai dia tōn prokeimenōn apodeiknytai, hoti te proÿpērchen tēs enanthrōpēseōs, kai hōs enanthrōpēsas tauta paschein ēmellen ha kai en tois euangeliois anagegraptai. Tis gar an allos eiē ho phaskōn, mē ouk ischyei hē cheir mou, kai ta hexēs heōs tou, endysō ton ouranon skotos, kai hōs sakkon to peribolaion autou, ē ho tou Theou Logos? Autos dē oun ta tēlikauta eipōn, epipherei legōn, Kyrios moi didōsi glōssan paideias tou gnōnai hēnika dei eipein logon; kai authis epagei[neta] ta loipa phaskōn, Egō de ouk apeithō, oude antilegō; ton nōton mou tetheika eis mastigas, tas de siagonas mou eis rhapismata, kai ta mechri tou, hoti engizei moi ho dikaiōsas me. Dynamei gar toi peponthenai phamen ton Logon, sympaschonta de hon aneilēphen anthrōpǭ. Ouk oidamen oun ei hexei tis peri tēs prokeimenēs prophēteias apodounai logon, mē prosiemenos to einai tina deuteran hypostasin tou Theou Logou meta tēn prōtēn kai agenēton ton Patera kai Theon tōn holōn; hēmeis ge mēn orthōs pepeismenoi touton hyparchein dēladē ton Theon Logon hēgoumetha, ton kai entautha phaskonta meta tōn allōn to, endysō ton ouranon skotos, kai epipheronta ek prosōpou hou aneilēphen anthrōpou to, Kyrios didōsi moi glōssan paideias tou gnōnai hēnika dei eipein logon. Tini dʼ an allǭ para ton anthrōpon tou Sōtēros hēmōn prepoi legein kai to, tis ho krinomenos moi antistētō moi; ē peri tinos legoitʼ an ta apo tou, tis en hymin ho phoboumenos ton Kyrion, hypakousatō tēs phōnēs tou paidos autou, ē peri monou tou Christou, tou kata tas graphas aischynēs kataphronēsantos, kenōsantos te heauton kai mechri mastigōn tapeinōsantos, hote kata tēn prokeimenēn peri autou prophēteian phragellōsas auton ho Pilatos paredōken staurōthēnai, tote de kai rhapismata kai emptysmous hypemenen, hote epi tois logois autou perirrēxamenos ho archiereus, apephēnato beblasphēmēkenai auton; tote gar eneptysan eis to prosōpon autou kai ekolaphizon auton, hoi de errapisan auton legontes, prophēteuson hēmin Christe tis estin ho paisas se? Eoike de ta men kata tēn archēn tou kephalaiou peri tēs tōn Ioudaiōn legesthai synagōgēs; idou gar, phēsin, tais hamartiais hymōn eprathēte; kai tais anomiais hymōn exapesteila tēn mētera hymōn. Ēlthen gar epi ta probata ta apolōlota oikou Israēl, kai ouch heure tina en autois anthrōpon, alla kai prōtous men autous ekalesen; ouk ēn dʼ ho laos hypakouōn. Diʼ ho phēsin, diʼ hoti ēlthon kai ouk ēn anthrōpos; ekalesa kai ouk ēn ho hypakouōn; ta dʼ epi telei tēs perikopēs akolouthōs meta tēn ekeinōn apobolēn epi tēn ex ethnōn anapheretai klēsin; apo tou, tis en hymin ho phoboumenos ton Kyrion, epakousatō tēs phōnēs tou paidos autou. Hēmeis gar alēthōs ēmen hoi poreuomenoi en skotei; kai ouk ēn hēmin pro tēs parousias tou Sōtēros hēmōn phōs, alla nyn dia tēn tou Theou charin pepoithamen epi tǭ onomati Kyriou, kai epistērizometha epi tǭ Theǭ; tois de mē pisteusasin eis ton Christon, hois kai anōterō eirēto to, idou pantes hymeis hōs himation palaiōthēsesthe, kai hōs sēs phagetai hymas, epipherei ho logos phaskōn, idou pantes hymeis hōs pyr kaiete, kai ta hexēs; en hois saphōs kai to, diʼ eme egeneto tauta hymin, ek prosōpou lelektai tou Christou eponeidizontos autois kai apelenchontos tēn eis auton gegenēmenēn tou Ioudaiōn laou paranomian.

“Thus says the Lord: What is this bill of divorce of your mother, with which I sent her away? Or to which creditor have I sold you? Behold, for your sins you were sold, and for your lawless deeds I sent your mother away. Why was it that I came, and there was no man? I called, and there was no one to listen. Is my hand not strong to rescue? Or is it not strong to deliver? Behold, by my rebuke I will make the sea desolate, and I will make rivers deserts, and their fish shall dry up because there is no water, and they shall die of thirst. I will clothe the heaven with darkness and make its covering like sackcloth. The Lord, the Lord, gives me a tongue of instruction, to know when I must speak a word; he has set it for me early in the morning; he has given me an ear to hear; and the instruction of the Lord opens my ears; and I do not disobey nor contradict. I gave my back to scourges and my cheeks to blows, and I did not turn away my face from the shame of spittings. And the Lord, the Lord, became my helper; therefore I was not ashamed, but I set my face like a (solid) rock, and I knew that I would not be put to shame, for he who justified me draws near. Who is the one who contends with me? Let him draw near. Behold, the Lord, the Lord, helps me; who will harm me? Behold, all of you will grow old like a garment, and a moth will devour you. Who among you fears the Lord? Let him listen to the voice of his servant. You who walk in darkness and have no light, trust in the name of the Lord and lean upon God. Behold, all of you kindle fire and strengthen a flame; walk in the light of your fire and in the flame that you kindled. Because of me these things happened to you; you shall lie down in sorrow.” The divinity of the Word is clearly demonstrated through the words set out too: both that he pre-existed the incarnation, and that, having become man, he was to suffer what is recorded in the Gospels. For who else could the one be who says, “Is my hand not strong,” and what follows, as far as “I will clothe the heaven with darkness and make its covering like sackcloth,” but the Word of God? Having said such great things, he adds, “The Lord gives me a tongue of instruction, to know when I must speak a word”; and again he adds the rest, saying, “And I do not disobey nor contradict. I have given my back to scourges and my cheeks to blows,” and so on, as far as “for he who justified me draws near.” For we say that the Word suffered in a manner of power, suffering together with the human whom he took up. We do not know, then, whether anyone will be able to give an account of the prophecy set out who does not accept that there is a second subsistence of God the Word after the first and unbegotten, the Father and God of the universe. But we, rightly persuaded, hold that this is clearly God the Word, who here too says, among other things, “I will clothe the heaven with darkness,” and adds, in the person of the human he took up, “The Lord gives me a tongue of instruction, to know when I must speak a word.” To whom else besides the human of our Saviour would it be fitting to say, “Who is the one who contends with me? Let him stand against me”? Or about whom would the words from “Who among you fears the Lord? Let him listen to the voice of his servant” be said, but about Christ alone, who, according to the Scriptures, despised shame, emptied himself, and humbled himself even to scourges? This was when, according to the prophecy about him set out, Pilate had him scourged and handed him over to be crucified; and he endured blows and spittings when the high priest, tearing his clothes at his words, declared that he had blasphemed; for then they spat in his face and struck him with their fists, and others slapped him, saying, “Prophesy to us, Christ, who is it that struck you?” The things at the beginning of the chapter seem to be said about the synagogue of the Jews; for “behold,” it says, “for your sins you were sold, and for your lawless deeds I sent your mother away.” For he came to the lost sheep of the house of Israel and found no man among them; he called them first, but the people did not listen. Therefore it says, “Why was it that I came, and there was no man? I called, and there was no one to listen.” The things at the end of the passage, in sequence, after their casting off, refer to the calling of the nations, from “Who among you fears the Lord? Let him listen to the voice of his servant.” For we truly were those who walked in darkness, and before our Saviour's coming we had no light; but now, through God's grace, we trust in the name of the Lord and lean upon God. To those who did not believe in Christ, to whom it was said above, “Behold, all of you will grow old like a garment, and a moth will devour you,” the word adds, saying, “Behold, all of you kindle fire,” and what follows; among which clearly “Because of me these things happened to you” is spoken in the person of Christ, reproaching them and convicting the lawlessness committed by the Jewish people against him.

4.26Gaisford

Τάδε λέγει Κύριος· Διʼ ὑμᾶς διαπαντὸς τὸ ὄνομά μου βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι· διὰ τοῦτο γνώσεται ὁ λαός μου τὸ ὄνομά μου· διὰ τοῦτο ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι αὐτὸς ὁ λαλῶν, πάρειμι ὡς ὥρα ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων, ὡς πόδες εὐαγγελιζομένου ἀκοὴν εἰρήνης, ὡς εὐαγγελιζόμενος ἀγαθὰ, ὅτι ἀκουστὴν ποιήσω τὴν σωτηρίαν σου, λέγων, Σιὼν βασιλεύσει σου ὁ Θεός. Καὶ αὕτη ἐπὶ τὸν Σωτῆρα εὐλογώτατα ἁρμόζοι ἂν ἡ προφητεία, ἐπὶ τῆς ἐπιδημίας αὐτοῦ πληρωθέντος τοῦ, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, αὐτὸς ὁ λαλῶν πάρειμι. Τῷ μὲν οὖν προτέρῳ λαῷ εἰς πρόσωπον εἴρηται τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ, διʼ ὑμᾶς διὰ παντὸς τὸ ὄνομά μου βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν· τὰ δʼ ἀπὸ τοῦ, διὰ τοῦτο γνώσεται ὁ λαός μου τὸ ὄνομά μου τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, νοοῖτο ἂν περὶ τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν πεπιστευκότων ἐθνῶν. Αὐτὸς οὖν ἐστιν ὁ καὶ πρότερον πῆ μὲν δίʼ ἀγγέλων, πῆ δὲ καὶ διὰ προφητῶν ἀνθρώποις ὁμιλήσας· καὶ μέντοι ἐκείνους αὖθις παραγενόμενος, καὶ διʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν σωτηρίαν πᾶσι κηρύξας, ὁποῖον ἔχει νοῦν ὁ φιλομαθὴς ἐρευνήσας εἴσεται.

Tade legei Kyrios; Diʼ hymas diapantos to onoma mou blasphēmeitai en tois ethnesi; dia touto gnōsetai ho laos mou to onoma mou; dia touto en tę̄ hēmerą ekeinę̄ hoti egō eimi autos ho lalōn, pareimi hōs hōra epi tōn oreōn, hōs podes euangelizomenou akoēn eirēnēs, hōs euangelizomenos agatha, hoti akoustēn poiēsō tēn sōtērian sou, legōn, Siōn basileusei sou ho Theos. Kai hautē epi ton Sōtēra eulogōtata harmozoi an hē prophēteia, epi tēs epidēmias autou plērōthentos tou, hoti egō eimi, autos ho lalōn pareimi. Tǭ men oun proterǭ laǭ eis prosōpon eirētai ta apo tou, diʼ hymas dia pantos to onoma mou blasphēmeitai en tois ethnesin; ta dʼ apo tou, dia touto gnōsetai ho laos mou to onoma mou tę̄ hēmerą ekeinę̄, nooito an peri tōn eis auton pepisteukotōn ethnōn. Autos oun estin ho kai proteron pē men diʼ angelōn, pē de kai dia prophētōn anthrōpois homilēsas; kai mentoi ekeinous authis paragenomenos, kai diʼ heautou tēn sōtērian pasi kēryxas, hopoion echei noun ho philomathēs ereunēsas eisetai.

“Thus says the Lord: Because of you my name is continually blasphemed among the nations. Therefore my people shall know my name; therefore in that day, because I am he who speaks, I am present, like springtime on the mountains, like the feet of one who brings good news of a report of peace, like one who brings good news of good things; for I will make your salvation heard, saying, ‘Zion, your God shall reign.’” This prophecy too would most reasonably fit the Saviour, “Because I am he who speaks, I am present” having been fulfilled at his sojourn. The words beginning “Because of you my name is continually blasphemed among the nations” are said to the face of the former people; while those beginning “Therefore my people shall know my name in that day” might be understood of the nations that have believed in him. He, then, is the one who formerly spoke to humans, sometimes through angels and sometimes through prophets; and the lover of learning will discover by searching what sense it has that he came again to them and himself proclaimed salvation to all.

4.27Gaisford

Καὶ ἀποκαλύψει Κύριος τὸν βραχίονα τὸν ἅγιον αὐτοῦ ἐνώπιον πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν, καὶ ὄψονται πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, τὰ ἄκρα τῆς γῆς, τὴν σωτηρίαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἀπόστητε, ἀπόστητε, ἐξέλθετε ἐκεῖθεν καὶ ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ὥψησθε· ἐξέλθετε ἐκ μέσου αὐτῆς καὶ ἀφορίσθητε οἱ φέροντες τὰ σκεύη Κύριου· ὅτι οὐ μετὰ ταραχῆς ἐξελεύσεσθε, οὐδὲ φυγῇ πορεύσεσθε· πορεύσεται γὰρ πρότερος ὑμῶν Κύριος, καὶ ὁ συνάγων ὑμᾶς Θεὸς Ἰσραήλ· ἰδοὺ συνήσει ὁ παῖς μου καὶ ὑψωθήσεται, καὶ μετεωρισθήσεται σφόδρα· ὃν τρόπον ἐκστήσονται ἐπὶ σοὶ πολλοὶ, οὕτως ἀδοξήσει ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπων τὸ εἶδός σου, καὶ ἡ δόξα σου ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· οὕτω θαυμάσονται ἔθνη πολλὰ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ, καὶ συνέξουσι βασιλεῖς τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν· ὅτι οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν συνήσουσι. Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν; καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη; Ἀνηγγείλαμεν ὡς παιδίον ἐναντίον αὐτοῦ, ὡς ῥίζα ἐν γῇ διψώσῃ· οὐκ ἔστιν εἶδος αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ δόξα· καὶ εἴδομεν αὐτὸν καὶ οὐκ εἶχεν εἶδὸς οὐδὲ κάλλος· ἀλλὰ τὸ εἶδος αὐτοῦ ἄτιμον ἐκλεῖπον παρὰ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἄνθρωπος ἐν πληγῇ ὢν, καὶ εἰδὼς φέρειν μαλακίαν, ὅτι ἀπέστραπται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, ἠτιμάσθη καὶ οὐκ ἐλογίσθη. Οὗτος τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν φέρει, καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν ὀδυνᾶται, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐλογισάμεθα αὐτὸν εἶναι ἐν πόνῳ καὶ ἐν κακώσει καὶ ἐν πληγῇ. Αὐτὸς δὲ ἐτραυματίσθη διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, καὶ μεμαλάκισται διὰ τὰς ἀνομίας ἡμῶν, παιδεία εἰρήνης ἡμῶν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν, τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς ἰάθημεν. Πάντες ὡς πρόβατα ἐπλανήθημεν· ἄνθρωπος τῇ ὁδῷ αὐτοῦ ἐπλανήθη, καὶ Κύριος παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἡμῶν· καὶ αὐτὸς διὰ τὸ κεκακῶσθαι οὐκ ἀνοίγει τὸ στόμα· ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείροντος ἄφωνος, οὗτος οὐκ ἀνοίγει τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ· ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη, τὴν δὲ γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται; ὅτι αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνομιῶν τοῦ λαοῦ μου ἤχθη εἰς θάνατον· καὶ δώσω τοὺς πονηροὺς ἀντὶ τῆς ταφῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους ἀντὶ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἀνομίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ· καὶ Κύριος βούλεται καθαρίσαι αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς πληγῆς· ἐὰν δῶτε περὶ ἁμαρτίας ἡ ψυχὴ ὑμῶν ὄψεται σπέρμα μακρόβιον· καὶ βούλεται Κύριος ἐν χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀφελεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ πόνου τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ, δεῖξαι αὐτῷ φῶς, καὶ πλάσαι τῇ συνέσει· δικαιῶσαι δικαιον δουλεύοντα πολλοῖς, καὶ τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν αὐτὸς ἀνοίσει· διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸς κληρονομήσει πολλοὺς, καὶ τῶν ἰσχυρῶν μεριεῖ σκῦλα· ἀνθʼ ὧν παρεδόθη εἰς θάνατον ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνόμοις ἐλογίσθη· καὶ αὐτὸς ἁμαρτίας πολλῶν ἀνήνεγκε, καὶ διὰ τὰς ἀνομίας αὐτῶν παρεδόθη. Εὐφράνθητι στέῖρα ἡ οὐ τίκτουσα, ῥῆξον καὶ βόησον καὶ τέρπου ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα, ὅτι πολλὰ τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον, ἢ τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν ἄνδρα. Καὶ πότʼ ἄλλοτε ὡς ἐπὶ τῇ παρουσία τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸν βραχίονα τὸν μέγαν, οὐκ ἄλλον ὄντα τοῦ Λόγου αὐτοῦ, ὁ Πατὴρ καὶ Θεὸς τῶν ὅλων ἐνώπιον τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀπεκάλυψεν, ἃ καὶ ἰδόντα τὴν δεδωρημένην αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ σωτηρίαν ἀφίστασθαι τῆς προτέρας προστάττεται πλάνης, καὶ μηκέτι τῶν ἀκαθάρτων, οἷς πρότερον ἐκαλινδεῖτο, αἰσχροῖς καὶ μιαροῖς ἐνειλούμενα πράγμασιν ἐφάπτεσθαι; Καὶ ἐπεὶ οὐ τὸ τυχόν ἐστι τὸ ἀποδιορίζειν ἑαυτοὺς τῆς προτέρας πατροπαραδότου πολιτείας, καὶ τῆς κοινῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων συναναστροφῆς, τούτου χάριν αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος συμπορεύσεσθαι καὶ συνάξειν ἐπαγγέλλεται τοὺς φέροντας τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ, δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τὰ ἱερὰ δόγματα, καὶ τοὺς θείους λόγους. Πάλιν δʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις ὃν τρόπον ἐν ταῖς ἀνωτέρω προφητείαις διαφόρας(ως) παῖς ὁ Χριστὸς ὠνομάζετο τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὡσαύτως εἴρηται καὶ ἐνθάδε· συνήσειν δὲ καὶ ὑψωθήσεσθαι καὶ σφόδρα δοξασθήσεσθαι προφητεύεται τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου αὐτοῦ ἐπινοουμένου, περὶ οὗ ταῦτα λέγεται· ἀληθῶς δὲ ἐξέστησαν καὶ ἐξηπορήθησαν ἐπʼ αὐτῷ πολλοὶ, ἄνθρωπον ἑαυτοῖς ὅμοιος (ὁμοίως) αὐτὸν ὑπειληφότες· καὶ ἐξέστησάν γε μηδεμίαν ὑπεροχὴν ἢ δόξαν κοσμικὴν περιβεβλημένον αὐτὸν ἑορακότες, ὅτε τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ μορφὴν ἀποθέμενος, ἑαυτόν τε κενώσας καὶ δούλου ἀνειληφὼς μορφὴν, ἐξε[σ]τάσεως ἄξια καὶ καταπλήξεως ἀπετέλει παράδοξα, ὡς τοὺς θεωροῦντας αὐτὰ καταπληττομένους λέγειν, οὐχ οὗτός ἔἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ· οὐχὶ ἡ μητὴρ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰσὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν; Καὶ εἰς δεῦρο δὲ πλεῖστοι ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἐξίστανται καὶ ἐξαποροῦνται, τὴν διδασκαλίαν αὐτοῦ διαδραμοῦσαν καὶ ἔτι νῦν διατρέχουσαν ἐφʼ ὅλην ὁρῶντες τὴν οἰκουμένην, τῶν τε εἰς αὐτὸν πεπιστευκότων τὴν ἀκλινῆ καὶ ἀμετάθετον διάθεσιν κατανοοῦντες. Ταῦτα δὲ θαυμάζοντες οὐ συνίασι τὴν θείαν δύναμιν καθʼ ἣν ἐνήργησέ τε καὶ εἰς ἔτι νῦν ἐνεργεῖν τὰ τηλικαῦτα δεδύνηται, συνέσχον δὲ ἀληθῶς καὶ συνέστειλαν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν βασιλεῖς τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν, εἴτε οἱ συναχθέντες κατὰ τὸ πάθος αὐτοῦ, (περὶ ὧν ἐλέχθη τὸ, παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό,) εἴτε καὶ οἱ κατὰ καιροὺς ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν, καὶ συνέσχον γε στόμα ἑαυτῶν τῷ πολλάκις μὲν αὐτοὺς ἐπιχειρῆσαι κωλῦσαι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν διδασκαλίαν, οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον ὑπερισχύειν αὐτὸν καὶ διαλάμπειν δοξαζόμενον καὶ εἰς ὕψος αἰρόμενον, ὡς φανερὸν ἑαυτὸν καθιστάναι οὐ μόνοις τοῖς τὰς περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητείας ἐκ πατέρων παρειληφόσιν, ἀλλὰ, τὸ παραδοξότατον, οἷς οὐδεπώποτε ἀνηγγέλη τί περὶ αὐτοῦ, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ἡμῖν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν· οἳ καὶ μὴ δʼ ὅλως παρὰ τῶν προγόνων ἀκηκοότες τί, μὴ δὲ προμεμαθηκότες περὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ παρουσίας, συνήκαμεν αὐτὸν ἐλθόντα, καὶ τὰς περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητείας κατεδεξάμεθα. Ταῦτα δὲ προϊδὼν ὁ προφήτης ἐν πνεύματι ἀναφωνεῖ ἀποθαυμαστικῶς λέγων τὸ, Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀχοῇ ἡμῶν; Ὅπερ οὐκ ἐστι ταὐτὸν τῷ οὐδεὶς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν· σαφῶς γάρ τοι πολλὰ πλήθη τῶν ἐξ ἐθνῶν, καὶ αὐτῶν δέ τινες τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς, πεπιστεύκασι τῇ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀκοῇ· καὶ ὁ βραχίων δέ φησι Κυρίου, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ὁ προὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη; Αὐτὸς ὁ λόγος ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς προφητείας διδάσκει λέγων, καὶ ἀποκαλύψει Κύριος τὸν βραχίονα τὸν ἅγιον αὐτοῦ ἐνώπιον πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν. Ἑξῆς αὐτοῖς λέγεται, ἀνηγγείλαμεν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ὡς παιδίον, ὡς ῥίζα ἐν γῇ διψώσῃ· οὐκ ἔστιν εἶδος αὐτῷ οὐδὲ δόξα, καὶ εἴδομεν αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ εἶχεν εἶδος οὐδὲ κάλλος, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ἃ καὶ αὐτὰ πεπλήρωται, ὅτε κενώσας ἑαυτὸν τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ μορφῆς, οὐδὲ τὴν ὡς ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐειδῆ καὶ εὐσχήμονα κατελέξατο προσωποποιίαν, οὐδὲ μὴν δόξῃ τῇ παρʼ ἀνθρώποις ἢ κοσμικῆς τινὸς ὑπεροχῆς περιβολῇ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον διεξῆλθε βίον, μορφὴν δὲ δούλου καὶ διακόνου λαβὼν ἐταπείνωσεν ἑαυτὸν καὶ γέγονεν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἄνθρωπος, ἐν πληγῇ ὢν καὶ εἰδὼς φέρειν μαλακίαν, ἀπέστραπτο δὲ καὶ ἀποκέκρυπτο τῆς θεότητος αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔνδοξον καὶ θεϊκὸν πρόσωπον· διʼ ὃ καὶ ἠτιμάσθη παρὰ τοῖς τὸ ἀνθρώπινον αὐτοῦ μόνον κατανενοηκόσι, παρʼ οἷς καὶ οὐκ ἐλογίσθη οὐχ ὅπως εἰς υἱὸν Θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ εἰς τὸν τυχόντα δίκαιον. Φασὶ δʼ οἱ τῷ πνεύματι τούτων αὐτῶν συνησθημένοι, ὡσπερεὶ διηγούμενοι καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς τοιαύτης οἰκονομίας διδάσκοντος(τες) τὸ, οὗτος τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν φέρει καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν ὀδυνᾶται· ἑώρων γὰρ, οἷα δὴ προφῆται, τίνα τρόπον γενήσεται ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. Ἐπιφέρεται τούτοις, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐλογισάμεθα αὐτὸν εἶναι ἐν πόνῳ καὶ ἐν πληγῇ καὶ ἐν κακώσει· αὐτὸς δὲ ἐτραυματίσθη διὰ τὰς ἀνομίας ἡμῶν· δυνάμει γὰρ καὶ ἐτραυματίσθη ὅτε ἦραν λίθους βαλεῖν ἐπʼ αὐτόν· καὶ μεμαλάκισται δέ φησιν διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν· μᾶλλον γὰρ Παύλου τοῖς ἀσθενέσι συνασθενήσας Χριστὸς, εἶπεν ἂν τὸ, τίς ἀσθενεῖ καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ; Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ὁμολογεῖ ὁ προφήτης διʼ αὐτόν τε καὶ τὸν πάντα λαὸν πείσεσθαι τὸν περὶ οὗ ὁ λόγος, ἐτραυματίσθη γὰρ, φησὶ, διὰ τὰς ἀνομίας ἡμῶν, καὶ μεμαλάκισται διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν· συνκαταλέγων τε ἑαυτὸν ἐπιφέρει λέγων, τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς ἰάθημεν. Σαφῶς τε ἐνορῶν τὴν γενομένην ἐπʼ αὐτῷ παντὶ τῷ ἐκ περιτομῆς λαῷ πλάνην, καὶ ὅτι μὴ ἔστιν ἄνθρωπος ὃς οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται, κἂν ὁ πάντων δικαιότατος εἶναι δοκῇ, ἐπιλέγει· πάντες ὡς πρόβατα ἐπλανήθημεν· ἄνθρωπος τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπλανήθη· καὶ Κύριος παρέδωκεν αὑτὸν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἡμῶν· καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἀκόλουθα, ἃ καὶ ἀναμφιλόγως ἐπὶ μόνου τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ πέρας εἰληφότα δείκνυται· ὅθεν καὶ θαυμάζειν ἄξιον τῆς πωρώσεως τοὺς μὴ προσιεμένους αὐτὸν τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ προφάσει διʼ ὧν ἐπεδείξαντο κατʼ αὐτοῦ, ἔφʼ οἷς ἐπιγελᾶν καὶ διασύρειν αὐτοῖς ἔθος, ὡς μὴ ἄξια πεπονθότα τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ περὶ αὐτοῦ φροντίδος· σαφῶς πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἀναβοῶντος τοῦ προφήτου περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τε ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείροντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος, οὕτως οὐκ ἀνοίγει τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ· καὶ ὅτι αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ. Τίς δʼ οὐκ ἂν ἀποθαυμάσειε πᾶσι τοῖς προκατειλεγμένοις ἐπιφερόμενον, ἀκούων πρὸς τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος τὸ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνομιῶν τοῦ λαοῦ μου ἤχθη εἰς θάνατον· ἢ τί δʼ ἂν πρὸς ταῦτα εὑρεσιλογήσειεν οἱ τὸ ὄντως ἀκοῇ ἀκούσαντες τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ φωνῆς καὶ μὴ συνέντες, αὐτοῖς τε ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐμβλέψαντες εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ ἰδόντες· τίνα γὰρ ἄλλον ἔχοιεν ἂν τῶν δικαίων παραστῆσαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν ἀχθέντα εἰς θάνατον, ἢ τίς τοιοῦτος γεγένηται, ὡς τὰς ἁμαρτίας παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν προφητῶν φέρειν, καὶ ὀδυνᾶσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ὥστε τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ ἰᾶσθαι πάντας αὐτοὺς ὁμολογεῖν φάσκοντας, οὗτος τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν φέρει, καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν ὀδυνᾶται, καὶ τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς ἰάθημεν; Τίς δʼ ἀνθρωπίνης λαχὼν φύσεως γένοιτʼ ἂν τοιοῦτος, ὥστε μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ ἡμαρτῆσθαί τι αὐτῷ ὡς ἀληθεύειν λέγουσαν περὶ αὐτοῦ τὴν θείαν γραφὴν, ὅτι ἀνομίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ δόλον ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ; Ἐπὶ ποίᾳ δὲ αἰτίᾳ τὸν ἐπὶ τούτοις μαρτυρούμενον ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἀχθήσεσθαι, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνομιῶν τοῦ λαοῦ τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ κατακριθήσεσθαι ὁ λόγος προαγορεύει; Λεγέτωσαν δὲ καὶ εἰ ὁ προσδοκώμενος αὐτοῖς ἥξειν Χριστὸς ταῦτα πάντως πείσεται, ἅπερ αἱ προφητεῖαι περὶ αὐτοῦ θεσπίζουσιν, ἢ οὐδέν τι τοιοῦτον περὶ ἐκεῖνον ἔσται. Ἀλλʼ εἰ διὰ τὰ συμβεβηκότα τῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν προσκόπτουσιν τῇ εἰς αὐτὸν πίστει, οὐκ ἂν φείσαιεν (φήσαιεν) περὶ οὗ προσδοκῶσι τὰ τοιαῦτα. Ὥρα οὖν ἀτελεῖς κατʼ αὐτοὺς καὶ δηλαδὴ ψευδεῖς ἀποφαίνεσθαι τὰς θείας φωνάς· ἀλλʼ οὐ καθʼ ἡμᾶς γε τοὺς οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη μὲν ἐκ πατέρων, οὐδὲ παρεδόθη τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ, θεωρήσαντας δʼ ὅμως αὐτὸν καὶ παραδεξαμένους κατὰ τὸ ἐν ἄλλοις εἰρημένον, λαὸς ὃν οὐκ ἔγνων ἐδούλευσέ μοι, εἰς ἀκοὴν ὠτίου ὑπήκουσέ μου· καὶ διʼ ὅλης δὲ τῆς προφητείας πλατύτερον καὶ τηλαυγέστερον τὰ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἐμφέρεται, καὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ κατειληφότος δὲ ὀλέθρου τοὺς ἐπιβεβουλευκότας αὐτῷ δηλοῦται διὰ τοῦ, καὶ δώσω τοὺς πονηροὺς ἀντὶ τῆς ταφῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους ἀντὶ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ· ὅτι ἀνομίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ δόλον ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ· ἐπὶ γὰρ τοιοῦτον ὄντα φησὶν ἀνεῖλον, τούτου χάριν τὰ τοιαδὶ πείσοντα. Τούτοις ἑξῆς αὖθις ἡ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησία εὐαγγελίζεται συγκρινομένη καὶ προκρινομένη τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ διὰ τοῦ, εὐφράνθητι στεῖρα ἡ οὐ τίκτουσα, ῥῆξον καὶ βοῆσον ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα, ὅτι πολλὰ τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον ἢ τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν ἄνδρα. Πολλῆς δὲ δεομένων ἐρευνήσεως καὶ ἐξετάσεως τῶν κατὰ τὸν τόπον, ᾧ μέλει τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἐντολῆς λεγούσης, ἐρευνᾶτε τὰς γραφὰς, ἐν αἷς δοκεῖτε ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν, καὶ αὗται εισιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐπιμελέστερον οὗτος ἐρευνήσας τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς εἴσεται.

Kai apokalypsei Kyrios ton brachiona ton hagion autou enōpion pantōn tōn ethnōn, kai opsontai panta ta ethnē, ta akra tēs gēs, tēn sōtērian tēn para tou Theou. Apostēte, apostēte, exelthete ekeithen kai akathartou mē hōpsēsthe; exelthete ek mesou autēs kai aphoristhēte hoi pherontes ta skeuē Kyriou; hoti ou meta tarachēs exeleusesthe, oude phygę̄ poreusesthe; poreusetai gar proteros hymōn Kyrios, kai ho synagōn hymas Theos Israēl; idou synēsei ho pais mou kai hypsōthēsetai, kai meteōristhēsetai sphodra; hon tropon ekstēsontai epi soi polloi, houtōs adoxēsei apo anthrōpōn to eidos sou, kai hē doxa sou apo tōn anthrōpōn; houtō thaumasontai ethnē polla epʼ autǭ, kai synexousi basileis to stoma autōn; hoti hois ouk anēngelē peri autou, opsontai, kai hoi ouk akēkoasin synēsousi. Kyrie, tis episteusen tę̄ akoę̄ hēmōn? kai ho brachiōn Kyriou tini apekalyphthē? Anēngeilamen hōs paidion enantion autou, hōs rhiza en gę̄ dipsōsę̄; ouk estin eidos autou oude doxa; kai eidomen auton kai ouk eichen eidos oude kallos; alla to eidos autou atimon ekleipon para tous huious tōn anthrōpōn; anthrōpos en plēgę̄ ōn, kai eidōs pherein malakian, hoti apestraptai to prosōpon autou, ētimasthē kai ouk elogisthē. Houtos tas hamartias hēmōn pherei, kai peri hēmōn odynatai, kai hēmeis elogisametha auton einai en ponǭ kai en kakōsei kai en plēgę̄. Autos de etraumatisthē dia tas hamartias hēmōn, kai memalakistai dia tas anomias hēmōn, paideia eirēnēs hēmōn epʼ auton, tǭ mōlōpi autou hēmeis iathēmen. Pantes hōs probata eplanēthēmen; anthrōpos tę̄ hodǭ autou eplanēthē, kai Kyrios paredōken auton tais hamartiais hēmōn; kai autos dia to kekakōsthai ouk anoigei to stoma; hōs probaton epi sphagēn ēchthē, kai hōs amnos enantion tou keirontos aphōnos, houtos ouk anoigei to stoma autou; en tę̄ tapeinōsei hē krisis autou ērthē, tēn de genean autou tis diēgēsetai? hoti airetai apo tēs gēs hē zōē autou, apo tōn anomiōn tou laou mou ēchthē eis thanaton; kai dōsō tous ponērous anti tēs taphēs autou, kai tous plousious anti tou thanatou autou, hoti anomian ouk epoiēsen, oude heurethē dolos en tǭ stomati autou; kai Kyrios bouletai katharisai auton apo tēs plēgēs; ean dōte peri hamartias hē psychē hymōn opsetai sperma makrobion; kai bouletai Kyrios en cheiri autou aphelein apo tou ponou tēs psychēs autou, deixai autǭ phōs, kai plasai tę̄ synesei; dikaiōsai dikaion douleuonta pollois, kai tas hamartias autōn autos anoisei; dia touto autos klēronomēsei pollous, kai tōn ischyrōn meriei skyla; anthʼ hōn paredothē eis thanaton hē psychē autou, kai en tois anomois elogisthē; kai autos hamartias pollōn anēnenke, kai dia tas anomias autōn paredothē. Euphranthēti steira hē ou tiktousa, rhēxon kai boēson kai terpou hē ouk ōdinousa, hoti polla ta tekna tēs erēmou mallon, ē tēs echousēs ton andra. Kai potʼ allote hōs epi tę̄ parousia tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou ton brachiona ton megan, ouk allon onta tou Logou autou, ho Patēr kai Theos tōn holōn enōpion tōn ethnōn apekalypsen, ha kai idonta tēn dedōrēmenēn autois hypo tou Theou sōtērian aphistasthai tēs proteras prostattetai planēs, kai mēketi tōn akathartōn, hois proteron ekalindeito, aischrois kai miarois eneiloumena pragmasin ephaptesthai? Kai epei ou to tychon esti to apodiorizein heautous tēs proteras patroparadotou politeias, kai tēs koinēs tōn anthrōpōn synanastrophēs, toutou charin autos ho Kyrios symporeusesthai kai synaxein epangelletai tous pherontas ta skeuē autou, dēlon dʼ hoti ta hiera dogmata, kai tous theious logous. Palin dʼ epi toutois hon tropon en tais anōterō prophēteiais diaphoras(ōs) pais ho Christos ōnomazeto tou Theou, hōsautōs eirētai kai enthade; synēsein de kai hypsōthēsesthai kai sphodra doxasthēsesthai prophēteuetai tou anthrōpinou autou epinooumenou, peri hou tauta legetai; alēthōs de exestēsan kai exēporēthēsan epʼ autǭ polloi, anthrōpon heautois homoios (homoiōs) auton hypeilēphotes; kai exestēsan ge mēdemian hyperochēn ē doxan kosmikēn peribeblēmenon auton heorakotes, hote tēn tou Theou morphēn apothemenos, heauton te kenōsas kai doulou aneilēphōs morphēn, exe[s]taseōs axia kai kataplēxeōs apetelei paradoxa, hōs tous theōrountas auta kataplēttomenous legein, ouch houtos eestin ho huios Iōsēph; ouchi hē mētēr kai hoi adelphoi autou eisi parʼ hēmin? Kai eis deuro de pleistoi epʼ auton existantai kai exaporountai, tēn didaskalian autou diadramousan kai eti nyn diatrechousan ephʼ holēn horōntes tēn oikoumenēn, tōn te eis auton pepisteukotōn tēn aklinē kai ametatheton diathesin katanoountes. Tauta de thaumazontes ou syniasi tēn theian dynamin kathʼ hēn enērgēse te kai eis eti nyn energein ta tēlikauta dedynētai, syneschon de alēthōs kai synesteilan epʼ auton basileis to stoma autōn, eite hoi synachthentes kata to pathos autou, (peri hōn elechthē to, parestēsan hoi basileis tēs gēs kai hoi archontes synēchthēsan epi to auto,) eite kai hoi kata kairous archontes tōn ethnōn, kai syneschon ge stoma heautōn tǭ pollakis men autous epicheirēsai kōlysai ton logon autou kai tēn didaskalian, ouden de hētton hyperischyein auton kai dialampein doxazomenon kai eis hypsos airomenon, hōs phaneron heauton kathistanai ou monois tois tas peri autou prophēteias ek paterōn pareilēphosin, alla, to paradoxotaton, hois oudepōpote anēngelē ti peri autou, toutʼ estin hēmin tois ethnesin; hoi kai mē dʼ holōs para tōn progonōn akēkootes ti, mē de promemathēkotes peri tēs autou parousias, synēkamen auton elthonta, kai tas peri autou prophēteias katedexametha. Tauta de proïdōn ho prophētēs en pneumati anaphōnei apothaumastikōs legōn to, Kyrie, tis episteusen tę̄ achoę̄ hēmōn? Hoper ouk esti tauton tǭ oudeis episteusen tę̄ akoę̄ hēmōn; saphōs gar toi polla plēthē tōn ex ethnōn, kai autōn de tines tōn ek peritomēs, pepisteukasi tę̄ peri tou Christou akoę̄; kai ho brachiōn de phēsi Kyriou, toutʼ estin ho proōn tou Theou Logos, tini apekalyphthē? Autos ho logos en archę̄ tēs prophēteias didaskei legōn, kai apokalypsei Kyrios ton brachiona ton hagion autou enōpion pantōn tōn ethnōn. Hexēs autois legetai, anēngeilamen enōpion autou hōs paidion, hōs rhiza en gę̄ dipsōsę̄; ouk estin eidos autǭ oude doxa, kai eidomen auton, kai ouk eichen eidos oude kallos, kai ta hexēs, ha kai auta peplērōtai, hote kenōsas heauton tēs tou Theou morphēs, oude tēn hōs en anthrōpois eueidē kai euschēmona katelexato prosōpopoiian, oude mēn doxę̄ tę̄ parʼ anthrōpois ē kosmikēs tinos hyperochēs peribolę̄ ton anthrōpinon diexēlthe bion, morphēn de doulou kai diakonou labōn etapeinōsen heauton kai gegonen hōs alēthōs anthrōpos, en plēgę̄ ōn kai eidōs pherein malakian, apestrapto de kai apokekrypto tēs theotētos autou to endoxon kai theïkon prosōpon; diʼ ho kai ētimasthē para tois to anthrōpinon autou monon katanenoēkosi, parʼ hois kai ouk elogisthē ouch hopōs eis huion Theou, allʼ oudʼ eis ton tychonta dikaion. Phasi dʼ hoi tǭ pneumati toutōn autōn synēsthēmenoi, hōsperei diēgoumenoi kai tēn aitian tēs toiautēs oikonomias didaskontos(tes) to, houtos tas hamartias hēmōn pherei kai peri hēmōn odynatai; heōrōn gar, hoia dē prophētai, tina tropon genēsetai amnos tou Theou, airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou. Epipheretai toutois, hēmeis de elogisametha auton einai en ponǭ kai en plēgę̄ kai en kakōsei; autos de etraumatisthē dia tas anomias hēmōn; dynamei gar kai etraumatisthē hote ēran lithous balein epʼ auton; kai memalakistai de phēsin dia tas hamartias hēmōn; mallon gar Paulou tois asthenesi synasthenēsas Christos, eipen an to, tis asthenei kai ouk asthenō? Tauta de panta homologei ho prophētēs diʼ auton te kai ton panta laon peisesthai ton peri hou ho logos, etraumatisthē gar, phēsi, dia tas anomias hēmōn, kai memalakistai dia tas hamartias hēmōn; synkatalegōn te heauton epipherei legōn, tǭ mōlōpi autou hēmeis iathēmen. Saphōs te enorōn tēn genomenēn epʼ autǭ panti tǭ ek peritomēs laǭ planēn, kai hoti mē estin anthrōpos hos ouch hamartēsetai, kan ho pantōn dikaiotatos einai dokę̄, epilegei; pantes hōs probata eplanēthēmen; anthrōpos tēn hodon autou eplanēthē; kai Kyrios paredōken hauton tais hamartiais hēmōn; kai ta toutois akoloutha, ha kai anamphilogōs epi monou tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou peras eilēphota deiknytai; hothen kai thaumazein axion tēs pōrōseōs tous mē prosiemenous auton tou proterou laou prophasei diʼ hōn epedeixanto katʼ autou, ephʼ hois epigelan kai diasyrein autois ethos, hōs mē axia peponthota tēs tou Theou peri autou phrontidos; saphōs pros tois eirēmenois anaboōntos tou prophētou peri autou, hoti te hōs probaton epi sphagēn ēchthē, kai hōs amnos enantion tou keirontos auton aphōnos, houtōs ouk anoigei to stoma autou; kai hoti airetai apo tēs gēs hē zōē autou. Tis dʼ ouk an apothaumaseie pasi tois prokateilegmenois epipheromenon, akouōn pros tou prophētou legontos to, apo tōn anomiōn tou laou mou ēchthē eis thanaton; ē ti dʼ an pros tauta heuresilogēseien hoi to ontōs akoę̄ akousantes tēs tou Christou phōnēs kai mē synentes, autois te ophthalmois emblepsantes eis tēn parousian autou kai mē idontes; tina gar allon echoien an tōn dikaiōn parastēsai apo tōn hamartiōn autōn achthenta eis thanaton, ē tis toioutos gegenētai, hōs tas hamartias pantos tou laou kai autōn tōn prophētōn pherein, kai odynasthai peri autōn, hōste tǭ mōlōpi autou iasthai pantas autous homologein phaskontas, houtos tas hamartias hēmōn pherei, kai peri hēmōn odynatai, kai tǭ mōlōpi autou hēmeis iathēmen? Tis dʼ anthrōpinēs lachōn physeōs genoitʼ an toioutos, hōste mēte logǭ mēte ergǭ hēmartēsthai ti autǭ hōs alētheuein legousan peri autou tēn theian graphēn, hoti anomian ouk epoiēsen, oude dolon en tǭ stomati autou? Epi poią de aitią ton epi toutois martyroumenon hōs probaton epi sphagēn achthēsesthai, kai apo tōn anomiōn tou laou tēn epi thanatǭ katakrithēsesthai ho logos proagoreuei? Legetōsan de kai ei ho prosdokōmenos autois hēxein Christos tauta pantōs peisetai, haper hai prophēteiai peri autou thespizousin, ē ouden ti toiouton peri ekeinon estai. Allʼ ei dia ta symbebēkota tǭ Sōtēri hēmōn proskoptousin tę̄ eis auton pistei, ouk an pheisaien (phēsaien) peri hou prosdokōsi ta toiauta. Hōra oun ateleis katʼ autous kai dēladē pseudeis apophainesthai tas theias phōnas; allʼ ou kathʼ hēmas ge tous hois ouk anēngelē men ek paterōn, oude paredothē ta peri autou, theōrēsantas dʼ homōs auton kai paradexamenous kata to en allois eirēmenon, laos hon ouk egnōn edouleuse moi, eis akoēn ōtiou hypēkouse mou; kai diʼ holēs de tēs prophēteias platyteron kai tēlaugesteron ta katʼ auton empheretai, kai ta peri tou kateilēphotos de olethrou tous epibebouleukotas autǭ dēloutai dia tou, kai dōsō tous ponērous anti tēs taphēs autou, kai tous plousious anti tou thanatou autou; hoti anomian ouk epoiēsen, oude dolon en tǭ stomati autou; epi gar toiouton onta phēsin aneilon, toutou charin ta toiadi peisonta. Toutois hexēs authis hē ex ethnōn ekklēsia euangelizetai synkrinomenē kai prokrinomenē tou proterou laou dia tou, euphranthēti steira hē ou tiktousa, rhēxon kai boēson hē ouk ōdinousa, hoti polla ta tekna tēs erēmou mallon ē tēs echousēs ton andra. Pollēs de deomenōn ereunēseōs kai exetaseōs tōn kata ton topon, hǭ melei tēs tou Sōtēros entolēs legousēs, ereunate tas graphas, en hais dokeite zōēn aiōnion echein, kai hautai eisin hai martyrousai peri emou, epimelesteron houtos ereunēsas ta en autois eisetai.

“And the Lord will reveal his holy arm before all the nations, and all the nations, the ends of the earth, shall see the salvation that is from God. Depart, depart, go out from there, and touch nothing unclean; go out from the midst of her and be separated, you who carry the vessels of the Lord; for you shall not go out with confusion, nor go in flight; for the Lord will go before you, and the God of Israel who gathers you. Behold, my servant shall understand, and shall be exalted and lifted up greatly. As many will be astonished at you, so shall your appearance be without glory from men, and your glory from men; so shall many nations marvel at him, and kings shall shut their mouths; for those to whom it was not announced about him shall see, and those who have not heard shall understand. Lord, who has believed our report? And to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? We announced as a child before him, as a root in thirsty ground; he has no form nor glory; and we saw him, and he had no form nor beauty; but his form was without honour, failing beyond the sons of men; a man in affliction, and knowing how to bear sickness; for his face is turned away; he was dishonoured and not esteemed. He bears our sins and suffers pain for us; and we reckoned him to be in toil and in affliction and in calamity. But he was wounded because of our sins, and made sick because of our lawless deeds; the discipline of our peace was upon him; by his bruise we were healed. All we like sheep went astray; man went astray in his way; and the Lord gave him up for our sins. And he, because he was afflicted, does not open his mouth; like a sheep he was led to the slaughter, and like a lamb before its shearer is dumb, so he does not open his mouth. In his humiliation his judgment was taken away; who will declare his generation? For his life is taken away from the earth; because of the lawless deeds of my people he was led to death. And I will give the wicked in return for his burial and the rich in return for his death; for he committed no lawlessness, nor was deceit found in his mouth. And the Lord wills to cleanse him from his affliction; if you give an offering for sin, your soul shall see a long-lived offspring; and the Lord wills by his hand to take away from the toil of his soul, to show him light, and to form him with understanding, to justify a righteous one who serves many well; and he himself will bear their sins. Therefore he will inherit many, and he will divide the spoils of the strong; because his soul was handed over to death, and he was reckoned among the lawless; and he bore the sins of many, and because of their lawless deeds he was handed over. Rejoice, barren one who does not bear; break forth and cry out and delight, you who are not in labour; for many are the children of the desolate one, more than of her who has a husband.”

And when else, as at the coming of our Saviour Jesus Christ, did the Father and God of the universe reveal before the nations his great arm, which is none other than his Word? Seeing the salvation granted them by God, the nations are commanded to depart from their former error and no longer to touch the unclean things in which they formerly wallowed, entangled in shameful and defiled practices. And since it is no small thing to separate oneself from the former way of life handed down from the fathers and from the common converse of humans, for this reason the Lord himself promises to go with and gather those who carry his vessels, clearly the sacred doctrines and the divine words. Again, besides this, as in the prophecies above Christ was named in various ways the servant of God, so too here; and he is prophesied to understand and be exalted and greatly glorified, his human nature being understood as that about which these things are said. Truly many were astonished and at a loss over him, supposing him a man like themselves; and they were astonished to see him clothed in no worldly pre-eminence or glory, when, having put aside the form of God, emptied himself, and taken the form of a servant, he performed marvels worthy of inquiry and amazement, so that those who saw them were amazed and said, “Is not this the son of Joseph? Are not his mother and his brothers with us?” And until now very many are astonished and at a loss over him, seeing his teaching having run, and still running, over the whole inhabited world, and observing the unwavering and unchangeable disposition of those who have believed in him. Marvelling at these things, they do not understand the divine power by which he has worked, and is still now able to work, such great things. Kings truly shut and closed their mouths at him: whether those who gathered at his passion (about whom it was said, “The kings of the earth stood up, and the rulers gathered together”), or the rulers of the nations from time to time; and they shut their mouths because, although they often tried to hinder his word and teaching, he nonetheless prevailed and shone forth, glorified and raised on high, so as to make himself manifest not only to those who had received the prophecies about him from their fathers, but, most marvellous of all, to those to whom nothing had ever been announced about him, that is, to us the nations; who, having heard nothing at all from our forefathers nor learned beforehand about his coming, understood him when he came and accepted the prophecies about him. Foreseeing this in the Spirit, the prophet cries out in wonder, saying, “Lord, who has believed our report?” This is not the same as “No one has believed our report”; for clearly great multitudes of those from the nations, and some even of those from the circumcision, have believed the report about Christ. “And the arm of the Lord,” it says, that is, the pre-existent Word of God, “to whom has it been revealed?” The word itself teaches at the beginning of the prophecy, saying, “And the Lord will reveal his holy arm before all the nations.” Next to these it is said, “We announced before him as a child, as a root in thirsty ground; he has no form nor glory; and we saw him, and he had no form nor beauty,” and what follows. These too were fulfilled when, having emptied himself of the form of God, he did not choose a form handsome and comely among humans, nor did he pass through human life with glory among humans or the garb of any worldly pre-eminence; but taking the form of a slave and servant he humbled himself and became truly man, “a man in affliction and knowing how to bear sickness”; and the glorious and divine face of his divinity was turned away and hidden. For this reason he was also dishonoured among those who perceived only his human nature, among whom he was esteemed not only not as Son of God, but not even as an ordinary righteous man. Those who perceived these things by the Spirit say, as if relating and teaching the reason for such a dispensation, “He bears our sins and suffers pain for us”; for as prophets they saw in what way he would become the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world. To this is added, “And we reckoned him to be in toil and in calamity and in affliction; but he was wounded because of our lawless deeds.” For he was wounded in power when they took up stones to throw at him; and he was made sick, it says, because of our sins; for more than Paul, Christ, being weak with the weak, would have said, “Who is weak, and I am not weak?” The prophet confesses that the one of whom the word speaks will suffer all these things because of himself and the whole people; “for he was wounded,” he says, “because of our lawless deeds, and made sick because of our sins”; and counting himself in, he adds, “By his bruise we were healed.” And seeing clearly the error that would arise concerning him in the whole people of the circumcision, and that there is no human who will not sin, even if he seems the most righteous of all, he adds, “All we like sheep went astray; man went astray in his way; and the Lord gave him up for our sins,” and what follows; which are shown beyond dispute to have reached their fulfilment in our Saviour Jesus alone.

Hence one may marvel at the hardening of those of the former people who do not accept him on the pretext of what they did against him, at which they are accustomed to mock and ridicule, as though he suffered things unworthy of God's care for him; when, besides what has been said, the prophet cries out clearly about him that he was led like a sheep to the slaughter, and like a lamb before its shearer was dumb, so he does not open his mouth; and that his life is taken away from the earth. Who would not marvel at what is added to all that was listed before, hearing the prophet say, “Because of the lawless deeds of my people he was led to death”? Or what quibble could they find against this, who truly heard the voice of Christ with hearing and did not understand, and looked on his coming with their very eyes and did not see? For what other of the righteous could they show led to death because of their sins? Or who has become such as to bear the sins of the whole people and of the prophets themselves, and suffer pain for them, so that all of them confess they are healed by his bruise, saying, “He bears our sins and suffers pain for us, and by his bruise we were healed”? Who, having a human nature, could become such that nothing was sinned by him in word or deed, so that the divine Scripture speaks truly about him that he committed no lawlessness, nor was deceit in his mouth? For what reason does the word foretell that one so attested would be led like a sheep to the slaughter and be condemned to death because of the lawless deeds of the people? Let them say, too, whether the Christ they expect to come will by all means suffer these things which the prophecies declare about him, or whether nothing of the kind will happen to him. But if they stumble at faith in our Saviour because of what happened to him, they would not (say) such things about the one they expect. It is time, then, on their view, to declare the divine words unfulfilled and clearly false; but not on ours, to whom nothing about him was announced by our fathers nor handed down, yet who saw him and received him, according to what is said elsewhere: “A people whom I did not know served me; at the hearing of the ear they obeyed me.” Throughout the whole prophecy the things concerning him are set out more broadly and more brightly; and the ruin that overtook those who plotted against him is shown through “And I will give the wicked in return for his burial and the rich in return for his death; for he committed no lawlessness, nor was deceit in his mouth”; for, it says, they killed him though he was such, and for this reason they will suffer such things. After this the church from the nations is again given good news, compared with and preferred to the former people, through “Rejoice, barren one who does not bear; break forth and cry out, you who are not in labour; for many are the children of the desolate one, more than of her who has a husband.” Since the matters in the passage need much search and examination, whoever cares for the Saviour's command that says, “Search the Scriptures, in which you think you have eternal life; and it is they that bear witness about me,” will learn what is in them by searching more carefully.

4.28Gaisford

Ἀκούσατέ μου, καὶ φάγεσθε ἀγαθὰ, καὶ ἐντρυφήσει ἐν ἀγαθοῖς ἡ ψυχὴ ὑμῶν. Προσέχετε τοῖς ὠσὶν ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐπακολουθήσατε ταῖς ὁδοῖς μου· εἰσακούσατέ μου, καὶ ζήσεται ἐν ἀγαθοῖς ἡ ψυχὴ ὑμῶν, καὶ διαθήσομαι ὑμῖν διαθήκην αἰώνιον, τὰ ὅσια Δαυὶδ τὰ πιστά. Ἰδοὺ, μαρτύριον ἐν ἔθνεσιν ἔδωκα αὐτὸν, ἄρχοντα καὶ προστάσσοντα ἐν ἔθνεσιν· ἰδοὺ ἔθνη ἃ οὐκ οἴδασίν σε ἐπικαλέσονταί σε, καὶ λαοὶ, οἳ οὐκ ἐπίστανταί σε, ἐπὶ σὲ καταφεύξονται, ἔνεκεν Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ σου τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰσραὴλ, ὅτι ἐδόξασέν σε. Τούτοις τὰ λεγόμενα συνίησιν ὑποδεχόμενος ὁ λόγος πνευματικὰς τροφὰς, θείαν τε καὶ οὐράνιον τρυφὴν, ἔτι τε ζωὴν οὐ τὴν σαρκὸς ἀδιάφορον, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀΐδιον τῆς ψυχῆς. Προσυπισχνεῖται τοῖς αὐτοῖς διαθήκην αἰώνιον διαθήσεσθαι, ἥν τινα φησὶ τὰ ὅσια Δαυὶδ τὰ πιστὰ περιέξειν. Τίς ἂν οὖν εἴη καὶ αὕτη μετὰ τὴν πρὸς καιρὸν τὴν διὰ Μωσέως καινή τις καὶ αἰώνιος διαθήκη δοθήσεσθαι τούτοις, πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος, προφητευομένη; Ἡ καινὴ τῶν ἱερῶν εὐαγγελίων γραφὴ, τὰ ὅσια Δαυὶδ περέχουσα διὰ τὸν ἐκ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ γενόμενον Ἰησοῦν τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ· τοῦτον δὲ καὶ μαρτύριον δεδωκέναι φησὶν ὁ Θεὸς οὐχὶ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ἄρξοντα τούτων καὶ τούτοις προστάξοντα, οὐχὶ δὲ τῷ προτέρῳ τῷ ἐκ περιτομῆς λαῷ. Ταῦτα δὲ τὰ ἔθνη πρότερον οὐδαμῶς αὐτὸν ἐπιστάμενα, ὅτε ἔγνω αὐτὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τυγχάνοντα, Σωτῆρα καὶ Θεὸν ἐπεκαλέσατο αὐτόν· ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ μηδεπώποτε αὐτὸν ἐπεγνωκότες ἡμεῖς κατεφύγομεν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν, τῆς προτέρας ἀποφυγόντες πλάνης, καὶ ὑπὸ τὰς ἀντικειμένας ἐνεργείας δουλείας. Ταῦτα δὲ, φησὶν ἡ προφητεία, γενήσεσθε ἕνεκεν Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐδόξασεν αὐτόν· σαφὲς δʼ ὅπως ἐδόξασεν αὐτὸν ὁ Πατὴρ κατὰ τὴν ἐνεχθεῖσαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ φωνὴν, τὴν καὶ ἑδόξασα καὶ πάλιν δοξάσω. Ὅρα δʼ εἰ μὴ συγγενῆ τυγχάνει τοῖς ἐνθάδε ῥητοῖς φάσκουσι τὸ, ἔθνη ἃ οὐκ οἴδασίν σε ἐπικαλέσονταί σε· καὶ λαοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔγνωσάν σε ἐπὶ σὲ καταφεύξονται, τὰ ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου κεφαλαίῳ, ἔνθα ἐλέγετο, ὅτι οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν συνήσουσιν. Τούτοις ὅμοια τυγχάνει καὶ τὰ ἐν ἑπτὰ καὶ δεκάτῳ Ψαλμῷ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Χριστοῦ κατὰ τὸ, λαὸς ὃν οὐκ ἔγνων ἐδούλευσέν μοι, εἰς ἀκοὴν ὠτίου ὑπήκουσέ μοι. Ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν ἀληθεῖς πιστεύοντες τὰς πρὸφητείας πεπληρῶσθαι αὐτὰς ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παρουσίᾳ πεπείσμεθα, συναισθόμενοι ὅπως ἡμεῖς αὐτοὶ πλανώμενα ἔθνη τὸ πάλαι τυγχάνοντες, ἐλαυνόμενοί τε ὑπὸ χαλεπῶν δαιμόνων κατὰ πᾶσαν εἰδωλολατρείαν, καὶ μήτε τὸν μόνον ἀληθῆ Θεὸν ἐπιστάμενοι, μήτε προφητικῆς ἐπαΐοντες φωνῆς, διὰ τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ διδασκαλίας ἐπὶ τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ Θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων παρεληλύθαμεν, πεπιστεύκαμέν τε ταῖς θεοπνεύστοις γραφαῖς, καὶ τὸν προφητευθέντα τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον παραδεδέγμεθα, μὴ δʼ ὅλως αὐτὸν τὸ πρὶν ἐπιστάμενοι. Τοσαῦτα δὴ διὰ τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εὐεργετηθέντες διδασκαλίας, πῶς οὐκ ἂν δικαίως παραδεχοίμεθά τε καὶ ἐκθειάζοιμεν αὐτὸν, ἅτε υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἡμῶν τε αὐτῶν τυγχάνοντα Σωτῆρα;

Akousate mou, kai phagesthe agatha, kai entryphēsei en agathois hē psychē hymōn. Prosechete tois ōsin hymōn, kai epakolouthēsate tais hodois mou; eisakousate mou, kai zēsetai en agathois hē psychē hymōn, kai diathēsomai hymin diathēkēn aiōnion, ta hosia Dauid ta pista. Idou, martyrion en ethnesin edōka auton, archonta kai prostassonta en ethnesin; idou ethnē ha ouk oidasin se epikalesontai se, kai laoi, hoi ouk epistantai se, epi se katapheuxontai, eneken Kyriou tou Theou sou tou hagiou Israēl, hoti edoxasen se. Toutois ta legomena syniēsin hypodechomenos ho logos pneumatikas trophas, theian te kai ouranion tryphēn, eti te zōēn ou tēn sarkos adiaphoron, alla tēn aïdion tēs psychēs. Prosypischneitai tois autois diathēkēn aiōnion diathēsesthai, hēn tina phēsi ta hosia Dauid ta pista periexein. Tis an oun eiē kai hautē meta tēn pros kairon tēn dia Mōseōs kainē tis kai aiōnios diathēkē dothēsesthai toutois, pros hous ho logos, prophēteuomenē? Hē kainē tōn hierōn euangeliōn graphē, ta hosia Dauid perechousa dia ton ek spermatos autou genomenon Iēsoun ton Christon tou Theou; touton de kai martyrion dedōkenai phēsin ho Theos ouchi tǭ Israēl, alla tois ethnesin, arxonta toutōn kai toutois prostaxonta, ouchi de tǭ proterǭ tǭ ek peritomēs laǭ. Tauta de ta ethnē proteron oudamōs auton epistamena, hote egnō auton huion tou Theou tynchanonta, Sōtēra kai Theon epekalesato auton; alla kai hoi mēdepōpote auton epegnōkotes hēmeis katephygomen epʼ auton, tēs proteras apophygontes planēs, kai hypo tas antikeimenas energeias douleias. Tauta de, phēsin hē prophēteia, genēsesthe heneken Kyriou tou Theou autou, hoti edoxasen auton; saphes dʼ hopōs edoxasen auton ho Patēr kata tēn enechtheisan pros auton ex ouranou phōnēn, tēn kai hedoxasa kai palin doxasō. Hora dʼ ei mē syngenē tynchanei tois enthade rhētois phaskousi to, ethnē ha ouk oidasin se epikalesontai se; kai laoi hoi ouk egnōsan se epi se katapheuxontai, ta en tǭ pro toutou kephalaiǭ, entha elegeto, hoti hois ouk anēngelē peri autou opsontai, kai hoi ouk akēkoasin synēsousin. Toutois homoia tynchanei kai ta en hepta kai dekatǭ Psalmǭ ek prosōpou tou Christou kata to, laos hon ouk egnōn edouleusen moi, eis akoēn ōtiou hypēkouse moi. Hēmeis men oun alētheis pisteuontes tas prophēteias peplērōsthai autas epi tę̄ tou Sōtēros hēmōn parousią pepeismetha, synaisthomenoi hopōs hēmeis autoi planōmena ethnē to palai tynchanontes, elaunomenoi te hypo chalepōn daimonōn kata pasan eidōlolatreian, kai mēte ton monon alēthē Theon epistamenoi, mēte prophētikēs epaïontes phōnēs, dia tēs tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou didaskalias epi tēn gnōsin tou Theou tōn holōn parelēlythamen, pepisteukamen te tais theopneustois graphais, kai ton prophēteuthenta tou Theou Logon paradedegmetha, mē dʼ holōs auton to prin epistamenoi. Tosauta dē dia tēs tou Sōtēros hēmōn euergetēthentes didaskalias, pōs ouk an dikaiōs paradechoimetha te kai ektheiazoimen auton, hate huion Theou hēmōn te autōn tynchanonta Sōtēra?

“Hear me, and you shall eat good things, and your soul shall delight in good things. Give heed with your ears, and follow my ways; listen to me, and your soul shall live in good things; and I will make with you an everlasting covenant, the sure holy things of David. Behold, I have given him as a testimony among nations, a ruler and commander among nations. Behold, nations that do not know you shall call upon you, and peoples who do not understand you shall flee to you for refuge, for the sake of the Lord your God, the Holy One of Israel, for he has glorified you.” The word that receives what is said here understands spiritual foods and a divine and heavenly delight, and further, not the indifferent life of the flesh but the eternal life of the soul. It also promises to make with them an everlasting covenant, which it says will contain the sure holy things of David. What, then, would this be, prophesied to be given to those to whom the word is addressed, a new and everlasting covenant after the temporary one through Moses? The new Scripture of the sacred Gospels, containing the holy things of David because of Jesus, the Christ of God, born of his offspring. Him, God says, he has given as a testimony, not to Israel, but to the nations, to rule them and command them, and not the former people of the circumcision. These nations, formerly not knowing him at all, when they came to know that he is the Son of God, called upon him as Saviour and God; and we too, who had never known him, fled to him for refuge, escaping from our former error and from slavery under the opposing powers. These things, says the prophecy, will happen for the sake of the Lord his God, because he glorified him; and it is clear how the Father glorified him, according to the voice brought to him from heaven: “I have glorified it, and I will glorify it again.” See whether the words here, “Nations that do not know you shall call upon you, and peoples who did not know you shall flee to you,” are not akin to those in the chapter before this, where it was said, “For those to whom it was not announced about him shall see, and those who have not heard shall understand.” Like these are the words in the seventeenth psalm in the person of Christ: “A people whom I did not know served me; at the hearing of the ear they obeyed me.” We, then, believing the prophecies to be true, are persuaded that they were fulfilled at the coming of our Saviour, perceiving how we ourselves, being nations long astray, driven by harsh demons into every idolatry, neither knowing the only true God nor heeding the prophetic voice, have come through the teaching of our Saviour Jesus to the knowledge of the God of the universe; we have believed the inspired Scriptures and have received the prophesied Word of God, though we did not know him at all before. Having received so many benefits through the teaching of our Saviour, how should we not rightly receive him and honour him as divine, since he is the Son of God and our own Saviour?

4.29Gaisford

Ἴδετε ὡς ὁ δίκαιος αἴρεται, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐκδέχεται τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ ἄνδρες δίκαιοι αἴρονται, καὶ οὐδεὶς κατανοεῖ· ἀπὸ γὰρ προσώπου ἀδικίας ᾖρται ὁ δίκαιος, ἔσται ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἡ ταφὴ αὐτοῦ, ᾖρται ἐκ μέσου· ὑμεῖς δὲ προσαγάγετε ὧδε υἱοὶ ἄνομοι, σπέρμα μοιχῶν καὶ πόρνης· ἐν τίνι ἐνετρυφήσατε; καὶ ἐπὶ τίνα ἠνοίξατε τὸ στόμα ὑμῶν; καὶ ἐπὶ τίνα ἐχαλάσατε τὴν γλῶσσαν ὑμῶν; οὐχ ὑμεῖς ἐστὲ τέκνα ἀπωλείας, σπέρμα ἄνομον; Ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ μόνος κατʼ ἀλήθειαν παρὰ πάντας τοὺς πώποτε χρηματίσαντας δικαίους τοιοῦτος ἀναδέδεικται· διὸ καὶ κυρίως μόνος ἂν αὐτὸς χρηματίζοι δίκαιος, ὥστε περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγειν τὴν προφητείαν, ἴδετε ὡς ὁ δίκαιος αἴρεται· ἀπὸ τίνος δὲ αἴρεται ἐπιφέρει ἐν τῷ, ἀπὸ γὰρ προσώπου ἀδικίας ἦρται ὁ δίκαιος· τίς δὲ καὶ ὁ αἴρων αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἀκοῦσαι λέγοντος, οὐδεὶς αἴρει τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ· ἐξουσίαν ἔχω θεῖναι αὐτὴν, καὶ πάλιν ἐξουσίαν ἔχω λαβεῖν αὐτήν. Εἶτά φησιν, ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἡ ταφὴ αὐτοῦ· ἔνθα σημειωτέον, ὅτι οὐ μόνον τὰ περὶ τοῦ θανάτου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς ταφῆς αὐτοῦ ἡ προφητικὴ σημαίνει γραφὴ, ὅθεν καὶ ὁ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολος γράφων Κορινθίοις φησὶ, Παρέδωκα γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν πρώτοις, ὃ καὶ παρέλαβον, ὅτι Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς, καὶ ὅτι ἐτάφη. Ποίας δὲ γραφὰς, ἢ τὰς φασκούσας ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνομιῶν τοῦ λαοῦ μου ἤχθη εἰς θάνατον, καὶ ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἡ ταφὴ αὐτοῦ; Οὐ μόνος δὲ ὁ προειρημένος ἡμῖν δίκαιος ἦρται ἐκ μέσου ἀδικίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄνδρες δίκαιοι, φησὶν, αἴρονται, οἳ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἶεν ἂν οἱ ἱεροὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ οἱ θαυμάσιοι αὐτοῦ μάρτυρες, οἱ μετοχῇ τῆς αὐτοῦ δικαιοσύνης δίκαιοι καὶ αὐτοὶ χρηματίζοντες· τούτων δʼ ἐπιτελουμένων οὐδεὶς, φησὶν, ἔβλεπεν, καὶ οὐδεὶς κατενόει, τῶν παχυνθέντων δῆλον δʼ ὅτι τὴν καρδίαν καὶ τῶν μυσάντων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, πρὸς οὓς τὰ ἐξῆς τῆς προφητείας λέγεται, τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ, ὑμεῖς δὲ προσαγάγετε ὧδε υἱοὶ ἄνομοι, σπέρμα μοιχῶν καὶ πόρνης.

Idete hōs ho dikaios airetai, kai oudeis ekdechetai tę̄ kardią, kai andres dikaioi airontai, kai oudeis katanoei; apo gar prosōpou adikias ę̄rtai ho dikaios, estai en eirēnę̄ hē taphē autou, ę̄rtai ek mesou; hymeis de prosagagete hōde huioi anomoi, sperma moichōn kai pornēs; en tini enetryphēsate? kai epi tina ēnoixate to stoma hymōn? kai epi tina echalasate tēn glōssan hymōn? ouch hymeis este tekna apōleias, sperma anomon? Ho Christos tou Theou monos katʼ alētheian para pantas tous pōpote chrēmatisantas dikaious toioutos anadedeiktai; dio kai kyriōs monos an autos chrēmatizoi dikaios, hōste peri autou legein tēn prophēteian, idete hōs ho dikaios airetai; apo tinos de airetai epipherei en tǭ, apo gar prosōpou adikias ērtai ho dikaios; tis de kai ho airōn auton autou estin akousai legontos, oudeis airei tēn psychēn mou apʼ emou; exousian echō theinai autēn, kai palin exousian echō labein autēn. Eita phēsin, en eirēnę̄ hē taphē autou; entha sēmeiōteon, hoti ou monon ta peri tou thanatou, alla kai ta peri tēs taphēs autou hē prophētikē sēmainei graphē, hothen kai ho hieros apostolos graphōn Korinthiois phēsi, Paredōka gar hymin en prōtois, ho kai parelabon, hoti Christos apethanen hyper tōn hamartiōn hēmōn kata tas graphas, kai hoti etaphē. Poias de graphas, ē tas phaskousas apo tōn anomiōn tou laou mou ēchthē eis thanaton, kai en eirēnę̄ hē taphē autou? Ou monos de ho proeirēmenos hēmin dikaios ērtai ek mesou adikias, alla kai andres dikaioi, phēsin, airontai, hoi kai autoi eien an hoi hieroi tou Christou apostoloi, kai hoi thaumasioi autou martyres, hoi metochę̄ tēs autou dikaiosynēs dikaioi kai autoi chrēmatizontes; toutōn dʼ epiteloumenōn oudeis, phēsin, eblepen, kai oudeis katenoei, tōn pachynthentōn dēlon dʼ hoti tēn kardian kai tōn mysantōn tous ophthalmous tou mē blepein, pros hous ta exēs tēs prophēteias legetai, ta apo tou, hymeis de prosagagete hōde huioi anomoi, sperma moichōn kai pornēs.

“See how the righteous one is taken away, and no one takes it to heart; and righteous men are taken away, and no one considers it; for the righteous one has been taken away from the face of injustice; his burial shall be in peace; he has been taken from the midst. But you, draw near here, lawless sons, offspring of adulterers and of a harlot. In whom have you delighted? And against whom have you opened your mouth? And against whom have you let loose your tongue? Are you not children of destruction, a lawless offspring?” The Christ of God alone has truly been shown to be such, beyond all who have ever been called righteous; so he alone would properly be called the righteous one, so that the prophecy says about him, “See how the righteous one is taken away.” From what he is taken away it adds in “for the righteous one has been taken away from the face of injustice.” And who it is who takes him away we may hear from him when he says, “No one takes my life from me; I have authority to lay it down, and I have authority to take it again.” Then it says, “His burial shall be in peace.” Here it should be noted that the prophetic Scripture signifies not only his death but also his burial; which is why the holy apostle too, writing to the Corinthians, says, “For I delivered to you first of all what I also received, that Christ died for our sins according to the Scriptures, and that he was buried.” What Scriptures, but those that say, “Because of the lawless deeds of my people he was led to death,” and “His burial shall be in peace”? Not only the righteous one mentioned has been taken from the midst of injustice, but also righteous men, it says, are taken away; these would be the holy apostles of Christ and his wonderful martyrs, who are themselves called righteous by sharing in his righteousness. While these things were being accomplished, it says, no one saw and no one considered: clearly those whose heart had grown fat and who had shut their eyes so as not to see; to whom the rest of the prophecy is spoken, from “But you, draw near here, lawless sons, offspring of adulterers and of a harlot.”

4.30Gaisford

Καὶ φοβηθήσονται οἱ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, καὶ οἱ ἀπʼ ἀνατολῶν ἡλίου τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ἔνδοξον· ἥξει γὰρ ὡς ποταμὸς βίαιος ἡ ὀργὴ παρὰ Κυρίου, ἥξει μετὰ θυμοῦ. Καὶ ἥξει ἕνεκεν Σιὼν ὁ ῥυόμενος, καὶ ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας ἀπὸ Ἰακὼβ, εἶπεν Κύριος. Καὶ αὕτη αὐτοῖς ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐμὸν, ὅ ἐστιν ἐπὶ σοὶ, καὶ τὰ ῥήματα, ἃ ἔδωκα εἰς τὸ στόμα σου, οὐ μὴ ἐκλείπῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ σπέρματός σου, εἶπεν Κύριος, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Πάλιν τὰ τῆς κλήσεως τῆς διὰ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν συστάσης ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίας καὶ διὰ τούτων ὁ λόγος προφητεύει· τίνες γὰρ ἄλλοι εἶεν οἱ λεγόμενοι ἀπὸ δυσμῶν, ἢ διὰ τίνος ἐφοβήθησαν τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου τὰ παντοδαπὰ ἔθνη, τὰ διὰ τῆς Ἰησοῦ διδασκαλίας καταλείψαντα μὲν τὴν προτέραν τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν σκότους πλάνην, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν καταπεφευγότα· τίς δʼ ὁ ἥξειν προφητευόμενος ἐκ Σιὼν, ῥυσόμενος καὶ ἀποστρέψων τῆς προτέρας ἀσεβείας τὸν Ἰακὼβ, ἢ ὁ σῶσαι παραγενόμενος τὰ ἀπολωλότα καὶ ἐν ἀσεβείᾳ γεγονότα πρόβατα οἴκου Ἰσραὴλ, οἷς διαθήσεσθαι φησὶ τὸ ἐν Χριστῷ πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ ῥήματα τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς, ἃ δέδωκεν ὁ Πατὴρ εἰς τὸ τοῦ Υἱοῦ στόμα· ἃ καί φησιν μήτε ἐξ αὐτοῦ, μήτε μὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ διαλείψειν ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα χρόνον; Ταῦτα δʼ ἂν εἴη τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης, ἃ, καίτοι τοσούτων ἐπιβουλευσάντων τε πάλαι καὶ ἔτι νῦν ἐπιβουλευόντων αὐτοῖς, οὐ διέλειπεν οὐδὲ μὴν ἐπιλείψει ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τῆς ἐκ τοῦ λογικοῦ καὶ νοητοῦ σπέρματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ συστάσης ἐκκλησίας· εἶπεν γὰρ Κύριος καὶ ἀποπέφανται τοῦ μὴ ἐξαλείψειν αὐτὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα· διὸ καὶ κατὰ τὸν Ἰωάννην αἰώνιον εὐαγγέλιον ἑορᾶται τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ εὐαγγελιον.

Kai phobēthēsontai hoi apo dysmōn to onoma Kyriou, kai hoi apʼ anatolōn hēliou to onoma to endoxon; hēxei gar hōs potamos biaios hē orgē para Kyriou, hēxei meta thymou. Kai hēxei heneken Siōn ho rhyomenos, kai apostrepsei asebeias apo Iakōb, eipen Kyrios. Kai hautē autois hē parʼ emou diathēkē, to pneuma to emon, ho estin epi soi, kai ta rhēmata, ha edōka eis to stoma sou, ou mē ekleipę̄ ek tou stomatos sou, kai ek tou stomatos tou spermatos sou, eipen Kyrios, apo tou nyn kai eis ton aiōna. Palin ta tēs klēseōs tēs dia tou Sōtēros hēmōn systasēs ex ethnōn ekklēsias kai dia toutōn ho logos prophēteuei; tines gar alloi eien hoi legomenoi apo dysmōn, ē dia tinos ephobēthēsan to onoma Kyriou ta pantodapa ethnē, ta dia tēs Iēsou didaskalias kataleipsanta men tēn proteran tou kata tēn agnoian skotous planēn, epi de ton tōn holōn Theon katapepheugota; tis dʼ ho hēxein prophēteuomenos ek Siōn, rhysomenos kai apostrepsōn tēs proteras asebeias ton Iakōb, ē ho sōsai paragenomenos ta apolōlota kai en asebeią gegonota probata oikou Israēl, hois diathēsesthai phēsi to en Christǭ pneuma tou Theou ta rhēmata tēs aiōniou zōēs, ha dedōken ho Patēr eis to tou Huiou stoma; ha kai phēsin mēte ex autou, mēte mēn ek tou stomatos tou spermatos autou dialeipsein apo tou nyn kai eis ton aiōna chronon? Tauta dʼ an eiē ta rhēmata tou euangeliou tēs kainēs diathēkēs, ha, kaitoi tosoutōn epibouleusantōn te palai kai eti nyn epibouleuontōn autois, ou dieleipen oude mēn epileipsei ek tou stomatos tēs ek tou logikou kai noētou spermatos tou Christou systasēs ekklēsias; eipen gar Kyrios kai apopephantai tou mē exaleipsein auta apo tou nyn kai eis ton aiōna; dio kai kata ton Iōannēn aiōnion euangelion heoratai to tou Christou euangelion.

“And those from the west shall fear the name of the Lord, and those from the risings of the sun the glorious name; for wrath shall come from the Lord like a violent river; it shall come with fury. And the deliverer shall come for the sake of Zion, and shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob, said the Lord. And this is my covenant with them: my Spirit, which is upon you, and the words that I have put in your mouth shall not fail from your mouth, nor from the mouth of your offspring, said the Lord, from now and for ever.” Again, through these words too, the word prophesies the calling of the church formed from the nations through our Saviour. For who else would those from the west be, or through whom did the nations of every kind fear the name of the Lord, but those who through the teaching of Jesus left their former error of the darkness of ignorance and took refuge with the God of the universe? And who is the one prophesied to come from Zion, to deliver and turn Jacob away from his former ungodliness, but the one who came to save the lost sheep of the house of Israel, who were in ungodliness? To them, it says, the Spirit of God that is in Christ will give as a covenant the words of eternal life, which the Father has put in the Son's mouth; and these, it says, shall not fail either from him or from the mouth of his offspring, from now and for all time. These would be the words of the Gospel of the new covenant, which, though so many have plotted against them of old and still now plot against them, have not failed, nor will they fail, from the mouth of the church formed from the rational and spiritual offspring of Christ; for the Lord said and declared that he will not blot them out from now and for ever. Hence, according to John, the Gospel of Christ is seen to be an eternal gospel.

4.31Gaisford

Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἐπʼ ἐμὲ, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με· ※ Κύριος εὐαγγελίσασθαι πτωχοῖς ἀπέσταλκέ με, ἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδὶαν, κηρῦξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν, καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, καλέσαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου δεκτὸν, καὶ ἡμέραν ἀνταποδόσεως ※ τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν· παρακαλέσαι πάντας τοὺς πενθοῦντας, δοθῆναι τοῖς πενθοῦσιν Σιὼν δόξαν ἀντὶ σποδοῦ, ἄλειμμα εὐφροσύνης τοῖς πενθοῦσιν, καταστολὴν δόξης ἀντὶ πνεύματος ἀκηδίας· καὶ κληθήσονται γενεαὶ δικαιοσύνης, φύτευμα Κυρίου εἰς δόξαν. Ὁ ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης Ἰεσσαὶ προελθὼν Ἰησοῦς ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐφʼ ὃν ἀναπέπαυται τὰ ἑπτὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πνεύματα, δικαιοσύνην ἀγαπήσας καὶ μισήσας ἀνομίαν, ἐχρίσθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ τῷ λεγομένῳ πνευματικῷ τῆς ἀγαλλιάσεως ἐλαίῳ· ὃς καὶ λαβὼν ποτὲ μετὰ χεῖρας τὸν Ἡσαίαν καθʼ ὃν καὶ ἐνηνθρωπήκει χρόνον, ἀναγνούς τε τὴν προκειμένην περικοπὴν, πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον, φησὶ, σήμερον πεπλήρωται ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη, αὐτὸς γὰρ ἦν ὡς ἀληθῶς ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀποσταλεὶς, εὐαγγελίσασθαι τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν τοῖς τῷ πνεύματι πτωχοῖς, πρὸς οὓς καὶ ἔφασκεν, Μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανών· καὶ ἰᾶσθαι τοὺς τὴν καρδίαν συντετριμμένους, περὶ ὧν εἴρηται, καρδίαν συντετριμμένην καὶ τεταπεινωμένην ὁ Θεὸς οὐκ ἐξουδενώσει. Πρὸς τούτοις δὲ καὶ κηρῦξαι ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν ἐλήλυθεν τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν (τοῦ) νοητῶν (τοῦ) Ναβουχοδονόσορ αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν πάλαι γεγενημενοις· διὸ καὶ θάρρῶν ἔλεγε τῷ παραλυτικῷ, τέκνον ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς τῆς διανοίας ὀφθαλμοὺς βεβλαμμένοις, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν νοητῶν ἀλλοφύλων καὶ Βαβυλωνίων ὁμοίως τῷ Σαμψὼν καὶ τῷ Σεδεκίᾳ ἐκτυφλωθεῖσιν, ἀνάβλεψιν ἐλήλυθε παρέξων· ἐν μέρει δὲ τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ θεραπευομένων ἦσαν καὶ οἱ σωματικοὶ τυφλοὶ, οὓς ἀναβλέψαι πεποίηκε πιστεύσαντας εἰς αὐτὸν, καὶ μετὰ βοῆς εἰρηκότας, ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, υἱὲ Δαυίδ· οὗτος δέ ἐστιν ὁ καλέσας τὸν δεκτὸν ἐνιαυτὸν τοῦ Κυρίου, ὃν ἐκήρυξεν μετὰ τὴν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον τοῦ Ἰωάννου κάθειρξιν, καὶ ὁ διδάξας τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας κρίσεως, ἐν ᾗ ἑκάστῳ τῶν πεπραγμένων ἡ κατʼ ἀξίαν ἀποδοθήσεται δίκη. Πρὸς τούτοις δʼ ἐλήλυθεν παρακαλέσαι τοὺς πενθοῦντας τὸ κατὰ Θεὸν ἐπαινετὸν πένθος· οἷς καὶ μακαρισμὸν ἐπήγγελται εἰπὼν, Μακάροι οἱ πενθοῦντες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται. Ἦλθεν δὲ ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ δοθῆναι τοῖς πενθοῦσιν Σιὼν δόξαν. Τίνες δʼ ἂν εἶεν καὶ οὗτοι, ἢ οἱ τὴν ἑαυτῶν πατρίδα ζητοῦντες, καὶ τῆς ἐπουρανίου πόλεως εἰσαεὶ τὴν μνήμην ἀναζωπυροῦντες· οἷος ἦν ἐκεῖνος, ὃς πάροικον καὶ παρεπίδημον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιστάμενος, καὶ τὸ οἴμοι ἀνοιμώζων, ὅτι ἡ παροικία μου ἐμακρύνθη· ἔτι τε οἱ ἐπὶ τῶν ποταμῶν Βαβυλῶνος κλαίοντες ἐν τῷ μνησθῆναι αὐτοὺς τῆς Σιών· τούτοις γὰρ οὖν ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ πληρῶν ἣν τοῖς πενθοῦσι ὑπέσχετο παράκλησιν, δόξαν ἀποδώσει ἀπαλλαγεῖσι τοῦ πένθους, καὶ ἀντὶ τῆς σποδοῦ ἧς ἀκονίσαντο κατὰ τὸν ἐνταῦθα βίον πενθήσαντες, ἄλειμμα εὐφρονσύνης παρέξει, χρίων καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐλαιῳ ἀγαλλιάσεως, ἵνα γένωνται τῆς αὐτοῦ μέτοχοι χρίσεώς τε καὶ βασιλείας, ὥστε καὶ αὐτοὺς εἰπεῖν, μέτοχοι γὰρ τοῦ γεγόναμεν. Ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις δώσειν ὁ Χριστὸς τοῖς πενθοῦσι Σιὼν προφηεύεται #καταστολὴν δόξης, ἀντὶ τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ἀκηδίας, # ἐπὶ (εὶ) τοῖς τοῦ βίου πράγμασιν ἠκηδίασαν, ὥσπερ δυσαρεστούμενοι ταῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων πράξεσι· καὶ ταύτῃ μάλιστα πενθοῦντες, οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸ πόρρωθεν θεωρεῖν τὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπαγγελίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ συμπαθὲς καὶ φιλάνθρωπον συμπάσχοντες καὶ συναλγοῦντες τοῖς ἀσθενοῦσιν ἑαυτῶν μέλεσι, καὶ μονονουχὶ βοῶντες τῇ τοῦ ἀποστόλου διαθέσει, τῷ, τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ; τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι;

Pneuma Kyriou epʼ eme, hou heineken echrisen me; ※ Kyrios euangelisasthai ptōchois apestalke me, iasasthai tous syntetrimmenous tēn kardian, kēryxai aichmalōtois aphesin, kai typhlois anablepsin, kalesai eniauton Kyriou dekton, kai hēmeran antapodoseōs ※ tǭ Theǭ hēmōn; parakalesai pantas tous penthountas, dothēnai tois penthousin Siōn doxan anti spodou, aleimma euphrosynēs tois penthousin, katastolēn doxēs anti pneumatos akēdias; kai klēthēsontai geneai dikaiosynēs, phyteuma Kyriou eis doxan. Ho ek tēs rhizēs Iessai proelthōn Iēsous ho Christos tou Theou, ephʼ hon anapepautai ta hepta tou Theou pneumata, dikaiosynēn agapēsas kai misēsas anomian, echristhē hypo tou Theou kai Patros autou tǭ legomenǭ pneumatikǭ tēs agalliaseōs elaiǭ; hos kai labōn pote meta cheiras ton Hēsaian kathʼ hon kai enēnthrōpēkei chronon, anagnous te tēn prokeimenēn perikopēn, ptyxas to biblion, phēsi, sēmeron peplērōtai hē graphē hautē, autos gar ēn hōs alēthōs ho apo tou Patros apostaleis, euangelisasthai tēn basileian tōn ouranōn tois tǭ pneumati ptōchois, pros hous kai ephasken, Makarioi hoi ptōchoi tǭ pneumati, hoti autōn estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn; kai iasthai tous tēn kardian syntetrimmenous, peri hōn eirētai, kardian syntetrimmenēn kai tetapeinōmenēn ho Theos ouk exoudenōsei. Pros toutois de kai kēryxai aphesin hamartiōn elēlythen tois hypo tōn (tou) noētōn (tou) Nabouchodonosor aichmalōtois aphesin palai gegenēmenois; dio kai tharrōn elege tǭ paralytikǭ, teknon apheōntai soi hai hamartiai; alla kai tois tēs dianoias ophthalmous beblammenois, kai hypo tōn noētōn allophylōn kai Babylōniōn homoiōs tǭ Sampsōn kai tǭ Sedekią ektyphlōtheisin, anablepsin elēlythe parexōn; en merei de tōn hypʼ autou therapeuomenōn ēsan kai hoi sōmatikoi typhloi, hous anablepsai pepoiēke pisteusantas eis auton, kai meta boēs eirēkotas, eleēson hēmas, huie Dauid; houtos de estin ho kalesas ton dekton eniauton tou Kyriou, hon ekēryxen meta tēn eis to desmōtērion tou Iōannou katheirxin, kai ho didaxas ta peri tēs basileias tou Theou, kai ta peri tēs hēmeteras kriseōs, en hę̄ hekastǭ tōn pepragmenōn hē katʼ axian apodothēsetai dikē. Pros toutois dʼ elēlythen parakalesai tous penthountas to kata Theon epaineton penthos; hois kai makarismon epēngeltai eipōn, Makaroi hoi penthountes, hoti autoi paraklēthēsontai. Ēlthen de epi toutois kai hyper tou dothēnai tois penthousin Siōn doxan. Tines dʼ an eien kai houtoi, ē hoi tēn heautōn patrida zētountes, kai tēs epouraniou poleōs eisaei tēn mnēmēn anazōpyrountes; hoios ēn ekeinos, hos paroikon kai parepidēmon epi tēs gēs heauton epistamenos, kai to oimoi anoimōzōn, hoti hē paroikia mou emakrynthē; eti te hoi epi tōn potamōn Babylōnos klaiontes en tǭ mnēsthēnai autous tēs Siōn; toutois gar oun ho Christos tou Theou plērōn hēn tois penthousi hypescheto paraklēsin, doxan apodōsei apallageisi tou penthous, kai anti tēs spodou hēs akonisanto kata ton entautha bion penthēsantes, aleimma euphronsynēs parexei, chriōn kai autous elaiǭ agalliaseōs, hina genōntai tēs autou metochoi chriseōs te kai basileias, hōste kai autous eipein, metochoi gar tou gegonamen. Eti pros toutois dōsein ho Christos tois penthousi Siōn prophēeuetai #katastolēn doxēs, anti tou pneumatos tēs akēdias, # epi (ei) tois tou biou pragmasin ēkēdiasan, hōsper dysarestoumenoi tais tōn anthrōpōn praxesi; kai tautę̄ malista penthountes, ou monon dia to porrōthen theōrein tas tou Theou epangelias, alla kai dia to sympathes kai philanthrōpon sympaschontes kai synalgountes tois asthenousin heautōn melesi, kai mononouchi boōntes tę̄ tou apostolou diathesei, tǭ, tis asthenei, kai ouk asthenō? tis skandalizetai, kai ouk egō pyroumai?

“The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he has anointed me; ※ the Lord has sent me to bring good news to the poor, to heal the broken-hearted, to proclaim release to captives and recovery of sight to the blind, to call the acceptable year of the Lord and a day of recompense ※ for our God; to comfort all who mourn, that to those who mourn for Zion may be given glory instead of ashes, the oil of gladness to those who mourn, a garment of glory instead of a spirit of weariness; and they shall be called generations of righteousness, a planting of the Lord for glory.” Jesus, the Christ of God, who came forth from the root of Jesse, on whom the seven spirits of God rested, having loved righteousness and hated lawlessness, was anointed by God his Father with what is called the spiritual oil of gladness. He once took Isaiah in his hands, at the time when he had become man, read the passage set out, closed the book, and said, “Today this Scripture has been fulfilled”; for he was truly the one sent by the Father to bring the good news of the kingdom of heaven to the poor in spirit, to whom he said, “Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven”; and to heal the broken-hearted, of whom it is said, “A broken and humbled heart God will not despise.” Besides this, he came to proclaim release of sins to those who had long ago become captives of the spiritual Nebuchadnezzar; which is why he said with confidence to the paralytic, “Child, your sins are forgiven.” He also came to give recovery of sight to those injured in the eyes of the understanding and blinded by the spiritual foreigners and Babylonians, like Samson and Zedekiah; among those healed by him in part were also the bodily blind, whom he made to see when they believed in him and cried out, “Have mercy on us, Son of David.” He is the one who called the acceptable year of the Lord, which he proclaimed after John was shut up in prison, and who taught about the kingdom of God and about our judgment, in which to each will be rendered the just recompense for what he has done. Besides this, he came to comfort those who mourn the praiseworthy mourning that is according to God, to whom he also promised blessedness, saying, “Blessed are those who mourn, for they shall be comforted.” And he came, besides this, so that to those who mourn for Zion glory might be given. Who would they be but those who seek their own homeland and continually rekindle the memory of the heavenly city? Such was he who, knowing himself to be a sojourner and stranger on the earth, lamented, “Woe is me, for my sojourning has been prolonged”; and further those who wept by the rivers of Babylon when they remembered Zion. For to these the Christ of God, fulfilling the comfort he promised to those who mourn, will give glory when they are freed from mourning; and instead of the ashes with which they were covered while mourning in this life, he will give the oil of gladness, anointing them too with the oil of rejoicing, that they may become sharers in his anointing and kingdom, so that they too may say, “For we have become sharers of the Christ.” Further, Christ is prophesied to give to those who mourn for Zion # a garment of glory instead of the spirit of weariness, # (if) they have grown weary of the affairs of life, as if displeased with the deeds of humans, and mourning especially in this way: not only because they see God's promises from afar, but also because, out of compassion and love for humankind, they suffer with and share the pain of their weak members, all but crying out with the apostle's disposition, “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who is made to stumble, and I do not burn?”

4.32Gaisford

Ἀγαλλιάσθω ἡ ψυχή μου ἐπὶ τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἐνέδυσε γάρ με ἱμάτιον σωτηρίου, καὶ χιτῶνα εὐφροσύνης, περιέθηκέ μοι ὡς νυμφίῳ μίτραν, καὶ ὡς νύμφην κατεκόσμησέ με κόσμῳ. Καὶ ὡς γῆν αὔξουσαν τὸ ἄνθος αὐτῆς, καὶ ὡς κῆπος τὰ σπέρματα αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει, ὅυτως ἀνατελεῖ Κύριος Κύριος δικαιοσύνην, καὶ ἀγαλλίαμα ἐναντίον πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν. Ἡ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ψυχὴ, περὶ ἧς ἔλεγεν τὸ, περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου, καὶ τὸ, νῦν ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακτα, ἐπʼ οὐδενὶ τῶν γενητῶν ἀγαλλιᾷ καὶ εὐφραίνεται, ἢ ἐπὶ μόνῳ τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ· ἐνέδυσε γάρ τοι αὐτὸν τὸ τῆς θεότητος ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν τῆς ἀληθοῦς καὶ τελείας εὐφροσύνης χιτῶνα· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ (ὁ) μὲν νυμφίος ὑπῆρχεν τῆς μὴ ἐχούσης σπιλον ἢ ῥυτίδα νύμφης ἐκκλησίας, ὡς νυμφίῳ μίτραν αὐτῇ (ῷ) περιέθηκεν, ἡ δὲ νύμφη τῆς ἀνωτάτω τοῦ ψόγου θεότητος, ἣν ὡς νύμφην αὐτὴν κατεκόσμησε τῷ πρέποντι πνεύματι Κυρίῳ (ου) κόσμῳ· ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς εὔφορον καὶ ἀγαθὴν γὴν ἐγεώργησεν αὐτὴν, ἔτι τε ὡς κῆπον αὔξοντα καὶ θάλλοντα τοῖς ἐν αὐτῷ βλαστήμασι, οἷς καὶ ὁ μέγας τοῦ Θεοῦ παράδεισος καταπεφυτεῦσθαι λέγεται· ἔσται δὲ ταῦτα φησὶν, ἐπεὶ δίκαιος ὢν Κύριος, καὶ οὐ μόνον Ἰουδαίων ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐθνῶν ὑπάρχων Θεὸς, ἀνέτειλε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δικαιοσύνην, τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐναντίον πάντων τῶν διʼ αὐτοῦ πιστευόντων ἐθνῶν.

Agalliasthō hē psychē mou epi tǭ Kyriǭ, enedyse gar me himation sōtēriou, kai chitōna euphrosynēs, periethēke moi hōs nymphiǭ mitran, kai hōs nymphēn katekosmēse me kosmǭ. Kai hōs gēn auxousan to anthos autēs, kai hōs kēpos ta spermata autou anatellei, houtōs anatelei Kyrios Kyrios dikaiosynēn, kai agalliama enantion pantōn tōn ethnōn. Hē tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou psychē, peri hēs elegen to, perilypos estin hē psychē mou, kai to, nyn hē psychē mou tetarakta, epʼ oudeni tōn genētōn agallią kai euphrainetai, ē epi monǭ tǭ Patri kai Kyriǭ; enedyse gar toi auton to tēs theotētos himation, kai ton tēs alēthous kai teleias euphrosynēs chitōna; alla kai hē (ho) men nymphios hypērchen tēs mē echousēs spilon ē rhytida nymphēs ekklēsias, hōs nymphiǭ mitran autę̄ (ǭ) periethēken, hē de nymphē tēs anōtatō tou psogou theotētos, hēn hōs nymphēn autēn katekosmēse tǭ preponti pneumati Kyriǭ (ou) kosmǭ; alla kai hōs euphoron kai agathēn gēn egeōrgēsen autēn, eti te hōs kēpon auxonta kai thallonta tois en autǭ blastēmasi, hois kai ho megas tou Theou paradeisos katapephyteusthai legetai; estai de tauta phēsin, epei dikaios ōn Kyrios, kai ou monon Ioudaiōn alla kai ethnōn hyparchōn Theos, aneteile tēn heautou dikaiosynēn, toutʼ esti ton Christon autou, enantion pantōn tōn diʼ autou pisteuontōn ethnōn.

“Let my soul rejoice in the Lord; for he has clothed me with a garment of salvation and a tunic of gladness; he has put a turban on me as on a bridegroom, and adorned me with ornaments as a bride. And as the earth makes its flower grow, and as a garden makes its seeds spring up, so shall the Lord, the Lord, make righteousness and rejoicing spring up before all the nations.” The soul of our Lord Jesus Christ, of which he said, “My soul is very sorrowful,” and “Now my soul is troubled,” rejoices and is glad in none of the things that have come into being, but in the Father and Lord alone. For he clothed him with the garment of divinity and the tunic of true and perfect gladness. And (he) was the bridegroom of the bride, the church, which has no spot or wrinkle, so he put a turban on (him) as on a bridegroom; and [the soul] was the bride of the divinity that is above all reproach, which adorned it as a bride with the adornment befitting the Spirit (of the) Lord. And he cultivated it as a fruitful and good land, and further as a garden growing and flourishing with the shoots in it, with which the great paradise of God is said to have been planted. These things will happen, it says, since the Lord, being righteous, and being God not only of the Jews but also of the nations, has made his own righteousness, that is, his Christ, spring up before all the nations who believe through him.

4.33Gaisford

Ἄρατε σύσσημον εἰς τὰ ἔθνη. Ἰδοὺ γὰρ, Κύριος ἐποίησεν ἀκουστὸν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς· εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιὼν, ἰδού σοι ὁ σωτὴρ παραγέγονεν ἔχων τὸν ἑαυτοῦ μισθὸν μετʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ· καὶ καλέσει αὐτὸν λαὸν ἅγιον, λελυτρωμένον ὑπὸ Κυρίου· σὺ δὲ κληθήσῃ ἐπιζητουμένη πόλις, καὶ οὐκ ἐγκαταλελειμμένη. Τίς οὗτος ὁ παραγενόμενος ἐξ Ἐδὼμ, ἐρύθημα ἱματίων αὐτοῦ ἐκ Βοσὸρ; οὕτως ὡραῖος ἐν στολῇ αὐτοῦ, βίᾳ μετὰ ἰσχύος; Ἐγὼ διαλέγομαι δικαιοσύνην καὶ κρίσιν σωτηρίου. Διατί σου ἐρυθρὰ τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ τὰ ἐνδύματά σου ὡς ἀπὸ πατητοῦ ληνοῦ; Πλήρης καταπεπατημένης, καὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνὴρ μετʼ ἐμοῦ, καὶ κατεπάτησα αὐτοὺς ἐν θυμῷ μου. Πάλιν ἐνταῦθα ἡ προφητεία παρακελεύεται λαβεῖν σύσσημον περὶ τῆς ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίας, ὑπισχνουμένη ἐξάκουστόν τι ποιήσειν τὸν Κύριον ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς· ὃ καὶ πέρας εἴληχεν (φεν) ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ παρουσίας, εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξελθόντος τοῦ φθόγγου τῶν ἀποστόλῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτῶν. Ἑξῆς εἴρηται· εἴπατε ταῖς θυγατράσι Σιών· (δηλαδὴ ταῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίαις· αὗται γάρ τοι θυγατέρες ἂν εἶεν τῆς ἐπουρανίου Σιὼν, ἥτις ἐστι μητὴρ ἡμὼν κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον·) ἰδού σοι ὁ σωτὴρ παραγίνεται ἔχων τὸν ἑαυτοῦ μισθὸν, καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑξῆς, διʼ ὧν δηλοῦται ἡ δευτέρα τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσία, ὅτε κριτὴς ἥξει ἀποδώσων ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος πόνων τοὺς μισθοὺς, καὶ ὧν ἕκαστος φαύλων εἰργάσατο νῦν τὰς ἀμοιβάς. Ἑξῆς τούτοις οἱονεὶ ἐπερωτῶν ὁ λόγος φησὶν, Τίς οὗτος ὁ παραγινόμενος ἐξ Ἐδὼμ, ἐρύθημα ἱματίων (ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται γήϊνος) ἐρύθημα ἱματίων ἐκ Βοσόρ· οὕτως ὡραῖος ἐν στολῇ· Τοῦτο δὲ ἔοικεν εἰρηκέναι ἀποθαυμάζων τὸ καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν, καὶ τὴν κένωσιν, καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ γῆς διατριβὴν, καὶ μετὰ τὸ πάθος, καὶ τὴν κάθοδον τὴν εἰς νεκροὺς, ὡραῖον καὶ λαμπρὸν τοῦ κάλλους τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἐν μηδενὶ συγχυθέντος, μηδὲ ῥύπον μήτε μὴν κηλίδα καὶ σπίλον ἀπὸ τῆς ὑλικῆς καὶ σωματικῆς καταστάσεως τῶν τε γηΐνων καὶ ἀνθρωπείων πραγμάτων ἀναδεξαμένου· ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτοῦ καταπληττόμενος, τὴν πᾶσαν τοῦ διαβόλου στρατιὰν καταγωνισαμένου. Ἐπιφέρει τὸ, οὕτως ὡραῖος ἐν στολῇ βίᾳ μετὰ ἰσχύος; πρὸς ἧν πεῦσιν ὁ Σωτὴρ ἀποκρίνεται, διδάσκων ὅστις ποτὲ εἴη, καὶ φησὶν, Ἐγὼ διαλέγομαι δικαιοσύνην καὶ κρίμα σωτηρίου. Πάλιν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ λόγος ὡς διὰ τὸ πάθος φησὶν, διὰ τί σοῦ ἐρυθρὰ τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· οἷα γὰρ ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἄρας εἰς ἑαυτὸν τὰς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ κόσμου, ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἁμαρτιῶν ἐρυθρὰ τὰ ἱμάτια περιεβάλετο· ὡς διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν Ζαχαρίᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ λέγεσθαι τὸ, καὶ Ἰησοῦς ἦν ἐνδεδυμένος ἱμάτια ῥυπαρά· ταῦτα δʼ ἦν τὰ ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἁμαρτημάτων ἐνδύματα· διʼ ἃ μικρῷ πρόσθεν ἐλέγετο, οὗτος τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν φέρει, καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν ὀδυνᾶται· αὐτὸς γάρ τοι ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ. Πάλιν δʼ ὁ Σωτὴρ ἀμειβόμενος τὴν ἐρώτησιν, ὅθεν ἐρυθρὰ γένοιτο αὐτοῦ τὰ ἱμάτια διδάσκει λέγων, ἐκ τῶν ἐθνῶν· ἅπερ ἔθνη, μηδενὸς ἀνθρώπων αὐτῷ συνεργοῦντος, μόνος ὑπέταξεν, καταπατήσας τὴν ἀντικειμένην πᾶσαν δύναμιν τῶν πολεμίων αὐτῷ πονηρῶν πνευμάτων.

Arate syssēmon eis ta ethnē. Idou gar, Kyrios epoiēsen akouston heōs eschatou tēs gēs; eipate tę̄ thygatri Siōn, idou soi ho sōtēr paragegonen echōn ton heautou misthon metʼ autou, kai to ergon autou pro prosōpou autou; kai kalesei auton laon hagion, lelytrōmenon hypo Kyriou; sy de klēthēsę̄ epizētoumenē polis, kai ouk enkataleleimmenē. Tis houtos ho paragenomenos ex Edōm, erythēma himatiōn autou ek Bosor? houtōs hōraios en stolę̄ autou, bią meta ischyos? Egō dialegomai dikaiosynēn kai krisin sōtēriou. Diati sou erythra ta himatia, kai ta endymata sou hōs apo patētou lēnou? Plērēs katapepatēmenēs, kai tōn ethnōn ouk estin anēr metʼ emou, kai katepatēsa autous en thymǭ mou. Palin entautha hē prophēteia parakeleuetai labein syssēmon peri tēs ex ethnōn ekklēsias, hypischnoumenē exakouston ti poiēsein ton Kyrion heōs eschatou tēs gēs; ho kai peras eilēchen (phen) epi tę̄ tou Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou parousias, eis pasan tēn gēn exelthontos tou phthongou tōn apostolōn autou, kai eis ta perata tēs oikoumenēs tōn rhēmatōn autōn. Hexēs eirētai; eipate tais thygatrasi Siōn; (dēladē tais ex ethnōn ekklēsiais; hautai gar toi thygateres an eien tēs epouraniou Siōn, hētis esti mētēr hēmōn kata ton apostolon;) idou soi ho sōtēr paraginetai echōn ton heautou misthon, kai ta toutois hexēs, diʼ hōn dēloutai hē deutera tou Christou parousia, hote kritēs hēxei apodōsōn hekastǭ tōn epi tou parontos ponōn tous misthous, kai hōn hekastos phaulōn eirgasato nyn tas amoibas. Hexēs toutois hoionei eperōtōn ho logos phēsin, Tis houtos ho paraginomenos ex Edōm, erythēma himatiōn (ho hermēneuetai gēïnos) erythēma himatiōn ek Bosor; houtōs hōraios en stolę̄; Touto de eoiken eirēkenai apothaumazōn to kai meta tēn enanthrōpēsin, kai tēn kenōsin, kai tēn epi gēs diatribēn, kai meta to pathos, kai tēn kathodon tēn eis nekrous, hōraion kai lampron tou kallous tou Sōtēros en mēdeni synchythentos, mēde rhypon mēte mēn kēlida kai spilon apo tēs hylikēs kai sōmatikēs katastaseōs tōn te gēïnōn kai anthrōpeiōn pragmatōn anadexamenou; eti de kai tēn ischyn autou kataplēttomenos, tēn pasan tou diabolou stratian katagōnisamenou. Epipherei to, houtōs hōraios en stolę̄ bią meta ischyos? pros hēn peusin ho Sōtēr apokrinetai, didaskōn hostis pote eiē, kai phēsin, Egō dialegomai dikaiosynēn kai krima sōtēriou. Palin de pros auton ho logos hōs dia to pathos phēsin, dia ti sou erythra ta himatia, kai ta hexēs; hoia gar amnos tou Theou, aras eis heauton tas hamartias tou kosmou, ek tōn hēmeterōn hamartiōn erythra ta himatia periebaleto; hōs dia touto kai en Zacharią tǭ prophētę̄ legesthai to, kai Iēsous ēn endedymenos himatia rhypara; tauta dʼ ēn ta ek tōn hēmeterōn hamartēmatōn endymata; diʼ ha mikrǭ prosthen elegeto, houtos tas hamartias hēmōn pherei, kai peri hēmōn odynatai; autos gar toi hamartian ouk epoiēsen, oude heurethē dolos en tǭ stomati autou. Palin dʼ ho Sōtēr ameibomenos tēn erōtēsin, hothen erythra genoito autou ta himatia didaskei legōn, ek tōn ethnōn; haper ethnē, mēdenos anthrōpōn autǭ synergountos, monos hypetaxen, katapatēsas tēn antikeimenēn pasan dynamin tōn polemiōn autǭ ponērōn pneumatōn.

“Raise a signal for the nations. For behold, the Lord has made it heard to the end of the earth: Say to the daughter of Zion, ‘Behold, your saviour has come to you, having his reward with him and his work before his face; and he shall call it a holy people, redeemed by the Lord; and you shall be called a city sought after, and not forsaken.’ Who is this who comes from Edom, with the redness of his garments from Bosor, so beautiful in his robe, with might and strength? ‘I speak righteousness and the judgment of salvation.’ Why are your garments red, and your clothes as from a trodden winepress? ‘Full of trodden grapes; and of the nations there is no man with me; and I trampled them in my wrath.’” Again here the prophecy bids raise a signal concerning the church from the nations, promising that the Lord will make something heard to the end of the earth; which reached its fulfilment at the coming of our Saviour Jesus, when the sound of his apostles went out into all the earth and their sayings to the ends of the inhabited world. Next it is said, “Say to the daughters of Zion” (clearly the churches from the nations; for these would be daughters of the heavenly Zion, which is our mother, according to the apostle), “Behold, your saviour comes, having his reward,” and what follows; through which the second coming of Christ is shown, when he will come as judge, to render to each the rewards for his labours in the present and the recompense for whatever evil each has done now. Next, as if asking, the word says, “Who is this who comes from Edom” (which is interpreted “earthy”), “with the redness of his garments from Bosor, so beautiful in his robe?” It seems to say this in wonder that, even after the incarnation, the self-emptying, and the sojourn on earth, and after the passion and the descent among the dead, the beauty of the Saviour remained lovely and bright, confused in nothing, having received no filth, stain, or blemish from the material and bodily condition of earthly and human affairs; and further in amazement at his strength, since he fought down the whole army of the devil. It adds, “so beautiful in his robe, with might and strength?” To this question the Saviour answers, teaching who he is, and says, “I speak righteousness and the judgment of salvation.” Again the word says to him, as about the passion, “Why are your garments red,” and what follows. For as the Lamb of God, having taken upon himself the sins of the world, he put on garments red from our sins; so that for this reason it is said in the prophet Zechariah too, “And Jesus was clothed in filthy garments.” These were the clothes from our sins; on account of which it was said a little before, “He bears our sins and suffers pain for us”; for he himself committed no sin, nor was deceit found in his mouth. Again the Saviour, answering the question, teaches from where his garments became red, saying, “from the nations”: these nations he alone subjected, with no human working with him, having trampled the whole opposing power of the evil spirits who were his enemies.

4.34Gaisford

Καὶ ἐμνήσθη Κύριος ἡμερῶν αἰωνίων· ὁ ἀναβιβάσας ἐκ τῆς γῆς τὸν ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν ὁ θεὶς ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. Καὶ τίς ἂν ἄλλος εἴη ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου ἀναβιβασθεὶς ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ποιμὴν τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ προβάτων, ἢ ὁ Σωτὴρ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀπολωλότα πρόβατα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ; Οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ καλὸς ποιμὴν, ὁ θεὶς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων, ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἀναβιβάσας ἐκ τῆς γῆς ὑπερύψωσεν, χαρισάμενος αὐτῷ τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα.

Kai emnēsthē Kyrios hēmerōn aiōniōn; ho anabibasas ek tēs gēs ton poimena tōn probatōn ton megan ho theis en autois to pneuma to hagion. Kai tis an allos eiē ho hypo tou Kyriou anabibastheis ek tēs gēs, poimēn tōn tou Theou probatōn, ē ho Sōtēr hēmōn ho elthōn epi ta apolōlota probata oikou Israēl? Houtos gar estin ho kalos poimēn, ho theis tēn psychēn autou hyper tōn probatōn, hon ho Patēr anabibasas ek tēs gēs hyperypsōsen, charisamenos autǭ to onoma to hyper pan onoma.

“And the Lord remembered the days of old: he who brought up from the earth the great shepherd of the sheep, who put the Holy Spirit among them.” And who else could be the one brought up from the earth by the Lord, the shepherd of God's sheep, but our Saviour, who came to the lost sheep of the house of Israel? For he is the good shepherd, who laid down his life for the sheep, whom the Father brought up from the earth and highly exalted, granting him the name above every name.

4.35Gaisford

Πόλις τοῦ ἁγίου σου ἐγενήθη ἔρημος, Σιὼν ὡς ἔρημος ἐγενήθη, Ἱερουσαλὴμ εἰς κατάραν· ὁ οἶκος τὸ ἅγιον ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ δόξα, ἣν ηὐλόγησαν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν, ἐγενήθη πυρίκαυστος. καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐπίδοξα ἡμὼν συνέπεσαν· καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις ἀνέσχου, Κύριε, καὶ ἐσιώπησας· καὶ ἐταπείνωσας ἡμᾶς ἕως σφόδρα. Ἐμφανὴς ἐγενήθην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν· εὑρέθην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν· εἶπα, Ἰδού εἰμι ἔθνει οἳ οὐκ ἐπεκαλέσαντό μου τὸ ὄνομα· ἐπὶ δὲ σε ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα, οἳ οὐκ ἐπορεύθησαν ὁδῷ ἀληθινῇ, ἀλλʼ ὀπίσω τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα προφητευθείσης πρότερον τῆς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἀποβολῆς, ἑξῆς σημαίνεται ἡ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκλογὴ διὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ γενομένη· ἐκ προσώπου γάρ τοι τοῦ λαοῦ εὐχὴν ἀναπέμψαντος τοῦ προφήτου, ὁ λόγος ἀποκρίνεται τὴν σκληρίαν καὶ τὸ ἀπειθὲς τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ διελέγχων, καὶ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον τὸ ἑαυτοῦ παριστάς· πῶς γὰρ, φησὶ, ταῦτα φατὲ ὡς ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸ σώζειν ὑμᾶς ὀκνοῦντος; καὶ μὴν καὶ τοῖς μὴ ἐπερωτήσασί με, μὴ δὲ ζητήσασιν ἐμφανῶς ἐμαυτὸν παρέστησα. Καὶ δὴ πρόδηλον ὅπως ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος τὸ πρότερον ἀγνοούμενος τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τῶν αἰώνων, ἀγαθότητι καὶ φιλανθρωπείᾳ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων, ἐμφανὴς αὐτοῖς ἐγενήθη, μηδεπώποτε αὐτὸν διʼ ἣν εἶχον περὶ τὰ εἴδωλα πλάνην περὶ ὧν ἐδέοντο ἐρωτήσασι, εὑρέθη τε ἡμῖν τοῖς μὴ ζητήσασιν αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μὴ ἐπικαλεσαμένοις αὐτοῦ τὸ ὄνομα ἐνανθρωπήσας ἀπεκρίνατο, μονονουχὶ βοῶν τὸ, ἰδοὺ πάρειμι. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν περὶ τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν κλήσεως σαφῶς ὁ λόγος προφητεύει· ἑξῆς δὲ αὖθις δυσωπητικώτατα πρὸς τὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων λόγον ἐπιφέρει λέγων, ἐπὶ δὲ σὲ ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου, πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα. Δύναταί γε μὴν διὰ τούτων καὶ τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ κατὰ τὸν σταυρὸν πάθους αὐτοῦ σημαίνεσθαι. Τοσαῦτα καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἡσαίου· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐν τέτταρσι καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἐκλογῶν ὑπόθεσιν ἐν τῷ τῆς Καθόλου Στοιχειώδους Εἰσαγωγῆς ἐνάτῳ τούτῳ συγγράμματι περιγράψαντες, ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀθέων αἱρέσεων τὸν λογισμὸν καταβεβλαμμένοις ἑτέραν ἁρμόττουσαν ἔφοδον παρασχεῖν πειρασόμεθα.

Polis tou hagiou sou egenēthē erēmos, Siōn hōs erēmos egenēthē, Hierousalēm eis kataran; ho oikos to hagion hēmōn, kai hē doxa, hēn ēulogēsan hoi pateres hēmōn, egenēthē pyrikaustos. kai panta ta epidoxa hēmōn synepesan; kai epi pasi toutois aneschou, Kyrie, kai esiōpēsas; kai etapeinōsas hēmas heōs sphodra. Emphanēs egenēthēn tois eme mē eperōtōsin; heurethēn tois eme mē zētousin; eipa, Idou eimi ethnei hoi ouk epekalesanto mou to onoma; epi de se exepetasa tas cheiras mou holēn tēn hēmeran pros laon apeithounta kai antilegonta, hoi ouk eporeuthēsan hodǭ alēthinę̄, allʼ opisō tōn hamartiōn autōn. Kai entautha prophēteutheisēs proteron tēs tou Israēl apobolēs, hexēs sēmainetai hē tōn ethnōn eklogē dia tou Christou genomenē; ek prosōpou gar toi tou laou euchēn anapempsantos tou prophētou, ho logos apokrinetai tēn sklērian kai to apeithes tou proterou laou dielenchōn, kai to philanthrōpon to heautou paristas; pōs gar, phēsi, tauta phate hōs emou pros to sōzein hymas oknountos? kai mēn kai tois mē eperōtēsasi me, mē de zētēsasin emphanōs emauton parestēsa. Kai dē prodēlon hopōs ho tou Theou Logos to proteron agnooumenos tois ethnesin, epi synteleią tōn aiōnōn, agathotēti kai philanthrōpeią tou Patros kai Theou tōn holōn, emphanēs autois egenēthē, mēdepōpote auton diʼ hēn eichon peri ta eidōla planēn peri hōn edeonto erōtēsasi, heurethē te hēmin tois mē zētēsasin auton, alla kai mē epikalesamenois autou to onoma enanthrōpēsas apekrinato, mononouchi boōn to, idou pareimi. Tauta men oun peri tēs tōn ethnōn klēseōs saphōs ho logos prophēteuei; hexēs de authis dysōpētikōtata pros ton tōn Ioudaiōn logon epipherei legōn, epi de se exepetasa tas cheiras mou, pros laon apeithounta kai antilegonta. Dynatai ge mēn dia toutōn kai to schēma tou kata ton stauron pathous autou sēmainesthai. Tosauta kai ta apo tou Hēsaiou; alla gar en tettarsi kai tēn tōn Eklogōn hypothesin en tǭ tēs Katholou Stoicheiōdous Eisagōgēs enatǭ toutǭ syngrammati perigrapsantes, en tǭ dekatǭ tois apo tōn atheōn haireseōn ton logismon katabeblammenois heteran harmottousan ephodon paraschein peirasometha.

“The city of your holy one has become a wilderness; Zion has become as a wilderness, Jerusalem a curse; the house, our sanctuary, and the glory that our fathers blessed, has been burned with fire, and all our glorious things have fallen; and in all these things you held back, Lord, and were silent, and humbled us exceedingly. I became manifest to those who did not ask for me; I was found by those who did not seek me; I said, ‘Here I am,’ to a nation that did not call on my name. But over you I stretched out my hands all day long to a disobedient and contradicting people, who did not walk in a true way, but after their sins.” Here too, after the casting off of Israel is first prophesied, next the choosing of the nations that came about through Christ is signified. For when the prophet has sent up a prayer in the person of the people, the word answers, convicting the hardness and disobedience of the former people and showing its own love for humankind. “For how,” it says, “do you say these things, as though I were slow to save you? Why, I showed myself openly even to those who did not ask for me or seek me.” And it is evident how the Word of God, formerly unknown to the nations, at the consummation of the ages, by the goodness and love for humankind of the Father and God of the universe, became manifest to them, though because of their error about idols they had never asked him about what they needed; and he was found by us who did not seek him; and to those who did not call on his name he answered by becoming man, all but crying out, “Here I am.” These things the word clearly prophesies about the calling of the nations; and next again, most shamingly toward the word of the Jews, it adds, saying, “But over you I stretched out my hands to a disobedient and contradicting people.” Through these words the form of his passion on the cross can also be signified. So much, too, from Isaiah. Having completed the subject of the Extracts in four books in this ninth book of the General Elementary Introduction, in the tenth we shall try to provide another fitting approach for those whose reasoning has been harmed by the godless heresies.